Google This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project to make the world's books discoverable online. It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover. Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the publisher to a library and finally to you. Usage guidelines Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing tliis resource, we liave taken steps to prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying. We also ask that you: + Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for personal, non-commercial purposes. + Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help. + Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for in forming people about this project and helping them find additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it. + Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe. About Google Book Search Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web at |http: //books .google .com/I K3U i A COLLECTION OT TREATIES, ENGAGEMENTS, AND SANADS BBLATINO TO INDIA AND NEIGHBOURING COUNTRIES. COMPILXD BT C. XJ. AITCHISON, B.C.S., UNDBB-SBCRETAKT TO THE GOVERNMENT OF INDIA IN THE FOREIGN DEPARTMBNT. VOL. L CONTAINING THE TREATIES, etc.. RELATING TO THE BENGAL PRESIDENCY, ASSAM, BURMA AND THE EASTERN ARCHIPELAGO. * • < Revised and cotititiuodl Up vtc Ihe'^'present time ^ij the ^^nJhviiu.yl Jh€ Jprej^^ Sl:?a«i^.n}cpt. t* tb> ft ^a* Mt H • ' ,"•■■ — rm — • •-* \-»' • • CALCUTTA : OFFICE OF THE SUPEBINTENDBNT OF GOVERNMENT PRINTING, INDIA. 1892. JPriec Six Rupeii. « All I'TTA : eOVBRNMINT OV INDIA «?RNTKAI. HUNTING OFFIfE, 8. II ACTINGS STRrXT* 116911 " "••_•. • * CONTENTS. PART I. TREATIES, ENGAGEMENTS, and SANADS relating to thb TEBBL TOBIES coMPRiBED WITHIN, OB IN POLITICAL BELATION with, the LIEUTENANT-GOVEBNOBSHIP of BENGAL. I.-BENGAL. Pa0b KARBATIYE 1 TREATIES, etc., No. I.— Treaty of friendBhip with Nawab Siraj-nd-Danla, dated 9fh Feb- ruary 1757 12 Agreement of the Company signed by the Governor and Gom« mittee, dated 9th Febroary 1757 14 Farwanai and Dastaks gp»nted by Nawab Siraj«ud-Danla giving effect to the treaty of 1757, dated 31tt March 1757 • . ib. Farwana granted by Nawab Sing-ud-Daola for establishing a MintatCalentta • ' 15 IL^Agreement of offensive and defensive alliance with Nawab Siraj-ud* Daula, dated 12th February 1757 16 IlL-*Treaty of friendship and alliance with Nawab Mir Jafar Ali^ 1757 ib. General sanad under the seal of Mir Jaiar Ali exempting the Rnirlish Company from the payment of duties, dated 15th July 1757 18 ParwRna granted to the English Company for the privilege of coining specie • 19 Parwana granted to the English Company for taking possession of the lauds ceded to them m ib, Parwana for the purchase of saltpetre of Behar • • • 21 Sanad for the Zamindari of the Company's lands . • • ib, I v.— Convention with the Dutoh, dated 8th December 1757 • • • 32 v.— Agreement between Nawab Mir Jafar Ali and the Dutch guaran- teed by the English Company, dated 23rd August 1760 • . 40 Yl.— Treaty with Nawab Mir Easim Ali Khan for the deposal of Mir Jafar Ali, dated 27th September 1760 45 Sanad granted by Mir Kasim Ali Khan for the transfer of Bard wan, Midnapur, and Chittsgong to the English • • 47 Sanad granted by Mir Kasim Ali Khan for the purchase of lime at Sylhet by the English 48 Vol. I 1 • • 11 CONTENTS. I.— BEKGAIl*<^oll^• TREATIES, XTCo No. Paok VIL — Treaty with Mir Jafar Ali Khan on bis restoration to the Niza- mat, dated iOt^ July 1763 48 Demands made on the part of Mir Jafar Ali Khan and agreed to by the Council .61 VIII.— Agreement of Mir Jafar Ali Khan for the payment of five lakhs towards the expenses of the war carried on against the Nawab Wazir of Ondh» dated 16th September 1764 .... 62 IX. — Treaty with Nawab Najm-nd-Dan1a on his accession to the Nizamat, datfd 20th February 1766 63 X.— Farman of Shah A lam conferring on the English the Diwani of Bengal, Behar, and Oriasa, dated 12th Angust 1766 . • 66 Fiftrman from King Shah A lam for the Diwani of the Pravince of Bengal, dated I2th August 1766 68 Farman of Shah A lam confirming the grants of Bardwan and the rest of the possessions of the English in Bengal, dated 12th AuguKtl766 69 Agreement guaranteeing payment to Shah A lam of 26 lakhs annually, dated 19th Augoet 1766 • . . . .60 Agreement executed by Kawab Najm-nd-DanIa regarding the ex- penses of the Nizamat, dated 30th September 1766 . . , Hk XI. — Treaty with the Nawab SaiKnd^Dank^ on hia accession to the Nizamat, dated 19th May 1766 . ' 61 XII. — Treaty with Nawab Mabarak*ud-Paala on hi(B accession to the Nizamat, dated 21st March 1770 . . . . . .62 XIII.— -Deed restoring Ohinania to the Botoh, dated Ifith September 1817 64 XIY. — Agreement with tbe Dotch for the puichaae of Baranagar, dated 20th September 1817 6^ XV.— rTreatj with the Netherlands respecting their territory and com- merce in the East IntjUea, dated 17th March X8^' • • .67 XVI.— Deed for the transfer of Chinaora to the English, dated 7th May XOOV • . .. • • • • . . m tHi XVII.'^.Deed.for the transfer of the Netherlanda possessions at Falta to the British, dated 18th M^j 182$ ..... 76 . . X T III .-r Deed fov the transfer of the Netherlands possessions at Kalkapnr to the English, dated 1st June 1826 76 XIX.— r Deed for the transfer of the Netherlanda possessions at Balasor to the English, dated 4th Jnoe 1826 78 XX.r-.Deedfor the transfer of the Netherlands possessions at Dacca to the English, dated 14th Jone 1826 79 XJCI* — Deed executed on the restoration of Serampur to the Crown of Denmark^ dated 16th December 1816 80 XXII. — Treaty with Denmark for the transfer of the Danish settlements on the Continent of India to the English, dated 22nd February 1846 81 XXIII. — Convention with the French Government of Chandamatrar regard- ing compensation for the supply of salt, dated 6th.July 1839 . 86 X XIV. — Agreement with the French Government regarding the limits of the settlement of Cbandarnagar, dated Slst March 1853 . 89 Propositions of the Commissioners for the settlement of the bound- aries of Chandamagari dated 4th September 1862 ... 91 Schedule of villajjes . . • 95 CONtBNtS. fli Paob II.-KUCH BEHAR. VlARRATIVE. . . .99 TUEATI£S| XTc., N^. XXVl— Tr^nty of allei^anoe executed by Raja Dharendra Narayao, dated 5tK April 1^78 i . . .103 XXVI/— Sanlcid conferring the Zatnindari of Kncli Behar on Baja Dhair^ jendnl NarayaHi dated 17th February 1776 ; ; . . 104 XXVII.^Sailad gMhting the privilfj^e ot adoption to the Raja of Kuoh Bebiir, dated lltb March 1862 106 lll-TIPPEBiAH. UARRATIVK .4 107 LUSHAIS. NARRATIVE 110 TREATIES, KTC. No. XXVIIL—Sanad crranted to Snkpilal regarjing tfie secarity of traders, dated 16th January 1871 . .114 IV.-TRIBUTABY MAHALS OF OHI8SA. NARRATIVE. . . \ . . . . . . . . .117 tREATIES, BTC, No. • XXI X.r-* Engagement of, the Chief of Morbhacj for the pavment of his peshkash, dated Ist June 1829 . . \ . .121 XXX.^ Engagement of the Chief of Keoi^har for the payment of his peshkaah, dated 16th December 1804 122 XXXI. — Kaulnama granted to the Chief of Eeonjhar, dated 16tb December XoUu ..... ...• \£o XXXII.— Engagement of the Chief of Narsinghpur for the payment of his peshkash, dated 24th l^ovember 1803 124 Similar engaeements executed by the Chiefs of AthsrArh, Baramba, Tiilchcr, Tigiria, Hindol, K hand para, Dhenkanal, Ranpur, Aajagarh aiid Nilgirl 125 XXXIII. — Kaulnama granted to the Chief of Narsinghpur, datc^ 22nd Nov- . ember 1803 126 Similar Kaulnamas granted to the Chiefs of Kanaka, Kujang, Khurdha, Tigiria, Aul* Dhenkanal, Rnnpur, Baramba, Khand- para, Nayagarh, Banki, Talcher, Jorrau, Athgarh, Harispur, Bishnnpur, Jdarikpur, Nilgiri, Pallia, Hindol, Angul and Sukinda 127 XXXIV. — Engagement of loyalty and submission executed by the Chief of Daspallft 128 ^- XXXV. — Kaulnama granted to the Chief of Datpalla .... 129 • IT CONTBmtl. IV.— TBIBUTABY MAHALS OF ORiaBA^-comtd. TREATIES, XTC.» No. PAOf XXXVL — Engairement of loyalty and sabmiMsion executed by the Chief of Bod and Athmalik, dated 3rd Match 1804 • • . .180 XXXVII.— CouDter-enf^Atcement ^iven to the Chief of Bod and Athmalik, dated drd March 1804 ib. XXXVIII.— -Sanad to the Chiefs of Bod nnd Athmalik on renewal of former settlement, dated 12th Noyember 1876 •• ... 131 XXXIX. — Engagement eiecuted by the Chief of Narsinghpur for tbe pre- Tention of Sati» dated 14th April 1842 132 Similar enga^rements ezeouted by the Chiefs of Nayagarh, Baram- ba» Hiudol, Raiipur, Angnl, Dasptilla and Jormo, Athgarh, Tiffiria, Bod, Talolier, Dhenkanal, liilgiri, Morbhaig, Eeoiyhar, Athmalik, and Pal Lahera 133 XL.-*Sanad granting the priyilege of adoption to the Chiefs of the Tributary Mahals of Ori«sa, dated 11th March 1862 • • ib, XLI.— Sanad conferring the title of <* Raja " on the Chiefs of the Tribu- tary Mahals of Orissa, dated 21st May 1874 • • . .134 V.-TBIBUTABY MAHALS OF CHUTIA NAGFUB. NARRATIVE 136 TREATIES, BTO., Na XLII.— Kabulyat of the Chief of Sargoja regarding his allegiance, dated 16th June 1820 139 XLIII. — Patta given to the Raja of Sarguja, dated 24th Febraary 1826 • ib. XLlV.— Eabulyat of the Raja of Jashpar regarding his allegiance, dated 8th June 1819 ibm XLV.— Eabulyat of the Raja of Eorea regarding his allegianoe, dated 24th December 1819 140 XLVI.«— Eabulyat of the Raja of Eorea regarding tde settlement of his pargana, dated 3rd January 1848 ib. Similar engagement ezeouted by the Zamindar of Chang Bhakar . 141 XLVII.^ Sanad granted to Raja Bindesari Parshad Singh Deo of Udaipur for his loyal services, dated 12th December 1860 . . . 142 Agreement executed by Raja Bindesari Parshad Singh Deo regard* iiig his allegiance, dated 12th December 1860 . . . i6. Agreement executed by Raja Bindesari Parshad Singh Deo regarding the Police Adxninistration of Udaipur, dated 12th December 1860 143 Xl^III.-^Sanad to the Chiefs of the Tributary MahaU of Chutia Nagpur on the renewal of the former settlement 144 XLI X.— Eabulyat of the Raja of Porahat regarding feudal submission, dated Ist February 1820 ib. Patta granted to the Raja of Porahat, dated Ist February 1820 . 145 L.— Sanad issued to the Raja of Saiaikala, granting him a part of the estate of the Raja of Singhbhum, dated 31st Msy 1860 . . ib. LI.— Similar Sanad granted to the Thakur of Eharsawan, dated Slst May 1860 146 00NTRNT8. 1 V.-TRIBUTABY MA.HALS OF CHUTIA TXAGWBr^ntd. TREATIES, XTC.» No. Paob LI I. — ^AsrreemeDt of the Larka Kola promisiDg loyalty and obedience— 1821 148 UII.— Sanad granted to Raoria Manki of EaosilApoei regarding the Police duties of his ilaka, dated 10th December 1838 • • ib. Patta g^nted to Saoria Manki of Kausilaposi appointing bim Manki of his ilaka, dated 19th March 1839 • • • .160 VI»-8IEKIM. NARRATIVE 161 TREATIES, BTC., No. LIV. — Treaty with Raja of Sikkim on the transfer of the eonntry between the Mechi and Tista, dated 10th February 1817 . 162 Sanad to the Raja of Sikkim transferring the abore lands, dated 7th April 1817 ...'...... 164 LY. — Deed eiecuted by the R%ja of Sikkim ceding Daijeeling to the EoglUh, dated 1st February 1836 ib. LV I. ^Treaty with the Hiya of Sikkim un the restoration of friendly relations, dated 28tb March 1861 166 LVII.-* Convention between Great Britain and China relating to Sikkim and Tibet, dated 17th March 1890 170 VII.-BHUTAN. HARRATIVB 173 TREATIES, BTC, No. LYII I.— Treaty of peace with the Deb Raja of Bhutan, dated 26\h April 1774 182 LIX. — Engagement of the Towang Bhutias regarding compensation for the Euriapara Duars— 1844 183 LX. — Eharita to the Deb Raja intimating the annexation of Ambari Fallakotta, dated 9th June 1864 184 Similar kharita to the Dharma Raja • • • . • 186 LXL' Proclamation regarding the annexation of the Bengal Duars, dated 12th November 1864 ib. LXIL^Agreement of the Chief Officers of the Bhutan Court for the surrender of two guns, dated 10th Noyember 1866 • • ibm LXIII. — Treaty of peace and friendship with thej Deb and Dharma Rajas of Bhutan, dated 11th November 1866 . • . .189 LXIT.^ Proclamation regarding annexation of the Duars, dated 4th July 1866 . . . 192 PARTU. r TREATIES, ENGAGEMENTS, ato SAN ADS eblating to the TEBBITOBIUIS oomp&isbd withik, ob in POLITICAL KELATION with, THB CHIEF COMMISSIONEBSHIP of ASSAM. I.-A8SAtt. Paos NARBATIVE . .'...'.'.•... . .195 (I.)— ASSAM PBOFER. NABBATIVB . . . . . . 196 I % TREATIES, mci No. LXY.^Treaty of onmmeroe irith M^hflraja {ffliji Deo (GlanriDath Singh), asth February 1798 200 LXV'I.^Eabnlyat of feudal snlmiigBlofi etecdted hy the Bar Senapati of the Mataks, daled 13th May 18S^ ...... 203 LXYIL— Agreement of Matt Bar Senapati tegft<^fig commutation of mill* taiyteFvke, dated 28rd Jaoiaiy 1S36 < . ■ . .204 "^ LXYIIL^Treaty with Kaja PtmHidar Singh, placjtf^ the districts of Sib- 9agar and Lakhimpar under his administration, dated 2Dd March 1833 205 (II.)— GOALPARA. NARRATIVE '•'...• / 209 BHUTIA TRIBES ON THE FRONTIER. NARftAnVB 209 ■ TREA11E8, IfCH Nor LIX.— Engagement of the Towang Bhatiai regarding compensation for the Etmapara Duar--1844 183 LXIX. — Treaty with the Sat lUyas uf Charduar acknowledging submission, dated 28th January 1853 211 LXX.— Agreement with the Shergaon and Rnpndgpaon Bhutias to refrain from aggressions •..•••.••&. (nr.)-KACHAB: PARRATTVE . 213 TREikTIES, BTC, No. LXXI. —Treaty with Raja Govind Chandra on the restoration of Kaohar, dated 6th March 1824 216 LXXI I. —Agreement of Tularam transferring the western portion of his cuuntrj, dated 3rd Norember 1834 • . • • • 217 CONTENTS, Vllr Paob (IV-HJAWTU AUO KHA81 HltLS. , NASRATIYE 219 TREATIES, BTc., No. LXXIII. — Treaty of allejifianee executed by Raja Ram dingh of Jaintia, dat«d IQtk Majrelk 1894 229 Separate article of agreement of feodal enbmiflnon entered into by ^«ja Bmu Singh of Jatntiapur •••••• 230 LXXIY.— General Form of Agreement, 1867 ib. LXXV.— Reused Form of Agreement, 1875 • . . • • .231 Sbkrak (Cherra)* NARRATIVE , • • • , 222 TREATIES, ETC., No. LXXVI. — Agreement of allegiance of Raja Uwan Singh of Chirrapnnji, dated 10th September 1829 233 LXXVI I. — Agreement of Raja* Diwan Singh ceding lands for the station of . Churapanji, dated 10th September 1829 83i * LXXVIII.^Engagement of the Sardars of Bairangponji of sabjeotion to Diwan Siogh, dated 2ud November 1829 235 LXXIX. — Agp^ement of Snbba Singh ceding additional lands fbr the Civil Station of Chirrapunji, dated 19th October 1830 • . .236 LXXX.— Leafie of the Coal Hills of Chirrapanji executed by Sobha Singh, dated 2Qth April ISdO .237 LXXXL— Lease of the Coal Fields of Bairangpnnji executed by Subha Singh, dated 20th Aprill840 . . • . . .238 LXXXII.-^Agreement of Raja Ram Singh on his aooession to the Chief ship of Chirrapanji, dated leth May 1857 239 NARRATIVE • .229^' TREATIES, BTC., No. LXXIV.— Engagement executed by Elur Singh, Raja of Khyrim, on his elec- tion to the Chief ship 230 LXXXIV.—Engagement of aUegianoe. axecuted by Babon Singh, Raja of Khyrim ^2 ^ NARRATIVE • • • . . • . • • . . • . . • . . . 224 ^ TREATIES, my?.. No. I^*«- Agreement executed by Don Singh of Nongstain on his election to the Cbiefship, dated 22nd July 1862 . . . . .240 Saaiad conferring the title of " Raja Bahadur " on Don Singh of Nongsiam, dated 26(ih January. 1863 . . • • .241 « • • •« Tin CONTSNTS. I— ASSAM— eoii/:ned, by which the Dutch agreed to pay an indemnity, and the English to restore their ships and property. An Agreement (No. V) was at the same time made between the Nawab and the Dutch, which was guaranteed by the Grovernor in Council of Fort William. To meet his pecuniary engagements, Mir Jafar had recourse to the severest exactions. He resigned himself to unworthy favorites ; and it became neces- sary to depose him in favour of his son-in-law Mir Kasim AH Khan, with whom a Treaty (No. VI) was concluded on tiie 27th September 1760. By this treaty the British obtained possession of Bardwan, Midnapur and Chitta- gong. Serions disputes arose between Mir Kasim and the English regarding the * See Appendix ^ o. 1. 4 Bengal. Part I right of the servants of the Company to trade and to have their goods passed free of duty, and these disputes led at last to war. Neg^otiations were opened with Mir Jafar, and on the 10th July 1763 a Treaty (No. VII) was executed between him and the Company. Mir Kasim, after sustaining^ a series of de- feats^ and revenging himself by the murder of his English prisoners, fled to Oudh, and eventually to Delhi, where he died in great indigence and obscurity in 1777. In 1764 Mir Jafar agreed to pay five lakhs a month (No. VIII), in ad- dition to the sums for which he had contracted in the recent treaty, towards the expense of the war, which was then being carried on against the Wazir of Oudh, who, with the Emperor Shnh Alam, had espoused the cause of Mir Kasim. Mir Jafar died in January 1765, and was succeeded by his son Najm-ud- Daula, with whom a new Treaty (No. IX) was concluded, by which the Com- pany took the military defence of the country entirely into its own hands, and among other conditions *the Nawab bound himself to appoint, by the advice of the Governor and Council, a Deputy to conduct the government, who should not be removable without their consent. In 1764 the army of Shuja-ud-Daula, the Wazir of Oudh, who, under the pretence of assisting Mir Kasim, had invaded Behar, was completely routed^ and the Wazir was obliged to throw himself on the generosity of the English. The whole of his dominions were restored to him^ except Allahabad and Kora, which were given to the Emperor of Delhi, who, on his part, con- ferred the Diwani of Bengal, Behar and Orissa on the Company by Imperial Farman (No. X) ; the English became security for the regular payment of twenty-six lakhs a year by the Nawab, and agreed to allow the Nawab the annual sum of 53,86,131 Sikka Rupees for the support of the Nizamat. Najm-ud-Daula died on the 8th May 1766, and was succeeded by his brother Saif-ud-Daula, a youth of sixteen. A Treaty (No. XI) was concluded with him, by which he ratified the treaties formerly concluded with his father and brother and the Company agreed to support him in the Nizamat, and to allow him an annual stipend of 41,86,131 Rupees. Saif-ud-Daula was succeeded in 1770 by his brother Mubarak-ud-Daula, with whom a new Engagement (No. XII) was made. By this engagement the Nawab Nazim's stipend was fixed at 31,81,991 Rupees. This is the last treaty which was formed with the Nawab Nazim. The office of Subadar had now become merely a nominal one, all real power having passed into the hands of the Company. In 1772 the stipend was reduced to sixteen lakhs a Fart I Bengal, 5 year, at which rate it continued to be paid down to 1880. In 1869 the Nawab Nazim, Saiyid Mansur Ali Khan, left Murshidabad and went with his family to England, where he took up his permanent resideuce. In 1873 the affairs of the Nawab Nazim having fallen into confusion. Commissioners were appointed under a speoial Act to arrange for the liquida- tion of his debts and to ascertain the amount of jewels and immovable pro- perty held by the Government for the purpose of upholding the dignity of the Nawab Nazim for the time being. By this Act the Nawab was declared incapable of contracting any pecuniary obligation. In 18S0, Saiyid Mansur Ali Khan Bahadur agreed to retire from the position of Nawab Nazim, and to renounce and relinquish all claims and demands to the position and title of '^ Nazim and Subadar of Bengal, Behar and Orissa'' and all personal right of interference in Nizamat affairs, in con- sideration of an annual stipend of £10,000, or a payment of Rs. 10,00,000, in settlement of various miscellaneous claims, and of a suitable provision for his four children born in England. The conditions of this arrangement are embo- died in a formal deed, dated the 1st November 1880, which Saiyid Mansur Ah executed in London. On the abdication of Saiyid Mansur Ali, the title " Nawab Nazim of Bengal, Behar and Orissa'' ceased to exist. His eldest son, Nawab Ali Kadr Saiyid Hasan Ali Mirza, has been granted the heredi- tary title of " Nawab Bahadur of Murshidabad,'' and allowed precedence over all titled nobles of Bengal. To Nawnb Ali Kadr has also been assigned an annual allowance of Rs. 8,30,000. The Nuwab Nazim died at Murshidabad on the 6th November 1884. On the 18th August 1814 a Treaty* was concluded in London between Great Britain and the Netherlands, providing, among other stipulations, for the * Tlii« Treaty and the Additional Articles will be found in Hert8let*8 Treaties, Vol. I, pp. 859—369. The following are the Articles which have reference to India — I. His Britannic Majesty engraves to restore to the Prince Sovereifl^n of the United Nether* lands, within the term which shall be hereafter fixed, the Colonies, Factories, nnd Bstablishments which were possessed by Holland at the commencement of the late war, vis., on the 1st January 1803, in the sens and on the continents of America, Africa, and Asia; with the exception of the Cape of Good Hope and the Settlements of Demcraru, E^seqaibo, and Berbice, of which postsessions the high Contracting Parties reserve to Themselves the right to dispose by a Supplementary Con- vention, hereafter to be negotirtted according to Their mutual interests, and specially with refer- ence to the provisions contained in the 6th and 9th Articles of the Treaty of Peace signed between His Britannic Majesty and His Most Christian Majesty on the 80th of May 1814. II. His Britannic Majesty agrees to cede in full Sovereignty the Island of Banca, in the Eastern Seas, to the Prince Sovereign of the Netherlands, in exchange for the Settlement of Cochin MDd its Dependencies on the coast of Malabar, which is to remain in fall Sovereignty to His Britannic Miijesty. 6 Bengal. Fart I restoration to the Dutch of the factories and establishments possessed by them in India and the Eastern Seas on the 1st January 1803 : by an additional article the Dutch agreed to cede to the British Qovernment the district of Baranagar on payment of an annual sum to be fixed by mutual agreement. In pursuance of these arrangements formal Deeds of transfer were exe- cuted in the cases of Chinsura and Baranagar respectively (Nos. XIII and XIV). The transfer of Ralkapur to the Dutch remained in abeyance in consequence of their assertion of a claim to the exercise of certain prescriptive rights of sovereignty and independence within that factory which were incon- sistent with its purely commercial status. The tenure of the Dutch was not of long duration. By articles 8 and 1 S of the Treaty between Great Britain and the Netherlands, dated the 17th March 1824 (No. XV)y the Dutch settlements in Bengal were again made over to the British Government, in whose possession they have ever since remained, and formal Deeds of transfer of the settlements of Chinsura, Falta^ Kalkapur> Balasor, Dacca, and Patna* were executed (Nos. XVI to XX). III. The pinces and forts in the colonieg and settlements which, by virtue of the t%vo preced- ing Articles, are to be ceded and exchanged by the two high (Contracting Parties, shall be given ns in the state in which they may be at the moment of the signature of the present Convention. IV. His Britannic Majesty guarantees to the subjects of His Royal Hit^hness the Prince Sovereign of the United Netherlands, the same facilities, privileges, and protection, with respect to commerce and the security of their persons and property within the limits of the Hritish Sove- reignty on the Continent of India, as are now or shnU be granted to the most favoured nations. His Royal Highness the Prince Sovereign, on his psrt, having nothing more st henrt than the perpetual duration of peace between the Crown of England and the United Netherlands, and wishing to do His utmost to avoid anything which mit^ht affect their mutual good understanding, engages not to erect any fortifications in the establishments which are to be ri'Stored to Him within the limits of the British Sovereignty upon the Continent of India, and only to place in those es- tablishments the number of troops necessary for the maintenance of the police. v. Those colonies, factories, and establishments which are to be ceded to His Royal High- ness the Prince Sovereign of the United Netherlands by His Britannic Majesty, in the Seas or on the Continent of America, shall be given up within three months, and those which are beyond the Cape of Qood Hope, within the six months which follow the ratification of the present Conven- tion. ADDITIONAL ARTICLE— II. Additiokal Abtiolb. II. The small distriot of Baranagar, situated close to Calcutta, being requisite to the dee S reservation of the peace and police of that city, the Priuoe of Orange agrees to cede the said istrict to His Britannic Majesty, upon a payment of such sum annually to His Royal Highness aa may be considered, by Commissioners to be appointed by the respective Qovemmeuts, ta be just and reasonable, with reference to the profits or revenue usually derived by the Dutch Government from the same. • The deed relating to Patna is not forthcoming. Fart I Bengal. 7 In accordance with the provisions of the Treaty* of Kiel, dated the 14th January 1814^ between Great Britain and Denmark, the town of Serampur and the Danish possessions attached thereto were restored to Denmark (No. XXI). The British Government again obtained possession of Serampur by the Treaty of the 22nd February 1845 (No. XXII) with Denmark. On the 7th March 1815 aTieatyf was signed between Great Britain and France, by which the supply of salt, opium, and saltpetre to the French establishments in India were regulated. To give full effect to this treaty, a Convention was agreed upon on the 13th May 1818 between the Adminis- • This Treaty will be foand in Hertslet's Treaties, Vol. I., pp. 229-235. The foUowing Article has reference to India : — III. His Majesty the King of the Uuited Kingdom of Great Britain and Irelnnd consents to restore to His DMnish Majesty nil the possessions and colonies which have been conquered b^ the British arms in this present war. except the Island of Heligoland^ which His Britannic Majesty reserves to himself with full and unlimited sovereignty. Additional Articles signed at Liege, 7th April 1814: — I. The evacuations, cessions, and restitutions, stipulated by the above-mentioned Treaty, shall be executed in Europe within a month, in the seas of America within three months, and in the continent and seas of Asia within six months, after the ratification of the Definite Treaty. II. It is farther agreed that in all the cases of cession stipulated, there shall be allowed to the inliabitanta, of whatever condition or nation they may be, a term of three .vears, reckoning from the ratification of the present Treaty, to dispose of their property, acquired and possessed whether before or in the course of the war; during which term of three years they shnll be at liberty freely to exercise their religion, and to enjoy their property. The snme facility is granted within the countries restored, to all personn, inhabitants or others, who shall have formed any establishments during the time which those countries were possessed by Great Britain. In respect to the inhabitants of the countries restored or ceded, it is agreed that no one shall be prosecuted, disturbed, or troubled, either personally or in his property, under any pretext, on account of his political opinions or conduct, or of his attachment to either of the high Contracting Parties, or for any other cause, unless it be for debts contracted with individuals, or for acts sub- sequent to the present Treaty. III. The decision of every claim between individuals of the respective nntions for any debts, property, effects or rights whatever, which conformably to common usage and the law of nations ought to be brought forward, shall be referred to the competent tribunals, and in such Aases there shall be prompt and complete justice rendered in the countries where the claims are respectively put forth. t This will be found in Vol. VIII, page 214 but is here inserted for convenience of reference. CoHTBKTiON between Gbkat Britain and Fbancb, signed at London, the 7th of March 1815. Id the name of the Most Holy and Undivided Trinity. ^^ The trade in salt and opium throughout the British Sovereignty in India having been sub- jected to certain regulations and restrictions, which, unless due provision be made, might occasion differences between the subjects and ngents of His Kritannic Majesty and those of His Most Chris- tian Migesty ; Their said Majesties have thought proper to conclude a Specinl Convention for the par* pose of preventing such differences, and removing every cause of dispute between their respective mbjects in that part of the world, and iu this view have named for their respective plenipoten^ tianes, wt^ Uis Majesty the King of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, Robert, 8 BengaL Fart I trators of the French establishments in India and the Government of Fort St. George^ by which the manufacture of salt in the French Earl of BackinghamBhire. a Peer of the United Kingdom, President of the Board of His Majesty's Commissioners for the affHirs of India, &(*., &c., &c. And His Majesty the King of France and Navarre, the Sieur Claude Loais de la Chatre, descendant of the Princes of Deols, Count de la Chatre, His Ambassador extraordinary and plenipotentiary at the Court of Ijondon, &e., &c., &c., who, after having communicated to each other tbeir respective Full Powers, found in good and due form, have agre^ upon the following articles : — I. His Most Christian Majesty engages to let at farm to the British Government in India the exclusive right to purchase at a fair and equitable price, to ha regulated by that which the said Government shall have paid for salt in the districts in the vicinity of the French possessions on the coast of Coromandel and Orissa respectively, the suit that may be maimfactured in the said posses- sions, subject to a reservation of the quantity that the Agents of His Most Christian Majesty shall deem requisite for the domestic use and consumption of the inhabitants thereof; and upon the condition that the British Government shall deliver in Bengal to the Agents of His Most Chris- tian Majesty, the quantity of salt that may be judged necessary for the consumption of the inhabi- tants of Chandernagore, reference being had to the population of the said settlement, such delivery to be made at the price which the British Government shall have paid for the said article. II. In order to ascertain the prices as aforesaid, the official accounts of the charge incurred by the British Government, for the salt manufactured in the districts in the vicinity of the French settlements on the coasts of Coromandel and Orissa respectively, shall be open to the inspection of a Commissioner to be appointed for that pnrposn by the Agents of His Most Christian Majesty in India; and the price to be paid by the British Government shaU be settled according to an average to be taken every three years, of the charges as aforesaid ascertained by the said official accounts, commencing witii the three years preceding the date of the present Convention. The price of salt at Chandemagore to be determined, in the same manner, by the charges in* curred by the British Government for the salt manufactured in the districts nearest to the said Settlement. III. It is understood that the salt works in the po68cs!>ions belonging to His Most Christian Majesty shall be and remaiu under the direction and Hdmiuistrattoa of the Agents of His said Majesty. IV. With a view to the effectual attainment of the objects in the contemplation of the high Omtracting Parties, His Most Christian Majesty engages to establioh in His possessions on the coasts of (>>romandel and Orissa, and at Chandemagore in Bengal, nearly the same price for salt, as that at which it shall be sold by the British Government in the vicinity of each of the said possessions. V. In consideration of the stipulations expressed in the preceding Articles, His Britannic Majesty engages that the sum of four lakhs of Sicca Rupees shall be paid annually to the Agents of Ills MostTyhristian Majesty, duly authorised, by equal quarterly instalments; such instalments to be paid at Calcutta or at Madras, ten days after the bills that may be drawn for the same by the said Agents shall have been presented to the Government of either of those Presidencies ; it being agreed that the rent above stipulated shall commence from the 1st of October 1814. VI. With regard to the trade in opium, it is agreed between the high Contracting Parties, that at each of the periodical sales of that article, there shall be reserved for the French Govern- ment, and delivered upon requisition duly made by the Agents of His Most ChristiHU Majesty, or by the persons duly appointed by them, the number of chests so applied for ; provided tliat such supply shall not exceed 300 chests in each year ; and the price to be paid for the same shall be de- termined by the average rate at which opium shall have been sold at every such periodical sale ; it being understood that if the quantity of opium applied for at any one time shall not be taken on account of the French Government by the Agents of His Most Christian Majesty, within the usual period of delivery, the quantity so applied for shall nevertheless be considered as so much in deduo- tion of the 30Q chests hereinbefore mentioned. The requisitions of opium as aforesaid are to be addressed to the Governor- General, at Calcutta within thirty days after notice of the intended sale shall have been published iu the Calouiim Gauit€, Part I BengaL 9 possessions throughout India was to cease, and 4^000 Star Pagodas were to be paid annually to the French Ooveinment as an indemnification to VII. In the event of any restriction being imposed upon the exportation of saltpetre, the rahjeets of His Most Christian Majesty shall nevertheless be allowed to export that article to the extent of 18,000 manndB. VIII. His Most Christian Majesty, with the view of preserving the harmony subsisting be* tween the two nations, havini^ engaged by the twelfth Article of the Treaty concluded at Paris on the SOth of May 1814^ not to erect any fortifications in the establishmeots to be restored to Him by the said Treaty, and to maintain no greater number of troops than may be necessary for the Eirposes of police; His Britannic Majesty on His part, in order to give every security to the sub* ets of His Most Christian Majesty residing in India, engages, if at any time there should arise tween the high Contracting Parties any misunderstanding or rupture (which Ood forbid), not to oonnder or treat as prisoners of war, those. persons who belong to the civil establishments of His Moat Christian Majesty in India, nor the officers, non-commissioned officers, or soldiers, who, aeoording to the terms of the said Treaty, shall be necessary for the maintenance of the po'lice in the said eatahlishments, and to allow them to remain three months to settle their penonal affairs and also to grant them the necessary facilities and means of conveyance to France with their families and private property. His Britannic Majesty further engages to permit the subjects of His Most Christian Majesty in India, to continue their residence and commerce so long^ as they shall conduct themselves peace- ably» and shaU do nothing contrary to the laws and regulations of the Government. Bnt in ease their conduct should render them suspected, and the British Government should judge it necessary to order them to quit India, they shall be allowed the period of six months to retire with their dfects and property to France, or to any other country they may choose. At the same time it is to be understood that this favour is not to be extended to those who nay act contrary to the laws and regulations of the British Government. IX. All Europeans and others whosoever, against whom judicial proceedings shall be institut- ed within the limits of the said settlements or factories belonging to His Most Christian Majesty, for oflfences committed, or for debts contracted within the said limits, and who shall take refuge out of the same, shall be delivered up to the Chiefs of the said settlements and factories ; and all Kuropeans and others whosoever, against whom judicial proceedings as aforesaid shall be instituted without the said limits, and who shall take refuge within the same, shall be delivered up by the Chiefo of the said settlementa and factories, upon demand being made of them by the British Qovemment. X. For the purpose of rendering this Agreement permanent, the high Contracting Partiea hereby engage that no alteration shall be made in the conditions and stipulations in the foregoing Articles, wiUiout the mutual consent of His Majesty tbeKiugof the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, and of His Most Christian Majesty. XL The present Convention shall be ratified, and the ratifications shall be exchanged at London in the space of one month from the date hereof, or sooner if possible. In witness whereof the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed it, and have thereunto affixed the seala of their arms. Bone at London, this 7th day of March, in the year of Our Lord, 1815. (8d.) BiroKiKGHAiiBBiBB (L.S.) (Sd.) Lb Comte db la CbAtbe (L.S.) CovTXvnoir bbtwibn thb Goybbitmbnts op Madbas ahb Pondichbbby, bionbd at Pondi- OHBBBT OK THB 18tH DAY OF Mai: 1818. *• Wiih a view to carry into full and complete effect the object of those terms of the Conven- tion between Great Britain and France, signed at Loudon on the 7th of March 1815, which 10 Bengal. Fart I the proprietors of the salt pans. The British Ooverament also engaged to supply at prime cost such a quantity of salt as would sufBce for the domestic Hse of the iuhabitants of the Freuch settlements in India^ the French Oovern- iregard the trade in salt tbroagbout the British Sovereignty in India, the following Articles have been agreed upon by His Excellency, Andre Julien Coaut Ua Puy, Peer of France, Great Officer of the Royal Order of the Legion of Honour, and Mr. Joseph Francois Dayot, Chevalier of the said Order, A dminiitrators* General of the French Establishments in India, and Captain James Scnart Fraser, Commissioner on the part of the British Government, for conducting the transfer of such of those possessions as have heretofore been dependant upon the Presidency of Fort St. George. Abticli 1. The manufacture of salt shall cease throughout the whole of the French Establishmenta id India during the continuance of the Honourable Company's present Charter. Abtiolb 2. The French Government guarantee the strict observance of the above stipulation, and the fur- ther adoption of all such measures as depend upon them for insuring the effectual prevention of the contraband trade in salt. Abtiolb 8. The Madras Government engages to pay to the French Government as an indemnification to the proprietors of the salt pans the sum of four thousand Star Pagodas per annum during the con- tinuance of the Honourable Company's present Charter if this Convention be ultimately ratified. Abtiolb 4. The above stipulated sum of four thousand Star Pagodas per annum shall be piud by quarterly instalments, and be considered to have commenced from the 1st of January last. Abtiolb 5. The Madras Government engages, independently of further confirmation, to pay the sum of four thousand Star Pagodas to the French Government for one year from the Ist of January last, and to continue to fulfil the same engagement until the determination of the Supreme Govern* ment or eventually of the authorities in Europe shall be officially notified to the French Govern- ment in India, Abtiolb 6. The British Government engage to deliver such a quantity of salt as shall be requisite for the domestic use and consumption of the inhabitunts of the French Settlements in India ; the purchase, delivery, and subsequent sale of the said quantity being regulated according to the stipulations contained in Articles 1st, 2nd, and 4th of the Convention of the 7th March 1815. Abtiolb 7. The present Convention shall be ratified and exchanged with the least possible delay. Done Rt Pondicherry, this thirteenth day of May, in the year of Our Lord, one thousand eight hundred and eighteen. *«,x , r. ^ « a ^ (8d.) Jambs. (Sd.) Lb Ct Du Put. Seal. ^ ' « • ^ ' .. Stuabt Fbasbb. (Sd.) T. Datot. Part I Bengal. 11 ment agreeing to sell this salt at approximately the same price as that obtained by the British Government in the adjoining districts. In 1839 a Convention (No* XXIII) was signed^ by which the French Oovemment at Chandarnagar renounced their right to the supply of salt in consideration of receiving an annual payment of Rupees 20^000, and further agreed to give every facility for the sale of British salt in ChaodarDagar^ and to assist the British Government in realising the revenue produced by its con* sumption. In 1863 a Convention (No. XXIV) was signed at Paris by which the boundaries of the French and English possessions round Chandarnagar were readjusted. In 1881 a Convention^ was concluded for five years between the Govern- ment of India and the French Governmentj represented by the Chef de Service at Chandarnagar. Under this the rights in connection with the opium trade, which had been reserved to the French by article 6 of the treaty of the 7th March 181§, were converted into an annual payment of Ks. 3,000. In 1889 this Conventiont was renewed for another term of five years. The French possess jurisdiction over Gairetti (Gyretty), a village lying on the right bank of the Hugli (Hooghly), about a mile and a half to the south of Chandamagp&r, and separated from it by British territory ; and over two plots of land in the Balasor District ; one situated in Mauza Balasor, measuring about 40 acres ; and the other situated in Mauza Garpada, Fargana Sunhut, measuring two roods. Ratified by the OoTernment of Fort St. George according to the terms of the Fifth Article tlua twenty-third day of May, in the year of Oar Lord, one thomand eight hundred and eighteen. (Sd.) H. Elliot. (Sd.) B. FuLLBBTOir. (Sd.) RoBBBT Alixandib. By the Bight Honoamble the GoYemor in Council. (Sd.) G. Stbaohit, Chief Secretary. •8e« Vol. VIII, p. 222. t See Vol. VIII, p. 224. 12 Bengal^Ko. I. Part I No. I. Treaty and Agreement with Serajah Dowla, 1757« i I •3 Monsoor-oUMnlck Serftjah DowU Sbah Kaly Khan Behaader, Hybut Jang, servant of King Aalam Qeer, the Invincible. LIST OP DEMANDS. .H "^ S § V © 5 2 n* t< »<5 •8 2>'^| 5 ti S I Article 1. That the Company be not molested upon account oF such pri- vileges as have been granted them by the King's Firmaund and Husbulhookums^ and the Firmaund and Husbulhookums in full force. That the villages which were given to the Company by the Firmaund, but detained from them by the Soubah, be likewise allowed them, nor let any impediment or restriction be put upon the Zemindars. ts I ^ « H* ►N Article 2. That all goods belonginc^ to the English Company, and having their Dustuck, do pass freely by land or water, in Bengal, Behar, and Orissa, without paying any duties or fees of any kind whatso- ever ; and that the Zemindars, Chokeydars, Ouzerbauns, etc., offer them no kiod of molestation upon this account. Article 3, That restitution be made the Company of their factories and settlements at Calcutta, Cossimbazar, Dacca, etCj which have been taken from them. That all money and effects taken from the English Company, their factors, and de[)endeuts, at the several settlements and aurungs, be restored in the same condition. That an equivalent in money be given for such goods as are damaged, plunaered, or lost, which shall be left to the Nabob's justice to determine. Part I Bengal— No. I. 18 1 Article 4. That the Company be allowed to fortify Calcutta in snoh a manner ae they shall esteem proper for their defence) without any biuderanoe or obstruction. »,«. mi Article 5. That siccas be coined at Allenagur (Caloutta) in the same manner as at Moorshedabad, and that the money struck in Cal- cutta be of equal weight and fineness with that of Moorshedabad. There shall be no demand made for a deduction of batta. Article 6. That these proposals be ratified in the strongest manner^ in the presence of Ood and His Prophet, and signed and sealed to by the Nabob| and some of his principal people. Hli "Sif^ 111 3i. II *l • *o ^ .* « g Article 7. And Admiral Charles Watson and Colonel Clive promise, in behalf of the English Nation, and of the English Company, that from henceforth all hostilities shall cease in Bengal, and the English will always remain in peace and friendship with the Nabob, as long as these Articles are kept in force, and remain nil violated. Aaz-al-Malck, Morad-ol'Dowla, Nowriith Ally Khan Behauder Zahooar Jang, a serrant of King Aalnm Qeer* the Invincible. Q ^ 3 11 6 i^ Meer Jaffier Khan Bebauder, a serTant of King Aalum Qeer, the Inyincible. Baja Doolnndram Behauder, a servant of King Aalnm Qeer, the Invincible. r r 8. I s 14 Bengal^No. I. Fart I Agreement of the Oompany, signed by the Goyebnob and Com- mittee, the 9th of February 1757. (19th Jamadee-ul-awal, 1170.) We^ the East India Company, in the presence of His Excellency the Nabob Monsoor-ul-Mulck Serajah Dowlah Shah Knly Khan Bebauder, Hybut JuDgy Nazim of Bengal, Behar, and Orissa, by the hands and seal of the Council, and by firm agreement and solemn attestation, do declare, that the business of the Company's f actorieSj within the jurisdiction of the Nabob, shall go on in its former course ; that we will never oppress or do violence to any persons without cause ; that we will never offer protection to any persons having accounts with the Oovernment, any of the King's Talookdars or Zemindars, nor murderers nor robbers ; that we will never act contrary to the tenor of the Articles agreed to by the Nabob ; that we will carry on our business as formerly, and will never, in any respectj deviate from this Agree- ment pebwannahs and dustucks givinq effect to the above treaty. Febwannah for Dustucks from Sebajah Dowlah, dated the 9th Bajeb Moon. The English Company's goods have been carried backward and forward by land and water, always through the Provinces of Bengal, Behar, and Oris$«, by the dustuck and seal of the said Company, by virtue of the King's Fir- maund, which is also now confirmed by me. Take care, on no pretence to interrupt their carrying their goods backwards and forwards through all the chokeys whatsoever, and not to demand any katbarra, manjor, etc., according to the King's Firmaund. Let them pass and repass without receiving a single cowrie from any of their people ; and interfere not with the English Com- pany's Gomastahs on any account, but rather take care that through all your districts their business be not obstructed in any way. Fifteen Perwannahs of the same tenor and date were granted under the seal of the Nabob Serajah Dowla to the Rajahs and Zemindars. Pebwannah under the seal of the Nabob Monsoob ul Mulck, Sebajah Dowla Behaudbb, Hybut Jung, dated the 9th Rajeb (Slst March 1757), in the 3rd year of the glorious Reign Mohunlol. All goods belonging to the English Company, which by virtue of the royal mandate, used to pass and repass with the said Company's dustucks^ Part I Bengal- No. I. 16 by land or water, through the Provinoes of BeDgal, Behar, and Orissa, I have, at this time, granted a free currency to^ in the same manner and with the same privileges as formerly ; it is necessary tbat Your Excellency write to the Officers at Dacca, Chittagong, Jn^^dea, Akbarnagur, Silhet^ Bangamatty, Cheetmarre, Moorshedabad, and Purnea, that they suffer the same goods to pass up and down the rivers withont any molestation or imposition of katbarra (a tax laid upon boats) or any other articles forbidden by the royal court ; nor exact the smallest sum from them, nor any ways oppress the Oomastahis or dependents. Let them be punctual in this. DusTTJCK under the seal of the Nabob Serajah Dowla, etc., dated the I7th Jemadee Saun (0th March 1757), in the 3rd year of the King's glorious Reign. To all Foutdars, Zemindars, Cioickeydars, and Overseers of He way of the Provinces of Bengal^ BeAar, and Orissa. All goods belonging to the English Company, whichj by virtue of the royal mandate, nsed to pass and repass through the foregoing provinoes, by land and water, with the Company's dustucks, I have at this time granted a free currency to in the same manner as formerly^ and with the confirmation of their former privileges. Let all goods having the English Company's dnstuck pass as before up and down the nver, without any molestation or imposition of katbarra, or any other articles forbidden by the royal court ; nor exact the smallest sum from them, nor oppress the Company's dependents. In this be punctual, and act conformably to this writing. Perwankah of the Nabob Serajah Dowla to the Honourable CoMPAi^ for erecting a Mint in Calcutta. From the date of the first of the moon Shabann, the f our-snn siccas are begun to be stamped, and through all the mint houses the new siccas of the four-sun are coined. Take care and erect a mint in Calcutta (called AUenagur) and stamp gold and silver rupees out of the bullion and gold imported by your nation, of the weight of rupees of gold and silver coined at Moorshedabad. Under the name ol AUenagur (C^cntta) shall you coin your money : it shall pass for land revenues, etc. Nobody will ask or set any batta upon them ; only take care not to coin the gold and silver of other nations. 16 Bengal— No8. II* As III. Fart I No. II. Agbeemekt of OoLONBL Clive with the NaboBi dated Febroarj 12th, 1767. (22nd Jamadee-ul-awuL) ly Colonel Clive, Sabut Jung Behauder, Commander of the Engfish Land Forces in Bengal, do solemnly declare, in the presence of Ood and oar Saviour, that there is peace between the Nabob, Serajah Dowla, and the English. They, the English, will inviolably adhere to the Articles of the Treaty made with the Nabob : that as long as he shall observe his Agreement, the English will always look upon his enemies as their enemies, and whenever called upon will grant him all the assistance iu their power. No. III. Tbeaty with Jappieb Ally Khak — 1757. * / iicear by Ood, and the Prophet of Ood, to abide bf the terms of this Treaty whilst I have life. Meer Mahomed Jaffier Khan Behaader, servant of King Aalnm Q^m. Tbeaty made with the Admibal and Colonel Olivb (Sabut Jung Behatjdbb), Govebnob Dbabb, and Mb. Watts. Article 1. Whatever Articles were agreed upon in the time of peace with the Nabob Serajah Dowla Monsoor-ul-Mulck Shah Ktdy Khan Behauder, Hybut Jung, 1 agree to comply with. Abtiolb 2. The enemies of the English are my enemies, whether they be Indians or Europeans. * Tbeee words were written in bis own hand. Fart I Beogal-Ko. III. 17 Aeticlb S. All the effects and factories belongiDg to the French^ in the Provinces o£ fiengal (the Paradise of Nations), Befaar^ and Orissaj shall remain in the possesiioD of the English, nor will I ever allow them any more to settle in the three Provinces. Abticlb 4. In consideration of the losses which the English Company have sustained by the capture snd plunder of Calcutta, by the Nabob, and the charges occasioned by the maintenance of the forces, I will give them one crore of rupees. Article 5. For the effeoti plundered from the English inhabitants of Calcutta^ I agree to give fifty lakhs of rupees. Abuclb 6. For the effects pTundered from the Gentoos, Mussulmans, and other subjects of Calcutta, twenty lakhs of rupees shall be given. Abticlb 7. For the effects plundllM from the Armenian inhabitants of Calcutta, I will gire the sum of seven lakhs of Rupees. The distribution of the suras allotted the natives, English tnhabitants, Oentoos, and Mussulmans, shall be left to the Admiral, and Colonel Clive (Sabut Jun? Behauder), and the rest of the Council, to be disposed of by Ihem to whom they think proper. Abticlb 8. Within the ditch, which surfOunds the borders of Calcutta, are tracts of land belonging to several Zemindarl ; besides this I will grant the English Company six hundred yards without the ditch. AbIIclb 9. All the land lying to the south of Calouttaj as far as Culpee, shall be under the Zeinindarry of the English Company ; and all the OBBcers of those parts shall be under their jurisdiction. The revenues to be paid by them (the Company) in the same manner with othet Zemindars. AUTICLB 10. Whenever I demand the English assistuce, I will be at the charge of the maintenance of them. Abticlb 11 • I will not erect any new fortifications below the Hooghly near the River Ganges. Abticlb 12. As soon as I am established in the Government of the three Provinces, the aforesaid sums shall be faithfully paid. Daied the IBik Hamzdn, in He 4ti year of ih Reign. 18 Beogal— No. III. Part I Additional Articlr. Article 13. Oa condition that Meer Jaffier Klian Behauder shall solemnly ratify^ confirm by oath, and execute all the above Articles, which the under-written, on behalf of the Honorable East Inula Company, do, declaring on the Holy Gospels and before God, that we will assist Meer Jaffier Khan Behauder with all our force, to obtain the Soubabship of the Provinces of Bengal^ Behar, and Orissa^ and further, that we will assist him to the utmost against all his enemies whatever, as soon as he calls upon us for that end; provided that he, on his coming to be Nabobs shall fulfil the aforesaid Articles.'^ SUNNUDS AND PERWANNAHS GIVING EFFECT TO THE TREATY. 1. Gbnbral Sunnud, under the Seal of Jafpibr Ally Khan. To all Governors, Mnitaseddees, present and future, all Hath, Fouzdars^ Zemindars, Chotodrahs, Canongoos, etc. Servants of the Oovernment, in tie Provinces of Bengal, Behar, and Orissa. Know that, by the Royal Firmaund and Husbnlhooknms, the English Company are pardoned (maafE) exempt from all duties, therefore I write : That whatever gfoods the Company's Gomastahs may bring or carry to, or from, tbeir factories, the anrungs, or other places, by land or by water, with a dustuck from any of the Chiefs of their factories, you shall neither ask nor receive any sum, however trifling, for the same. Know, they have full power to buy and sell ; you are by no means to oppose it. You are not to require from the Company's Gomastahs the Settee, Manghans, or any other of the Zemindar's impositions. The Company's Gomastahs shall buy and sell the Company's goods, without the intervention of delolls, unless the Gomastahs are satisfied to employ them. You are to assist them on all occasions wherever they buy or sell. Whoever acts contrary to these orders, the English have full power to punish them. If any of the Company's goods are stolen, yon are to recover the very effects stolen, or make good their amount. Any merchants or others on whom the Company have any lawful demands, you are to see that the same be paid to their Gomastahs. Take care that no one wrong or oppress the Company's Gomastahs. You are not to require or stop their boats, on pretence of the katbarra, or other duties on boats, whether they be the Company's own boats or boats hired by their Gomastahs. You are to give credit to the copies of all the Sunnud s to the Company, under the Kazzi's seal, without requiring the original. Any of the Company's debtors running from them, you are not to give them protection, * This Article wns not trnnsmitted from India to the Company, but is to be found in the 12th page of the Appendix to the Dutch Memorisl, nnd as there is no reason to doubt the authenticity of it, it is subjoined to the Treaty ^Ith the Nabob Meer Jaifier. Fart I Bengal— No. III. 19 or plead for them, but are to deliver them up to the Compauj^s Goraastahs. The Fouzdarrykurch, etc., impositionb* of the Fouzdars, which are forbid by the Kin^, you shall not ^demand of the EDglish, their Gomastahs, or inhabit- ants. Whenever the English Company desire to settle a new factory, besides those they are already possessed of, in the Provinces of Bengal, Behar, and Orissa, you are to give them f'ort;y' beegahs of the King's land. If any of the English ships are driven by bad weather, or v^recked in any of the ports, or other places, you are to assist them ail in your power, and see that the goods ave restored to the Company, and you are not to require the caouttarry, etc., which the King has forbid. A mint is established in Calcutta ; coin siccas and gold mohurs of equal weight and fineness with the siccas and gold mohars of Moorshedabad : they shall pass in the King's treasury. All that I have written must be done ; do as I have written, nor ask a new Sunnud every year. . The 27th of the moon Shevaulp and 4th of the King's reign, being the 15th of the month of July 1767. 2. Perwannah from Jaffieb Ally Khan for the Mint. To tie high and miphfy, tie bold and valiant Commandert^ the greatest of Merchant*, the English Corfipany, on toiom may (he King's favor rest for ever. A mint has been established in Calcutta; continue coining {^old and silver into siccas and mohurs, of the same weight and standard with those of Moor« shedabad ; the impiet^sion to be Calcutta, they shall pass current in the Pro- vinces of Bencfal, Uehar, and Orissa, and be received into the Cadjanna; there shall be no obstruction or difficulty for kussoor. Under the seal of Fidvir Aalum Geer, Badhha Gauze, Sujah-ul-Mulck, Hossam 6 Dowla, Meer Maho- med Jaffier Khan fiehaudur, Mahabut Jung. 11th Zeerlaida, 4th of the King's reign. 3. Peewannau for the Granted Lands. Seal of the Nawab Jaffier Ally Khan. 1170. Aalum Goer Emperor, fifi^hting for the Faith, his Devoted Meer Mahomed Jaffier Ally i Khan Behander Sujah-ul- Mulck HoBsam 6 Dowla, I Mahabut Jung, I Anuo 4. Ye Zemindars, Chowdrahs, Talookdars, Muccuddems, Becayabs^ Mor>aw- i^ans^ Mootawettawahs of the Chnckla of Hooghly and otliers situated in 20 BenKal-No. III. Part I Bengal^ the TerreBtrial Paradise : Know that the Zemindarrjr, Chowdrahy, and Talookdarry, of the countries in the subjoined list hath been given by Treaty to the most illustrious and most magnificent the English Company^ the glory and ornament of trade : the said Company will be careful to gavern accordiug to established custom and usagOi without any gradual deviation, and watch for the prosperity of the people. Your duty is to give no cause of complaint to the Kecayahs of the Company, who, on their part, are to govern with such kindness, that hnsbandry may receive a d»ily increase, that all dis- orders may be suppressed, drunkenness and other illicit practices prevented, and the Imperial tributes be sent in due time. Such part of the above said country as may be situated to the west of Calcutta, on the other side of the Ganges, does not appertain to the Company : Know then, ye Zemindars, etc., that ye are dependents of the Company, and that ye must submit to such treatment as they give you, whether good or bad, and this is my express injunction. Twenty-foar Mahab. The Pergannah of Mugra. The Pergnnnah of Anmabad. Ditto Khaiipoor. Ditto Moodagotcha. Ditto Mudenmall. Ditto Pntcha KoUa. Ditto Ekktiarpoor. Part of the Pergaonah of Shahpoor. Ditto Barjutty. Shah Nagur. Part of the Pergunnah oE Uhur. Part of the Pergunnah of Mahomed Ameepoor. The Pergunnah of Karee Jorree. Mellung Mahal. Ditto Deocan Saogeer. The Pergunnah of Hattiagnr. Part of the Pergunnah of Calcutta. Ditto Meida. Part of the Pergunnah of Paikan. Part of the Pergunnah of Akharpoor. Part of the Pergunnah of Munpoor. Part of the Pergunnah of Bellia. Pari of the Pergunnah of Ameerahad. Part of the Pergunnah of Bngeindarry. Dated the^Bth of Rabbi-ulrSaunij anno quarto, (In the Nahob^9 own kand, 9erving by way of siyn manual.) It is written. Finis. [In Maharajah Doolubrum's own hand, as Naib.) Seen. [In Bayah Baage BulluVa own Aand, as Mussoor Nevis.) The 5th of Rabbi- nl-Sauni, anno quarto, registered in the Imperial Register. {In Bajah Conghu Baiarree's own hand^ as Dewan of Bengal) The 5th of Rrbbi-uUSauni, anno quarto, registered in the Dewannee Register. * About the 20th December 1757. Part I Bengal— No. III. 21 4. Pbrwannah from Jafmbr Ally Khan, for the Saltpetre of Behar. At this time, through the means of Colonel Clive, jll"^ the Saltpetre lands of the whole Province of Behar have «•"'** J | » been granted to the English Company, from the begin- fi"^! ? ningofthe Bengal year 1165, in the room of Coja I'Ss'lg* Mahomed Wazeed ; you are therefore hereby directed " ^tet^ to establish the authority of their (lomastahs, in all the &;§ o^^ Saltpetre lauds of the aforesaid Province, to give strict • J-l*^ orders to the Saltpetre picars not to sell an otinee of ^l'*'^'^ Saltpetre to any other person^ and to receive ^rom the ^^"^ Company the stipulated Nuzzurrana and money, for the g^ I aforesaid lands. 2:.'^ ^ |: Approved, 6. SuNNUB for the Zemindarry of the Honorable East India Company's Lands, given under the Seal of the Nabob, ALLOw-d-DoWLA (commonly styled the Nabob Meeron) Meer Mahomed Saddock Khan Behauder, Assud Jung, Dewan of the SouBAH of Bengal. To the Mattaseddees, for affairs for the time being ai.d to come, and Chowdrees and Canongoos, and Inhabitants, and Husbandmen of the Kissmut Pergunnah of Calcutta, etc., of the Circar Sautgaum, etc.^ belonging to the Paradise of Nations, the Soubah of Bengal. Be it known, that, in conse- quence of the Ferd Sawal, signed by the glory of the nobility and ndministra- tioUj Sujah-ul-Mulck, Hossam-d-Dowla, Meer Mahomed Jaffier Khan Behau- der, Mahabut Jung, Nazim of the Soubah, and the Ferd Hnckeekut^ and Muchulca^ signed conformably thereto, the forms of which are herein fully set forth : The office of the Zemindarry of the Pergunnahs above written, in consideration of the sum of twenty thousand one hundred and one Rupees (20,101) Fishcash, etc., to the Imperial Circar, according to the endorsement from the month Poos (anno 1104) in the year eleven hundred and sixty -four of the Bengal ^ra, is conferred upon the noblest of Merchants^ the English Company^ to the end that they attend to the rites and customs thereof as is fitting, nor in the least circumstance neglect or withhold the vigilance and care due thereto : that they deliver into the treasury, at proper times, the due renta of the Circar; that they behave in such manner to the inhabitants and lower sort of people, that, by their good management, the said PereharSC!)^ Ditto Kamount 91 9 18 3 1 1 i Kissmut Pergunnab of Paikau, Circar ^11^ Saleemabad. Division 12 Annas. i52. Mahal Kissmuttea. Amount . . 6,787 10 6 8 Kissmut Perffunnab of Ameeraba*!, Ciroar Sa!eemabad. Adjacent to Chitpoor Di- vision. 3 Annas. Mahal Kissmuttea. Amount • . 3,660 10 9 Kissmut Pergunnab of Havelusbehr, Circar Saleemabad. Tbe village of Seender- poor. No Division. Mahal Kissmuttea. Amount • • 323 1 1 8 Kissmut Pergunnab of Mahomed Ameer- ^ poor, Ciroar Saleemabad. Tbe village. No Division. Mabal Kissmuttea. Amount . • 1S4 5 10 Kissmut Pergunnab of Mob, Salt, and Wax. Circar Saleemabad. No Divi- sion. Mahal Kissmuttea. Amount] . . 16J02 13 1 22,119 7 19 3 4,199 14 10 «,2i8 13 15 3,470 12 2 2 1,204 12 18 2 1,174 11 16 3 30 1 1 3 Fart I Bengal- No. III. 26 Pergunnah of Hattiagur^ Circar Salee- mabad. Division 16 Annas. Mahal Deroobast. Amount • Pergnnnah of Meidn, Circar Saleemabad. Division 16 Annas. Mahal Deroobast. Amount . Pergunnah of Akbarpoor, Circar Saleema- bad. Division 16 Annas. Mahal Deroobust. Amount Pergunnah of Shahpoor, Circar Saleema- bad. Division 16 Annas. Mahal Deroobust. Amount Kissmut Pergunnah of Aboab Fouzdarry, etc. J Circar Saleemabad. No Division. 2 Mahals Kissmuttea. Amount Kissmut Pergunnah Aboab Fouzdarry^ and Pishcash Congo. 2 Mahals. Amount • • • • Bherjy (transferred) , • • • Sairs, Hattiagur, and Meida^ and Meidonmul, and Moodagotcha^ belong- ing to Coot Ekktiapoor. Division 3 Annas 11 Gundas. Mahal Kissmuttea. Amount . • 4,501 Kissmut Pergunnah of Bellia Busseindarry, Ciroar Saleemabad, named Sahebnugur, in the districts of the Chuckia of Burdwan, containing the Mouza Bhilla, and all the lands lying on the east side of the River Ganges. Division 10 Annas. Mahal Ki&smuttea. Amount . • 2,791 11 12 2 Form of the Sign Manual. After the receipt of the Muchuloa and Zaminee, according to custom. £e the Sunnud granted. Form of the Feed Huckbektjt. In consequence of the Ferd Sawal, signed by the glory of the nobility and administration, Sujah-ul-Mulck, Hossam-6-Dowla, Meer Mahonuu Jjfliei Khan Behauder, Mahabut Jnng, Nazim of the Soubah, tlie form 1 1 wincli Is herein fully set forth, the office of the Zemindarry of the KissiDut Fcronimah of Calcutta, etc., of the Sircar Sautgaum, etc., belonging to the Paradise of Nations, the Soubah of Bengal, in consideration of the sum of twenty 16 Bengal^Ka III. Fart I thousand odo hundred and one Rupees (20,101) Pishoash, etc., to the Imperial Circar, is conferred on the noblest of Merchants, the Eng^lish Company, who have delivered a Muchuloa and Zaminee, into the books, and petition for the Sunnud. In this particular what are you pleased to decree? 27 Mahals. Deroobust • .15 Mahals, Eissmuttea • .12 Mahals. Amount, according to the account signed by the Canongoo of the Soubah. Rupees 2,22,958 10 2 S Form of the Ferd Jatcal, and partienlart qf the MahaU have been written above. Fiehcash of the Imperial Cirear^ etc, 20J01 Bupeee, Piihcash of the Cirear Nuuornma Soabfthdary . Visier*! Feet . Ks. 12,101 6,000 8,000 • t» Form of the Sign Manual. It has been viewed, FoEM of the Muchuloa, dated the We> the English Company, do declare^ that whereas the office of the Zemindarry of the Eissmut Fergunnah of Calcutta, etc., of the Sircar Saut- gaum, etc., belonging to the Paradise of Nations, the Soubah of Bengal, in consideration of the sum of twenty thousand one hundred and one Rupees (20,101) Pishcash, etc., to the Imperial Cirear, from the month Poos (anno 1164) in the year eleven hundred ana sixty -four of the Bengal ^ra, has been conferred on us, to the end that we attend to the rites and customs thereof, as is fitting, nor in the least circumstance neglect or withhold the vigilance and care due thereto. That we deliver into the treasury in the proper times the due rents of the Cirear. That we behave in such manner to the inhabitants and lower sort of people, that by our good management the said Pergnnnahs may flourish and increase. That we suffer no robbers nor house-breakers to remain within our districts, and take such care of the King^s highways that the travellers and paBsengers may pass and repass without fear or molestation. That (which Ood forbid) if the effects of any person be plundered or stolen we discover and produce the robbers or thieves, together with the goods, and deliver the goods to the owners, and the criminals to condign punishment, or else that we ourselves be responsible for the said goods. That we take especial care that no one be guilty of any crime or drunkenness within the limits of oar Zemindarry. That after the expiration of the year, we take a discharge according to custom, and that we deliver the accounts of our Zemindarry agreeable to the stated forms every year into the duftercana of the Cirear, and that we refrain from demanding the articles forbidden by the Imperial Court (the Asylum of the World). For this reason we have given this writing as a muchulca and agreement, Uiat upon any occasion recourse may be had thereto^ 27 Mahals. Deroobust • .15 Mahals. Kisemutt^a • • 12 „ Amount . . 2,22,958 10 2 8 ParticuJjrs of the Mahale hare be;n written in the endorsement. Pftrt X Bengal— No. III. 27 FoEM of the Sign Manual. It is accepted. Form of the Tomsook Hazib Zamineb> dated the I^ « « # * do declare^ that whereas the office of the Zemindany of the Eissmut Fergannah of Calcutta, etc., of Circar Saut^umi etc., belong- iug to the Paradise of Nations, the Soubah of Bengal^ has been conferred on the noblest of Mezohants, the English Company ; I, being appointed the personal security for the said Company with the Circar, do agree, and give this writing, that the aforesaid Company shall be present and execute the functions of the Zemindarry : If they shall absent themselves, I will make them appear ; but if at any time I am not able to make them appear, I will be responsible for their compacts. For this reason I have given this writing as a Tomsook Hazir Zaminee, that upon any occasion recourse may be had thereto. FoBM of the Sign Manual. Signed. FoKic of the Agrbbmbnt for the Pishcash, etc., to the Imperial Ciboar. Account of the agre^nent for the Pishcash, etc., made for obtaining the gmnt of the Sunnnd for the Zemindarry of the Kissmut Pergunnah of Calcutta, etc., of the Ciroar Sautgaum, eto., in the name of us, the English Company, for the year 1165 of the Bengal ^ra. Pishcash • Rs. 20,101 Pishcash of the Imperial Circar • Rs. 12,101 Nuzzurrana Soubahdarry • „ 5,000 Vizier's Fees • . „ 8,000 Rs. 2,22,958 10 2 8 6. SuNNUD for the Free Tenure of the Town of Calcutta, etc., to the HoNORABLB East India Company, given under the Seal of the Nabob Allow 6 Dowla Mber Mahombb Saddock Ehan Bbhauper, Assud Juno, Dewan of the Soubah of Bengal. To the Muttaseddees for afiairs for the time being and to come, and Zemindars, and Chowdrahs and Talookdars, and Canongoos of the Mouza of Oovindpoor, etc., in the districts of the Pergunnah of Calcutta, belonging to the Paiudise of Nations, the Soubah of Bengal. Be it known, that in con- sequence of the Ferd Sawal, signed by the glory of the nobility and adminis- 28 Bengal— No. III. Fart I tratiou, Sujah-uI-MuIck, Hossam 6 Dowla, Meer Mahomed Jaffier Khan Beliau duire comme ils n'ont pas produit qu'une douleur sensible, & tout ce qui s'est passe en bas par rapport au Pa- vilion Anglois et aux insultes qui sont commis, est sans leur ordre et Parti Bengal— No. IV. 88 pour les autres actes d^hostilit^ corn- mis par les dits Vaisseaux. Akt. 2d. Messieurs le Direcieur & Conseil de Chintsura d^dommageront et la Compagnie, & lee particuliere de tons dommages causes par les Com- mandans de leurs Vaisseaux, soit par leur ordre, ou non^ et rendrout im- m^iatement tous nos Vaisseauz, rounitions^ et eSets qui peuveut encore rester dans levrs mains. k regret peut-Stre par des gens d'Equipage an premier abord dans un mal enteudement des ordres^ av^o quelle demonstration ils esp^rent qne Messieurs le Gouvemeur & Conseil seront safisament satisfaits. Comme les Vaisseaux Hollandois ont re^u aussi une grande perte & dommage^ il paroit dur d'insister sur le d^dom- magement ; mais^ ce qui est en effet sera rendu volontairement : On prie Messieurs le Goaverneur & Conseil de r^fl^cbir sur cet Article ^uitablement, et en oas qu^on ne desistera^ none ferona en sorte de les satisfaire. JrrefJ i Oarhetiy Li ler Dtcemhre 1759. SiCHD. Becseb. John Cooke. d em andes Je la part du Hollanioit. Article le. ' Qne Messieurs les Anglois ^tant dans lestermesd'unaccommodement effectuent que leur alli^ le Nawab e'en retourne ou au moins qu'il se tienne tranqnilledans son camp, sans nous faire auculi tort, et que les arti- cles de ndtre accommodement soient accepts, approuves & conliim^s par le Nawab, comme principal, autant qn'ils le concernent, tant pour le pr^* sent que pour Favenir. 2d. Un mutael oubli de tout ce qui s'est pa6s6 pendant les troubles^ qui ont oess^ k present, de plus une assur- ance parfaited'amiti^, fid^Iit^ & cor- respondance, qni soient entretenus M. JoHs. Bachbracut; J. C. KiST. RfpoNsa de hi part de» Angloiu Article le. Noes nons sommes d^j^ servi de tout notre credit auprea du Nazim, et nous continuerons de men^ pour I'engager & faire retirer son arm^e, le moment que les Messieurs du Gouvernement Hollan- dois ont rempti ses ordres. Les artmles convenus entre les Anglois et les Hol- landois ne peuvent point Stre entremeles dans le Traits que le Gouvernement de Hougly doit conclure avec le Nazim comme principal. 2d. Approuv^, autant qu^il ne contrevient point k dalliance que nons avons avec le Nazim du pais. Pendant que Tamiti^ Bubsiste entre nos deux sonverains en Europe. F 84 Bengal— No. IV. Part I entre les deux nations par les chefs Respectables de cbacune sans tol^rer Bucnne hostility de part, ni d'autre sous quelque pr^texte que ce soit^ que chacun fera de son mieux pour entre- tenir oette Intelligencei & de contri- buer en tout ce qui pourroit aug- menter le Bonheur de toutt^s les deux : sans donner directement ou indirectement du secours k ceux qui vondroient nuire Vane ou Pautre. 8e. Comme on n'a agi ni par d&lara« tion de guerre, ni par commission, nos troupes & gens de mer, ue peuv- ent 6tre coD8id£r6s comme prison- niers de guerre qui soient sujets k une capitulation, mais simplement comme des arrStes temporels; de sorte qu'ils doivent Stre libres, et sortir avec tons les honneurs mili- taiies. 4e. Qu^on nous laisse dans une posses- sion Jjibre, tranquille & pas dimi- nueOi de nos ^tablissemeuts com- merce, droits & prerogatives. be. Que toutes les personnes, posses* Bions, Itablissements, terres, mai- Bons, vais/seaux, b&timens, tant de la Compagnie, qu'aux particuliers, & tout ce qui en depend, soient de- clares libres & rendus en presence des Deputes expres, des deux pailiis, dans Tetat quails ^toient. 6e, )jes Ratifications seront echang^es fious I'approbation de Messieurs les Pirecteurs des Compagnies le plus tdt qn'H sera possible, Se. Nons ne regardons point les oflSciers et trouppes Hollandoises comme nos prisonniers; mais comme ceux da Nazim : Nous sommes done prAts k les relacher d^s que le gouvernement de Hougljf ont fini leur negotiation aveo le Nazim, k Pexception de ceux qui veulent entrer dans ndtre service, ou qui demandent la protection du pavilion anglois. Nous n^avons jamais interrompu Mes^ sieurs les Hollandois dans leurs justes droits ou privileges, et ne sommes point dans I'intention de le faire. 6e« Tons les vaisseaux, barqnes, &c., dans notre possession seront restitues d^ que nos demandes seront accordes, ou une assurance qu'ils seront de la part de Messieurs le Direoteur & Conseil de Hougljr. 6e. Accorde. Fart I Bengal^No. IV. 86 7e. Finalement les deux parties seront tftiarandeurs reciproquement de I'Ex^ution das Articles prec^dens. 7e. Nous ne voions point la necessity de cat article. Aft&i ce prhent h Garhetty le ler ArtHi ce pr/ient h Garetty le 3ni6 Decembre 1769. D^embre 1769. M. JoHS Bachbracht. J. C. KiST. BlcHD. Bbcfeiu John Cookb. Revbrs. Convenn, & arr^t^ que la Langue franyoise^ dont on s^est servi dans qnel- Jnes ezemplaires de ce present traits d'accommodement, & dont on sera obligd e se servir il Tavenir dians son ex^cution^ ne foumira ancun exemple qui pour- roit 6tre all^gu^ an prejudice des Maitres et Frincipaux respectiis des deux parties Contractantes, mais qu'on se r^glera dans la suite selon ce qu'on trouvera h. regard des Principaux des deux partis^ qui soiit dans le droit, contnme & possession d'exp^ier & te9evoir pareils Tiait^s & actes dans une autre Langue que le fran^is d^jk observ^^ on ce qui doit 6tre observe. Le present Traits & les accessions qui y peuvent intervenir, retiennent la mSme vertu^ & propri^t^, que si la m^me ooutume y avoit ^t^ observe ; & les articles separ6s qu'on y voudroit entremettre conserveront pareillement la tnSme efficace que s'ils ^toient inserfet dalis le traits. En foi de qnoi nous soussignfe D^put^s du tr^ Noble^ & tr^ respectable Prfeident & Conseil du fort Willinm, & du trds Nobles & tr^ respectable Directeur & Conseil du fort Gustavus, Membres de leurs Assembles respec- tives, avons sign£ ce pr&ent reveifs^ & y fait apposer les Cachets de nos armes. Jinsi/ait au Lieu de nos Confirenees h Garretky le 8 Decembre 1759. M. JoHSi BACHERACHt. RiCHD. BBCHilB. J. C. KiST. JdHN CoOKB. .RATIflCATIOSi. Nous 80u§sign^8 acceptons par ces pr^sentes^ le^ articles pl*^c^ents d'un iliatuel & rfoiproque accommodement, negoci& & arr^t^s pour la pacification g^n^ raleentre les Etablissem ens et su jets de nos Maitres & Principaux respectifs, par nos Deputes Extraordinaires, savoir d'une part, les Sieurs Ricliard Becher et John Cooke Conseillers du fort William : & de Pautre Les Sieurs Jean 86 Bengal— No. IV. Fart I Bacheraclit & Jean Charles Kist, Membre du Conseil poKtique et de Justice du fort Oustavus ioi, et les approuvons confirmoDs & ratifions au Dom & sous approbation de nos susdits Maitres & Frincipaux en Europe, promettant de faire incessamment et4idelementexdcater la Restitution mutuelle stipule dans les predits Articles, pour Hssoupir ton tee les mesintelligences & d^m£16s survenus jusqu'ici ; d'ailleurs & outre cela de faire passer le content! de cette prfetente Convention, antant qu'il sera necessaiie par une publication solemnelle k la eonnoissaoce de tons ceux qui dependent de nous, afin qu'elle soit dans tons ses points esseutiels religieusement observ^e, en jvitant tout ce qui pourra dans la Suite alterer, ou troubler I'amiti^ & le Voisinage paisible qui subsiste k pr&ent heureusemeut entre nos Etablissemens respectifs r^tablie. £ti foi de quoi nous avons sign£ et munis ces presentes avec les Sceaux de nos deux Nobles Compagoies des Indes Orientales etablies ici. Donn6 k Ilovglyt le 6e D^cembre 1769. An. Risdomb. P. Veiinbt. R. H. Armbnault. M. TSINCK. j. l. v. schhtichavem. Sn. Dehoog. p. \V. Falck. Donn£ €af€9tlia, h 8e D^cembre 1769. Robert Clivb. C* Manninoham. W. P. Frankland. J. Z. HOLWBLU W. Mackbtt. Thos. BoDDAir, Wm. B. Sumnbb. W. McGuiRB. Translation. In the kamb of the Most Holy TjaiNiTt^, To all whom lAese Present 8 concern, or may in any way interest^ be %l known ^ The most noble and most respectable President and Council of Fort William^ and the most noble and respectable Director and Council oi Fort Gustavus in these territories, animated by an ardent desire to remove all the troubles, obstacles, and differences which have been experienced in Bengal, and to re-establish complete tranquillity in their respective settlements, have, with this view, nominated, vested with full powers, and deputed the following gentlemen to Garethy, the place appointed for the conferences :-— On the part of the roost noble and most respectable Preadent and Council of Port William, Messrs. Richard Beoher and John Cooke, Counsellors of the Guyemment. On the part of the most noble and most respectable Director and Council of Port Gustavus, Messrs. John Bacheracht and John Charles Kist, Membt^rs of the Political Council and of the Department of Justice, who discussed the different matters of which the insertion in the present treaty of settlement Part I Bengal— No. IV. 37 ivas considered necessary by their Principals here ; and after mature deliber- ation, a pacification was agreed upoo^ the result of which has been an entire oessation of hostilities both by sea and land^ according to the terms of the following Articles^*— J)emand$ on the pari of the Engtieh. Abticlb 1. Hie Director and Council of Chinsura shall afford dae satisfaction to the President and Council of Fort William for the insult offered to the British flag by the Commanders of Dutch vesselsi and for the detention of several of our ships^ which have been seized and stopped down the river, contrary to Treaties and the alliance subsisting between the two nations, as well as for other acts of hostility committed by the said vessels. Articlb 2. The Director and Council of Chiusura shall indemnify both the Company and individuals for all losses caused by the Commanders of their vessels, whether by their orders or not, and shall immediately give up all our ships, munitions, and effects which may still be in their bands. Replies on the part of the Dutch. Article L The Director and Council of Chin- sura state, that as they have always entertained pacific sentiments, the troubles which have arisen and affected the good understanding between the two nations cannot but be a source of great pain, and that what has passed respecting the British flag und the in- sults offered, has taken place without their orders and to their regret. Those acts may probably have been committed by the people composing the crew under a mit'conception of orders. With this explanation it is hoped that the Governor and Council will be satis- fied. Article 2. As Dutch vessels have also suffered great loss and injury, it seems hard to insist upon indemnification, but what there is in effects shall willingly be restored. The . Governor and Council are re- quested to consider this Article in a spirit of equity. In the event of their not desisting, we shall endeavour to satisfy them. Executed at Garheity^ the let December 17B9. (Signed) Richd. Becher. JoHK Cooke. f9 (Signed) John Bacheracut. J. C. KiST. i> Demands on the part of the Dutch. Article 1. That the English shall cause their ally, the Nawab, to return, or at least Replies on the part of the English. Article 1. We have already used all our in. fluence with the Nazim, and will con< 88 Bengal— No. IV. Fart I to remain quiet in his camp^ without doing: us any injury, and that the Articles of our settlement shall be approved} accepted and confirmed by the Nawab as a principal, in as far as they concern him, as well for the present as for the future. tinue doing so with a view to induce him to withdraw his army, as soon as the gentlemen of the Dutch Govern- ment have fulfilled his orders. The Articles agreed upon between the English and the Dutch cannot be intermixed in the Treaty which the Government of Hooghly is to conclude with the Nazim as principal. Article 2. There shall be a mutual oblivion of all that passed durinc; the pre- valence of troubles which have now ceased, as well as a perfect assurance of friendship, fidelity, and communi- cation between the two nations through the respectable Chiefs of each, without the toleration of any hostility on either side, under any pretext whatsoever. Each shall do his best to maintain this good under' standing and to augment the welfare of both, without directly or in- directly aiding those who may desire to hurt either nation. Articlb 2. Approved, so far as this Article does not contravene our alliance with the Nazim of the Country, and shall h^ observed while friendship shall subsist between our respective Sovereigns in Europe. Article S. As the acts done have not resulted from a declaration of war, our troops and seamen cannot be considered as prisoners of war, subject to a capi« tulation, but simply as persons under temporary detention; they should, therefore, be released and allowed to depart with military honours. ArtioLb 3. We do not regard the Dutch Officer^ and troops as our prisoners, but as those of the Nazim. We shall, there- fore, be prepared to release them as soon as the Government of Hoogly shall have brought its negociations with the Nazim to a close, with the exception of such of them as may wish to enter our service, or may apply for the protoction of the British flag. Articlb 4. That we shall be left in free, quiet, and undiminished possession of our establishments, commerce^ rightSi and prerogatives: Articlb 4. We have never interrnpted the Dutch gentlemen in the enjoyment of their just rights or privileges, and have no intention to do so. Part I Bengal^No. IV. 89 Aehclb 6. That all persons^ possessioDfi^ es- tablishments^ lands, houses, vessels, belonging as well to the Com- pany as to individuals, and all dependent thereon, shall be declared free, and restored in the state in which tbey were, in presence of the special deputies of the two parties. Article 6. The ratiOcations shall be ex- changed with approbation of the Directors on the part of the re- spective Companies as soon as practicable. Articlb 7. Ilnally, the two parties shall be reciprocally guaranteed in respect to the execution of the foregoing Articles, Executed at Oarhetty the ht of December 1759. Aeticle 5. All the vessels, barks, etc., in our possession, shall be restored as soon as our demands shall have been complied with, or an assurance given that they shall be, on the part of the Director and Council of HoogUy. Abticlb 6. Agreed. Article 7. We do not see the necessity of this Article. Executed at Garietty, fie 3rd of December 1759. (Sd) John BACfiBRAOHT. >i J. C. KiST. (Sd.) Richard Becher. )> John Cooke. Agreed and resolved, that the French language, which has been used in some copies of the present Treaty, and which it shall become necessary to Qse hereafter in its execution, shall furnish no ground for any allegation to the prejudice of the respective masters and principals of the two contracting parties, but that matter shall be regulated according to the practice of the principals who are in the habit of despatching and receiving similar treaties and acts in other than the French language. Any separate Articles which may be appended shall have the same force as if they had been inserted in the Treaty. Katipication. Wej the nndersigned^ accepti by these presents^ the foregoing Articles of 40 Bengal— No. V» Part I a mutual settlemeut negotiated and adopted for the general pacification of the establishmeDts of our respective masters and principals through our Deputies, namely, on the one part^ Messrs. Richard Becher and John Cooke, Coun?- sellorsat Fort TVilliam, and on the other, Messrs. John Bacheracht and John Charles Kist, Members of the Political Council and of the Department of Justice at Fort Oustavus here ; and we approve, confirm, and ratify the same, in the name, and subject to the approbation of, our respective masters and principals in Europe, promising to cause immediately and faithfully the mutual restitution stipulated in the aforesaid Articles, with a view to the removal of the mis- understandings and disorders which have hitherto prevailed, and, moreover,, to bring the contents of this convention as far as may be necessary, by means of a formal publication, to the knowledge of all those who are dependent oa us, in order that the same may, in all essential points, be religiously observed, so as to avoid in future whatever may tend to disturb the friendship and good understanding now happily subsisting between our respective establishments; In witness whereof, we have signed and afl^ed to these presents the Seals of the two East India Companies, respectively. Oiven at Hoogilf, fhe dthDeeembet Given at Calcutta, the 8th Deeemben 1769. 1769. (Sd.) A. BiSDOMB Coy.'s (Sd.) RoBT. Clivb. 9i E. L. Vbrnbt. 11 F nr^ . Seal. f> C MANNINGHAlf; W. F. Fbanklandi y> M. TSINCK. >9 ff J. L. V. SCHBVICHAVBMr. ft J. Z. Holwblu. II S. Dbhooo. ii W. Mackbtt. II p. W. Falck. II Thomas Boddam. » W. B. SUMNBE^ t9 Vf. McGuiBB. No. V. Gttabakteed Agbeement between the Dutch and the Nabobs 23rd August 1760. Articles agreed on by the under- mentioned Deputies appointed by the Directore and Council for tbe Dutch East India Company in Bengal, to be performed on the part of the said Company ,and conditions granted them in consequence by the Nabob Artikelen, goedgekeurd by d'onder-^ geteekende Gedeputeerde aangesteU van den Directeur en Kaad der Neder^ landsche Oost Indische Comp : Bengalen, om van \vegens comp : te worden nagekomen : als mede Yoorwaardens^ een ingevolge van dien ixt voorsz ; Part I Bengal— No. V. 41 Jaffer Ally Cawn, Sojah al Meulk Behadre, Maliaubut Jung, the per- formance of which said Articles and conditions are at the request of both the contracting parties guaranteed to them respectively by the under- signed President and Counoil of Fort William. toegestaan door den Nabab Jaffer Alychan So^ja-al Molk fieadur^ de volbrenging der voorsz : artikelen en voorwaardensy is op verzoek byder contracteerende partyen, geguaranteerd door de respective ooderget : President en raad van't fort William. AaTIOLB IsTi The Directore and Council shall immediately send away from Chin« chura and their other Factories all the Europeans they have exceeding the number of one hundred and twenty-five granted them by Treaty : The said men may remain on Board of their Ships at Culpee or Fulta till an opportunity ofEers of convey- ing them to Batavia. AbtI. Den DirectetLr en Raad van Chin- s6ra, zullen onmiddelyk van Hou^l}^ en hunne verdere Comptoiren alhier, wegzendeui alle de manschap die't getal van 125 koppen te boven gaat, bun by vorige Tractaten tooges^n: zullende zich dezelve op een hunner te Culpi of Folta liggende Soheepen zo lang moeten ophouden tot dat ze by eene gemackelyke gelegenheid Bata- via waards kunnen vervoerd werdeu. Snd. That if they have erected any new Fortifications or deepened or wideuM their Ditch since the execution of their Treaty with the Nabob, they shall be immediately reduced to their former condition. 8bd. That if they have augmented their number of Ouns or their quantity of Military Stores beyond what is ne« oessary for the ordinary uses of their Factory, the overplus shall imme- diately be sent away in the same manner as is mentioned in the first Article regarding the men. 2. Dat by aldien ze eenige nieuwe vuestingwerken hebben opgeworpen, of hunne gracbten uytgediegt, vergi*oot of verwyderd zedert den dag der volvoer- ing van bun laast met den Nabab geslotene Tractaat, onmiddelyk tot hunne vorige staat zullen wederbrengen. 8. Dat ingevalle zy't getal van hunne canonen of Oorlogs ammonitie hebbeu vermeerderd haven't geen zij tot't ordi- nair gehrdyk in hunne bezittingen benodigt hebben, zy't overschot in zelvervoegen zullen doen verzenden als by't eerste artikel ten opzigte der man- schap is vermeld. 4th. That they shall never suffer more than one Europe Ship at a time to some higher up the River than 4. Dat ze nooyt zuVen gedoogen meer dan een E iropisch Schip, tegetyk hooger dau Culpi, Folia of Mayapour^ 42 Bengal— I7o. V. Part I Culpeej Fnlta or Myapore without the express leave of the Nabob first obtained. 5th. The said Depnties on the part of the said Direotore and Conocil do hereby renew^ confirm and ratify ail the conditions by them agreed on in the Treaty concluded between the English Commissaries on behalf of the Nabob and the Commissaries on the part of the said.Directore and Council the 3rd of December 1759^ and more expressly and particularly that part which limits their forces in Bengal to the number of one hundred and twenty-five Europeans. 6th. The said Directore and Council shall now and at all times when the Nabob may require it permit an officer of his together with an Eng- lish officer to review the men and Military Stores in Chinchura and their other Factories. Or if any other means can be agreed on be- tween the Governor and Council of Fort William and the Directore and Council of Chinchura^ whereby the number of the men and the quantity of Military Stores may be ascer- tained to the satisfaction of the said Governor and Council of Fort Wil- liam 60 as that they may be enabled to answer to the Nabob as Guaran- tees for the Security of his Country, in snch case the Nabob will not insist upon the review. 7th. The Nabob's Duan Ray Ray en A meed Bay on the behalf of the Nabob solemnly engages to the said te laten opkomen, zonder alvorent daartoe van den Nabab' eene 6ytdnic- kelyke vergunning erhingt te hebben. 5. De voorsz : Gtecommitteerdens van wegens den Directedr en Baad yap Chinsura, vemie&weny bevestigen en ratificeeren mits deezen alle de voor- waardens. byh^n aangenomen in't Traotaat) gesloten tusschen de Engels- che Commiss: als mode den Nabab tereene^ en den Directedr en Baad van Hourly ter anderezyde, op den 8 Xber 1759 en in't bjrzonder dat gedeolte welk de Militaire Magt in Beng^le op 125 Europeeeen bepaalt. 6. De voorsz : Directedr en Baad, zdllen nd en ten alien tj^den, wanneer 't de Nabab mosr^'O requireeren toestaan dat een zyner Officieren vergezeld met eenen Engeken, der ht&nne Manschap ea Oorlogs voorraadte Chinsura en verdere Comptoiren overzien. Of indien men tusschen den Godvernedr en Baad van't Fort William en den Directedr ea Baad van Chinsura, door eenige andere middelen kan overeenkomen, waardoor den Godvernedr en den Baad vau't Fort William konde tot deszelfs genoe- gen verzekert werdeo van't getal hdnner manschap, en de hoeveelheid van der- zelver krygsvoorraad, en Zjralsvermii- delaar mogten & mogeude wezen, den Nabab een voldoende antwoord te geven, omtrend de veiligheid van zyn land, dat alsdan in een alzulk g^val de Nabab niet zoude op de mosteringinsisteeren. De Nababs Duwan Baay Baayaan Ameed Baay verbind zi^r plegtelyk van wegens den Nabab, aanden voorgemel- Part I Bengal— 19 a V. 43 Diieotore and Council that on their complying with the before goiug^ conditionsy tbev sliall hereafter l^ Bopported in all their Bights, Liber- ties and Prerogatives in Trade as granted them by the Phirmaauds of the Mogul. 8th. That they shall in future be bnr- then'd with no new or unusual Taxes or Contributions whatsoever^ and particularly that they shall be freed from the payment of the sum exacted from them for some years past by the 8oub«h of Patna under the title of Peshcush due for the priviledge of the Trade of Salt Petre ; it not being jast that the said Directore and Council should continue to pay f(»r a priviledge that they do not now hold. 9th. Tkit they shall have a free and aniDterrupted passage for their Ships and Vessels in the Hiver with the ex- pe[»tion mentioned in the 4th Arti- cie, as also for their Oxen, Carts, Cooleys, Peons, Cossids, ko., by lai.d to their usual destinM Place, with the ^c»d of the Company and that of the Directore or Chiefs or other Servants properly qualified, without being sub- ject to any impositions from any Phousdars, Jaguerdars, Chowkeydars, Droghers or other Officers of the Government. 10th. That in consequence of the several Phirmaunds by them obtained : The Dutch East India Company's Trade in the Provinoes of Bengal, Bahar and Orixa shall be free and uninterrupted IB all Articles whatsoever, excepting den Directeur en Baad, dat zodra zjr zich de voorengenoemde voorwaarden hebben- onderworpen, in alle hnnne regelen, Vrijheden en Prerogativen, hun hy Firmaans van de Mogol verleend^ ziilleu werden onderstetLnd. 8. Dat zf in den aanstaande, met geene nieuweof ongewone geld afperseingen hoe genaamt, zullen werden beladen, en voornamentlyk dat ze ziillen bevryd zyn van de betaling eener Somma, hun eeiiiee jaaren geleden door den Souba van Patna voor de privilegie van den Salpeter bandel, onder den naam van Peeskes afgeeischt, door dien't niet billyk z6Bde zj^n dat gemelde Directeur en Raad zoude continueeren te betalen voor cen privilegie dat ze thans niet meer behouden. 9. Dat ze voor hunue Scheepen en vaar tuygen zullen hebben een vrye en on gehinderde doortogt, egter met deeze uytzondering als b^'t vierde artikel vermeld staat, zo-mede over land, voor hunne oesen, karren, codlys, pions, casseds na hunne gewoonlyke bestemde plaatsen gaande, mits voorzien zynde met 't zegel van de comps : en dat van den Directeur opperhoofden of andere daartoe geq&alificeerde Dienaren zon- dereenige belasting van Fausd&ars, Jagierdaars, Chodkidaars, Derrogas of andere officieren van de Begeering, onderhevig te ^yn. 10. Dat ingevolge van verscheide door bun verkregene Firmaans, den handel van de Nederlandsche Oost Indischs Comp : in Bengalen, Behaar en Orixa, vry en ongestoord, in alle artikelen hoegenaamt, zal worden gedreven, 44 Bengal— No. V. Part I the purchase of Salt Petre of which the Nabob has granted to the Eng- lish the Exclusive Priviledge. 11th. That the Nabob will order the account of their coinage in the mint at Cariem Abaad to be adjusted and the balance which may appear due to be discharged^ and that in future their Business in the said Mint shall be carried on without Molestation or hindrance, and the nett produce be delivered without any detention or unlawful! deduction. Done at Fort William, tkit 23rd of August 1760. 1 he above-mentioned Articles hav- ing been duly ratified by the Nabob on one part and on the other by the Direotore and Council of Chinchura are now signed by us the Governor and Council of Fort William as Guarantees. Done at Fort William, thie 22nd day of September 1760. (Signed) Hbnby Vansittakt. John Caillaud. Wm. B. Sumner. T. Z. HoLWBLL. W. MctiuiBB. S. Verelst. S. L. Smyth. CuLUNG Smith. 9f 99 99 99 99 99 99 uytgenomen den Salpeter in zaam, welk voorregt den Nidbabaand'Engelsen met uytsluyting van alle andere heeft toe- gestaao. 11. Dat de Nabab zal ordre geven cm de rekening van hunne verstempeling in de Munt te Carriemabaad effen te stel- len, en^t Saldo dat bly ven zal hen nog te competeeren, uyt te keeren ; voorts dat iu't toekomendcy hunne bezigheden in de voorsz: Munt, vortgang zullen nenien zonder eenige de minste moles- tatie of verhinderingf en dat verdars 'tnette produet, zonder de minste aan of agter bonding of aftrekking voortaan zal werden afgelegt* Qegeveu in't Fort William^en 23 Augustus 1760. (Get.) J. P. de Wildb. „ M. Joh. Baghiracht* Adriaan Bisdom, directeur van we- gens de Bdele Nederlandsehe Oost In- discbe Maatschappy in Bengalen, Bek- aar en Orixa benevens ded Kaad doen te weeten aan alien en eeniegelyk die hel angaat of eeniger wyze kan aangaan. AIzoo wy^t oorbaar en geraden heb- ben gevonden eene conventie met zyn Excellentie den Heere Jaffer Aliechan, Souja ulmulk Beadur, Nawab der Pro- vintien van Kengalen, Behaar en Orixa &0.S &o., &c., aante gaan, door dewelke alle zedert eenige tyd gewezene differ- enten finaal in der minne mogten veref- fent woi*den, en wy weder zouden kun- nen gevoelen de vrugten en emoluwen- ten eeoes vryen^ongestoordenen onver- hinderden handels in deeze gewesten, zoveel als't ntfmelyk doenlyk is en de tyds omstandigheden komen te lyden voorts deeze konventie by ^lederzydse afgevaardigdeiis voorzien met een ampel bevel, op aa^ en jaare als daar by ver- meld Siaat, in de voi*enstaande artikelen Part I Bengal— No. VI. 46 en kondilien, onder den roiddeling en gnarantie des respectiven President en Baad van't Fort William gesloten, on- dergeschreven en getekent is geworden ; En vermits de inhoud van't voorsz : Instrdment dicteerd^ dat de acien van ratifikatien van d'eene & d'audere zjde in goede en behoorlyke forme zuUen worden ujrtgewisseld^ binnen de ijd van twintig dagen te rekenen van den dag der onderteekening ; zo is't : Dat we, em overtuygende bewyzen te geven, van onze opregtheid, en om te voldoen aan'tgeen onze gecommitteerdens voor ens beloofd bebben, de voorsz : conventie in alle haare hoofden, artikelen en voorwaardens generalek zo veel in one is, egter onzer approbatie onzer Ueereu en Meesters en illibaat den eygendom van dcrzelver verkregene waare regten, Vrjbeiden en besittingea alhier, hebben geaggreerd en geratiGceerd, gelyk wy, dezelve alleles aggreeren en ratificeeren by dezen, belovende ter goeder tronwe en sinceerlyk, dat wy, alle^t geene aliessis daarin, overeengekomen, gesloten en by ons gerati6ceerd is geworden, van pgint tot point zilllen nakomen, onderhonden, en zorge dragen dat bjr onze onderhorige egaljk, zonder daar tegen te doen direct of indirectelyk op wat wyze en manier 't ook zaude moge wezen g'observeerd worde. Tot bekragtiging en kondschap van alle bet welke hebben wj deeze met onze hand onderteekend, en ons groot zegel daarby doen stellen. Oe^even binnen't Fort OusiavuSi ten onzen Nederlandschen Hoofd Comptoure Hougljr in Bengalen dezen 20 September 1760. Oetk.) 1 An. Bisdom. ) 2 R. B. Armbnault. ) 8 L. ZUTDLAND. ) 4 M. TsiNCK. ) 5 j. l. v. schevichavbn. ) 6 Sn. Dbhogg. ) 7 J. C. KisT. ) 8 p. W. Falck. 11 11 II II i9 11 No. VI. A Tbeaty between the Nabob Meeb Mahomed Kossim Ehan and the Company. — 1760. Comptny's SeaU Meer Mahomed EoBsim Khan Behaader's Seal. ^ — ^ Two Treaties have been written of the same teuor^ and reciprocally 46 Bengal--lio. VI. Part X excbaogedi containing tbe Articles undermentioned, between Meer Mabomed Kossim Khan Behaader and tbe Nabob* ShnmVd-Dowla, Governor^ and the rest of tbe Connoil, for the affairs of the English Company ; and during tbe life of Meer Mahomed Kossim Khan Bebauder, and the duration of tbe facto- ries of tbe English Company in this country, this Agreement shall remain iii force. Ood is witness between us that tbe following Articles shall in no wise be infringed by either party :— Abtiolb 1. The Nabob> Meer Mahomed Jaffer Khan Behauder, shall continue in possession of his dignities^ and all affairs be transacted in his name, and a suitable income shall be allowed for his expenses, Articlb 2. Tbe Neabut of tbe Soubabdarry of Bengal, fAzimabad and Oiissa, &c., shall be conferred by His Excellency, the Nabob, on iMeer Mabomed Kossim Khan Behauder; he shall be invested with the administration of all affairs of tbe Provinces, and after His Excellency he shall succeed to the Government, Abticlb S. Bbtwixt us and Meer Mabomed Kossim Khan Behauder, a firm friendship and union is established ; bis enemies are our enemies, and bis friends are our friends. Articlb 4. The Europeans and Telingas of the English Army shall be ready to assist tbe Nabob, Meer Mahomed Kossim Khan Behauder, in the management of all affairs; and in all affairs dependent on him, they shall exert themselves to tbe utmost of their abilities. Abtiolb 5. For all charges of the Company and of tbe said Army, and provisions for the field, ftc., the lands of Burdwan, Midnapore, and Chittagong shall be assigned, and Sunnuds for that purpose shall be written and granted. The Company is to stand to all losses and receive all the profits of these three countries, and we will demand no more than the three assignments aforesaid. Abtiolb 6. One-half of the Chunam produced at Sylhet for three years shall be purchased by the Oomastabs of the Company ^m the people of tbe Oovem- ment, at the customary rate of that place. The tenants and inhabitants of those districts shall receive no injury. * Governor Vuuittiurt t Or Behar. Part 1 Bengal— No. VL 47 Artiolb 7. The balance of the former tuncaw shall be paid aooording to the Ust- bnndee agreed upon with the Boyroyan. The jewels which have been pledged shall be received back again. Abtiolb 8. We will not allow the tenants of the Ciroar to settle in the lands of the English Company^ neither shall the tenants of the Company be allowed to settle in the lands of the Circar. AfiTIOLB 9. We will give no protection to the dependents of the Ciroar in the lands, or in the factories or the Company, neither shall any protection be given to the dependants of the Company in the lands of the Circar ; and whosoever shall fly to either party for refuge shall be delivered up. Article 10. The measures for war and peace with the Shahzada, and raising supplies of money^ and th^ concluding both these points, shall be weighed in the scale of reason, and whatever is judged expedient shall be put in execution ; and it shall be so contrived by the joint councils, that he be removed from this country, nor sufl'ered to get any footing in it. Whether there be peace with the Shahzada or not, our agreement with Meer Mahomed Kossim Khan Behauder, we will (by the grace of Gk)d) inviolably observe, as long as the English Compauy's factories continue in the country. Dated the 17tk of the month Sopiar, in tie 1174 year of tie Eegira^ or the 27 th September 1760. {Sign Manual of Meer Makomed Kouim Khan.) This w/M sealed on the 18th of the month Sophar, in the eleven hundred and seventy-fourth year of the Hegirai and the proposals agreed to. SUNNUUS GIVING EFFECT TO THE ABOVE TREATY. 1. SuNNUD under the Seal of the Nabob Naseeb til Mulk Imtbaz 6 DowLA Nessbbat Jukg Meeb Mahombd Kossim, Khak Behaudbb. To the Zemindars, Canongoos, Talookdars, Tenants, Husbandmen and Chiefs of the villages of the Fergunnah of Burdwan, &c., the Zemindarry of the Baja Tillukchand, in the districts of the Soubah of Bengal : Be it known that whereas divers wicked people have traitorously stretched forth their hands to plunder the subjects, and waste the royal dominions, for this reuson the said Fergunnah, &c., is granted to the English Company, in part of disburse- ment of their expens««, and the monthly maintenance of five hundred Euro- pean horse, two thousand European foot, and eight thousand sepoys, which are 48 Bengal'No. VII. Fart I to be entertained for the protection of the royal dominions. Let the above offioers quietly and contentedly attend and pay to the persons appointed by the English Company the stated revenaes, and implicitly submit in all things to their authority. And the office of the Collectors of the English Company is as follows : - They shall continue the zemindars and tenants in their places, regularly collect the revenues of the lands^ and deliver them in monthly, for the payment of the expenses of the Company and the pay of the above men- tioned forces, that they may be always ready cheeriully and vigorously to promote the afEairs of the King. Let this be punctually observed. Dated the 4th of the moon, Babdi^ul'Awul, tit Sun, answering to the IH month of the Cautie 1176, Bengal style. N.B. — Sunnuds for the Chuckia of Midnapore, in the districts of the Sonbah of Orissa, and for the Tbanna of Islamabad or Chittagong, apper- taining to the Soubah of Bengal, ate worded as the above. 2. SuNNUD under the Seal of the Nabob Naseeb-ul- MULCKi &c. To the Daroga of Chunam, to the Naib of Sylhet : Be it known, that whereas the English Company are constructing a Fort in Calcutta, and meet with great obstacles in finishing that work in the want of stone chunam; for this reaf^on it is ordered, that of whatever quantity of chunam is produced at that place one-half (the price thereof being received agreeable to the rate of that place) be delivered to the Oomastahs of the ISnglish Company for the term of three years, that no delays may be occasioned in finishing the Fort •foresaid ; and the other half is to be sent for the Circar. Let this be punc- tually observed. Dated the 4th of the moon Rahbuul'Awul, let Sun, anewering to the hi of the month Cautie 1176, Bengal style. No. VII. Abtiglbs of a Tbeatt and Agbeembnt between the Govebnob and Council of Fobt William, on the part of the English East India Company and the Nabob Sujah ul Mulck, HossAM-6-DowLA, Mbeb Mahomed Jaffieb Khan Bbhau- DEB, Mahabut Jung, 1763. Company's large Seal. The Seal of the Nabob Meer Mahomed Jaffier Khan Behauder, Mahabut Jung, &e. Part I Bengal^No. VII. 40 On tie part of tie Company. We engage to reinstate the Nabob Meer Mahomed Jaffier Khan Behaader in the Soubahdarry of the Provincet3» of Bengal, Behar^ and Orissa, by the deposal of Meer Mahomed Kossim Khan ; and the effects^ treasure, and jewels^ See., belonging to Meer Mahomed Kossim Khan, whioh shall fall into oar hands, shall be delivered up to the Nabob aforenamed. On the part of the Nabob. Artiolb 1. The Treaty which I formerly concladed with the Company upon my accession to the Nizamut, engaging to regard the honour and reputation of the Company, their Governor and Council, as my own, granting perwannahs for the Currency of the Company's business ; the same Treaty I now confirm and ratify. Artiolb 2. I do grant and confirm to the Company for defraying the expenses of their troops, the Chucklas of Burdwan, MidnaporCj and Chittagong, which were before ceded for the same purpose. Artiolb S. I do ratify and confirm to the English the privilege granted them by their Firmaund and several Husbulhookums, of carrying on their trade by the means of their own dustuck, free from all duties, taxes, or impositions, in all parts of the country, excepting the article of salt, on which a duty of 2^ per cent, is to be levied on the rowana, or Hooghly market price. Articlis 4. I give to the Company half the saltpetre which is produced in the country of Purnea, which their Gomastahs shall send to Calcutta. The other half shall be collected by my Fouzdar for the use of my offices ; and I will suffer no other person to make purchases of this article in that country. Artiolb 5. In the Chuckia of Sylhet, for the space of five years, commencing with the Bengal year 1170, my Fouzdar and the Company's Gomastah shall jointly prepare chunam, of which each shall defray half the expenses ; and half the chunam so made shall be given to the Company, and the other half shall be for my use. Artiolb 6. I will maintain twelve thousand horse and twelve thousand foot in the three Provinces. If there should be occasion for any more the number shall be increased by consent of the Governor and Council proportionably to the u ^O Bengal— Wo. VIL Part I emergency : Besides these, the force of the English Company shall always attend me when they are wanted. ^ Abticlb 7. Wherever I shall fix my court, either at Moorshedabad or elsewhere, I will advise the Oovernor and Conncil; and what number of English forces I may have occasion for in the management of ray affairs, I will demand themj and they shall be allowed me, and an English gentleman shall reside with me, to transact all affairs between me and the Company, and a person shall also reside on my part at Calcutta to negotiate with the Oovernor and Council. Abtiolb 8. The late Perwannahs issued by Kossim Ally Khan, granting to all mer- chants the exemption of all duties for the space of two years shall be reversed and called in, and the duties collected as before. Article 9. I will cause the Rupees coined in Calcutta to pass in every respect equal to the siccas of Moorshedabad without any deduction of batta ; and whosoever shall demand batta shall be punished. Abticlb 10. I will give thirty lakhs of rupees to defray all the expenses and loss accruing to the Company from the war and stoppage of their investment ; and I will reimburse to all private persons the amount of such losses, proved before the Oovernor and Council, as they may sustain in their trade in the country. If I should not be able to discharge this in ready moneyi I will give assignments of land for the amount. Article 11. I will confirm and renew the Treaty which I formerly made with the Dutch. Abticlb 12. If the French come into the country, I will not allow them to erect any fortifications, maintain forces, hold lands, Zemindarries, &c.^ but they shall pay tribute, and carry on their trade as in former times. Articlb 13. Some regulations shall be hereafter settled between us for deciding all disputes which may arise between the English Agents and Oomastahs in the different parts of the couutry and my officers. In testimony whereof, we, the said Governor and Council, have set our hands and affixed the seal of the Company to one part hereof ; and the Nabob Fart I Bengal— No. VII. 51 aforeDamed liath sefc his band and seal to another part hereof^ which were mutuallj done and interchanged at Fort William^ the lOtfa day of July 1763. (Signed) Henry Vansittaet. John Garnac. William Billbrs. Warrbn Hastings. Kandolfh Marrioft. Hugh Watts. 9J I>£MAKDS made on the part of the Nabob Meeb Mahomed Jaffibr Khan, and agreed to by the Council at the time of signing the Treaty. Artiolb 1. I formerly acquainted the Company with the particulars of my own affairs, and received from them repeated letters of encouragement and kind- ness with presents ; I now make this request that you will write in a proper fnanner to the Company, and also to the King of England the particulars of our friendship and union, and procure for me writings and encuuragement, that my mind may be assured from that quarter, that no breach may ever happen between me and the English, and that every Governor, Counsellor, and Chief of the English that are here, or may hereafter come, may be well disposed and attached to me. Article 2. Since all the English gentlemen, assured of my friendly disposition to the Company, confirm me in the Nizamut, I request that to whatever I may at any time write, they will give their credit and assent, nor regard the stories of designing men to my prejudice, that all my afiEairs may go on with success and no occasion may arise for jealousy or ill-will between us. Article 3. Let no protection be given by any of the English gentlemen to any of my dependents, who may fly for shelter to Calcutta or other of your districts, but let them be delivered up to me on demand. I shall strictly enjoin all my Fouzdars and Aumils, on all accounts to afford assistance and countenance to such of the Gbmastahs of the Company as attend to the lawful trade of their factories ; and if any of the said Oomastahs shall act otherwise, let them be checked in such a manner as may be an example to others. 52 Bengal^Na VIII. Part I Article 4. From the neighbourhood of Calcatta to Hooghly^ and many of their Per- gnnnahs bordering upon each other, it happens that, on complaints being made, people go against the talookdars, ryots, and tenants of my town, to the prejudice of the business of theCircar; wherefore let strict orders be given that no peons be sent from Calcutta, on the complaints of any one upon my talookdars or tenants ; but on such occasions let application be made to me, or to the Naibs of the Fouzdarry of Hooghly that the country may be subject to no loss or devastations ; and if any of the traders, which belonged to the Bucksbunder and Azimgung^, and have settled in Calcutta, should be desirous of returning to Hooghly, and carrying on their business there as formerly, let no one molest them. Chandernagore and the French factory were present- ed to me by Colonel Clive, and given by me in charge to Ameer Beg Khan ; for this reason let strict orders be given that no English gentleman exercise any authority therein, but that it remain, as formerly, under the jurisdiction of my people. Articlb 5. Whenever I may demand any forces from the Governor and Council for my assistance, let them be immediately sent to me, and no demand made on me for their expenses. The demands of Nabob Shujah ul Mulck, Hossam 6 Dowla, Meer Maho- med Jaliier Khan Behauder, Mahabut Jung, written in five Articles, we, the President and Council of the English Company, do agree and set our hands to, in Fort William, the 10th of July 1763. (Signed) Hbnet Vansittart. WiLLIAlf BlLLBBS. John Caetibb. Wabbbn Hastings. Randolph Mabeiott. Hugh Watts. 99 99 99 9i No. VIII. Nabob Mebr Mahomed Jaffieb Ally Khan's Note for Five Lakhs of Bupees per month for the expenses of the Army — 1764. Account of money settled for the expenses of the Europeans and Sepoys, the Artillery^ and raising of the Cavalry, which shall be paid a month sooner Fart I Bengal— No. IX. M or later^ according to the particulars uDdermentioned, from the beginning of the month Sopbar (Slst of July 1764) of the 5th year of the reign^ till the removal of the troubles with the Vizier, viz :— In the Province of Bengal, at Moorshedabad... Rs. 3,00,000 In the Province of Behar, at Patna „ 2,00,000 Total ... Rb. 5,00,000 WrUien tie IBth of Ruhbi-uIrAwul, the Bth year of the Jaloos^ 16ih September 1764. N.B.^^l will include in the aforesaid sum whatever balance may be due from me on account of my former agreement with the Company. No. IX. Abticlss of a Tbba.ty and Agbeembnt concluded between the GovBRNOE and Council of Fort William, on the part of the English East India Company, and the Nabob Nudjum UL DowLA. — 1766. On tie part of tie Company. Wb, the Oovemor and Council, do eng^age to secure to the Nabob Nudjum- ul-Dowla, the Soubahdarry of the Provinces of Bengal^ Behar^and Orissa; and to support him therein with the Company's forces against all his enemies. We will also at all times keep up such force as may be necessary effectually to assist and support him in the defence of the Provinces ; and as our troops will be more to be depended on than any the Nabob can have, and less expensive to him^ he need therefore entertain none but such as are requisite for the support of the Civil Officers of his government, and the business of his collec- tions through the different districts. We do further promise that in consideration the Nabob shall continue to aatost in defraying the extraordinary expenses of the war now carrying on against Sujah-ul-Dowla, with five lakhs of Rupees per month, which was agi^eed to by his father ; whatever sums may be hereafter received of the King, on account of our assistance afforded him in the war, shall be repaid to the Nabob. On tie part of tie Nabob. In consideration of the assistance the Governor and Council have agreed to afford, in securing to me the succession in the Soubahdarry of Bengal, Behar^ and Orissa, heretofore held by my father, the late Nabob Meer Jaffier 64 Bengal^No. IX. Part I Ally Khan, and supporting me in it against all my enemies, I do agree and bind myself to the faithful performanoe of the following Articles :«- Aktiolb 1. The Treaty which my father formerly concluded with the Company apon bis first accession to the Nizamut, engaging to regard the honor and reputa- tion of the Company and of their Governor and Council as his own, and grunting perwannahs for the currency oE the Company's trade, the same Treaty, as far as is consistent with the Articles hereafter agreed to, I do here- by ratify and confirm. Articlb 2. Considering the weighty charge of government^ and how essential it is for myself, for the welfare of the country, and for the Company's business^ that I should have a person who has had experience therein to advise and assist me, I do agree to have one fixed with me, with the advice of the Oovemor and Council, in the station of Naib Soubah, who shall accordingly have immediate- ly under me the chief management of all affairs : And as Mahomed Reza Khan, the Naib of Dacca, has in every respect my approbation and that of the Governor and Council, I do further agree that this trust shall be conferred on him, and I will not displace him without the acquiescence of those gentlemen ; and in case any alteration in this appointment should hereafter appear advis- able, that Mahomed Reza Khan, provided he has acquitted himself with fidelity in his administration, shall in such case be reinstated in the Naibship of Dacca with the same authority as heretofore, Articlb S. The business of the collection of the revenues shall, under the Naib Soubah, be divided into two or more branches as may appear proper ; and as I have the fullest dependence and confidence on the attachment of the English and their regard to my interest and dignity, and am desirous of giving them every testimony hereof, I do further consent that the appointment and dis- mission of the Muttaseddees of those branches, and the allotment of their several districts, shall be with the approbation of the Governor and Council ; and, considering bow much men of my rank and station are obliged to trust to the eyes and recommendations of the servants about them, and how liable to be deceived, it is my further will that the Governor and Council shall be at liberty to object and point out to me when improper people are entrusted, oi^ where my officers and subjects are oppressed, and I will pay a proper regard to such representations, that my affairs may be conducted with honor, my people everywhere be happy, and their grievances be redressed. Abticle 4. I do confirm to the Company, as a fixed resource, for defraying the ordi- nary expenses of their troops, the Chucklas of Burdwan, Midnapore, and Chittagongi in as full a manner as heretofore ceded by my father, ^The sum Part I Bengal— No. IX. 65 of five lakhs of Sicca Bupees per month for their maintenance was further agreed to be paid by my father; I agree to pay the same out of my treasury, while the exigency for keeping up so large an army continues. When the Company's occasions will aidmit of a diminution of the expenses they are put to on account of those troops^ the Governor and Council will then relieve me from such a proportion of this assignment, as the increased expenses incurred by keeping.up the whole force necessary for the defence of the Provinces will admit of : And as I esteem the Company's troops entirely equal thereto and as my own, I will only maintain such as are im medially necessary for the dignity of my person and government, and the business of my collections throughout the Provinces. Articlb 5. I do ratify and confirm to the English the privilege granted to them by their Firmaund and several Husbulhookums of carrying on their trade by means of their own dustuck, free from all duties, taxes or impositions, in all parts of the country, excepting in the article of salt, on which a duty of 8^ per cent, is to be levied on the towana or Hooghy market price. Article 6. I give to the Company the liberty of purchasing half the saltpetre pro- duced in the country of Purnea, which their Oomashtahs shall send to Calcutta ; the other half shall be collected by my Fouzdar for the use of my offices ; and I will suffer no other persons to make purchases of this article in that country. Article 7. In the Chuckla of Sylhet, for the space of five years, commencing with the Bengal year 1171, my Fouzdar and a Oomastah on the part of the Com* pany shall jointly provide chunam, of which each shall defray half the expense, and half the chunam so made shall be given to the Company. Article 8. Although I should occasionally i^move to other places in the Provinces, I agree that the books of the Circar [shall be always kept and the business conducted at Moorshedabad, and that shall, as heretofore, be the seat of my government : And wherever I am, I consent that an English gentleman shall reside with me to transact all affairs between me and the Company, and that a person of high rank shall also reside on my part at Calcutta to negotiate with the Oovernor and Council. Article 9. I will cause the Bupees coined in Calcutta to pass in every respect equal to the sicoas of Moorshedabad without any deduction of batta ; and whosoever shall demand batta shall be punished : The annual loss on coinage, by the fall of batta on the issuing of the new siccas, is a very heavy grievance to the country ; and, after mature consideration, I will, in concert with the Oovernor floid Council, pursue whatever may appear the best method for remedying it. 66 Bengal— No. X. Part X Abticlb 10. I will allow no Europeans whatever to be entertained in my servicej and if there already be any^ tbey shall be immediately dismissed. Article 11. The kistbandee for payment of the restitution to the sufferers in the laie troubles as executed by my father, 1 will see faithfully paid. No delays shall be made in this business. Article 12. I confirm aud will abide by the Treaty which my father formerly made with the Dutch. Article 13. If the French come into the country I will not allow them to erect any fortifications, maintain forces or hold lands, zemindarries, ftcj but they shall pay tribute, and carry on their trade as in former times. Article 14. Some regulations shall be hereafter settled between us for deciding alt disputes which may arise between the English Oomastaha and my officers, in the different parts of the country. In testimony whereof, we, the said Governor and Council, have set our hands and affixed the seal of the Company to one part hereof; and the Nabob before-named hath set his hand and seal to another part. (A true copy.) (Signed) W. Majbndib, Seereiary. Mem.— This Treaty was executed by the President and Council of Fort William, on the 20th of February 1765, and by the Nabob on the 25th of the same month. No, X. 1. FiRMAUND from the King Shah Aalum, granting the De* wAKNY of Bengal, Bbhab^ and Obissa to the C!oicpan7— 1766. At this happy time our royal Firmaxmd, indispensably requiring obedience, is issued ; that whereas, in consideration of the attachment and services of the Fart I Bengal—No. X. 67 high and mighty^ the noblest of exalted nobles, the chief of illastrious warriors, our faithful servants and sincere well-wishers, worthy of oar royal favors, the EQ<^lish Company, we have granted them the Dewanny of the Provinces of Bengal, Behar, and Orissa, from the beginning of the Fassul Rnbby of the Bengal year 1172, as a free gift and ultumgau, without the association of any other person, and with an exemption from the payment of the customs of the Dewanny, which used to be paid by the Court. It is requisite that the said Company engage to be security for the sum of twenty-six lakhs of Rupees a year for our royal revenue, which sum has been appointed from the Nabob Nndjum-ul-Dowla Behander, and regularly remit the same to the royal Circar ; and in this case, as the said Company are obliged to keep up a large Army for the protection of the Provinces of Bengal, &c., we have granted to them whatsoever may remain out of the revenues of the said Provinces, after remitting the sum of twenty-six lakhs of Rupees to the royal Circar, and pro- viding for the expenses oi the Nizamnt. It is requisite that our royal des- cendants, the Viziers, the bestowers of dignity, the Omrahs high in rank, the great Officers, the Muttaseddees of the Dewanny, the managers of the business of the Snltanut, the Jaghirdars and Croories, as well tbe future as the present, using their constant endeavors for the eEtablishroent of this our royal com- mand, leave the said office in possession of the said Company, from generation to generation, for ever and ever. Looking upon them to be assured from dis- mission or removal, they must, on. no account whatsoever, give them any interruption and they must regard them as excused and exempted from the payment of all the customs of the Dewanny and royal demands. Knowing our orders on the subject to be most strict and positive, let them not deviate therefrom* Wriften the 24th of Sophar, of the 6th year of the Jaloos^ the 12fh of Auguit 1765, Contents of the Zimmun, Agreeably to the paper which has received our sign Manual, our royal commands are issued, that in consideration of the attachment and services of the high and mighty, the noblest of exalted nobles, the chief of illustrious warriors, our faithful servants and sincere well-wishers, worthy of our royal favors, the English Company, we have granted them the Dewanny of the Provinces of Bengal, Behar, and Orissa, from the beginning of the Fnssul Rubby of the Bengal year 1172, as free gift and ultumgau, without the asso- ciation of any other person, and with an exemption from the customs of the Dewanny, which used to be paid to the Court, on condition of their being security for the sum of twenty-six lakhs of rupees a year for our royal revenue, which sum has been appointed from the Nabob Nudjum-ul-Dowla Behauder; and after remitting the royal revenue and providing for the expenses of the Nizamut, whatsoever may remain we have granted to the said Company The Dewanny of the Province of Bengal. The Dewanny of the Province of Behar. The Dewanny of the Province of Orissa. 68 Bengal— No. X. Part I (a) FiEMAUND from the King Shah Aalum for the Dbwanny of the Peovince of Bengal, 1766. At this happy time our royal Firmaund, indispensably requiring obedience is issued ; that, in consideration of the attachment of the high and mighty, the noblest of exalted nobles^ the chief of illustrious warriors^ our faithful servants and sincere well-wishers^ worthy of our royal favors, the English CSompany, we have granted them as a free gift and ultumgau, agreeably to the Zimmun^ from the beginning of Bubby Tuccacooy-ul of the Bengal year 1172, the office of the Dewanny of the Khalsa Shereefa of the Province of Bengal (the Paradise of the Earth), with the conditional jaghire thereof, without the association of any other person. It is requisite that our royal descendants, the Viziers, the bestowers of dignity, the Omrahs high in rank, the great Officers, the Muttaseddees of the Dewanny, the managers of the business of the Sul* tanut, the Jaghirdars and Croories, as well the future as the present, using their constant endeavors for the establishment of this our royal command, leave the said office in possession of the said Company, from generation to generation, for ever and ever. Looking upon them to' be insured from dis- missal or removal, they must, on no account whatsoever, give them any inters ruption, and they must regard them as excused and exempted from the payment of all the customs of the Dewanny and demands of the Sultanut. Knowing our orders on this subject to be most strict and positive, let them not deviate therefrom. Written the 24th of Sophar, of the 6 th year of the J a loos, the 12th of August 1765, Contents of the Zimmun, Agreeably to the paper which has received our sign Manual, we have granted the office of the Dewanny of the Khalsa Shereefa of the Province of Bengal (the Paradise of the Earth), with the conditional jaghire thereof, as a free gift and ultumgau, to the high and mighty, the noblest of exalted nobles, the chief of illustrious warriors, our faithful servants and sincere well-wishers, worthy of our royal favors, the English Company, without the association of any other person from the beginning of the Rubby Tuccacooy-ul of the Bengal year 1172. Fort William, 30th September 1765. (A true copy.) (Signed) Alexandbe Cakpbmll, S.S.C. Fart I Bengal— No. X. 69 {b) SiHTLAB 8BPABATB EiBMAUNDs Were granted for Behab and Orissa. 2. FiBMAUND from the King Shah Aalum, confirnaing the Gbants of BuBDWAN and the rest of the Company's posses- sions in Bengal to them, 1766. At this happy time our royal Firmaund, indispensably requiring obedience, is issued; that the Chacklas of Burdwan, Midnapore, and Chittagong, and also the Twenty-four Pergunnahs of Calcutta, &c. (the zemindarry of the high and mighty, the noblest of exalted nobles, the chief of illustrious warriors, our faithful servants and sincere well-wishers, worthy of our royal favors, the English Company), which were granted to the said Company in the time of Meer Mahomed Kossim, and Meer Mahomed Jaffier Khan, deceased ; we, in consideration of the attachment of the said Company, have been graciously pleased to confirm to them, from the beginning of the Fussul Bubby of the Bengal year 1172, as a free gift aud ultumgau, without the assocSiation of any other person. It is requisite that our royal descendants, the Viziers, the bestowers of dignity, the Omrahs high in rank, the great oflScers, the Muttaseddees of the Dewanny, the managers of the business of the Sultanut, the Jaghirdars and Croories, as well the future as the present, using their constant endeavors for the establishment of this our royal com- mand, leave the said Districts and Pergunnahs in possession of the said Com- pany, from generation to generation, for ever and ever. Looking upon them to be insured from dismissal or removal, they must on no account whatsoever give them any interruption^ and they must regard them as excused and exempted from the payment of all manner of customs and demands. Knowing our orders on this subject to be most strict and positive, let them not deviate herefrom. Written the 24th of Sophar, of the 6th year of the Jaloos, tie 12th of Augu9t 1765. Contents of the Zimmun. Agreeably to the paper which has received our sign Manual, our royal commands are issued, that the Chucklas of Burdwan, Midnapore, and Chitta- gong, and also Twenty-four Pergunnahs of Calcutta, &c., (the zemindarry of the English Company), which were granted to the said Company in the time of Meer Mahomed Kossim, and Meer Mahomed JaflBer Khan, deceased, be confirmed to the said Company, as a free gift and ultumgau, without the association of any other person. Chuckla of Burdwan. Chuckla of Midnapore. Chuckla of Chittagong. The Twenty-four Pergunnahs of Calcutta, &c. (the zemindarry of the English Company). Fort William, 30th Sepiemher 1765. • (A true copy.) (Signed) Albxandbb Cahpbbll^ 8.S,C, 60 Bengal— No. X. Part I 3. Articles of Agreement between the King Shah Aalum and the Company. The Nabob Nudjam-n]-Dowla agrees to pay His Majesty oat of the revenues of Bengal, Behar, and Orissa, the sum of tweuty^six lakhs of Rupees a year^ without any deduction for batta on bills of exchange, by regular monthly payments, amounting to Rupees 2,1 6,666- 10-9 per month; the first payment to commence from the 1st of September of the present year : and the English Company, in consideration of His Majesty's having been gra- ciously pleased to grant them the Dewanny of Bengal, &c., do engage them- selves to be security for the regular payment of the same. It shall be paid month by month from the factory at Patna to Rajah Shitabroy, or whom- soever His Majesty may think proper to nominate, that it may be for- warded by him to the Court. But in case the territories of the aforesaid Nabob should be invaded by any foreign enemy, a deduction is then to be made out of the stipulated revenues^ proportionable to the damage that may be sustained. In consideration of Nudjuf Khan's having joined the English forces, and acted in His Majesty's service in the late war. His Majesty will be graciously pleased to allow him the sum of two lakhs of Rupees a year to be paid by equal monthly payments : the first payment to commence from the Ist of September of the present year; and, in default thereof, the English Company, who are guarantees for the same, will make it good out of the revenues allotted to His Majesty from the territories of Bengal. If the territories of Bengal should at any time be invaded, and on that account a deduction be made out of the royal revenue, in such case a proportionable deduction shall also be made out of Nudjuf Khan's allowance. Dated the 19th of Augmt 1765. Fort William, 30th September 17t'6. (A true copy.) (Signed) Almxandek Campbell^ S.S.C. 4. Agreement between the Nabob Nudjum-ul-Dowlah and the Company. The King having been graciously pleased to grant to the English Com- pany the Dewanny of Bengal, Behar, and Orissa^ with the revenues thereof, as a free gift for ever, on certain conditions, whereof one is that there shall be a sufficient allowance out of the said revenues for supporting the expenses of the Nizamut : be it known to all ^hom it may concern, that I do agree to accept of the annual sum of Sicca Rupees 58,86,131-9, as an adequate allow- ance for the support of the Nizamut, which is to be regularly paid as follows, viz., the sum of Rupees 17,78,854-1, for all my household expenses; servants, &c., and the remaining sum of Rupees 36,07,277-8 for the maintenance of such horse, sepoys, peons, bercundauzes, &c., as may be thought necessary for my suwarry and the support of my dignity cnly, should such an expense Part I Bengal— No. XI. ei hereafter be found necessary to be kept np^ but on no account ever to exceed that amount : and^ having a perfect reliance on ul Miaeen Dowla, I desire he may have the disbursing of the above sum of Rupees 86^07,277-8 for the purposes before-mentioned. This Agreement (by the blessing of God) I hope will be inviolably observed^ as long as the English Companj's factories conti- nue in Bengal. FoET William, ") 30ih September 1765. J (A true copy.) (Signed) Albxandbb CampbblLj 8.S.C. No. XI. Articles of a Treaty and Agreement concluded between the GtovERNOR and Council of Fort William, on the part of the English East India Company and the Nabob Syef-ul- DowLA, 1766. • On the part of tie Company. We, the Governor and Council^ do engage to secure to the Nabob Syef- ul-Dowla, the Soubahdarry of the Provinces of Bengal, Bebar, and Orissa, and to support him therein with the Company's forces against all his enemies. On tie part of tie Nabob. AaTiciJi 1. The Treaty which my father formerly concluded with the Company upon his first accession to the Nizamut^ engaging to regard the honor and reputa- tion of the Company and of the Governor and Council as his. own, and that entered into with my brother^ Nawab ^' Nudjum-ul-Dowla/' the same Treat- ies, as far as is consistent with the true spirit, intent, and meaning thereof, I do hereby ratify and confirm. Articlb 2* The King has been graciously pleased to grant unto the English East India Company the Dewannysbip of Bengal, Behar, and Orissa, as a free g^ft for ever ; and I, having an entire confidence in them, and in their servants settled in this country, that nothing whatever be proposed or carried into execution by them, derogating from my honor, dignity, interest, and the good of my oountry, do therefore, for the better conducting the affairs of the SoQl»hdarryj and promoting my honor and interest, and that of the Company 62 Bengal— No. XII. Part I in the best maDner, agree that the protecting the Provinces of Bengal, Behar, and Orissa, and the force sufficient for that purpose, be entirely left to their discretion and good management, in consideration of their paying the King Shah Aalum by monthly payments, as by Treaty agreed on, die sum of Rupees 2,16,666-10-9 ; and to me, Syef-uKDowla, the annual stipend of Rupees 41,86,131-9, viz,, the sum of Rupees 17,78,854-1 for my house, ser- vants, and other expenses indispensably necessary ; and the remaining sum of Rupees 24,07,277-8 for the support of such sepoys, peons, and bercundauzea as may be thought proper for my suwarry only ; but on no account ever to exceed that amount. Article S. The Nabob Minauh Dowla, who was, at the instance of the Governor and Gentlemen of the Council, appointed Naib of the Provinces, and invested with the management of affairs, in conjunction with Maha Rajah Doolubram and Juggat Seat, shall continue in the same post and with the same authority; and having a perfect confidence in him, I, moreover, agree to let him have the disbursing of the above sum of Rupees 24,07,277-8 for the purposes above mentioned. This Agreement (by the blessing of God) I hope will be inviolably observed, as long as the English Company's factories continue in Bengal. Dated this 19th day of May ^ in the year of our Lord 1766. (Signed) W. J5. SUMNBR. » H. Vbrblst. 99 Randolph Marriott. 99 H. Wats. 99 Claud Russbll. *» W. Aldersey. *» Thomas Kelsall. >» Charles Floter. No. XII. Treaty with Mobarek-ul-Dowla — 1770. The Company's Seal. Signed E. Babbr^ Secretary. Paart I Bengal— Ha XII. 68 A&TICLES of a Tkbaty and Agbebhekt between the Qovbenoe and Council of Foet William, on the part of the English East India Company and the Nabob Mobaeee-tjl- DowLA, dated 2l8t March 1770. On the part of the Company. We, the Governor and Council, do engage to secure to the Nabob Mo-' bare^-ul-Dowla the Soubahdarry of the Provinces of Bengal, Behar, and Orissa, and to support him therein with the Company's forces against all his enemies. On the part of the Nabob, AUTICLB 1. The Treaty which my father formerly concluded with the Company upon his first accession to the Nizamut, engaging to regard the honor and reputa- tion of the Company, and of the Governor and Council as his own, and that entered into with my brothers, the Nabobs Nudjum-ul-Dowla and Syef-ul- Dowla the same Treaties, as far as is consistent with the true spirit, intent, and meaning thereof, I do hereby ratify and confirm. Aeticle 2. The King has been graciously pleased to grant unto the English East India Company the Dewannyship of Bengal, Behar, and Orissa, as a free gift for ever ; and I, having an entire confidence in them and in their servants settled in this country, that nothing whatever be proposed or carried into exe- cution by them derogating from my honor, interest, and the good of my country, do therefore, for the better conducting the afEairs of the Soubahdarry and promoting my honor and interest and that of the Company, in the best manner, agree that the protecting the Provinces of Bengal, Behar, and Orissa, and the force sufficient for that purpose, be entirely left to their direction and good management, in consideration of their paying the Eitior Shah Aalum, by monthly payments, as by Treaty agreed on, the sum of Rupees two lakhs sixteen thousand six hundred and sixty-six, ten annas, and nine pies — Rupees 2,16,666-10-9 ; and to me, Mobarek-ul-Dowla, the annual stipend of Rupees thirty-one lakhs eighty-one thousand nine hundred and ninety-one, nine annas — Rupees 81,81,991-9, viz.j the sum of Rupees fifteen Likhs eighty- one thousand nine hundred and ninety-one, nine annas—Rupees 15,81,991-9, for my house, servants, and other expenses, indispensably necessary ; and the remaining sum of Rupees sixteen lakhs. Rupees 16,0(f,000, for the support of such sepoys, peons, and bercundauzes, as may be thought proper for my su- warry only ; but on no aocount ever to exceed that amount. Article 3. The Nabob Minauh Dowla, who was, at the instance of the Governor and Gentlemen of the Council, appointed Naib of the Provinces, and invested with 64 Bengal— Na XIII. Part I the management of aCFairs^ in conjunction with Maba Rajah Doolubram, and Jugrgat Seat, shall continue in the same poat^ and with the same authority; and, having a perfect confidence in him, I, mortfover, agree to let him have the disbursing of the above sum of Rupees sixteen lakhs for the purposes above mentioned. This Agreement (by the blessing of Qod) shall be inviolably observed for ever. Baled thit 2 lit day of Marchj in the year of our Lord 1770. igned) JOHK GaBTIBB. (Signed) John Rbbd. ff RiCHABD BeCHEB. f> Feanois Habb. ff William Aldkbsey. >} Joseph Jektll. a Claud Russell. 9i Thomas Lane. n Charles Floteb. >l Richabd Babwblu (A true copy.) (Signed) W. Wynne, Secretary, No. XIII. Deed restoring Chinsubah to the Dutch — 1817. Whereas by the provisions of the Convention conclnded on the 18th of August 1 814 between Great Britain and the Netherlands, it is stipulated and declared that His Britannic Majesty shall restore to the King of the Netherlands the colonies, fac- tories, and establishments which were possessed by Holland in the seas and on the Continent of India, on the )st of January 1803 with some ex- ceptions; Be it kno^n that I, Gordon Forbes, constituted by the Hon'ble the Vice-President in Coun- cil, Commissary on the part of the British Government, to carry to effect the restitution of Chinsurah conformably to the provisions con- tained in the 1st, 3rd, and 4th Articles of the said Convention con- En cons&]uenoe des arrangement cunclus dans la convention du 13 Ao&t 1814 entre la Grande Bretagne et les Pays Bas, il est stipule et declare que Sa Majesty Brittannique, rendera h Koi des Pays Bas, les Colonies, Factories et Etablissements, que la Holland a possed^e auparavant, dans les mers et sur le Continent des Indes le premier Janvier de Tann^e 1803 sauf quelques exceptions, qu'il soit done connu que moi Gordon Forbes constitu^ par THonorable le Vice President en son Conseil nomm6 Commissaire par le Gouvernement Brittannique pour effec- tuer la restitution de Chinsurah, en vertu des accords continus dans les 1, 3, and 4 Articles de la dite Convention condue entre Sa Majesty Brittannique, et le Koi des Pays Bas le 13 Aoiit 1814 Part I Bengal—No. XIII. 65 eluded between His Britannic Ma- jesty and the Kin^ of the Nether- lands on the 13th of August 1814 accordingly restore to J. A. Van Sraam, Esq., Commissioner on the part of the Netherlands Government^ to take possession of the former possessions of His Majesty the King of the Netherlands on the Continent of India, the Town of Chin surah, and do hereby declare to have accord- ingly restored and delivered up the said Town of Chinsurah according to the limits thereof at the begin- ning of the last war, viz., on 1st January 1803, and J. A. Van Braam, in my aforesaid capacity in ihe name and on behalf of His Majesty the King of the Netherlands, Prince of Orange Nassau, Great Duke of Luxemburg, etc., etc., etc., acknow- ledge to have received from the said Gordon Forbes, Esq., on behalf of the British Government, the said Town of Chinsurah as restored to the King of the Netherlands by the said Con- vention. In witness whereof, I, the said Gordon Forbes, for and on behalf of the British Government, and I, the said J. A. Van Braam, for and on behalf of the Netherlands Govern- ment, have hereunto subscribed our names, and fixed our seals on the fifteenth of September, eighteen hun- dred and seventeen* The British Commissioner. restitue en consequence a Monsieur J. A. Van Braam, Commissaire de la part du Gouvemement Neerlandois pour prendre possession des Etablissements, ci-devant appartenants h, 8a Majeste le Roi des Pays Bas, sur le Continent des Indes la ville de Chinsurah, selon que ses limites ^toient au commencement de la dernifere Guerre le premier Jan- vier ISC 3, et J, A. Van Braam, dans sa qualit6 ci-dessus mentipnnee, au nom et en faveur de Sa Majedt^ le Roi des Pays Bas, Prince d'Orange Nassau reconnoit avoir re9u du dit Monsieur Gordon Forbes, de la part du Gouveme- ment Brittannique la ville de Chinsurah comme restitute au Roi des Pays Bas sur la dite Convention. En foi de quoi moi Gordon Forbes, au nom et de la part du Gouvernement Brittannique et moi J, A. Van Braam au nom et de la part du Gouvernement Neerlandois, avons ci-dessus signe nos noms and fix6 nos cachets respectifs, au Fort Gustavo dans la ville de Chin- surah, le quinze Septembre mille huit cent dix-sept. Le Commissaire Neerlandois. (Sd.) Gordon Fokbes, Commissioner. (Sd.) J. A. Van Braam, Le Commissaire, Neerlandois. Seal. (Signe) J. A. Van Braam. (Sd.) Gordon Forbes, Commissioner. 66 Bengal— No. XIV. Part I No. XIV. Agbeembnt regarding Babnago&b — 1817. We tbe undersigned British and Netherlands Commissioners appoint- ed by our respective Governments to adjust the amount of the annual sum which is to be paid by the Bri- tish Government in consideration of the cession of the district of Berna- gore conformably to the provisions contained in the second additional article of the convention concluded between His Britannic Majesty and the King of the Netherlands on the 13th of August 1814^ taking for a liberal basis of adjustment the aver- age annual revenue yielded during a period of twelve years under the Dutch Government according to the accounts kept and recorded in the Accountant's Office at Chinsurah and according to other sources of inform- ation ; deducting therefrom the an- nual amount of ground rent paid by the Dutch East India Company^ and also the expenses incurred for the necessary Police establishments at Bernagore, do consider that the pay- ment of the sum of six thousand and five hundred rupees annually by half-yearly payments to the King of the Netherlands would be a just and reasonable compensation for the ces- sion of the above-mentioned district of Bernagore conformably to the provision of the 2nd additional arti- cle of the convention^ and do accord- ingly hereby agree to submit this our deliberate opinion for the appro- bation and sanction of the respec- tive authorities under which we act. Nous soussign&i Commissaires Brit- tan nique et Neerlandais, appoint^ par nos Gouvernements respectifs pour fixer le montant de la somme annuelle que le Gouvemement Britannique payera en consideration de la cession du district de Bernagore en consequence des ac- cords contenus dans le second addi- tionel article de la convention conclue entre Sa Majeste Brittannique et le Boi des Pays Bas le 13 de mois d'Avril 18H, prenant pour base liberal d^un arrangement ^average d'un reveuu annuel per9udurant uneperiodede douze annees sous le Gouvemement Neer- landais, selon les comptes tenus et notes dans le bureau de commerce k Chinsurah, et selon d'autres resources d'information ; en deducant le mon- tant annuel des rentes territoriales pay^s par la compagnie orientale Neer- landais avec les depenses payees pour Tetablissement de police necessaire h Bernagore, considerons, que le payment annuel de six mille cinq cent Sa. roupies^ k etre payee par demi ann^ iL Sa Ma- jeste le Roi des Pays Bas, servit una juste et raisonnable compensation pour la cession du sous mentionn^ district de Bernagore, selon le continu du second additional article de la convention, et en consequence consentons k soumettre Dotre opinion murement pes^e, k Tap- probation et sanction des autorites res- pectives, sous lesquels nous agissons. Fart I Bengal— No. XV. 67 In witness whereof we hereunto afliz oar seals and signatures. Chinsurah the 20th September 1817. (Sd.) Gordon Forbes, Commissioner, (Sd ) J. A. Van Braam^ Le Commre,, Neer Ian dots. En foi de quoi nous apposons ci-des< sus nos cachets et signatures. Chinsurah le 20 Septembre 1817. (Sign6) J. A. Van Braam^ Le Commre., Neerlandais. (Sd.) Gordon Forbbs^ Commissioner. No. XV. Tebatt between Great Britain and the Netherlands respect- ing Territory and Commerce in the East Indies. Signed at London, March 17, 1824. In the name of the Most Holy and Undivided Trinity. His Majesty the King of the Uni- ted Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, and His Majesty the King of the Netherlands, desiring to place upon a footing, mutually benelicial, their respective possessions and the commerce of their subjects in the East Indies, so that the welfare and prosperity of both nations may be promoted, in all time to come, with- out those differences and jealousies which have, in former times, inter- rupted the harmony which ought always to subsist between them ; and being anxious that all occasions of misunderstanding between their respective agents may be, as much as possible^ prevented ; and in order In den naam der allerheiligste en onverdeelbare Drieenigheid. Zyne Majesteit de Koning van het Vereenigde Koningryk van Groot Bri- tanje en Ireland, en Zyne Majesteit de Koning Der Nederlanden, verlangende hiinne respectieve bezittingen en den handel hunner onderdanen in Oost In- die op eenen wederkeering voordeeligen voet te brengen, zoo dat de welvaart en voorspoed der beide natien voortaan ten alien tyde bevorderd kunnen worden zonder die oneenigheden en nayver welke, in vroeger dagen, de goede ver- standhouding gestoord hebben die steeds tusschen dezelve behoort te bestaan, en willende, zoo veel mogelyk, alle aanleid- ing tot misverstand tusschen hunne respectieve agenten voorkomen, als mode, ten eiude zekere punten van 68 Bengal— No. XV. Fart I to determine certain questions which have occurred in the execution of the Convention made at London, on the 13th of August 1814, in so far as it respects the possessions of His Netherland Majesty in the East, have nominated their Plenipotentiaries, that is to say : His Majesty the King of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, the Right Honourable George Canning, a Member of His said Majesty's Most Honourable Privy Council, a Member of Parlia- ment, and His said Majesty^s Prin- cipal Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs; — And the Ri^fht Honour- able Charles Watkin Williams Wynn, a Member of His said Majesty's Most Honourable Privy Council, a Member of Parliament, etc., and President of His said Majesty's Board of Commissioners for the Affairs of India : And His Majesty the King of the Netherlands, Baron Henry Fa- jjel, etc., Councillor of State, and Ambassador Extraordinary and Ple- nipotentiary of His said Majesty to His Majesty the King of Great Britain ; and Anton Reiuhard Falck, etc., His said Majestv^s Minister of the Depai-tment of Public Instruction, National Industry, and Colonies : Who, after having mutually com- municated their full powers, found in good and due form, have agreed on the following Articles : Art. 1. The High Contracting Parties engage to admit the subjects of each other to trade with their respective possessions in the Eastern Arcbipela<:o, and on the continent of India and in Ceylon, upon the verschil te regelen welke zich hebbeo opgedaan by het ter uitvoer leggen van de Conventie den 13^^ Augustus, 1814, te Londn gesloten, voor zoo verdezelve betrekking heeft tot de bezittingen van Zyne Majesteitden Koning Der Neder- landen in Oost Indie, hebben tot Ge- volmagtigden benoemd, to weten : Zyne Majesteitde Koning van Groot Briianje, den Heer George Canning, Lid van Zyner Majesteits Geheimen Raad, en van het Parlement, mitsgaders Hoogst deszelfs eersten Secretaiis van Staat voor de Buitenlandsche Zaken ; en den Heer Charles Watkin Williams Wynn, Lid van Zyner Majesteits Geheimen Raad, en van het Parlement, mitsgaders President van bet KoUegie van Kommissarissen voor de Indische Zaken, &c. En Zyne Majesteit de Koning der Nederlanden, den Baron Hendrik Fao-el mitsgaEBD for the transfer of the Netherlands possessions at FULTAH— 1825. Whereas in pursuance of a Treaty concluded between His Majesty the King of the United Kingdom Qf Great Britain and Ireland and His Majesty the King of the Netherlands at London on the 17th March 1824, the Netherlands possessions at Ful- tah has been ceded to the British Government: Be it known that I, F W. Van As constituted by the Hon'ble B. C. D. Bouman, Esquire, Commissioner on the part of the Netherlands Government to cede the Netherlands possessions aforesaid, accordingly restore to J. Master and T. Plowden nominated by the Right Hon'ble the Governor General in Council at Calcutta, Commissioners on the part of the British Govern- ment, the possession of the Nether- lands possessions aforesaid of His Majesty the King of the Nether- lands on the Continent of India, and do hereby declare to have ceded and Nademaal ten gevolge van hettractaat gesloten te London op den 17den Maart 1824>, tusschen zyne Majesteit de Kon- ing der Nederlanden an zyne Majesteit de Koning van het Vereenigde Koning- ryke van Groot Britange en Ireland de Nederlandsehe bezittingen te Fulta aan de vaste kust van Indie zyn afges- taan aan het Britsche Gouvernement, Zy het een eigelyk bekend dat ik F. W. Van As tot de overgeve van voorschrevene bezittingen van wegen het Nederlands Gouvernement te Chinsurah door den Wei Ed. Gestr. Heer. B.C.D. Bonman als Kommissaris benoemed en gequali- ficcerd dezelve mits deze op de Krag- tigsle wyze overgeve aan J. Master en T. Plowden van wegen het Britsche Gouvernement door zyne Excellencie den Gouvemeur Generaal in Bade te Calcutta als Kommissarisseu tot de overnatim geconstituerd, en erkennen wy J. Master en T. Plowden in voors- chreve onze qualitaten voor en van 76 Bengal— No. XVIII. Part I delivered up the same according to the limits thereof, and we, J. Master and T. Plowden, in our aforesaid ca- pacity in the name and on behalf of His Britannic Majesty, acknowledge to have received from said F. W. Van As Commissioner on behalf dt the Netherlands Government, the said Netherlands possessions at Fultah. In witness whereof I the said F, W. Van As for and on behalf of the Netherlands GrovemmeDt and we^the said J. Master and T. Plowden, for and on behalf of the British Govern- ment have hereunto respectively sub- scribed our names and fixed our seals this day, Wednesday, the eigh- teenth May one thousand eiglit hundred and twenty-five. (Sd.) J. Master, Magi,^ 24-Pergunnah». (Sd.) T. Plowdbn, Collr.f 24*Perguunnh$. (Sd.) F. W. Van As, Netherlands Commr. wegens in namens het Britische Goav- ernementmitsdeze outvangen te hebben van de Kommissaris F. W. Van As voornoemd de Neder landsche bezit- tingen te Fulta aan de vaste wal van Indie. Waar van ter gewyze ik F. W. Van As voor en van wegen het Nerderlandschen Gouvemement an wy J. Master en F. Plowden voor en van wegen het Britische Gtnivernement onze nanaen en zegels respectivelyk hebben ter neder— gesteld op heden Woensdag den agtiende Mey des Jaars een duyzend agt ronderd vyfxen twintig. (Sd.) F. W.Van As, Neiherland Commr. (Sd.) John Mastbr, Magt.y 24rPergunnahi. (Sd.) T. Plowdbn, Collr.y S4*Pergunnah9, No. XVIII. Deed for the transfer of the Netheelands possessions at Calga- PORE — 1826. Whereas in pursuance of a Treaty concluded between His Majesty the King of the United Kingdoms of Great Britain and Ireland and His Majesty the King of the Nether- lands, at London on the 17th March 1824, the Netherlands possessions at Calcapore has been ceded to the Bri- Nademaal ten gevolge van het Tractaat gesloten te London op den 17den Maart 1824, tusschen ZyneMajes- teit de Koning der Nederlanden en Zyne Majesteit de Koniog van het Vereenigde Koningryke van Groot Britange en Ireland de Nederlandsche bezitlingen te Calcapoer aan de vaste Fart I Bengal— No. XVIII. 77 tisb Oovernment, be it known that I^ C. F. FransZy constituted by the Honorable B. C. D. Bouman, Esq., CommisfiioDer on the part of the Netherlands Oovernment to cede the Netherlands possessions aforesaid, ac- cordingly restore to F. Magniao and H. T. Travers nominated by the Bight Honorable the Oovemor General in Council at Calcutta Commissioners on the part of the British Oovernment the possession of the Netherlands possessions aforesaid of His Majesty the King of the Netherlands on the continent of India and do hereby declare to have ceded and delivered up the same according to the limits thereof, and we, F. Magniao and H. T. Travers, in our aforesaid capa- city in the name and on behalf of His Britannic Majesty, acknowledge to have received from said C. F. Fransz Commissioner on behalf of the Netherlands Government, the said Netherlands possessions at Cal- <»pore« In witness whereof I, the said C. F. Fransz, for and on behalf of the Netherlands Government, and we, the said F. Magniac and H. T. Travers, for and on behalf of the British Government, have hereunto respectively subscribed our names and fixed our Seals this day^ Wed- nesday, the first of June one thou- sand eight hundred and twenty-five. kust van India zyn afgestaan aan bet Britsche Gouvemement. — Zy bet een iegelyk bekend dat ik C. F. Fransz tot de overgave van voor-schreve bezet- tingen van wegen bet Nederlandsche Gouvernement te Chinsurah door den Weledele Gostl. Heer B. C. D. Bou- man als Kommissaris benoemd en gekwalificeerd dezelve mitsdeze af de kragtigste wyze overgeve aan F. Magniac en H T. Travers van wegen bet Britsche Gouvernement door Zyne Excellentie den Gouvernear Generaal en Kade to Calcutta als Kommissarissen tot de ovemaam geconstitueerd and erkennen vz. F. Magniac en H. T. Travers in voorschreve onze Kwali- teiten voor & van wegens en namens bet Britische Gouvemement mitsdeze ontvangen to hebben van de Kommis- saris C. F. Fransz voornoemd de voorschreve Nederlandshe bezittingen te Calcapoer aan de vaste wal van India. Waar van ten gewyze ik C. F : Fransz voor & van wegen bet Neder- landsche Gouvernement & wy F. Magniac & H. T. Travers voor en van wegen bet Britsche Gouvernement ouze namen en zegels respectively hebben ter neder gesteld up Woonsdag den erste juny des Jaars een duizend agt honderd & vyf en twintig. (Sd). J. Magniac, Commwioner. H. T. Travers, Commissioner. „ C. F. Fransz, De Nedl. Commissaris. (Sd.) C. F. Fransz, De Nedl, Commissaris, 99 J. Magniac, Commissioner. H. T. Travers, Commissioner. 78 Bengal -Na XIX. Part I No. XIX. Debd for the transfer of the Nbtheblands possessions at Bala- 80RR — 1825. Whereas in pursuance of a Treaty concluded between His Majesty the King of the United Kingdoin of Great Britain and Ireland and His Majesty the King of the Nether- lands, at London on the 17th of March 18£4, the Netherlands posses- sions at Balasore has been ceded to the British Government. Be it known that H. Botjer con- stituted by the Hon'ble B. C. D. Bouman, Esq., Commissioner on the part of the Netherlands Government to cede the possessions aforesaid accordingly restores to C. R. Cart- wright, Esq., nominated by the Bight Hon'ble the Governor General in Council at Calcutta, Commis- sioner on the part of the British Government, the possession of the Netherlands possession aforesaid, of His Majesty the King of the Ne- therlands ou the Continent of India, and does hereby declare to have ceded and delivered up the same accordingly to the limits thereof, and I. C. R. Cartwright, in my aforesaid capacity in the name and on behalf of His Britannic Majesty acknowledge to have received from said Botjer, Commissioner on behalf of thp Netherlands Government the said Netherlands possessions at Bala- sore. In witness whereof I, the said H. Botjer, for and on behalf of the Netherlands Government, and I, the said C. R. Cartwright, for and on behalf of the British Government, Nademaal ten gevolge van het Trac- taat gesloten te London, op den 17 den Maart 1824 tnsschen Zyne Majesteit de Koning der Nederlauden, en Zyne Majesteit de Koning van het Vereenig- deKoningryke van Groot Britan^e en Ireland, de Nederlandsche bezittingen te Balasoor aan de vaste kust van India, zyn afgestaan aan het* Britische Go- vernment.— Zy het een iegelyk bekend, dat ik H. Botjir tot de overgave van voorschreven bezittingen van wegeu het Nederlandsche Gouveriiement te Chinsurah door den weledelen gestren- ger Heer B. C. D. Bauman, als Com- missar is beiioemd en gequalificeerd dezelve mitsdeze op de kragtigste wyze overgeve aan C. R. Cartwright van wegen het Britische Gouvernment door zyne Excellentie den Governor-General in Kaade te Calcutta als Kommissaris tot de over naam geconstitueerd en erkenne ik C. R. Cartwright in voor- schreven myne qualityt voor en van wegens en namens het Britische Go- vernment mits dezen oni.vangen te hebben van den Kommissaris H. Botjir, Yoomoemd, de voorschreven Neder- landsche bezittingen te Balasoor, aaude vaste wal van Indie. Wear vanxten bewyze, ik H. Botjir voor en van wegens het Nederlandsche Gouvernment, en ik C. H. Cartwright voor en van wegens het Britische Go- vernment ouze uamen en zegels res- Fart I Bengal— No. XX. 79 have bereimto reepectiTeiy tubscribed our names, and fixed oar seals this day. (Sd.) C. R. Cartwright, Joint Magte. and D^P9* Collr. of Balaiore, Balasore, Saturday, 4tb June 18i5. (Tme copy.) (Sd.) C. H, Cartwright, Offg. Magte, 8f Depy. Collector. peetivelyk hebben ter nedergesteld op heden. (Sd) H. BoTJiR, Zaturdag den 4 Juny, fialasoor. No. XX. Deed for the transfer of the Netherlands possessions at Dacca — 1825. Whereas in pursuance of a Treaty concluded between His Majesty the King of the United Kingdom of Oreat Britain and Ireland and His Majesty the King of the Nether- lands at London on the 17 th March 1824, the Netherlacds Possessions at Dacca has been ceded to the British Gk>vemment. Be it known that 1, F. W. Van As constituted by the Hon'ble B. C. D. Bouman, Esq., Commissioner on the part of the Netherlands Government to cede the Netherlands possessions afore- said accordingly restore to C. Dawes and L. Magniac nominated by the hight Hon'ble the Governor Gene- ral in Council at Calcutta, Commis- sioners on the part of the British Government the possession of the Netherlands possessions aforesaid of His Majesty the King of the Ne- therlands on the Continent of India, and do hereby declare to have ceded and delivered up the same accord- ingly to the limits thereof, and we Nademaal ten gevolge van bet Trac- taat gesloten te London op den 1 7den Maart 1824, tusschen Zyne Majesteit de Koning der Nederlanden en Zyne Majisteit de Koning van bet Yereeuig- de Koningryke van Groot Britauge en Ireland de Nederlandsche bezittm- gen te Dacca aan de vaste kust van Indie zyn afgestaan aan bet Britische Gouvernement— Zy het een eigelyk bekend det ik P. W. Van As tot de overgave van voorschreve bezittingen van wegen het Nederlandsche Gou- vernement te Chinsurah door den Wei Edele Oestrenge Heer B. C. D. Bou- man als Kommis^^aris genoemd en gpkwalificeerd, dezelve mite deze op de kragtigste wyze overgeve aan C. Dawes en L. Magniac van wegen het Briteche Gouvernement door zyne Excpllentie den Gouverneur G^neraal in Bade te Calcutta als Kommissarissen tot de overnaam geconstitueerd, en erkennen wy C. Dawes en L. Magniac in voors- chreve onz9 qualiteiten voor en van wegens en namens het Britische Gouv- 80 Bengal^lVo. XXI. Parti C. Dawes and L. Magniac in our aforesaid capacity in the name and on behalf of His Britannic Majesty ackaowledge to have received from said F. W. Van As, Commissioner on behalf of the Netherlands Gov- ernment the said Netherlands pos- sesions at Dacca. In witness whereof I, the said F. W. Van As, for and on behaif of the Netherlands Gk>vernment and we, the said C. Dawes and L. Mag- niac^ for and on behalf of the British Government have hereunto respect- ively Bubsciibcd our names and fixed our seals this day, Tuesday, the 14th June 1825. (Sd.) ememfnt mits deze ontvang^n te heb-* ben van de Commissaris F. W. Van As voomoemd de voorschreve Nederlond- 6che bezittingen te Dacca aan de vaste wal van Indie. (Sd.) (Sd.) C. Dawes, Commissioner, Seal L. Magniac, Commissioner, Seal F. W. Van As, Netherl. Commr. Seal. Waarvan ten bewyze ik F. W. Van As voor and van wegen het Neder- landsche Gouvemement en wy C. Dawes en L. Magniac voor en van wegen het Britische Gouvemement wy on7e namen en zegels respectivelyk hebben ter nedergesteld op heden den vierteende Jany 1825. (Sd.) F. W. Van As, NedeL Kommissaris. (Sd ) C. Dawbs, Commr. (Sd.) L. Magniac, Commr. No. XXI. Deed restoring the Danish possessions — 1816. Whereas by the provisions of the definitive Treaty of Peace made and concluded between His Britannic Majesty and His Majesty the King of Den- mark^ signed at Kiel on the 14th January 1814, and by the additional articles signed at Liege, the 7th of April 1814, it is stipulated and agreed that His Britannic Majesty shall restore to the Crown of Denmark, the town of Serampore, and the possessions attached to that Settlement, in the state in which they were at the moment of the signature of the said definitive Treaty of Peace and the said additional articles, and any works which may have been constructed since the occupation of the said Settlement. Be it known that I, Gordon Forbes, appointed by His Excellency the Earl of Moira, Governor General, etc., etc., to be Commissary on the part of the British Government for carrying into effect the restitution of the Colony of Serampore for, and in the name of, the British Government do restore tx> ^1^ Part I Bengal— Ko. XXIL 81 His Excellency Jacob Krefting, Esquire, delegated on the part of the Danish Government to receive charge of those possessioDS^ and do hereby declare to have accordingly restored and delivered up the said town of Serampore and the possessions attached to that Settlement, and I, Jacob Krefting, acknowledge to have received from the said Gordon ForbeS| Esquire, on behalf of the British Government, the said town of Serampore and the possessions attached thereunto, and restored to the Crown of Denmark by virtue of the said definitive Treaty of Peace and the said additional articles. In witness whereof I, the said Gordon Forbes, for and on behalf of the British Government, and I, the said Jacob Krefting, for and on behalf of the Danish Government, have hereunto set our hands and seals. Given at Seram- pore this fifteenth day of December one thousand eight hundred and fifteen, (Sd.) Gordon Forbrs. (Sd.) Jacob Krefting. No. XXIL Tbbaty with Denmark, 22iid February 1845. VI CHRISTIAN DEN OTTENDE — Ap Guds Naadb — Eonge til Danmark de Venders osr Gothers Hertug til Slesvig, Holsteen^ Stormorn^ Ditmersken Lauenborg og Oldenborg. Gjore Vittemight At da vi med det Britisk Ostindiske Compagnie ere bleyne enige om at afslute en paa gjensidigen fordeelagtige Grundvolde Wgget Tractat angaaende Overdragelsen af vore Etablisementer paa Indiens Fastland til formeldte Compagnie, og dette Qiemed nu er bleven ivcerksat idet en saadan Tractat er bleven afsluttet med Gouverneiiren oyer vore Etablise- menter i Indien, Som dertil fra vor side befuldmoegtiget, og General Gouverneiiren over Britisk Indien med Raad paa bemceldte Compagnies Vegno hvilken Tractat der er undertegnet i Calcutta den Toogty vende Februar dette Aar Old til andet lyder Saaledes. Treaty for the transfer of the Danish Settlements on the Continent of India between His Majesty the King of Denmark and the Honorable East India Company, settled by Peter Hanson, Esq., Councillor of State, Governor of His Danish Majesty's Possessions in India, Knight of the Order of Dannebrog, in virtue of powers delegated to him on the 30th September 1841, by His Majesty the King of Denmark^ and the Governor General of 82 Bengal^No. XXtl. Fart I India in Conncil, Lieutenant- General the Bight Honorable Sir Henrr Hardinge, G.C.B.y Governor General of India, the Honorable Frederick Millett, Member of Council, and the Honorable Major General Sir George Pollock, G.C.B., Member of Council, in virtue of powers delegated to them by the Honorable the Secret Committee of the Court of Directors on the let July 18W. Bone in Calcutta^ on the 22nd day of February One Thomand Eight Hundred and Forty-jflve. In tie Name of the Most Holy and Undivided Trinity. Articlb 1. His Majesty the King of Denmark engages to transfer the Danish Set- tlements on tbe Continent of India, with all the public buildings and Crown property thereunto belonging, to the Honorable the British East India Com- pany, in consileration of the sum of 12,50,000 (twelve lakhs and fifty thou- sand) Company's Rupees, which sum the Honorable the British East India Company engage to pay, on the ratification of the present Treaty, either in Company's Rupees at Calcutta^ or by Bills on London at one month's sight in sterling money, at the rate of exchange of two shillings for each Rnpee, or in such proportion of Cash or Bills, at tbe above rate, as may be most convenient to the Danish Government. Article 2. The Settlements and Crown property referred to above are :-^ (1 .) — The Town of Tranquebar, on the Coromandel Coast, with the distriots thereunto belonging, for which an annual sum of 2,500 Gold Pardaux, or about 4,000 Company's Rupees, is to be paid to the Rajah of Tanjore, and the following buildings and Crown property, viz ;-i- A.— >Fort Dansborg, with buildings therewith eonnected, and thirteen Brass Guns mounted on the ramparts, and other stores. B.— The Government House situated opposite to the Fort. C— A oountiy residence for the Governor at the Village of Porreiar. D.— A Garden, with a bungalow, at the Village of Tittaly, possessed by the Governor. E.— A building in the Town, with garden adjacent, used as hospital. F.— A house in the Town occupied by the Medical Officer of the Set- tlement. O. — A house and office on the beach for the Master Attendant. H.— Two brick-built godowns. Besides public roads, bridges, sluioes, a number of fruit and other trees, and all other immoveable Crown property of any description whatever, toge- ther with such moveable articles as belong to the public offices, or are destined for public use, the furniture and moveables in the Government House not being herein included. Part I Bengal^No. XXII. 88 (2.)— The town of FrederiksDagore or Serampore, in the province of Bengal^ comprising 60 biggahs, commonly called Frederiksnagore, and the districts of Serampore, Akna^ and Pearapore^ for which districts an annual sum of Sicca Bupees 1,601 is to be paid to the Zemindars of Sewraphullyj for the time being, with the following public property :-« A»"«^The Oovemment House. B.— The Secretary's House and Offices. C. — The Court-house, with Jail annexed. D, — The Church, commonly called the Danish Church. £. — The Bazar, containing more or less 6 big^ahs and 18 cottahs, with ft range of godowns on the north side, and two godowns on the we&t side : the remaining part of the ground being occupied by private godowns, the owners paying an annual ground rent, F. — Two small brick-built Guard Houses on the banks of the river. Besides public roads and bridges, a canal from the fields of the village of Pearapore, through the adjacent Villages, to the river, and all other inmiove- able Crown property of any description whatever, together with such move- able articles as belong to the public offices, or are destined for public use. (3.) — A piece of ground at Balasore, formerly a factory, containing 18 biggahs i cottahs and 12 chit tacks of tenanted ground. Abticlb 8. The Church of Zion, and the Mission Churches of Jerusalem and Bethlehem in Tianquebar, the Roman Catholic Church and Chapels at the same place, Roman Catholic Church in Serampore; the Serampore College and the Serampore Native Hospital having been built, or established by private means, these Churches and Institutions, with all their goods^ effects^ and property, moveable as well as immoveable, are belonging to the respective Congregations, Communities^ and Societies^ and are not therefore included with tl^ present transfer. Article 4. The inhabitants of the aforesaid Settlements^ Europeans as well as Natives, who continue to reside within the Settlements, will be placed under the protection of the general Law of British India, and their re]i»:ious, per- sonal, or acquired rights, as formerly enjoyed under the Danish Government, will be respected as all rights of person or property are throughout British India. All suits commenced and pending in the Danish Courts at the time the Treaty comes into force, shall be carried on and decided by the same Law as far as altered circumstances will allow. The same will be observed in all cases of appeal subsequent to theTreaty, but no complaint or suit which has been finally settled and decided under the Danish Administration, and not appealed.iu due time under observance of the rules for appeal then in force, shall be deemed appealable ; nor shall it be lawful to bring forward again, subsequently to the conclusion of this Treaty, 84 Bengal— No. XXII. Part I by petition, complaint or otherwise, sach cases as have been already finally determined by competent authority. Article 5. Nothing: in the present Treaty shall affect the Trade now carried on, or about to be carried on, by the subjects of His Danish Majesty in the ports of the East Indies, nor shall the Trade be more restricted than it would have been in case His Danish Majesty had continued to possess the Settlements now transferred. Abtiolb 6. The Church Missionary Board at Copenhagen for the propagation of the Gospel shall be at liberty to continue .their exertions in India for the conver- sion of the Heathens to the Christian religion, and shall be afforded the same protection by the Government of India as similar English Societies under the general Law of the land ; the rights and immunities granted to the Serampore College by Royal Charter, of date 28rd of February 1827, shall not be inter- fered with, but continue in force in the same manner as if they had been obtained by a Charter from the British Government, subject to the general Law of British India. Articlb 7. The Danish Government engage to meet all pensionary claims and en- gagements connected with the aforesaid Settlement, and the East India Company shall not be liable for any such daims or engagements whatever, with the exception of the yearly payments of the soil to the Rajah of Tanjore, and the Zemindar of Sewraphully, as mentioned in Article 2. Articlb 8. All sums not belonging to the Royal Treasury and under the chai^ of the Court of Wards or of any of the public functionaries of the Danish Govern- ment in their official capacity, shall be received by such Public Officer or Officers as the Governor-General of India in Council may direct, and shall be carried to account and administered by such Public Officer or Officers in the same manner and under the same rules and responsibility as similar property is administered under the general Law of the land. Article 9. The present Treaty of Nine Articles shall be ratified, and the ratifications exchanged in Calcutta within six months from the date hereof, or sooner if possible. Bone at Calcutta on the Twent^^eeeond day of February, in the year of our lord One Thousand Eight hundred and Forty-five. (Sd) P. Hanson. (Sd.) H. Haedingb. „ F. MiLLBTT. ,, Gbo. Pollock. Part I BeDgal*Ko. XXII. 86 Saa ville vi have forestaaende Tractat stadfoestet bekrodftet og ratificeret udi alle deus Ord^ Fankter Clauselei; ligesom vi sammeogsaaherved paabedste og kraftigste Maade som skee kan for Os og Vore Efterkommere Arvinger og Snccesserer til den Danske Trone stadfoeste bekroefte og ratificere med vort Kongelige Old loveiide og tilsigende at samme af Os og dem troligen fast og urykkeligt skal vorde overholdt efterkommet og fuldbyidet. Til ydermere Bekroeftelse have vi deune Batification med vor egem baand underskrevet og ladet vort store kongelige Segl samme vedhoenge. Oivet i vor kongelige Residents Stad Kjobenhavn den Tredivte Mai Aar ef ter Cliristi Byrd Eet Tosind Otte Hundred fyrgetyve og fern i vor Regje- rings Sjette Aar. (Sd.) ChbistiaNi B. (Sd.) C, CsAELiBB. Fr. Brantz. Fr. Sponnbck. (Sd.) Ohstbn. The undersigned baving met together for the purpose of exchanging the Ratifications of a Treaty between His Majesty the King of Denmark and the Honorable East India Company for the transfer of the Danish Settlements on the Continent of India, with all tbe Public Buildings and Crown property thereunto belonging^ to the East India Company^ in consideration of tbe sum of 12^60^000^ twelve lakhs and fifty thousand Company ^s Rupees, concluded and signed in Calcutta on the 22nd day of February, in the year of our Lord 1845, and the respective Ratifications of the said Instrument baving been carefully perused^ the said exchange took place this day in the usual form. In witness whereof they have signed the present Certificate of Exchange, and have a£Bxed thereto tbe seals o£ their Arms. Done in Calcutta, the Sixth day of October ^ in the year of our Lord One Thousand Eight Hundred and Forty-five. On the part of the East India Company. (Signed) T. H. Maddock. 99 99 F. MiLLBTT. C. H. Cambron* On the part of His Ma- ^ jesty tbe King of > Denmark. j (Signed) L. Lindhabd, 86 Bengal— No. XXIII. Psrt I No. XXIII. Convention with the Feengh Oovebnment of Chandebna- GORB— 1839. Convention for converting into a mooey payment the supply oE salt made to the French Govern- ment of Chandernagore by that of Her Britannic Majesty in India, between Monsieur Auguste Bourgoin, Ad- ministrator par Interim of Chaoder- nagore, with the sanction of His Excellency the Governor of the French Establishments in India, on the one part, and the Members of the Board of Cus- toms, Salt, and Opium, with the sanction of the Hon'ble the Govern- or of Bengal^ on the other part. Abticle 1. The French Government of Chan- dernagore will receive no more salt from tiie English golahs for the con- sumption of the said Establishment. » Article 2. The inhabitants of Chandema- gore shall be at liberty, like the other inhabitants of Bengal, to purchase salt either direct from the golahs of the English Government, or of merchants who supply them- selves from the said golahs, accord- ing to the established system. In consequence the French Gov- ernment engages itself to afford every facility to the sale of salt thus imported into Chandemagore, and not to levy, or permit to be levied Convention pass^ pour convertir en une prestation en argent la fourniture de sel faite an Gouvernement f rangais de Chandernagor par celui de S. M. Britannique dans FInde, Entre Monsieur Auguste Bourgoin, Admi- nistrateur par Interim de Chandernagor, procldant avec I'autorisation de Mon- sieur le Gouverneur des Etablissements frangais de Flnde, d'une part, Et, MM. les Membres du Comity des Douanes, du Sel et de l^Opium, agis- sant avec I'autorisation de T Honorable Gouverneur du Bengale, d'autre part. A 6ii convenu ce qui suit. Article L Le Gouvernement frangais de Chan- dernagor ne recevra plus de sel des Golahs anglais pour la consommation du dit Etablissement. Article 2. Les habitants de Chandernagor seront libres, comme les autres habitants du Bengale, d'acheter le sel, soit di- rectement des Golahs du Gouvernement anglais^ soit des Marchands qui s'ap- provisionnent dans les dita Golahs, con* form^ment au syst^me €tabli. En cons&iuence, le Gouvernement frangais s'engage i donner toutes faci- lit^s pour la vente du sel ainsi import6 k Chandernagor, et k ne pr^leirer ni laisser pr^lever, par qui que oe soit. Part I Bengal— No. XXIII. 87 by any of its subjects any tax or con- tributioDy direct or indirect, on the import and sale of such salt whether at Cbandemagore or in its dependent districts. aucune taxe on contribution directe ou indirecte sur Fentr^e et la vente du dit sel, tant k Chaudema^or qae dans les districts qui en dependent. Article S. In accordance with the preceding conditions the Oovernment of Ben- gal engages itself to pay to M. the Administrator of Chandernagore a sam of twenty-thouFand Company's Rupees per annum. This payment shall be made every six months at the rate of ten thou- sand rupees for each six months^ and shall commence from the first day of August 18S9« . Artiolb S» Par suite des conventions qui pr£« c^ent^ le Oouvernement du fiengale s'engage k payer k M. TAdministrateur de Chandemagor une somme de vingt mille Boupies de Compagnie par an. Ce payement aura lieu par moiti^ de semestre en semestre ii partir du jour oiila pr&iente Convention recevra son execution. Abtiolb 4. The above stipulated payment be- ing in consequence of the revenue which the consumption of salt at Chandernagore will produce to the English Oovernment^ the French authorities shall assist the English Government in its realization, and •use its power to prevent any con- travention of the present Treaty, whether through importations of salt by sea or through any other means. Abticlb 4. Le payement ci«dessus stipuIS ^tant la cons^uence du revenu que la con- sommation du sel k Chandernagor pro- duira au Gouvernement anglais, les autorit^s fran9aises aideront Padmi- nistration angiaise h r&,li8er ce produit et tiendront la main k ce qu'il ne soit commis aucune contravention au pre- sent Trait^ par des importations du sel, soit par mer, soit par tout auti*e moyen. Abticlk 5. It shall be allowable to either of the contracting parties by a notice given at the least one year in ad- vance to rC'establish the old order of things, under which the French Oovernment receiving from the English golahs the salt necessary for consumption by the inhabitants of Chandernagore shall make its own profit thereby, as has been done hitherto. Aeticlb 6. II sera loisible k chacune des parties contractantes, moyennant avis donn£ au moins une ann€e k FavancCi de r6- tablir Pancien ordre des choses, d'apres lequel le Gouvernement fran9ais rece- vaut des Golahs anglais le sel necessaire k la consommation des habitans de Chandernagor le fera debitor k son proGt, comme par le pass€. 88 Bengal^Bo. XXIII. Part I Aetiolb 6. The present Treaty shall be ia force on and after the Ist August Aeticlb 7. The present convention shall be subject to the approval of His Ex- cellency the Governor of the French Estabhshments in India and to that of the Right Hon'ble the Governor- General of the British possessions^ and ultimately to the confirmation of the French Government and of the English Government in Europe ; and in case of its not being approv- ed by the said Governments, the old order of things will be reverted to as soon as possible^ without the no- tice of one year in advance, as pro- vided in Article 6. (Signed) H. M. Fabkeb. „ J. Trottbb. Calcutta, 5th July 1839. (Sd.) Auckland. Seal of the Bight Hon'ble the Goveroor-Qeneral of India and Qovernor of Bengal. Abtiole 6. L'epoque & laquelle le pr^nt Traite commencera k Stre ex£cut£ est fix^ an !•' aoat 1839. Abtiole 7. La pr^sente Convention sera son- mise & I'approbation de M. le Gouver- neur des Etablissements fran^is de I'Inde et k celle de M. le Gouvemeur G^n^ral des possessions britanniques, et ult^rieurement & la confirmation du Oouvernement fran^atset du Gouveme* ment anglais en ^Europe, et dans le cas oil elle ne serait pas approuv^e par lea dits Gouvernements, on reviendra k Tancien £tat des ohoses aussitdt que possible, sans qu'il soit besoin de pr^ venir un an h Tava^ce ainsi qn'il a 6t6 stipule par 1' Article 6. (Sign^ AuGT. BouBGonr. Chandebnagob, le 12 juillet 1839. Marine et Colonial. (UmnielUffible.) Cbandernagor. Approuv^ la pr^nte Convention* Pondich^ry, le 19 Septembre 1839. * Le Pair de France. Gouverneur des Etablissements fran- 9ais de I'Inde. (Signe) Lb Gbnl. Saint Simon. Etablissements fran^ais dans I'Inde, Gouverneur. Ratified by the Right Hon'ble the Governor-General of India and Gov- ernor of Bengal at Simla^ this nine- teenth day of September one thou- sand eight hundred and thirty-nine. (Sd.) T. H. Maddock, Offff. Secy, to the Oovt. of India, wit A the Bight Hon^ble the OovernoT' Oeneral. True copy of ratification aflSxed to two copies delivered to Monsieur Bourgoin at Chandernagore. Parti Bengal—No. XXIV. 89 No. XXIV. AoREEtCEKT made between the E&bnch and British Goyerk- MENTS relative to the limits of the Settlement of Chandernagorb— 1863. WHlBREAd the mixture of English mnd French territories^ jurisdictions^ and other rights belonging to the two Governments^ respectively^ around the French Settlement of Chander- tiagore in the East Indies, is the cause of inconvenience to which the Governments of Her Majesty the Queen of the United Kingdom of Great Bntain and Ireland and of His Majesty the Emperor of the French are desirous of putting a stop ; The undersigned) Her Britannic Majesty's Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary at Paris, and His Majesty the Emperor's Minister for Foreign Affairs duly authorized by their respective Qovernmeuts have agreed as follows : Ist. — That the limits of the juris- diction and of all other rights what- ever of the French Government on the territory of the French Settlement of Chandernagore in Bengal shall be according to the plan drawn up in common by the respective Commis- sioners of the two Governments and annexed to the proposition for the settlement of the limits of the French territory at Chandernagore signed provisionally (excepting the reserves contained in it) at Chander- nagore on the 4th of September 1852 ; to the South and West, the excavation commonly called the French Ditch, and to the North the same Ditch or the line indicated in the plan by an orange outline. Attbndu que le melange des terri* toires anglais et frangais, et des juri* dictions, et autres droits appartenant Aux Gouvemements respectifs, autour de Petablissement fran9ais de Chander- nagor dans les Indes Orientales pr^sente des inconvenients auxquels le Gouver- nement de Sa Majeste la Reine du Royaume Uni de la Grande Bretagne et d'Irlande et celui de Sa Majeste I'Empereur des Fran9ais d^rent mettre un terme; Les soussignes Ambassadeur Extra- ordinaire et Flenipotentiaire de Sa Majeste britannique k Paris, et Mi« nistre des Affaires Etrangeres de Sa Majesty I'Empereur des Francais dii- ment antoris^s par leurs Gouvemements respectifs sout convenus de ce qui suit : ler. — Les limites de la juridiction et de tons droits quelconques du Gouverne- ment francais sur le territoirede l'^tab« lissement frangais de Chandemagor en Bengale seront selon les indications du plan dresse de commun accord, par les commissaires respectifs des deux Gou- vemements, et annex^ un projet de delimitation provisoi ri ment sign ^, (sauf les reserves que contieut ce projet,) k Chandernagor le 4 Septembre 1853 : au Sud et h I'Ouest, ^excavation appelee le Fosse francais, et au Nord^ le mSme foss^ ou la ligne indiquee sur le plan par un liser^ orange. 90 Bengal— No. XXIV. Part I With regard to the houndary to the East or on the side of the river Hooghlj, matters shall remain as they are in respect to the jurisdic- tion or other rights whatsoever of the settlement of Chandernagore, without prejudice to the respective claims of the two Governments. And inasmuch as the section of the boundary above-mentioned from the termination of the ditch to the bank of the river is very intricate and confused owing to the inter- spersion of the houses of the in- habitants of the two territories; therefore in order to render the boundary as exact and clear as pos- sible^ and thus to obviate all future disputes upon the point, pillars of masonry or some other material shall be erected at a joint expense throughout the whole extent of this said portion of the boundary. 2nd,— That, on the one hand, the Ooyernment of Beni^al shall recog- nize the exclusive jurisdiction of the French Government over the whole of the territory included in the limits above described. Srd«— That, on the other hand, the French Government shall relinquish to the Government of Bengal the jurisdiction which the former now exercises within portions of territory at Goualpara, Cantaporicour, Ton- quiponcour Duplesiepotty, Barasette, situate without the circuit of the Ditch round Chandernagore; and that this cession shall include also the revenue or land rent now collected by the French Government fi'om these said lands amounting annually to a sum of one hundred and eighty rupees one ganda and a half (Rupees 180 1^ ganda) as detailed in the schedule which accompanies the draft of Quand h la limite d TEst ou du odte du fleuve Hoogly les choses en res- teront, pour la juridiction et autres droits quelconques de T^tablissement de Chandernagor, dans I'^tat actuel, sans prejudice des pretentions respec- tives des deux gouvernements. Et attendu que la limite ci-dessus enonc^ depuis I'extrgmit^ du toss6 jusqu'k la rivifere, reste tres conf usfo par le pgle— m6Ie des maisons des habitants des deux territoires, il sera £tabli, h frais oommuns, sur P^tendue de la ligne sus-indiqu4e, des homes en mn9on- nerie on en toute autre mati^re h fin de rendre cette limite aussi precise et apparente que possible et de pr^venir par ce moyen toutes contestations ul- t^rieures sur ce point. 2d.-*D'une part, le Gonvernement du Bengale reconnattra comme apparte- nant exclusivement au Gonvernement fran9ais la juridiction sur tout le ter- ritoire compris dans les limites ci-deseus indiqu^s. 3e. — D'autre part, le Gonvernement fran9aiB cddera au Gonvernement du Bengale, la juridiction sur les portions au territoire dependant de Gt)ualpara, Cantapoucour, Tonquipoucour, Duple- siepotty, Barasette et situ6es en dehors du foss6 d'enceinte de Chandernagor, et cette cession entrainera oelle des revenus de rente fonci^re ou Cazanas actuellement per9U8 par le Gouverne- ment fran9ais sur les dits terrains et s^eievant par an h une somme de cent quatre vingt Roupies,un ganda^et demi (Roupies 180 ganda li) d^apr^ etat d^taill^ r^dig4 de commun accord, k Chandernagor et joint au projet de convention du 4 Septembre 1852. Fart I Bengal— No. XXIV. 91 Agreement drawn up at Chander- na^ore on the 4th of September 1852. 4th.— That, on its side, the Gov- ernment of Bengral will consent by way of compensation to relinquish to the French Government the annual revenue of thirty-five rupees, fourteen annas five gandas (Rupees 35 14 annas 5 gandas) now collected by the former of the two Governments from the lands dependent on the Talook of Digra and Telinipara which lie to the north of the French Ditch ; and further to make a rednction of one hundred and forty-foor rupees, one anna, sixteen prandas and a half (Rupees 144 1 anna 16| gandas) in the annual rent of 3,520 francs or about Rupees 1,466 now paid to the Hooo^hly Treasury by the Govern- ment of Chandernagore as repre- sentatives of certain ancient Talook- dars. In witness whereof the under- signed have^ signed the present Agreement and have aflSxed the seals of their Arms thereunto. 4me.— De son c8t^, le Gouvemement du fiengale consentira h, titre de compen- sation, k transferer en la possession da Gouvemement fran9ai8le revenu annu- el de trente cinq Roupies quatorze anas, cinq gandas (B. 35 14 a. 5 g.) que per- goit le premier de ces deux Gouverne- ments sur des terrains en r^gie depen- dant du Talouk de Digra et Telinipara situ^s au nord du Foss^ fran9ais, et k diminuer d'une valeur de cent quarante quatre Roupies, un ana, seize gandas et demi (R. 144, 1 a. 16i g.) le mon- tant de la rente de 3,520 francs oa environ 1,466 Roupies par annee que paie actuellement s la tr&orerie k Hoogly le Gouvernement de Chander* nagor, consider^ comme representant de divers anciens Talookdars. Enfoi de quoi les soussignes ont sign^ le present arrangement et y ont appose le cachet de leurs armes. Done at Paris the 31st of March Fait h Paris le 31 Mars 1853. 1858. (Sd.) CowLBY. (Sign6) Drodyn db Lhuys. Fbofositions of the Commissionsrs for the Settlement of the Boundaries of Chandernagore. Proposition of Ihe French and Engluh PropoMions des CommisMtres anglait Commissioners for the Settlement £t frangais pour la fixation des of the limits of the French Terri* limites territoriales de Chandernagor. tory at Chandernagore. We, the undersigned— > Pierri Paul Damier Victoria Duf- fonr de Gavardie, Judge, President of the Coui-t of first instance, Nous Sou8sign&— William Erskine Baker, Major au Corps des Ingenieurs de la Presidenee du Fort William. 92 Bengal—No. XXIV. Fart I Emile Auguste Cort Morvein, AssistaDt CommisBary of Marine, Commissioner appointed by the Governor of the French establish- ment in India, And William Erskine Baker, Major in the Corps of Engineers of the Presidency of Fort William, Samuel Wauchope of the Civil Service of the same Presidency, Robert Barclay Chapman of the same Civil Service, Commispioners appointed by the Most Noble the Governor-General of India, Having proceeded jointly and in- dependently to investigate the de facto ancient limits of the French Settlement at Chanderuagore, And having failed to determine, by ai^ sufficient documentary evi- dence, the existence of any such limits fixed by treaty. Do hereby agree to recommend to onr respective Governments the adoption of the following conditions, viz., htly. — That the limits of the ju- risdiction of all other rights what- ever of the French Government shall be as delineated in the annexed plan, that is to say, that the bound- ary to the eastward shall be the right bank of the Hooghly river. That the boundarv to the southward and westward shall be the excavation commonly called the French ditch. That the boundary to the northward shall be also the said French ditch, or, where the ditch does not exist, Samuel Wauchope du Service Civil de la m£me Presidence* Robert Barclay Chapman du m£me Service. Commissaires noinm^ par M. le Gouverneur General des provinces efc possessions anglaises de Flnde. Et Pierre Paul Damien Victorin DufEftur de Gavardie, Juge President de leze instance. Emil£ Auguste Co£t Morven, Commissaire de la Marine. Commissaires nommes par M, le Gouverneur des Establissemens franjais dans I'lnde. D'apr^ leg constatations et verifica- tions aux quelles nous avons proo6d£ soit contradictoirement, soit slpar^ment pour reconnaitre quelles sent de faeio les anciennes limites du territoire fran* 9ais de Chandernagor au Bengalet A d^faut de documens suffisants sur ^existence de ces limites, telles qu'elles ont pu Stre fix&s par les trait&j Sommes d'accord de proposer k nos Gouvernement respectifs radoption de Tensemble des conditions suivantes, aa- voir: 1. Que les limites de la Juridiction et de tout droit qnelconque du Gouv- ernement fran9ai8^ seront selon des indications du plan ci-annex^, ^ PEst, Pespace jusqu'on pent s'^tendre le mouillage des peniches et bateaux du c6t^ de la rive droite de THougly ; aa Sud et ^ rOuest, I'excavation appelfe le f 08s6 f ran9ai8 ; et au Nord, le m£m« fosse et la ligne indiqu^e sur le plan oie annex^ par an lis^re orange. 7 Fart I Bengal— No. XXIV. 98 the line indicated in the plan by an orange edging. And, inasmach as the last section of the hoaudary from the termina- tion of the ditch to the bank of the river is very intricate and confused owing to the interspersion of the hoases of the inhabitants of the two territories, therefore, in order to ren- der the boundary as exact and clear as possible and thereto obviate all future disputes upon the point, it has been agreed that in the event of these propositions being definitively sanctioned, pillars of masonry or some other material shall be erested at a joint expense throughout the whole extent of the said portion of the boundary. Sndly. — That, on the one hand, the Oovernment of Bengal shall recoaf- nize the exclusive jurisdiction of the French Government over the whole of the territory included in the cir- cuit above described. ordly. — That, on the other hand, the French Grovemment shall relin- quish to the Government of Bengal the jurisdiction which the* former now exercises within portions of ter- ritory at Gowalpara Koutapookar— Jogipookar, Dnplapate, Barassette situate without the circuit above spe- cified, and that this cession will in- clude also the revenue or land rent, now collected by the French Gov- ernment from the said land amount- ing annually to a sum of one hun- dred and eighty rupees^ one ganda and a half (Co/s Rupees 180-0-U-li) as detailed in the Schedule which ac- companies this Agreement. 4iMy. — That on its side, the Gov- ernment of Bengal will consent by way of compensation to relinquish to the French Government the annu- Et attendu que cette demi^re limite depuis Textremite du foss£ jusqu'^ la riviere reste tres eonfusee par le pdle- mdle des maisons des habitants des deux territoires, il a 6t6 convenu que si le present projet d^hange recevait une sanction definitive il serait 4tMi ii frais communs, sur P^tendue de la ligne sus indiqu^e, des bornes en ma9onnerie ou en toute autre matiere k fin de rendre cette limite aussi pr&ise et apparente que possible et de pr^venir par ce moy- en toutes contestations ult^rieures sur ce point. 2. Que d'une part le Gouveme- mentdu Bengale reconnaitra, comme appartenant exclusivement au Gouver- nement fran9ais lajuridiction sur tout le territoire compris dans les limites ci- dessus iudiquees. 3. Que d'autre part le Gouvernement fran9«iis cedera au Gouvernement du Bengale la jnridiction sur les portions du territoire dependant de Goualpara, Cantapoucour, Jouquipoucour, Duplezi- patty, Barassette et situ^es en-dehors du fosse d^enceinte de Cbaudernagor, et que cette cession entrainera celle des revenus de rente fonciere ou cazanas actuellementper9U8parle Gouvernement f ranpais sur les dits terrains et s'elevant par an a une somme de cent quatre vingts rupies un ganda et demi (180 Bs. UG.) d'apres ^tat d^taille joint au present expos^ de conditions. 4. Que de son cdt^, le Gouverne- ment du Bengale eonsentira, k litre de compensation k transferer en la posses* sion du Gouvernement fran^ais le revenu 84 Bengal- No. XXIV. Part I al revenue of thirty-five rupees, four- teen anoas, five gandas, now collect- ed by the former, from that portion of the Government revenued Mehal of Digra which lies to the north of the French ditch at Tilniepara, and, further, to make a reduction of one hundred and forty-four nipees, one anna, sixteen gandas and a half (Co/s Rupees U4-l-16i) in the annual rent of 8,520 Francs or about 1,466 rupees now paid to the Hoogh- ly treasury by the French Govern- ment as representative of certain an- cient Talookdars. The preceding conditions translat- ed into the two languages, English and French, have been drawn up and signed at Chandernagore, this fourth day of September, eighteen hundred and fifty-two. (Sd.) }9 93 W. E. Bakbr. S. Wauchopb. B. B. Chapman. Acoeptons, sauf la limite Est que nous estimons devoir Stre telle que nous Savons indiqu£ en nos proposi- tions. (Sign£.) Em : Cost Morvbn. ^, Gavabdib. annuel de trente cinq rupies, quatorze anas, cinq gandas (35 Rs. 14 as. 5 gs.) que per^oit celni-la sur des terrains en r^ie dependant du talouck de Digra, it Telenipara, sitn& au nord du foss^ fran9ai8etk diminuer d'une valeur de cent quarante quatre rupies, un ana, seize gandas etdemi (144 Rs. la. i6ig.) le montant de la rente de S,520 francs ou environ 1,466 rupies par ann6e, que paie actuellement h la treso- rerie d'Hougly, le Gouvernement de Chandemagor, consid^r^ comme repr6- sentant de divers anciens Talonckdars. Les conditions que precedent traduitea dans les deux langues anglaise et fran9ai8e ont &A arrSt^s et signees k Chandernagor le 4 Septembre 1852. (Sign^.) Paul Gavabdib. „ Em: Cost Mobvbk. We aorree to the propositions herein contained except that on the eastern side we consider the boundary of the French territory to extend no further than the right bank of the Hooghly River. (Sd.) W. E. Bakbb. S. Wauchopb. B. B. Cbapmajt. u a Fart I Bengal— No. ZZIV. 95 aCEKDVLS OF FILLdGES, ete. ',^z KUHoilblltl. ».„„.^ ^ .an.. 1 B». c. a. Bmmt BaiMet Seroo HoDee Dmhb . 14 8 4 Pubiittv Sbaha . 19 2 13 Hoocuram Kaoonh ud hii wife. 0*0 ISO Slicik Bucksoo . 14 1 1 Couny IWofluar . 2 6 Hobfcm Hiuioocur 6 12 irfL-pSriranB . 4 12 Jagoola Oslagar . J 16 Caisee N-mh Hooehee and hi. wife . . . . S 16 jDOee. Pookoor Total 8 19 11 12 JooKM Pookoor 6 13 Humkitto SiddNitto 3 6 6 12 Cuiee Bum Soor 4 6 10 K«ni N,eilhec Nnndw . 2 6 TU.ilia^Mohun WjB Hudden Mohun Dula . 4 e 10 8 9 Madbub Cbonder Ojen 6 8 10 SulUkur Dnsa 7 10 Bflhi N«Dth Kolm . 7 110 Nindn Dow 2 6 Tettoo Raiee 6 12 Bam aooada ?Ma . » 12 1» Qroo Churn Nje . 8 6 Ditto . . . . 7 12 KoobwNjo 8 8 B>db. MoIdii N;e . a 6 rihtinno DoB» Duss 4 10 10 Hydo Nath Unas 3 8 Luckbicaiito Doia 7 11 Cniwnautli Cnluo 4 12 Rtm Peimiid Coloo . 6 10 BacbocSeo 3 6 Lncliicaiit DoiDO . 6 6 Eam Kiihoro CLoonain 6 12 Gnpal Clioonaree 6 14 Bhoaban Choonarfo 6 9 Kreepa Hum ChoonaMo 2 8 4 10 2 S 4 10 Andnnm CWnar<'e . . 2 6 Manick Chooomree 3 6 BiDcha B«m ChooTOree a 8 6 Eoobar CbooDMM . . 3 7 Trectraiii Clioonarce . 6 18 Bhrasoo lUm ChMUttM 8 8 13 10 HnrMPijeek . . 18 9 Udtroor F>y«ek . 6 9 96 Bengal— No. XXIV. Part t SCHEDULE OF FILL JOES, etc. * • S i m Naki ot NtmeoTMehAl. Namii ov Btoh, Ana. Jnmina. Bs, C. Ch. I Joogee Pookoor Joogee Pookoor Connye Sirdar 4 9 Mothoor and Oroochorn Sirdai r 3 8 6 Bhoobnee If oochee • 3 8 6 Loke Nauth Bando • 14 1 14 Kamdil Pandit . • 11 8 18 Neetye Tacoor • 16 2 4 Bameasnr Pandit • 10 12 Neetye Taooor . • 14 2 Bamdhon Qhose • 10 2 9 Goopee Cham Sircar . 13 2 8 Doya Bam Sey^gee 10 14 Byrub Chander Dey . 10 16 Seeboo Pertaad Nundee 10 2 7 Cotaee Naoth Nundee . 18 2 Roffboo Naath Koar • Rfldha Mohan Nye 14 ' 2 19 2 2 Cossee Sattookar Dom . 14 2 Cossee and Badha Mohan Pasi 1 11 19 Badha Mohan Nye • 12 16 Gobind Chander Nye . 8 12 SafoUee Ram Nye 11 8 17 Badha Mohan Nye 6 6 Madhnb Chander Gaen 10 2 12 Ditto ditto 2 15 7 4 5 Ditto ditto 1 10 8 Badha Mohan Nye 12 1 10 Tonoo and Roghoo Kollea 14 2 Sava Ram Doss • 13 17 Bydo Naath Eolea 18 2 4 Bhrogoo Choonaree . < 6 1 6 10 KaU Pookoor Qopal Kaorah Total • Golaek Chonder and Calli 1 7 8 11 30 2 81 10 15 Natooah i Chander Does • 7 15 Bamdhon Biswas 3 7 Ditto ditto 6 10 Golaek Chander Kewgee 3 8 8 Bam Mohan Paal 17 2 216g8« Baocharam Sahah 6 8 1 10 Gopal Chander Kaorah 7 1 1 10 Neemy Doss 8 12 Bydonanth Ghose • 8 12 Tilokee and Ragoonaoth Eoai 4 9 Sobasro Ram Pawl 17 2 5 10 Mothoor Mohan Koar . 9 1 5 7 Ditto ditto 4 4 11 10 Mothoor Mohan, Seddassui p and Golaek Chander Kolea 9 8 16 5 Bangal-Ho. XXIV. SCHEDULE OF PILLAGM, eU. Xun n Tuit. HmoiHiui,. Ki>ii or Bron, Area. ,„ 9 B: C. Ch. N.too^. . KaU Pookoor DKonree Eow . 3 8 6 IS Go|»IChuTi(lorKa>ir . 8 3 1 2 2i SumbinCliuTiilprKonr 8 8 1 S 21 B*lh«. P«nl Ko«r 8 14 J«buDKo«. 9 18 1 R Bud Sooudnr Koir . 7 14 Ditto ditto 10 1 6 KuUoohnr Ko«t . S 8 Ditto ciLtto . 4 4 11 10 KnB. CLiiiuipp Koar . la 8 1 13 131 rarlioBiHl Jagonauth Ko*r . 11 1 12 10 Collj Chum Koar 1 I 8 B.>n Soondar and Sidduinr Kow . . . . IS 2 Qanetb EoiTMd Rmd Pone m^niek . . . . 7 la 1- 8 10 Hallodhar Bando 17 W 2 6 10 IKtto ditto 6 10 10 Cinn Nwih Roj 7 8 1 1 10 11 1 B Rnrndbnn Mooches 4 9 KiihoTe MoocbM 2 4 C*loMoochee.>oi> ofB.chsrD Mooches 8 1 8 ttiMoo Oil Hoocbee . 7 10 Tilr,ke Mnochp.. 2 4 Lijck"v 011110 Moorhec 2 4 Sialuknr JInniok 4 8 JitloMoocheo . 6 2 1 CxIIb Chand Koar 2 4 lluehn,Bth Mouoliea 4 8 Ditto ditto 2 4 Pernod Moochee 6 11 KNcncbtirn Mooulice . 2 6 DojRram MoDtboB 2 6 flour Sirdar 2 6 Nor SJTiK H«e« . 2 6 Sitbba llBB. Bftcr like the Rajas of Manipur, of Indo- Chinese stocky with an admixture of Aryan blood. The family appears to have adopted Hinduism at least 200 years ago. Like all other converts in their position they have taken the statos of the Kshatriya caste, and claim descent from the Lunar race as the Bhuiyas (or Bhunjas) do from the Solar race. The family name is at present Dev Barman though this is a very recent assumption, dating from the revival vrhich has followed, within the last 50 years, the spread of Sanskrit among the middle classes. All Kshatriya may be called Barman (armour), as all Brahman may be called Sharma (might). Tiie distinctive family name was and still is Manik (a jewel) ; their annalist says that the name was Pb& up to 1279 A.D., when Tughral, then Governor of Bengal, conferred on the family the appellation Manik. There is no trustworthy account as to the limits of the ancient State of Tip- perah ; but at various times it gained conquests and possessions, which carried its armies from the Suudarbans in the west to Burma in the east, and from Kamrup in the north to Burma in the south. The military prestige of the Tipperah Rajas was at its height during the sixteenth century, and it was not till the beginning of the seventeenth century that the Mughals obtained a footing in the country. About 1620, however, in the reign of Jahangir, a Mughal force invaded Tipperah under the command of Nawab Fateh Jang. The capital was taken, and the Raja sent a prisoner to Delhi. He was offered his State again on condition of paying tribute, but refused. Thd Mughal troops, after occupying the country for two and a half years, were forced by an epidemic to leave it. Eventually, however, the Mawab of Murshidabad seized on a large portion of the territory in the plains^ and parcelled it out among his Musal- man nobles. The western and southern portions of Tipperah are included in Todar MalPs rent-roll, but they were only conquered, according to Grant, in Shah Jahan's reign. In 1728, or according to the annalist 1732, there was a re- conquest, when Tipperah was placed on the rent-roll under the name of Roshanabad, a large number of Mughal troops were posted in the country, and in the course of a few years Tipperah became a Mughal province. In 1765 Tipperah came under British rule. Krishna Manik was made Raja by the aid of the English, in succession to the former Mughal Gov- ernor. Krishna Manik died about 1780. There being no Jubraj his Rani, 108 Bengal— Tipperah. Parti Janhovi Mahadevi^ ruled the country for some time ; but eventually at her request Government recognised her nephew Rajdhar Manik as Chief. At the death of Rajdhar Manik towards the close of the last century anarchy prevailed. Ultimately^ in 1808^ the British Ooveroment recognised Durga Manik as Raja. On the death of Durga Manik Ram Oanga> who had been a rival claimant^ was appointed Raja by the British Government. He died in 18^6 when he was succeeded by his brother Kasi Chandra Manik, who was in turn succeeded in 1880 by another brother, Krishna Eishor Manik. Krishna Kishor Manik died in 1850, when his son Ishan Chandra Manik was re- cognised as Chief. On his death in 1862 the succession was disputed, but the question was eventually decided in 1870 in favour of the late ChiePs brother Bir Chandra Manik, the present Raja. In 1871 a Political Agent was appointed to reside at Agartala, the Raja's capital. The main object of the appointment was the protection of British interests on the frontier, which were in especial danger from Lushai raids. This tribe, in retaliation for the Raja's proceedings against it, was in the habit of carrying its incursions into British territory. It was explained to the Raja that the Government of India in sending an Agent to Agartala had no intention of adopting a policy which would prejudice his interests or which would interfere with the lawful and proper exercise of his authority within his State. In 1878 the Political Agency as a separate post was abolished ; the Magistrate of Tipperah being appointed ex-officio Political Agent, while a Native Deputy Magistrate was stationed at Agartala as Assistant Political Agent. From this time forward the mal-administration of the Maharaja was the subject of frequent report and special steps were at length taken in 1889 to introduce much needed reforms. After lengthy negotiations it was decided that the Maharaja should appoint for five years a minister with full powers of administration. The selection of the minister was to be made by the Maharaja in consultation with the Political Agent; in pursuance of this arrangement the Maharaja, in March 1890, appointed Rai Umakanta Das Bahadur, the Assistant Political Agent, to be Minister of the State, and all duties in connection with the Political Agency have been transferred as a temporary measure to the ex-offieio Political Agent. The change has already been attended by good results. The revenue of Tipperah in the year 1890-91 was a little under ten lakhs of Rupees, and the expenditure about nine and a qaarter lakhs. The British Government has no treaty with Tipperah ; nor does it receive any tribute. Part I Bengal— Tipperah. 109 The Raja of Tipperah is the holder of very considerable zaraindaris in the British districts of Noakhali^ Tipperah and Sylhet^ in the plains along the border of the State. Succession is determined in the same peculiar way as in Manipur. The ruling Raja has the power of nominating any of his brothers or sons as his successor under the title of " Jubraj/' and a successor to the " Jubraj '' under the title of " Bara Thakur.*' On the Kaja^s death the ''Jubraj" becomes Raja and the " Bara Thakur '' becomes *' Jubraj *' and in turn Raja^ even to the exclusion of the Raja's natural heirs. The eldest son, however^ succeeds if no nomination has been made. In the case of a disputed succession the decision of the British Courts of Law regarding the zamindaris in the plains 18 accepted as carrying with it the right to the Chiefship of Hill Tipperah. Nazarana is taken on succession^ the position of the Raja having been declared by the Government of India in 1870 to be that of a feudatory. The area of Hill Tipperah is 4,086 square miles; the country is hilly and covered with dense forests. More than 1^000 square miles in the interior are believed to be uninhabited. The population as ascertnined in 1881 y(s^ 95,637^ of which the hill tribes numbered about 49,915. The returns of the last census (1891) show a total population of 1,87,442. The advance in population for the ten years 1881-91 has thus been at the rate of nearly 44 per cent, for the whole period ; the density per square mile is however only 38'6. The income derived from the hills is Rupees 3,12,465, while the zamindaris have a gross rental of over Rupees 6,00,000. The principal trade is in cotton and timber. The Raja has (1891) a military force of 314. men, besides 100 armed Binandias or tahsil sepoys. The State has neither field artillery nor cavalry. The Chief receives a salute of 13 guns. In 1877 Government conferred upon the Chief the title of Maharaja as a personal distinction. Since the establishment of the Political Agency marked improvements have taken place in the general administration of the State. Extradition of criminals escaping into British territory is allowed accord- ing to the general law and rules on the subject. Offenders, who escaping from British territory take shelter within the State^ are surrendered through the Political Agent to the British Courts. With the consent of the Maharaja the country has been both trigonometri- cally and topographically surveyed by Government. The question regarding the southem, western^ and northern boundaries between the State and British territory^ was for a long time a constant source 110 Bengal— Tipperah—XtaAaM. Part I of trouble. It was^ however^ finally settled in 1865, and all disputes which had arisen in counection with the matter were decided by arbitrators appoint- ed by the Government of India and the Tipperah State. The eastern bound- ary was also much unsettled, a circumstance which frequently gave rise to complications between Tipperah subjects and the Lushais. To put a stop to this the Government in 1874 decided that the Lungai river should be the boundary between the Lushais and Tipperah towards the east and commu- nicated its decision to the Maharaja. The river Pheni is the recognised boundary on the south between Chittagong and Tipperah. The existence of coal in the sub-division of Kailashahr and Sonamuna was brought to notice in 1886, but the extent and capacity of the seams have not been ascertained. The practice of sati in Hill Tipperah was forbidden by an order of the Maharaja in 1888. The disturbances in the Lushai Hills during the last few years have led to the migration of a considerable number of people from the Chittagong Hill Tracts into Hill Tipperah. LUSHAIS. To the east of Tipperah lies the territory of the Lushais^ who are called Eukis by the Hindus, and who in former times owed allegiance to the Rajas of Tipperah. The Lushais are impatient of control, and they became independent in 1826 during the confusion which attended the disputed succession to the Chiefship of Tipperah and which was followed by a series of raids on the Sylhet border. One occurred in 1826, while the next raid of consequence was in 1844. The latter was led by the Chief Lai Chokla and his cousin Botai^ and there was reason to suspect the Tipperah Raja of connivance. The Manipuri colony of Eochabari in Partabgarh was attacked, twenty persons were slaughtered and six carried off as captives. As the Tipperah Raja failed to obtain the surrender of the offenders, an expedition was sent into the hills under Captain Black- wood. Lai Chokla's village was besieged and he finally surrendered on the 4th December. Lai Chokla was tried and transported. In 1849 a number of outrages were committed upon Tipperah and upon Euki settlements within our territories in Eachar and Sylhet. Such settlements have always been the especial objects of attack in these frontier raids. The political relations on this frontier were at that time in the hands of Colonel Lester, and that officer by a judicious employment of the Eukis, — that is^ of the Lushais domiciled within our borders^— -as soldiers, and by an expedition undertaken to punish the Part I Bengal—Tipperah— Xnsi&atf. Ill Lnshais for these depredations^ exerted such a salutary influence over them that for some time they gave no trouble. Communication with them became frequent^ Bengali traders going up to their villages and returning with ivory and wax in return for salt, clothes^ etc. In 1862 a series of raids was committed on Sylhet villages by Sukpilal, at that time the most considerable of the Lushai Chiefs, but proposals to coerce him were for various reasons abandoned, and in 1864 an attempt to open n^otiations with him ended in failure. In December 1868 SukpilaPs fol- lowers committed devastations in Hill Tipperah and advanced into Sylheti plundering and burning villages on their way. Similar outrages were com- mitted early in 1869 by other Lushais on tea gardens in Kachar. A small force in two columns was despatched against these tribes, but, owing to the lateness of the season and the scarcity of supplies the troops returned without fully accomplishing the objects in view. In December 1869 Mr. Ware Edgar, Deputy Commissioner of Kachar, visited the Lushai country at the invitation of some of the Chiefs and concluded arrangements with Sukpilal, which on the occasion of a second visit' in 1870 were embodied in a Sanad (No. XXVIII) given to Sukpilal and accepted by him with the reservation that he was only responsible for the security of traders from the Chattarchura range of hills to the Sonai, as his authority did not extend east of that river. In 1871 serious raids were committed on Hill Tipperah, Sylhet, and Kachar by the Lushais, and especially by the two cognate tribes of Sail us and Howlongs. A strong force in two columns was directed against' the offend- ing tribes. The tribes of Vonpilal, Poiboi, and Vonolel, the most powerful Chiefs, were reduced to submission ; the fine imposed was paid ; the captives were recovered ; and verbal agreements were taken from the Chiefs to live amicably with all British subjects from Manipur to Arracan and to allow free access to their country. This expedition produced for a time the desired effect ; it shewed the Lushais that their recesses were not iuaceessible to a British force, and that their inroads into British territory or into allied States would be duly punished. Since that time no raids have taken place on Hill Tipperah; but in 1888 four raids were committed on British territory which were more serious than any that had occurred since 1871. A general northward movement of the Lushai tribes with whom we were originally acquainted, has been for some time past taking place, and has been caused partly by the search for india-rubber, for which there is a brisk demand^ and partly by the pressure of other powerful tribes who are advancing from 112 Bengal— Tipperah—XMAoff. Fart I the south-east^ and among whom are the Lushai tribes of Puis and Soktes. This migratory tendency was first brought to notice in 1875-76. Subsequently to 1875 three bazars were established in the Lushai country^ and were supplied by native traders from Eachar. They were located on the three principal streams flowing out of that country ; at Changsil (formerly Bepari bazaar)^ at Sonai bazaar, and at Tipaimukh. The bazaars increased for a time in size and importance but their growth was checked by the exactions of the Chiefs, and subsequently they fell off seriously owing to the failure of the supply of rubber brought in by the tribes. At the present time they are all closed. In 1876-77 hostilities broke out between the Eastern and Western Lushais ; the former under the Chiefs Lalbura, Chunglen> and hungte ; the latter under the Chiefs Sukpilal, Khalgom, and Lenpunga. Each party invoked the inter* vention of the British Government on its behalf. They were told in reply that the request could not be entertained except on a joint application for mediation. In 1877 Mr. Luttman Johnson^ Deputy Commissioner of Kachar^ made a successful tour through Lushai country. In 1878 the Changsil bazaar, which is under SukpilaFs protection, was plundered by a party of Lushais. Sukpilal was called upon to pay the losses of the merchants^ which he ultimately did. Sukpilal died in the end of 1880. This was a matter of regret as latterly his great influence had been steadily exerted towards the maintenance of friendly and conciliatory relations with the British Government. On his death the quarrels between the Eastern and Westetn Chiefs were prosecuted with renewed vigour. In 1881-82 famine prevailed in the country. Measures of relief were inaugurated by the British Government when the pressure of want began to be felt; the three principal Chiefs met and agreed to a cessation of hostilities. The scarcity abated on the setting in of the rains, whereupon the internecine quarrels of the tribes broke out afresh. In January 1883 a small party of Sokte or Kamhow Lushais plundered the Tipaimukh bazaar and carried a boy ofi* captive. The captive, the plunder, and a fine of Rupees 460 were subsequently recovered through the Manipur Baja. In December 1888 symptoms of turbulence appeared among the Eastern Chiefs, and it became known that they were meditating raids on British teni- Part I Bengal-Tipperah— Xii«Aai#. IIS tory. Measures were at once takeu for the protection of the border. The Lushais however quieted down and nothing further hap()ened. The policy of sending one of the Eachar officers to pay a friendly visit to the principal Chiefs from time to time was followed with success. The frontier posts were carefully maintained, and the military branch of the frontier police was placed on an improved footing. Settlements of parties of these border tribes within the British boundary are not permitted except after sanction duly asked and obtained, and on sites specially assigned. These sites are invariably chosen at a considerable distance within the border, in order to prevent raids on the settlements, and to obviate the chance of disputes arising between the communities, and the risk of our being involved in their feuds. The sources of information about Lushai matters were much circumscribed by the closing of the three bazaars, the establishment of which is referred to above. The Tipaimukh bazaar has not been opened since the attack on it in January 1883. The Sonai bazaar was plundered by some of the Chief Khalgom's men, and as no reparation was afforded the traders refused to return. Lastly the Changsil bazaar was gradually abandoned, trade being unprofitable. Nearly all the Lushais referred to are under the control or influence of the Government of Assam, but some of the Howlongs and the recently formed trit)e of Puis or Molienpuis are at present under the Bengal Government. For later events in the Lushai Hills see the Assam narrative in this volume. 114 Bengal— Liifihais—NQ. XXVIII. Part I No. XXVIII. Tbanslation of the Sunnud given to Sookpilall. — 1871. The order of the illustrious Government. Be it known to the Loo^hai Lall (Sookpilall) and to all other Lalls, Muntrees^ and people of Looshai villages between the Tapai and Tipperah Hills. The illustrious Government has laid down the following line of division : — From Chutturchoora to the mouth of Bhyrubbee Cherra^ from the mouth of Bhyrubbee Cherra to Bhyrubbee Tillah, from Bhyrubbee Tillah to Kolosep Tillah, from Kolosep Tillah to Noongvai Hills, from Noongvai Hills to Koobecherra Mookh, which falls to Sunai Nuddee, and it has ordered that the country to the north of the said line shall be called Cachar and the MarthinloDg or Northern Looshai lands ; on the other side of that line of division shall be called the Looshai hills. The name Marthinlong or Northern Locshai includes those people who drink the water of the Toavai, Tipai Tuirel or Sonai Tin par or Rukni^ Sinloug^ or Dullessur^ and Kloong Doong or Outtur. The illustrious Government has further ordexed that (Sookpilall) and all other Looshai Lalls, Muntrees^ and people shall not in any way injure or annoy any of the people of Sylhet or Cachar. If any Looshai suffers any injury or annoyance at the hands of Cachar or Sylhet people^ and wishes to have his wrongs redressed, he must make a request to that effect to the Burra Sahib (Deputy Commissioner) of Cachar^ who has been ordered by Government to do justice in such cases. The Lalls and Muntrees of the Looshais shall be answerable for the safety of all merchants and wood-cutters who go to the Looshai hills to trade or cut timber. There are^ as is known^ various hill tribes known as Simthinlong drink- ing the water of the river flowing to the south. If they or the people dwelling in the east of the Tipai^ are about to attack or annoy any people of Cachar or Sylhet, and if Sookpilall, etc., know of it and cannot prevent them from passing through their villages, then Sookpilall, etc., must at once give information to the Burra Sahib (Deputy Commissioner) of Cachar. If a dispute arise between Sookpilall, etc., and the people of the Rajahs of Munnipoor or Tipperah, he or they may inform the Burra Sahib (Deputy Commissioner) of Cachar, who will endeavour to get the matter enquired into. When the Burra Sahib of Cachar or any Government OflScer who may be deputed by him goes to visit the Looshai hills, Sookpilall should meet him in person or by deputy at some place to be appointed from time to time within the hills. Part I Bengal-Lu8hai8-No. XXVIII. 116 If in any year no Europran Government Officer gfoes to the hills, then Sookpilall, etc., shall send to the Burra Sahib (Deputy Commissioner) at Doodpate (Silchar) some respectable Looshais. If at anj time all the above orders of Government be not carried out, the said Government may revoke this Snnnud and pass such orders as it thinks proper. But as long as Sookpilall, etc.^ shall obey all these orders and any simihir ones which the Government may issue from time to time for the preservation of peace on both sides of the above-mentioned line, the Government will not interfere with the affairs of their villages, and will leave them in the undisturbed possession of their village land. Dated 16th January 1871. Fart I Bengal— Tributary Mahals of Orissa. 117 Athgarh. K hand para. Athmalik. Morbbanj. Hammba. Nargingbpor. Bod. Nayagarb. Taspalla (with Nilgfiri. Jorinii). Pal-Lahera. Dhenkanal. Banpnr. Hindol. Taloher. Keonjhar. Tigiria. IV-TEIBUTAET MAHALS OP 0EI88A. Under the supervision of the Commissioner of Orissa as eX'Officio Superin- tendent of the Tributary Mahals there are at present tlie seventeen States detailed in the margin. They are commonly known as the Tributary Mahals of Orissa. Angul and Banki were also formerly included amon«^ the Orissa Tributary Mahals, but have been annexed by Government owing to the misconduct of their respective Chiefs. Banki wns> by Act XXV of 1881, incorporated with the district of Katak (Cuttack), while Angul was formed into a scheduled district under Act XIV of 1874 and has now, with the Khandmals, been joined into a separate district. Until the year 1803 the Tributary Chiefs of Orissa were feudatories of the Raja of Nagpur. During the Mahratta war of that year a small force marched from Oanjam and took the town of Katak on the 10th October 1803. Balasor had been already captured on the 2 1st September in the same year. When the plains of Orissa had been brought under British rale ne- gotiations were entered into with the Hill Chiefs, and in November 1803 treaty engagements were executed by, and kaulnamas given to^ the Rajas of Narsingh* pur, Tigiria, Dhenkanal, Ranpur, Baramba, Ehandpara, Nayagarh^ Talcher, Daspalla, Athgarh, Nilgiri, Hindol Banki, and. Angul. The two last have, however, since ceased to be Native States. Meanwhile on November 2nd, 1803, the Mahrattas were defeated at the Barmul Puss, and the Raja of Bod and Sopa tendered his submission to the British Government. The treaty with the Raja of Bod, who was also in name at least the Haja of Athmalik, was concluded on the Srd March J 804. A treaty with the Raja of Daspalla was also concluded at about the same time. In consideration of his engaging to keep the Barmul Pass safe no tribute was to be exacted from this Chief on account of the above State. In a treaty dated the 17th December 1803 between the East India Company and Sena Sahib Snba Raghuji fihonsla, it was stipulated that the engagements which the British Government had made with the feudatories of the Sena Sahib Saba in Orissa were to be confirmed, and that a list of the persons with whom such engagements had been made was to be given to the Sena Sahib Saba when the treaty was ratified by the Governor General in Council. A treaty was concluded with the Raja of Keen jhar on the 16th December 1804 by which he was to pay a tribute of Rupees 2,976-11-11, but in recog- 118 Bengal— Tributary Mahals of Orlssa. Part I nition of bis services during the mutiny, this was afterwards reduced by Rupees 1^000. In 1868 a disputed succession in Keonjhar rendered it neces- sary for us to despatch a considerable force into the country an*#i«^Apvr-Na XXXII. Part I Cimuie l.'^We agree tbat the whole of the lands, whether ealled Mogul- bttiidi or by any other name^ which were ih the poMtesBion and ODJoyment of the said Rajah of Keonjhur, during the time of the Mahratta Sovereignty, shall belong in prepettiity to the said Rajah of Keonjhur, and further, we agree tliat besides the pes^bkus (or tribute) hereinafter speoified, no demands shall be made or levied from him. Clause j^v'^-Theatinual peshkus (or tribute) payable for the Riygee of the said Killah, is fixed in prepetuity at 12,000 kahuns of Gowrees, and no farther payment, however trifling, whether as Nuzsur or suppliesi or under whatso- ever nasie, shall be demanded or taken from the said Rajah. Clnn^e d.«-Any just representation made by the Rajah of the said Killah, shall recdve, on the part of the Honorable Company's Qovemment, an answer in accord with the amity subsisting with the said Rajah. (Signed) O. Harcoubt, tdeut.^CoL „ J. Mblvillb. (A true translation.) Wm. L. Dacbt, Ooriai Translator to Qovemment. No. XXXII. Trbatt Ekgagbment executed by the Rajah of Eillah Ntjr- siNOFOBE, a Tributary Mehal subordinate to Outtack, to the HoNOBABLB East India Company's Special Commis- sioners for the Soobah of Obibsa, Messks. Habcoubt and Mblvillb. — 1803. I^ Man Sing Hareechnndan, Rajali of Killah Nursitigpore, in the Soobah of Orissa, engage faithfully and correotly to abide by this Engagement, entered into by me with the Honorable East India Company as contained in the following Clauees, to wit :— Clause i.— I will always hold myself in submission and loyal obedience to the Honorable East India Company aforesaid. CUuse 3.^1 will continue to jpay, without demur, to the said Ooyem- mstnt, as my annual ]^eshk«8 or tribute, 6^601 kaliune of Cowrees, in three inst^liHtints, as specified herein below. Clause 5.-^1 will, on demand to tliat effect, cause any person who is an inhabitant of the Soobah appertaining to the Honorable Company aforesaid, P«rt I Bengil— OrlB«a---yar#iJv*ptwv-]f o. XXXII. 125 and who may have fled and come into my territory, to be forthwith arrested and delivered over to the Government. Clause 4.^Should any person, who is a resident in ay territories, commit a crime within the limits of the Mogulbundi, I hereby engage, on demand to that effect, to canse sacfa person to be arrested and delivered over to the Government Antbority. Moreover, I farther bind myself^ in cases where I may possess any claim or demand (m one who is an inhabitant of the Mogulbundi, not of my own authority to enforce such ckim ; but I will notify the same to the constituted authority and will act in accordance with such orders as may issue from him. ClaMte 5.-^1 engage that whenever the troops of the Honorable Com- pany's Government shall pass through my territories, I will direct the people of my Eillah to supply, to the extent of tbeir capability, all russud and sup- plies, which shall be Bold at fair prices. Further, I will, on no manner of pretext whatever, ever stop or detain, or offer any let or hinderance to, any subject of the Honorable Company's Government, or to any other person whatever^ who may be proceeding by land or water, with goods or orders, or with any perwannah on the part of Government, through my boundaries, and will rather take care that no loss or inconvenience shall befall such parties in life or goods. Clause 6. — ^In case any neighbouring Rajah or any other person what- ever shall offer op])Osition to the said Gkivemment, I engage, on demand and without demur, to depute a contingent force of my own troops with the forces of Government for the purpose of coercion and investigation, and the bring* ing of such recusant into subjection to the aforesaid Government. Such con- tingent to receive only rations (or ration allowances) agreeably to the |^€- vionsly current practice, so long as they shall be present. These shall be the instalments of my peshkus, to be paid :^- In the month of Cheyt . • • 2,200 kahuns. Ditto Jeyt . . . 2,200 „ Ditto Asar . • .2,201 „ Dated He i4th November 1803. 8aban 8tk, 1211 Vmlee. N.B.^The Rajahs of the foUowring Eillahs or Tributary States, sub- ordinate to Cuttack, are bound by precisely similar Treaty Engagements taken at the same time*' Their names and amount of tribute are added below : but the amount of tribute has in some cases been subsequently altered :— - 1. Killah Atzur— -Rajah Sreekum Gopenath Buburta Putoaiek, Tribute, 28,111 kahnns. 2. Killah Barombar— Rajah Pindik Mungraj. Tribute^ 6^340 kahuns. 126 Bengal— OriBBa^iTtfrnVAfmr— No. XXXIH. Fart I m S. Eillah Talohere— Rajah Bhageruthee Beerbar Horreechandan, Tribute, 6,715 kahuns. 4. Killah Tigreeah — Bajah Champut Sing. Tribute 4,000 kabuus. 5. Killah Hindole— Bajah Eissen Chunder Murdraj Jugdeo. Tribute, 2,500 kahuns. 6. Killah Kundpara-^Rajah Bhoerbur Bay. Tribute, 24,100 kahuns. 7. Killah Dhenkanal— Bajah Bamchuoder Mohendro Bahadoor* Tribute, 28,125 kahuna. 8. Killah Bunpore— Bajah Bujradhur Nurindra. Tribute, 6,000 kahuns. 9. Killah Noyaghur — Bajah Mandhata. Tribute, 26,450 kahuus. 10. Killah Nilgiri— Bajah Bamchunder Murdraj Hurreechundun. Tribute, 28,400 kahuns. No. XXXIII. Kaool-namah executed to Rajah Man Sing Htjbbeechtjndxtk, Bajah of Ntjesinoporb, by the Honoeable East India Company's Commissioners for the Soobah of Cuttack.*— 1803. We, Lieutenaut-Colonel Oeorge Harcourt, commanding the victorious troops of the Honorable East India Company and Commissioner of the Soobah of Orissa, and John Melville, Commissioner of tbe same, appointed by the Most Noble the Marquis of Wellesley, Governor-General, for the settlement and pacification of the said Soobah^ do, on behalf of the East India Company, execute this acknowledgment as set forth in the following paras., to Raja Man Sing Hurreechundun, Bajah of Killah Nursingporci in the said Soobah of Orissa. Clause 1. — The annual peshkus payable by the Rajah for his Rajgee of the said Killah, is fixed in perpetuity at 6,601 kahuns. ^ Clause j9.«— No further demand, however small^ shall be made on the said Rajah or received from him, as nuzzur, supplies, or otherwise. Clause 3, — The Government of the Honorable East India Company, it is well known, is ever gracious to those Rajahs who are always loyal and obedient to them^ and constant in the impartial administration of justice to Fart X Bengal— Ori88a—i^ar«ti^^iHir—Ko. XXXIII. 127 « all its subjects alike^ aod therefore in like manner extends the same impartiality to the Rajahs, such as have been indicated above, and seeks always their prosperity and peace. Therefore any jast representation or complaints made to the Government by the said Sajah of Nnrsingpore, will meet with a deci- sion in accord with justice. Dated 28nd November 1803. 8abun 6th 121L (Sd.) G. Habcourt, LieuL'Colonel., •) „ J. MM.VIU.., jCommunoHer,. Similar acknowledgments were given to the following Rajahs and Zemin- dars :-« !• Rajah of Killah Kanika. 2, Ditto of ditto Koojung. 8. Ditto of ditto Khorda. 4. Ditto of ditto Tigreeah, 6. Ditto of ditto Aul. 6. Ditto of ditto Dhenkanal. 7« Ditto of ditto Runpore. 8. Ditto of ditto Barombar. 9. Ditto of ditto Kundpara. 10. Ditto of ditto Noyaghun 11. Ditto of ditto Banki. 12. Ditto of ditto Talchere. 15. Ditto of ditto Jourmoo. I'k Ditto of ditto Atzur. 16. Ditto of ditto Harispore. 16. Ditto of ditto Bishenpore. 17. Ditto of ditto Murickpore. 18. Ditto of ditto Nilgiii. 19. Ditto of ditto Puttea. SO. Ditto of ditto H indole. 21. Ditto of ditto Angool. 22. Ditto of ditto Sookinda. (A true translation.) Wif. L. Daobt, Ooriak Transiaiar to OovernMent. i^Mi IM Beii8al-Ori8M-ll«iHrf<0-»No. ZZZIY. But I No. XXXIV. Tbbatt Engagembkt executed by Gotjbse Churh Bhtjnj, Bajah of EiLLAH DusFTJLLA, a Hill State. Tributary to Cuttack, to tbe Honobablb Cohpa5T*s Spbcial Commis- sioners for the SooBAH of Obissa, Messbs. Habootjbt and Melville. I, Rajah Oonree Cham Bhanj of Killah Duspolla, in the Soobah of Orissa, do hereby enjarage faithfully and correctly to abide by this Engage- ment entered into by me with the Honorable East India Company, and contained in the following Clauses to wit :— Clause i.->I will always hold myself in sabmission and loyal obedience to the Honorable East India Company aforesaid. Clause 2. — I hereby engage to preserve in safe keeping the '^ Ghattee'^ or pass called Burmool^ and if at any time troops^ horse or foot^ without the orders of the said Company's Government^ endeavotu: to cross the said Pass^ I engage to prevent them so doitig. In case any larger body of troops should endeavour to force the Pass^ I will fortrard immediate intimation of the circumstance to the constituted authorities^ and meanwhile, till such time as tbe Government troops shall arrive on the spot^ 1 will oppose the forcing of the Pass with my own foA^eft. Clause 5.— I will^ on demand to that effed;, cause any person who is an inhabitant of the Soobah appextaiaing to the Honorable Company afore- said^ and who may have fled and come into my territory^ to be forthwith arrested and delivered over to the Government. Clause ^ •'Should any person who is a resident in my territories com- mit a crime within the limits of the Mogulbundi^ I hereby engage^ on demand to that effect^ to cau^e such person to be arreslied and delivered over to the Government Authorities. Moreover^ I furthet bind myself^ in cases where I may possess any claim or demand on one who is an inhabitant of the Mogul- bundi^ not of my own authority to enforce such claim, but I will notify the same to the constituted authority, and will act in accotdance with such orders as may issue from him. Clause B. — I engage that whenever the ttoops of the Honorable Com- pany's Government shall pads thrcmgh my territories, I will direct the people of my Killah to supply to the extent of their capability all ''russud'' and supplies, which shall be sold at fair prices. Further, I will, on no manner of pretext whatever, ever stop or detain, Or offer any let or hinderance to, any subject of the Honorable Company's Government or to any other person whatsoever, who may be proceeding by land or water, with goods or orders, or with any Perwannah on the part of Government through my boundaries, and will rather take care that no loss or inconvenience shall befall such parties in life or goods. Par^ I Bengal— Ori88a—2>af/>aUa— No. XXXV. 1^9 Clause 6.'— In case any neighbouring Rajah, or any other person what- ever, shall offer opposition to the said Government, I engage, on demand and withoat demur, to depute a contingent force of my own troops with the forces of Government for the purposes of coercion and investigation, and the bringing of such recusant into subjection to the aforesaid Government, such contingent to receive only rations (or ration allowance) agreeably to the previously current practice, so long as they shall be present. (True translation.) Wm. L. Dacby, Oofiah Translator to Oovernment. No. XXXV. KAOOL-KAMA.H or CoTTNTER-ENOAOBMENT giveu on behalf of the Government to Rajah Goubeb Chtjbn Bhunj of Eillah DusPTJLLA, by the Honorable East India Company's CoMMissiONEBS for the Soobah of Cuttack. We, Lieuteiiant-Colonel George Harcourt, commanding the victorious troops of the Honorable East India Company and Commissioner of the Soobah of Orissa, and John Melville, Commissioner of the same, appointed by the Most Noble the Marquis of Wellesley, Governor-General, for the settlement and pacification of the said Soobah^ do, on behalf of the East India Company, execute this Engragement, as set forth in the following , paras., to Rajah Gouree Churn Bhunj, Rajah of Killah DuspuUa, in the said Soobah of Orissa. Clause 1. — So long as he shall remain obedient and loyal to the Govern- .Bnent of the East India Company, no Peshkus, or tribute, or payment, or nuzzur, or other demand shall be made on the said Rajah, or taken from him for the RaJ3^ee of the said Rajah's Killah. Clause 2. — The Government of the Honorable East India Company, it is well known, is ever gracious to those Rajahs who are always loyal and obedient to them, and constant in the impartial administration of justice to all its subjects alike, and therefore in like manner extends the same impartial- ity to the Rajahs, such as have been indicated above, and seeks always their prosperity and peace — therefore any just representation or complaints made to the Government by the said Rajah of Dospulla will meet with a decision in accord with justice. (Sd.) G. BATix:ovK£,Lieut,'ColoneL') ^ . . „ J. Melville, ^ ^ Commtsstoners. " ' (No dateattadiied to copy.) (A true translation.) Wm. L. Dacby, O^rtaA Tk'anslator to Governmeni. i 180 Bengal— Oriasa—J9oc{ 4* Athmalik^'No. XXXVI. Fart I No. XXXVI. Treaty Engagement executed by the Rajah of Boad and At- MULLiGK, a Tributary Mehal subordinate to Cuttaoki to the Honorable East India Company's Special Com- missioners, Messrs. Harcourt and Melville — 1804. ly Rajah Bissumbur Deo^ Rajah of Boad and Atmullick, in the Soobah of Orissa, engage faithfully and oorreotly to abide by this Engagement entered into by me with the Honorable East India Company^ as contaiued in the following Clauses, to wit :— - Clause I. — I will always hold myself in submission and loyal obedience to the Honorable East India Company aforesaid. Clause 2. — I will^ on demand to that effect, cause any person who is an inhabitant of the Soobah appertaining to the Honorable Company aforesaid, and who may have fled and come into my territory, to be forthwith arrested and delivered over to the Government. Clause 3. — I engage that whenever the troops of the Honorable Com- pany's Government shall pass through my territories, I will direct the people of my Killah to supply, to the extent of their capability, all ^' russud'^ and sup- plies, which shall be sold at fair prices. Further, I will, on no manner of * pretext whatever, ever stop or detain, or offer any let or hinderance to, any subject of the Honorable Company^s Govern meut, who may be proceeding by land or water through my boundaries, and will rather take care that no loss or inconvenience shall beFall such parties in life or goods. Clause 4i. — In case any neighbouring party whatever shall offer opposi- tion to the said Government, I engage, on demand and without demur, to depute a contingent force of my own troops with the forces of Government for the purpose of coercion oF such rebel recusant. Such contingent to receive only rations (or ration allowance) agreeably to the previously current practice, so long as they shall be present. March 3rd, 1804. (True translation.) Wm L. Dacbt, Ooriah Translator to Government, No. XXXVII. Counter-engagement executed on behalf of Government to Rajah Bissumbur Deo, Kajah of Killah Boad and Atmullick — 1804. We, Lieutenant-Colonel George Harcourt, commanding the victorious troops of the Honorable East India Company, and Commissioner of the Part I BengBl-OrissA-Bod ^ Athmaltk^TSo, XXXVIII. 131 Soobah of Orissa, and John Melville, Commissioner of the same, appointed by the Most Noble the Marquis of Wellesley, Governor-General, for the- settlement and pacification of the said Soobah, do, on behalf of the East- India Company, execute this Enga^ment, as set forth in the following para., to Bajah Bissumbur Deo of Killah Boad and Atmullickj in the said Soobah of Orissa : — Clause L — It is well known that those Rajahs who hold themselves in snbordination and friendship with the said Government, are ever treated with gracious consideration by that Government ; those who are its friends are treated as friends. If, therefore, you should prove yourself a fiiiend and a weU*wisher of that Government, it will never fail to act towards you in a like friendly manner. You will without care or disquiet continue to enjoy your Bajgee, and to maintain a friendly spirit in subordination and obedience to this Government. ^!f^ ^S. mIIv^ilS; ^*''*^-^''^'''''} Commismneu. Bated 3rd March 1804. m Zekudda 1211. (True translation.) Wm. L. Daobt, Ooriah Tramlator to Oovernment. No. XXXVIII. Sanad granted to Rajah Fitamber Dso of Killah Boad on renewal of former settlement — 1875. Whereas the Estate of Boad has been open to resettlement or revision since the 31st day of November 1826, but in consideration of the circum- stances of Boad Estate the settlement made with Rajah Chunder Sekur Deo has been allowed to stand, and whereas His Excellency the Viceroy and Governor-General of India in Council, having reason to be satisfied with the manner in which the affairs of Boad Estate have been conducted by its former Chiefs, and by you, Bajah Fitamber Deo, has been pleased to direct that the present settlement be renewed for a period of twenty years : you are hereby informed that the existing settlement of the Estate of Boad is re- niBftred with you for twenty years commencing from the Slst day of the month of January 1876 and ending on the Slst day of the month of December 1895 under the conditions, agreements^ and stipulations detailed in the kaboolyuts executed by Bajah Chunder Sekur Deo in November 1821 and 17th February 1827. Yon wiU pay the current fixed tribute, viz., Rupees 800 per year, for 1S2 Bengal-OriBsa— ^(urniiyil^/mr— No. XXXIX. F&rt I a further period of 20 years from the let day of Jannary 1876. The amoani to be paid without delay or objection into the Cattaek District Treasury according to the following kists :— - J2#. a. ^. let or Chsjt kist dae on or before the kit of April • • 206 10 8 2Dd or Jest ditto ditto of June • • 266 10 8 3rd or Assar ditto ditto of Julj • • 266 10 8 Total . 800 (Sd.) T. E. Bavbnshaw, The 12U Nopember 1875 Snpdt., Tributar) MehaU of Oritta. I, Rajah Petamber Deo^ of Killah Boad, have received the origrinal sunnad^ of which this is a counterfoil^ and I hereby agree to be strictly bound by the terms therein contained. Seal of the Rajah of Boad. Similar Sunnud granted to and acknowledgment received from the Chief of Atmullick. No. XXXIX. Recognisance or Engagement taken from the Chikf Officers of the Rajah of Eillah Nubsingpore, a Tributary Estate, Suhordinate to Cuttack, to secure the prerention of the practice of " Suttkb." Executed by Balkroostno Putnaik Baburta, or Chief Minister of the Rajah, Gungapub Chamookarun Putnaik, Neel Bahabe Mahantbe, Dus- BUTHEB Putnaik, and Lokbnath Putnaik, officers of the Rajah's household — 1842. We^ the Baburta and others^ officers of the Rajah of Killah Nursingpore, hereby bind ourselves as follows : — It having been stated^ in accordance with the commands of the Honae Government and the Governor-General, in clause 2 of the Rules of Practice issued by the Superintendent of the Tributary Mehals, that the pi^k^tioe of Part I Bengal— OriMa—O0iMra^-No. XL. 188 «< Suttee/^ or the burnins^ of living^ Hindoo females, is altogether prohibited : We therefore and accordingly have forbidden this practice within the limits of this Killah of Nursing^re, and we do bind ourselves never voluntarily, or nnder compnlsion, to lend our aid to the performance of any such rite, so prohibited by the Superintendent of the Tributary Mehals, or to allow others to do so. Further, if on the demise of a Rajah, and any of his Ranees should actually desire to become '* Suttees," and should disregard our prohibition, we will restrain them from becoming ** Suttees/^ and ma>ke a report of the cir- cumstauce to the Superintendent, and conform to such orders as we may receive from him. Without the Superintendent's orders (or permission) we will not allow any person to become a Suttee. And we engage unhesitatingly to submit ourselves to any penal orders which the Superintendent of the Tributary Mebals may issue, if we shall act in any way contrary to the en- gagements of this Recognisance. Daied 4th day of the month of Byiaek 1249, corresponding to the 14th of Jpril A.D. 1842. Signed by Balkroostno Puthaik and othbbs. N, S.^-Engagements^ precisely similar in purport and wording, were exe- euted at the same time by the Officers of the following Tributary Mehals, Bajahs, and 2iemindars^ namely : — 1. Of Noyaghur. 2. ,, Barombar. 3. „ H indole. 4. „ Runpore. 5. „ Angool. 6. „ Duspulla Joremoo. 7. „ Atzur. 8. Of Tigreeah. 9. ,, Boad. 10. „ Talchere. 11. j^ Dhenkanal. 12. „ Nilgiri. 13. ^, Mohurbbunj. 14. „ Keonjhur. And of the Zemindar of AtmuUick, and of the Sorburakar of Pal Lehra. (True translation.) Wm. L, Dacby, Ooriah Translator to Government. No. XL. Adoption Sunnud granted to Chiefs* of the Tributary Mehals of Orissa— 1862. Her Majssty being desirous that the Governments of the several Princes and Chiefs of India who now govern their own territories should be perpe« • Mohnrbhanj. Keonjhur. Nilgiri. DbenkanaL DivpnlUt, Talchere. Hindole, Nor- ■ingpore. Tigreei^ Baroiubar. Kaodpun. Noyaghur, Banporc. Atzur. Pal Lehra. Boad. Aimolllck. 134 Bengal-* Ori88a—G^«Mra/--No. XLI. Part I tnat^y and that the representation and dignity of their Houses should be continued. In fulfilment of this desire this Sunnnd is ^ven to you to convey to you the assurance that, on failure of natural heirs, the British Government will permit and confirm nny adoption of a successor made by yourself or by any future Chief of your State thieit may be in accordance with Hindoo law and the customs of your race. Be assured that nothing shall disturb the engagement thus made to yon 60 long as your House is loyal to the Crown and faithful to the conditions of. the Treaties, grants or engagements which record its obligations to the British Government. Tie lUh March 1862. (Sd.) CANNING. No. XLI. Sttnnud granted to Kishen Ohtjnder Bhunj of Mohu&bhtjnj— » 1874. In recognition of your position I hereby confer upon you the title of '^ Rajah *' as a hereditary distinction to be assumed by yoar successors on formal recognition of their succession. TAe 21st May 1S74. (Sd.) NORTHBROOK. Similar Sunnuds were granted to the Chiefs of Keonjhur, Hindole, Bead, Nilgiri, Tigreeah, Runpore, Noyaghur, Nursingpore, Kundpara, Ataur, Barombar^ DuspuUa^ Talchere^ AtmuUick^ Dhenkanal, and Pal Lehra. The personal distinction enjoyed by the Chiefs of Dhenkanal and Pa] Lehra remains unaffected. Fart I Bengal— Tributary Mahals of Chutia Nagpur. 135 V.~TSIB(JTABT MAHALS OF CHUl'IA NAGPUB (GHOTA NAGh POBE.) Sftrgraja* tJdaipur. JMhpur. Qangpor. These Mahals formed part of the Soath-Westem Frontier Agency created Korea. iQ 18«)3 on the suppression oE the Kol iiisar- Chanjr Bhiikar '^^^^^^^ • ^^^ designation was changed in 1854- Siughbbam. to that o( Commissionership of Chatia Nag- pnr. The other Mahals under Chutia Nagpur were transferred to the Central Provinces in 186a.— See Nagpur, Vol. VIII. The terntories forming these States, with the exception of Singhbhum, were acquired by cession in 1817 from Raghuji Bhonsla, and in 1818 .Government sent a Superintendent to Sarguja to restore order in the country, which had become distracted by domestic feuds In 1820 and 1825 Engagements (Nos. XLII and XLIII) were made with the Chief of Sarguja. In 1819 Engage- ments (Nos. XLIV and XLV) were also taken from the Chiefs of Jashpur and Korea, of which latter State Chang Bhakar was then a feudal dependency ; but in 1848 separate Settlements (No. XLVI) were made with Korea and Chang Bhakar, Jashpur and TJdaipur were originally feudal dependeucies of Sarguja, and the former still pays tribute through that State. The State of Udaipur was held to have lapsed in 1852 in consequence of the Chief, Dhiraj Singh, having been convicted of manslaughter, but Govern- ment continued to pay its tribute to Sarguja. In 1860 the State was con- ferred on Lai Bindesari Parshad Singh Deo Bahadur, younger brother of the Chief of Sarguja, as a reward for his services in the mutiny, and an Agree- ment (No. XLVIl) was concluded with him. From this time Udaipur became a distinct tributary State, the Raja paying his tribute direct to Gov* ernment and Sarguja receiving credit for the same. In 1875 the settlements with the Tributary Chiefs, which had long expired, were renewed for a period of twenty years, and they received Sanads, of which a form (No. XLVIIl) is given, declaring the fact and the liability of their States to a revision of tribute at the close of that period. An exception was made in favour of Udaipur. In 1882 an appeal was preferred to the High Court by one Metha Kha- ria against a conviction and sentence passed upon him by the Commissioner of Chutia Nagpur. The offence was committed in Gangpur and the case was referred by the Chief of that State to the Commissioner for trial. The 186 Bengal— Tributary Mahals of Chatia Kagpor. Fart I accused was tried in Lohardaga. The case was heard on the 1 5th September 1882 bj a Divisional Bench of the High Courts which rejected the appeal on the ground that the Court had no power to intej|£ere. Saraikala and Kharsawan, — TheSinghbhum country was never conquered by the Mahrattasi and was in the position of an independent State when Kaja Ohansham Singh tendered his allegiance to the British Govemmeot in 1818. The object of the Baja was partly to be recognised as owning the alle- giance of his kinsmen^ the Raja of Saraikala and the Thakur of Kharsawan, whose estates are situated in the Singhbhum country, and partly to procure assistance in subduing the refractory tribe of the Larka Kols. The Raja's pretensions to supremacy were not recognised. An Agreement (No. XLIX) was in 1820 taken from him only as regards his own estate. It is believed that separate engagements were taken from the Raja of Saraikala and the Thakur of Kharsawan, but no copies of these are extant. These estates have never been under direct British administration except in the case of the recent minority in Kharsawan, when the State was under management from 1884 until the Thakur attained his majority in 1890. The Chiefs are feuda. tories bound, when called upon, to render service to the British Government. Their position is nearly similar to that of the Chiefs of the Tributary Mahals, with this difference that they have never had to pay tribute to Government. Fart of the estate of the Raja of Singhbhum, afterwards styled the Raja of Forahat, was confiscated in 1857 for rebellion, and granted to the Raja of Saraikala and the Thakur of Kharsawan, while Rupees 97 paid as quit-rent by the Thakur of Anandpur, whose estate was held in subordination to the Raja of Forahat, were remitted in perpetuity. Sauads (Nos. L and LI) were issued for these grants to the Raja of Saraikala and the Thakur of Kharsawan. The remainder of the Singhbhum Raja's estate was sequestrated during the Raja's lifetime, and Government declared that on his death a member of his family should be reinstated in Forahat, Arjun Singh, the ex- Raja, was in 1862 granted an increased pension of Rs. 400. He has since died leaving an only son, a minor. The Rajas of Siaraikala have always been distinguished for loyalty to the British Government. Raja Ajambar Singh died in 1837 of illness brought on by exposure and fatigue in the Kol campaign, in the course of which he rendered important services. His son and successor Raja Chakradhar Singh Deo, who in 1856 received the title of Raja Bahadur as a personal distinction, gave valuable assistance during the Singhbhum mutiny of 1857 and during the Parti Bengal— Tributary Mahals of Chutia Nagpiir. 18T KeoDJhar campaign in 1868 ; be was rewarded for his services on the former occasion with a khilat and with a p(Hrtion of the sequestrated estate of the Raja of Porahat. Chakradhar Singh died in 1883^ and was sncceeded by his son the present Raja^ Kunwar Udit Narayan Singh^ then 85 years of age. On account of the services of his father and grandfather^ as well as on account of bis own character, the title of Raja Bahadur was in 1884 continued to the Kunwar as a personal distinction. The rules for the levy of nazarana on successions are applicable to the States of Saraikala and Kharsawan. The Larka Koh were subdued in 18^1^ and an Agreement (No. LII) was made with them, by which they bound themselves to be subject to the British Government, and to pay a fixed tribute to their Chiefs. But ia consequence of repeated outrages it was found necessary to send a force against them in 18S6, when fresh engagements were verbally made and solemnly sworn tor by which they bound themselves to obey and pay revenue to the British Gov- ernment. In 1838 each of the headmen received a Sunnad (No. LIU) and patta, in the former of which all the conditions which they had sworn to abide by were specified. Whenever a new headman is appointed he receives a Sunnad, and swears to abide by the conditions. In 1857 a large number of the Larka Kols espoused the cause of the Raja of Porahat, but on the restoration of order they reverted to peaceful pursuits. Staiitiieal Table of the Tributary Mahah of Chutia Nagpur. Hamei of mahala. Names and titlei of Chiefi. Age. Caate. Area. Popu- lation accord- ing to censas of 1891. Berenue (approxi- mate). Tribate de- mand in 18»0-01. l.Bonai 2. Chang Bhakar . 3. Gangpnr . 4. Jaabpar 5. Kbanawan 6. KoTC* 7. SarsikaU . 8. Sarg^ja • 9. UdaSpar . Baja Indar Deo Bahadur . Bhaya Balbhadra Siogh . Baia Baghanath Sikhar Deo. Bida Pratap Narayan Singh Deo Bahadar.CI.E., Thakor Mahendra Narayan Singh Deo. Bi^a Pran Singh Deo Bma^ Udit Narayan Singh Deo. Bnhaiur,* MaJkarqfa* Baghanath Saran Singh Deo. Bija Dhara^it Singh Deo. 63 66 40 60 23 32 41 29 34 Kshatriya. Kigpnt . Kshatriya . Bajpat . Ditto . Kshatriya . Bi^pat . Kshatriya. Ditto . 8q. UJles. 1,349 006 2,618 1,963 146 1,6S6 438 6.066 1,066 32,120 18.626 191.410 118.636 36.470 36,240 98,839 32«,662 37.636 M 4.600 2.000 10.000 16.000 16.000 6.000 17,000 36.000 7,000 * a, p. 300 886 8 600 775 jru. 400 9 iru. 1,891 11 t 633 6 * Personal titles. 138 Bengal— Tribntary Mahals of Chutia Nagpur. Fart I The total increase in population during the ten years 1881-91 has been 205j377, or at the approximate rate of 80*3 per cent, for the whole period. The density of the population per square mile is now 55 as compared with 42 in 1881. Parti Bengal— Chutia TSfBgpnr—Sarffuja'-Jathpur— 'Rob. XU.1 to XLIV. 189 No. XLII. EUBOOLYUT of EaJAH UmMEB SiNG, ZeMINDAB of SiBGOOJAH, dated 16th June 1820. Whereas by the explicit orders of His ExcelleDcy the Governor- Oeaeral in Council^ I, Rajah Ummer Sing/ have been elevated to the '' Ouddee'' of the Raj of Sirgoojah, I do hereby promise that I will cordially yield obedience to the British Government^ and that I will never swerve from my allegiance to them. I will pay the reveuue (Malgoozaree) I have stipulated for^ with- out claiming remission on any plea whatsoever. No. XLIII. PoTTAH given to Bajah TJmmbb Sing of Sirgoojah, dated 24itli February 1825. Whereas under sanction of the Government the whole pergnnnah of Sirgoojah^ with the khalsa lands and tuppahs^ have been settled with Rajah Ummer Sing for five years^ from 1282 to 1236 P at an annual jumma of Sicca Rupees 3,001, including "Mai/' " Sayer/' "Abwab Mubmoolee/' or customary dues, *' Julkur and Buukur/' '* Tar and Muhoowa '' gardens^ ex- cepting Lakberaj lands, intestate and unclaimed property, and such cesses as have been prohibited by Government, and the said Rajah has agreed to pay in the stipulated jumma without pleading bad seasons or other calamity ; it becomes the said Rajah to take measures for the improy^ment of his estate, to conciliate his Zemindars, Jaghiredars, Ryots, and all residing on his estate, and to pay his revenue (Malgoozaree) into the Government Treasury annually and punctually, according to the instalments agreed upon. He is not to plead drought or diluvion, or the absconding of his ryots. He must exert himself with a view to reclaiming waste lands, and thereby increasing his cultivation. He must not harbour thieves or highwaymen^ and such like. All suspicious characters of this description he must apprehend and bring to justice. He must obey and carry out all orders received from the Officers of Government, and he must invariably and duly report all that occurs in the Pergunnah. (Here comes specification of instalments.) No. XLIV. KXTBOOLYUT of RaJAH RaM SiNG, ZeMINDAB of JUSHPORE, dated 8th June 1819 A.D. Whereas a settlement of the whole of Pergunnah Jushpore and its depen- dency Korea, both included within Pergunnah Sirgoojah, has been made with 140 Bengal-^Ohutia Nagpor— £br«a~No8. XLV and XL VI. Fart I me by the British Government, on the payment to the Government of an annual tribute of Rupees 1,000 local currency ^^ I, Rajah Ram Sing, Zemindar • Nagpur Rupees, or 776 Company'B of Pergunnah Jiishpore, do hereby, of my Rupees. own free will and accord, promise, in pre« ftence of Captain Sinnock, Superintendent of the affairs of Sirgoojab, that I will not plead any excuse on the score of calamity, or other cause for non-pay- ment ; but accorainor to the Kistbundee given below, I will, year by year, and instalment by instalment, pay the said tribute from the year 1876 Sumbut into the Treasury of Ranee Bishoon Koonwaree, Zemindar of Sirgoojab, through Lall Hurnath Sing, Tehsildar of the Ranee. (Here comes specification of instalments.) No. XLV, EUBOOLYUT of Bajah Gubeeb Sikg of Korea, dated 24th December 1819. Whereas a settlement of Pergunnah Korea, which is my estate, has been concluded with me by Captain Sinnock^ Superintendent of the affairs of Sirgoojahy at an annual jumma of Rupees 400, " Hursunna ^' for 121^7 F., I freely and of my own accord engage to pay annually the above sum as Malgoo- zaree to the British Government, kist by kist, according to the subjoined Kistbundee. I will plead no excuse for non-payment. (Specification of kists here given.) No. XLVI. KxTBOOLYUT of Rajah Umole Sino, Peoprietor of Pergun- nah EoEEA, dated 3rd January 1848. Whereas, with the sanction of the Government conveyed in their Secre* tary^s letters No. 27, dated 17th May 1847, and No. 48, dated 5th July following, I, the Agent to the Governor-General at Banchee, in Chota Nag- pore, have concluded with you, Bajali Umole Sing, Zemindar and proprietor of Pergunnah Korea, a settlement of that Pergunnah, containing 350 mouzahs, " Usiee and Dakhilee,'' with a right to all cultivated and waste land, jungles and hills, jheel and heel, reservoir, tanks, wells, " kutcha and pucka/' *' Julker'* (fisheries), Bunker, and Putker (forest produce), ponds, groves of "Tar, Muhoowa, and Mango ,*' productive and unproductive, at an annual jumma of Company's Rupees 400 for ten years, from 1255 to 1264 F., excepting Lakhe- raj, Khyrat, Bisboonpeereel, Aina, Brahmotur, and Shibotur lands, Abwabs and Sayer, Gunjeat, Tuhbazaaree, Dkn, and other Baznar dues, it becomes you to conciliate and render contented all resident, as well as Pyekasht, Ryots Part I Bengal^OhnUa "Stkgpur^Eorea, Chang Bhakar-^'No. XLVI. 141 in yoar villages, together with the lUaquadars of the eaid Fergunnah, to take proper measures for the improvement of yonr estate and the collection of the revenue. You should exert yourself with a view to extend cultivation, and let the fruits of your exertions become apparent. You should pay into the Government Treasury the revenue at which your estate has been assessed, according to the terms of the settlement, kist by kist, and year by year, without alleging any plea ; and, as is customary, you will obtain an acquit- tance at the close of the year. You must not exact from any one the follow- ing oesses prohibited by the Government : Rukham Sayer, Zukhat, Gunjeat, Tnhbazaaree, and other Abwabs ; and you must not permit any one to collect or exact these cesses within your estate ; you must not, without the sanction of Government, g^nt any lands rent-free. You have no right to the produce of gold, silver, coal or diamond mines, or to any minerids whatever under ground within Fergunnah Korea. All these belong to the Government. You must claim no remission of the revenue fixed by the present settlement on the plea of drought or diluvion, or absconding of ryots. No such plea will be admitted. You must guard every corner of your estate, so that nothing un- toward fall out. You must guard the Fasses and permit travellers to have free ingress and es:ress without molestation. You must not harbour within your estate thieves, dacoits, thugs, kuzzacks, and other bad characters. You must exercise such vigilance and adopt such measures that no man shall oppress his neighbour, and that such crimes as dacoity, highway robbery, thuggee, theft, &c., shall be suppressed. All the profits you acquire by increasing cultivation within your estates will be your own. You must render unhesitating obedience to the Government, and you must never evince any in- clination to resist their orders. Until the appointment of a British Officer to the Fergunnah, the Police duties will be conducted by you. All Police and Fouj- darry eases, heinous and petty, that occur within your estate, you will promptly investigate and decide according to the method approved by the Authorities, and you will report the result to them. You will, like all other Zemindars, perform Police duties. When the time arrives for the appoint- ment of a British Officer, he will superintend the Police and conduct all cases, Dewannee and Foujdarry, and you will even then continue to perform Police duties. You will be responsible for all crimes committed within your estate, and you will exercise the same Police powers as the Illaquadars of Jubbulpore and Sagur. Your responsibilities, too, will be the same as theirs. You must not conceal any crime or hush up a case, but you must decide it impartially. Yon must submit to the Agent, Governor-General, Monthly Criminal Beturns and Reports. If you fail in the payment of the Government revenue, and if it be proved that you are guilty of neglect of your Police duties, of disobe- dience of orders, of the crime of oppression and tyranny over your Ryots, or of taking or giving bad counsel, the whole Zemindarry of the said Fergunnah will be resumed by the Government, and you will be debarred from all inter- ference with it. In the above event the Orders of Government are positive ; 3'ou should therefore be cautious and vigilant in all respects. N.B.'-^The Agreement with the Chang Bukar Zemindar was drawn up in the same terms precisely. 142 Bengal- Ohutia V[eLgpuT--Udaipnr^TS[o. XIiVII. Fart I No. XLVII. Teakslation of the Sunntjd granted to Bajah Bindessureb Febshad Sing Deo, Bahadoob, of Oudeypore, by the Com- missioner of Ghota Nagfore, dated 12th December 1860. "Whereas, in lieu of the loyal eervices rendered by you, the Perg^nnah of Oudeypore has been bestowed to you by the Government, with the title of Rajah Bahadoor, and a Sword and SuDnud, with the Signature and Seal of His Excellency the Viceroy and Oovemor-Oeneral of India, and whereas the sum of Rupees 633*5-4 is Hxed for the tribute of the said Fergunnah, and the sum of 500 Rupees is paid out of the collections of the said Pergunnah to Banee Bunkoonwaree, widow of the late Nursing Deo, Ex-Bajah of Oudey- pore, as a pension, and whereas the sum of one Rupee per diem is at present paid by Government to the families of IHieeraj Sing and Sewraj Sing for their support, these items are due and obligatory on you to be discharged. It is theretore necessary that you pay into Government Treasury annually by three instalments the sum of Rupees 533-5*4 on account of the tribute of the said Pergunnah, and the amount of 500 Rupees on account of the pension of Banee Bunkoonwaree during her life, and for the present a sum of one Bupee per diem for the maintenance of Dheeraj and Sewraj Singes families, and in future whatever amount may be fixed for their support, you will, without objection, pay into the Government Treasury, and will continue to enjoy the Pergunnah bestowed on you and the heirs male of your body ; you will re- main firm in your alliance to render all such services as may be required of you by the British Government. (Sd.) E. T. Dalton, Commissioner of Chota Nagpore. Translation of the Agreement tendered by Rajah Bindes- suree Fershad Sing Dbo Bahadoor of Oudeypore, dated 12th December 1860, corresponding with the 16th Aghun 1268 Fuslee. Whereas I, Bindessuree Pershad Sing Deo, having received through the favour of the Government the Pergunnah of Oudeypore, with the title of Rajah Bahadoor, as also a Sword with a Sunnud under the autograph of His Excellency the Viceroy and Governor General of India; whereas the annual tribute of the said Pergunnah is fiikcd at Rupees 533-5-4, and whereas 500 Rupees are paid out of the collections of the said Pergunnah as a pension to Banee Bunkoonwaree, relict of the late Nursing Deo, Ex-Rajah of Oudeypore ; and whereas au allowance of one Rupee per diem is paid by Government to Part I Bengal— Ohutia Nagpur— 27«c/atp«r— No. XLVII. 143 the families of Dheeraj Sing and Sewraj Sing for their maintenance, it is a stringent and bounden duty on me to discharge mjself all these items. I do therefore promise and place on record that I will pay per annum the sum of Rupees 588-5-4 by three instalments on account of the tribute, and 500 Rupees as a stipendiary grant to Ranee Bunkoonwaiee during her natural lif^; and will further pay for the present one Rupee a day towards the maintenance of Dheeraj and Sewraj Sing's families, and in future I will pay without objection such amount as the Commissioner of Chota Nagpore shall be pleased to fix for their support, and will continue myself to enjoy the estate bestowed on me and the heirs, 8cc., and evince always my unflinching zeal and loyalty to the British Oovemment, and be ready to render all services required of me by the British Government. Wherefore I do write these few lines by way of Agreement to be used when required. (Sd.) BiNDESsuHKB Pekshad Sing Deo, Rajah of Oiideypore, Translation of an AaaBEMENx tendered by Bajah Bindes- SUREB PbRSHAD SiNG DeO BaHADOOR, of OUBEYFORBi regarding the Police administration, dated 12th December 1860, corresponding with the 16th Aghun 1268 F. S. Whereas the Police duties of Pergunnah Oudeypore have been consigned to me by the Qovernment| and I have of my own free will and accord taken them upon myself, I do therefore promise and place on record that I will dis- charge the dnties thereof faithfully and honourably; and whatever suits may be instituted for debts, &c., I will decide impartially and honestlyj and will listen to all pleas that may be given. If both parties shall agree to have their dispute decided by arbitration, I will appoint arbitrators^ and instruct them to adjust the suit without partiality. In the heinous criminal cases, viz,^ dacoity, plunder, murder^ wounding, burglary, theft, and highway robberj, &c., which may be perpetrated in my jurisdiction, I will make thorough inquiries, and apprehend the offenders and impartially investigate the case. 1 will send reports of all such cases to the Commissioner. In cases where sentence of more than two years' imprisonment should seem to me necessary, I will sub- mit the records after proper investigation to the Commissioner! as is custom- ary in this Commissionership. I will transmit the monthly papers, &c., on the 5th of every succeeding month, and will not conceal any crime. I will not be guilty of any oppression or hardship on the inhabitants of the said Pergunnah. I will also keep up a vigilant watch on my Amlahs that they may not oppress the ryots. I will not impose or confine any one on account of the prohibited duties. I have no claim on the intestate property, it all belongs to Gt)vemment, and whatever such property shall come into my hands I will report about it to the Commissioner. If I act contrary to the foregoing stipulations, I shall be held responsible for it, and if it is proved on me 1 shall 144 Bengal -Ohntia Nagpur— PoraAo^— No. ZLVIII ft XLIX Fart I submit to the orders passed for me. Wherefore I do write these few lines in the shape of an Agreement to be used when required. (Sd.) BiNDESSUBEB PSBSHAD SiNO Dico^ BaiadooT, Bajak of Oudeypore. No. XLVIII. EoBH of SuNNUD given* on renewal of the former Settlement. Whereas the estate of has been open to resettlement or revision sinoe the day of 1830^ but in consequence of the said State being backward^ and there appearing no particular reason for revision or resettlement^ the settlement made with has been allowed to stand ; and whereas His Excellency the Viceroy and Governor-General of India in Council, having reason to be satisfied with the manner in which the duties of the said estate have been discharged by has been pleased to direct that the present settle- ment be renewed for a period of twenty years, it is now notified and declared to all concerned that the existing settlement of is hereby renewed for twenty years, commencing from the day of the month of , and ending on the day of the month of , under the conditions, agreements^ and stipulations detailed in the pottah given to on the No. XLIX. T&ANSLATiON of a EuBOOLTUT taken from Bajah Ohuksham Sing Deo of Forahat, in Singbhoom^ dated 1st Eebruarj 1820. Whereas His Excellency the Most Noble the Governor- General in Coun- cil has been graciously pleased to extend to me the protection of the Honour- able Company, and to admit me within the list of Feudal Tributaries of the British Empire in India, I hereby engage and bind myself and my posterity to a loyal devotion to the interest of my new Sovereign, and the most implicit obedience to such orders as I or they may, from time to time, receive from a competent authority. I further engage for the purpose of* marking my Feudal dependence on the British Government to pay an annual tribute of 101 Sicca Rupees to be given with the year 1226 (1st Bhadon) 1818, and to be paid in the month of Poos, to the person who may be appointed to receive it by His Lordship in Council. * To the Chiefii of Sirgoojah, Joshpore, Oudeypore, Korea, Chang Bakar,Qaiigporei and Bonai Fart I Bengal— Chutia Nagpur -^ Saraikala—'So. L- 146 Should I or my posterity wilfully fail in the observance of these stipula- tions^ I hereby declare myself and them liable to sucb notice of, or punishment for, the infringement^ as it may appear to the British Government for the time being to deserve. Translation of the Pottah given to Rajah Ghunsham Sin^ Deo of PORAHAT, in Singbhoom, dated Ist February 1820. In return for the Engagement which you have executed and delivered to Captain Ruddell^ I am authorized and directed by the Hritish Government to asfiure yon of the protection of the Honorable Company^ the efficient benefit of which; in your maintenance in all your existing rights, privileges, and pos- nessions, you and your posterity ^iil continue to enjoy, so long as you and they shall faithfully abide by the stipulations to which you have pledged your- self and them. No. L. Translation of a Sanad, dated the Slat May I860, granted to Baja Ghakabdhar Singh Dko Bahadur, Zemindar of Saraikela. Jf4er compliments. — Whereas during the late disturbances caused by Raja Arjun Sing and other rebels of Porahat you have shown your loyalty to Govern- ment and rendered every assistance. Government of India, on the recom- mendation of the Deputy Commissioner of Singbhum and of the Commis- sioner of Chutia Nagpur, has granted to you rent-free all the Sadani villages [villages inhabited by non-aboriginal tribes of Pergaua Kandekela] on account of which thissunnudis given to you. It is herein declared that you shall continue to be always ready to show your loyalty and to render assistatice to Government, and that, on these conditions, you and your successors shall enjoy from generation to generation {Puira Pautradik) the villages within the boundaries given below as Lakhraj in the same manner as you hold your ancestral State of Saraikela. It is incumbent on you to keep the ryots of these villages under peaceful control, and to make proper settlement of the villages, the rents of which are hereby appropriated to you. The management and settlement of these villages should be established on lines calculated to lead to their gradual improvement. You shall not transgress the boundaries of these villages as fixed by Government, or encroach upon the Kolhan Khalsa villages of Government situated on the Firs. Should any dispute arise between yourself and the ryots of Kolhan regarding boundaries or any lands claimed by the Kolhan villages under the Government, you and your ryots should bring a suit in a British court for the settlement of the dispute, and the court will pass proper orders after enquiry. You shall not y-ourself pass any decision 146 Bengal— Ohutia 19 agpor—iTiUirMimifi—Ko. LI. Fart I in such matters. It is further laid down that you shall enjoy the same power of police administration and of deciding cases in the Kandekela villa^^ hereby ^rranted to you as you are now exercisin«r in Saraikela. If any ryot of these villages compbiins against yourself, or against any ryot of a Oovemment yillage, the case shall be decided in a British court. If any persons accused of serious crime committed in Government villages or witnesses of such crime happen to be residents of the villages g^nted to you, or take shelter therein, the Police Daroga or any other Government officer shall have power to go to such village and arrest or order the appearance of such persons, and every assistance shall be given him by the village officials. If any persons concerned in a case occurring in the villages granted to you be found in Government villages, you or your officers should give notice to the Government Police, with a view to the production of such persons. On occasions when Government troops or officials visit or pass through your territory, you shall comply with requisitions for supplies, forage, etc., and shall generally render every assist- ance in your power. The boundaries of the Sadani villages of the Kandekela Pergana are as follows : — On ike North, — The Bedo Suta Nala; and on the north-east the Bandho Snti Fahar, on south of which is the Bama-bat Pahar extending up to the Buch Pahar. „ „ Wed, — The Dowarsini Pahar. y, ,^ South. — The Baibaran Pahar, and due south, the Bar tree called Keonjhariya Bar ; from this point due east the boundary passes through the Baran Sal Sarna up to the Janki Nadi. On the East, — The Janki Nadi and the Kandikela Nadi. At the north- east corner the boundary is that laid down by Mr. John Haughton, Assistant Commissioner, rt;2r., first, a Simal tree and the bank of Brahmani river ; further west, at an angle of seventy degrees towards the south, is a Tilha tree, from which at an angle of seventeen and a half degrees west by south is a Mahwa tree, on the border of a plot of Bahal land, at the foot of which tree is a heap of stones. The other marks are mentioned in the decision passed by the above-named officer. No. LI. Translation of a Sxtnnud, dated the 31st May 1860, granted to the Raja Ganoa Ram Sing Deo, Zemindar of Eharsawan. After compliments. — Whereas the Government of India has granted to you rent-free, on the recommendation of the Deputy Commissioner of Sing- bhum and of the Commissioner of Chutia Nagpur, the four villages of Part I Bengal— Chutia IVagpur— JrAanatDcm— Ko. LI 147 Sinabaka, Simudiri^ Samrai and Dalki, in the.Pergana Cliakradhnrpuri in recog- nition of your loyalty and of the assistance rendered by you to Government during the disturbances caused by Raja Arjun Singh and other rebels of Porahat^ this sunnud is accordingly granted to you, and it is herein declared that if you do continue in tlie same manner to be always ready to show your loyalty and to render assistance to Oovernmeuty you and your successors shall enjoy from generation to generation (Putra Pauiradik) these four villages, as defined by the boundaries given below, as Lakhrai. It is incumbent on you to keep the ryots of these four villages under peaceful control, and to arrange under proper management for the collection of the rents, etc., appropriated to yourself. The villages should be administered in such a way as will lead to their gradual improvement. You shall not transgress the boundaries of these villages as fixed by Oovemmeut. As regards Police administration and the decision of cases in these villages, you shall have the same powers as those at present exercised in these villages by Government officers* TV henever any crime is committed in these villages, it would be the duty of yourself and your Thikadars to give immediate information to the Police at Chakradharpur. You shall not give shelter in any village under your possession to any criminals or bad characters. Should any such person attempt to take shelter in your villages, you shall immediately give information to the Government Police. On occasions when Government troops or officials enter or pass through your territory^ you shall comply with requisitions for provisions^ forage, etc., and shall generally render every assistance in your power. Boundaries of the village of Sinabaka, On the Eatt^A Bersi.tree and the boundary of the Court. „ „ ATt^rW— The Court boundary. ,y f, Weei — ^The Court boundary and Behar and Asan trees, „ „ South — A Mahwa tree. BouKdaries of the village of Simudiri. On the East — A Bersi tree and a stone pillar. „ „ North — A Pond and footpath. 99 9> 99 West-^K Pipul tree and, further on, an Asan tree. „ Souths A Gular tree and, further on, a Pakar tree. Boundaries of Mouza Samra. On the Bast. — The footpath through a Mango tree garden situated partly on Mouza Kouchakada and partly in Mauza Samrai; this footpath runs from north to south along a bank in Monza Kouchakada. „ „ West. — A Babera tree, and further west up to the boundary of Jugpura village. 148 Bengal—Chutia Nagpur— XarAra Koh^JSf os. LII & LIII. Part I On the South.'-^k branch of the DeBpanlhan drain, further south the boundary of Chakradharpur. » » t^orth. — A drain. Boundaries of Mouza DalU. On the East — A Pipul tree, further on, a Karla tree. „ A^or/A.— The Dal Dal drain, further on, a Pakar tree, Wesi.'-^k stone pillar, further on, Asan and Sakhwa trees. South. — The footpath leading towards Mundibedul. 9t 9» fi fP }> No. LII. AOBBEMBNT of LURKA C0LE8 in 1821. First.'^'We acknowledge ourselves to be subject to the British Oovem- ment, and engage to be loyal and obedient to its authority. Secondly, — We agree to pay to our Chief or Zemindar eight aonas for each plough for the five years next ensuing, and afterwards one rupee if onr circumstances admit of it. Thirdly, — We engage to keep the road through our pergunnahs open and safe for all descriptions of travellers, and if robhery take place to deliver the thief to justice, and account for the property stolen. Fourthly. — We will allow persons of all castes to settle in our villages and afford them protection ; we will also encourage our children to learn the Ooriah or Hindi tongues. Lastly, — If we should be oppressed by our Chiefs or Zemindars, we will not resort to arms for redress, but complain to the Officers Commanding the Troops on our Frontier, or to some other competent authority. No. LIII. Translation of a Sxtnnud given by Captain Tickbll to Baoria, Mankee of KowsiLLAPOssi in Bur Peer, dated lOth December 1838. Be it known to you^ Raoria, Mankee of Kowsillapossi in Bur Peer, that the post of Mankee in Bur Peer is given to you ; therefore I give you this sunnud under orders of the Agent, Governor-General, of the 10th December 183S. You must act in accordance therewith. In conformity with your Agreement, made in presence of the Agent, Governor-General, and Assistant Commissioner, you will be held responsible for all the crimes, vis,, theft. Part I BeDg;al— Chutia If agpur— Xar^a EoU^lXo. LIII. 140 marder^ dacoity^ highway robbery aud plauder, etc, occurring in all the vil- lages ander your charge. If the revenue of your Illakah be not received on the fixed date, you will be held personally responsible for it ; the OovernmeDt revenue will be collected according to the current settlement aud such as may be hereafter made. You will perform your duties zealously^ and must arrest and deliver up criminals. You must not willingly allow offenders to escape in any way, whether in consideration of relationship or bribes. If any offenders escape from another Illakah, and take refuge in your Illakah^ you must arrest them and bring them to Court, and if you conceal them or favor their cause, it will be to your discredit. You must report to the Court at once the occur- rence of any theft, murder, dacoifey, highway robbery and plunder, etc., that tnkes place in your Illakah, and you are authorised to try and determine yourself petty cases, such as quarrels, altercations, etc., and report the fact to the Court. Yoa are to remain loyal, and obey any orders given you by myself or any person constituted by my successor. For your assistance a Moondah has been appointed in each village in your Illakah. They must obey your orders, and they will also promise before the Agent, Governor- General, and Assistant Commissioner, that they will obey their Mankee's orders and aid him ; whatever good or bad occurs in their respective village, they must report it to the Mankee : if they cannot find the Mankee, they will report the fact to the Naib Mankee. If I become ill or go to some other place on my own business, another officer will be appointed to discharge the duties entrusted to me at present. Moreover, if you receive orders to arrest any offender either from the Assistant Commissioner or Acting Assistant Commissioner, you must arrest the offender and bring him to Court. If the offender absconds from your Illakah to any other, you must trace and arrest him. Or if the Mankee of other Illakah requires assistance from you to apprehend a felon, you must comply instantly and make no excuse, and exert yourself to the utmost, so that the felon may be secured. If yon be ill, or may have occasion to visit other villages, yon must entrust your duties to your Naib. He is appointed by Government for those duties. Moreover, if you see that you will be detained for some time at some place on your own businessi you must report that to the Court — that there may exist no anxiety in your mind. If you receive any orders from any Rajah, Baboo, Zemindar, or Karpurdauz, on any pretence whatever, you must not fail in your engage- ment; on the contrary, you must arrest the bearer of the said order, and bring him to the Assistant Commissioner or to the Officer in charge for the time being. If anybody disturbs the peace of your Illakah, you must coUect your force or followers, and arrest the man and bring him to the Assistant Commissioner. If the disturber of the peace leaves your Illakah for another, you must go there, apprehend him, and bring him to Court,, and must not knowingly let him escape : you must aWays act up to the above instructions. You will receive a separate Pottah, and will receive one-tenth out of the revenue which will be collected by Gt)vernment from your Illakah. If you neglect the discharge of the Government duties entrusted to you, then the tenth part of the revenue promised to be paid to you will be withheld, and the Pottah of the Mankeeship will be taken back and given to some other person; you must keep this as a sunnud. 160 Bengal -Chutia Nagpur—Xar^a KoU^JXo. LIU. Part I Translation of ePottah given by Captain Tickell toRAORiA, Mankbu of EowsiLLAPOssi in Bur Peer, dated 19th March 1839. Be it known to Raoria, Mankee of Kowsillapossi in " Sath Bunturia :*' the nndermentioDed villages are entrusted to you. You are nominated Mankeo of those villages. You must keep the ryots in those villages satisfied^ and settle them. You must be attentive to the Government orders, and collect the revenue of your lUakah according to the settlement, and bring it yourself. "Whatever revenue will come from auy village, one-sixth of it will be given to the Moondah, and from the remainder you will get one-tenth. Therefore this Pottah is given to you. (Here follows specification of villages.) Part I Bengal— Sikkixn. 151 VI.— SIKKIM. Sikkim^ called by the Tibetans Demojong and Demoshong, t.«., the land or valley of rice^ and by the Lepcha called Rong, is at present bounded on the north by Tibet, on the east by Bhutan, on the west by Nepal, and on the south by the British district of Darjeeliug. The name Sikkim, or more properly Sikhim or Sukhym, is perhaps derived from two Limbu words meaning " New Palace/' and refers to the new kingdom founded by the Tibet foreigner Penehoo Namgyel. The boundary with Tibet has been defined in Article 1 of the Anglo* Chinese Convention of the 17th March 1890; and that with Nepal is a con- tinuation southward of the above boundary. On the east the river De-chu or Dik-chu, rising in Mount Gipmochi, practically separates Sikkim from Bhutan* In remote times the country of the Rong-pa or Lepcha was much more extensive, as in an old document it is thus de- ♦ The TangU pass by Chum- scribed : — " Demojong lies to the south-west of t Kukeshwarbari in the Lhassa, being bounded on the north by the Mon- '"^Probably Tambnr Cbhorten Thangla* mountain, which is guarded by the spirit DOW in Nepal. Kiting. On the east of Demojonff lies the i Kanchinjinga. rr i -4. ' T^ ^l. . • xt Tegongla mounxam. Its southern gate is Nagsar- bhati,t which is guarded by Magon-Chamdul-Yabdui. Its western gate Timarit Chhorten is guarded by the terrible female spirit Mamo. The Kangchan Joina§ mountains and the spirit Thamar Gamen of Zar guard it on the north/' The country was then chiefly inhabited by Lepcha, but encroachments on all sides very shortly took place. In the beginning of the sixteenth century of our era, there was bom of a noble family, which was connected with a ruling dynasty of China, at a place called Kham-mifiag-andong near Lithang, one Guru Tashe. Being warned by an oracle. Guru Tashe proceeded to Lhassa, whence his son Jo-khy^-Bumsa found his way to Sakya. Here the son succeeded in raising one of the four great pillars of the chief monastery : this was said to have defied the efforts of 10,000 men to raise, hence the ancestor of the Sikkim Rajas gained his name, "The Lord of 10,000 Heroes/' In Sakya he married the daughter of the Hieraroh. From Sakya he proceeded to Chombi, where he built a house, the site alone of which now remains, to the north of the present palace. Being 152 Bengal— Sikkim. Part I childless, he consulted the Lamas and was told to propitiate the Chiefs of the Lepcha. He crossed the Chola and at Rankpo met Thekong-Tek and Nyekong-Nal, Lepchas : they promised him three sons. He retarned to Chombi, where two sons were bom, while the third was bom at Pyakchen, below Phieangong ; their names were Lang-morab (The Ploughman), Kja-bo- rab (The Swindler), and Mipon-rab (The Leader of Men) ; these came into Sikkim to Oantok, but their father remained and died at (/hombi. At (iantok, Mipon-rab, who had married a Tibetan lady of Sakya, had bom to him a son, who is known as Guru Tashe : his grandson, Phun-tsho-Namgyel (f.tf., Penchoo Namgay), the date of whose birth is given as 1604 A J)., became the first Raja of Sikkim. Some thirty odd years later, three celebrated Lamas came into Sikkim, viz.f {a) Lha-tsan Chhembo by the Kanglanama pass, (b) Kliamdu Zangbo by the Singli-la, and {c) Onadag Sempa Chhembo from Nepal vid Namchi. These met at Yok-sam and deliberated over the way to convert the people of Sikkim to the truths of Buddhism. The result was that they sent To-den Kalzang Tondub to search for a man named Penchoo. This Lsma came to Oantok» where "he found Phun-tsho-Namgyel mentioned above, and brought him back to Yok-sam. There the three Lamas declared him King of Sikkim. Thus — (1) Phun-tsho-Namgyel became the first Raja of Sikkim. His accession is said to have occurred in 164»l.- He was succeeded by his son, (2) Ten-sung Namgyel, bom in 1644. He again was succeeded by his sob, (3) Cha-dhor Namgyel, bora ia 1686. His eon died in 1717. (4) Gyur-m^-Namgyel was bom in 1707. He ascended the gadi in 1717, and was in 1734 succeeded by his son, (5) Namgyel-Phun-tsho, born the previous year. He was succeeded by his son (bom aboat 1769), (a) ft^., Kun-zong Namgyel, wbo founded tbe old monastery atDobdi ; bis followers founded Sanga Cbolling for all nation- alities, and afterwards Peraion- cbi for Tflsongs. (b) His followers founded Eartok. (c) His followers founded Karacbi and Tashidlng and Senan. (Tbese dHtes are approximate only.) (2) bnill tbe palace at Rub dencbi. (8) was murdered by orders of bis sister Pende-Amo, who also invited tbe Bhutanese to seize Rubdencbi. — Vide Bhutan narratiTe. (4) went to Tibet disguised as a mendicant, but was recog. nised by the QyaWa K»nnapa Lama (Oupa Wancliuk Dorze). Balang Monastery built. Part X Bengal-Sikkim. 158 (6) Ten-zin-Namgyel,wha died 1798 when his son succeeded him. (7) POMeat Tomloog com- (7) Chng-phui-Namgyel, born in 1786. He died **" "* in 186S, and was saoceeded by his son, (8) Sikyong Namgyel, born in 1819 and died in April 1 874^ when (9) Thothub Namgyelj his half -brother, and the present Raja, was placed on the gadi» Thothub was bom in 1860. There had been several Bhutanese invasions before the reign of Cha-dhor Namgyel, but it was about 1706, when De-ba zi-r Dar was Raja of Bhutan^ that his general Ta-pa-nag-wang-Tin-Ie occupied Rubdenchi and built forts at Ongdo-phodang, Takse-gong, and Namgyel Tempoo in Sikkim. The result of all these invasions was the permanent loss of all the country between the Tista (Teesta) river south of the Rishi Chu and the Tegong-la range. Again, while Chug-phui-Namgyel was still but a child, the war between Nepal and Tibet-cum-China broke .out, and the Nepalese, after sacking Tashi- thunpo, destroyed Rubdenchi and established themselves firmly in Sikkim, south and west of the Tista. The tradition goes that after the Chinese had expelled the Nepalese from Tibet, they called on the Sikkimese to show their boundaries. The Raja being a minor and a fugitive, and everything beings in confusion, there was no one to come forward, so the Chinese-Tibetan authorities gave up the Tista to the Nepalese as the south boundary of Sikkim, made the Cho1a«Jelep range the north and east boundary, and appropriating the Chombi valley as part of Tibet, even went so far as to deprive the Sikkim Raja of his ancestor's estate at Fiahte-jong and Samye in the province of U (Lhassa). For some years Pemionchi and all the South Tista tract of Sikkim paid rent to Nepal until 1816, when the Nepalese were expelled by the British, who in 1817 restored all this country together with the Tarai to the Sikkim Raja. Our relations with Sikkim had commenced at the outbreak of the war with Nepal in 1 8 14-1 6. The Ourkhas commenced inroads on Sikkim as early as 1 780, and when their encroachments in British territory resulted in war, they had over- run Sikkim as far eastward as the Tista river, including the Morang or Tarai at the foot of the hills. It was the object of the British Government to give every possible assistance to the Maharaja of Sikkim to expel the Ourkhas, and X 154 Bengal— Sikkim. Fart I on the conclusion of the Nepal war the country between the Mechi and the Tista^ which had been wrested by us from the Nepalese, was made over by Treaty (No. LIV) to him. The main object of this treaty was to shut out the Nepalese from the means of carrying out any views of aggrandisement to the eastward. But even then Sikkim lost the country between our present Nepal boundary and the Tambur river : on the eastern pc^tion of this tract there are still living several Lepcha families under a Lepcha Kazi. From 1817 to 1825 there do not appear to have been any business transactions between the Maharaja of Sikkim and the British Government. But in 1825 or 1826, onehBah-Lu or Bho-Lod, the Prime Minister of Sikkim, and maternal uncle to Raja Chug-phui Namgyel, was murdered by the latter's <)rders, while hBah-Lu^s cousin, Yuk-Lha^^Thup alias Da-Thup, fearing a similar fate, fled from Sikkim and took refuge in Nepal with some 800 of his Lepcha tribesmen. Shoi*tly after this, disputes arose on the Sikkim and Nepal boundary which came under the cognizance of the Governor-GeneraFs Agent for the North-£astern Frontier and the Resident in Nepal. In 1828 Captain Lloyd was deputed to the Sikkim Frontier in connection with these disputes. He penetrated the hills in company with Mr. J. W. Grant, the Commercial Resident at Malda, as far as Rinchingpung. These gentlemen, attracted by the position of Darjeeling, brought it to the notice of the Governor-General, and it was resolved by Government to open negotiations with the Maharaja of Sikkim on the first convenient occasion for the cession of Darjeeling to the British Government in return for an equivalent in lands or money. This opportunity occurred in 1834-85, when the Lepcha refugees in Nepal made an inroad into the Sikkim Tarai, and Colonel Lloyd was deputed to enquire into the causes of the disturbance. The refugees were obliged to return to Nepal, and the negotiation ended in the unconditional cession by the Maha- raja of the Darjeeling tract under a Deed of Grant (No. LY), dated Febru- ary 1885. In 1841 the Government granted an allowance of Rs« 8,000 per annum to the Maharaja as compensation for the cession of Darjeeling, and in 1846 a further sum of Rs. 3,000 — in all Rs. 6,000 per annum. The settlement of Darjeeling advanced rapidly, its population having risen from not more than 100 souls in 1839 to about 10,000 in 1849, chiefly by immigration from the neighbouring States of Nepal, Sikkim, and Bhutan, Part I Bengal-Sikkim. 156 in all of whicii slavery is prevalent. There was free trade in laboar and til other commodities^ with forest land enoagh for all comers to settle in, and every enoouragement was given to the new arrivals. The increased importance of Darjeeling, under free institutions, was a source of early and constant jealousy and annoyance to the Diwan of the Maharaja, who was himself the monopolist t>f all trade in Sikkim, and it was shared in by the Lamas and other principal people in the countryi who lost their rights over slaves settling as British subjects in our territory. The plau pursued was through reports and secret emissaries to frighten our new subjects, by declaring that they would be deUvered up as escaped slaves to their former masters, and by discouraging the resort in every way of the Sikkim people to Darjeeling ; added to which some British subjects were occasionally kidnapped to be sold into slavery, and there were frequent denials of aid in capturing and surrendering criminals. There had always been an arrangement for a mutual exchange of slaves between Sikkim and Bhutan, and Dr. Campbell, the Superintendent of Dar- jeeling, was constantly importuned by the Maharaja of Sikkim and his Diwan to get the British Government to follow a similar course with Sikkim, which was of necessity steadily refused. In 1849 Dr. Hooker and Dr. Campbell, while travelling in Sikkim with the permission of Qovernment and of the Maharaja, were suddenly seized and made prisoners. The object was to force Dr. C'ampbell to relinquish claims for the surrender of criminals ; to make him, while in durance, agree to the dictation of the Diwan regarding the giving up of escaped slaves ; and to detain him until these enforced conditions should be sanctioned by Government. Foiled by the declaration that whatever concessions might be extorted then would not be confirmed by Government, and intimidated by the declaration of the Governor-General that the Maharaja's own head should answer for it if a hair of the head of Dr. Campbell or Dr. Hooker were hurt, the Sikkimese eventu- ally released the prisoners on the 24th December 1849. In February 1850 an avenging force crossed the Great Ranjit river into Sikkim. The expedition resulted in the stoppage of the annual grant of Rs. 6,000 enjoyed by the Maharaja, the annexation of the Sikkim Tarai, and of the portion of the Sikkim hills bounded by the Rammam river on the north, the Great Ranjit and the Tista on the east, and by the Nepal frontier on the west. This new territory was put under the management of the Superintendent of Darjeeling; the Diwan was ostensibly dismissed from office, and for some years matters proceeded smoothly and well between 166 Bengal— Sikkim. Part 1 Sikkim and oar Government. But this man having worked hU way into power again through his wife^ an illegitimate daughter of the Maharaja, the kidnapping of our subjects was resumed without the possibility of obtaining redress. In April and May 1860 two aggravated cases of kidnapping were reported to Government. All ordinary efforts to procure reparation having failed, the Governor-General in Council resolved to occupy the territory of the Maharaja lying to the north of the Bammam river and to the west of the Great Ranjit, and to retain it until our subjects were restored, the offenders given up, and security obtained against a recurrence of similar offences. On the Ist November 1860 the Superintendent of Darjeeling crossed the Ram- mam with a small force, and advanced as far as Binchingpung. But he was eventually forced to fall back on Darjeeling* A stronger force was then despatched under command of Lieutenant-Colonel Gawler, accompanied by the Hon'ble Ashley Eden, as Envoy and Special Commissioner. The force advanced to the Tista when the Sikkimese acceded to the terms dictated by the Governor- General, and on the S8th of March 1861 a new Treaty (No. LVI), consisting of twenty-three articles, was concluded by the Envoy with Maharaja SikyongNamgyel, as his father, Maharaja Chug-phui Namgyel, though alive and in Chombi, was afraid to come over. The annual allowance of Rs. 6,000 forfeited in 1850 was in 1862 restored, as an act of grace, to the ruling Maharaja Sikjong Namgyel : it was increased in 1868 to Bs. 9,000, and in 1873 to Bs. 12,000, on the understanding that it was granted without any reference to the increased value of Darjeeling and purely as a mark of consideration for the Maharaja. In 1868 the Maharaja solicited permission for the return of theex-Diwan but the request was refused as being contrary to the 7th article of the treaty of 1861, and likely to lead to intrigues for the succession. But to understand this and subsequent events, an examination of the family relations of Baja Chug-phui Namgyel is necessary. A genealogical tree is attached (p. 161). Neither Chug«phui nor Sikyong Raja appears to have taken much interest in the administration, and so, in consequence of their relationship by marriage and birth, first Diwan Namgay and after his banishment, in a lesser degree -,.... ,««« Changzed Kar-po became the really influential per- • Died in 18o8. . sonages in the State. Diwan Namgay* was anti- English in feeling and conduct, while Changzed, on the other hand^ pretended much sympathy for the English. Part I Bengal-Sikkim. 167 In 1873 Raja 8ikyong Namgyel, accompanied by his half-brother^ the present Baja Thothub Namgyel^ and his half-sister Seringputti, and Changzed Oelong Kar-po, visited Sir George Campbellj then Lieutenunt-Oovernor o^ Bengaly at Darjeeling. Baja Sikyong Namgyei died in April 1874, and intrigues were attempted to set aside the accession of Thothub Namgyei in favour of Tinle NamgyeL On the death of his half-brother, Thothub married the widow, a lady of Tasbe-lhunpa by name Pending. She died in childbirth in 1880, leaving three children by Thothub — vtB,, a daughter, Namgyei Dumo, bom in 1876, and two sons, the elder Tchoda-Namgyel, heir to the Raj, bom in 1877, and the younger Chotalj bom in 1879, supposed to be the incarnation at Phodang of Sikyong NamgyeU In October 1875 Sir Richard Temple had a friendly interview with the Raja and Changzed Kar-po at Chomnaga near the Cho-la pass. At this inter* view the Raja expressed his desire that the British Government should under- take arrangements for the conservation of the sal, pine, and other forests in his territory, but nothing was actually carried out. The Maharaja was invited to be present at the Imperial Assemblage at Delhi on the Ist January 1877, but as he was unable to attend, his banner, medal and ring were. duly presented to him at Tumlong by Mr. John Ware Edgar (afterwards the Hon'ble Sir John Edgar, K«C.I.E., C.S.I.) , then Deputy Commissioner of Darjeeling. Some complications, which had arisen as far back as 1872 between one Lachmi Das Pradhan, the head of the Nepalese Newars in Darjeeling, and the Lassu Kazi, the Sikkim Vakil in Darjeeling, but had been smoothed over, again became prominent in 1878, so that in November of that year the present Raja and Changzed Kar-po came to Kalimpong to meet the Hon'ble Sir Ashley Eden, the then Lieutenant-Governor of Bengal. The question of Nepalese settling in Sikkim was there discussed, and Nepalese settlers were admitted in certain parts under certain restrictions. This agreement, owing to the intrigues of the exiled Diwan Namgay, the Dorji Lopen of Pemionchi and Norden Gelong, tahsildar at Kalimpong, did not work well, and events culminated in the disturbances and fight at Rhenok in 1880. Mr. A* W. Paul was then sent to settle matters at Tumlong, and a fresh agreement was drawn up and promulgated on the 14th April 1880. This, with some slight modifi- cations arranged by the Phodang Lama and the Dorji Lopen, worked well. 168 BeDgal— Sikkim. Part I '■I ■ I a Changzed Kar-po, after a visit to Oiantzi, where he met the Chinese Amban and some of the Tibetan officials^ died in 1879. This visit apparently took place shortly after the interview with Sir Ashley Eden, and appears to have resulted in some secret agreement with Tibet and the investiture of Thothub Namgyel with a Chinese button of the first rank (plain coral). As stated above, Rani Pending died in 1880, and these two deaths threw the whole power of the Stat« into the hands of the old Rani Men-chi and Diwan Namgay, who naturally, from living wholly at Chombi, favoured Tibetan interests and the cause of young Tinle, then growing up to manhood. Raja Thothub meanwhile lived peacefully at Tumlong and evinced no disposition to contract a second marriage. However, pressure seems to have been brought to bear on him, and so having obtained two elephants from the Government of Bengal in 1881, he sent them to the Grand Lamas at Tashe- Ihunpu and Lhassa, in charge of Nudup Gyaltsen (brother of the Phodang Lama) and the Rhenok Kazi. These officers, when at Lhassa, arranged a marriage between the Raja and the daughter of Shafe Utok, one of the leading men in Tibet. Unfortunately the old Rani and her son Tinle, accompanied by Diwan Namgay, followed shortly afterwards in 18H2-83, and, apparently in further- ance of their design to place Tinle in direct succession to the Raj, broke off this match, and secured as a wife to tlie Raja the daughter of an inferior officer in the Dalai Lama's court, known as Leden-se. It is said that the old Rani had to execute a bond, guaranteeing that the Raja of Sikkim would receive the girl as his Rani; but without the slightest attempt at a show of decency, the girl immediately went to live with Tinle, and by the time the party re- turned from Lhassa to Chombi, she was very far gone in pregnancy, and in fact bore two children before Raja Thothub ever saw her. All this helped the intrigues in favour of Tinle, as his joint-marriage with Leden-se's daughter is pointed out as proving that Thothub and Tinle are legitimate brothers, and so both of the Royal family, polyandry being permissible under Tibetan law. The real facts as to Tinle's parentage are given in the genealogical table at page 161. Raja Thothub up to 1884 remained in Sikkim and refused to have any« thing to do with the girl, but in 1886 the influence of Tinle became too great, especially as the Deputy Commissioner himself approved of his going to Chombi to learn what was being done regarding the dispute between Bhutain and Tibet and the interruptions to trade. Accordingly Raja Thothub went over to Chombi nominally to pay his respects' to the Shafc Rampa. Subse- Part I Bengal- Sikkim 169 quently the Raja was requested to remain at Chombi, while the Macaulay Mission was in progress in 1886. In that year, after the stoppage of the Mission, the Tibetans advanced into Sikkim and bailt a fort at Lingtu, which they persistently refused to evacuate. The Raja remained at Chombi, notwithstanding the remonstrances of the Indian Government and the stop- page of his pension, until December 1887, when he returned to Oantok, having in the meantime made an agreement with the Tibetans at a place called Galing. In March 1888 the Sikkim Expeditionary Force was sent against Lingtu, which the Tibetans were compelled to evacuate, and in September the campaign ended with .the complete expulsion of the Tibetans across the Jelep. In December 1888 the Chinese Resident, His Excellency Sh6ng Tai arrived at Onatong, and negotiations were opened with a view to a settlement of the Sikkim-Tibetan dispute, but were unsuccessful, and so were formally broken off on the 11th January 1889. On the arrival in Darjeeling of Mr. James H. Hart, of the Chinese Imperial Customs Service, fresh attempts at the solution of our difficulties were made, and after a long interchange of views negotiations were re-opened towards the close of 1889, and resulted in the Convention (No. LVII) signed in Calcutta on the 17th March 1890. Supplementary negotiations on the subject of trade regulations and border arrangements are now in progress. In June 1889 TVlr. J. C. White, Executive Engineer, was appointed Assistant Political Officer at Gantok to advise and assist the Maharaja in his administration of the country. A representative Council, selected from the chief men in Sikkim, was also established with the same view. Good roads, properly bridged throughout, have been opened from Pedong in British terri- tory to the Jelep pass and to Tumlong. Iron bridges have also been con- structed across the Tista, and communication throughout Sikkim has been very greatly improved. During 1891 the Maharaja resided continuously at Rubdenchi ; the Council were unable to induce him to return to Gantok; and he showed little interest in the administration. In March 1892 the Maharaja secretly left Pemionchi, where he had recently been staying, with the intention of proceeding to Tibet. On entering Nepal the party was however stopped, and after communication with the Government of India, the Nepal Darbar escort- ed them back to British territory. The Maharaja was then informed that, as he had declined to comply with the conditions prescribed by the Government of India, he must remain out of power and under surveillance. The Members 160 Bengal— Sikkim. Parti of the Council contione to render loyal support to the AsBistant Political Agents and the administration is being satisfactorily condnctedL The Maha- raja's son Tchoda-Namgyel is now in Tibet. Nearly the whole of the revenue of Sikkim^ except that deriyed from graziers, is now paid into the treasury in cash; in 1889-91 the total revenoa was as follows :-^ 1880. 1880. 1881. Iiand revenue 18,585 14,121 29,294 Excise 1,448 8,831 8,783 Forests 2,752 5,281 3,946 MiscellaneooB 2,551 1,952 6JBQ» Bftlanoe from preceding year 7,366 15,401 Total 20,336 82,051 58,262 The expenditure was as unde Baja's personal expenditure Expenditure on public works Ditto on agriculture Ditto miscellaneous • Ditto survey • • LoanSf advances and refunds Total Ba. Bi. Bn. 1880. 1800. 1801. 4,575 7,375 4,600 9,742 1,974 29,999 64 774 2,054 588 8,701 4360 ••• 1,409 1,272 ••• 1,419 9,568 14,969 16,652 51,853 The value of the registered British imports iuto Sikkim in 1891-92 waa Bs. 1^26,989 and that of the exports from Sikkim into British territory waa Bs. 2920|157. These were the figures given in the frontier register; but the trade is believed to be very much larger. Exports and imports passing between British territory and Tibet through Sikkim exceed the above figures considerably. The area of Sikkim is about 2^818 square miles. The population^ accord- ing to the census taken in February 1891^ was 30^458 as under :— Lepcba •••••••••• 5,762 Bhutia . . 4,894 Limbu and other Nepalese 19,802 30,468 There are no regular troops in Sikkim : in the event of war the entire male population are bound to take up arms. Part I Bengal —SikkinL 161 162 Bengal— Sikkim— No. LIV. Part I No. LIV. Tkbatt, Covenant, or Agreement entered into by Captain Babre Latter, Agent on the part of His Excellency the KiGHT Honorable the Earl of Moira, K.G., Governor- General, &c., &c., &c., &c., and by Nazir Chaina Tenjin and Macha Teinbah and Lama Duchim Longboo, Depu- ties on the part of the Rajah of Sikkimputteb, being sever- ally authorized and duly appointed for the above purposes — 1817. Article 1. The Honorable East India Company cedes, transfers, and makes over in fnll sovereignty to the Sikkimputtee Rajah, his heirs or saocessors, all the billy or mountainous country situated to the eastward of the Mechi River and tc» the westward of the Teesta Hiver, formerly possessed and occupied by the Rajah of Nepaul, but ceded to the Honorable East India Company by the Treaty of peace signed at Segoulee. Articls 2. The Sikkimputtee Rajah engages for himself and successors to abstain from any acts of aggression or hostiUty against the Goorkhas or any other State. Article 3. That he will refer to the arbitration of the British Government any disputes or questions that may arise between his subjects and those of Nepaul, or any other neighbouring State^ and to abide by the decision of the British Government. Article 4. He engasres for himself and successors to join the British Troops with the whole of his Military Force when employed witlun the Hills, and in general to afford the British Troops every aid and facility in his power. Article 5u That he will not permit any British subject, nor the subject of any Earopean and American State^ to reside within his dominions^ without the permission of the English Government. Article 6. That he will immediately seize and deliver up any dacoits or notorious offenders that may take refuge within his territories. Article 7. Thot he will not afford protection to any defaulters of revenue or Part I Bengal— Sikkim— No. LIV. 163 other delinquents when demanded by the British Government through their accredited Agents. Article 8. That he will afford protection to merchants and traders from the Com- pany's Provinces, and he engages that no duties shall be levied on the transit of merchandize beyond the established custom at the several golahs or marts. Article 9. The Honorable East India C'ompany guarantees to the Sikkimputtee Rajah and his successors the full and peaceable possession of the tract of hilly country specified in the firat Article of the present Agreement. Article 10. Ihis Treaty shall be raiiBed and exchanged by the Sikkimputtee Rajah Tiithin one month from the present date, and the counterpart, when confirmed by His Excellency the Right Honorable the Governor-General, shall be transmitted to the Rajah. Dane at Titnlya, this 10th day of Fehruary 1817, amwering to the 9th of Thagoom 1S73 Sumbut, and to the 30th of Maugh 1923 Bengallie, L. S. L. 1 s. L. s. L. s. Barre Latter. Nazir Chaina TrNJin. Macha Timbah. Lama Duchim Lonoadoo. Tb6Co.'s Wafer Seal. The QoTernor- Oenenl's Small Seal. (Sd.) if MOIRA. N. B. Edmonstonb. Aboho. Sston. Geo. Dowdeswell. Ratified by the Governor-General in Council, at Fort William, this fif- teenth day of March, one thousand eight hundred and seventeen. (Sd.) J. Adam, Acting Chief Siey. to Oovi. 164 Bengal— Sikkim—No. LV. Part I Copy of a Sunkud granted to the Bajah of Sikkim, dated 7th April 1817. The Honorable East India Company, in ooosideration of the servioee per- formed by tbe Hill tribes under the control of the Rajah of Sikkimj and of the attachment shown by him to the interest of the British Oovernment, grants to the Sikkimpattee Rajah, his heirs and suocessors, all that portion of low land situated eastward of tbe Meitche River, and westward of the Maha •Nuddee, formerly possessed by the Rajah of Nepaal, but ceded to the Honor- able East India Company by the Treaty of Segoulee, to be held by the Sikkim- puttee Rajah as a feudatory, or as acknowledging the supremacy of the British Government over the said lands, subject to the following conditions i*— The British Laws and Regulations will not be introduced into the terri- tories in question, but the Sikkimputtee Bajah is authorized to make such laws and regulations for th^ir internal government, as are suited to the habits and customs of the inhabitants, or that may be in force in his other dominions. The Articles or Provisions of the Treaty signed at Titalya on the 10th February 1817, and ratified by His Excellency the Right Honorable the Oov- ernor-Oeneral in Council on the l5th March following, are to be in force with regard to the lands hereby assigned to the Sikkimputtee Rajah^ as far as they are applicable to the circumstances of those lands. It will be especially incumbent on the Sikkimputtee Rajah and his officers to surrender, on application from the officers of the Honorable Company, all persons charged with criminal ofEences, and all public defaulters who may take refuge in the lands now assigned to him, and to allow the police officers of the British Government to pursue into those lands and apprehend all such persons. In consideration of the distance of the Sikkimputtee Rajah^s residence from the Company's Provinces, such orders as the Oovernor-Oeneral in Council may, upon any sudden emergency, find it necessary to transmit to the local authorities in the lands now assigned, for the security or protection of those lands, are to be immediately obeyed and carried into execution in the same manner as coming from the Sikkimpattee Rajah. In order to prevent all disputes with regard to the boundaries of the low lands granted to the Sikkimputtee Rajah, they will be surveyed by a British Officer, and their limits accurately laid down and defined. No. LV. Translation of the Deed of 'Grant making over Darjeblino to the East India Cqhpany, dated 29th Maugh, Sumbut 1891 A.D. Ist Fetruary 1835. The Governor-General having expressed his desire for the possession of the Hill of Darjeeling, on account of its cool climate^ for the purpose of Part I Bengal— Sikkim— No. LVL 105 enabliDg the servants of his Government, suffering from sickness, to avail themselves of its advantaees, I, the Sikkimputtee Rajah, out of friendship to the said Governor-General^ hereby present Darjeeling to the Kast India Com- pany^ that is, all the land south of the Great Hunjeet River, east of the Bala- 8Qr> Kahail^ and Little Runjeet Rivers, and west of the Rungno and Maha« nnddi Rivers. (Translated.) (Sd.) A. Campbkll, Superintendent of Darjeeling , and in charge of Political relations with SiHim. Seal of the Rujah 1 prefixed to the document. J No. LVI. TEEATYt Covenant, or Aqrbbmbnt entered into by the HonoiT- ABLE Ashley Eden, Envoy and Special Comhissioneb on the part of the Bbitish Qoveenmbnt, in virtue of full powers vested in him by the Right Honorable Charles Eabl Canning, Govbbnoe-Obnebal in Council, and by His Highness Skkbong Euzoo, Mahabajah of Sikkim on his own part— 1861. Whereas the continued depredations and miscondact of the oflScers and subjects of the Mahu rajah of Sikkim, and the neglect of the Maharajah to afford satisfaction for the misdeeds of his people have resulted in an interrup- tion;for many years past of the harmony which previoasly existed between the British Oovemment and the Government of Sikkim^ and have led ulti- mately to the invasion and conquest of Sikkim by a British force ; and where- as the Maharajah of Sikkim has now expressed his sincere regret for the mis- condact of his servants and subjects, his determination to do all in his power to obviate future misunderstandings and his desire to be agaio admitted into friendship and alliance with the British Government, it is hereby agreed as follows :— 1. All previous Treaties made between the British Oovemment and the Sikkim Government are hereby formally cancelled. 2. The whole of the Sikkim Territory now in the occupation of British foroea is restored to the Maharajah of Sikkim, and there shall henceforth be peace and amity between the two States. 166 Bengal- Sikkim-I^o. LVI. Part I S. The Maharajah of Sikkim undertakea, so far aa is within his power, to restore, within one month from the date of aig^ning this Treaty, all public pro- perty which waa abandoned by the detachment of British Troops at Rinc^in- poDng. 4. In indemnification of the expenses incurred in I860 by the British Government in occupying a portion of the territory of Sikkim aa a means of enforcing just claims which had been evaded by the Government of Sikkim, and as compensation to the British subjects who were pillaged and kidnapped by subjects of Sikkim, the Sikkim Government agrees to pay to the British authorities at Darjeeling the sum of 7,000 (seven thousand) Rupees in the following instalments, that is to say : — May Ist, 1861 1,000 Nov. Ist, 1861 8,000 May Ist, 1862 8,000 As security for the due payment of this amount, it is further agreed that in the event of any of these instalments not being duly paid on the date appointed, the Government of Sikkim shall make over to the British Govern- ment that portion of its territory bounded on the south by the River Rummam, on the east by the Great Runjeet River, on the north by aline from the Great Runjeet to the Singaleelah Range, including the monasteries of Taasiding, Pemonchi, and Chanuracheling, and on tl)e west by the Singaleelah -Mountain Range, and the British Government shall retain possession of this territory and collect t\)e revenue thereof, until the full amount, with all expenses of occupation and coRection, and interest at 6 per cent, per annum, are realized. 5. The Government of Sikkim engages that its subjects shall never again commit depredations on British territory, or kidnap or otherwise ipolest British subjects. In the event of any such depredation or kidnapping taking place, the Government of Sikkim undertakes to deliver up all persons engaged in such malpractice, as well as the Sirdars or other Chiefs conniving at or benefiting thereby. 6. The Government of Sikkim will at all times seize and deliver up any criminals, defaulters, or other delinquents who may have taken refuge within its territory, on demand being duly made in writing by the British Government through their accredited agents. Should any delay occur in complying with such demand, the Police of the British Government may follow the person whose surrender has been demanded into any part of the Sjkkim territory, and shall, on showing a warrant, duly signed by the British Agent, receive every assistance and protection in the prosecution of their object from the Sikkim officers. Part I BeDgal— Sikkim-No. LVI. 167 7. Inasmach as the late misunderstandings between the two Governments have been mainly fomented by the acts of the ex-Dewan Namguay, the Government of Sikkim engages that neither the said Namguay, nor any of his blood relations, shall ever again be allowed to set foot in Sikkim, or to take part in the councils of, or hold any office under the Maharajah or any of the Maharajah^s family at Choombi. 8. The Government of Sikkim from this date abolishes all restrictions on travellers and monopolies in trade between the British territories and Sikkim. There shall henceforth be a free reciprocal intercourse, and full liberty of commerce between the subjects of both countries; it shall be lawful for British subject" to go into any part of Sikkim for the purpose of travel or trade, and the subjects of all countries shall be permitted to reside in and pass through Sikkim, and to expose their goods for sale at any place and in any manner that may best suit their purpose, without any interference what- ever, except as is hereinafter provided. 9. The Government of Sikkim engages to afford protection to all travellers, merchants, ' or traders of all countries, whether residing in, trading in, or passing through Sikkim. If any merchant, traveller, or trader, being a European British subject, shall commit any offence contrary to the laws of Sikkim, such person shall be punished by the representative of the British Government resident at Darjeeling, and the Sikkim Government will at once deliver such offender over to the British authorities for this purpose, and will, on no account, detain such offender in Sikkim on any pretext or pretence whatever. All other British subjects residing in the country to be liable to the laws of Sikkim ; but such persons shall, on no account, be punished with loss of limb, or maiming, or torture, and every case of punishment of a British subject shall be at once reported to Darjeeling. 10. No duties or fees of any sort shall be demanded by the Sikkim Govern • nent of any person or persons on account of goods exported into the British territories from Sikkim, or imported into Sikkim from the British territories. 11. On all goods parsing into or out of Thibet, Bhootan, or Nepaul, the Government of Sikkim may levy a duty of customs according to such a scale as may, from time to time, be determined and published without reference to the destination of the goods, provided, however, that such duty shall, on no account, exceed 5 per cent, on the value of goods at the time and place 168 Bengal— Sikkim— No. LVI. Fart I of the levy of duty. On the payment of the duty aforesaid a pass shall be given exempting such goods from liability to further payment on any account whatever. n. With the view to protect the Government of Sikkim from fraud on account of undervaluation for assessment of duty, it is agreed that the customs officers shall have the option of taking over for the Government any goods at the value affixed on them by the owner. IS. In the event of the British Government desiring to open out a road through Sikkim^ with the view of encouraging trade, the Sikkim Government will raise no objection thereto, and will afEord every protection and aid to the party engaged in the work. If a road is constructed, the Government of Sikkim undertakes to keep it in repair, and to erect and maintain suitable travellers' rest-houses throughout its route. < 14. If the British Gt>vernment desires to make either a topographical or geological survey of Sikkim, the Sikkim Government will raise no objection to this being done, and will afEord protection and assistance to the oflScers employed in this duty. 15. Inasmuch as many of the late misunderstandings have had their founda* tion in the custom which exists in Sikkim of dealing in slaves, the Govern- ment of Sikkim binds itself, from this date, to punish severely any person trafficking in human beings, or seizing persons for the purpose of using them as slaves. 16. Henceforth the subjects of Sikkim may transport themselves without let or hindrance to any country to which they may wish to remove. In the same way the Government of Sikkim has authority to permit the subjeott of other countries^ not being criminals or defaulters, to take ref age in Sikkim. 17. The Government of Sikkim engages to abstain from any acts of aggres* sion or hostility against any of the neighbouring States which are allies of the British Government. If any disputes or questions arise between the people of Sikkim and those of neighbouring States, such disputes or questions shall be referred to the arbitration of the British Government, and the Sikkim Government agrees to abide by the decision of the British Government. Part I Bengal— Sikkim—Iio. LVI. 169 18. The whole military force of Sikkim shall join and afford every aid and facility to British Troops when employed in the Hills. 19. The Government of Sikkim will not cede or lease any portion of its terri- tory to any other State without the permission of the British Qovemment. 20. The Government of Sikkim eng^ages that no armed force belonging to any other country shall pass through Sikkim without the sanction of tbt British Government. 21. Seven of the criminals, whose surrender was demanded by the British Government, having fled from Sikkim and taken refuge in Bhootan, the Gov- ernment of Sikkim engages to do all in its power to obtain the delivery of those persons from the Bhootan Government, and in the event of any of these men again returning to Sikkim, the Sikkim Government binds itself to seize them, and to make them over to the British Authorities at Darjeeling without delay. 22. With a view to the establishment of an eflBcient Government in Sikkim ^ and to the better maintenance of friendly relations with the British Govern- ment, the Maharajah of Sikkim agrees to remove the seat of his Government from Tibet to Sikkim, and reside there for nine months in the year. It is further agreed that a Vakeel shall be accredited by the Sikkim Government, who shall reside permanently at Darjeeling. 23. This Treaty^ consisting of twenty-three Articles, being settled and con- cluded by the Honorable Ashley Eden, British Envoy^ and His Highness Sekeong Kuzoo Sikkimputtee, Maharajah, at Tumloong, this 28th day of March 1861, corresponding with 17th Dao Neepoo 61, Mr. Eden has delivered to the Maharajah a copy of the same in English, with translation in Nagii and Bhootiah, under the seal and signature of the said Honorable Ashley Eden and His Highness the Sikkimputtee Maharajah, and the Sikkimputtee Maha- rajah has in like manner delivered to the said Hon'ble Ashley Eden another copy also in English, with translation in Nagri and Bhootiah, bearing the seal of His Highness and the said Hon'ble Ashley Eden. The Envoy engages to procure the delivery to His Highness, within six weeks from this date, of a copy of this Treaty, duly ratified by His Excellency the Viceroy and Gov- 170 Bengal-Sikkim— No. LVII. Part I •rnor-Oeneral of India iu Coancil^ and this Treaty shall in the meantimt be in full foroe. Seal. (Sd.) Srkvono Kuzoo Sikkimputtbe. fi 9» ASHLICT EdBN, Envoy. Canning. Ratified by His Excellency the Viceroy and Governor-General of India in Council at Calcutta on the sixteenth day of April 1861. (Sd.) C. U. AlTCHlSON, Under-Seey. to the Govt, of India. No. LVII. Convention between Great Britain and China relating to SiKKiM and Tibet— 1890. • Whereas Her Majesty the Queen of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland^ Empress of India^ aud His Majesty the Emperor of China, are siucerely desirous to maintain and perpetuate the relationa of friendship and good understanding which now exists l^etween their respective Empires ; and whereas recent occurrences have tenaed towards a distarbance of the said relations, and it is desirable to dearly define and permanently settle certain matters connected with the boundary between Sikkim and Tibe^ Her Britannic Majesty and His Majesty the Emperor of China have resolved to conclude a Convention on this subject and have, for this purpose^ named f lenipoteutiaries, that is to say : Her Majesty the Queen of Great Britain and Ireland^ His Excellency the Most Hon'ble Henry Charles Keith Petty Fitzmaurioe, O.M.S.I., G.C.M.G.^ Q.M.I.E.i Marquess of Lansdowne, Viceroy and Govemor-Geneial of India. And His Majesty the Emperor of China, His Excellency Sh£ng Tai, Imperial Associate Resident in Tibet, Military Deputy Lieutenant-Governor Fart I Bengal- Sikkim— No. LVII. 171 Wbo having met and communioated to each other their fall powers, and fiodine these to be in proper form^ have agreed upon the following Convention in eignt Articles :— 1. The boandary of Sikkim and Tibet shall be the crest of th« mountain range separating the waters flowing into the Sikkim Teesta and its affluents from the waters flowing into the Tibetan Mochu and northwards into other rivers of Tibet. The line commences at Mount Oipmochi on the Bhutan frontier and follows the abovementioned water-parting to the point where it meets Nipal territory. 2. It is admitted that the British Government, whose protectorate over the Sikkim State is hereby recognised, has direct and exclusive control over the internal administration and foreign relations of that State, and except through and with the permission of the British Government, neither the Buler of the State nor any of its officers shall have official relations of any kind, formal or informal, with any other country. S. The Government of Great Britain acd Ireland and the Govern- ment of China engage reciprocally to respect the boundary as defined in Article 1, and to prevent acts of aggression from their respective sides of the frontier. 4. The question of providing increased facilities for trade across the Sikkim-Tibet frontier will hereafter be discussed with a view to a mutually satisfactory arrangement by the High Contracting Powers. 5. The question of pasturage on the Sikkim side of the frontier is reserved for further examination and future adjustment. 6. The High Contracting Powers reserve for discussion and arrange- ment the method in which official communications between the British authorities in India and the authorities in Tibet shall be conducted. 7. Two Joint Commissioners shall, within six months from the ratifi- cation of this Convention, be appointed, one by the British Government in Lidia, the other by the Chinese Resident in Tibet. The said Commissioners shall meet and discuss the questions which by the last three preceding Articles have been reserved. 8. The present Convention shall be ratified, and the ratifications shall be exchanged in London as soon as possible*af ter the date of the signature thereof. In witness whereof the respective negotiators have signed the same and affixed thereunto the seals of their arms. Done in quadruplicate at Calcutta this seventeenth day of March in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and ninety, corresponding with the Chinese date the twenty-seventh day of the second moon of the sixteenth year of Kuang Hsii. (Sd.) Lansdownx. Chineae •eal and lignfttore. Part I Bengal— Bhutan. 178 VII— BHUTAN. Bhutan is a State of Tibetan origin, situate in the Eastern Himalayas between 26^45' and 28^ north latitude, and between 89° and about 92° east longitude. There is no reliable history and very little tradition regarding the origin of the Bhutan Government. Apparently immigrants from the Tibetan province of Khams occupied the country at least four centuries ago, but priests, or Lamas, from Tibet had probably obtained a footing there even eartier. The present form of Government, consisting in a dual control by the clergy and the'] laity, as represented by the Dharma and Deb Rajas, dates from the middle of the sixteenth century. The first Dharma Raja is said to have been Shabdung Nag-kWang Nam Gyel (Nawang Nam Gyel) a brother or cousin of the Tibetan saint Duk Kinle, who was born about 1569. The earlier portion of Nawang Nam Gyel's life was spent in Tibet, where he married and had children, but, being warned in a dream to go south and take up his adopted country, the Lama entered Bhutan and settled for three years at Tsari^-Ta-go Dorjeden. He afterwards moved to the Funakba valley, which he made his head-quarters. He appointed one Desi Amged as his minister, who thus became the first Deb Raja. After his death Nawang Nam Gyel appeared in three separate incarnations ; thus his body became the second Dharma Raja Ngag-tWang-hJigsmed Grags-pa; hit voice appeared in the person of Ngag-tWang Sakya Tenzing, while his mind returned to Khams, where its incarnations have continued. Nawang Nam Gyel had a son, Jam-phul Dorje, who became a celibate and incarnate Lama ; and his incarnations are called Ta-sGo Khri Rimpoche, to distinguish them from the successors of Nawang Sakya Tenzing, who art called the '' Thi" Lamas,* or Lam Thipa. Nawang Nam Gyel appointed Fenlos and Jaogpens, oflBcials corresponding to Commissioners of Divisions, to administer the country, and kept them under complete control. On his death he was succeeded by his supposed incarnation. The new Dharma Raja, when he grew up, considering that temporal and spiritual powers were incompatible, confined himself entirely to the latter, and appointed a minister to wield the former. This minister by degrees became the Deb Raja and temporal ruler of Bhutan. At present the Deb Raja is chosen by election from time to time from among certain great functionaries of the State ; the Dharma Raja holds his office for life. The next noticeable event in Bhutan history is the outbreak of hostilities with Sikkim. The third Raja of Sikkim, Cha-dhor Nam Gyel, was bom in • Thi (Khri) is the TibttaD for a « lett " or ''throne 99 174 Bengal-Bhutan. Part I 1686 and sacceeded his father aboat 1700. In his^ youth he appears to have mortally offended his half sister Pend£ Amo. On his accession thequarrel broke out again and Pend6 Amo invited the Bhutanese to invade Sikkim and expel her brother. Accordingly the Deb Raja of Bhutan sent a force which overran Sikkim^ occupied the palace^ and compelled Raja Cha-dhor to flj to Tibet* The date of this invasion is variously given as from 1700 to 1 706^ and the Bha» tanese appear to have held Sikkiu for five or six years. On Raja Cha-dhor's return from Tibet the Bhutanese retired and evacuated all Sikkim west of the Roro Chn and Tista river, but still continued to maintain their position at Fort Damsong, and to occupy what is now the Kalimpong sub-division, and the country between the De-chu and the Tegong-la range. In 1770 the Bhutanese again invaded Sikkim, but were utterly defeated and their troopa annihilated. The first intercourse of the British Government virith Bhutan commenced with the expedition sent in 1778 for the relief of the Raja of Kuch Behar (see p. 99). The Bhutanese, driven out of Kuch Behar and pursued into the hills, threw themselves on the protection of Tibet. The Tashe Lama, then Regent of Tibet, and guardian of the Grand Lama of Lhassa, addressed the Government of India on their behalf. The application was favorably received and a Treaty of peace (No. LVIII) was concluded on the 25tb April 1774, by which the Bhutanese agreed to pay to the British Government an annual tribute of five Tangan horses, to deliver up the Raja of Kuch Behar, and never to make any incursions into British territory or molest the rayats in any way» From that time, with the exception of two unsuccessful commercial mis- sions in 1774 and 1783, there was little intercourse with Bhutan, until our occupation of Assam, which connected the British and Bhutan frontiers* With the annexation of Assam there commenced a continued series of aggres* siona by the Bhutanese on British territory, followed by reprisals on the part of the British Government and by the occupation of the Duars, or passes, which lie at the foot of the Bhutan Hills. Besides the Kuriapara Duar, formerly Bengal Duart, 12. Bagh or BijnL Raja, who was immediately Kamrup Duan, dependent on Lhassa, and 14. Bniiska. ^^^ ^^ ^^^ Bhutan Darbar, 16. Chappagori. ^^^^^ ^^3 j^ ^u nineteen* 16. ChftppakhAmar. 17. Bijui. Duars on the Bengal fron- Darrang Duars, tier and on the frontier of 18. Bnri Qama, 19. Kalling. Assam. Over the Bengal •1. Dalimkot. 2. Zamarkot. 8. Chimarchi. 4. Lakhi. 6. Baxa. 6. Balka. 7. Bars. Ooalpara or Eoiltm Duars, 8. Gama. 9. Bipa. Duars, which extend from the Tista, on the eastern boundary of Sikkim, to the ¥firt I Bengal— Bhutan. 176 ' ■ — .— >— llanos^ the BhutaDese for many years held sovereign dominion ; and, previous to the annexation of Assam by the British Grovernment during the first Burmese war, they had also wrested four of the Assam Daars from the Native Govern- ment^ while the other three were held on a sort of joint tenure by the Bhutanese and Assamese. The tribute for these seven Duars, including the tarai tract below them, was paid in kind, fixed at the value of Bs. S,049. The Kamrup Duars under this arrangement remained in the hands of the Bhutanese all the year round, but the Darrang Duars were annually surrendered to the Assamese Qovemment from July to November. This anomalous provision led to trouble ; while a further and endless source of dispute arose from the fact that the tribute was paid in kind, while its value was fixed in specie. After the annexation of Assam, the tribute was paid to the British Gx)v- emment, who also contiuued the system of joint occupation of the three Duars of Enriapara, Buri Ouma, and Kalling. Under the British Oovernment the character of the tenure and the mode of paying tribute were constant sources « of irritation and quarrel. In 1828 outrages by the Jangpen of Buri Guma resulted in the attachment of that Duar by the Government ; but in 1 8S4 it was restored on the payment of a fine. Fresh outrages in the Bijni Duar in the following year, coupled with a refusal to pay the current tribute, were answered by threats of attachment, which, however, were not carried out. Wanton incur- sions from the Banska Duar in 1836 led to its attachment and ultimately to armed collision with the Bhutanese. In 1887 Captain Pemberion was sent on a mission to the Deb and Dharma Rajas, but his deputation fiuled to secure any effectual or permanent settlement. In 1841, in consequence of renewed aggressions and of the increasing disorganisation of the country, the seven Assam Duars, comprising some 1,600 square miles in area, were annexed to the British possessions, and it was agreed a sum of Rs. 10,000 should be annually paid to the Chiefs as compensation : this sum was considered equivalent to one-third of the revenue of the ELamrup and Darrang Duars. No written agreement was made re- garding this arrangement. These Duars are now under the control of the Chief Commissioner of Assam. A similar arrangement, under a written Engagement (No. LIX), was made in 1844 with the Bhutia communities dependent on the Towang Raja, and a sum of EU. 5,000 a year, representing one-third of the net revenue, was fixed as compensation for the resumption of the Kuriapara Duar. (See page 209.) NoU.—To thii day Bhotan Uyi eUim to Hon Tswang. 176 Bengal— Bhutan. Part I These measures proved effectual as regards the country lying under this portion of the Bhutan hills. But along the Bengal section of the Duars outrage followed upon outrage. At length in 1854 the Darbar sent a rude intimation that the compensation paid for the loss of the Assam Duars was insufficient# and must be increased. The natural refusal of the Government of India to listen to this demand was followed by Bhutanese raids on Assam. Lord Dalhousie intimated to the Darbar that in future all property plundered by the Bhutanese would be deducted from the annual payment on account of the Assam Duars, and that further outrage would lead to the permanent annexation of the Duars on the Bengal side. These threats^ however, produced no lasting effect] acts of kidnapping and plunder continued; and in 1859-60, the territory known as the Ambari Fallakotta on this side the Tista, which was held in farm from Bhutan, was taken possession of, the terms under which it would be restored being fully explained to the Deb Baja. As these outrages did not cease, and as the usurpations of the frontier Governors made it doubtful whether letters to the Bhutan Government were not intercepted, the Deb and Dharma Bajas were informed that a mission would be sent to explain the demands of the British Government, the consequences of not acceding to them, and the terms of the treaty with the Baja of Sikkim, whom ^e Bhutan authorities had threatened with attack under the pretence thatthe]Ambari Fallakotta rents had been withheld owing to the rupture between him and the British Government. After a year's delay, caused by the evasive replies of the Bhutan Government^ the mission started in December 1863. The Envoy, the Hon'ble Ashley Eden, reached the capital, Punakha, on the ISth of March 1864, where he found the Deb and Dharma Rajas puppets in the hands of the Tongsar Fenlo, the successful head of an insurrection which had lately taken place. By this man, who refused to treat except on condition of the restoration of the Assam Duars, the mission were subjected to gross out« rage and insult ; with difficulty they obtained permission to return after the Envoy had signed under compulsion an agreement that the British Govern- ment would re-adjust the whole boundary between the two countries, restore the Assam Duars, deliver up all runaway slaves and political offenders who had taken refuge in British territory, and consent to be punished by the Bhutan and Kuch Behar Governments acting together if they ever made encroachments on Bhutan. The engagement which had been extorted from the Envoy was at once repudiated by the British Government; and, as a punishment for the treatment to which the mission had been subjected, the Ambari Fallakott Fart I Bengal- Bhutan. 177 decUtred (No. LX) to be permanently annexed to the British dominioDS ; the payment of revenue to Bhutan from the Assam Duars was stopped fo|; ever; and the Bhutan Oovernment were informed that^ if the demands of the British Government were not con^plied with by the 1st September 1864^ such farther measures as might appear necessary would be adopted to enforce them. No steps having been taken, within the time speeifiedj to comply with these demands, the Bengal Duars were permanently annexed (No. LXI) to the British territories, and the districts were occupied in force by British troops. Within a few nionths the Bhutan Government made overtures for peace and asked for the restoration of the Duars. They were informed that the Duars could not be testored ; that if they were sincerely desirous of peace and would consent to the conditions laid down by the British Government, peace would be granted ; but that if they delayed and an advance on Punakha became necessary much more stringent terms would be exacted. Preliminary negotia- tions were accordingly opened, and during their continuance hostilities were suspended. The principal conditions offered to the Bhutan Government were that they should surrender all British subjects and all subjects of Kuch Behar and Sikkim detained in Bhutan against their will ; that they should subscribe articles for the mutual extradition of criminals, the maintenance of free trade, and the arbitration by the British Government of all disputes between the Bhutan Government and the Chiefs of Kuch Behar and Sikkim ; that they should cede to the British Government the whole of the Duars, together with certain hill posts protecting the passes into Bhutan ; that they should deliver up two British guns which had been lost at Diwangiri, return the agree- ment they had extorted from the Envoy, and apologise for the insult offered to the British Government in the person of the Envoy ; and that, in consi- deration of the ful61ment of these terms, the British Government would pay to the Bhutan Government from the revenues of the Duars an annual sum beginning with Rupecfs 25,000 and rising to Rupees 50,000. The treaty extorted from the Envoy was given up and an apology was tendered for the insults offered to him, but as the guns which had been lost were in possession of the Tongsar Penlo, who had not signified his adherence to the terms, a sepa- rate Agreement (No. LXII) was concluded, providing that no payment would be made to the Bhutan Government until the guns were actually restored. They were eventually surrendered on the 25tb February 1866. The permanent arrangements effected were recorded in a Treaty (No. LXIII) concluded on the 2 A 178 Bengal— Bhutan. Part 1 11th November 1865 ; and^ by the ProcIamatioQ (No. LXIV) of the 4th July 1866j the Doars were declared to be annexed to the territories of Her Majesty the Qaeen. The gross revennes of these districts at the time of cession were estimated at Rupees 1,50^000. Tshang Sith{kb was at t^iis time the Deb Raja : the treaty is called by the Bhutanese the ten article treaty of Ba-wa-Pang or Fani. In accordance with the provisions of article 5 of the treaty of 1865, payment of the allowance to the Bhutan Government was temporarily withheld in 1868, in consequence of the Bhutanese having put a stop to intercourse between Bhutan and Baxa, and of their having disregarded the provisions of article 4 by sending an oflScer of inferior rank to receive the annual payment* In 1869 dissensions broke out among the Bhutanese Chiefs and have since been of frequent occurrence, but the British Government has held itself aloof from the complications of Bhutan politics. The only powerful Deb Raja who reigned for many years was Jigme Nam Gyel,^ who, as Fenlo of Tongsar, was so hostile to the British mission of 1864. After an unusually long reign for a ruler of Bhutan, he retired in 1873 in favour of his brother Gantem Nam Gyelf j who came to Baxa to meet the Lieute- nant-Governor of Bengal in 1875; this was the first occasion on which a Deb Raja ever entered British India, or met one of the English Governors. Jigme Nam Gyel's retirement was however no more than nominal. He con- tinued to decide everything of importance. At the beginning of 1877 the pretensions of a rival claimant caused a civil war, and for about seven months the rebels gained ground. On this Jigme Nam Gyel came forward again, resumed the supreme authority, and in a short time defeated the insurgents. Soon after, however, he once more retired in favour of Gantem Nam G^el, who ruled till March 1879, when he resigned, and was succeeded by Shujah Jain{ {alias Shujah Nam Gyel). At the end of the civil war of 1877, two Chiefs of the insurgents' party, the Penlo of Paro and the Jangpen of Funakha, with a few followers, took refuge in British territory. They were disarmed on arrival at Baza, and eventually settled in the Darjeeling Hills for nearly two years, until a change in political affairs allowed of their return to Bhutan. One of the • Lit hJigs-Med-rNams-rGyal nicknamed Deb Nag-po or Nago, *« the Black Deb Naga.'* t Lit. tGang-sTeng, rNams-rO jal. X Lit. Chbas-rO jag, bZang-po. Part I Bengal— Bhutan. 179 Chiefs^ however^ died in exile. The party arrived in a state of destitution and received from Government compassionate grants in cash and land for cultivation on condition of their abstaining from intrigues in Bhutan. The Deb Raja asked for their surrender^ which was refused^ as they were merely political ofFenderSj and the treaty did not allow of it. In March 1880 a raid was committed by a Suba on a British village, Chunbati, near Baxa on the frontier^ the object being the recovery of some persons who had escaped from slavery in Bhutan and settled in British terri* tory. Six persons were carried off, and ten of the raiders being satisfactorily identified, a demand was made for the restoration of the captives and the Borfender of the raiders in accordance with the treaty. The Deb Raja de- layed and made excuses. He was consequeotly told that the annual subsidy paid to the Bhutan Government on condition of good behaviour would be withheld till he complied with our demands. While the matter was pendisg two of the captives escaped and returned to Baxa, and eventually, on finding that the subsidy would not be otherwise paid, the remaining captives and eight out of ten raiders were delivered at Baxa in July 1881, one raider having died and another escaped on the road. The raiders were convicted, and the sen- tences passed were upheld by the High Court on appeal. Shujah Jain {alias Shujah Nam Gyel) ruled till June 1880, when he died after an illness of three months. The Jangpen of Punakha put forward a relative named"^ Lamchen, another Jangpen, for the throne, but Jigme Nam Gyel, distrusting this candidate, again came forward and succeeded in securing his own re-election as Deb Raja. He seems to have been unwilling to dis« charge the ordinary duties of the Deb Raja, but determined to be the real temporal sovereign in all matters of importance, and so, whenever he was un- able to secure the election of a candidate who would be in his hands, Jigme Nam Gjel reigned in person. He died in July 1881, from the efiects of a fall when riding a yak, and Lamchen, then about 45 years of age, succeeded him. Shortly after this the retired Deb Raja Gantem Nam Gyel died. Lamchen appears to have reigned peacefully till May 1883, when, in consequence of ill health, he resigned and died'a few days afterwards. Gan-Zang,t a nephew on the mother's side of his immediate predecessor, was then elected Deb Raja without opposition on the 16th May 1888. He seems to have relied as * CLam-m-Tshaiigi, alias Sonam-Je-se. t Lit. sLobg, tPon tOah-bo b-Zanp-po. He is tho father of Ala Dorzi ex*Thiinpn Janj^pen, wbo U suspected of baviug fought agaiuBt us ul UuatODg aud to be in receipt of u peusioD from Tibet. 180 Bengal— Bhutan. Part X much on the two principal Chiefs^ the Penlos of Paro and Tongsar^ as did the Deb Rajas at the time of Sir Ashley Eden's mission. Deb Lamchen^ out of friendship to Deb' Jigme Nam Gyel (Nago) appears to have appointed Tinle^ the latter's eldest son, to be Paro Penlo, and the younger brother Ujen Angchu (or Angdu) Jangpen of Angdu Phodang. On the murder of his unclej the Tongsar Fenlo^ Ujen succeeded and has been Tongsar Penio ever since. In 1883 Tinle^ Paro Penlo, attacked Phari in Tibet and seized the Tibetan Jangpen : this outrage led to the Mission of the Shafe Rampa and a Chinese Popen to Paro in July 1885. Shortly after his return from Phari^ Tinle broke his leg and died in 1884 at his brother's place in Tongsar. In October 1884 quarrels broke out between the Tongsar PenIo (Ujen Angchu) and Alu Dorzi, Thimpu Jangpen, on account of the latter with* holding Tongsar's share of the British subsidy. This resulted in Tongsar capturing Simtokha Fort about the 14tK May 1885. A fortnight later the contending parties held a meeting to consider terms ; but at this meeting Tongsar's adherents treacherously attacked the opposite party^ killed some of Thimpu's adherents and wounded the Punakha Jangpen. Shortly after^ in Julyj the Thimpu Jangpen and others fled to Tibet and asked for help. On the 23rd August 1885 Deb Gan-Zang had to retire and was succeeded by Tongsar's nominee^ Pang Sangye Dorzi, a learned Lama who is commonly known as ' Eapen Loben', or * Yanpe Lopen'?* In March 1886 there was another joint Tibetan and Chinese Mission to Paro^ which settled certain terms of agreement between the Tongsar PenIo and Alu-Dorziy the ez-Thimpu Jangpen. But the disagreement between India and Tibet regarding Lingtu shortly afterwards breaking out, these terms were never carried into effect. The Paro Penlo paid the Political OflBcer, Mr. A. W. Paul^ a visit at Kalimpong in March 1889. About this time Deb Yanpe resigned and the Tongsar Penlo retained the whole power. During the Sikkim Expedition Alu Dorzi is suspected of having actively aided the Tibetans in the fight at Onatong on the 22nd May 1889 and of having remained with them during the rest of the campaign : he is now in receipt of a small pension. In 1889^ in consequence of outrages committed on villages situated in the north of the Kamrup district of Assam^the Bhutan subsidy was temporarily stopped j and as the warnings issued to the Deb Raja produced little or no effect^ it was determined in February 1892 to establish a police • Lobeo, or Lopen, is the title of the four great Lamaa, or Tiuongs, next to the Dbarma Baja. Part I Bengal— Bhutan. 181 . post at Kakolabari^ for the protection of British subjects^ and to deduct from the annual subsidy payable in January 189S all expenses incurred on account of this outpost. There is no accurate information in regard to the arca^ population^ or revenue of Bhutan. The population was estimated by Sir Ashley Eden at S0,000; it is now probably much more. The revenue is not known. The value of the registered trade with British territory in 1891-92 was — Imports from Bhutan •...••• 1,84,892 fxporU to Bhutan 1,34.848 Total . 3,19,740 182 Bengal— Bhutan- iro. LVIII. Fart T Na. LVni. Articles of a Tbe/lty of Pbagb between the Hovdra^ble East India Company and the Deb Bajah or Rajah of B&oo- TAN — 1774. Isi, — That the Honorable (Jompaoyi wholly from consideration for the- distress to which the Bhootans represented themselves to be reduced, and from the desire cf living in peace with their neighbours, will relinquish all the^ lands which belonged to the Deb Bajah before the commencement of the war with the Bajah of Cooch Behar^ namely^ to the eastward, the lands of Chitchacotta and Pangola-haut| and to the westward, the lands of Kyruntee,, Marragaut, and Luekypoor. 2ii ) Secy, to the Oovernment of India. Ko. LXIL Agreement entered into by High Officbbs of the Bhootan Government for the surrender of the two Guns — 1865. We, Samdojey Deb Jimpey and Themseyrensey Donai, the two high officers of the Bhootan Court, will go back to the Deb Rajah and fully explain to His Highness about the two guns which fell into tlie hands of the Bhootea troops on the evacuation of Dewangiree, and obtain His Highnesses consent to go to Tongso about them. If we succeed in getting back the guns by bringing Toiigso Penlow to terms, ^e will either bring the guns back and restore them at Sinchula, or else cause them to be handed over to the British officers at Dewangiree ; but if we should unfortunately be unsuccessful, one of us will come down to the Representative of the British Government for assistance, and, in the meantime, we agree to explain to His Highness the Deb Rajah that no money payment can be expected under the 4th Article of the Treaty. We further agree that no money payment under the Treaty shall be due to the Bhootan Government in the event of Mr. Eden and Cheeboo Lama declaring that a second copy of the Treaty extorted from them was left by them in Bhootan, until such time as the said second copy shall be found and surren- dered to the Representative of the British Government, and we fully under- stand and acknowledge that, until the two* British guns are restored, no money payment under the Treaty will be due to the Bhootan Government. • Tbejr were eyentoally surrendered on 25tb February I8C6. Part I Bengal— Bhutan— No. LXIII. 189 Done this 10th day of Nov«?mber 1865, corresponding with i^3rd-9th month^ Bhootea yenr Shim Luugi or one day previous to the date fixed for the formal signature of the Treaty in public Durbar at Sinchula. (Sd.) Samdojbt Dbb Jimpey, (Sd.) THBIfSBYBENSEY DONAI. No. LXIir. Treaty between His Excellency the Right Honorable Sir John Lawrence, 6.O.B., E.S.I., Viceroy and Governor* General of Her Britannic Majesty's possessions in the East Indies, and their Highnesses the Dhurm and Deb Bajahs of Bhootan concluded on the one part by Lieute- nant-Colonel Herbert Bruce, C.B., by virtue of full powers to that effect vested in him by the Viceroy and Governor- General, and on the other part by Samdojey Dbb Jimpey and Themsbyrbnsby Donai according to full powers conferred on them by the Dhurm and Deb Rajahs —1865. Article x» Tliere shall henceforth be perpetual peace and friendship between the British Government and the (iovemmeDt of Bbootan. Article 2. Whereas in consequence of repeated aggressions of the Bhootan Oovem- ment and of the refusal of that Oovernment to afford satisfaction for those aggressions, and of their insulting treat}ment of the officers sent by His Excel- lency the Oovernor-General in Council for the purpose of procuring an amic- able adjustment of differences existing between the two States^ the British Government has been compelled to seize by an armed force the whole of the Dears and certain Hill Posts protecting the passes into Bhootan, and whereas the Bhootan Government has now expressed its regret for past misconduct and a desire for the establishment of friendly relations with the British Govern- ment, it is hereby agreed that the whole o£ the tiact known as the Eighteen 190 BeDgal—Bhutan— No. LXIII. Fart T DoarSy bordering on the Districts of Rungpoor, Cooeh Bebar, and Assanii together with the Talook of Aml>aree Fallaoottah and the Hill territory on the left bank of the Teesta up to such points as may be laid down by the British Commissioner appointed for the purpose is ceded by the Bhootan Government to the British Government for ever. Abticlb S. The Bhootan Government hereby agree to surrender all British subjects as well as subjects of the Chiefs of Sikkim and Cooch Behar who are now detained in Bhootan against their will, and to place no impediment in the way of the return of all or any of such persons into British territory. Articlb 4. In consideration of the cession by the Bhootan Government of the territories specified in Article 2 of this Treaty^ and of the said Government having expressed its regret for paot misconduct, and having hereby engaged for the future to restrain all evil-disposed persons from committing crimes within British territory or the territories of the Bajahs of Sikkim and Cooch Behar and to give prompt and full redress for all such crimes which may be committed in defiance of their commands, the British Government agree to make an annual allowance to the Government of Bhootan of a sum not exceed- ing fifty thousand rupees (Rupees 50,0u0) to be paid to ofiicers not below the rank of Jnngpen^ who shall be deputed by the Government of Bhootan to receive the same. And it is further hereby agreed that the payments shall be made as specified below :— On the fulfilment by the Bhootan Government of the conditions of this Treaty twenty-five thousand rupees (Rupees 25,000). On the 10th January following the 1st payment, thirty-five thousand rupees (Rupees 85,000). On the 10th January following forty-five thou^nd rupees (Rupees 45,000).. On every succeeding 10th January fifty thousand rupees (Rupees 50,000). Abticlb 6. The British Government will hold itself at liberty at any time to suspend the payment of this compensation money either in whole or in part in the event of misconduct on the part of the Bhootan Government or its failure to check the aggression of its subjects or to comply with the provisions of this Treaty. Abticle 6. The British Government hereby agree, on demand being duly made in writing by the Bhootan Government, to surrender, under the provisions of Act Part I Bengal— Bhutan— No. LXIII. 191 VII of 1854, of which a copy shall be furnished to the Bhootan Government, all Bhootanese subjects accused of any of the following crimes who may take refuge in British dominions. The crimes a«*e murder, attempting to murder, rape, kidnapping, great personal violence, maiming^ dacoity, thuggee, robbery, burglary, knowingly receiving property obtained by dacoity, robbery or burglary, cattle stealing, breaking and entering a dwelling-house and stealing therein, arson, setting fire to a village, house, or town, forgery or uttering forged documents, counterfeiting current coin, l^nowingly uttering base or counterfeit coin, perjury, subornation of perjury, embezzlement by public otlicera or other persons, and being an accessory to any of the above offences. Abticlb 7. The Bhootan Government hereby agree, on requisition being duly made by, or by the authority of, the Lieutenant-Governor of Bengal, to surrender any British subjects accused of any of the crimes specified in the above Article who may take refuge in the territory under the jurisdiction of the Bhootan Government, and also any Bhootanese subjects who, after committing any of the above crimes in British territory, shall flee into Bhootan, on such evidence of their guilt being produced as shall satisfy the Local Court of the district in which the offence may have been committed. Article 8. The Bhootan Government hereby agree to refer to the arbitration of the British Government all disputes with, or causes of complaint against, the Rajahs of Sikkim and Cooch Behar, and to abide by the decision of the British Government; and the British Government hereby engage to enquire into and settle all such disputes and complaints in puch manner as justice may require, and to insist on the observance of the decision by the Rajahs of Sikkim and Cooch Behar. Abticlb 9. There shall be free trade and commerce between the two Governments. No duties shall be levied on Bhootanese goods imported into British territories, nor shall the Bhootan Government levy any duties on Biitish goods imported into, or transported through, the Bhootan territories. Bhootanese subjects . residing in British territories shall have equal justice with British subjects, and British subjects residing in Bhootan shall have equal justice with the subjects of the Bhootan Government, Abticlb 10. The present Treaty of ten Articles having been concluded at Sinchula on the 11th day of November 1865, corresponding with the Bhootea year Shim Lung 24th day of the 9th month, and signed and sealed by Lieutenant-Colo- nel Herbert Bruce, C,B., and Samdojey Deb Jimpey and Themseyrensey Donai, the ratifications of the same by His Excellency the Viceroy and 182 Bengal— Bhutan— No. LXIV. Parti GoTernor-General or Hi« Excellency the Viceroy and Governor-General in Ck>uncil and by Their Hit^hnesses the Dhurm and Deb Rajahs shall be matually delivered within thirty days from this date. (Sd.) U. Bbucb, Lieui.'CoLf Chief Civil and PoltL Ofieer, (Sa.) In Dabe Nagri. (Sd.) In Bhootea language. Seal. Seal. SeaL Si«l. Seal. This Treaty was ratified on the 29th November 1865 in Calcutta by me. 26lh January 1^6, 25tk January 1S66. (Sd.) John Lawrbncb, Governor' General. (Sd.) W. MuiR, Secy, to the G^vf, of India. No. LXIV. Proclamation. — 1806. Wheireas in the Proclamation issued on the 1 2th November 186I-, His Excellency the Viceroy and Governor-General in Council announced his reso- lution of oecupying permanently and annexing to British territory the Bengal Doars of Bhootan and so much of the hill territory, including the forts of Dalimkote and Dewangiree^ as might be necesBary to command the passes and to prevent hostile or predatory incursions of Bhootauese into the Darjeeling district^ or into the plains below ; And whereas^ in pursuance of that resolution, the British Gbvernment, under Article 2 of a Treaty concluded on the 11th day of November 1865, has obtained from the Government of Bhootan for ever the cession of the whole of the tract known as the Eighteen Doars bordering on the districts of Rungpoor, Cooch Behar, and Assam^ together with the Talook of Ambaree Fallacottah and the Hill territory on tiie left bank of the Teesta^ up to such point as may be laid down by the British Commissioner appointed for the purpose ; It IS hereby declared that the territory ceded by the Bhootan Government as aforesaid is annexed to the territories of Her Most Gracious Majesty the Queen of England. Pftrt I Bengal— Bhutan— No, LXIV. 193 It is further declared that the ceded territory is attached to the Bengal Division of the Presidency of Fort William^ and that it will acoordin^lj be under the immediate control of the Lieutenant-Oovernor of Bengal^ but that it shall not be subjected to the general regulations. By order of the Govemor-Greneral in Council. StMLA; ^ (SJ.) W. MuiR, The 4lh Julj/ 1866. j Secretary to the Government of India, 2c PART IT. TREATIES, ENGAGEMENTS, AND SANADS BBtATINO TO THI TERRITORIES COMPRISED WITHIN, OR IN POLITICAL RELATION WITH, THB CHIEF COMMISSIONERSHIP OF ASSAM, I— ASSAM. The different portions of territory included in the Province of Assam were formerly quite distinct^ and have different histories ; they were brought under British administration at different times and in different ways^ and it is therefore necessary to treat them separately. For present purposes the follow- ing division will suffice : — (I.) Assam Propf^r, that i;*, the five districts of Kamrup^ Darrang^ Nowgongy Sibsagar, and Lakhimpur. (II.) Ooalpara^ including the Eastern Duars. (III.) Kachar^ including the North Kachar Hills. (IV.) The Jaintia and Khasi Hills. (V.) The Garo Hills. (VI.) The North-Eastem Frontier. In 1873 it was determined by the Oovernment of India to separate the districts now forming the Assam Province from the administration of the Government of Bengal^ and to form them into a ('hief Commissionership. By a proclamation dated the 6th February 1874^ the districts 'of Goalpara, Kam- mp^ Darrang, Nowgong, Sibsagar^ Lakhimpur^ the three Hill districts, and the district of Kachar were taken under the immediate authority and manage- ment of the Governor- General in Council ; and by a notification of the same date they were formed into a Chief Commissionership, and Lieutenant-Colonel 196 Assam— Assam Proper. Fart II R. H. Keatinge, Y.C.^ C.S.I., was appointed the first Chief Commissioner. On the 1 2th September of the same year, by another proclamation and notifica- tion, Sylhet was added, and the Province, as it now exists, was completed. (I.)— ASSAM PROPER. The history of Assam Proper, or of so much of the valley of the Brah- maputra as belongs to the modern province of Assam, may be said to begin with the growth of the Koch power upon its western frontier, and the inva- sion of the Ahoms in the east. It appears certain that, while the bulk of the inhabitants have always been of non-Aryan origin, the colonisation or con- quest of parts of the valley by Aryan settlers began at an early date. About the beginning of the thirteenth century occurred an event which was destined to have a great influence on the destinies of Assam. This was the invasion of the JAoms. The Ahoms were Shans from the ancient Shan Kingdom of Pdng, whose capital, Moganng, still exists. Chiikapha their leader entered Assam with a small following in the year 1228 A.D. The Ahoms fonnd the country into which they descended either empty of inhabitants or held by small settlements of Chutias, a people of the Bodo race, whom they had no difficulty in subduing. Within the narrow limits of a territory corre- sponding to the south-eastern part of the Lakhimpur and part of the Sibsagar district, the Ahom kings succeeded each other with great regularity. The Ahoms, extending their power along the south bank of the Brahmaputra, sub- dued the BaraBhuiyas (about 1450 A.D.), and thus touched the Koch power on the west as they touched the Chutia power on the southeast. The Ahoms overthrew the Chntia dominion in Upper Assam about 1500 A.D., and held their own against the Koch. Several Musal man inva- sions are recorded in the history of the Brahmaputra Valley, and they all bear the same character of temporary success due to superior arms and discipline, and ultimate failure attributable to the unfavourable nature of the climate, ignor- ance of the country, want of communications, and the impossibility of repairing losses by reinforcements. The first expedition of the kind was unsuccessful. A second invasion occurred about the middle of the 16th century. The last and greatest was that undertaken by Mir Jumla in 1660-62. He captured the capital of the Ahoms, but his force melted away in the rains, and he was obliged to retreat with the lo^^s of his guns. Though unable to wrest any ter- ritory frotp the Ahoms, the Musalman viceroys of Bengal were strong enough Part II Assam— Assam Proper. 197 to cooqaer the greater part of the Koch kingdom, so much nearer to their frontiers. In 1682 the imperial general Manzur Khan carried off the last Kocli king, Surya Narayan, a prisoner to Delhi. Even in Bengal, however, a relic of the Koch kingdom survived, and forms the present State of Kuch Beharf while the Koch territories in Assam, ruled by the tributary Rajas of Darrang, were never annexed to the Musalman dominions. Before the last Muhammadan invasion, the A horns had been largely con* verted to the Hindu religion. The reigning monarch became a convert in 1655 A. D., and adopted the name of Jayadhwaja Singh, and henceforward all the Ahom kin^s bear both Ahom and Hindu names. There were now no rivals to the Ahoms in the Assam Valley. The Kacharis had been defeated just before Mir Jumla's invasion, and the Rajas of Darrang and Bijni became tributary to the Ahom power on the fall of the Koch monarchy. In 1695 Rndra Singh, the greatest of the Ahom kings, ascended the throne. His dominions comprised the whole of the Brahmaputra Valley, so far as it was inhabited, except a strip of submontane territory claimed by the Bhutias. In 1780, Qaurinath Singh succeeded to the throne. His reign was marked chiefly by a formidable rising of the Moamarias, a powerful religious sect. Oaurinath being hard-pressed, applied in his extremity to Mr. Rausch, a salt farmer at Goalpara. Mr. Rausch, it is said, sent a body of 700 sipahis to Gaurinath's aid, but these sipahis were cut to pieces by the Moamarias. In the meanwhile Krishna Narayan, Raja of Darrano^, taking advantage of Raja GaurinatVs diflSculties, made a descent upon Gauhati. Gaurinnth, meeting with further reverses, again applied to Mr. Rausch for help, and also sent a deputation to Calcutta. At the close of 1792 the British Government sent a detach- ment, nifder the command of Captain Welsh, to assist Gaurinath. Cap- tain Welsh defeated Krishna Narayan, put down the Moamaria insurrection, and reduced the whole valley to obedience. The first treaty with any of the Assam Chiefs was a commercial Agreement (No. LXV) made in 1793 with Raja Gaurinath Singh ; but this was never ratified or published by Government, on the ground that the Raja's administration was not sufficiently strong to ensure the observance of the agreement. Captain Welsh was recalled in 1794. A few months later Gaurinath died. He was succeeded by ELamaleswar Singh, who died in 1809 and was succeeded by his brother Chandra Kanta Singh The reign of this prince was marked by the appearance of the Burmese in Assam. Chandra Kanta having quarrelled with his minister, the Bura Gohain, applied for aid to the Burmese. The Burmese entered Assam with a 188 Assam^Aflsam Proper. Part II force with which the Assamese were utterly anable to cope. Shortly after, how- ever, the Burmese retired, on which the Bura Oohain deposed Chandra Kanta and set up Purandar Siog^h. Chandra Kanta ag^in applied to the Burmese, who sent an army and reinstated him. In 1H19, Purandar Singh applied for aid to the British Ooverament, but was refused. Chandra Kanta, however, quarrelled with the Burmese, who finally expelled him from Assam, and he sought refuge with the British officers at Goalpara. But at this juncture matters had come to a crisis between the British and the Burmese, and on the 5th March 1824 war was declared against Burma. A British force advancing with a gunboat flotilla conquered the valley as far as Koliabor, and during the next cold season completed the subjugation of the rest. Finally^ on the 24th February 1826, the Burmese by the treaty of Yandabo, ceded Assam to the East India Company. For some time after the conquest it was still doubtful whether the Com« pany would retain in their hands the province they had won. Mr. Scott, the Commissioner of North-East Rangpur, administered the country, Captain White being appointed in 1827 to assist him in Lower Assam, and Captain Neufville in 1828 to have charge under him of Upper Assam. The Moamarias, whose country, known as Matak,i8 now comprised in the Lakhim- pur district, were left under their own ruler, styled the Bar Senapati, who in May 1826 executed an Agreement (No. LXVI) whereby he acknowledged the supremacy of the British Oovernment, and bound himself to supply 800 sol- diers in time of war. The management of the country was left in his own hands, except as regards capital offences. In January 1835 the obligation to supply troops was commuted to a money payment of Rs. 1,800 a year (No. LXYII). The Bar Senapati died in November 1839^ and, as his successor refused the terms offered him, the management of the country was assumed by the British Government in 1842, and pensions were given to the members of the family. The Mataks number about 26,000 souls. The Khnmpti Chief of Sadiya, called the Sadiyakhoa, was, on the 15th May 1826, confirmed as the Company's feudatory in possession of that dis« trict. In 1839 the Khamptis headed an insurrection of the border dans, attacked and partially destroyed the military station of Sadiya, and killed the Commandant and Political Agent, Colonel White. The combination was not broken up and dispersed till many lives hnd been lost. The son of the Sadiya- khoa, for his complicity in this rebellion, was exiled with his followers to Narayanpur on the Dikhrang^ in the west of the Lakhimpur district, where Part II Assam— Assam Proper. 199 the colony still exists. Sadiya^ the district of the Khampti Chief, was, by a prmtlaroation issued in 1 842, incorporated with the rest of the province. In 1833 the districts of Sibsagar and Lakhimpur, north of the Brahma- putra, were placed under the administration of Raja Furandar Siu^h, who exe- cuted a Treaty (No. LXVIII) binding himself to administer the country upon the principles of justice established in their territories by the East India Com« pany, to act according to the advice of the Political Agent stationed in his princi- pality, and to pay an annual tribute of Rupees 50,000. Thus of Assam Proper there remained British in 1833 only the districts of Kamrup, Nowgong and Darrang; the latter then only extended to and included Bishnath, beyond which was Lakhimpur, subject to Furandar Singh. In October 1838 Furandar Singh's territories were resumed by the Govern- ment of India; the Raja had fallen deeply into arrears with his tribute, and declared himself nuable any longer to carry on the administration. In July 1839 a proclamation was issued by the Governor- General in Council annexing the territory to Bengal, dividing it into two districts, Sibsagar and Lakhimpur, and directing that these two districts should be administered in the tame manner as the districts of Lower Assam. The incorporation of the Kamrup and Dar* rangDuars in British territory in 1842 is noticed under the Bhutan section of the Bengal narrative. 200 Assam— No. LXV. Part II No. LXV. Tba.N8LA.tion of a new system of Cohmbrcb adopted by the Mahabajah Subgy Deo, Assah, 28th February 1798. The Maharajah Siirgy Deo^ highly sensible of the benefit; he has experi« enced from the aid which has been afforded to him by tiie English Govern- ment, and desirous not only of cementing the harmony and friendship which subsists between him and that power, but also of extending the beneficial effects thereof, in general, to the subjects of Bengal and Assam, has, at the recommendation of Captain Welsh, the representative at his Court of the said English Government, agreed to al)olish the injudicious system of Commerce wbi<*h has heretofore been pursued, and to adopt in its stead the following plm, liable however to snch alterations and amendments as occasions may require, for the mutual benefit and comfort of the subjects ot both countries. Article 1. That there shall henceforth be a reciprocal and entire liberty of Commerce between the subjects of Bengal and those of Assam, for all and singular goods and merchandizes on the conditions and in such manner as is settled in the following rules. Article 2. That to facilitate this free intercourse between the subjects of both nations, those of Bengal, in fulfilling the conditions hereafter prescribed, be permitted to proceed with their boats loaded with merchandizes into Assam, and to expose their goods for sale, at any place or in any manner may best suit their purposes, without being subject to any other duties than are estab- lished by these Articles. Article 3. That a regular Impost be levied on all goods or merchandizes, whether of Export or Import, aud that these duties be fixed as follows :«-• Imports. Ut. — That the Salt of Bengal be subject to an Impost of 10 per cent, on the supposed prime cost, reckoning that invariably at 400 Rupees per 100 maunds of 84 Ficca weight to the seer. 9nd. — That the Broad Cloths oE Europe, the Cotton Cloths oE Bengal, Carpets, Copper, Lead, Tin, Tutanag, Pearls, Hardware, Jewellery, Spices, and the various other Goods imported into Assam, pay an equal Impost of 10 per cent, on the Invoice price. 8f^.— That Warlike Implements and Military Stores be considered con- traband and liable to confiscation, excepting the supplies of those articles which may be required for the Company's troops stationed in Assam^ whiohi and • 95 • • 70 • a • • 60 • 4 4 • 4 8 8 4 # Part II AsBam— No. LXV. 201 every other matter of convenience for the said troops, whether of clothing or provisions, are in all cases to be exempt from duties. Exports. i«#. — That the Duties to be levied on all articles of Export (except in each oases as are hereafter mentioned) be invariably 10 per cent., reckoniug agreeable to the rates hereby aunexed to each, viz. .*«- Bs. As. P. Mooga Dohteosv per md. of 84 sa. wt* to the seer Mooga Thread, ditto ditto Pepper, ditto ditto Elephants' Teeth, ditto ditto Cntna Lao. ditto ditto • Chnprah aod Jury Lai, ditto ditto Mnnjeet, ditto ditto Cotton ditto ditto dfiJ.— That idl articles of Export not herein specified (with the exception of the following), and for which no certain calculation can be made, be subject to an equal Impost, in such instances always to be paid in kind ; and with reepect to these articles which have been particularized, that the Duties be received either in money or kind, as may be most convenient to the Merchant : but as it may happen that a temporary scarcity of grain may occur either in Bengal or Assam, to provide against which, Rice and every description of Orain to be exempt from Duties. Abticle 4. That any person or persons detected in attempting to defraud the Surgy Deo of the Duties hereby established, shall be liable to a confiscation of his or their property, and for ever after debarred the privilege of the trade. • Abtiolb 5. That for the purpose of collecting the said Duties, Agents be appointed and Custom Houses established for the present, one at the Candahar Chokey and one at Oowhatty. Articlb 6. That it be the business of the Agents to be stationed at the Candahar Chokey to collect the Duties on all Imports and on all Exports, the produce of the country to the westward of Oowhatty^ for which they are to be held responsible. They are to examine all boats passing up and down the river, ana, after having settled with the proprietor for the amount of the Duties, they are to grant him a passport, specifying the number and quantity of each article, a copy of which they are to forward, without delay, to the Agents at Oowhatty, whither, or further, if it be necessary, the Merchant may proceed under sanction of the said pass. 2d 902 Assam— No. LXV. Part II Article 7. That it be the business of the Ageuts stationed at Gowhatty to collect the Duties on all Exports the produce of the country parallel to it, north and south, and also on all Exports the produce of the country to the eastward, as far as Nowgong, for which in like manner they are to be held responsible. They are to examine all boats passing down the river, and to grant passports to the proprietors, copies of which to be forwarded to the Agents at the Candahar Chokey, who are to re examine the cargo, lest, on the way between Gowhatty and their station, the merchant may have taken goods on board which could not be specified in the pass granted at that place. Articlb 8. That as an incitement to the Agents to be industrious in the discharge of their duty, a recompeoBe be made to them, bearing a proportion to the amount of the collections, and that for the present it be fixed at 12 per cent, on the said collections, which is calculated to defray all incidental expenses. Article 9. That the said Agents be required to be sureties for each other, and that the whole be bound by engagements to the Surgy Deo, not only for the purity of their conduct in the collections, but also that they abstain from having any concern, either directly'or indirectly, in trade. Article 10. That a copy of their accounts be produced on or before the 10th of every month, and that the payment of the collections be made into the hands of any person the Sur^y Deo may appoint to receive it at the expiration of every quarter. , Article 11. That the standard weight hereafter, both for Exports and Imports^ be 40 seers to the maund, and 84 sicca weight to the seer. Article 12. That as much political inconvenience might arise to both Governments from granting a general license to the subjects of Bengal to settle in Assam, no European merchant, or adventurer of any description, be allowed to fix their residence in Assam, without having previously obtained the permission of the English Government and that of the Surgy Deo. Article 13. That as Captain Welsh, the representative of the said English Govern- ment, iu consideration of the Surgy Deo having removed the prohibitory restrictions which have hitherto existed, to the detriment of a free intercourse, Part II Assam-No. LXVI. 203 has signified his intention of bringing to punishment all persons from Bengal, offending against the established laws of Assam, or infringing these Articles, so the Snrgy Deo, on his part, declares he will punish all abuses in his sub- jects, tending to obstruct or discourage the reciprocal intercourse this system is designed to promote. Article 14. That copies of these Articles be affixed at every public place throughout Assam, that none may plead ignorance, and that Captain Welsh be requested to send one officially to his Government. (Sd.) Tho. Wblsh, Captain. The leftl of the MabR Rajah Surgy Deo. No. LXVI. r TbansIiAtiom of Ktjbgolttjt of Bub Sbnaputtbb 13th May 1826. The Bur Senapnttee, in the presence of Mr. Scott, agreed to the follow- ing Kuboolyut : — I, Matee Bur Bur Senapnttee of the Muttocks, write what follows :— * The Pykes belonging to the Fhokuns, Burrooahs, Brahmins, and others that are nnder me, amount to 160 Ootes, and my own amount to 260 Gotes^, of these 4ti Ootea are my own Liksoos, 11 belong to the Hazaree Keeahs. 5 Sykeabp. 16 Burakayees. 42 are Raj Sumutyahs (provide rice). 5 to the Naoogd. 120 Total. 800 Gotes remain, deducting these* Of these 150 are fighting men, 150 laborers : these I will furnish, according to the custom of the country, by Mai, Dewal, Teeal, and what russud the Sircar may want that I will furnish on getting the amount of its cost ; over these people I will exercise jurisdiction, enquire and deoide, but in cases of murder, dacoity, and great wounding, and thefts above Rs. 50, I will institute investigation, and send the papers and 204 AMBm-^Na LXVXI. Part II the men to the presence^ and whatever ordered I will obey. This Kaboolyut shall remain until another is made. Signed by the Bub SsHAPurraa. JuTO Ztb Dbwaltah. GUDADHUB. Signed with Mr. Scott's initials. SuNNHD of Bub Sbnaputtbb. Thb AGENT OF thb GOVERNOR-GENERAL, to., to MATEB BUR BUR SENAPUT TEE. You are ordered, after providing yourself and the Bissyahs with Pykes for your own and their use, to keep 3U0 at the Sircar's disposal, but of these I give you %i) for your personal use, and that of your children or others^ the remaining 280 you will always have forthcoming. 13ti May 1826. There is another Sunnud of the same day, in which the 20 Gotes are not excepted ; but the above is said to be the last. No. LXVIL Tbanslation of an Agbebmemt entered into by Matbb Bub Bub Sbnaputtee, on the 23rd January 1835, in the presence of the Political Agent, XJppeb Assam. Abticlb 1. I agree to relinquish my claim to the village of Suckhowah, which has been the cause of dispute between the Suddeya Khawah Gohain and myself; further, I agree that the following shall be reco^ized as the territorial boun* daries of my district. On the north the Berhampooter ; on the west the Boormee Dening River, separating my territory from that of Rajah Poorunder Sing ; to the east the Dibroo River and the Danquree Nullah, which falls into it« From the rise of the nullah a boundary line will be formed to connect it with the Boore Dehing River ; for this purpose Lieutenant Charlton can depute one person and I will depute another. Part II ABsam— No. LXVIII. 205 The lands lying between the Dhul Jan and Oooroo Jan Nullahs^ which fall into the Danquree Nullah, to be considered under my jurisdiction, and the persons deputed as above mentioned can connect them by definite marks, so as to form a boundary line. These are the territorial boundaries of the country under my jurisdiction^ and have no reference to the pecuniary questions now pending between me and the British Qovernment. Abticli 2 I cannot agree to the demand which the British Oovernment has made me to contribute towards the expenses of the State in an increased proportion, quinquenoialiy, or by paying a tribute of Rs. 10^000 per annum, as I engaged to do under the Assam Government. But if the British Government requires me no longer to furnish a Military Contingent of 300 men, I agree to pay in their stead the usual Capitation Tax fi r these 800 men, which, at the rate of Hb. 6 per head, will amount to Rs. 1,800 per annum. I further agree to restore to the British Government the arms of this force if required. I likewise will adhere to the engagement I formed with Captain Neufville, to pay Bs. 551 per annum, on account of Pykes who absconded from Upper Assam, whilst that Province was under his charge in 18i^9 ; and further I agree to pay to those who have absconded from Bajah Poorunder Sing's territory within the last two years. I will cause them to be counted, but if suspicion is entertained that a &lse enumeration will be given in, I agree that the British Government may nominate an Officer to take a new census. (Sd.) Matxb Bur Bur Sbnaputtbb. WUne99e% : Chota Gk)HAiN Khamptbb, rending ai Snddeya. Sadbb Man, Jbmadab^ rtMiug at Morung. GoLAUB SiNO, Jbmadab, residing at Bishenaih. OoPBB SuBMA DoLA SuvTA BoRA, residing at Jottkaut. No. LXVIII. Tbeaiy and Agreement concluded between Mb. Thomas Camp- bell Robertson, Agent to the Ooyebnob-Oenebal on the Nobth-East Fbontieb, on the part of the Honobablb Com- pany and Bajah Poobunder Sing, now residing at Gow- hatty, in Assam— 1833. Abticlb 1. The Company give over to Bajah Poorunder Sing the portion of Assam lying on the southern bank of the Burrumpooter to the eastward of the 806 A88am-No. LXVIIL Fart II Dhunsiree River^ and on the northern bank to the eastward of a nullah immediately east of BisheDath, Abtiglb 2. The Rajah Poorander Sing agrees to pay an annual tribute of 50,000 Rupees of Rajah Mohree coinage to the Honorable Company. Articlb 8. The Rajah Poornnder Siug binds himself, in the administration of justice in the country now made over to him, to abstain from the practices of the former Rajahs of Assam, as to cutting off ears and noses, extracting eyes or otherwise mutilating or torturing, and that he will not inflict cruel punish- ment for slight faults, but generally assimilate the administration of justice in his territory to that which prevails in the dominions of the Honorable Company. He further binds himself not to permit the immolation of women by suttees. Artict.b 4. The Rajah Poorunder Sing binds himself to assist the passage of the troops of the British Government through his territory, furnisliing supplies and carriage on receiving payment for the same. Artiolb 5. Vl^hether at Jorhath or elsewhere, wheresoever a spot may be required for the permanent cantonment of the troops of the British Government, the Rajah agrees that, within the limits assigned to such cantonment, he shall exercise no power whatever ; all matters connected with such cantonment to be decided on by the Officer of the British Government. Akticlb 6. In the event of a detachment being stationed at Suddeya or elsewhere, the Rajah Poorunder Sing binds himself to render it all the assistance that it shall require in regard to provisions and carriage. Articlb 7. The Rajah binds himself ever to listen with attention to the advice of the Political Agent to be stationed in Upper Assam, or to that of the Ag^nt to the Governor-Geneial, with a view to the conduct of affairs in the country made over to him in conformity with the stipulation of this agreement. Articlb 8. The Rajah binds himself not to carry on any correspondence by letter or otherwise, or to enter into any Contract or Agreement with the Rulers of any Foreign States. In all cases of necessity he will consult with the Poli- Fart II Assam— No. I passed out of their hands when Manzur Khan in 168^ overthrew King Surya Narayan. In 1867 the five Eastern Duars, which were annexed by the British Government on the conclusion of the Bhutan war {see Bhutan), were incor- porated in Goalpara. BHUTIA TRIBES ON THE FRONTIER. The Bhutias of the Kuriapara Duar, which lies east of Bhutan Proper and extends from the Doisham to the Rota river, are dependent upon the Towang Raja, who is himself an official subject to the Government of Lhassa The Chiefs of this Duar, called the Sat Rajas, used to levy dues from the inhabitants of the adjoining plains. In 1844 their claims were bought out (No. LIX) by the British Government on payment of an annual sum of Rs. 5,000. Since then our relations with these people have only once been disturbed. In 1852 one of the Gelongs, or Tibetan officials appointed from Lhassa to supervise the local chiefs, having some mieunderstanding with his superiors, fled to British territory. His surrender was peremptorily demanded by the authorities of Lhassa, and a Tibetan army moved towards the frontier. A British force was assembled at Udalgiri with two guns. But no hostilities actually occnrred, the Tibetans retired, the fugitive Oeloog was removed to Gauhatiy and the Duar was re-opened for trade. Next to these Bhutias subject to Towang come the Sat Rajas of Char- duar, chiefs who live at villages called by the people of the plains Rupraigaon and Shergaon. They claim to be independent of Towang, and rule the tribes from the Rota to the Diputa river. The first Treaty with them was concluded in 1853 (No. LXIX). The Thebengia Bhutias are a distinct race, and extend several days' journey into ike hills; but they used, iu 2 E 210 Assam— Gtoalpara. Part II junctioQ with the Sat Rajasi to levy contributions from the people o( the adjacent plains. From 1839 to 1844 these people were excluded from the plains by the British Gh)vemment in punishment for outrages committed by them. On their submitting and executing a formsl Agreement ( No. LXX ) to refrain from aggressions, the Shergaon and Rupraigaon Bhutias received an annual pension of Rs. 2|526-7 a year. A similar payment of Rs. 145-18-6 is made to the Thebengia Bhutias, but they do not appear to have subscribed any engagement. These tribes come down annually to receive their pensions at Tezpur. Part ZI Assam— GKoalpara— No. LXIX. 211 No. LXIX. Treaty signed by Captains Beid and Oamfbell and Ohanq- DANDOO Namang Leden and Dao Nubhoo, Bhutia Bajas, on the 28th Januaby 1863| at Kuebeahpabah^ ZiLLAH DABBTJKO. We, Changdandoo Baja Namang Leden Raja Dao Nurhoo Rajab, being deputed by the Daba Kajas to carry letters of friendship to the Agent, Governor-General, North-East Frontier, desiring that the former friendly relations which existed between the Government of India and our Lassa Gov- ernment (lately disturbed by the misbehaviour of one of our Gellings) should be asrain resumed, and being ourselves desirous above all things that peace should exist i)etween our Government and that of India, do (now that we are assured the Government of India do not intend to invade our country) hereby solemnly declare that all military force in excess of what is required to main- tain order in our own oonntry shall be immediately withdrawn, and the soldiers sent to their houses, and should the peace be ever broken by us, wr shall consider that all claim to the Rs. 5,000 hitherto yearly paid to oue Government by the Government of India shall be forfeited, and that our trade with the people of the plains shall be put a stop to. And all this we of our own good will agree to and swear to in the presence of Captains Reid and Campbell, signing the agreement as copied out in Bhntia language from the Bengali copy made by Tuckha Mahomed D arogah. And moreover, with regard to the followers and others of the Gelling who have come down to the plains for protection, we promise not to molest them, but hope, with the good help of the Agent, Governor-General, to make friends with them and persuade them to return to their own country. No. LXX. An Agbeement entered into by Dubjee Bajah, Taugjoog Ra- jah, DuKPAH Bajah, Joypoo Bajah, Chang Khangdoo Bajah, Saugja Bajah, Boop Bae Gya Tooung Bhungdoo Bajah, Subgyah, of Bhootan, dated 29th Maug 1260 B. S. Under the supposition that we wei-e concerned with Niboojoo Rajah, Kawree Bhoot, and Bogah Bboot, in the murder of Muddoo Sykeah, of Ooaiig, in Chirdoar, and therefore required to give up the above-mentioned supposed murderers, which we were unable to do, in consequence of which the 212 Amam— Goalpara— No LXX. Part II Dnars were attached, and we forbidden to frequent them ; and it being now ordered that we be allowed a pension in lieu of black-mail and may again visit the Plains for the purposes of traffic under a sworn Agreement, to ensure the ryots from any oppressions from us :— We hereby pledge ourselves to act up to the following terms, swearinsr according to our custom by placing salt on a daw or Bhootan sword^ and biting it^ and cutting the skins of a tiger and bear :— 1«^.— We pledge ourselves to report our arrival in the plains to the Patgarree, and never to commit any fraud or tlieft against any ryot or Pat- garree in trafficking with them, or any other act of oppression. Neither will we allow any of our people to do so, or we shall forfeit our privilege of visit- ing the Plains. 2ii^.— We pledge ourselves never to join any person or persons that may be at entity uith the British Government; and furthermore to oppose every effort made against the Government the instant it shall be brought to our knowledge, and report faithfully any intelligence we may get of any con- spiracy being carried on. We also pledge ourselves to act up to any orders we may get from the British authorities. Should it ever be proved that we have joined in any conspiracy, we shall not be allowed to visit the Plains. Srd, — We will never come into the Plains armed, and in our traffic confine ourselves exclusively to the established market places at Lahabarree, Balle, Barah, Oobung, and Tezpur, and not deal with the ryots in their private houses, neither will we permit any of our people doing so. 4-ik. — We consider ourselves iu all civil aggrievances bound to abide the decision of the British Courts. bik, — I, Durjee Rajah, am content to receive a monthly pension of 26 Rupees, and for the rest of my people 20 Rupees each, altogether 145* Rupees in lieu of our black-mail, and we relinquish every other right in Chard oar. 6/i.— The moment we hear that any of our people have been guilty of any crime in the Plains, we engage to give up the offender. 7^^.— We pledge ourselves to act up to the foregoing terms, or forfeit our pension. (True translation.) Frans Jenkins, jfgenf, Oarernor^Oeneral. • lucrenacd io 1852 to Uu^.ce* 2,5:d7-7-0 a vear. Part II Assam— Kaohar. 218 (III.)— KACHAR. The early history of Kachar^ or Hiramba> is obscare. Although it has g^ven their curreut name to the Bodo popalation of Assam, the part of the district soath of the Barail was not till some two hundred years ago in the possession of the race now called Kacharis. It would appear that it formerly belonged to the kingdom of Tipperah or Tripura. It is, howeveri certain that the last native king of Kachar was the descendant of a line of princes who came originally from the Assam Valley. The Kachari kings were forced, by the aggressions of the Ahoms on the north and of the Angami Nagas on the south, to remove and take up their abode on the Mahur river. While settled there, about the beginning or middle of the seventeenth century, the Kachari kiog married a daughter of the Tipperah Raja, and received the valley of Kachar as her dowry. And some time between 1700 and 1750 the capital was transferred to Khaspur, on the Madhura river in the plains. In 1790 the Raja, by appropriate ceremony, became a Hindu and a SLshatrija. In the beginning of the present century the valley of Kachar was the scene of a struggle for supremacy between the Manipuri brothers, Marjit, Chaurjit and Gambhir Singh, who had been driven from their own country by the Burmese. The Burmese were then in Assam, and, as lords of Manipur (which they had conquered from Marjit in 1819), threatened to annex Kachar. This the British Government, seeing the danger which it would cause to Sylhet, decided to prevent. Negotiations were first entered on with a view to an alliance with the Manipuri brothers. These overtures fell through, and it was resolved to take up the cause of Govind Chandra, the refugee Raja of Kachar, who, with the Raja of Jaintia, was taken under British protection. The Burmese armies, wbich had advanced both from Assam and Manipur, were driven out, and Govind Chandra was replaced on the throne. A Treaty (No. LXXI) was executed on the 6tli March 1824, by which the Raja placed himself under British protection, and agreed to pay a tribute of Rs. 10,000. Govind Chandra was assassinated in 1830, and as he left no heir, either natural or adopted, the country was annexed by proclamation on the 14th August 1882. Since Kachar became British territory, the only important political events which have marked its history have been the Lushai raids of 1849 and subse- quent years until 1871, the last of which was followed by the expedition of 1871-72. In 1857 the sepoys of the 34th Native Infantry, who mutinied 214 Aasam— Kaohar. Part II in Chittagong in November of that year^ were met in Kachar, defeated^ and dispersed by the Sylhet Light Infantry. North Kaehar. — North Kachar is divided from the valley of the Barak by the range of the Barail, and lies between the Jaintia and the Naga Hills. When the district was under Native rule^ during the last years of the reign of Oovind Chandra, North Kachar was the scene of a struggle between that prinoe and one of his officers, Kacha Din, who rebelled and endeavoured to establish an independent government. He was captured and put to death by Oovind Chandra, but his son Tularam revived the rebellion, and in 1824 joined the Burmese in their attack on Kachar. After a series of years, during which Tularam successfully held his own, Mr. Scott induced Oovind Chandra in 1829 to assign to him a tract of country in the hills, and bind himself not to molest him within these limits. After the assassination of the Raja of Kachar, Tularam was a candidate for the vacant chiefship, but failed to establish bis title. In 1834 he entered into an Agreement (No. LXXII) with the British Oovernment, in which he resigned all the western portion of the tract ceded by Oovind Chandra, retaining the tract on the east, bounded on the south by the Mahur river and the Naga Hills, on the west by the Diyung, on the east by the Dhansiri, and on the north by the Jamuna and Diyung. For this he was to pay a tribute of four pairs of elephants' tusks annually, receiving a monthly pension of Rupees 50. Tularam died in October 1850. His sons, Nakulram and Brajanath, held the country for two and half years more, when the former was killed in the Naga Hills, whither he had led an expedi. tion to avenge an attack on his village of Semkhor; and in 1854 the tract was resumed by the British Oovernment, the surviving members of Tularam's family receiving pensions. In 1 839 the portion of North Kachar not included in Tularam's dominions was annexed to Nowgong; and in 1 858 a separate officer was placed in charge at Asalu, near the northern skirts of the Barail, whose business it was to keep order among the Kukis and Arung Nagas dwelling in that neighbourhood^ and to protect them against the Ang^mi Nagas to the east, who were con«p stantly making raids into this country and that held by Tularam. In 1854 this officer's charge was augmented by the addition of Tularam's principality. In 1866 the Oovernment of India agreed to a proposal that a new dis- trict should be formed, with its head-quarters at Samaguting, Asalu being abolished as a subdivision, and North Elachar being divided between the Khasi and Jaintia Hills, South Kachar and Nowgong, that portion lying to the Fart U Asflam— Kaohar. 215 weet of the DhaDsiri and the country on both banks of the Diyung formiog^ with the Angami Naga Hills, the new district. At the close of the Naga war of 1879-80 sanction was given to the re- establishment of the snbdiyisional charge of North Kachar, where since 1866 no officer had been located, the hillmen being left, save for the rare cold- weather tours of the Deputy Commissioner, entirely to themselves. The sub- division was opened in December 1880, and placed in charge of an Assistant Superintendent of Police, who was stationed, for the dry-weather months only (the hiils being very unhealthy in the rains), at Ounjong, in the centre of the tract. Towards the end of 1 881 a Kachari fanatic, named Sanbhudan, gave out that he was possessed of supernatural powers, and that his mission was to re- store the ancient Kachari kingdom. He gathered about him an ignorant following and, in January 1882, after demanding the cession of North Kachar, attacked Gunjong and burnt it to the ground. In a subsequent attack on Maibong, where Major Boyd, the Deputy Commissioner, with a party of police was encamped, the assailants were repulsed with loss, but Major Boyd unfortunately received a wound from the effects of which he died shortly after. Sanbhudan, after the collapse of the insurrection, evaded capture until the end of 1882 when, in endeavouring to escape from the police, who had succeeded in surrounding him, he was wounded, and bled to death. 216 Assam— Kaohar^-No. LXXI. Part II No. LXXI. Treaty concluded between David Scott, Esquire, Agent to the Governor-General, on the part of the Honorable East India Company and Rajah Govind Ohunder Naryn, of Cachar, or Hertjmba — 1824. Article 1. Rajah Oovind Chunder^ for himself and his saccessors^ acknowledges allegiance to the Honorable Company, and [places his country of Cachar, or Herumba, under their protection, Abticlb i. The internal government of the country shall be conducted by the Rajah, and the jurisdiction of the British Courts of Justice shall not extend there ; but the Rajah agrees to attend at all times to the advice offered for the welfare of his subjects by the Governor-General in Council, and agreeably thereto to rectify any abuses that may arise in the administration of affairs. Artiolb S. The Honorable Company engages to protect the territory of Cachar from external enemies, and to arbitrate any differences that may arise between the Rajah and other States. The Rajah agrees to abide by such arbitration, and to hold no correspondence or communication with foreign powers, except through the channel of the British Government. Article 4. In considemtion of the aid promised by the above Article, and other circumstances, the Rajah agrees to p ly to the Honorable Company, from the beginning of the year 1232 B. S., an annual tribute of ten thousand Sicca Rupees, and the Honorable Company engagers to provide for the maintenance of the Mnnuipoorean Chiefs lately occupying Cachar* Article 5. If the Rajah should fail in the performance of the above Article, the Honorable Company will be at liberty to occupy and attach, in perpetuity, to their other possessions, a sufficient tract of the Cachar country, to provide for the future realization of the tribute. Article 6. The Rajah agrees, in concert with the British local Authorities, to adopt all measures that may be necessary for the maintenance, in the district of Part II ABsam— Kaohar— No. LXXII. 217 Sylhet, of the arrangements in force in the Police, Opium, and Salt Depart- ments. Executed at Buddeerpore, this 6th day of March 1824, corresponding with the 24th of Fagoon 1230 B. S. (Sd.) D. Scott, Agent to the Oovernor* General Rajah GoTind Chander's seal. (A true copy.) (Sd.) D. Scott, Agent to the Governor-General. No. LXXII. .lEBMs of Agreement concluded with Toola. Bam Seexaputteb on the 3rd November under the orders of Government, dated J 6th October 1834. First. — Toola Ram foregfoes all claims to the country between the Morihur and Dyung and the Dyung and Keopoli rivers, from which he was dispossessed by Govind Ram and Doorga Ram. Second. — Toola Ram is to hold the remainder of the country formerly in his possession, or the tract of country bounded on the west by the Dyung river, and a line to be determined hereafter, drawn from the Baree ford or the Dyung to a point on the Jumoona river, between the cultivation of Seil Dhurmpore and of Duboka and the Hajaee (excluding the two latter) ; by the Jumoona and Dyung rivers north, by the Dunsira river east, and to the south and south-west by the Naga Hills and Mowheir river, and he agreps to hold the above tract in dependence on the British Government, and to pay a yearly tribute,^ for their protection, of four pairs of elephantb^ teeth, each pair to weigh thirty-five seers. jTAtVi.— Toola Ram, during his life, shall receive from the British Government a stipend of fif by Rupees a month in consideration of the fore- going Cessions and these Agreements. Fourih, — The British Government shall have the right of placing Mili- tary posts in any part of Toola Ram's country, and should there be occa<>ion to march troops through it, Toola Ram engages to furnish them with all the requisites of carriage and provisions in his power, he being paid for the same. Fifth. — All petty offences committed within Toola Ram's country, he shall take cognizance of, and do justice according to the custom of the * TbU was sabseqaently commated to a money tribute of Bi. 400 a year. 2 F 218 Asaam— Kaohar— No. LXXII. Part II coantry^ but all faeinons crimes shall be transferred to tbe nearest British Court^ and Toola Ram engages to bring such to notice^ and endeavour to apprehend the ofEenders. SixtL — Toola Ram shall not establish any custom chowkies on tbe rivers forming the boundaries of his country. Seventh, — Toola Ram will not commence any military operations against neighbouring Chiefs without permission of the British Government, and in case of being attacked, he shall report the same and be protected by British troops, provided the British Authorities are satisfied that the aggression has been unprovoked on his part. JBigitA.'^TLjotB shall not be prevented from emigrating to, and settling oti, either side of the boundary they may prefer. Ninth. — In case of failing to abide by these conditions, the British Government shall be at liberty to take possession of my country. (Sd.) Toola Ram Sesnaputtib. Witnesses : Bapoor Bam Muntbbe, Burrah Phookan. Habeerain Mozoomdab^ BovH>ah. Madhorain Rajah Khon. (Sd.) Prans Jenkins, Agent to the Oavernor^General. Part II Assam— Jaintia and Khasi Hills. 210 (IV,)-JAINTIA AND KHASI HILLS. Jaintia.^^Uhe Raja of Jaintia, a Chief of Khasi lineage^ was found by us, on tlie annexation of the district, in possession of a tract of plain country lying between the town of Sylhet and the Kachar border, and measuring about 450 square miles, in addition to his hill territory stretching from the foot of the hills overlooking the Surma Valley to the Kalang river in Nowgong. At the same time that Kachar was taken under British protection, in March 1824, a Treaty (No. LXXIII) was made with Ram Singh, the Raja of Jaintia^ by which he acknowledged allegiance to the Company, and promised to aid in the military operations then commenced against the Burmese in Assam* In 1832 four British subjects were seized by Chattar Singh, Chief of Gobha, under ihe orders of the heir-apparent, Rajendra Singh, and three of them were sacrificed to Kali, the tutelary goddess of the Raja's family. One escaped and gave information of the outrage, which led to a demand by the British Gov- ernment for the surrender of the culprits. Negotiations went on for two . years without any result ; in November 1882 Ram Singh died and Rajendra Singh succeeded him ; and it was finally resolved to punish this atrocious crime (which had been preceded by similar outrages in 1821, 1827 and 1832) by dis- possessing the Raja of his territory in the plains, and confining him thenceforth to the hilly tract. On the 15th March 1835 formal possession was taken of Jaintiapur, and the annexation of the plain territory was proclaimed by Colonel Lister ; in April the district of Gobha was similarly annexed to Nowgong in Assam. Upon this, the Raja declared himself unwilling to continue in pos- session of his hill territory, over which he had but little control, and this also became included in the Company's dominions. The population of the plains of Jaintia, like that of Kachar, is made up of Sylhet rayats, with but a slight leaven of settlers from the hills. The KAasi Hills were first brought into direct relations with the British Government in 1826, after the conquest of Assam. The Chiefs or Seims of the Khasi States on the northern border of the hills had gradually, since the decay of the Ahom power in the year 1794, established themselves in the plains of Kamrup in the tracts known as Duars, and were accustomed to pay only a nominal allegiance to the Assam Kings. When Assam was acquired by the £ast India Company, it became an object with Mr. Scott to establish communication through the hills with Sylhet, and while the new administra- tion of Kamrup refused to recognise the right of the Khasi rulers to encroach 220 Asiam— Jaintia and Ehaai Hills. Part II on the plains of Assam^ Mr. Scott was able^ by agreeing to allow Tirat Singh Seim of Nongkhlao^ to rent some lands in Borduar, to induce that Chief, and to persuade the other Seims, to permit a road to be made through the hills vid Chirrapnnjij Maoflang and Nongkhlao, to Gauhati. In 1829 an attack was made on a survey party at the village of Nongkhlao^ and Lieutenants Burlton and Bedingfield^ with about 50 or 60 natives^ were massacred. This event was followed by a general confederacy of most of the neighbouring Chiefs to resist the British, and by a long and harass- ing war, in which troops from Assam and Sylhet co-operated in the retaliatory measures which became necessary. Eventually, Tirat Singh submitted in 1833^ and was confined as a prisoner for life in the Dacca jail. The other Chiefs had either previously made terms with the British Government, or did so immediately after ; and since that date the establishment of a British officer with an adequate military force in the midst of the people has sufficed to maintain the most absolute tranquillity. The force was originally stationed at Chirrapunji, but was moved in 1866 to Shillong. The greater part of the Ehasi Hills consists of the territories of Native Chiefs in subsidiary alliance with the British Government ; only a few scat- tered villages have remained British since the conquest of 1838, or have been ceded since then under special circumstances. The people govern themselves through their elected rulers, who are bound to follow the advice of their darbars. They pay no revenue to the British Government, but the Seims are required on investiture to confirm the cession to the paramount power of the mines and minerals, elephants, forests and other natural products of their States, on the condition of receiving half the profits from these sources. All petty crime committed by their subjects is dealt with by the Chiefs and their darbars ; only heinous offences^ or those cases in which subjects of differ- ent States are concerned^ are tried by the British authorities. The people are well-to-do. Regarding the Jaintia Hillsj it has already been related how, on the annexation of the plains country of Jaintia in 1835, Raja Rajendra Singh declined to retain the hilly portion of his principality, which thus lapsed to the British Government. This tract, inhabited by the same race of moun- taineers as the neighbouring Khasi territoiy, was thereupon placed under the administration of the Political Agent at Chirrapunji. The Jaintia Hills were (and still are) divided into twenty-three petty districts, twenty of which are in charge of headmen, called Dollois, chosen by the people themselves^ while the Part II Amain— Jaintia and Khasi Hills* 221 remaining three are under hereditary Sardars. From 1835 to 1865 the people were left very mach to themselves. The Dollois heard all civil cases^ at first without exception^ and after 1841 up to a certain limit, and all criminal com- plaints not of a heinous character in which only people of their own villages were concerned. No taxes of any kind were levied throughout the hills^ the only contribution required being the annual offering of a he-goat from each village, which had been exacted by the Jaintia Raja. In 1858 Mr. Millsj of the Sadar Court, reported on the district, and on his recommendation a police thana was established in the hills at Jowai. In 1860 a house-tax was imposed, and within a few months the people were in open rebellion. Fortunately a large force of troops was close at hand, and before the revolt could make any head it was stamped out and the villages awed into apparent submission. After this rising, measures were taken to improve the administration of the Dollois, who were notoriously corrupt, but still no officer was posted to the sub-divi- sion. In January 1862 the people of the Jaintia Hills were again in fierce rebellion. The occasion was the imposition, only a year after the house-tax had been introduced, of the income-tax^ to which 810 persons in the hills were subjected. The suppression of the revolt was long and tedious. It was not till November 1863 that the last of the rebel leaders surrendered, and the pacifi- cation of Jaintia could be said to be complete. An English officer with full powers has since those events been stationed at Jowai ; the administration of the Dollois has been reformed, education has been encouraged, and the country has been thoroaghly opened up by roads. The Jaintia Hills are now secure and peaceable. The Khasi States are twenty-five in number, of which the principal are 1. Solirah (Cherra). *^® ^^^^^ ^^^^ i^ ^^^ margin. On the 2. Khjrim (Nongkrem). death of the old Seim of Nongstain a 8. Nongstain. new Seim, U. Madan Singh, was appoint- ed in November 1890 ; a regukr sunnud will be granted to him shortly. In 1859 it was decided to require the execution of an agreement on each occasion of the election of a new Chief, and in return to confer upon him a sunnud confirming his election. In 1867 a general form was prescribed for such Agreements (No. LXXIV), and the opportunity was taken to insert a clause (No. 8) which had been omitted from some of the previous engage- ments. The terms of this agreement were modified in 1875 (No. LXXV). 2. „ Maharam. 8. „ Mariao. 4. ,. Maoi-ong (Maojang). 6. ^ 6. „ Nonffhsohpliob (Nobo- sophoh). Nongstain. V. .. Ram-brai. O. )> Nong-spung. 9. Long^oh of Longiong. 10. ^ Nongliwai. 11. » Sobiotig. 12. Sardar of Maodon. 18. „ Pomaanngut. 222 Assam— Jaintia and Khasi Hills. Part II In 1883 a qaestion arose as to jurisdiction in suits for divorce and other 1. Seim of Langrin (LyDg-kin). matrimonial cases where the parties are Native Christians. The Wahadadars of the Sheila confederacy agreed^ and the Seims of Malaisohmat and Maosenram have since agreed, to allow these cases to be decided by the Deputy Commis- sioner alone. Thirteen of the other Chiefs, marginally noted, agreed to have them tried by a mixed committee of the Chiefs and the Deputy Commissioner, and the rest preferred to keep the jurisdiction in their own bands. The formal agreement of the Sheila Wahadadars and the fifteen Chiefs to the above efiect was taken. All sunonds granted to Seims are now signed by the Chief Commissioner : those given to Sardars, &c., are signed by the Deputy Commissioner, and are in the form given at the foot of the page.''^ Sohrak {Cierra).—T!he Treaty (No. LXXVI) with the Cherra Raja, Diwan Singh, was concluded on the 1 0th September 1839, and on the same date the Raja ceded (No. LXXVII) land for the station of Chirrapunji in exchange for an equivalent in the Sylhet zilla. In the same year an Engagement (No. LXXVIII) was made with the Sardars of Bairangpunji, by which they bound themselves to be subject to Diwan Singh. In 1876 the Bairangpunji villages were resumed and brought under direct control ; the inhabitants since then pay revenue (house- tax) to Government at Rupees 2 per house. * Ftxrwana No, To Of Tow are bereby informed tbat tbe Deputy Commisaioner of tbe Kbasi and Jaintia HiMn Dis- trict approves of your election by tbe people of tbe marginally named villages to be tbcir Sardar (or Longdob). Tou sbould conduct yourself in accordance witb tbe custom of tbe community, and you sbould carry out all orders issued to you by tbe Britisb Qovernment. You sbould always take care of tbe public roads tbat passes througb your illaka. Tou sbould. carefully discbarge your duties as Sardar (or Longdob) of In tbe event of misconduct on your part, you will render yourself liable to dismissal from tbe Sardarsbip or Longdobsbip of Shillovo, Deputy Commissi oner* i Office, The ) iHputif Commiuioner, p^lXI Assam- Jaintia and Khasi HillB. 228 In 1880 Diwan Singh's nephew and successor, Subha Singh, ceded (No. LXXIX) additional land for the station of Chirrapunji, and in 1840 Snbha Singh gave a perpetual lease (No. LXXX) to the British Government of the coal hills at Chirrapunji and confirmed a perpetual lease of the Bairangpunji coal mines granted by the Sardars of that group (No. LXXXI).3tSubha Singh was succeeded by Ram Singh, who, on the 16th May 1857, signed an Agreement (No. LXXXII) confirming the engagements of his predecessors. Bam Singh died on the 2Sti April 1875, and a collatei-al member of the family, Hajan Manik, was elected in his stead. Khfrim.-^On the death of Singh Manik, Raja of Khjrrim, his grand- nephew Rabon Singh was elected by the Chiefs and elders of the country ; the election was confirmed, and an Agreement similar to that executed by the Nongkhlao Chief (see No. LXXXIV) was taken from Rabon Singh. Rabon Singh died in August 1871, when his next brother, Klur Singh, was elected as his successor, and the election was confirmed on his signing the usual Agreement (No. LXXIV). Rabon Singh rendered valuable services to the British Government during the Jaintia rebellion of 1862-63 and obtained a pension of Rupees 150 per mensem; it was granted for two lives, and will terminate with the present recipient U. Klur Singh, Seim. In the year 1878-79 the people of 25 villages in the State of Khyrim complained of long-continued oppression and undue exactions on the part of their Seim U. Klur Singh, and prayed that they might be allowed to become British subjects. The Seim retorted with complaints of rebellious refusal on their part to submit to his lawful authority and to his customary demands. The matter was enquired into by the Deputy Commissioner of the district and a reconciliation between the parties was effected, the disaffected villages pro- mising to return to their allegiance and to pay the Seim all his dues as sanc- tioned by the local authorities, on the following conditions : — (1) The Government to select and appoint from among their community four Sardars to take charge of, and watch over, their interests. (2) All petty cases in their villages to be tried and decided by the four men appointed as above. (S) All serious and difficult cases or disputes between the 25 villages and either the Seim or outsiders to be referred to the Court of the Deputy Com- missioner and to be decided by him. The Sardars and the disaffected people subsequently applied to return 224 Assam^ Jaintia and Khaai Hills. Part II unconditionally to their allegianoe to the Seim, and after a local enquiry by the Deputy Commissioner^ Khasi Hills^ the authority of the Seim was restored. iVbs^^tom.— Mut Singhi Chief of Nongstain, died in 1862^ before the com- pletion of the agreement with the British Government into which he had proposed to enter. He was succeeded by Don Singh^ who had been chosen by the elders of the tribe. The title of Raja Bahadur was conferred on Don Singh on his signing an Agreement (No. LXXXIII). Don Singh died and was succeeded on the 15th March 1878 by his brother U. Borson Singh, whose election was duly confirmed. Borson Singh died in February 1890 and was succeeded by his brother Jeesing, but before receiving the sunnud granted to him, he too died and has been succeeded by his nephew U. Madan, whose election was confirmed by the Chief Commissioner in December 1890. The minor States are tdot • 1. KoBfkUAo. S. Mylum. t. MahanuB. 4. SheUa. 6. Mariao. 6. Bambni. y. Sohiooff. 8. Maolonf • 9. Non|ir«paBff* 10. MaoloDflT. 11. Laogrin. IS. MaoMnram. 18. NoDiriohphoh. 14. Maoiianff. 18. Jirani 16. Loofciong. 17. Bhawal. 18. Malaiflohmat. 19. Dwara Nonftynnen. SO. Maodon. 81. NoDgliiral. 88. Pomunngat. twenty-two* in number. The most important of these are Nongkhlao, Myliim, Langrin and Nongspung. Nanghklao. — A Treaty (No. LXXXIV), with a view to open up com- munication between Sylhet and Assam, was formed in 1826 with Raja Tirat Singh, by which the Raja, on receiving a promise of the protection of the British Government, voluntarily surrendered his independence. In 1829 Tirat Singh was prominently concerned in the massacre of two British officers, with about sixty native subjects. Hostilities ensued, and after a harassing war with the Hill Chiefs, most of whom joined Tirat Singh, the Raja surrendered. He was imprisoned for life in the Dacca Jail, and Oovem- ment conferred the Chiefship on his nephew Rajan Singh, who was installed on the 29th March 1834, and with whom a new Engagement (No. LXXXV) was made. - Rajan Singh became deeply involved in debt, and abdicated in favour of Jidar Singh, on condition of his debts being paid and a stipend being allowed him. Jidar Singh died in 1856, and the succession was disputed between Rajan Singh and Bor Singh, a distant collateral relation of Jidar Singh in the female line. Rajan Singh died before the dispute was settled, and as Bor Singh was considered to have no claims of family, and was objected to by many of the Sardars, Government resumed the country. The^ Home Govern- Part II Assam— Jaintia and Khasi Hills. 225 ment^ however, disapproved of the resumption, and directed that a Chief should be chosen by the assembled Mantris and heads of clans. The choice fell on Bor Singh, and the Chiefship was conferred on him and his lineal heirs for ever, subject to certain conditions (No.* LXXXVI)* lu May 1866, finding him- self incapable of managing his affairs, Bor Singh abdicated (No. LXXXYII) in favour of his heir Chand Rai, who was recognised in 1868 under the usual conditions (No. LXXIV) as Chief of Nongkhlao. Chand Rai died and was succeeded, on the 19th January 1874, by U. Hajan Singh. This Chief was, at the request of his subjects and on proof of grave maladministration, deposed, and his cousin U. Eine Singh, the present Seim, was appointed in his stead on the 16th March 1876. This Chief became a convert to Christianity after his election. lfjf/fVm.<~Originally this State was included in that of Elhyrim, but in the time of one Ron Singh, Seim of Khyrim, a dissension arose, his nephew Singh Manik disputing the succession. Bon Singh, however, fought and conquered this Singh Manik, who retired to Longkyrdem in Khyrim, where he lived in obscurity. U. Ron Singh was succeeded by U. Lhatu Manik, and he by U. Bor Manik. In U. Bor Manik's time, a second Singh Manik, a great-grand- nephew of the Singh Manik above referred to> requested permission to reside at Nongkrem, and he and U. Bor Manik having struck up a friendship, it was agreed that U. Singh Manik should succeed U. Bor Manik on the throne. But when U. Bor Manik died U. Singh was not allowed to quietly succeed him. A nephew of U. Bor named U. Hajan Singh contested the suc- cession, and it ended by the people dividing into two parties and electing U. Singh Manik Seim of Nongkrem and Longkyrdem (Khyrim) and U. Hajan Singh as Seim of the remainder of the State under the name of Myliim. After the conquest of the Myliim country in 1829, the Chief Bor Manik, then called Chief of Khyrim, ceded to the British Oovemment the territory on the south and east of the Umiam or Boga Pani river, called also Um-miao in tile upper parts of its course (No. LXXXYIII). In 1834 a proposal was made to restore this tract to the Chief, but the proposal was never carried out. In 1860 the chief men of Myliim presented a petition, complaining against the Chief Hajan Singh, who had succeeded U. Bor Manik. As the Chief was extremely unpopular, violated the customs of the country, and gave himself up to habitual drunkenness, he was deposed in 1861, and Milai Singh elected by the elders and people in his stead. A new Engagement* similar 2« 320 Assam— Jain tia and Ehasi Hills. Part II to that made with the Nongkhlao Chief (No. LXXXYJ), was taken from Milai Singh. In December 1863 Milai Singh signed an Agreement (No. LXXXIX) by which he ceded the lands required for the military cantonment and sanitarium of Shillong^ and renounced all his sovereign and personal rights therein. By his engagements he was bound to give such lands rent-free: compensation was^ however, allowed to him in the shape of a money payment of Rupees 2,000, while the rights of private proprietors were bought up for Rupees 6,325, and an annual payment of Rupees 108. Milai Singh died in Jaouary 1868, and the election of his successor, Hain Manik, was confirmed on his signing the usual Agreement (No. LXXIY). £a»^ri«.— «Tfae Chief of Langrin died in December 1862, and was suc- ceeded by his nephew U. Mit Singh, whose election was confirmed on his subscribing to an Agreement (No. XC). U. Mit Singh died on the 24th of April 1874, aud was succeeded by the present Seim, U« Bor Singh, on tbe 6th of June 1874, whose election was confirmed on execution of tbe usual agreements Nonpspunp. — In 1H72 Phanbalang, Chief of Nongspung, died and his nephew U. Step was elected in his stead. The election was confirmed ander the usual conditions. On the death of U. Step, Santn Singh was duly elected on the 2nd of March 1877 and confirmed in his appointment. Santa Singh resigned in 1885 in favour of his nephew U. Parba Singh, whose nomi- nation was unanimously accepted by the Chiefs and elders of the State in a public darbar. U. Parba Singh wajs therefore confirmed in the Chiafship on his executing the usual agreement in December 1885. Mariao. — An Agreement (No. XCI) was made with U. Lar Singh, Chief of Mariao, in 1829. U. Vhan, Chief of Mariao, died in 1862, and was succeeded by U. Ron, who signed an Agreement (No. XCII) and received the title of Raja. U. Ron was, on his death, succeeded by his brother U. Jiei on the 14th October 1879, who received the usual sunnud. U. Jiei died on the 4th April 1888 and was succeeded by the present Seim, U. Burom Singh, his nephew, who has received the usual sunnud. Dwara Nonptyrmen. — An agreement was made with this State in 1888, but no copy of it exists. A copy however of the agreement with the present Sardar, U. Jantrai, who was appointed on the 5th May 1870, is appended (No. XCIII). Ptrtn Assam— Jain tia and Khasi Hills. 227 Maosenram^'^An Agreement (No. XCIV) was taken from Adhor Singh Chief of Maosenram, I in 18S1. The late Chief U. Mit died in 1867' and was suoeeeded by his nephew Adhon Singh under the usual conditions (No. LXXIY). Adhon Singh was deposed for drunkenness and inefficiency, and his nephew U. Ramon was appointed Seim in his place on the 25th January 1875. He executed an Agreement (No. XCY). On his death in 1889, his nephew U. Symburai, a minor, was by an unanimous vote of the populace elected Seim in March 1890. The election has been confirmed by the Chief Commissioner on condition of his executing the usual agreement when he comes of age, the young Seim and the Darbar being till then jointly held responsible for the due management of affairs of the State. If aiaram.— Agreements were made with the Chiefs of Mabaram in 1839 and 1852 (Nos. XCVI and XCVII). In October 1864 U. Sai Singh was elected Chief of Mabaram in succession to U. Step Singh, and was recognised by Government on his signing an Agreement (No. XCVI II). In 1875 U. Sai Singh was deposed for misgovernment. It had been the practice in this State to elect two Seims, a senior, called Seim-!ih (Iih=white), and a junior, called Seim-iong (iong=black)y the one being supposed to act as a check on the other ; but this system, which was in force in most, if not all, of the Khasi States in former times, gave rise to inconveniences, and the opportunity of U. Sai Singh's deposition was taken to abolish it, Adhor Singh, a member of the Seim-iong family, being appointed sole Chief of Mabaram. On Adhor Singh's deatli, U. Kison Singh, his nephew, was ap- pointed on the 15th December 187 7^ and received the usual sunnud. BkawaL — An Agreement (No. XCIX) was in December 1832 executed by U. Pbaz, Chief of Bhawal Punji. In 1860, on the succession of Dhabur Singh, an Agreement, similar to that taken from Nongkhlao (No, LXXXVI) was made with him. Dhabur Singh died in 1874, and was succeeded, under the usual conditions (No. LXXIV), by Lorshai Singh. U. Lorshai was succeeded by U. Bamou Singh, his nephew, on the 20th January 1875. He executed an Agreement (No. C). Bamon Singh died in August 1889 and was succeeded by his nephew U. Ram Singli, who hns received the usual sunnud. Maoiong,^[] . Wan Singh, Chief of Maoiong, was killed in a tribal affray in March 1865, and his cousin U. Jan Singh was elected his successor. The oocasion of this succession was taken to introduce the general form of Agree- ment (No. LXXIV) alluded to above, but U. Jan Singh died before a sunnud S28 Astam— Jaintia and Khasi Hills. Fart II could be conferred on hinf, U. Jit Singh, the present Seim, was elected iu his stead. The first engagement with Maoiong dates from 24th Jane 1829, but there is no copy of it extant. A copy of the Agreement execated by U. Jit Singh is appended (No. CI). Treaties with other Chiefs are given under Nos. CII to CIX. Agree- ments (Nos. CX to CXII) were made with the present Chiefs of Nongsohphoh, alias Nobosohphoh, Jiran§f and JUalaisokmaC. The revenue of the Khasi and Jaintia Hills, which is chiefly derived from a house-tax and from the rent of mines and quarries, amounts to about Kupees 67,000. The area of these hills is 6,070 square miles with a popuIa<« iion (according to the census of 1891) of 197,690. ^art II ABsam— Jaintia and KhBBi Hills.— No. LXXIII. 229 No. LXXIII. Tbeatt with Kajah Bam Sing of Jtnteah — 1824. Treaty concluded between David Soott, Esq., A cantonments, and posts in any part of my State, and to occupy the lands necessary for the purpose rent-free. I will give Govern- ment every assistance which may be required in opening roads within my State. 7^ I will implicitly obey all orders issued to me by the Deputy Commis- sioner of the Cossiah and Jynteah Hills; otherwise I agree to aufier fine or such other penalty for my misconduct as the Government may think fit to inflict. 8. I hereby add my Agreement to the cession by my predecessors of the lime, coal, and minerals within my State on condition ot receiving half the profits arising from their sale, lease, or other disposal and on the same terms to the cession ; also of all such waste lands, being lands at the time unoccupied by villages, cultivation, plantation, orchards, etc., as may be required to be sold as waste lands. Fully understanding the terms of this ensragement, I hereby affix my hand and seal this day of 1807. No. LXXV. General Form of Agreement— ^1875. , having been appointed [His Excellency the Vtceroif and Covernor^General of India^ or hy the Chief Comtnitsioner of Assam {as the ease majf be.)^ to be Chief of the State of in the district of Cossiah and Jynteah Hills, do hereby agree and promise that 1 will, in the administration of the said State, conduct myself agreeably to the following rules :-— 1. I consider myself to be under the orders and control of the Deputy Commissioner of the district of the Cossiah and Jynteah Hills. In the event 282 Assam— Jaintia and Khasi Hills.— If o. LXXV. Part I< of any dispute arising between myself and the Chief of any other Cossiah Statei sach dispute shall be decided by the Depaty Commissioner of the Cossiah and Jynteah Hills, or by any other officer duly authorized in that behalf by the Chief Commissioner of Assam or by the Government of India* 2, 1 will adjudicate and decide all civil cases and all criminal cases, not of a heinous kind, which may arise within the limits of the State, in which my subjects alone are concerned. I will report the occurrence of heinous offences within the limits of the State immediately to the Deputy Commis* sioner of the Cossiah and Jynteah Hills, and will arrest the persons concerned in them, whom I will deliver up, to be dealt with by the Deputy Commis- sioner, or by any other officer appointed b^ him for that purpose. I promise to refer all civil and criminal cases arising within the limitis of the State in which the subjects ot other Cossiah States, or Europeans, or Natives of the plains may be oonoemed, for adjudication by the Deputy Commissioner of the Cossiah and Jynteah Hills, or by any other officer appointed by him for that purpose. S. In case of my using any oppression^ or of my acting in a manner opposed to established custom, or in the event of my people having just cause for dissatisfaction with me, the Chief Commissioner of Assam may remove me from my Cbiefship and appoint another Chief in my stead. 4. I will surrender to the Deputy Commissioner of the Cossiah and Jynteah Hills, on demand, all civil or political offenders coming to or residing within my jurisdiction. 5. I will supply any information realtive to the country under my control and its inhabitants whenever I may be required to do so by the De- puty Commissioner of the Cossiah and Jynteah Hills. I will always use my best endeavours to maintain the well-being of the people subject to my rule, and I will give aid and protection with all my might to officers of the British Ooyemment and trayellers passing through, also to people of other jurisdic- tions residing in, my jurisdiction. I will also endeavour to facilitate free in- tercourse and trade between the people of the State nnder me and the people of other districts and States. 6. I acknowledge the right of the British Goyemment to establish civil and military sanitaria, cantonments, and posts in any part of the coun- try under my control, and to occupy the lands necessary for that purpose rent- free. I will give to the British Government every assistance which may be required in opening roads within the State of 7. I will implicitly obey all orders issued to me by the Deputy Com- missioner of the Cossiah and Jynteah Hills, or other officer duly authorized in that behalf by the Chief Commissioner of Assam or by the Government of India. In case of my violating this rule I shall suffer fine or such other penalty for my misconduct as such officer may think fit to inflict. 8. I hereby add my Agreement to the cession by my predecessors of the natural products of the soil of the State, viz,, lime, coal, and other miner- als, and of the ri^ht to hunt and capture elephants within the State, on oon* dition that I shall receive half the profits arising from the sale, lease, or other Part II AMam-Jaintis and Khasi HiU8-5o;(fi^ple of that ilaka may be concerned. All cases in which Europeans and inhabitants of the plains, or of other Cossiah States, are parties are to be tried by the Political Officer at Cherra Poonjee. Article 3. I shall obey all orders issued to me by the Political Officer at Cherra Poonjee, and make over, on demand, to the local authorities, all refugees and civil and political offenders coming to, or residing in, my ilaka. Article 4. I shall furnish full information regarding my State and its inhabitants whenever I may be required to do so by Government Officers. I shall always endeavour to promote the welfare and happiness of my subjects, give every Fart II Assam— Jaintia and Ehasi Hills.— ^ofi^JtAZao— No. LXXXIV. 241 belp and protection in my power to Government OflSoers and travellers passing through my country, or to settlers residing th^re ; and use my best endeavours to facilitate free intercourse and trade between the people of my country and British subjects and the people of other Cossiah States. Abticlb 5. The British Qovernment reserves to itselE the right of establishing military and civil sanataria, cantonments and posts, in any part of my ilaka where they may be required, full compensation being given for the lands thus occupied for these or other Government purposes, and of opening roads in any direction through the country, in which matter I must render my utmost assistance when requisite. Dated 22nd July 1862, eorre»pond%ng with 7th Srawun 1269 B.8. SuNKin) conferring the title of Bajah Bahadoor upon Dun Sing, the elected ruler of Nusteng, dated the 26th January 1863. Whereas you have been elected to be Ruler of Nueteng, I do hereby confer upon you the title of Rajah Bahadoor on condition of your faithfully and fully observing the conditions specified in the Agreement made with you on 22nd July 1862, corresponding with 7th Srawun 1269 B.S. (Sd.) Elgin and Kincardine. No. LXXXIV. Aeticles of Agrbembnt entered into by Mr. David Scott, Agent to the GovEBNon-GENERALy on behalf of the Honor- able Company, and Teerut Sing Ashemlee, called the White Bajah, Chief of Nungklow— 1826. Article 1. Rajah Teerut Sing^ the Ruler of Nungklow and its dependencies^ with the advice and couFeot of his relations^ dependent Lushkurs and Sirdars in Council assembled, voluntarily agrees to become subject to the Honorable Company, und places his country under Iheir protection. Artiolb 2. The said Rajah agrees to give a free passage for Troops through his coun- try to go and to come between Assam and Sylhet. 2 I 243 Aasam— Jaintis and Khasi Hills— Jroii^M/ao.—iro. UOLXIV. Part II Artiols 8. The Bajah agrees to famish materials for the oonstruetion of a road through bis territories, reeeiying payment for the same, and after its completion to adopt such measures as may be necessary to keep it in repair* Article i. The Agent to the OoTernor-General agrees, on the part of the Honorable Company, to protect the Rajah's country from foreign enemies, and if any other Chief injures him, to enquire into the facts, and if it appear that he baa been unjustly attacked, to afford him due support. The Bajah on his part agrees to abide by such decision, and not to hold any intercourse or correspond- ence on political matters with any foreign Chief without the consent of the British GoTcmment. Artioui 5. The lEtajah agrees that, in the event of the Honorable Company carrying on hostilities with any other power, he will serve with idl his followers as far to the eastward as Kulliabar in Assam, his men being entitled to receive sub- sistence, money from the British Government when employed on the Plains. Article 6« The Bajah promises to rule his subjects according to laws of his country, keeping them pleased and contented, and carrying on the public business according to ancient custom, without the interference of the British Govern- ment; but if any person should commit violence in the Honorable Company's Territory, and take refuge in the Bajah's country, he agrees to seize and deliver them up. Dated at Oowhattg thu SOth November 1626, corresponding with the 16th Aghnn 1833. (A true translation.) (Sd.) D. Scott, Jgent to the Oovernor»OeneraL Similar Agreement entered into by the Chief of Khyrim. Part II Amam— Jaintia and Khasi UiUM^nrongkUao.'^lSfo. LXZXV. ;|45 No. LXXXV. T&AKSLATiON of the Articles of an Agreement furnished to the Goyebkor-Genebal's Agent, Nobth-East Frontier, hy RujJUM Sing, Bajah, on his accession to the Raj of NuNGKLOW, on the 29th of March 1834. To Captain FRANCIS JENKINS, Jffeht to the Governor^Oeneral, North-East Frontier , On the part of the Honorable Company. The written Agreement of Rajjam Sing, resident of Nungklow, executed Na 30. to tbe following purport :— The Oovemment having appointed me to the Raj of the late Teemt Sing I, I hereby execute the Articles of Agreement detailed below, and pro- mite never to act in violation of them^ and that my Muntrees will also abide by the terms thereof. i«<.— -That I have no objection to land being taken up by the Honorable Company for the purpose of making a road in any direction chosen between Zillah Sylhet and the Plains of low hmds of Assam. ;?»£{.— That I have no objection to bridges, bungalows of sorts, store- rooms, fortifications, and stockades for sepoys being built for the Honorable Company wherever it may be deemed expedient to select sites for them. dr^I.— That I and my Muntrees will furnish laborers and workmen for building and repairing the above-mentioned roads, buildings, &c., without objection, whenever they may be required. 4th. — That whenever it may be considered expedient to erect any build- ings within the country consigned to me by the Government, I and my Mun- tiMs will immediately furnish the nndermentioiied materials for them, and we shall not be able to raise any objections about doing so : List of Materials. — ^Timbers, stones, slates, lime, fire«wood, and any other articles procurable in the country, will be readily furnished. 6th. — That I and my Muntrees will provide shelter and pasturage for any cows, oxen, &c., that the Honorable Company may send into the country, and I will be responsible for any losses of these animals. ffM.— -That if any criminals or convicts should escape from the Honorable Company's territory and come into my country, I will immediately render assistance in apprehending them. 7M«— That I will act as stated in the above-mentioned Articles, and if I should do anything in contravention of them, I and my Muntrees will submit to such fines as the Govemor-Generars Agent may think proper to impose on us. 944 Afsam— Jaintia and Khasi UilXs— NonffJkhlao.'-Vo. LXXXVI. Part II 8tA. — ^That I promise to fulfil tlie aforesaid stipulations, and am to conti- nue to receive my present monthly stipend of 30 Rupees for one year, as this stipend to me from the Government will enable the people of the country to settle down again in it comfortably without being pressed for any demand. This stipend to me is to cease after the completion of one year, and I am then to make arrangements for myself as formerly. Dated the 29th of March 1834, corresponding with the 19th of Choitra of the Bengal year 1940. We, Bai Hon and Oojoor, residents of Nungbree, Ooram of Myrung, Ootep of Moutheri Ooboo Boshan of Singshang, Oosep Lungdeo of Kenchee, Oophan of Monaii and Omeet of Nongsay, having been nominated as Mun- trees to the Rajah, approve of the Agreement executed by him, and will be responsible for the fulfilment and violation of it. (Copy.) (Sd.) H. Inolis, Assistant Political Jgent, Cossiah Hills, No. LXXXVI. Conditions imposed upon the Bajah of Nungklow and his SUOCESSOBS. 1. The Rajah is to consider himself under the general control and author- ity of the Political Officer at Cherra Foonjee, to whom he must refer all disputes between himself and the Chieftains of other Cossiah States ; and he is clearly to understand that he holds his appointment under authority from the British Government, which reserves to itself the right of removing him from office, and of appointing another Chieftain in his stead, if he should fail to give satisfaction to the British Government, and to the people of the district. 2. The Rajah must reside in the Nungklow district, and he is to be permitted to decide in open Durbar, with the assistance of his Muntrees^ Sirdars, and Elders, according to the ancient and established customs of the country, all civil suits and criminal cases occurring there that are beyond the cognizance of the Police, and in which only the people of the Nungklow district may be concerned. All cases in which Europeans and inhabitants of the Plains or of other Cossiah States are parties are to be tried by the Political Officer at Cherra Poonjee. 8. The Rajah is to obey all orders issued to him by the Political Officer at Cherra Poonjee, and to make over on demand to the local authorities all Pari II Asaam— Jaintia and Ehasi Hills— ^oj»^^A7ao.—Na LXXXVII. 245 refugees and oivil and political offenders coming to^ or residing in^ the Nung- klow district. 4. The Rajah is to furnish full information regarding the Nungklow district and its inhabitants^ whenever be may be required to do so by Govern- ment Officers ; to render every assistance in developing the resources of the country; to give every help and protection in his power to Oovernment officials and travellers passing through the country or to settlers residing there ; and to use his best endeavours to facilitate free intercourse and trade between the people of the country and British sabjects and the people of other Cossiah States. 5. The British Government reserves to itself the right of establishing military and civil sanitaria^ cantonments and posts> in any part of the Nung- klow district where they may be require i, of occupying rent-free any lands that may be required for these or other Government purposes^ and of opening roads in any direction through the country, in which matter the Rajah must render his utmost assistance when requisite. 6. The Rajah must make grants of the waste lands in Nungklow upon the same terms as those that may be adopted at the time being by the British Government in granting out its own waste lands. Similar Agreements entered into by the Chiefs of Moleem and Bhawul Poonjee. No. LXXXVII. Engagement with the Chief of Nungklow— 1866. I, Bor Sing, Seem of the State of Nungklow in the Cossiah Hills, admitting my incapacity to the conduct of aflFairs in my territory, do hereby record my written assent and agreement to the appointment of my relative and heir Chand Bai to be Regent of Nungklow, and that the general man- agement of affairs in Nungklow, together with the carrying out of all orders of the British Government, shall fie with him, and that all communications and precepts shall be addressed to, and received by, him. Signed and sealed by me this day, the 18th May 1866. (Sd.) BoR Sing, His + markf U Seem Jong ka l^ungklow. This document was executed l»v Bor Sing, Seem of Nungklow, in my presence, this 2l8t day of May 1866' (Sd.) W. S. Clarke, Offg. Depy. Commr., CoisiaA and Jynteah Hills, Assam. 246 Asaam-JftintU and Khasi HUU-ifyMifi.— No. LXXXVIII. Part II SuNNUD recognizing the Succession of Chand Bai. Whereas you have been elected to be Ruler of Nungklow, I hereby riBCOgnize yoa as Chief of that place, on eondition of your faithfully and fully observing the conditions entered in the separate agreement to be made by you with His Honor the Lieutenant-Qovernor of Bengal. l>aied t9th AugMi 1868. (Sd.) John La^webncb. No. LXXXVIII. Translation of the Articles of Agreement given to the Honorable Company by Bur Maniok, Bajah of Ehyrim, in the year 1880. (Sd.) Bur Mamick, Rajah of Khjfrim^ To DAVID SCOTT, Esquiaa, AgeiU to ike Oovemor*Oeneral. My country having been taken possession of by the Honorable Company in consequence of my having made war with them, and thereby caused con- siderable losses^ I now come forward, and placing myself under the protection of the Honorable Company, and acknowled^ng my submission to them, agree to the following terms as sanctioned by the rresideucy authorities :— f «^.— I cede to the Honorable Company the lands I formerly held on the south and east of the Oomeeam river, and I promise not to interfere with the people residing on those lands without the orders of the Agent to the Governor- General. 8nd. — I consent to hold the remaining portion of the territory agreeably to the sunnud of the Honorable Company as their dependants, and to conduct its affairs according to ancient customs ; but I am not at liberty to pass orders in any murder case without the permission of the Govemor-General's Agent, and will report to him any case of this kind that may occur. 3rd,^^When any of the Honorable Company's Troops pass through my territory, I will furnish them with such provisions as the country produces, so that they may not be put to any inconvenience, receiving payment for these supplies from Government ; and I will construct bridges, &c«, when ordered to do BO, and am to be paid for the expenses incurred thereon, 4ti. — In case of any Hill Chieftains making war with the Honorable Company, I will join the Government Troops with the fighting men of my country, but they are to receive subsistence from the Government. Paart II Assam— Jaintia and Khasi Hilla— ifyMm.— No. IiXXXIX. 247 Btk.^^1 relinquish my former claim regarding the boundary of Desh Doomorooah, and agree to the Afdee Nnddee being the future boundary. I am, however, to be assigned some land near the Sonapore Market for the pur- pose of trading there. Sik.m^l agree to pay a fine of 6>000 Bupees to the Honorable Company on aoconnt of the expenses now and previously incurred by them in the sub- jugation of my country. 7^^.— If Teerut Sing, Rajah, who is inimical to the Honorable Company, or any other of his guilty followers, should enter my territory, I will imme- diately apprehend them and deliver them up, and I promise to produce all criminals who may come and take refuge in my country from any place in the Honorable Company's dominions. To which effect I have executed this Agreement on this 15th day of January 1880, corresponding with the 4th of Maugh 1286 B.S. No. LXXXIX. Agbeement with the Chief of Moleem — 1863. "Whereas it was stipulated in the Agreement entered into by me, Melay Sing, Rajah of Moleem, under date 19th March 1861, with the British Oovernment, that the right of establishing civil and military sanitaria, posts and cantonments, within my country should remain with the British Govern- ment; whereas Lieutenant-Colonel J. C. Haughton, Agent to the Governor- General, North-East Frontier, under the instructions of the said Government, has selected, for the purpose of civil and military sanitaria, etc., the land hereinafter described, I hereby renounce, with the advice and consent of my Muntrees and the heads of my people, all sovereign and personal rights therein to Her Majesty the Queen of England and the British Government. It is^ however, stipulated, should the proprietors of any of the land within the limits hereinafter described be unwillii^ to sell or ^art with their land to the British Government, the said persons shall continue fully to enjoy the same without impost or taxation as heretofore, but that in all other respects the jurisdiction and sovereignty of Her Majesty the Queen of England, and of the British Government, ana the officers of Government duly appoint^, shall extend over the said land and over all persons residing thereon, and to all offences committed therewithin. Boundary. ^^^\kQ boundary of [the lands of Oo Don Sena to the soath and east of the Oom Ding Foon stream which have been purchased j the boundary of the lands of Ka Stang Rapsang, south of the stream south of the Oom Ding Foon adjoining the village of Sadoo which have been pur* chased ; the boundary of the lands of (X> Bat Khaobakee toudiing the Oom Ding Foon stream which have been purchased ; the boundary of the lands of £a Doke adjoining the last-named which have been purchased i the boun- 248 Aaaam^Jaintia and Khasi Hills -Jr5f7«fii.«-]fo. LXXXIZ. Fart II dary of the land of Sooaka adjoining the last named which have been pur- chased; the boundary of the Shillon^r lands which have been purchased, from which point the boundary will follow the north and west sides of the present Government roads till the boundary of the lands of Borjon Muntree which have been purchased is met. It will then follow the boundary of the said Borjon's land till the boundary of the said land again meets the Government road now existing^ which it will follow till the boundary of the Raj lands purchased are met. It will follow the boundary of the Raj lands till that dividing the Longdo lands of Nongseh from the Raj land and the land purchased from Oo Reang-Rarpang of Nongseh, and will go between the two last on the east side of a hill by a path till the boundary stone of the Longdo of Nongseh at the head of a watercourse is met^ It will then follow that watercourse to the junction of it with the Oom Soorpee, leaving the hill with the Lungdo jungle of fir trees on it to the left or north and west side. The boundary will then cross the Oom Soorpee river and ascend by a ravine opposite inclining somewhat to the right hand to monumental stones (Mow- shin Ram), near one of which a peg and pile of stones is placed. The boundary will then descend the hill backwards towards the point of Youdoe Hill, that is, the bill on which the Youdoe Bazar is held, to a pile of stones and a peg not far from the Government road which it crosses and not far from .the Oom Soorpee river. The boundary thence turns north-east by ascending the hollow to the ridge which divides the water-flow, on which is a mark, to the hollow to the north-east, which it follows by the water to the Oom Kra river leaving the Youdoe Bazar hill and the village of Mao Kra on the left hand. The boundary thence tnrns eastward, following the base of the hills and excluding all cultivation in the plains, including within it the hill lands given to the Government by Oo Beh till the lands of Oo Dor given to Government are met, whence the boundary, in the same way, follows the base of the hills excluding the cultivation in the plains till the river Pomding Neyam is met. Opposite a cave at the mouth of this stream, when it enters the plain,, a peg and pile of stone is met. The boundary thence follows the same stream to its head in the rice lands of Oo Bdi aforesaid ; thence it follows the foot of the hills, leaving the village of Limera to the left or east side, and excluding the rice cultivation of Oo Beh, but including the hill land given by him to Government till it reaches the bead of the said rice culti- vation, where it turns sharply to the left or east between two hills till it reaches the banks oi the stream Oom Ponteng Kom, the downward course of which it follows till the junction of the same water, now called Oom Soorpee^ with the Oom Jussaci is reached. This river is the boundary till its source is reached from a pile of stones, near which, marking the boundary of land purchased from Oo Don Sena, the boundary crosses over south-westerly to the point where the Oom Shillong makes a bend ; at that point stones have been placed opposite ten fir and five oak trees on the spur of a hill. The boundary then follows the Oom Shillong till the boundary of Oo Don Sena's land is met, which it follows the point from whence it started is reached. I agree that, the Government, or the possessor of the land within named, as well as the Shillong lands, shall have the joint right of turning off all water adjoin- ing the said land for use, subject to such rules as the Government may Part II Assam- Jaintia and Xhasi Hills— iry»tM.—iro. LZZZIX. 849 prescribe. I promise also, as far as in me lies, to preserve the sacred groves whereon the water supply is dependent, and to paniah any of my subjects found cutting the trees of the said groves and to deliver up for punishment Mixj British subject found eo offeudiag. (Sd.) MiLAT Sing BAJAH4.Hismark. Shillong: J ^^ LoRMiBT MOOTANG+ His mark. Tie lOih December 1863. ) WitneM* : (Sd.) U. JOTMONEC, Interpreter. Before me, this 18th December 1 863, explained in Cossiah and signed. (Sd.) J. C. Haughton. WUneues present not called en to sign, being unable to write : Oo Ram, Muntree. Oo Don Koonwur. ()o SoifA „ Oo Jon Sirdab. Oo Jeb „ PuRBUT, Interpreter. Oo Don Sena, „ Tama KooNwua. Rajah Singh Koonwur. Alop Koonwur. KuNRACE, of Khyrim. ly Melay Sing, having, on behalf of myself and my Mantrees, and all others concerned, ceded the Raj rights and title in the land at Shillong, known as the Shillong lands ; the Raj lands south of the Oom Soorpee, known as the Kiirkonton^ Nongseh land ; the land near YoudoOj known as the Shil- long Labaug land ; hereby renounce all right and title thereto, resigning the same to Her Majesty the Queen o{ England with the trees, water, and all things thereon or therein, and hereby acknowledge to have received, in full satimction therefor, the sum of Rupees 2,000 (two thousand) from Lieute- Dant-Colonel Haughton, Governor-General's Agent, North-East Frontier. (Sil.) Mrut Sing + His Mark. ne 8th December 1663 Youdob: I ^, Raja Rabon Sing + His mart 2k 860 Assam— JttintiA and Khasi Hills—Loi^w.— Ho. XO. Part II Bajah Raban hereby acknowledges to hare ceded all right on part of himself and his people. (Sd.) J. C. Haughtom, Ofg. Oovr.'Oenl.^s Agent, If.-E. P. WUnesi : (Sd.) Preseni : (Sd.) » U. JOTMOONBB, SrBI AeSADHUM DoSSj Interpreter. Mokurir. Moleem Poonjee. Oo Ram, Mnntree Oo Jbb „ Oo SOOBAH yy Oo Son AH ,, Oo Raimon i, Oo Bamok „ I «.i -o Oo MooiK l;;ng8*kor. \ ^''y"" ^"^"j**- Oo SONKHA LONGDO. (Sd.) J. C. Haughton, Off§. Govt.' Geul.'s Agent, N.-B. F. No. XO. Enoagembnt executed by the Chief of Lungrbb* — 1864 ly Oomit Singy having succeeded to the Raj of Lnngree on the death of Soonder Sing> my nncle, late Rajah^ according to the custom of the country and with the approval of the Chiefs and Elders, and also with the sanction of the Viceroy and Governor-General of India, promise to be &ithful in allegiance to Her Majesty the Queen of England, her heirs and successors, and I bind myself to the following Articles :— Aktiolb 1. That I shall cons!der myself nnder the general control and anthority of the Deputy Commissioner in the Cossiah and Jynteah Hills, or f uoh other Officer as may be from time to tine appointed by Government, to whom I shall refer all disputes between myself and the Chieftains of other Cossiah States, and that I clearly understand I hold my appointment under anthority from the British Government, which reserves to itself the right of removing me from office and appointing another Chiettnin in my stead if I should fail to give satisfaction to the British Government and the people of the district. Aetiole 2. That I shall reside in the Lungree District, and decide in open Durbar, with the assistance of the Muntrees, Sirdars, and the £lder8, according to ancient and establislied custom of the country, all civil and criminal cases, not of a heinous nature, in which the inhabitants of the said district only Part II Ansam— Jaintia and Khasi Hill8.»I^M>^rff>.»No. XO. 251 ara concerned. I agree to refer to the Deputy Commissioner in the Cossiah and Jynteah Hills, or other Officer appointed for the purpose by Government^ all caseS) civil or criminal, in which Europeans or otiier foreis^ners, including: the inhabitants of the plains, are concerned, also all cases in which inhabitants of other Ccssiah States are concerned, and all heinous criminal cases. Articlb S. That I shall obey all orders issued to me by the Deputy or other Officer appointed to the charge of the Hill districts, and make over, on demand, to the local authorities, all refugees and civil and political offenders coming to^ or residing in, the Lungree District. Articlb i. That I shall furnish full information regarding the Lungree District and its inhabitants whenever I may be required to do so by Government Officers, will render every assistance in developing the resources of the country, will give every help and protection in my power to Government officials and tra- vellers passing through the country, or to settlers residing there, and will use my Ijest endeavours to facilitate free intercourse and trade between the people of the country and the British subjects and the people of other Cossiah States. Articlb 5. The British Government shall have the right of establishing military and civil sanitaria, cantonments, and posts, in any part of the Lungree Dis* triot where they may be required. I agree to give all lauds required for such purposes, the possessors, where the land does not belong to the Raj, being duly compensated therefor. Article 6. Lastly, I, my heirs and successors, will abide by the terms of the Agree- ment entered into with the Government by the late Rajah on the &2nd Sep- tember 1869, by which he ceded, in consideration of receiving half the profits, all his mineral rights, eicept those connected with the limestone tracts leased to the late Mr. Henry Inglis up to 1288 B.S., and all the waste lands not paying revenue, which are not being brought into cultivation by the people of LnngreOy and by which being brought into cultivation they will not be mffeiera. Dated Ckerra Poonjee, 25th January 1864. Seal and mark of : OoMrr Sing, £ajai of Lungree. Wiineeted by : J. B. Shadwbll, Aemiant CommiiHoner in charge. O Mark of Scidbb, Muntree, of Lauring. (D Mark of Oowan, Muntree, of Lauring + Mark of Oosam, Muntree, of Lauring. Ill Mark of Oo RamsimGi Muntree, of Lauring. 262 AjMsm— Jaintia and Khasi HiUa— iroriM^iro. XOI. Part II Sealed and signed in my presence on the 25th day of January 1864, when it was explained to the Bajah that a Sunnod and KhiUut would be forwarded by the Viceroy and Ooyemor-GeoeraL (Sd.) J. B. Shadwsll, ' Juistant Cammimoner in charge. ^ SXJKNVB conferring the title of '' Bajah " upon Oohit Sing, the OhIEV of LUKGBEB. Whereas you hare been^elected to be Ruler of LungreCi I do hereby confer upon you the title of Bajah on condition of your faithfully and fully observiDo;* the conditions specified in the Agreement made with you on the 25th January 1864. (Sd.) John Lawbxmcb. Dated 7th June 1864. No. XCI. T&ANSiiATiOK of a Bbcognisance executed by Oolab Sikg, Bajah of Mubbiow, in the year 1829. (Sd.) Oolab Sing, Bajai of Murriew. To DAVID SCOTT, EsquiM, Jffent to He Qovemor^Oeneral. Whereas I, Oolar Sing, Bajah of Muriiow, formerly conspired against the Honorable Company's people and made war with them, I now come forward for my own good and give this recognisance, to the effect that I will not again enter ioto such a conspiracy or qaMrrel, or make war with the people on the part of the Government, and that if I do so, I shall be liable to such punishment as is usually inflicted on riotons persons. Ist.'^Mj country now remains under the control of the Government, and I will keep the people contented, and conduct the Cossiah affairs in the usual way. 2nd.^^l will investigate such cases as take place in my country according to its established customs ; but if any heinous crimes, suen as murders, etc , should occur, I will give you information of them, aod I will obey and act in other matters according as you may order me to do. To which purposes Part II Assam-Jaintia and Khaai Hilla.— Jf resident of Marriow^ Cossiah Hills, according to the cnstom of country, and with the approval of the Chiefs and Elders of Murriow^ l>eing the lawful heir and successor to the late Oo-Phan, Rajah of Murriow, in anticipation of being duly created under the orders of the Viceroy and Articles :— First. — I consider myself under tbe general control and authority of the Deputy Commissioner in the Cossiah and Jynteah Hills, or such other Officer as may, from time to time, be appointed by Government, and I will refer all dispute between myself and the Chieftains of other Cossiah States to the Deputy Commissioner aforesaid; and I clearly understand that I hold appoint- ment under the authority from the British Government, which reserves to itself the right of removing me from otfice and appointing another Chieftain in my stead, if I shall fail to give satisfaction to the British Government or to the people of Murriow. Second,^'! agree to reside in the Murriow District, and promise to decide in open Durbar, with the assistance of the Muntrees, Sirdars, and Elders, according to ancient and established custom of the country, all civil and crimi- nal cases not of a heinous nature, in which the inhabitants of the said country only are concerned. I agree to refer to the Deputy Commissioner in the Cossiah and Jynteah Hills, or to any other Officer appointed by Government for the purpose, all cases, civil or criminal, in which Europeans or other f oreignerS| including tbe inhabitants of the plains, are concerned, as also all cases in 'which43ub2ects of other Cossiah States are concerned, and all heinous criminal cases. Tiird.^1 bind myself to obey all orders issued by the Deputy Commis- sioner, or other Officer appointed to the charge of the hill district, and to make over on demand to the duly constituted authorities all refugees and civil and poUtioal oflEenders coming to, or residing in, the Murriow District. Fourth, — I also agree to supply full information regarding the Murriow District and its inhabitants whenever I may be required so to do by the officers S54 AMam-Jaintia and Khart Billa.-ira XOII. Part II of Oovemment. I will also irender assistance in developing the resonroes of the country, and will give aid and protection to Oovemment oflBcials and tra- vellers passing throngh Murriow, as also to settlers residing therein ; and I will use my best endeavours to facilitate free intercourse tod trade between the people of the country under me and British subjects and people of other Cossiah States. Fifth, — The British Government shall have the rio^ht to construct roads in any direction through the Murriow District, and I bind myself not to levy transit taxes or other dues on such roads unless permitted to do so. 5'^i.— The British Oovemment will have the right of estahlishiog military and civil sanitaria^ cantonments, and posts in any parts of the Murriow District und^r my control, and I agree to give all laud or lands which do not belong to the Raj on condition that the proprietors shall receive compensation. ftftvnM.-^ Lastly, I bind myself, my heirs and successors, to the terms of the Agreement entered into with the Government of British India by the late Bajab Oo-Fhan, by which he ceded^ in consideration of receiving half the pro* fits^ all his mineral rights and all the waste lands not paying revenue, which are not being brought under cultivation by the people of Murriow, and by which they will not be sufferers. GoBON Ba/ah, his mark and seal. Witnessed by i OosHiBOB LoNGDOH, his mark. OoKSUN LoNODOHj ditto. Oo-Phan Songdoh, ditto. OoLLAN Matssbar, ditto. OoDHOo MateebaBi ditto. OoHia Matbbbab, ditto. Explained before me and in my presence, clause by clause, to the Bajab to the Elders, and to the people assembled, and acknowledged by the Rajah to be bis voluntary act and deed, this twentieth day of Febraary, Anno Domini 1866, at Murriow, Cossiab Hills. (8d.) H. S. BiVAB, Major, Deputf Cbmmr., Cossiai and Jynteak HilU\ SuNNUD conferring the title of Bajah upon Ooron, elected EuLBR of Murriow. Whereas you have been elected to be Ruler of Murriow, I do hereby con- fer upon you tlie title of Bajah on condition of your faithfully and fully observing the conditions specified in the Agreement made with you oa tb Ellaka Dwara NoDgturmen, having been appointed to tke Sirdarship of the said Ellaka Dwara Nongtar* men, hereby agree and promise that I will oondoot myself agreeably to the following rules :— 1. I consider myself under the orders and control of the Deputy Com« missioner of the Ehasi and Jaintia HillS| and in the event of any disputes arising between myself and the Chief of any other State^ they shall be decided by the Deputy Commissioner of the Ehasi and Jaintia Hills, or any other duly authorised Officer appointed by the Lientenant-Gk>vemor of Bengal. 2. I will adjudicate and decide all civil and all criminal cases not of a heinous kind which may happen within the limits of my State, and in whic:h the people of my territory alone are concerned ; but in regard to heinous ofiFences, I will report their occurrence immediately to the Deputy Commis- sioner of the Khasi and Jaintia Hills, and will take upon myself the arrest of persons concerned, whom I will deliver up to be dealt with by the Deputy Commissioner or other Officer appointed by him for that purpose. 8. In all disputes which mny arise with other Khasi Chiefs, and in all cases in which persons of other States, Europeans or Natives of the plains may be concerned within the limits of my territory, I promise to refer the matter for adjudication by the Deputy Commissioner of the Khasi and Jaintia Hills, or other duly constituted British authority. The authority of the British Government in connection with my Sirdarship extends so far that in case of my usin^ any illegalityi or iu the event of my people being dissatis- fied with me, Government will be at liberty to remove me from my said rank, and appoint another Sirdar in my stead, 4. I bind myself to submit to all orders issued by the Deputy Commis- sioner of the Khasi and Jaintia Hills, or other duly authorised Officer, and to make over, on demand, all refugees and civil and political offenders coming to, or residing within, my territory. 5. I also agree to supply any information relative to my territory and its inhabitants whenever 1 may be required to do so by the officer of the British Government. I will always use my best endeavours to maintain the well-being of my people residing in my territory, and I will give aid and protection with all my might to Government officers and travellers parsing through, also to people of other ellakas residing in, my territory. I will also endeavour to facilitate free intercourse and trade between the people of the territory under me and the people of other districts and States. 6. I acknowledge the right of the British Government to establish civil and military sanitariA, cantonments, and posts in any part of my State, and to occupy the lands necessary for tlie purpose rent-free. I will give Govern- ment every assistance which may be required in opening roads within my State. 256 Assam— Jaintia and Khasi Hills.— ir(tiofififMi.—iro. XOIV. Part IX 7. I will implicitly obey all orders issued to me by tbe Depaty Commis*' sioner of the Khaei and Jaintia Hills, otherwise I agree to suffer fine or snob other penalty for my miscondact as the Oovernment may think fit to inflict. 8. I hereby add my agreement to tbe cession by my predecessors of all the lime, coal> and minerals within my State, as also to the cession^ after the expiry of the present leases, of the Boot Sermai and Chellai Gking lime quarries on condition of receiving half the profits arising from their sale^ lease or other disposal, and on the same terms to the cession also of all such waste lands^ being lands at the time unoccupied by villagesi euUivation^ plantation^ orchards, etc., as may be required to be sold as waste lands. Fully understanding the terms of thia engagement, I hereby affix myr hand and seal this 5th day of May 1870. His mark +(Sd,) U. JAKTBici, Sirdar^ Before me : (Sd.) R. Stbwart, Dejmly Commissioner'^ No. XCIV. Translation of an Agkbement given by Ahdob Sing, Rajah of MowsuNBAM FooNJEB, in the year 1831. (Sd.) Ahdor Sing, Bajah. To Thb agent to the GOVERNOR-GENERAL, North-East Frontier. Tbe written Agreement of Ahdor Sing, Rajah, resident of Mowsunram Poonjee, given to the following eflEect :— My village having been burnt down on the part of the British Govern' ment, and being now a waste, I hereby acknowledge my submission to the Government, and furnish this Agreement, with the object of again settling on the spot, to the effect that I and my people will re-build and re-occupy the village as subjects of the Government, and will obey such orders as you may^ from time to time, issue to us. That I will take measures for apprehendinor the enemies of the Govern- ment if I should hear of their being in my village or its vicinity, and I will also convey immediate information of the same to Captain Townshend, and if 1 have no particular news to communicate, I will merely wait on him %^&ty month. Part II Aflsam— Jaintia and Khasi l^Uls.^Macsenram.'^'No. XOV. 267 That if I violate these Engagements, I will, without any demar, abide by whatever orders jou may think proper to pass. Daied tits 17 tk of December 1831, eorreeponding with the 3rd ofPoue 1938 B.8. Witneseed by : Dewam SiNQ DuBASHiA, re»ideni of Cherta PoonJ&e, OoMEB CossiAH, ditto do. SuNNUD^ recognizing Adhon Sing, as Chief of Mowsenbam in the CossiAH Hills. Whereas you have been elected to be Ruler of Mowsenram, I hereby recognize you as Chief of that place, on condition of your faithfully and fully observing the conditions entered in the separate Agreement t to be made by you with His Honor the LieuteDant-Qovemor of Bengal. Fort Williak Tke 17th April 1867 h. ] (Sd.) John Lawbkncb. No. XCV. AOREEMENT with the Chief of Maosekram — 1876. I, U. Rammon^ o£ Maosenram, having been appointed by the Chief Corn- missioner of Assam, under orders conveyed in his Secretary's letter No. 506, dated the 18th February 1875> to be Chief of the State of Maosenram, in the district of Khasi and Jaintia Hills, in the room of U. Adhon Singh, Seim, deposed, do hereby agree and promise that I will, in the administration of the said State, conduct myself agreeably to the following rules : — 1. I consider myself to b.) under the orders and control of the Deputy Commissioner of the district of Khasi and Jaintia Hills. In the event of any dispute arising between myself and the Chief of any other Khasi State, such dispute shall be decided by the Deputy Commissioner of the Khaci and Jaintia Hills, or by any other Officer duly authorised in that behalf by the Chief Commissioner of Assam or by the Government of India. 2. I will adjudicate and decide all civil and criminal cases not of a heinous kind which may arise within the limits of the State in which my subjects alone are concerned, I will report the occurrence of heinous offences wil^in the limits of the State immediately to the Deputy Commissioner of the Khasi and Jaintia Hills, and will arrest the persons concerned in them, whom I will deliver up to be dealt with by the Deputy Commissioner or by any Officer appointed by him for that purpose. I promise to refer all civil and * This Saimad was, by an overflight, issued by the Qovernmeot of India, instead of by the Ag^nt to the Gorernor-General, North- East Frontier. t See general form of agreement No. LXXIV. 2l MB Aasam—JaEintia and Kliasi Hilli.— JI} i9 %* 5 Mark of W. Tab 5 Mark of W, Sae Sing, Gooshtee. nt Mark of Sumtoo >j v; Mark of W. Sona O Mark of W. Saih „ nt Mark of U. Ram, Gooshtee. ii|t Mark of EhalaetVasued. Signed and sealed in my presence the 5th day of October 1884, when it was explained to the Rajah that a Sunnud and Khillut would be furnished on receipt of the orders of Government. (Sd.) H. S. BiVAB, Deputy Commr., Cossiah and Jynteak Hills. SvNKVD confirming the election of Oo Sax Sing as Bajah of Mahbam. Whereas yon have been elected by the chief men and people of Mahram to snooeed the late Kajah Oosep Sing in the Chieftaincy, I hereby recognize and confirm your election to be Rajah of Mahram. Be assured that so long as you remain faithful in your allegiance to the British Crown, and fully and faithfully fulfil your engagements with the British Government, the State of Mahram will remain to you m undisturbed possession. (Sd.) John Lawrencb. Dated 5ti December 1864. 264 Ajtam— Jaintia and Khasi Hills— ^Aoipal.— No. ZOIX. Fart II No. XOIX. Translation of a Bbcoqnizancb ezecated by Oophab, Rajah of Bhawol Foonjeb, ia the year 1832. Seal of Oophar Rajah. To Thi agent to thb GOVERNOB-QENERAL. I^ Oophar Rajah^ Resident of Bhawul Poonjee, have this day, of my own free-will and aocord, and without any compulsion, executed this Recognizance before Captain Townshend, at Cherra Poonjee, as detailed in the following paragraphs, and I will be responsible for the violation of any of the terms thereof, and will obey the orders of the Gentlemen. ht, — That if the Cossiahs should kill, or in any way harm or injure any of the Honourable Company's people within the boundaries of the Ooahn Churrah or Hatee Khodda on the west, and the Dhoolai Nuddee or the west bank of the DongJongiab on the east, I will immediately produce the guilty persons and make reparation for the losses sustained. 2nd, — That I will not give any shelter, assistancci or provisions to the enemies of the Honourable Company, and whenever I may receive any news regarding them, I will send information thereof to the Gavemnoent people through the Dooah radars. 3rd. — That I will not allow any of the Honorable Company^s enemies to come to my Ahrung of Seemai when it is re-opened. 4rt. — That whenever I may be called for by the Gentlemen, I will attend immediately on receipt of the written order to do so, and if I act contrary to stiifllations made in the above paragraphs, I will submit to any orders the Gentlemen may choose to pass. To which end I have executed this fieci)gni- zance. Da*.ed the llth December 1832, corresponding with the 27th Ahgran 1239 B. S. Witnessed iy— GooPBBBAH, resident at present at Chatiarkonah. AsKDE Mahohbd, resident of Pergunnah Mahram, Mouzah Noiegong. RoHOOMOT DooAHRADAB, resident of Ohaseegong, Ramjan Dooahbadab, resident of Pergunnah Mahram, Mouzah Kan* deegong. RoBAiB DoOAHBADAE, resident of Chorgong, Part II A8Bam--Jaintia and Khasi Hilla— ^AaiMi/.— No. O. 266 No. 0. Agreement with the Chief of Bhawal — 1877. I, U. Bamon Singh, resident of Bhawal, having been appointed to be Chief of the State of Bhawal aUas Warbah, in the district of Khasi and Jaintia Hills, do hereby agree and promise that I will, in the administration of the said State, oonduet myself agreeably to the following rules :— !•— I consider myself to be under the orders and control of the Deputy Commissioner of the district of the Khasi and Jaintia Hills. In the event cl any dispute arising between myself and the Chief of any other Khasi State, such dispute shall be decided by the Deputy Commissioner of the Khasi and Jaintia Hills, or by any other oflScer duly authorized in that behalf by the Chief Commissioner of Assam or by the Government of India. 2. — I will adjudicate and decide all civil cases and all criminal oases, not of a heinous kind, which may arise within the limits of the State, in which my subjects alone are concerned. I \vill report the occurrence of heinous offences within the limits of the State immediately to the Deputy Commissioner of the Khasi and Jaintia Hills, and will arrest the persons concerned in them, whom I will deliver up, to be dealt with by the Deputy Commissioner, or by any other officer appointed by him for that purpose. I promise to refer all civil and criminal cases arising within the limits of the State, in which the subjects of other Khasi States, or Europeans, or Natives of the plains may be con- cerned, for adjudication by the Deputy Commissioner of the Khasi and Jaintia Hills, or by any other officer appointed by him for that purpose. S,— •In case of my using any oppression, or of my acting in a manner opposed to established custom, or in the event of my people having just cause for dissatisfaction with me, the Chief Commissioner of Assam may remove me from my Chiefship and appoint another Chief in my stead. 4.— I will surrender to the Deputy Commissioner of the Khasi and Jaintia Hills, on demand, all civil or political offenders coming to, or residing within, my jurisdiction. 5.— I will supply any information relative to the country under my con- trol and its inhabitants whenever I may be required to do so by the Deputy Commissioner of the Khasi and Jaintia Hills. I will always use my best endeavours to maintain the well-being of the people subject to my rule, and I will give aid and protection with all my might to officers of the British Oov- ernment and travellers passing through, also to people of other jurisdictions residing in, my jurisdiction. I will also endeavour to facilitate free inter- course and trade between the people of the State under me and the people of other districts and. States. 6.— I acknowledge the right of the British Government to establish civil and military sanitaria, cantonments, and posts in any part of the country under my control, and to occupy the lands neoessary for that purpose rent- free. I vnll give to the British Government every assistance which may be required in opening roads within the State of Bhawal or Warbah. 2]i 866 Assam— Jaintia and Khasi Hills— Jfootov-^^o* 01. Part II 7.— I will implicitly obey all orders issned to me by the Deputy Com- missioner of the Khasi and Jaintia Hills^ or other oflSeer duly authorized in that behalf by the Chief Commissioner of Assam or by the Government of India. In case of my violating this rule, I shall suffer fine or such other penalty for my misconduct as such officer may think fit to inflict. 8.— I hereby add my agreement to the cession by my predecessors of the natural products of the soil of the State^ viz» lime, coal, and other minerals, and of the right to hunt and capture elephants within the State, on condition that I shall receive half the profits arising from the sale, lease, or other disposal of such natural products or of such right. On the same con- dition, I agree to the cession of all waste lands, being lands at the time unoccupied by villages, cultivation, plantations, orchards, etc., which the British Government may wish to sell or lease as waste lands. 9.— -I will not alienate to any person any property of the State, moveable or immoveable, which I possess, or of which I may become possessed, as Chief of the State. lO.-^I will cauBe such areas as may be defined by the British Government for that purpose to be set aside for the growth of trees to supply building timber and firewood to the inhabitants of the State of Bhawal. 1 will take efficient measures to secure these areas against destruction by fire and jhum- ing. Fully understanding the terms of this agreement, I hereby affix my hand this twenty-third day of July 1877. His mark x (Sd.) U. Bahon Singh, 8eim. Executed before me this 2Srd day of July 1877. (Sd.) W. S. Clabkb, T Deputy The 83rd July 1877 Shillono : ^ \ Deputy Commr., Khasi and Jaintia Hills. * J No. 01. Agrbehent of the Ohibp of Maoiakg — 1869. I, Jit Singh, Seim, resident of Umkrem, Ellaka Maoiang, having been appointed to the Chiefship of the said Ellaka Maoiang, hereby agree and pro- mise that I will conduct myself agreeably to the following rules :— 1. I consider myself under the orders and control of the Deputy Com* irissioner of the Khasi and Jaintia Hills, and in die event of any disputes arising between myself and the Chief of any other State, they shall be decided Fart H AsMim— JBintia and Khasi Hills— lfaou>»$r._Ko. CI. 267 by the Depaty Commissioner of the Khasi and Jaintia Hills, or any other duly authorized oflBoer appointed by the Lieutenant-Governor of Bengal. 2. I will adjudicate and decide all civil and all criminal cases not of a heinous kind, which may happen within the limits of my State and in which the people of my territory alone are concerned ; but in regard to heinous offences I will report their occurrence immediately to the Deputy Commissioner of the Kha^i and Jaintia Hills, and will take upon myself the arrest of persons concerned, whom I will deliver up to be dealt with by the Deputy Commissioner or other officer appoiuted by him for that purpose. S. In all disputes which may arise with other Khasi Chiefs, and in all cases in which persons of other States, Europeans or Natives of the plains, may be concerned within the limits of my territory, 1 promise to refer the matter for adjudication by the Deputy Commissioner of the Khasi and Jaintia Hills or other duly constituted British authority. The authority of the British Government in connection with my Chief ship extends so far that, in ease of my using any illegality, or in the event of my people being dissatisfied with me, Oovemment will be at liberty to remove me from my said rank and appoint another Chief in my stea^. 4. I bind myself to submit to all orders issued by the Deputy Commis- sioner of the Khasi and Jaintia Hills or other duly authorized officer, and to make over, on demand, all refugees and civil and political offenders coming to, or residing within, my territory. 5. I also agree to supply any information relative to my territory and its inhabitants whenever I may be required to do so by the officers of the British Oovemment. I will always use my best endeavours to maintain the well- being of the people residing in my territory, and I will give aid and protec- tion with all my might to Government officers and travellers passing through, also to people of other ellakas residing in, my territory. I will also endeavour to facilitate free intercourse and trade between the people of the territory under me and the people of other districts and States. 6. I acknowledge the right of the British Government to establish civil and military sanitaria, cantonments, and posts in any part of my State, and to occupy the lands necessary for the purpose rent-free, I will give Govern- ment every assistance which may be required in opening roads within my State. 7. I will implicitly obey all orders issued to me by the Deputy CommiR. sioner of the Khasi and Jaintia Hills, otherwise I agree to suffer fine or such other penalty for my misconduct as the Government may think fit to inflict. 8. I hereby add my agreement to the cession by my predecessors of the lime, coal, and minerals within my State^ on condition of receiving half the profits arising from their sale, lease, or other disposal, and on the same t^rms to the cession also of all such waste lands, being lands at the time unoccupied by villages, cultivation, plantations, orchards, etc., as may be required to be sold as waste lands. 268 Assam— Jaintia and Khasi Hills— itoM^rat.— No. OIL Fart II Fally understanding the terms of this agreement^ I hereby affix my hand and seal this sixth day of May 1869. His mark x (Sd.) U. Jrr Sinoh^ Seim of Maoiang^ Executed before me this sixth day of May 1869. (Sd.) B. Stxwart, Major, 8«al. Offg. Depy. Commr,, Kkan and Jaintia Hills. No. Oil. Tbanslatiok of an Aqbebhbkt executed by Zubbeb Bikoh, Bajah of Bahbyb, in the year 1829. (Sd.) ZUBBXB SlNOH^ Bajai of tie country of Pauian. 1^0. 14 ^0 written Agreement of Zabber Singh. Filed at Nmigklow on tbe Slit of Rajah of the territory of Bamrye^ exeoated ^«***^3j^'g^"**P^^^« ''''^ *^ in the English year 1829, to the following jesruso . . purport:— I and my subordinate officers and all my people, acknowledging our de- pendence and subjection to the Honorable Company, promise to obey and act agreeably to such orders as may^ from time to time> be passed regarding our country. i«^.— Our country having been invaded and taken possession of by the Government troops, in consequence of our people having (j^uarrelled with those of the Government, I promise to realize from my Hill subjects all the expenses that have been incurred thereon. iSa^.— I will investigate and decide all petty cases occurring in my coun- try agreeably to custom with-Punchayets ; but I will report all cases of mur- der tnat may take place ; and when the culprits shall have been apprehended and given up, they will be tried by the laws that are current in the hills. dr^.— I will not oppress or wrong my people, and will keep them satis- fied and contented. 4tij~^l and my subordinates will never fight or quarrel with the Honor- able Company, and, if we do so, we shall be punished according to the regula- tions like other refractory persons. 5tk. — I will appoint and remove the Lungdeos of my country with your approval and consent, and act in all matters after consulting with the people. Part II AMam— Jaintia and Khasi Hilla— £ ookiano lukgdeo, „ Ooahn Sirdar, i% Ooiioi Sirdar, Of the Territory of Ramrye. The agent to the GOVBRNOR-QENERAL. The written Agreement of Ooahn Sirdar, resident of Soojor Poonjee, No. 84 o« 18S5, filed 14th Feb- Ookiang Lungdeo, resident of Nongklang mary 1886. Poonjee^ Ooahn Sirdar, resident of Khender- iag, and Oomoi Sirdar, resident of Oomsbem, pertaining to Ramrye, executed to the following purport :— Having this day attended before the Commanding Officer, Captain Lister we hereby, of our own free-will and accord, furnish the Agreement detailed in the under-mentioned paragraphs. Dated this 21st of January 1835, corre- sponding with the 9th of Maugh 1241 B. S. i«^.-«That we are under the protection of the Gk>vernmentj and acknow- ledge our submission to them. j9«i, — That if we act in contravention of the stipulations in the above paragraphs, the Government may do whatever they consider just and proper, and we will make no objection to it. To which effect we have executed this Asrreement of our own accord. fVUnessed bjf^» Ram Singh, Jemadar. BORJOORAM DUBASUIA. No. CIV. Translation of an Agreement given to the British Govern- ment by the Wahadadaks or Chiefs of Chetla Foonjek in the year 1829. (Sd.) M iSHNBB Wahadadae, ,, BuRsiNG Wahadadae, ,, Socmen and Ooksan Wahadadaes, MetidenU of Chejfla Poonjee. To The honourable COMPANY. The written Agreemeot of Mishnee, Bursing, Soomen, atd Ooksanf, Wa- hadadars of Cheyla Poonjee^ and other villager, twelve in number. Whereas a disturbance or battle took place in tlie Hills^ add we did not join with the Government or make our appearance^ iu consequence of which troops were sent to our villages; we now come forward and give this Agreement to abide by the following stipulations :«- i«^.«-That having committed these faults^ we agree to pay by instalments to the Government; amongst our twelve villages, a fitie ot Rupees 4,000 for the payment of which sum we four persons are responsible. J9»^.^— That from the limestone situated on the banks of tlie Bogah River in our territory, we agree to allow the Government always to remove gratis, as much as they requirci in any locality selected by their officers > but it is not to be taken from any other place. Part II Asaam— Jaintia and Khaai Hills- 8hella.-^JXo. Q V. 271 3rd. — That should any persone concerned in any acts in Zillah Sylbet or other places come aud take shelter with us, we will immediately deliver them up on their being called for by the Zillah Courts. 4iA, — That we promise not to dispute or make war with the Honourable Companj, or with any of the Rajahs who are in confederacy with the Govern- ment. • Bti. — ^That if any quarrels should arise between us and the Rajahs alluded to, the Government is to investigate and settle them^ aud to this effect we have executed this Agreement. D(Ued the 3rd September, corresponding with the 19th of Bhadro 1236 B.8. No. CV. Tbakslation of a Petition of the Wahadadars of Ohbtla FooKJEE, to the Political Agent of the Cossiah Hills in the year 1851, soliciting his assistance in causing the attendance, at their Ihirhars, of persons resisting their authority, and offering to ahide by his decisions in appeals preferred to him against their orders, or in complaints made to him against their acts* Seal of the 4 Wahadadan of Cheyla PooDJee. (Sd.) MiSUNBE Wahadadar, ,, BUKSING ,, ,, Larsing and Sonarai Wahadadar, ty OoKHANG and Beehai ,, Mesidents o/ Cheyla Poonjee. Respectfully Shbweth, That previous to the occupation of these Hills by the Honorable Company, we were appointed to the offices of the four Wahacladars of oar village of Cheyla Poonjee^ and protected the people by condacting enquiries and inves- tigations in oar country. That when these Hills afterwards came into the possession of the Honorable Company, we were confirmed in oarappoihtmenis, agreeably to former custom, with the approval of the late Mr. David Scott, and most efficiently protected the inhabitants by investigating cases in the conntry by our own authority ; but during the last two or three years, certain Cossiahs of our village, who are unruly, powerful, and evil-advising persons, have formed themselves into a party to carry out their own purposes, and are 272 ABsam— Jaintia and Khaai BiUs^Sk€na.^JXo. OV. Part II oppressing and harassing some of the poor Cossiahs, and if they complain, and we send for these persons through oar officers^ they openly resist our anthority and assault them, besides making various remarks about us. When we also summon defendants in cases under trial before us, these violent indi- viduals screen them^ and in resistance of orders beat our men and snatch away the defendants from them ; thus causing great annoyance to the poor people under our control, which we have frequently complained of to you by peti- tions; and the individuals of this party who harass the poor people in this manner are, moreover, not unknown to you. It is besides probable that unless this faction is put down, serious affrays and murders may hereafter occur, attend- ed with ruination to our country, which it will be difficult for us to account for to you, and we shall be punished by Providence if the poor are violently oppress- ed by such persons of our village as have numerous friends and relatives, and we, as rulers of the country, do not redress their grievances. But as the calamities of our poor people cannot be removed, or the country r^idered tranquil without your assistance, we therefore throw ourselves on your protec- tion, and voluntarily present this petition, soliciting that the persons under our control, who resist our officers, may be tried by you, and that you will, on our solicitation, grant us your help to bring to our Durbars all such persons as pertinaciously refuse to attend there when we send for them ; and if any persons who are dissatisfied with our orders should appeal to you against them, or if we oppress or injure any persons, and they complain to you about it, we will agree to any investigations and orders that you may pass, and will never act in contravention of them, but will obey them without urging any objections. There is no prospect of relief to our country, unless you so favour us, and in this your power is absolute. Dated the 30th of Bfiaei 1258 B.8. {Received 14th May 1861.) Present : Colonel Lister, Political Agent. The request of the Wahadadars is granted, and it is hereby ordered that a perwannah be written to them, to the effect that if any person hereafter oppresses or injures another, and the person so oppressed complains to the Wahadadars and the oppressor, when called for by them obstinately and in disobedience of the Wahadadars' orders refuses to attend at their Durbars, they must send him to Cherra Foonjee with the witnesses to the fact of the opposition made to their authority, and the prosecutor and his witnesses, when proper orders will be passed. Dated the 16th Hay 1851, corretponding with the 3rd ofJeyt 1258 B. 8. (Sd.) P. G. LisTEE, Political Agewt. Part II Assam- Jaintia and Khasi Hills-Jtran^ Maolont; -TSos, CVI & CVII. 273 No. CVI. Translation of an Agrbbmbnt executed in the year 1841, by Chota Sahdoo SinOi Bajah of the District of Jeeruno. The written Agreement of Chota Sahdoo Sing, Bajah of the territory of Bur Jeerung Poonjee, executed in the present year 1248 fi. S.^ to the follow- ing purport :— Having solicited permission to be continued in charge of the three villages of Bur Jeerung, Choto Jeerung, and Pathor Khallee, now held by me OD condition of my repairing the road and bridges in the hills agreeably to orders, I have been called on by a Perwannah, No. 494, dated the 7th of Cboitro of the past year for an Agreement, and in compliance with that order I now furnish this Agreement, stating that I promise, as customary, to make the annual repairs of the bridges, road, ghats, and stockades, &c., in the bills and other places without payment, the above-mentioned three villages remain- ing in my charge for the performance of these services j and if I negligently delay to execute these works, and the road, bridges, &c., should not be kept in repair, I will submit to whatever orders you may think proper to pass. To which effect I have given this Agreement dated the 8th of June of the English year 184-1, corresponding with the 27th Joisto 1248 B. S. Whereas Sahdoo Sing, Rajah, has personally presented this Agreement it is hereby ordered to be accepted and filed with the record. Bated the 8th of June of the English year 1841, corresponding toil A the 27th Joisto 1248 B. S. No. CVII. Translation of a Perwannah issued by the Principal Assist- ant Commissioner in charge of the Cossiah and Jaintia Hills, to Oojeb Lusher and Chonglah Lusker, in the year 1857, authorizing them to conduct the duties of Sirdars of Mowlono Poonjbe, for one year each, in suc- cession to their deceased father Zuffer Lusker, Sirdar of that place. (Sd.) a K. Hudson, Principal Assistant Commissioner, In charge of Cossiah and Jaintia Hills* 2 N 274 Assam— Jaintia and Khasi Hills -^^Kjiar— No. CVIII. Part II To OOJEE LUSKER amd CHONGLAH LUSKER, lietidenli of Mow long Foonjee. Know bbrbbt^ That whereas yea represented yourselves, on the demise of Zuffer Lusker, Sirdar of the Mowlong District, as bein? the sons and heirs of the deceased, and solicited that you two brothers might be permitted to conduct the duties of that office by turns for one year t'ach^ you are now therefore appointed to the office of the late ZufTer Liisker, pending the preferment of any substan- tial claim that may be worthy of notice being made to that district, and are hereby informed that agreeably to the terms of the Deed of ('ompro- mi^e yon previously filed ^ you will conduct the duties of the office of that Sirdar, as is incumbent on you, by turus^ for one year each. Herein fail nut. Dated ike 25ih of March 1357 , corresponding with the 13th of Chaiiro 1263 B. 8. No. CVIII. Translation of an Agbeemrnt executed in the year 1829 by the SiRDAKS, Eldbrs, and Inhabitants of the conquered Dis- trict of SooPAR PooNJEB and allied Villages. (Sd.) OoMiT Khye, of Soopar Poonjee. To OoHN Khye, of Nongrong, OoDOOR Cos-iAH, of N OS kin. Mb. DAVID SCOTT, Agent to the Governor 'General. Agreement of the Sirdars, Elders, and Inhabitants of Soopar Poonjee, No. 16. Nongrong Poonjee, and Noskin Poon3ee, Filed at Gowhatty on tho 12th Novem- executed in the year 18ii9, to the following ^^^ 1^29. purport :— The people of our villaues having entered into hostilities with and killed the subjects of the Honorable Company, our villages have been taken posses- sion of by the Government. We, therefore, having now attended at Moosmai Poonjee, enter into this Agrefm«nt, for ourselves and all the people of the aforesaid villages, to the effect that we acknowledge our snbmisBion to the Honorable Company as being their people, and we agree to obey all orders that may at any liiue be given regarding us. 2nd, — The inhabitants of our above-mentioned three villages having wan- tonly mf.de war with and killed the subjects of the Government, we, instead Part II Assam -Jaintia and Khasi mils— Ifa/aiVoAnki/.^N-o. CIX. 276 of paying a fine in money, hereby divide with the Government one-half of all the limestone, good, bad, and indifiEerent, in our afore-mentioned three villages We are to have half, and we give half to the Government, and to this effect we have executed this Agreement on the 29th day of October 1829, corres- ponding with the— Kartick 1236 B. S. Witnessed ^y— SooiiRR GiRi, resident of Cherra Poonjee. Ram Doloib, ditto ditto. Lall Sing Giri, ditto ditto. (Sd.) AV. Cracroft, A, A. 0. G. No. CIX. Translation of a Ebcoonizance executed by Ooksan and Ooahn* LOKA, Rajahs of Mullai Poonjee, in the year 1832. (Sd.) Ooksan Rajah. „ OOAHNLOKA BaJAH. To Thb agent to the governor-general. We, Ooksan Rnjah and Ooahnloka Rajah, residents of Mullai Poonjee havincp this diy appeared before Mr. Harry Inglis, on the bank of the Jadoo- kata River, do, of our own accord and Iree-will, execute this Recognizance as detailed in the following ))aragrapbs, and we will be responsible for the violation of any of the terms thereof, and will obey the orders of the Gentlemen. 1st. — ^ITiat if any Cossiahs kill, or otliorw^ise barm or injure, any of the Honorable Company's people within the Dholui River on the west, and the Khagooiah Churnih on the east, we will immediately produce the guilty persons and make reparation for the losses sustained. 2if/^.— That we promise not to give shelter, asf^istance, or provisions to the enemies of the Honorable Company, and if we f^hould obtjiin any inform- ation regarding them, we will send notice of the same to the Government OflScers through the Dooahradare. 8frf.— That we will not allow the enemies of the Government to come to oar bazar of Nokhoreeah Buitikrch when it is re-opened. 4^^.— That whenever w^e are summoned by ihe Gentlemen, we will pref>ent ourselves as soon as we receive tlio written ordvr to attend, and if we infringe these terms we will abide by any orders that may be pae^^ed by the Gentlemen. 276 Assam— Jaintia and Khasi Hills^ Sonffsohpkok.^Ifo. CX. Part II To wbich end we have hereby executed this Recognizance on this Slst of November 1832^ corresponding with the 7th Aghran 1289 B. S. Witnesied iy— Mahomed Ansor^ resident of Mouzah Ifoigong, Pergunnah Mahram^ BoBABAJE^ resident of Pergunnah BoraiieeaA, Mouzak Mookeergong, BoTiAi DuBASHiA, resident of Pergunnah Chorgong. No. CX. Agreement of tlie Chief of Nongsohphoh — 1870. I, U. Ksan« Seira of Nongsobphob, resident of NongRobphob, Ellaka Nongsohphoh^ having been appointed to the Chiefsbip of the said EUaka Nongsohphoh^ hereby agree and promise tbat I will conduct myself agreeably to the following rules :— 1. I consider myself under the orders and control of the Deputy Com- missioner of the Khasi and Jaintin Hills, and in the event of any disputes arising between myself and the Chief of any other State, tbey shall be decided by the Deputy Commissioner of the Khasi and Jaintia Hills, or any other duly authorized officer appointed by the Lieutenant-Governor of Bangal. 2. I will adjudicate and decide all civil and all criminal cases not of a heinous kind, which may happen within the limits of my State and in which the people of my territory alone are concerned ; but in regard to heinous offences, I will report thdr occurrence immediately to the Deputy Commis« sioner of the Khasi and Jaintia Hills, and will take npon myself the arrest of persons concerned, whom I will deliver up to be dealt with by the Deputy Commissioner or other officer appointed by him for the purpose. 3. In all disputes which may arise with the other Khasi Chiefs, and in all cases in which persons of other States, Europeans or Natives of the plains^ may be concerned within the limits of my territory, I promise to refer the matter for adjudication by the Deputy Commissioner of the Khasi and Jaintia Hills, or other duly constituted British authority. The authority of the British Government in connection with my Chiefsbip extends so far that in case of my using any illegality, or in the event of my people being dissatisfied with me. Government will be at libeiiiy to remove me from said rank and appoint another Chief in my stead. 4j. I bind myself to submit to all orders issued by the Deputy Commis- sioner of the Khasi and Jaintia Hills or other duly authorized officer and to make over, on demand, all refugees and civil and political offenders coming to^ or residing within^ my territory. Fart II Assam^Jaintia and Khasi HillB— JtVan^.— No. CXI. 277 5. I also agree to supply any information relative to my territory and its inhabitants whenever I m^y be required t<5 do so by the officers of the British Government. I will always use my best endeavours to maintain the well-being of the people residing in my territory, and I will give aid and protection with all my might to Government officers and travellers passinsr through, also to people of other ellakas residing in, my territory. I will alpo endeavour to facilitate free intercourse and trade between the people of the territory under me and the people of other districts and States. 6. I acknowledge the right of the British Government to establish civil and military sanitaria, cantonments, and posts in any part of my State, and to occupy the lands necessary for the purpose rent-free. I will give Govern- ment every assistance which may be required in opening roads within my State. 7. I will implicitly obey all orders issued to me by the Deputy Commis- sioner of the Khasi and Jaintia Hills, otherwise I agree to suffer fine or such other penalty for my misconduct as the Government may think fit to inflict. 8. I hereby add my a-75. Nothing farther occurred at the time^ and the new boundary was quietly accepted. This dispute, how- ever, was the cause of the aggression which led to the Aka expedition of 1888-84, The ostensible pretext was the visit to their country of an Assamese gentleman named Lakhidar to procure agricultural and ethnological specimens for the Calcutta Exhibition. They seized and imprisoned Lakhidar. This was in November 1883. At the same time a party of Akas committed an outrage at Balipara in British territory. In December a military punitive expedition was despatched under Brigadier- General Hill. On the 8th January 1884 the Akas were attacked and dispersed ; but after visiting a few villages the force returned on the 28rd January to the plains. The Aka Chiefs promised to come down after the rains and submit. Until they did 80 the po8a was suspended, and the Kapaschor Akas prevented from ^visiting the low country.. After the expedition the Hazarikhoa Akas submitted and remained on friendly terms, receiving their poaa. The Kapaschor Akas did not submit till January 1888. In the meantime they were blockaded and prevented from coming to the plains to trade. In 1886-87 the Hazarikhoas were prevented from trading in the plains. It was supposed that they were acting as commis- sariat agents for the Kapaschors, and pressure was put upon them. A written agreement was entered into with the Kapaschor Chief in 1888, but 'po9a was withheld for two years to see how they behaved themselves. Their conduct having been satisfactory, their jDO^a, amounting to Rupees 382, was paid to all the Kapaschor Chiefs in the cold weather of 1889-90. 2, Daflas, — Next to the Akas come the Daflas, who^ with the Hill Miris and the Abors, occupy the whole of the rest of the Sub- Himalayan hills until the Mishmi country is reached. These three races speak languages which are said to be mutually intelligible, and they are evidently nearly akin. The Daflas and Miris were, like the Akas, in receipt of po^a, or pensionary allow- ance, under the Assam Government, as a condition of their refraining from aggression on the northern tracts of Darrang and Lakhimpur,* these allow- ances have been continued by the British Government. The Daflas are divided into two septs, called the Paschim, or Western Daflas, and the Tagin Daflas who live to the east of these. For many years the Daflas have been quiet neighbours. Previous to 1837 their raids on the frontier were numerous; but in that year the system of annual pensions was settled. The only occasions 286 Assam -North-Eastern Frontier or Naga Hills. Part II since then when they have given trouble were in 187i^ and 1873^ when the Tagin Daflas broke the peace by seizing some plains Daflas who were believed by them to have caused sickness in the hills. These outrages were first punished by a blockade ; but as the surrender of the captives was not thereby seouredj an expedition was sent into the hills north of the Dikhrang river in the cold weather of 1874-75, and this was followed by the release of the prisoners and the submission of the tribe. Since then, our relations with the Daflas have been peaceful. Considerable numbers of this people have settled in the plains of Darrang and Lakhimpur. In 1883 Colonel WoodthorpOj B.E., who was sent to survey part of the country, met with a favourable reception. 3. iffW«.— -The Miris are a quiet and inofiEensive race. They receive an annual allowance in money, salt, and rum. It is believed that they stand in some sort of servile relation to the Abors, to a\pid which large numbers of this tribe have settled in Upper Assam as British subjects. Retaining their own language among themselves, they also speak Assamese, to which is due the name by which they are known in Assam {Miri or Mill meaning ' go-between or interpreters'), as they form a channel of communication with the Abors of the hills. 4. ^(off .— -The Abors, who call themselves Padam, occupy the hills east of • the Miris as far as the Dihong river. They bear a different character from these latter, and the want of population on the north bank of the Brahmaputra from opposite Dibrugarh to Sadiya is chiefly due to dread of their raids. Their principal villi^es are in the hills about the course of the Dihong, but several recent settlements have been founded on the plains. Murders and outrages committed by them on Government rayats, in some cases close to the head- quarters station of Dibrugarh, have led to several punitive expeditions against them. In 1858 a force was sent to punish the massacre of a Bihia village by the BoT Meyong Abors, but was not successful in its object. In 1859 another expedition was sent, and met with better fortune. In 1861 a further massacre of Bihias, a few miles from Dibrugarh, on the south side of the Brahmaputra, occurred. This was followed by preparations for establishing a line of outposts along the north bank of the Brahmaputra, connected by a road, to guard against such attacks in future. The Abors appear to have been impressed by these operations ; they made overtures which were responded to, and a meeting took place in November 1862 between them and the Deputy Commissioner. An Agreement (No. CXV) was here arranged with eight communities of the Part II ABsam— North-EaBtem Frontier or Nag^ Hills. 287 tribe^ promising them, on condition of good behaviour^ an annual allowance of iron boes^ salt, rum, opium, and tobacco. Subsequently, in November I86ii and in January 1863 other powerful villages made similar Agreements (No. CXYI) ; the last concluded was made with the remaining communities in April 1866 (No. CXYII). The dues in kind stipulated for in these engage- ments were commuted in 1877 to money payments aggregating Rs. 8,312 a year, but the distribution of this amount among the different tribes is subject to variation. Payment is generally made at Sadiya. All the above- mentioned agreements recite that British territory extends to the foot of the hills. In 1881 it was apprehended that certain Abor villagers, who had ex- pressed an intention to cross the Dihong river and settle upon the hills beneath those occupied by the Chulikata Mishmis, would carry their hostilities with the latter tribe into British territory, and cut them off from access to Sadiya. As the relations between the British Government and the Mishmis are now friendly, it was determined to prevent the execution of this plan by establishing a post at Nizamghat, where the Dihong river issues from the hills north of Sadiya, and another lower down, opposite the Abor village of Bomjur. The occupation was carried out by a mixed force of troops and police. The posts were held through the cold weather of 1881-82, and were again occupied in 1882-83. The measure was completely successful in effecting its object; no overt opposition was offered by the Abors ; and although there were threats and rumours of hostile preparations from the more warlike (and distant) villages, no active measures were taken to give effect to them. In 1888-89 a somewhat serious case occurred in connection with the Meyong Abors, two of whose villages had combined and murdered four British subjects, Miris, whom they had induced to go beyond the Inner Line; and there were also not wanting signs of unrest among the other Abor tribes. Enquiries showed that the object of the Meyongs was to obtain posa, and a blockade of the whole of the Meyorg and Passi Abors was accordingly ordered, with the result that the offending villages expressed regret for the outrage and paid a fine. 6. Mishmis, — The Mishmis, who occupy the hills from the Dihong to the Brahmakund, in the north-eastern corner of the valley, are divided into three tribes, called respectively the Chulikata or crop-haired Mishmis, the Tain or Digaru Mishmis, and the Mizhu or Midhi Mishmis. The first-named have on several occasions attacked Khampti settlements in the neighbourhood f 288 A 88am— North- EaBtern Frontier or Naga Hilla. Part II of Sadiya, and have threatened to give trouble. Of late years^ however^ they have become embroiled with the Abors, and have looked to the British Govern- ment for protection and assistance. They resort in considerable numbers to the Sadiya fair, anci a^^ active traders. The Dig^ru Mishmis are a quiet, in- offensive people, and act as guides to the pilgrims to the Brahmakund. Of the Mizhu or Midhi Mishmis, who are the most remote of the three, we know little. In 1854 two French priests, MM. Krick and Bourry, who endeavour- ed to pass through their country from Assam to Tibet, were murdered by a party of these Mishmis. This outrage was avenged in February 1855 by an expedition nnder Lieutenant Eden. None of the Mishmi tribes receive any posa, nor do formal treaties or agreements with them exist. In 1884 the Chulikata Mishmis were placed under blockade in conse- quence of the murder of a British subject. The blockade was maintained until the cold-weather of 1887-88, when it was raised, without the perpetrators having been discovered, on the tribe paying a fine of Rs. 2,000. 6. KAampiis.^^The Khamptis, settled about Sadiya, are immigrants from a Shan State beyond the Patkoi range, which is tributary to Burma, and is known to the Assamese as Bor Kbampti. They are of the same race as the Ahoms, but differ from the latter in being Buddliists. They are more civilised than any of their neighbours. They first settled in Sadiya during the latter part of the eighteenth century. When the Burmese were expelled from Assam, the Kbampti Gohain, or Chief of Sadiya, executed an Agreement (No. CXVIII) of allegiance to the British Government, and Sadiya was selected as the residence of the Political Agent in Upper Assam. Tn 1839, after the death of the Kbampti chief with whom we made the agreement, the Khamptis of Sadiya suddenly rose, and massacred the Political Agent, Colonel White, and many of his guards and attendants. The hostilities which followed ended in the transportation of the Kbampti chiefs son and his followers to a distant part of British territory. In 1843 some chiefs of this race surrendered on condi- tions (No. CXIX), and were again allowed to settle about Sadiya; and in 1850 a new immigration from Bor Kbampti took place. The Khamptis living about Sadiya and Saikwa are British rayats, and pay revenue. Those living on the Tengapani beyond the Inner Line acknowledge allegiance to the British Gov- ernment, but pay no revenue. A small force of 24 men, known as the Kbampti volunteers, are employed for the protection of the villages about Sadiya. They receive a trifling yearly pay from Government. The Pidkiah, who are chiefly settled on the Buri Dihing river, are almost Part II Assam— North-Eastern Frontier or Naga Hills. 289 "* ' — "™ ■■■^—1. ■ ■ ■ —■■ ■!■■■ I ,, ,M . ■.■■■I ■ ^^^^^M^M^M^^^^^^^ undistiDguisbable^ in dress^ manners and langaage^ from the Khamptis. They are^ in fact^ bat a separate body of immigrants from the same coantry. 7. Singphos. — ^The Singpbos^ who live intermixed with the Khamptis on the New and Old Dihings^ the Tengapani^ and the mountains beyond^ are only an outlying branch from the main race who occupy in force the billy country between the Patkoi and the Chindwiu river and the tracts near the head«-waters and oonfluenoe of the Irawadi ; and who were nominally subject to the King of Burma. To the Burmese they are known as Kachins ; and Singpho (or Chingpaw) is but the word in their language meaning ^* man ;'' they are apparently related to the adjacent Naga tribes^ to whom^ however^ they stand in the position of masters and superiors. The Singphos are recent arrivals in Assam^ having made their appearance at the head of the valley during the troubles of Raja Oaurinath Singh with the Moaroarias about 1793. It was through their country that the Burmese invaders passed into Assam in 1818 and 1822; and the ravages of the Sing- phos added to those of the Burmese contributed greatly to the depopulation of the Matak country and Sibsagar. When Assam was conquered from the Burmese, the chiefs of the Singphos, after several engagements with our troops, tendered their allegiance, and entered into Agreements in 1826 (No. CXX) and in 1836 (No. CXXI) not to disturb the peace of the frontier. Oreat numbers of Assamese slaves, who had been carried off by them in the early years of the century, were released, and the wealth and power of the tribe in this manner much reduced. In 1839 they joined the Khamptis in their attack on Sadiya; but by 1842 they had again been brought to acknowledge their subjection. Many of the Singpho immigrants with whom agreements were made in 1886 have since retired across the frontier into Hukong. The Duaniaa, or Singpho-Assamese half-breeds, are the offspring of the intercourse between these slaves and their captors ; they are chiefly settled along the Buri or Old Dihing, and are peaceable subjects. The chiefs of these people meet annually at the full moon of Magh (in' the end of January or beginning of February) at Sadiya, to present them- selves, with the chiefs of the Mishmi and Abor tribes, before the Political Officer, who receives their offerings and gives them in return small presents. They pay no revenue except where settled within the Inner Line. 8. Nagas. — The tribes known to the Assamese as Nagas or Nogas stretch uninterruptedly from the Patkoi, along the southern frontier of the Lakhimpur and Sibsagar districts, to the valley of the Dhansiri and North Kachar. 2 p 290 AsBam— North-EaBtern Frontier or Naga Hills. Part II Our relations with these tribes^ excepting those of the British district of the Naga Hills^ viz., the Angamis^ Kacha Nagas^ Rengmas^ Semas, and Lhotas^ are condacted through the Deputy Commissioner of Dibrugarh and Sibsagar. From the Tirap river eastward to the Patkoi the Nagas are completely in subjection to the Singphos^ aud are apparently a very quiet race. West of this point begins a succession of groups of villages, known to the Assamese by the names of the passes or Duars through which their inhabitants resort to the plains, as the Namsangias, Borduarias, Faniduarias, Mithonias, Banpheras, Jobokas^ Bhitamamsangias, Jaktung^as, Tabluogias, Assiringias Hathigorias, and those who come down through the Geleki and Dhopdas Duars. The outer tribes of this region are in constant communication with the plains^ and in the times of the Assam Rajas used to make annual offerings of elephants' tusks and other such articles. They do a consider- able trade in cotton and other hill produce, and carry back large quantities of salt and rice. The inner tribes, known to the Assamese as Jbor* or wild men, are kept from access to the plains by these outer or Bori (subject^ civilised) Nagas, who thus keep the carrying trade in their own hands. Besides trade, these outer Nagas come down in considerable numbers for labour in tea plantations and on roads during the cold weather. Unlike the Angamis, Semas, and Lhotas, who are intensely democratic in their social economy, many of the eastern Nagas appear to acknowledge the authority of Rajas and minor chiefs among themselves. With the internal affairs of these people we hardly meddle at all ; but they are prohibited from carrying their quarrels into the settled British territory, and if they do so are tried and punished by our courts. On this frontier a system prevails by which the Nagas of each group have allotted to them certain Assamese agents, called ioloiia, who manage small plots of revenue-free land, called Na^a Hats, on behalf of the tribes. When the attendance of the chiefs in the hills is required for any purpose, they are * summoned through these kotoiis. If satisfaction for robberies and other outrages is not in this way obtained, the Duar or pass through which the tribe visits the plains is blocked, and no one is allowed to come down or go up. This system has rarely failed to secure reparation, and, on the whole, the conduct of the Nag^ on this frontier, when left to themselves, has been peaceable and quiet, so far as the settled lands of the plains are concerned. Among themselves, however, their feuds are incessant, and are only composed to break out anew. Part II Aflsam^North-Eastern Frontier or Naga Hills. 291 The Naga country up to the Patkoi range is nominally British terrifory by inheritance from the rulers of Assam, and was recognised as such in treaties with Burma. It has from time to time been explored by survey parties, and on one of these occasions, in February 1875, a party sent into the hills south of Jaipur was treacherously attacked at Ninu, a village four marches from the plains up the valley of the Disang, and Lieutenant Holcombe, the Assistant Commissioner accompanying the party, with 80 coolies and followers, was killed. Captain Badgley, the survey officer, and 50' others being wounded. This outrage led to a punitive expedition, resulting in the capture and destruction of the villages which took part in the massacre. During the same season the survey party in the western Naga hills was attacked byNagas; and in December 1876 Captain Butler, the Political Agent, who was accompanying the survey party, was again attacked near the Lfaota Naga village of Fangti, and received a wound of which he died a few days later. The village was at once destroyed by the force which accompanied the survey party. In 1883 and 1884 the Nagas on the Sibsagar frontier committed three outrage within the British border on account of inter-tribal or inter- village disputes. Although these outrages were punished, yet the feuds on the borders of the Sibsagar and Naga Hills districts continued, and it was found neces- sary in 1884-85 to send a considerable military force into the country included between these districts and the Dikhu river ; no opposition was however encountered. It was subsequently considered advisable to place a portion of this country, lying to the west of the Dikhu, under the political control of the Deputy Commissioner of the Naga Hills, whose action was, however, to be confined to a yearly visit. After a series of expeditions, necessitated by the continued lawlessness of the tribes, the whole question as to the manner in which this tract should be controlled was reconsidered, with the result that it was decided to incorporate it within the district boundary, and it now forms the Mokokchang sub-division of the Naga Hills district* This measure was carried out without opposition. 292 Assam— North-Eastem Frontier— ^ira«—Iio«, CXIII ft CXIV. Part II No. CXIII. An Aobeement entered into by the Tagi Bajah of the Aka FuBBAT, dated 26th Maug 1250 B. E. Although I entered into an Agreement on the 28th January 1842 A. D., that I should in no way injure the ryots in my dealings with them, and have received from the British Government^ sinoe 1842, a Pension of 20 Rupees, and traded in all the villages in Chardoar. It being now considered that my trading in this way is oppressive to the ryots, anu therefore required to be discontinued, 1 bind myself to confine my trade to the established market places at Lababarree and Baleepara, and to adhere to the following terms :-^ i«^.— Myself, with my tribe, will confine ourselves in our trade ezclu- sively to the markets in Lababarree, Baleepara, and Tezpor. We will not, as heretofore, deal with the ryots in their private houses. 2nd. — I will be careful that none of my Tribe commit any act of oppres- sion in the British territories. Srd.'^'We will apply to the British Courts for redress in our grievances, and never take the law in our own hands. 4iA. — Prom the date of this Agreement I bind myself to abide by the foregoing terms, on condition that the following pensions are regularly paid :— To Seemkolee Aka Bajah 32 Rupees. To Soomo Rajah 32 „ To Nesoo Bajah 26 „ Total . . 120 Rupees. 6ii. — In the event of my infringing any of the foregoing terms, I subject myself to the loss of my Pension of 20 Rupees^ and shall also forfeit the privilege of visiting the Plains. ( True translation. ) Feans. Jenkins, Agent, Governor- OeneraL No. CXIV. An Agbeement entered into by Changjoe, Hazabee Khowah Aka Bajah, Chang Sumly Hazabee Ehowah, Kabooloo Hazabee Ehowah Aka Rajah, and Nijum Eapasobah Aka Eajah, on the 29th Maug 1250 B. E. We hereby swear, according to our customs, by taking in our hands the skin of a tiger, that of a bear, and elephant's dung, and by killing a fowl. Part H Assam— North-Eaatern Frontier— ^ior«— No. CXV. 293 that we will never be goilty of any violence or oppression towards any of the ryots of the British Government^ and that we will faithfully abide by the following terms: — IsL — Whenever any of as come down into Chardoar, we will report onr arrival to the Patgarree, and fairly barter our goods, being guilty of no theft or f rand in any way with any of the ryota It shall also be onr particular care that none of our people shall be guilty of any crimes in the territories of the Honorable Company. ShS. — We also engage never to join any parties that are or may hereafter be enemies to the British Government, but pledge ourselves to oppose them in every way in our power. We will also report any intelligence we may get of any conspiracy against the British Government, and act up to any order we may receive from their authorities. Shonld it ever be proved that we have participated in any conspiracy, we shall have forfeited ^ur privilege of coming into the British territories. 3rd, — In coming into the Plains we will always appear unarmed, and confine ourselves exclustively to the hauts or market-places established at Lahabarree, Baleepara^ Oomng or Tezpor, and not, as heretofore, traflBc with the ryots at their private dwellings; neither will we allow our people to do so. 4^k. — All civil debts with the ryots shall be recovered through the Courtsj as we acknowledge ourselves subservient to the British laws in their country. Btk. — I, Kapasorah Aka Rajah, agree to take in lieu of the Black-Mail of Chardoar a yearly Pension of 60 Rupees; and 1, Hazaree Khowah Aka Bajah^ a Pension, in like manner, of 120 Rupees : This will be considered to deprive us of any connection with Chardoar, and of exacting anything from the ryots. We pledge ourselves to abide strictly by the above terms, or forfeit our Pension. (True translation. } Frams. Jenkins, Jffenl, Oovemor'Oeneral. No. CXV. Agreement entered into by the Meyong Abobs on 5th Novem- ber 1862. Whereas it is expedient to adopt measures for maintaining the integrity of the British territory in the District of Luckhimpoor, Upper Assam, on the Meyong Abor Frontier, and for preserving peate and tranquillity, and whereas by virtue of a letter No. 11 of 11th October 1862, from the Officiating Com- missioner of Assam, transmitting orders from the Oovemment of Bengal conveyed in a letter No. 265T., dated 8th August 1862^ from the Officiating i 284 Asflam— North-Sastern Froiitier^^ior«— No. CSV. Fart II Junior Secretary to the Government of Bengal, the Deputy Commissioner of Luckhimpoor has been authorized to proceed in this matter, an Engagement to the following efiect has l>een entered into with the Meyong Abjrs this 5th day of Novemb^ A.D. 1862 at Camp Lalee Mookh :«- Article 1. Offences committed by the Meyong Abors in a time of hostility towards tiie British Government, and for which the assembled beads of villages have sued for pardon, are overlooked and peace is re-established. Abticlb i. The limit of the British territory which extends to the foot of the hills is recognized by the Meyong AborS| who hereby engage to respect it. Abtiolv S« The British Government will take up positions on the frontier in the plains, will establish stations, post guards, or construct forts, or open roads, as may be deemed expedient, and the Meyong Abors will not take umbrage at such arrangements, or have any voice in such matters. Artiolb 4. The Meyong Abors recognize all persons residing in the plains in the vicinity of the Meyong Hills as British subjects. Artiolb 5. The Meyong Abors engage not to molest or to cross the frontier for the purpose of molesting residents in the British territory. Artiolb 6. The communication across the frontier will be free both for the Meyong Abors and for any persons British subjects, going to the Meyong villages for the purpose of trading or other friendly dealings. Artiolb 7. The Meyong Abors shall have access to markets and places of trade which they may think fit to resort to ; and on such occasions they engage not to come armed with their spears and bows and arrows, but merely to carry their daos, Artiolb 8. Any Meyong Abors desiring to settle in or occupy lands in the British territory engage to pay such revenue to Government as may be fixed upon by the Deputy Commissioner ; the demand, in the first instance, to be light. Part II Assam— North-Eastem Frontier— ^6or«— No* CXV* 295 Article 9. The Meyong Abors engage not t«) cultivate opium in tlie British territory or to import it. Artiolb 10. In event of any grievance arising^ or any dispute taking place between the Meyoug Abors and the British territory, the Abors will refrain from taking the law into their own hands, but they will appeal to the Deputy Commissioner for redress and abide by his decision. Article 11. To enable the Meyong Abors of the eight khels or communities, who submit to this engagement, to keep up a Police for preventing any marauders from resorting to the plains for sinister purposes, and to enable them to take measures for arresting any offenders, the Deputy Commissioner, on behalf of the British Government, agrees that the communities referred to shall receive yearly the following articles : — 100 Iron hoes (one hundred). 80 Bottles of rum (eighty). 30 Maunds of salt (thirty). 2 Seers of Abkaree opium (two). 2 maunds of tobacco (two). Article 12. The articles referred to above, which will be delivered for the first year on the signing of this engagement, will hereafter be delivered from year to year to the representatives of the eight khels or communities of the Meyong Abors as aforesaid on their meeting the Deputy Commissioner at Lalee Mookh or at any other convenient place on the Meyong Doar side. Articlb 13. On the occasion of meeting the Deputy Commissioner, the Meyong Abors in earnest of their continued friendly feeling, engage to make a tribute offering of a mithun, pigs, and fowls, in exchange for which they will obtain usual suitable acknowledgments. Articls 14. In event of Meyong Abors infringing or failing to act up to any of the provisions of this engagement, it will be considered null and void, and will BO longer have effect. Article 16. The original of the above engagement, which is drawn up in English, will remain with the Deputy Commissioner of Luckhimpoor, Upper Assam, and a counterpart or copy will be furnished to the subscribing Meyong Abors. 296 Assam— North-Eastem Frontier— ^or»— No. OXV. Fart II Abticls 16. In ratification of the above engagement contained in fifteen paragraphs, the Deputy Commissioner of Luckhimpoor, Assam, on behalf of the British Government, pnts his hand and seal, and the recognised headmen or Chiefs of the eight khels or communities of the Meyong Abors affix their signatures or marks, this 5th day of November A.D. 1862. (Sd.) H. S. BiVAR, Major, Depy. Commr,, 1st Class, Luckhimpoor^ and Agent, Oovr.-Oenl., Nortk^Easi Frontier. fLomiur Oham, his mark I Taukoor „ „ On behalf of the community of Munkoo. 'i Yabang „ I Chapeur „ l^Taying „ Poornding Uham, his mark Azragi On behalE of the community of Ramkong . \ ^olinff Gk>ling Daling Moozung Gham, his mark Sootam Oandal Bidoo Takoor Yaleng rKerie Gharo, his mark On behalf of the community of Padamneh .< Taddang ( Tuttoo On behalf of the community of Bokoong 9f 99 99 99 99 99 9* On behalf of the community of Kemi On behalf of the village of Lekang • On behalf of the village of Galong . On behalf of the village of Ledoom Tassee Gbam, his mark Somuing „ Takokh Taneeh Takoom Taker Loling Lomeh • Basing Gham, his mark r Taming Qham, his mark \ Takir •i Tussif (.Uookang „ „ {Looking Gham, his mark Taying „ „ 99 99 99 >« 99 99 39 » 99 39 99 39 99 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Part II A.88Mn— North-Eastam Frontier— ^6ort— No. CXVI. 28T A precisely similar Agreement was concluded with the Kebang Abors on 16th January 1863. The articles annually given to them are thirty maunds of salty forty bottles of ruin, four mannds of tobaccoi or Rupees 28 for tobaceOi twenty-eight iron hoes, and two seers of opium. No. OXVI. AoREEMBNT entered into by the Aboe9 of the Dehano DEBiiNG DoABS~1862. WhereaSj with a view to maintain the integrity of the British territory and to preserve peace and tranquillity in the district of Luckhimpoor, Upper Assam, in the frontier bordering on the *' Padoo/' the '* Meyboh/' the *'Silookh/' the " Bompon/* and the '*Bor Abor^' Hills, it is expedient to adopt certain measures, and whereas that the policy enjoined under a letter from the Officiating Commissioner of Assam, No ll, oi the 11th October, conveying the orders of the Oovernment of Bengal in a letter No. 265T., dated 8th August 1862, might with advantage be adopted towards the Abor clans aforesaid, pursuant thereto, at a meeting between the representatives of the Abor communities named, and the Deputy Commissioner of Luckhimpoor, Upper Assam, at Camp Dibang Dibang Mookh, on the 8th day of November A,D. 1862, the following engagement was entered into :— Article 1. The British territory which extends to the foot of the hills will be re- spected by the Abors of the communities named in the preamble. Article 2. The Abors hereby recognize all persons residing in the plains to be British mbjects. Article S. The Abors engage to take measures for preventing any parties from amongst their clansmen from molesting residents in the British territory. Article 4. The British Oovernment may take up positions in the frontier, in the plains, may establish stations, post guards, or construct forts, or open roads, as may be deemed expedient, and the Abors will not take umbrage at such arrangements or have any voice in such matters. 2q 298 Anam^North^Stitern Fronti9r— ^(0r«— No. CXVI. Part II AaxiOLi 5, The commnDioation across the frontier will be free for the Abors and for residents in the British territory going to the Abor villages for the purpose of trade or other friendly objects. Article 6. The Abors shall hnve access^ as heretofore, to markets and places of trade in the British territory they may think fit to resort to ; but when trading, they, the Abors, engage not to come armed with their spear, bows, and arrows, but merely to carry t&ir daos. Aanoiis 7. Any Abors settling or occupying lands in the British territory engage to pay such revenue to Government as may be fixed upon, the demand, in the first instance, to be light. Articlb 8. The Abors engage not to cultivate opium in the British territory or to import it. Article 9. In event of the Abors having any grievance, or in case of any dispute arising between them and British subjects, the Abors will refrain from taking the law into their own hands ; but they will in all oases appeal to the Deputy Commissioner and abide by his decision. Abtiolv 10. To enable the Abors of the clans or communities mentioned in the pream- ble to keep a Police for preventing any marauders from resorting to the plains for sinister purposes, and to enable tliem to take measures for arresting any offenders, the Deputy Commissioner, on behalf of the British Government, undertakes that the Abor oommtmities referred to shall reoeive yearly the following articles :— One bnndnd iron hoes. Forty maondB of tali. One hundred bottles of ram. Two mannds of tobacco. Article 11. The articles referred to above^ which will be delivered for the first year on the signing of this Engagement, will hereafter be delivered from year to year to the representatives of the communities or clans named in the preamble. Articlb 12. On the occasion of the yearly meeting of the Deputy Commissioner and (he Abors, the usual exchange of offerings and presents will take place. Part II Assam— North-Eastern Frontier— ^ftor#— No. CXVII. 209 Article 1«^. In event of the Abors failing to act up to the provisions of this Engage- ment, it will be null and void. Articlb 14. The original of this Engageooent, which is drawn up in English, will remain with the Deputy Commissioner of Luckfaimpoor, Upper Assam^ and a counterpart or copy will be furnished to the representatives of the Abor com- munities aforesaid. Articlb 15. In ratification of the above Engagement contained in fourteen paragraphs, the Deputy Commissioner of Luckhimpoor, Upper Assam, puts his hand and seal; and the representatives of the Abor communities affix their marks or signatures, this eighth day of November 1862. (Sd.) H. S. BiVAE, Deputy Commisiioner, On behalf of Meyvoh . , • Popang Qham, his mark -f- On behalf of Padoo • . • Toomkur „ „ + On behalf of Silookh • • • Moskokh „ „ + On behalf of Bomjeon • . • Joloong „ „ + On behalf of the Bor Abors » . Junbang ,, „ + On behalf of the Bor Silookh Abors • Karmood, son of Onoo Gham, his mark . . , + On behalf of Toomkoo Padoo Abors Meyong Gham, his mark + No. CXVII. AGREEMENT. Ageebment entbeed into by the Bor Aboe on the 6th of April 1866. We, the representatives of the 12 Bor Abor tribes, who have not as yet entered into any Agreement with the British Government, do hereby expn^sa our desire to enter into the same compact as that agreed upon between the other Abor tribes and the Deputy Commissioner of Luckhimpoor. 300 Assam— North-Eastern Frontier— ITiUflip^fr— No. CZVIII. Part II 2. We a^n^e to abide by the provisions of the Abor Treaties of 1862-63, on condition that we receive from Government yearly to defray our expenses, we preserving the tranquillity of our frontier, the following articles :— Salt (60) sixty Diaunds ; iron hoes (120) one hundred and twenty; rum (100) one hundred bottles ; tobacco (3) three maunds ; opium (2) two seers. 3. Should we at any time transgress the provisions of the above Treaties, the same to be null and void. 4. In ratification of this Agreement we hereto affix 'our signatures or marks. For Lalam Gam . . + his mark. Soosoo Gam • • . + ditto. Ikirog Gam • • . + ditto. 'Moohing Gam . + ditto. Liloot Gam • + ditto. Linkong Gam . + ditto. Loothing Gam • . + ditto. Maling Gam • . + ditto. Likoh Gam . + ditto. TintehGam • . + ditto. Tinkoh Gam . . + ditto. Linkoh Gam • . + ditto. Boomoot Gam • . + ditto. Koonang Gam . + ditto. SIX. Before me, this fifth day of April, one thousand eight hundred and sixty- (Sd.) W. W. HuMB, Lieui., Distt. Supdi. of Police, Luckkimpoor. No. OXVIII. Translation of Kuboolyut of Suddeya Ehowah Gohain — 1826. Salan Suddeya Khowah Gphain makes the following Agreement:— I am made Khowah Huddah of Suddeya for the purpose that I perform all the duties of the Company, and which I agree by this writing to do. The 12 Sirings under me have 43 Gotes of 3 Pykes, and of Ehamtees there are 40 and 1 Poa, and of Dooms there are 12 Gotes 1 Poa — total 95 Gotes 2 Poa. Of these the Siring Burooah has 1 Gote 1 Poa and 8 Gotes of Siksooa, Part II Assam— !North-E astern TrontieT—EhamptU—TSfo. CXIX. 801 and my own are 10 Ootes with 1 Foa for Ruonut Mura. Also the Rara of Khamtees and Dooms has 4 Gotes — remaining 72 Gotes. Of these 40 are fighting men, nnd 20 working men, and 12 fishermen : these shall he forth- coming according lo the customs of the country by Mai, Dewal^ Teeal ; and I will do justice to the people under me, but in cases of murder^ wounding, arson, thefts above 50 Rupees, in these having made enquiries, the papers, witnesses, and offenders shall be sent to the Huzoor, and I wtH be always ready to obey the*orders of the Huzoor, and what russud is required shall be given on payment. This paper is written before every one. (Sd.) Salan Suddeya Khowah. Witnesses, Kaobssub, Du/try. SuNDEE SiNO, Chupprassee, Sisrned with Mr. Scott's initials. ■o \ba May 1826. No. CXIX. Translation of an Agreement entered into by Choroneeba Captain Gohain, Ohawtangoo Gohain, Coromoong Cag- GOOTEE Gohain, Powangai Sow Dariah Phokun, Soong- GAT, and others, dated the 2nd December 1843. We, late inhabitants of Derack and Suddeya^ were engaged in the attack upon the latter place^ and fled to the Mishmee country; we have offered our submission to return back, if our former offences were overlooked^ and now we have returned agreeably to the orders of the Political Agent, with our followers, viz.^ Chowdung, Chawding, Long Fong, Poychoy, Chalan, Sham, Poom, Metong, and Chowlah, but the whole of tbe Khamptees are unable to return for the present^ owing to their crops being uncut. However, they hereby promise to come in with all their families after their crops have been gathered, or within a month and half from this date. \st. — We shall be allowed a suflScient quantity of lands for our support, either at Choonpoora or at Noa Dehing, for a term of five years rent-free, and after the expiration of that period we agree to pay a moderate rent for the lands we may cultivate, or pay a house-tax, as Government may choose to authorize. Any orders that may be issued respeoting tbe Abkarry shall be duly attended to. 2n^. — We engage also to endeavour to prevent or intercept any inroads of the Singhphoos or Mishmees on the Suddeya ryots, and shall obey all orders of the Civil or Political authorities on the frontier. 802 Assam— North-Bastem Yrontier^Stn^phag^JSfa. CXX« Part II Srd. — We further engagpe that we shall desist from trafficking in slaves according to the regulations of Oovemment generally. 4M.— All petty crimes and offences occurring^ amongst ourselves shall be settled by the Chiefs of the villages, but in all heinous offences, such as robbery, murder, dacoity, wounding, and counterfeiting the coin, we promise to make over the offenders to the Political Agent, with their respective witnesses for trial ; and disputes between the heads of the different villages or clans shall also be referred to the same authority. 6^^.— At the expiration of ten years the whole of our engagements will be subject to a revision and alteration^ as it may seem best to His Lordship to determine on. 6M.— Should we or any of the Khamptees in any way depart from the faithful adherence of the above Agreement, and commit any acts of violence, we shall be subject to be driven out of the Proviooe, and be without further excuse. (True translation.) Fbans Jbnkins, Agent , Governor- Oeneral. No. CXX. Translation of an Aobbbmbnt in the Assamese language exe- cuted to the British Government by the Sinophoe Chiefs —1826. Whereas we, the Singphoe Chiefs, named Bum, Eoomjoy, Meejong Jow Chowkhen, Jowrah, Jowdoo, Chow, Chumun, Neengun, Tangrung, Cbowbah, Chamuta, Chowrah, Chowdoo, Choukam, Koomring, &c., are under the sub* jection of the British Government, we execute this Agreement to Mr. David Scott, the Agent to the Governor-General, and hereby engage to adhere to the following terms, viz. .— l«^,-*A8sam being now under the sway of the British Government, we and our dependent Singphoes, who were subjects of the Assam State, acknowledge subjection to that Government. We agree not to side with the Burmese or any other King to commit any aggression whatever, but we will obey the orders of the British Government. 2«^f.— Whenever a British Force may march to Assam to protect it from foreign aggression, we will supply that Force with grain, &e., make and repair roads for them, and execute every order that may be issued to ns. We should on our doing so be protected by that Force. Srd. — If we abide by the terms of this Agreement, no tribute shall be paid by us ; but if any Assam Paeeks of their own accord reside in our villages^ the tax on such Paeeks will be paid to the British Government. Part II Aasam— North-Eastern Frontier— ^Stiii^pAo*— No. CXX. 303 4M. — We will set at large or cause to be liberated any Assam people whom we may seize^ and they shall have the option to reside wherever they please. 5M.— If any of the Singphoes rob any of the Assam people residing in our oountry^ we will apprehend the former and surrender him to the British Oovernment ; but if we fail to do so^ we will make good the loss thus sus- tained by the latter. 6t^. — We will govern and protect the Singphoes under us as heretofore and adjust their differences ; and if any boundary dispute occur among us^ we will not take up arms without the knowledge of the British Government. 7M.— We will adhere to the terms of this Agreement and never depart from them. This Agreement shall be binding upon our brothers, sons, nephews^ and relativesy in such way as the Agent to the Oovernor-General may deem proper. We have executed this Agreement in the presence of many. Written at Suddeea on Friday, the 5th May 1826, or Sukabda 1748, or 84tli Bysakh 1233 B.S. Names of Singphoe Chiefs who have Chowtow. TOPOMKA. TOWALLAH. HOKAP. Chowcha. Insala. DoNPflOOMLA. Ahbingla. Katanchawpha. Tangsung Zung. dothbmjowphba. Latham Thoyrung. ChSKANGIiA. SlNGmSN. moonlahkoo. Bebsa Bum. K COM JOY. Mjbbjong. signed the Agreement. COWKHBN. Chow&au. SOWDOO. Chow. Chanlono. Ningon. TUNBONG. Chowun. Samtanq. Chowba. Chowdoo. Chowkam. Sowbng* Sbbrola San. Panjow. Latxejabong. pooingnong. Qbaon. 804 Assam— North-Eastern Frontier— i9tii^j);k»«— No. CXXI. Fart II No. CXXI. Translation of an Agreement entered into by the Sino Fhoo Chiefs. We^ Bour of Beesa^ Koomjoy of Sookhang, Meejangof Wakhet, Jaow of NiiDgnoo^ Chowken of Eotah^ Jowra of Choo Khang, Joodoo of Leechoo, Chaow of Nenem^ ChangnoDg of Nenem^ Nemgong of Kuzaow, Tamrang of Kasan^ Jawan of Feeheela, Jamtong of Set, Judoo of Kamkoo, and Chowr Ningko^ fourteen Gaums, enter into this written Engagement with the British Government in the year 174S Sukka. We acknowledge subpecfion to the British Government, and bind ourselves to observe the following conditions^ approved of by David Scott, Esquire, Political Agent in Assam. 1«^.— We and our dependent Sing Phoos were formerly subject to the Assamese Government^ and now the Honorable Company haviii": become the rulers of that country, we acknowledge allegiance to them, and abjure all con- nection with the Burmese or any other foreign Prince. Regarding political matters we will not hold any sort of intercourse with foreigners, but will act agreeably to the orders of the British Government. 2ii^.«-If an enemy come from any foreign country to invade Assam, we will supply the British troops with rice and other necessaries ; we will prepare roads and ghats, and ourselves make such resistance as we may be required to do. If we act in this manner we will be entitled to protection from the British Government. Sf^.-— If we abide strictly by the terms of this Agreement, no revenue is to be demanded from us, but if hereafter any Assamese Pykes should, of their own pleasure, desert to our villages, we will in that case pay for them the Capitation Tax. 4f^>{.-»We agree to release, and to cause to be released, all Assamese captives detained by us or our dependents, such of them as chose to remain in our villages being at liberty to do so. bti.^^K hereafter any Sing Phoos should commit depredations on the Assamese territories, we bind ourselves to arrest and deliver them up for punishment, and in case of our being unable to do so, we declare ourselves jointly responsible for the damage sustained by the people of Assam. 6M.*-We will administer justice in our respective villages according to former custom, and settle all disputes amongst our dependents, and if any quarrel shall take place between two Gaums, we will not have recourse to arms^ but refer the matter for the decision of the British authorities* 7M.— We solemnly promise to abide by the above written conditions, and . as hostages for the performance thereof, we agree each to deliver into the Fart II Assam—North-Eastern Frontier— 5im^/>Ao#—^No. CXXI. 805 custody of the Political Agent, a son, or a nephew, or brother, as that officer may direct. To all these articles we have in common agreed. Dated 2Uh Bytakk 1 748. (Signed) BOUR. K DON JOT, his mark. t Mebjang, ditto t Jaow, ditto t Chowkbu, ditto t JOWBA, ditto t JOWDOO, ditto t Chaow, ditto t Changnano, ditto t Nbengan, ditto t Tamrang, ditto t Jamtang, ditto t Judoo, ditto t JOWRA, ditto t Jaebn, ditto t Similar Agreements were signed by Koomreeng of Lutow, and by thoTao Gobryn, with some modification, in tJie case of the latter, to the 4th Article, he being entitled, in consequence of his having submitted to the terms required at first by Lieutenant Neuf ville, to retain such slaves as he possessed beliore the capture of the Fort of Bungpore. (True translation.) (Sd.) D. SooTT, Agent to Ike Governof'-Oeneral, 2k Part II Assam— Manipur. 307 II.-MANIPUR. Manipnr is a protected State lying between Burma on the east^ the Naga hills on the norths Kaehar on the west^ and Lushai-land and the country of the Sukte Kukis on the south. By the Burmese the Manipur country is called Eathay^ and by the Shans and tribes east of the Chindwin river^ Kassay ; by the inhabitants of Eachar it is termed Moglie, and by those of Assam^ Miklie. With the exception of the central valley in which the capital is situate^ Manipur is almost entirely a hill country. The area is between 7^0G0 and 8^000 square miles^ and the population according to the census of 1881 amounted to 221^070. Of these, 85,288 were returned as hill tribes, the remainder being by religion Hindu or Muhammadan, and consisting of the population of the central valley. The newly completed census records for 1891 were destroyed during the recent Manipur rebellion, and the results of the enquiry are hopelessly lost. The claim of the Manipuris to be Hindus rests on no better foundation than the same claim on the part of the Ahoms, Kacharis, or Tipperahs (with all of whom the Manipur royal family has in- termarried) ; and while their features clearly show that they belong to the Indo-Chinese stock, their language is closely allied to that of the Euki tribes on the south.* The kingdom of Manipur first emerges from obscurity as a neighbour and ally of the Shan kingdom of Fdng, the capital of which was at Mogaung. The regalia of the royal family are said to have been bestowed by Eing Eomba of Fdng, who at the same time added the Eubo or Tammu-Eampat valley to Manipur. In 1714 a Naga named Pamhaiba became Raja of Manipur^ and adopted Hinduism, taking the name of Qharib-Nawaz. His people followed his example, and since that date have been conspicuous for the ngidity with which they observe the rules of caste and ceremonial purity. Gharib-Nawaz, during his reign of forty years, was engaged in constant warfare with Burma, and this state of things continued under his successors. Gharib-Nawaz had three sons, named Sham Shah, Ugat Shah, and Barat Shah. Ugat Shah murdered his father and his elder brother, but was expelled by Barat Shah, who ruled two years, and was succeeded by Guru Sham, son of Sham Shah. Guru Sham associated with himself his brother Jai Singh * Although the above it trae of the present people of Manipur, there is some retion for believing tliat this territory was the road by which Hindu influence from the west was first brought to bear upon the Burmese races of the Irrawaddy Valley. See Phayre, History of Burma, pages 8, 4 and 15. 808 Aasam— Manipur. Fart II and they ruled alternately until Guru Sham's death^ about 1764^ when the sole authority fell to Jai Singh. After the death of Gharib- Nawaz the Burmese invaded Manipur^ and Jai Singh having sought the aid of the British^ a treaty of alliance^ offensive and defensive^ was negotiated by Mr. Verelst on behalf of the Bast Indiii Company on the 14th September 1702. The foroe sent to assist Manipur was, however^ recalled^ and in October of the following year Guru Sham confirmed^ with some modifications^ the treaty which had been made with Jai Singh. No copies of these treaties appear to be extant. The invasions of Manipur by the Surmese were frequent ; their last occu- pation of the country began in 1819. The three Manipuri princes^ Marjit, Chaurjit^ and Gambhir Singh, sons of Jai Singh, were compelled to escape to Kachar, which country they occupied. With them large numbers of Mani- puris emigrated, and a considerable population of this race is still to be found in Kaohar and Sjlhet. When war was declared against Burma by the British Government in 1824, and the Burmese had been expelled from Eachari assistance in arms and money was given by the Company to Gambhir Singh in an attempt to recover possession of Manipur. In this he was successful^ occupying not only the valley in which the capital is situated, but also the Kubo valley, lying to the east of the former boundaries of the State, and peopled by Shana (called Eabau in Manipuri). By the treaty* of Yandabo with Bunna, executed in February 1826, the King of Ava recognised (article 2) the independence of Gambhir Singh as Raja of Manipur. Gambhir Singh being thus established on the throne, the levy with which he had efiected the re-oonquest of his country was placed under the management of two British officers, and supplied with ammunition, and also with pay, by the British Government. In 18SS the British Government agreed (No. CXXII) to annex to Manipur the ranges^of hills on the west, between the eastern and western bends of the Barak, giving the State the line of the Jiri and the western bend of the Barak as its boundary, on the condition that the Raja removed all obstructions to trade between Mani- pur and Kachar, kept in repair the road between Manipur and British terri- tory, and promised to assist the Government both with carriage and troops in the event of war with Burma. In 1834 Gambhir Singh died, and • See Ava Treaty of 24tb Febraary 1826, No. CXXV. Fart II Assam— Manipar. 800 Mar Singh, his minister, and a great-grandson of Oharib-Nawaz, was ap- pointed regent on behalf of the dead king's son Chandra Kirti Singh, then one year old. In the same year the British Gbvernment decided to restore the Kubo valley to the King of Burma, who had never ceased to remon- strate against its separation from that country : the valley was given back, and a new boundary laid down in the presence of British Commissioners, under an Agreement (No. CXXIII) dated the 9th January 1834, and at the same time the British Government bound itself to pay a monthly stipend of Rupees 500 to the Raja of Manipur in compensation for his loss. In 1885 the assistance formerly given to the Ma'nipur levy was withdrawn, and a Poli- tical Agent was appointed to reside at Manipur. In 1844 the Rani dowager, widow of Gambhir Singh and mother of Chandra Eirti, attempted to poison Nar Singh, the Regent; her attempt failed and she fled from the country with her son. Nar Singh then assumed the chiefship in his own name and ruled till his death in 1850. He was succeeded by his brother Debendra Singh, but this prince ruled for only three months, Chandra Kirti Singh, with the help of Nar Singh's three sons, succeeding in ejecting him and recovering possession of the throne. This was followed by some disorder in the State ; but in 1851 the Government of India decided to recognise Chandra Kirti Singh, guaranteeing the chiefship to him, and declaring that any attempts to dislodge him fvould be suppressed by force of arms if necessary. Since that time there have been many efforts on the part of various members of the Manipur ruling family to gain possession of the chief power in the State ; but all have been defeated, and the leaders have been either killed, imprisoned, or placed under surveillance in British territory. In 1851 the sons of Debendra Singh and Nar Singh attempted a rising. In 1852 another attempt occurred, led by Eanhai Singh, son of Marjit, Gambhir Singh's brother. In 1857 some of the rebellious sepoys from Chittagong, who had found their way to Kachar, were used by one Narendrajit, a younger son of Chaurjity to raise a disturbance ; but it was suppressed and Narendrajit was transported. In 1859 Maipak, a descendant of Gbarib-Nawaz, invaded the valley, but was defeated and fled. In 1862, in conjunction with another Rajputra named Khaifa Singh, he headed a second attack, and penetrated to the Raja's palace, where he was captured. Eanhai Singh also made an attempt in 1865, when his followers were dispersed by British troops and police. In 810 Assam— Manipor. Fart II 1866 a raid was perpetrated by Gokul Singh^ a jonnger son of Debendra Singh ; his enterprise failed like the rest^ but he himself escaped for the time. He was captured in 186^^ tried in Kachar, and sentenced to seven years' imprisonment. Chandra Kirti Singh died in May 1886 and was succeeded by his son Sur Chandra Singh. The succession was not accepted without a rising under Bara Chauba Singh^ the eldest son of Nar Singh^ who attempted to get posses- sion of the gadi* After some skirmishes with the Kaohar frontier policOi who had been sent to help the rightful heir^ Bara Chauba's force was defeated and his son and two brothers were taken prisoners. Shortly after this Bara Chauba gave himself up^ and he and his relatives were deported to Hazaribagh* Two other unsuccessful risings took place in September 1887. The first under the Wangkhairakpa^ the highest judicial officer in the State^ came to an abrupt termination by the leader being shot. The second and more important rebellion was headed by one Jogendra Singh, who, though not himself related to the ruling family, acted on behalf of the exiles. The insurgent force was attacked and routed by parties of the 44th Gurkhas and the Kachar frontier police* Jogendra Singh was killed and several of his followers were made prisoners. Many of the latter were imprisoned for waging war on a friendly State. Manipur has been repeatedly the subject of raids by the Luikai tribes, and in the British expedition against the Lushais in 1871* the levies of Manipur were employed as auxiliaries. The expedition was successful; and while submitting to the Government of India, several of the Lushai chie&i entered into an engagement with the Manipur authorities also, to keep the peace with that State for the future. In 1870, and again, after this expedi- tion, in 1872, the Government of India laid down the policy to be followed by Manipur with regard to the Lushais. The Raja was held responsible for acts of unprovoked aggression on the tribes, and for taking effective steps to make his subject Kukis understand this, and to punish them should they disregard these instructions ; at the same time it was declared to be the Raja's duty to take all necessary measures for the protection of his frontier. In 1873 orders were issued that the Political Agent at Manipur should not visit the Lushai country without the express sanction of the Government of India* Manipur has also for many years had hostile relations with the Suit, Suktiy or Sokte tribe — also called Kamhow after their great chief who • See page 320 ei teq. Part II Afisam— Manipor. 811 died in 1868. This tribe lies to the south of Manipar and east of the Torol or Manipur river, between the country of the Lushai proper and the terri- tory which till recently formed the Shan State of Kale. The Manipnris consider this tribe more formidable than the Lushais. It is a constant source of trouble to them^ and has at times rendered the southern portion of Manipur uninhabitable. The raiding propensities of the Kamhows have been ascribed to a tribal migration northwards under the influence of a forward movement of the Shindus, a powerful confederacy living to the south-east of the ChitUgong Hill Tracts. 'The Lushais also hold the Sutis in great dread. In 1871^ when prepara- tions were being made for the expedition against the Lushai tribes^ the Sutis sent a deputation to the Manipur Raja with friendly assurances, which there is reason to believe were sincere. But at the conclusion of the expedition the Manipuris repaid the pacific intentions of the Sutis by treacherously attack- ing a party of them, and making them prisoners together with their Chief, Eo- katung, who died shortly after in the Manipur jail. The Manipur authorities justified their conduct on the ground that many of their countrymen were still in captivity with the Sutis. In 1872 the Oovernraent of India intimated that the Darbar must be guided in its policy towards this tribe by the prinoi* pies laid down in connection with the treatment of the Lushais, and the Political Agent, Colonel Mowbray Thomsoui succeeded in arranging for the mutual exchange of nearly all the prisoners. In March 18 78 peace was sworn between Eokatung's son and Manipur. This did not, however, last long. In October 1874 the Sutis made an unprovoked attack upon two Manipur vil- lages. In retaliation the Raja in 1875 organised an expedition, but no collision appears to have occurred between the opposing parties ; and the matter ended in the surrender by each side of all the remaining captives. Nevertheless raiding did not cease; and in 1876, 1877 and 1879, frequent Suti outrages were reported. There was, however, reason to believe that these were not altogether unprovoked. In 1877 there was a remarkable migration of some 2,000 Sutis into Manipur territory, where they settled on lands assigned to them by the Maharaja. In 1879-80 the tribe again committed a number of outrages on the frontier, but it was observed that considerable numbers cam^ into Manipur and took up cultivation. In 1880-81 the Sutis were reported quiet so far as regards Manipur, although they were guilty of several raids on the Eubo and Elale valleys. In 1883 the Sutis raided on Tepaimukh bazaar, but the perpetrators were discovered with the assistancJe of the Manipar 812 ▲ssam— Manipur. Fart II Raja and immediate reparation was exacted from the Chiefs of the tribe. In 1886 and 1886 farther raids were committed on the Kubo valley. The aggressions of the Chasad or Chnksad tribe of Eukis on the eastern frontier of Manipur have also given rise to mach trouble. No notice of them prior to 1878 has been traced. When they first came under observation they lived on the borders of the Kubo valley in territory which has often been in dis- pute between Manipur and Burma. Thej are one of the Euki tribes which are being gradually pushed on towards the north-east from the country south of the valley. It was believed that their raids were abetted by the Shan Sawbwa^ who is known to the Manipuris as the chief of Samjdk^ in the Kubo valley, and to the Burmese as the Sawbwa of Thaungthut (Hsawng-Hseep) on the Chindwin river. The frontier north of the Kubo valley proper^ as set forth in the agreement of 1834^ was disputed and the Government of India accordingly sent a Commission to define and demarcate the boundary of Manipur in this direction. This task was accomplished in the cold weather of 1881-8S. It was ascertained that the raiding Kukis, who were favoured in their enterprise by the uncertainty of the frontier, were settled within Manipur territory, and some of them have been induced to move far- ther in, and have thus been brought under stricter control. The Chasads refused to submit to the Raja, and were in the habit of levying revenue and exacting labour from the Tungkhal Naga villages, until in December 1888 the Raja organised a successful expedition which ended in the surrender of the Chasad Chief. During the year 1890-91 the' Manipur State was the scene of much anarchy. Maharaja Sur Chandra Singh, who succeeded his father Chandra Kirti Singh in 1886, was a prince of weak character ; the peace of the State was frequently disturbed by the quarrels of his seven brothers, and the family was broken up into two factions. On one side were the Maha- raja's three uterine brothers headed by Fakka Sena, and on the other his four half-brothers under the leadership of the Senapati Tekendrajit Bir Singh. • The Maharaja was quite unable to assert his authority over these two tur- bulent relatives, and matters xeached a climax on the 21st September 1890, when the palace walls were suddenly scaled by the two younger brothers and a few shots in the air were sufficient to drive the timid Sur Chandra Singh to seek safety at the Residency. The next day, contrary to the advice of tie Political Agent, the Maharaja proclaimed his intention to abdicate and to proceed on a pilgrimage to Bindraban, and on the 28rd idem he left the State, Fart II Assam—Manipur. 313 ^^^^ ^■■■1 ■» ■■■■■■■■■■—■ ■- ■■! - ■■ II »l.^, ■■■» ^■^^^ ^ accompanied by his three uterine brothers and a few followers^ and arrived at Kachar by the end of the month. Here be changed his tone^ represented to the Chief Commissioner that he had no intention of abdicating and solicited assistance to regain the gadi. In the meanwhile the Senapati^ who was the real mover in the rebellion^ had induced his elder brother^ the Jubraj Kula Chandra Dhaja Singh^ to occupy the gadi^ and application was made to the Government of India to ratify this accession. The whole question was considered by the Qovernment of India, and it was concluded that it would be to the advantage of the Manipur State and to the furtherance of British interests to recognise the Jubraj in his new posi- tion rather than to restore the Maharaja Sur Chandra Singh ; it was however decided to remove the Senapati from Manipur and punish him for his lawless conduct towards his eldest brother. The Chief Commissioner of Assam was directed to visit Manipur and carry out the orders of the Government of India. Accordingly, Mr. Quinton^ the Chief Commissioner, left Oolaghat with an escort of 400 men of the Assam Gurkha Battalions under the command of Lieutenant-Colonel Skene, of the 42nd Regiment. This force, with the Political Agent's escort at Manipur and the support of 200 men en route from Silchar, was considered sufficient to over-awe the malcontents and quell any possible resistance. On the 22nd March Mr. Quinton and his party reached the neighbourhood of Manipur, and were met by the Senapati who had with him two Manipuri regiments. On arrival at Manipur the Chief Commissioner was saluted by the Manipuri troops and by the Regent, and he announced that a Darbar would be held in the Residency the same day. As the Senapati did not attend on the plea of ill-health, the Darbar was postponed until next morning, when again he failed to appear, and at an interview with the Regent th« Political Agent was informed that the Regent was unable to enforce hie brother's arrest. Political negotiations having failed, the Chief Commissioner decided to capture the Senapati in his house, which was surrounded on the morning of the 24th by our troops* A serious engagement ensued and the Man ipuris attacked the Residency which was held till 8 p.m., when an armistice ^ Lieatenant-Colonel C. McD. Skene. was arranged and Mr. Quinton and four Mr! w. H. CoisiMl'c.s/ * ' Other* officers, who accompanied him under Lieutenant w. H. 8imptoii. ^ flag of truce from the Residency to the Palace, were cruelly and treacherously murdered. Our troops retired ix> Silchar. 29 314 Assam—Manipur. Fart II An expedition was then ordered to Manipur to re-assert the political su- premacy of the British Qovernment and to enforce the anconditional sabmission of the Darbar. The force marched in three columns from Kohima^ Silchar and Tammu^ all of which reached the capital on the 27th April 1891. The Tammu column was the only one which met with resistance, the other two columns entering Manipur unmolested. On arrival the force found the capital deserted ; the arsenal with its ^uns had been destroyed^ and the principal houses had been looted by the villagers. The Regenti the Senapati and the other brothers had taken to flight, and the leading oflBcials were in hiding. Within a month all were captured, and the Senapati and the two elder brothers were tried by a Special Commission at which Tekendrajit fiir Singh, alias the Senapati^ was convicted of waging war against the Queen-Empress and of abetment of the murder of British officers ; he was sentenced to death and banged, as was also the Tongal (Tangkhul) General who was convicted on the same charges by the Chief Political Officer with the force. Kula Chandra Dhaja Singh and his brother were also convicted of the first-mentioned charge and were sentenced to transportation for life along with thirteen other persons. In Sep- tember 1891 , the question of the future of the Manipur State was decided by His Excellency the Governor-General in Council, and ChuraChand, a minor of five years of age, the son of Chowbi Yaima, and a grandson of Nar Singh, was selected as Raja and granted a salute of 1 1 guns. It was fuither ordered that the Chiefship of the Manipur State, and the title and salute would be here- ditary, and would descend in the direct line by primogeniture, provided that in each case the succession was approved by the Government of India, The State has been assessed to an annual tribute of Rs. 50,000 and a British officer has been appointed Superintendent during the minority of the Raja. A fine of 2{ lakhs of rupees recoverable in five years has also been imposed upon the State as a punishment for rebellion. Measures have been taken to abolish slavery, the system of * lalup ^ or forced labour has been done away irith, aad the administration has been placed upon a sound basis. Part II Assam— Manipur— No. CXXII. 815 No, CXXII. A Translation of the Conditions entered into by Rajah GuMBHBEB Sing of Munnipore^ on the British Govern- ment agreeing to annex to Mannipore the two ranges of Hills situated between the eastern and western bends of the Barak, Dated 18th AprU 1833. The Ooversor-General and Supreme Conncil of Hindoostan declare as follows :— With regard to the two ranges of Hillsj the one called the Kalanaga KangCi and the other called the Noon-jai Bange^ which are situated between the eastern bend of the Barak and the western bend of the Barak, we will give up all claim on the part of the Honorable Company thereunto, and we will make these Hills over in possession to the Bajah, and give him the line of the Jeeree and the western bend of the Barak as a boundary^ provided that the Rajah agrees to the whole of what is written in this paper^ which is as follows :— 1st. — The Rajah will, agreeably to instructions received, without delay^ remove his Tbanna from Ghundrapore, and establish it on the eastern bank of the Jeeree. 8nd, — The Rajah will in no way obstruct the trade carried on between the two countries by Bengali or Munnipooree merchants. He will not exact heavy duties, and he will make a monopoly of no articles of merchandise whatsoever. Srd.'^The Rajah will in no way prevent the Nagas inhabiting the Kala- naga and Noon-jai Ranges of Hills, from selling or bartering ginger, cotton, pepper, and every other article, the produce of their country, in the Plains of Cachar, at the Banskandee and Oodharbun bazaars, as has been their custom. 4/4.^- With regard to the road commencing from the eastern bank of the Jeeree and continued via Kalanaga and Kowpoom, as far as the Valley of Muunipore-— after this road has been finished, the Rajah will keep it in repairsi so as to enable laden bullocks to pass during the cold and dry seasons. Further, at the making of the road, i| British officers be sent to examine or superintend the same, the Rajah will agree to everything these officers may suggest S^i.— With reference to the intercourse already existing between the territories of the British Government and those of the Rajah, if the intercourse be further extended, it will be well in every respect, and it will be highly advantageous to both the Rajah and his country. In order, therefore, that this may speedily take place, the Rajah, at the requisition of the British Govern- ment, will furnish a quota of Nagas to assist at the oonstruction of the road. 6ti,^'In the event of war with the Burmese, if troops be sent to Mun- nipore, either to protect that country, or to advance beyond the Ningthee, the 816 Assam -Manipur— No. CXZIII. Part II Rajah, at the requisition of the British Oovemmenti will provide Hill porters to assist in transporting the ammunition and baggage of such troops. 7tk.—ln the event of anything happening on the Eastern Frontier of the British territories, the Bajah will^ when required, assist the British Gov- ernment with a portion of his troops. 8tA> — *The Bajah will be answerable for all the ammunition he receives from the British Government, and will, for the information of the British Government, gdve in every month a statement of expenditure to the British OflScer attachea to the Levy. c w 2 ^ ^- 5 5:2.5 •sil •^ I, Shree Joot Gumbheer Sing of Munuinore, agree to § all that is written above in this paper sent by the Supreme -^ ^ Council. S I J)aled 18ih April 1833. ^ •g j& (A true translation.) 'S E^ (Signed) Geo. G<)aDOK^ Lieut.^ Ep «Q Jdjniantf Qumbheer 8ing*$ Levy. S^ No. OXXIII. ' * Aqbeemfnt regarding Compensation for the Kubo Valley— « 1834i. Major Grant and Captain Pemberton, under instructions from the Right Honorable the Governor-General in Counoil, having made over the Kubo Valley to the Burmese Commissioners deputed from Ava, are authorized to state— i«^.— >That it is the intention of the Supreme Government to grant a monthly stipend of five hundred Sicca Rupees to the Rajah of Mannipore, to commence from the ninth day of January One Thousand Eight Hundred and Thirty-four, the date at which (he transfer of Kubo took place^ as shown in the Agreement mutually signed by the British and Burmese Commissioners. *■ Afl the connection of the British Government with the llunnipore Levy and the lupply of Ammunition to the Levy have ceased, this clause is inapplicable to present ciroumstanccs. Part II Assam— Manipur^No. CXXIII. 817 2nd. — It is to be distinctly understood that should any circumstances hereafter arise by which the portion of territory lately made over to \va again reverts to Munnipore^ the allowance now granted by the British Government will cease from the date of such reversion. (Signed) F. J. Orant^ Major, "> > Commiuioners, ff R. BoiLBAU Pbhdisbton^ CapLf j Langhthabal Munnipore^ January 25ih, 1884. i Part II Assam— Lushai Hills. 819 III.-THE LUSHAI HILLS. That portion of the Lushai Hills which is at preheat under the Assam Ad- ministration, is known as the North Lushai Hills^ and is bounded on the north by the Kachar District and Manipur^ on the east by the Manipur River, on the south by an imaginary line drawn east and west through the peak marked in maps as Savanga, and on the west by the State of Hill Tipperah. As early as 1826 we find the first record of a raid by the Lushais, or Kukis as they were then generally called, on British territory when they attacked a party of Sylhet wood-cutters near the Simla river. From this date to 1888, when Lengpunga made a most successful raid into the Chengri Valley, the Lushais have been a constant source of danger to our frontier. In 1844, Lalchokla raided on the Manipuri colony of Kochabari in Par- tabgarh, killing twenty people and taking six captives. His punishment was rapidly effected. An expedition under Captain Blackwood captured his village, the Chief made an unconditional surrender, was tried, and transported. The capture and transportation of Lalchokla is tie one bright spot in the history of our relations with the Lushais until the expeditions of 1870 and 1871. In spite of the fate of Lalchokla, frequent raids took place in 1847 and 1849, and in 1850 Colonel Lister's expedition entered the Lushai country and successfully attacked a village belonging to a Chief called Mullah. Owing to the warlike reputation the Lushais then enjoyed, Colonel Lister decided to retire at once^ although in sight of the village of Barmoocelin, the greatest of the Lushai Chieftains. Colonel Lister in his report wrote that he conpidered he would be compromising the safety of his detachment by going further, and concluded by suggesting to Government to send a force of some 3^000 men into the country the following cold weather. The Government of India, however, deprecated any extended military measures unless further outrage rendered them necessary. In 1862 a series of raids was committed on Sylhet villages by Sukpilal, at that time the most considerable of the Lushai Chiefs ; but proposals to coerce him were for various reasons abandoned. An attempt commenced in 1864- to open negotiations with Sukpilal ended in failure. In December 1868 SiikpilaVs followers committed devastations in Hill Tipperah and advanced into Sylhet, plundering and burning villages on their way. Similar outrages were committed early in 1869 by other Lushais on tea gardens in Eachar. A small force in two columns was despatched against these tribes, but, owing to 320 Assam— LuBhai Hills. Part II the lateness of the season and scarcity of supplies^ returned without fully acoomplishing the objects in view. In December 1869, Mr. Ware Edgar, Deputy Commissioner of Kachar^ visited the Lushai country at the invitation of some of the Chiefs, and concluded arrangements with Sukpilal, which ou the occasion of a second visit in 1870 were embodied in a Sanad (No. XXVIII) given to Sukpilal and accepted by him, with the reservation that he^ was only responsible for the security of traders from the Chattachura range of hills to the Sonai, as his authority did not extend east of the river. The result of these negotiations cannot be called satisfactory, for while Mr. Edgar was actually in Sukpilal^s village, the Lushais perpetrated the most extensive series of raids they had hitherto attempted in Kachar and Sjlhet. The tea gardens of Ainerkhal, Kutlicherra, Monierkhal, Darmiakhal, Nugdigram, Jhalnacherra, and Alexandrapur were attacked in succession, and at the last named garden the Manager (Mr. Winchester) was killed and his daughter carried off a prisoner. Similar raids were reported from Hill Tipperah and Manipur. On the 11th July 1871, orders were issued by 'the Governor-General in Council for an expedition to be sent into the Lushai country ; one column to operate from Kachari and another from Chittagong. This expedition was decidedly successful when compared with the expeditioiis of former years. Many Chiefs submitted to the General OflScers commanding the columns, and Mary Winchester was given up. The Lushais were undoubtedly impressed with the fact that their villages were no longer inaccessible to us, and we gained a large amount of information about them and their country. After this expedition the Lushais gave no serious trouble until the raids in 1888 on the Chittagong frontier. At the close of the expedition, when the policy to be adopted was laid down by the Government of India, it was decided that the Sy Ihet andKachar frontier should be protec ted by a Hue of outposts ; the estab- lishment of these outposts in Kachar and Sy Ihet resulted in our frontier on the Assam side remaining unmolested. In March 1 888 a survey party under the command of Lieutenant Stewart, while engaged in survey operations on the hills about 12 miles north-east of Rangamati on the Chittagong frontier, was surprised and cut up by a Shendu chief named Howsata ; Lieutenant Stewart and two European Sergeants were killed and their heads were carried off by the raiders. Owing to the lateness of the season, it was considered inadvisable to make any reprisals until the following cold weather^ and in December 1888, while the troops were actually Part II AsBam—LuBhai Hills. 321 being concentrated, a raid was made by a party of Lusbais, led by Vutai's sons, on the Pakuma Rani's village^ which was within a few miles of the police guard at Demagri. Forty-two persons were killed and sixteen taken prisoners. The raiders, although pursued, succeeded in making good their escape. A still more serious raid, which occurred soon after in the Chengri Valley, was led by Lengpunga and Jarak, sons of Sukpilal, and no less than one hundred and one persons were butchered. These raiders also effected a retreat without loss. Our policy up to 1888 may be summarised as a policy of non-interven- tion, except when we were absolutely forced by unprovoked . attacks on our subjects to take measures of retaliation. These measures were never sufficient to cause more than a temporary cessation of raids on our frontier, but, inade- quate as they were, they succeeded far better than our efforts at peaceful nego- tiation. The latter were invariably followed by fresh outbreaks on the part of the Ijushais, who, like all savages, mistook any anxiety for peace on our part for fear, clemency for weakness, and inaction for inability to reach their villages. The Government of India issued orders on the 19th December 1888 that an expedition should enter the Lushai country, making a good road as it advanc- ed, and should endeavour to establish a post to dominate the raiding tribes and punish such Chiefs as were concerned in the recent raids on the Chittagong frontier and in the murder ot Lieutenant Stewart. A force, consistinc^ of 1,200 troops, with two guns was to be employed. The expedition constructed 42 miles of good hill road to Lungleh, where a stockaded post was established and stocked with eight months' supplies for a garrison of 200 men. A punitive expedition of 800 men succeeded in reaching Howsata's village, which was destroyed. Howsata himself had died some few months previously. Lieutenant Stewart's gun was found in his grave— a conclusive proof of Howsata's complicity in the raids. The last troops retired on the 16th April 1889 from Lungleh, leaving there a garrison of 200 men of the Chittagong Frontier Police with Mr. Murray, District Superintendent of Police, as Assistant Political Officer. In the open season of 1889-90 two columns operated in the Lushai Hills, one from Chittagong and one from Kachar. The Chittagong column, working from Fort Lungleh as an advanced base, continued road-making towards Haka, in the Chin Hills, and established a second post at Fort 2t 322 ABsam— LuAbai HilU. Fart II Tregear^ midway between Haka and Lungleh. A portion of this column was detached northwards to punish Lengpunga on account of the Chengri vallc^y raid, and the sons of Vutai, Nikama, Lunglena, and Kairama on account of the raid on the Pakuma Rani's village. This column, called the northern Lushai column, co-operated with the Eachar column, of 400 military police, and was instructed, on meeting it, to endeavour to select some suitiible spot for the establishment of a post to dominate the Northern Lushai tribes. The villages of Lengpunga, Nikama and Lunglena were burnt, but the Chiefs could not be indnccji to surrender. A post was estaMished at Fort Aijal with a garrison of 200 men, and a second post of 100 men at Changsil, the terminus of the river communication with Silchar. Captain Browne, Assistant Commissioner, Assam, was appointed Political OflSoer in the North Lushai Hills, and on his arrival at Fort Aijal in May 1890 to take up his -duties, the Lushais were informed that they would have to pay tribute and supply us with labour. Captain Browne, however, owing to the weakness of the garrisons in the North Lushai country, was not in a position to enforce his demands, and the Lushais, being fully aware of this, declined to obey orders and made a bold effort to throw off our authority. On the 9th Sep- tember they ambushed Captajn Browne, when on the march from Aijal to Changsil, and so severely wounded him that he died shortly after reaching Changsil. The stockades at Aijal and Changsil were simultaneously attacked, aS were also all our parties on the road between the two stockades. News of the outbreak was sent to Jhalnacherra by boat, but it was not till nearly three weeks afterwards that re-inforcements reached Changsil, after meeting with determined opposition while ascending the river, and losing their commanding officer. Lieutenant Swinton. Mr. McCabe, Deputy Commissioner of the Nnga Hills district, was ap- pointed Political Officer in the North Lushai Hills, after Captain Browne's death, and directed the subsequent oflfensive operations which resulted in the unconditional surrender of all the Western Lushai Chiefs concerned in the rising. Three of the leading Chieftains, Khalkam, Lengpung and Thangula* were sentenced to transportation for life. Meanwhile in February 1891 an unprovoked attack was made upon Mr. Murray near Fort Tregear. A punitive expedition was promptly organised, and carried out its task successfully, helic^raphic communication being opened with Mr. McCabe^s column from Aijal. Fart II Assam— laushai Bills. 328 In the early part of 1891 the arrangements to be made for the adminis- tration of the South Lushai Hills were under consideration; and, Mr. Murray haying been posted to the newly formed sub-division of the Chittagong Hill Tracts, Captain Shakespear, who had rendered valuable services as Intelligence Officer with the troops in 1889-90 and had acted temporarily for Mr. Murray in 1890, was appointed Superintendent with a force of military police under a District Superintendent of Police, as Commandant, and four Assistant Superintendents of Police. It was understood, however, that these arrange- ments were merely provisional. The Lushais then remained peaceful for over a year, paying revenue, and complying readily with our demands for labour; but on the 1st March 1892 Mr. McCabe, who had gone with a party of one hundred police to enforce a demand for labour with which the Lushais had not complied, was treacherously attacked at Lalbura's village and the assailants were only repulsed after severe flighting. A general rising of nearly all the tribes east of the Sonai between Forts Aijal and Lungleh followed, and a similar attack was made on Captain Shakespear, Superintendent of the South Lushai Hills, who was forced to stockade himself at Vansanga's village ; while on the 4th April a party of Eastern Lushais raided the Burancherra tea garden, 6 miles from Jhalna- cherra on the south-east frontier of Kachar, killing 88 coolies, wounding 10 and carrying ofE 4 prisonei-s. Active operations against the Eastern Lushais were conducted by Mr. McCabe until the commencement of June, with the result that the villages concerned in the rising, and more particularly those implicated in the raids on the Kachar frontier, were severely punished, and most of the inhabitants with their Chiefs made full submission. In the end of April a strong column from Fort White, in the Chin Hills of the Burma Command, marched across through an exceedingly difficult and almost entirely unknown country to the assistance of ('aptaiu Shakespear, with whom a junction was etEected on the 4bh May. Successful punitive action was taken against the principal oflFend- ing villages, und Captain Shakespear reported that the Lushais were complete- ly over-awed by the unexpected appearance of the Burma column. In accordan(.*e with the recommendations of the Chin-Lushai Conference, which sat at Calcutta early in 1892, it has been decided to place the whole of the Lushai Hills under the administrative control of Assam, but the transfer of the Southern Hills from Bengal will probably not be carried out before the end of the open season of 189^-93. PART III. TREATIES, ENGAGEMENTS, AND SANADS BSL1.TIKO TO THB TERRITORIES COMPRISED WITHIN. OR IN POLITICAL RELATION WITH THB CHIEF COMMISSIONERSHIP OF BURMA. I.-BURMA PROPER. {From a Report by Colonel Phayre and other papers in the Foreign Office) It is believed that no real treaty existed between the British Government in India and the King of Burma^ until that of Yandabo^ which was concluded on the 24th February 1826. At the period when the British in India repre- sented a trading body, and not a sovereign power, deputations were occasionally sent from the Governors of the Settlements both in Bengal and Madras to establish trade with the Burmese territory. Factories were erected at Syriaro, near Rangoon, and at Negrais. In 1757 a treaty is said to have been made with the Burmese Govern- ment. The Chief of the English factory at Negrais deputed Ensign Lester to the capital of Burma. He had an interview with King Alompra (Alaang- paya), the founder of the dynasty which retained power until the annex- ation of Upper Burma in 18S6; on this occasion the island of Negrais, and some ground near the town of Bassein, were granted to the East Iqdia Company. It is not known that any copy of this so-called treaty is now in existence. Afterwards the English at Negrais were treacherously killed ; but a second grant of land, for the erection of a factory at Bassein, was sub- sequently made by the Burmese Government. The first direct political intercourse between the British and Burmese Governments appears to have been when Captain Michael Svmes was deputed by the Governor-General as Envoy to the Court of Ava in 1795, for the pur- pose of strengthening the political and commercial relations of the British Government with that Court, and of preventing the French from gaining a footing in Burma. Captain Symes obtained a Royal Order (No. CXXIV), 326 Burma. Part III wbereby permiesion was given for a British Agent or Superintendent to reside at Rangoon, to protect the interests of British subjects, and arrange* ments were made for the protection of trade. In virtue of these arrangements Captain Cox was appointed Superintendent, and he landed at Bangooain October 1796. He proceeded to the capital to deliver certain presents to the King, which had been formerly promised by Captain Symes. He was, however, treated with much contumely. Even- tually he returned to Rangoon and left for Bengal at the latter end of 1797. About this time disputes arose on the border between Arakan and Chittagong. The Burmese had conquered Arakan in 1782. The Arakanese rebelled, and about the year 1797 numbers of them began to take refuge in the Chittagong district. The Burmese Governor of Arakan wrote during 1798, and demanded in an insolent manner that the fugitives should be given up. The Governor-General, the Marquess of Wellesley, then determined to send another Embassy to the Court of Ava. Captain Symes was again selected. He proceeded to the capital. There he obtained merely a verbal assurance that no further demand would be made for the Arakanese fugitives. The King would make no apology for the style in which the demand had been made, nor enter into any new engagement. Captaiu Symes returned to Rangoon, where he was not treated wiih ordinary civility by the Governor, and left for Bengal in January 1803. After this Captain Canning was deputed to Rangoon, apparently as the representative of Captain Symes, to endeavour to obtain some apology from the Burmese Court for their past insolence, and to ascertain whether the French were establishing any interest in Burma. However, in consequence of the overbearing conduct of the local authorities at Kangoon, Captain Canning was, before long, obliged to leave the country. In the year 1S09 Captain Canning was again deputed to Rangoon as Agent to the Governor-General. He was apparently instructed to enter into explanations regarding the blockade of the Isle of France, which interfered with the trade between Rangoon and that island. Captain Canning proceeded to the capital, and was well received. He accomplished his object and returned to Bengal. In the year 1811 the Arakanese once more rebelled, and many of them having fled to the district of Chittagong, disputes again occurred on that frontier. An Arakanese Chief collected a body of his countrymen in the Part III Burma. 827 hilly tracts of the Chitta^ong dintrict, and marched into Arakan to attack the Burmese. • Captain Canning was deputed to the Court of Ava to explain that this movement was neither instigpated nor supported by the British Govern- ment^ and also to complain of outrages on British subjects perpetrated with the sanction of the Burmese authorities in Arakan, In the meantime the Burmese troops in Arakan had followed the Arakanese rebels into British territory^ and orders were sent down from the Burmese Court to the Governor of Rangoon to make Captain Canning prisoner^ and retain him as a hostage for the surrender of the Arnkanese rebels. Captain Canning was fortunately safe from violence on board a ship-of-war, with an armed ship in company. He left Rangoon in August 1811. Subsequently to thnt year the Burmese officials in Arakan more than once made demands for the surrender of Arakanese refugees, and even advanced pretensions to the sovereignty of Bengal, as far as the city of Murshidabady alleging that this territory pertained to the kingdom of Arakan. In 1819 they interfered in Assam, and in 1824 they invaded Eachar. In the meantime the Burmese had been encroaching on the Arakan side ; they had arrested the elephant hunters employed by the British Government, and they finally laid claim to the island of Shahpuri, situate at the mouth of the river Naaf . On the night of the 24th September 1 828 a strong Burman force occupied the island, killing a few sepoys of the provincial battalion sta- tioned there. The Governor of Arakan also intimated that the island belonged to the Burmese and that they intended to keep it. The Governor- General addressed the King of Ava, demanding the dismissal of the Governor of Arakan. No reply was received for some months. The answer which event- ually came was prolwtbly written by th6 Hlutdaw, or Royal Council, and merely stated that the Governors on the frontier had full powers to act. Thus, on every point where the British territory, or the territories of Chiefs under British protection, touched the Burmese dominions, aggression and insult had been committed by Burmese officials, while applications for redress were treated by the Burmese Government either with silent contempt, or with additional insult. War was therefore declared by the Governor- General against Burma on the 6th March 1824. On the 11th May of that year a force under Sir Archibald Campbell took possession of Rangoon, and after two campaigns peace was concluded at Yandabo, about 40 miles distant from the capital, on the 24th February 1826. 888 Burma. Part HI By that Treaty (No. CXXV) Arakan and the Tenasserim Provinces were ceded to the British; each Goverument was empowered to maintain H Resident at the Court of the other; and it was stipuUted that a commercial treaty should be afterwards negotiated. To arrange this commercial treaty, Mr. John Crawfurd proceeded to Amarapnra, where, on the 28rd November 1826, lie signed a Treaty (No. CXXVI) of four Articles. Under the treaty of Yandabo Colonel H. Biirney was appointed Resi- dent at the Court of Ava. He arrived there in April 1830. He remained at the Burmese Court until June 1837, when he proceeded to Rangoon and eventually returned to Bengal. The immediate cause of his leaving was a revolution during which the reigning King was deposed, and his brother, the Prince of Tharawadi, ascended the throne. In 1834 an Agreement (No. CXXVII) was made for the restoration to Burma of the Kubo valley, which had been annexed to Manipur. At the end of 1881, in consequence of disturbances which had occurred on the frontier, and to remove doubts regarding jurisdiction, the limits of the Kubo valley were definitely ascertained, and the boundary between Burma and Manipur was finally demarcated. The Burmese Crovernment declined to recognise the delimitation. In 1838 Colonel Benson was deputed to the Court of Burma to re-esta- blish the friendly relations which had been interrupted* He reached the capi- tal in October 1838. In consequence of the insulting conduct of the Burmese Court, the Resident left Amarapura in 1839. From that time there was no direct ofiicial communication betweed the Governor-Qeneral of India and the King of Burma for several years. In July 1851 Lieutenant-Colonel Bogle, Commissioner of the Tenasserim Province, forwarded to the Supreme Government a petition from the master of a British ship, complaining of gross oppression which he had suffered from the Governor of Rangoon. In November of that year Commodore Lambert was deputed to Rangoon with a letter addressed to the King, in order to obtain redress. But all reparation for the injuries sutEered by British subjects was refused. The Governor-General therefore sent a force to Rangoon, under the command of Major-General Godwin. Rangoon fell to the combined navaj and military forces on the 14th April 1852. From that time, until the 27th January 1853, no communication from the Burmese Government reached Part III Burma. 829* the British commanders. When the combined forces had advanced to Myedd, about 250 miles by the river above Rangoon, a Burmese officer arrived with a letter, announcing that a new King reigned in Amarapura, and expressing his desire for peace. Early in April the Burmese Wungyi, duly empowered, reached Prome, but as he refused to sign a treaty acknowledgiog the Province of Pegu to be British territory, the negotiations were broken ofE and the British frontier was declared to be a line drawn due east from the summit of the Arakan mountains in the latitude of, and intersecting a point, six English miles north from the flag-staff in the fort of Myedfe, and continued thence in the same direction until it reached the Sittang river and the territory of the Red Karen Chief. On both sides, however, it was understood that hostilities should cease. Almost immediately after the end of the second war. Pagan Min, who had ruled from 1846 to 1852, was deposed by his brother, thenceforward known as Minddn Min, or King Minddn. Minddn Min was an enlightened prince who, while professing no love for the British, recognised the power of the British Government, was alwajrs careful to keep on friendly terms with them,^ and was anxious to introduce into his kingdom, as far as was compatible with the maintenance of his own autocratic power, Western ideas and Western civilisation. He sent Envoys to Europe to study the arts and manufactures of European nations ; and throughout his reign young representatives of the families of leading men about the Court were sent to England, France, and Italy to study the languages and manners of those countries. In the latter end of the year 1854 the Burmese Government deputed two Envoys of high rank, and some subordinate officials, to convey a complimentary letter and presents from the King to the Marquess of Dalhousie, They were received in Calcutta with distinction, and returned to Burma at the beginning of the year 1855. The Government of India sent a return Embassy to the Burmese Court in the rainy season of 1855. The Envoy, Major Phayre, was re- ceived by the King and Court in the most friendly manner. The King, however, manifested an insuperable aversion to signing any treaty giving up the Province of Pegu, and this was never done. On the 10th November 1862 a Treaty (No. CXXVIII) was concluded for the protection of trade and the establishment of free intercourse with Burma. Though the King's zeal was not always tempered by discretion, he did much to increase the revenue and to promote the commercial prosperity of his country. In August 1866 an insurrection headed by one of the King's sons broke out iv 830 Barma. Part III at Mandalay; the Eing^s brother and declared successor wad killedi and the King himself was for some time in great danger. The Prince took refuge in British territory and was allowed to reside in Rangoon : soon afterwards he was found to be intriguing against the King and was placed under re- straint. In February 1867 he effected his escape, took refuge with the Chief of Western Karenni, and endeavoured to raise a rebellion among the Shans to the north-east of Toungoo who were tributary to Burma. The attempt was unsuccessful, and in Augpist 1868 he was arrested in Rangoon and sent as a State prisoner to Chunar. In 1882 this Prince, known as the Myingun Prince, succeeded in escaping from British territory and resided first at Chan- damagar, and later at Pondicherry. In 1889, he left Pondieherry and went to SaigAn where he has since remained. In 1867 a Treaty (No. CXXIX) was concluded at Mandalay between the British and Burmese Governments, pro- viding for the mutual extradition of criminals, the free intercourse of traders, and the establishment of permanent diplomatic relations between the two countries. In 1868 an expedition was sent under the command of Major Sladen to explore the old trade routes between south-western China and Burma tnd Bhamo, to ascertain the causes of the cessation of the valuable trade formerly carried on by these routes, the possibility of reviving it, and the influence exercised upon it by the Shans, Pantbays, and Kachins. The expedition arrived safely at Momein — which was then m the hands of the M uhamroadan Pantbays who had rebelled against the Chinese— -and gathered much valuable information as to the physical characteristics of the country and its trade capabilities.' In 1874 a similar expedition was sent under the command of Colonel Browne, but owing to unforeseen obstacles was compelled to return without Laving effected its purposes and with the loss of one of its members, Mr. Margary, who was murdered near the Chinese border town of Manwaing This led to negotiations with the Chinese Government, which resulted in the agreement signed at Chefu on the 13th September 1876. By this agree- ment the Yunnan ease was satisfactorily settled, and au indemnity was paid by China, while further arrangements were made in respect to official inter- course and the regulation of trade. So long as Minddn Min lived, though he clung to the obsolete ceremonials to wliich he was accustomed and thus in his later years debarred the British Resident at Mandalay from access to his presence, there was no reason to apprehend a breach in the friendship between England and Burma. Part III Burma. 331 Id October 1878 Minddn Min died and was succeeded by his son the Thibaw Prince. Early in 1879 the execution of a number of the members of the royal family at Mandalay excited much horror in Lower Burma. Execu- tions of this kind were the usual incidents of a change in the occupancy of the throne of Ava. But hitherto^ owing to the remoteness of the capital of the Burmese kingdcrm from our own territories and to the difficulty of communica* tion^ these relics of barbarism had not been forcibly presented before the eyes of the civilised world. In 1879 a British Resident was stationed at Mandalay^ telegraphic communication was open between Upper and Lower Burma, and trading steamers passed constantly between Mandalay and Rangoon. The cruelties which marked the accession of the new monarch thus attracted more notice than similar outrages on previous similar occasions. The British Resi- dent was instrumental in securing the escape of some members of the royal family^ and was energetic in his protests against the barbarities with which the new reign was ushered m. Indignation among Englishmen at the state of affairs in Mandalay and resentment in the minds of the courtiers of the King on account of the attitude of the Resident combined to render immi- nent a rupture of the friendly relations between the two countries. The immediate apprehension of war passed away; but throughout the year the tension continued, and in October 1879, in view of the passive unfriendliness of the Burmese Government and of the unsatisfactory nature of the position of the British Resident in Mandalay, the Government of Ixidia withdrew their representative from the Burmese Court, and as long as the Native Gov- ernment continued to exist no fresh agent was appointed. These occurrences were sinister omens for the reign of King Thibaw : nor did the progress of events afEord prospect of the re-settlement of the relations between the Indian and Burmese Governments. Although on two occasions — once in 1879-80 by means of an Envoy who, not being accredited with full powers, was not permitted to proceed beyond Thayetmyo ; and once in 1882, when an Embassy visited Simla— -attempts were made to re-establish cordial relations, there was no real revival of confidence and good feeling between 1879 and 1885. The action of the Burmese Govern- ment gave much reason for complaint. The Resident had been withdrawn from Mandalay because the Burmese monarch had persistently refused to accord him treatment compatible with his dignity and security. In the absence of the Resident matters gradually drifted from bad to worse. British subjects^ travellers and traders from Lower Burma, were subjected to insult S32 Burma. Part III and violence by local officials in Upper Burma, and representations to the central administration were often fruitless in obtaining redress. In contra- vention of the express terms of the treaty of 1867 monopolies were created to the detriment of the trade of both England and Burma. Owing to the weak- ness and corruption of the Burmese Government, society was thoroughly disorganised and the elements of disorder on our frontier became a standing menace to the peace of the British province. The Government of India, though frequently and vehemently urged to interfere in the interests of the peace and commerce of British Burma, found the situation unsatisfactory, but not yet intolerable, and decided that interposition in the domestic administration of Upper Burma was not neces- sary. Such was the state of aflfairs at the beginning of 1885. Early in that year the Burmese Government found or made cause for complaint against the Bombay-Burma Trading Corporation, a company of merchants, chiefly British subjects, who had extensive dealings in Upper Burma. The claim which the Burmese Government advanced against the Corporation was for several lakhs of rupees. In view of the magnitude of the interests which the Corpora- tion had at stake, the Chief Commissioner addressed the Burmese Government for the purpose of securing an impartial investigation of their complaint. Disregarding this attempt at mediation, the Burmese Council decided the case against the Corporation without giving them reasonable opportunity of being heard, and condemned them to pay a fine amounting to £230,000. Acting under the orders of the Supreme Government, the Chief Commissioner protest- ed against this despotic act of the Burmese authorities and invited them to stay proceedings against the Corporation, and to refer the matter to an arbi- trator appointed by His Excellency the Viceroy. The reply of the Burmese Foreign Minister was that proceedings against the Corporation would on no account be suspended. In view of this decisive and discourteous refusal to accept the mediation of the British Government in a case where the interests of British subjects were largely involved, and bearing in mind the accumulated grounds for dissatisfaction with the existing state of things, the Government of India de(»ded once for all to adjust the relations between the two countries. The Chief Commissioner was therefore instructed to send to the King of Burma an ultimatum requiring hmi to suspend action in the execution of the decree against the Corporation, to receive at Mandalay an Envoy from the Viceroy with a view to the settlement of the matter at issue, and in future to permit the residence at his capital of an agent of the Indian Government, who k Part III Burma. 383 should be received and treated with the respect due to the OoverDment which he represented. It was further intimated that the Burmese Government would in future be required to regulate the external relations of the country in accordance with the advice of the Government of India, and to afford facili- ties for opening up British trade with China. A letter embodying these terms was despatched by special steamer to Mandalay on the 22nd October 1885. The Burmese Government were informed that a reply must be received not later than the 10th November and that, unless the conditions laid down were accepted without reserve, the Indian Government would deal with the matter as it thought fit. In view of the possible refusal by the Burmese Government of the terms offered to them, preparations were made for the despatch to Rangoon of a military force of 10,000 men. On the 9th Novem- ber a reply amounting to an unconditional refusal of the terms was received in Rangoon. On the 7 th November, three days after the date of the reply from the Burmese Minister and two days before the receipt by the Chief Commissioner of that reply, the King of Burma issued a Proclamation calling on his subjects to rally round him and to resist the unjust demands of the British Government, and expressing his determination to efface these heretic foreigners and to conquer and annex their country. In accordance with the terms of the ultimatum, and in view of the hostile tone of the King's Pro- clamation, the Expeditionary Force was ordered to advance. The frontier was crossed on the 14th November 1885. On the 17th Minhla, on the 2Srd Pagan, and on the 25th Myingyan were successively occupied. Except at Minhla scarcely any resistance was encountered. Before the Expeditionary Force reached Ava an Envoy from the Burmese Court arrived, and, after some negotiation, the unconditional surrender of the capital and of the royal family was arranged. On the 26th and 27th November the forts at Ava and Sagaiog were surrendered, and on the 28th General Prendergast and his force occupied Mandalay. The King and his two Queens, with their mother, were at once sent down to Rangoon. The ex-King and his two Queens were subsequently removed to Ratnagiri in the Bombay Presidency, where they have since resided. Simultaneously with the advance on Mandalay operations were undertaken with success on the Thayetmyo and Toungoo frontiers. Immediately after the occupation of Mandalay a provisional adminis- tration was coostituted. All the members of the Hlutdaw, or great Council of State, professed themselves willing to continue to take part in the govern- ment. They were therefore retained in office, under the guidance of Colonel 334 Bnrma— Shan States. Part III (afterwards Sir E. B.) Sladen and the control of General (now Sir Harry) Prendergast. Theoretically there was to be no breach of continuity. The State Council was to continue to discbarge all its functions, and all Civil officers whether British or Burmese, were to work under its direction. The Council began by issuing proclamations to this effect and ordering Burmese officials to continue in the regular performance of their duties. On the 15th December the Chief Commissioner arrived at Mandalay and assumed charge of the civil administration. On the 1st January 1886, by the Viceroy's Proclamation^ Upper Burma was declared to be part of Her Majesty's dominions and placed under the direct administration of the Oovernor-General, and later on, the districts of Upper Burma were brought under the regular administration, and Upper and Lower Burma were formed into a single province called Burma. II.— THE SHAN STATES. The Shan States formed an integral part of the Burmese kingdom. They may be divided into three groups — (1) the States west of the Irawadi river; (2) the States east of the Irawadi and west of the Salween ; (S) the States % east of the Salween. A list of these States is given in an Appendix.*^ Each State is governed by a ruler styled Sawbwa^ Myoza, or Ngwegunhmu. The States west of the Irawadi were, at the time of annexation, Wuntho, KalOi Hsawng-hsCkp, Singaling Hkamti, and Hkamti Ldng. The State of Wuntho was a land-locked territory, wedged in between the districts of Katha, Bhamo, Shwebo, Ye-u, and the Upper Chindwin, For some time after the annexation of Upper Burma the Sawbwa of Wuntho assumed an attitude of hostility to the British Oovernment, and in 1886-87 operations were undertaken with a view to reducing: him to submission. After the occupation of the capital of his State by British troops the Saw- bwa tendered his submission, and agreed to pay the tribute levied from his State in the time of the Burmese Oovernment. He long declined, however, to receive British officers in a becoming manner, and it was not till the middle of 1890 that the Deputy Commissioner of Katha met him in his capital. For some time after this meeting the Sawbwa's attitude was more satisfactory : he rendered assistance in the suppression of crime^ settled a considerable portion of the outstanding fines for dakaitis committed by Wuntho men, and paid in over half a lakh of rupees on account of tribute. * See Appendix No. 2. VbH III. Burma— Shan States. d35 In Janaary 1891 successfal operations were undertaken^ in concert ^th the 8awbwa's levies, against a dakait leader who had been giving trouble in the neighbourhood of Eaingyi. The northern portion of Wunthoterritory was at this time under the domination of the old Sawbwa of Wuntho, the ruling Sawbwa's father^ who resided at Mansi. A proposal to send a punitive column up the Mesa valley was nat acquiesced in by the Sawbwa, and it was rumoured that any advance through the northern part of the State would be opposed by his father. A reconnaissance conducted on the 12th February revealed the fact that the road was stockaded and that active preparations for resistance had been made. The outbreak which followed had evidently been pre-concerted. Active measures were imme* diately taken : the insurgents were severely handled in several engagements ; the capital of Wuntho was occupied on the 26th February, and by the end of the month both the Sawbwa and his father were fugitives. The direct administration of Wuntho, as a part of the Katha district, was then under- taken, and, under orders issued by the Government of India on the 26th October 1891, Wuntho was finally removed from the category of Shan States, and incorporated in the adjoining districts of Burma. The State of Kale was situate on the Chindwin river, and bordered on the Chin hills which lie between Burma and Bengal. After the annexation of Upper Burma Kale was disturbed by internal a^hism until early in 1887| when the old and incapable Sawbwa was deposed, and his nephew and rival recognised in his stead. Early in 1888 the ex-Sawbwa absconded from Mandalay, where he had been living in receipt of a small pension, and made his way to the Chin country bordering on Kale. There he found an asylum among the Tashdns, one of the principal Chin tribes, and induced them to attack Kale with a view to his restoration to power. In consequence of this action of the Tashdns, and of the designs of the ex-Sawbwa, Kale was occupied by British troops and military police, and operations, referred to in a later paragraph, were under- taken against the Chins. At the end of 1889 the ex-Sawbwa surrendered to the British Oovernment and was again granted a small pension. Shortly after the suppression of the Wuntho rebellion it was proved that the ruling Chief of Kale was thoroughly disloyal, and had been engaged in a variety of in- trigues. He was accordingly deported to Rangoon ; the administration was entrusted to British officers ; and under orders of the Oovernment of India, dated the 5th August 1891, the State of Kale was incorporated in the Upper Chindwin district . 886 Barma—Shan States. Fart III The State of Hsawiig^hsiip (Thaung^thut) comprises a small territory on the Chindwin river to the east of Mauipur. The Sawbwa tendered his alle- giance in 1886 and has since remained on good terms with the Government. In 1889 he received a sanad of appointment from the Chief Commissioner. The Sawbwa's conduct has been consistently loyal and satisfactory, and he was proof against all the efforts of his son-in-law, the ex-Sawbwa of Wuntho, to induce him to join in the rebellion of February 1891. The petty State of Singaling Hkamti lies considerably higher up the Chind- win river. It is of no importance. Its Chief is on friendly terras with the oflScers of the adjacent British district; he has received an order of appointment from the Commissioner of the division under the Chief Commissioner's orders, and pays a nominal tribute of Ks. 50 per annum. The State of Hkamti Ldng, known in Assam as Bor Khampti, lies near the head-waters of the western branch of the Irawadi. It was visited from Assam by Colonel Woodthorpe, R.E., and Major Macgregor in 1884-85, and the exploring party was exceedingly well received. Since the annexation of Upper Burma friendly advances have been made by some of the Hkamti Shan Chiefs, but that region has not yet been visited by any British officer from the side of Burma, and a great part of the adjoining tract to the north, east and south of Hkamti Ldng is practically unknown country. East of the Irawadi and separated from it by districts under settled ad- ministration lies the great stretch of country known as the Shan States. The Burmese Government always claimed sovereignty over these States up to and beyond the Mekong river. But from time to time, as opportunity occurred, the Sawbwas endeavoured to throw off the Burmese yoke. At the date of the annexation of Upper Burma the rulers of several of the more powerful States were in exile at Kdng Tung, an important State east of the Salween river. These exiled Chiefs conceived the plan of erecting the Shan States into an independent kingdom, and invited a scion of the Burmese royal house, known as the Limbin Prince, to become their sovereign. The Limbin Prince joined the exiles at KSng Tung, and with them crossed the Salween. Till the end of 1886 a great part of the Cis-Salween States was in the hands of this coalition. In January 1887 a British force entered the Shan States and the Limbin Prince's confederacy almost at once fell to pieces. The Chiefs of the Cis-Salween States tendered their submission and received sanads of appointment on suitable terms. Since 1888 the Cis-Salween Shan States, with the exception of Mong Mit and of the petty Chiefship of Maw, have been Fart III Burma— Shan States. 337 administered by two'SuperintendentSy one for the Soatfaern States, with head-qnarters at Fort Stedman in Yawng Hire, and another for the Northern States^ with head-quarters at Lashio in North Hsen Wi« Maw is administered under the control of the Commissioner^ Eastern Divisioui and Mong Mit under that of the Commissioner, Northern Division. The young Sawbwa of Mong Mit is a minor, and the affairs of the State were at first directed by a Council of Regency composed of Native officials. In 1889 the experiment was tried of placing the State ip charge of Saw Maung, ex. Sawbwa of Yawng Hwe, for a term of five years. Experience having* proved that this plan was not likely to be successfuli it was decided in Pebraary 189S to administer the State directly during the minoriiy. The form of admin- istration has been assimilated to that of the adjoining Ruby Mines district, of which Mong Mit now practically forms a subdivision in charge of an Assistant Commissioner. Some uncertainty in respect to the Trans-Salween States was caused by the action of the Siamese Government in advancing claims to the possession of five small States called Mong Tan, Mong H&ng, Mong Hsat, Mong Kyawt, and Mong Hta on the east of the Salween. After fall examination of the Siamese claims it was definitely decided in 1890 tliat they could not be admitted, and the boundaries of these States and of certain other territory, of which the limits towards Siam were uncertain, were settled by a Commission appointed for the purpose. At the same time Edng Tung, one of the most important of the Trans-Salween States, was visited by the Superintendent of the Shan States,, and a sanad granted to the Sawbwa. No final decision has yet been arrived at in regard to the other Trans-Salween States. The rulers of the Cis-Salween States have all received sanads signed by the Chief Commissioner confirming them in their dignities. Forms of the Sanad (No. CXXX) granted to Sawbwas and Myozas, and of the Order of appoint- ment (No. CXXXI) of minor Chiefs styled Ngwegunhmus, are given. The Sanad (No. CXXXII) bestowed on the Sawbwa of Hsi Paw diffei-s slightly from that granted to the other Chiefs of similar rank. The Cis-Salween States are treated as part of British India, but their administration is in the hands of the Native Chiefs subject to the control and supervision of the Superintendents. Except in the group of petty States on the borders of Burma proper, known as the Myelat, the law administered is for the present the customary law of each State modified by the prohibition of barbarous and un* usual punishment, and by the prescription of simple rules of criminal procedure^ 2x 888 Burma— Eaohins. Part III Only such Acts and Reguktions as are specially extended to tlie Sbaii Stateitf by the Chief Commissioner, with tfie previous sanction of the OoVernof- General in Council, ard in force in thesid States. The Myelati is littder the more direct CKintrol of British offlcersy Knd the criminal law adkninisrtered theiein k the same aer in other parts of Upper Burma. The Trans-Sal^een StatB of KSng Tung^ is not included in British India. It ii§ deialt with as a Native State in subordinate alliance with the British Government, and its Chief has received a San&d (No.CXXXlII) in a form somewhat different from that conferred on the rulers of the Cis-Salween States. III.— THE KACHINS. The Kachins are a semi-barbarous race of mountaineers, living almost exclusively on the summits and ridges of hills, and for the most part in small villages, the headmen or petty Sawbwas of which render a nominal obedience in certain cases to the recognised Chief of their tribe or clan. The great majority of the Kachins are spiiit-worshippers, but in places where they have mingled with Shans and Burmans, they occasionally maintain pdngyis (Buddhist priests) and profess Buddhism. The Kachins are regarded by the Shans and Burmese with a strange superstitious dreadf The manners and customs of various Kachin tribes have been described at considerable length in Dr. Ander« son's ' Mandalay to Momien,' and in the late Colonel Hannay's 'Sketch of the Singphos or the Kakhyens of Burma.' The Hkamti tract between the head- waters of the Malikha and Mogiung rivers is generally believed to have been the original home of the Kachin race. The name which thete ibountaineers ordinarily give to themselves is ' Ching- paw ' (softened among the tribes on the Assam border into * Singpho ') which in their language is literally * n)eri/ Dr. Anderson thus describes the Kachins :-^ ' They are distributed all over the mountains that define the v&Uey of the Ira- wadi north of Hotha, and on the hills that occur between them, as far ali the wall of mountains tliat closed in the Kampti (Hkamti) plain ob the north; They may be said, in general terms, to be confined, as far as our present know- ledge goes, between the 28rd and 28th parallels of north latitude, and the 95th and 99th degrees of east longitude.' Later ihfottiiation tends to prorrs that these limits are exceedingly ikccnirate bs marking the furthest eitensixm of the Kachins. The Nagas and Mishibis on the Assani border, the Khunuiigs (or Kanongs) and certain other tribes on the north of Hkamti, the Majrus in Part III Burma— Eaohins. 839 jthe 'Np^ikha valley, the Lashis and 'Szis on the western frontier of Yunnan and tp the south of Mogaung, and possibly also the Lishaws (or Yawyins), are tribes cognate to the Kacbins. ^he best account yet given of the varioas Kachin tribes and elans is, prqbaMy, that contained in Captain Elliott's report on ,the reconnaissance of 1 890-91 in the upper Irawadi basin. The oldest .and original tribes are the Marip, Lataung, Lepei, 'Nkum, and liifaran; the remaining tribes and clans being merely offshoots. The Kakus, or ' Kachips of the river sources/ h(fld,the area between the Marao stream (in about latitude 26^ 18^) and theHkapti i|lain in the Malikha valley, and also the country farther west : the 'Nkums are the most powerfal tribe among these Kachins. The following is a list of Eaehin tribes de9cril)ed by Captain .Elliott : — LakaD, LataaDg, Maran, Marip, 'Nkum, Sadan, Sassun, Lepei. Other, non-Kachin, hill tribes, who are intermixed an^ closely connected with the Kachins in the north of Upper Burma are styled : — Lashi, I Mam, Lishaw. I 'Sr-i. Prior to 1891, although the tribes south of the Taping had been taught by several punitive expeditions to recognise and respect our authority, the country north of that river was entirely unvisited save for the reconnaissance of the 1890-91 season. Repeated outrages which had been committed by thie tribes in this area had proved that the country must be brought under control, and the necessity for early action was accentuated by reports that the ex« Sawbwa of Wuntho was at Saddn stirring up the tribes to raid. Four col- umns were accordingly detailed in the open season of 1891-9:^ to bring under subjection what has been conveniently styled the ' Eastern Kachin Tract/ . »• ... The net results of the operations were the recognition of our authority throughout the greater part of the area visited, the disarmament of a large number of villages, the collection of a certain amount of tribute, and the con* struction of a post at Saddn. In the first year after the annexatioui it was through our occupation of Mogaqng and our interests in the Jade Mines that we were chiefly brought into contact with the Kachins. Early in 1886 a British force accompanied by the Deputy Copmissioner, Bhamo, visited Mogaung and received the submission of the local officials, but no direct control was then established. In December 340 Burma-Eachiss. Fart III 1887^ however^ a strong colamn, accompanied by Major Adamson as Political Officer^ was detailed to place oar authority on a satisfactory basis, and to open up relations with the Kachin tribes inhabiting the Jade and Amber Mine tracts. The summary of the Burma Administration Report of 1887-88 records that ' by the tact and good management of Major Adamson^ the Kachin Sawbwas, who dominate the tract in which the Jade Mines are situated^ weriB induced to tender their submission/ These Kuchins are of the Marip tribe and have since remained friendly. Mogaung was constituted a subdivision of the Bhamo district, and an Assistant Commissioner was posted to the charge. Early in this century the Hukong valley was in the possession of the Hkamti Shans, whose capital was at Miing Klidm (Maingkwan) ; they were, howeveri expelled by the Burmese, and the valley was subsequently settled by Kachins who paid allegiance to Burma. The Hukong valley is surrounded by hills and traversed by several rivers, the principal of which is the Chindwin, called the Tanai by the Kachins. The valley contains a magnificent rubber forest, and gold-washing is freely and successfully carried on. The Amber mines lie about 5 miles south-west of Maingkwan. The Kachins in the valley are peaceable and friendly. Captain Elliott has noted in his reconnaissance report that ' above Myit- kyi-na the country is entirely Kachin, the Shao element completely disap- pearing.' The name * Malikha ' signifies * big river' in Kachin, while 'Nmaikha signifies * bad water,' a name which has its origin in the difficulties offered to navigation by the rapids in the eastern branch of the Irawadi. Captain Elliott and Major Hobday came to the conclusion, from calculations as to the varying depths and velocities of the two rivers at the confluence, that the eastern branch has the greatest dischai^e of water^ and is thus eutitled to be called the true source of the Irawadi. The difference, however, is not very marked. From Marao Sida (on the Malikha in latitude 86^ W, approxi- mately) upwards come the Kaku Kachins, or Kachins of the bead- waters. Their country extends as far north as the Hkamti plain. Round Hkamti to the east and north-east come the Kanong, Passu, and Naukmong tribes, and to the north and north-west the Kamans and Khang^. The Karines (a tribe of the Kakus) live east of the Malikha. The Kanongs live in high mountains east of the Karines, and there is apparently a good deal of intercourse between them and the Karine villages. The Kanongs, Passus, and Naukmongs give das, necklaces, and musk as tribute to the Shan Sawbwa of Hkamti LAng. The Kbangs^ however, seem to be exempted from this tax. Part III Burma— ChiDs. 341 The northern and eastern parts of the State of Mong Mit contain a large Kaehin popalation. The Kaohin villacres are mixed up with those of the Falaungs (an entirely separate race whose principal habitat is in Tawng Peng); the hills here are easier of access than most of those in which the Kachios are found, and from their proximity to the plain country of Mong Mit and to the Irawadi the Kachins are better to do than in other regions. In the Northern Shan States almost the whole of the north-eastern corner of North Hsen Wi^ and other considerable tracts on the east, south-east, and north-westof that State are dominated and mainly inhabited by Kachins. In the north of Tawng Peng and in the north-east of South HsenWi there are also considerable Kaehin settlements, and a few Tillages are to be found in the north of Mong L6ng. The general policy to be adopted towards the Kachins has been recently under consideration! and it has been decided that they shall be dealt with in two main divisions, viz., — (i) the tribes and clans within our line of outposts and settled villages who will be brought under thorough administration ; (ii) the tribes and clans without that line, who will be subjected to politi- cal control only. IV.— THE CHINS. To the west o£ Burma, between the districts bordering on the Chindwin river and Bengal and Assam, lies a mountainous tract, the eastern portiou of which is inhabited by races known under the general name of Chins. For many years prior to the annexation of upper Burma the Chins, a savage and barbarous people, had been in the habit of raiding on the adjacent plains of Burma and on the State of Kale. The main subdivisions of the Chins, so far as the tribes bordering on Burma are concerned, are the Kanbaws, the Siyins, the Tashdns, the Hakas, the Tdkwas, and the Chinbdks. Roughly speaking, these tribes lie in the above order from north to south. In conse- quence of incessant raids committed in the plains operations were undertaken against these tribes in the year 1888-89. Severe punishment was inflicted on the northern clans, the Siyins and Kanbaws ; and in the open season of 1889-90 further operations were undertaken against the Tashdns, Ydkwas, and Hakas. These latter tribes submitted almost without resistance, tlie Siyins and other clans in the north subsequently came to terms, and British garrisons, with Political Officers, were established at Fort White in the north, and at Haka in 342 Burma— Bed Karens. Part III tlie south, (or the purpose o£ controllings the Chins and compelling them to abstain from further aggressions on British territory. In 1890-91 the Chin Hills were administered from three centres— the northern tribes from Fort White^ the central tribes from Haka, and the southern tribes from Yawdwin. In the north the open season operations re- sulted in the submission of the three important tribes of Siyins, Mobingyis, and Kanhaws. The principal tribes in »the central district are the Tashdns, Hakas^ Tlantlangs^ Y6kwas and Bauogshes. The Thetta clan of .the Baung- she tribe. gave some troublci but was. reduced to order, and there was a sudden rising aooong the Tlantlangs. The remaining tribes behaved, on the whole, ^verjr well. Among the southern tribes the Chinbdks, who had committed several raids, were severely punished; but the rest of the country remaii^ ,«f}wtically unyi^ted. In 1881-92 a Adries of expeditiums on a carefally prepared scheme were undertaken in the northern Chin country, and praotioaUy the whole area was . explored. A colifmn from the^Burma side, marched across to Fort Lungleh, and rendered valiia]i^le.a88i8taiiQe,in subduing the nebellio^asLushais;, trade between t^Chin Hills and Buf ma revived ; and it was considered safe to withdraw the outposts in the Kubo valley. The various columns operating from Hakain 1891-92 reduced the Baung- shes to order, severely punished the Tlantlangs ior the outbreak of the preced- . ingjear, and pompleted the dpmination of the Tashdns by establishing a per- , majipient post at. their principal village, Falam. A successful season's work was .accomplished among the southern Chin tribes; the country was thoroughly ^.eai^ploredi; tribute collected^ and satisfactory relatipns everywhere established. A scheme is now under consideration for placing the whole of the Chin 'Hillsunder the control of one Political' Officer posted at Falam, with assistants at Haka, :Fortt«ehite| etc. V,— ;rHE RED KARENS. iTo the north-east of .'Lower Burma, bordering on the Shan States on the north and the .Salween river on the east, lies the mojuntainous traqt known as Karenni^ the country of, the Red£arens. The first occasion on . which .the 'British Government came into contact with these people was in 1886^ jwben the Convmissioner of the:Tenasserim provinces deputed Mr. Riehftodson to proceed to Kacenni and make arrangements for opening trade. It is beliaved that at that time one Chief dominated the whole country, and that be Part ni Burma— Bed Karens. 8^43 ^ftr iDdepetitl^nt of the' King of Bariha. After' the anne:ttftioiro£ Pegli> when th^ boundaty belTween British lind Native Burma waGrdecflared to be the painilel 6 milieir north of MyedSy rt was thought tliat the Karenni were subject ta the Barkfiei^ 66v0rnteent> and it was therefore de6lared that* the boandary cihoiild eztedd to the Salween throu=g^li the Karenni e6autry. As, however, it was^as-^ Pertained that th^ Red Karens were independent^ and as therei was no intetttioii of as^rting a right of conquest over them, the demarcation of the boundarry Was not Carried farther east of the Sittang than the Eunaimg ridge of the Panglang range of mountains. The earliisst rulers of the whole of Karetini wer6 a rac6 knoWn as Yinta* lais^ or Yinkalas^ whose origin is unknowti. Their knguage difibred fi'otti that of the Bied Karens and was conhecH^ed with the Karenbvu (Whitis Kat^n) And Taungthu dialects. The petty Sawbwa of* 6aw)ak£ is said to be ths otHy remaining ruler of pure Yintalai blood. The history of Karenni is obsdthle and of no special iiiterest or importance. The two main divisions itito ^hich the country has long been divided are kno#n as Erasterri and Westei^n Karenni. It is hot precisely knoWn when these divisions ^ere constituted. In each sdction tliere are, aind h^ve long beeuj several Chiefs who are practically independent of one another, though one Chief in each division has usually endisavom-ed to assert supremacy over the rest. Western Karenni Was formerly divxdlBd into two parts ; the southern called after the name of a form^ Chief, Kyetpogyi, and the northern called Kyetpogale^ also after the naore of a former Ghief. The Western Karenni Chiefs, of whom the most impottiant seenHs to havie been ^yetpdgyi^ showed from the first an anxiods desire for British protection. In 1855 an agent on the part of the British Government was placed at Kyetpogyi's chief town in order to observe and report events in the neighbour- ing States, atid to use his influence fo check the wars and forays carried on to secure captives to be sold into slavery. In January 1857 the Deputy Commis- sioner of Toungoo, Mr. E. O' Riley, proceeded to Karenni, on which occasion he made a contract of friendship with the ancient chieftain. Prom that period this Chief considered hitnself as being under the protection of the British Gov- eniment, and though no promise of protection was made to him, yet the kn6WU fact of the public acknowledgmient of friendship, and the presence of the Agent who remained at his town till 1862, served to preserve the Chief from serious attack. In 1863 Mr. O'Riley was again deputed to Elarenni to arrang^e differences that had arisen with the Chiefs of Eastern Karenni and to provide for the safe 344 Burma^Bed Karens. Part III transit of caravans through all parts of that country. He found the Chiefs of Western Karenni firm in their attachment to the British Oovernment and renewed with them the contract of fi-iendship made in 1857. Kyetpogyi died in 1868| and his sonsi Kun Ti and Eun Sha^ repeated the request previously made by their father that the British Oovernment would take possession of and ad- minister Western Karenni. I1iis was declined^ but inconsequence of applica- tions made in 1869 by the Chief of Eastern Karenni to the Burmese Government for assistance against the Western Karens, the King of Burma was urged to abstain from interference with the independence of Western Karenni, and posi- tive assurances were given by his Prime Minister that the wishes of the British Oovernment would be scrupulously respected. Towards the end of 1873, in consequence of reports oE a threatened movement of the Burmese afirainst Western Karenni, the Burmese Oovernment were reminded of the assurances given in 1869 and 1870 ; they repudiated these assurances and asserted a claim to exercise sovereignty over Western Karenni. The determination of the British Ot>vernment not to allow any extension of Burmese authority south of the prolongation of the British boundary line remained unchanged, and as no satisfactory proposal was made by the Envoy whom the King deputed to- wards the end of. 1874 to discuss the question, Sir Douglas Forsyth was in- structed to proceed to Mandalay and, as a preliminary to further discussion, to require an assurance from the King that the status qu6 in Western Karenni should be maintained. The King, however, anticipated all discussion by volun- teering to guarantee the independence of Western Karenni, and an Agreement (No. CXXXIY) to this effect was executed on the 21st June 1875. The Burmese Oovernment were at the same time informed that the boundary between Western Karenni and Burmese territory would.be demarcated by a British oflScer, who might, should the King desire it, be accompanied by a Burmese official. The boundary was accordingly demarcated early in 1876 by Mr. Hilde- brand. But the Burmese outposts established at Namm^kdn and Lawdawku in Western Karenni were not withdrawn till May 1877. Kun Ti appears to have died about 1879, and his brother Kun Sha in the following year : the latter was succeeded by a younger brother known as Byareh or Kun Bya, who was associated in the Chiefship with Kun Po, a son of Kun Ti. It would appear, however, that the influence of these two descendants of Kyetpogyi was but weak, and this division of Western Karenni seems to have come gra- dually under the supremacy of Po Bya, who had been for some years de faeto ruler of Kyetpogale. Po Bya is believed to have been originally the deputy Part III Burma^Bed Karens. 346 of Kyetpogyi; and daring Mr. Hildebrand's visit in 1876 the chiefship of the Northern division was nominally held by Peh Ba^ a son of Kyetpogale. The power appears^ however, to have rested even then with Po Bya, and since Peh Bn's death in 1878 Po Bya's title has been nndisputed. Po Bya was in a measure responsible for the difficulties at first thrown in the way of Mr. Hildebrand in 1876, but he subsequently showed himself most anxious to secure the favour and support of the British Government. In 1885, according^ to an account g^ven by certain emissaries sent to Rangoon ly Po Bya, the division^ of Western Karenni were as follows : — ^The northern part, Namm^kdn^ was directly under Po Bya ; south of this was Naungpale, ruled by 8i Pe, grandson of Kyetpogale ; Kyetpogyi^ to the south of Naungpale, was governed by Kun Bya and Kun Po; while on the extreme south was Bawlak^ under the rule of Pa Bin. According to the statement of the emissaries all these sub* divisions acknowledged the supremacy of Po Bya. Kun Bya (Byareh) died in September 1889 and Kyetpogyi is now under the nominal rule of his nephew Kun Po (Po Beh). The paramount power in Western Karenni remained with Po Bya until his death at the close of 1891. lu January 189:^ the Superintendent^ Southern Shan States^ visited Western Karenni and granted Sanads (No. CXXXV) as Myozas to the Chiefs of Naungpale, Kyetpogyi, and Bawlake. At Namm^kdn the Superintendent was invited to elect and appoint a successor to Po Bya ; a meeting of the heads of all villages in the State was held and the public choice fell on Kun Pya, a son-in-law of the late Chief. The appointment was confirmed by the Chief Commissioner. Each of the Western. Karenni Myozas will in future pay a nominal tribute of Bs. 100 per annum. In Eastern Karenni the supreme power was for many years exercised by a Chief called Sawlapaw, who claimed to be of Yintalai descent. He was elected Chief of Eastern Karenni on the death of his brother Sawpyatin in 1225 B.E, (about 1863). The Burmese Oovernment never abstained from intrigues in Karenni, and nmde special efforts to obtain an acknowledged supremacy over Eastern Karenni or, as it was styled by the Burmese Oovernment, Kantarawadi. The claim of the Burmese Oovernment to exercise sovereignty over Western Karenni was, as already explained, explicitly renounced by the treaty of 1876; and the Besident at Mandalay was expressly ordered to decline to acknowledge any similar claim put forward in respect of Eastern Karenni. It isknownj however, that Sawlapaw took the oath of allegiance to the King 2y 846 Burma— Bed Karens. Fart III of Burma and regarded himself as subject to the Burmese Government, lu the latter years of the separate existence of the Burmese kingdom the weakness of the central administration prevented any active interference iu Karenni affairs, and after the withdrawal of the Resident from Mandalay the relations between Burma and Karenni attracted little attention. After the annexation of Upper Burma in 1886 the British Oovernment continued to regard Karenni as independent. As it had always been main* tained that Karenni was in no way subject to the King of Burma, it was assumed that the extinction of the Burmese monarchy did not affect the rela- tive position of the Karenni Chiefs and the British Oovernment. With Western Karenni friendly relations were constantly maintained. But Sawlapaw, the Chief of Eastern Karenni, assumed an unfriendly attitude, and in 1888 attacked the British Shan States on his borders. In consequence of this a military expedition was sent to Eastern Karenni in 1888-89 and the capital, Sawldn, was occupied. Sawlapaw fled and bis nephew Sawlawi was appointed Chief in his stead. Sawlawi has up to the present time faith- fully observed his engagements with the British Uovernment, and Eastern Karenni has been admitted as a feudatory of the Empire. In 1890 a Sanad of appointment (No, CXXXVI), similar to that granted to the Chief of Keng Tung, was granted to Sawlawi, who has succeeded in extending his authority almost over the whole of Eastern Karenni. Sawlawi has no brother or sister living. His principal wife, by whom he has one daughter, is of the bouse of the Myozas of Tam Hpak. He hasHwo other wives, but has no children by them. SawUpaw died in October 1890. The subjoined table shows the genealogy and relationships of the Eastern Karenni Chiefs :— Pttbawgyi (Married a dsaghter of Pa Ban.) Salakw^. I Sawpyatin, Samlapaw, Mungli (dangbter). Chief 01 Eastern tnceeeded Saw- Karenni until hii death pjratin. ami. in ahont 1863. | 6aw1 I I I Daughter born Daughter bom Sawlawi about 1888, in 1889. (present Chief). At the time of the expedition of 1888-89 the Siamese Goyernment was invited to co-operate by taking action to prevent the escape of Sawlapaw Fart III Burma— Bed Karens. 847 • across the Salween* Advantage was taken of the opportunity to occupy a tract of country east of the Salween^ which had for many years been in the possession and under the administration of the Chief of Eastern Karenni. This tract was claimed by the Siamese Oovemment and by Sawlawi. In 1889-90 a Boundary Commission held a local inyestigation into the claims advanced by Sawlawi. Although the Commission was 'appointed at the instance of the Siamese Government, that Government at the last moment declined to join in the enquiry^ which was accordingly held em parte, and the British Government decided the question of ownership in favour of Karenni. The boundary laid down by the British Commissioners was subse- quently accepted by the Siamese Government. 348 Bnrma-Na CZZIV. Part III No. OXXIV. Tbanblatiok of the Boyal Mandate, accompanying the letter to the Goybbkob-Gknebal, dated September 1796. fl To all Killadati and Oovernors of Porli, in like virtue to the Jtaj/woon of Henzawuddjf. The souroe of fsreatness and dignity celestial, whose threshold is as the firmament, and whose suppliants, when he places the Golden Foot of Majesty on their fortunate heads, like the blooming water-lilly, are inspired with con- fidence unbounded, such are the ministers of exalted rank, the guardians of the Empire, from among whom the high and transcendent Minister proclaims these Orders :— Governor of Henzawuddy, whose title is Meen La Noo Betha ; Oovemor of the Waters, whose title is Yaaoon or Bawoon ; Collector of the King's Revenoes, whose title is Ackawoon ; Collector of Customs, whose title is Ackoon ; Commander of the Troops, whose title is Chekaw. 1. Whereas English merchants resort to the port of Rangoon to carry on trade, in friendship, good faith, and confidence in the Royal protection, therefore when merchants come to the port of Rangoon, duties for godown, rabeat (searchers or appraisers) and other charges, all these shall be regulated according to the former established rates, and no more, on. any pretence, shall be taken. 2. All English merchants, who have paid the Port Duties, shall be allowed to go to whatever part of the country they think fit, having obtained a certificate and order from the May woon, or Governor of the Province, and whatever goods English merchants wish to purchase in return, they shall not be iroped^ or molested, or prevented in their barter, bargain, or purchase; and if it should be judged expedient to establish any person, on the part of the English Company, at Rangoon, for the purpose of trade, and to forward letters or presents to the King, to such person a right of residency is granted. 3. If any English merchant is aggrieved, or thinks he suffers oppression^ he may complain either to the Governor of the Province, by petition to the Throne, or prefer his complaint in person ; and as Englishmen are, for the most part, unacquainted with the Burman tongue, they may employ whatever interpreters they think fit, previously acquainting the King's interpreters what person they mean to employ. 4. English ships driven into any Birman port by stress of weather, and in w:int of repairs, on due notice of their distress being given to the Officers of Gt)vemment, such vessels shall be expeditiously supplied with workmen, timber, iron, and every requisite, and the work shall be done, and the supplies granted, at the current rates of the country, Part III Burma— No. CXXIV. 849 5. As the English have \or\g had oommercial connexions with this NatioHi and are desirons of extending them^ they are to be allowed to oome and depart at their pleasure, without hinderance : and seeing that the illus- trions Governor General of Caleatta, in Bengal, on the part of the King of England, has sent tokens of friendship to the Golden Feet, these orders are therefore issued for the benefit, ease, and protection of the English people. The original in Birman, authentioated by the great Seal. (A true translation.) (Signed) Miohabl Stubs, JjMt at lAe Court of Jva. Account of Duties paid by ships on anchoring at Rangoon, agreeable to former Regulations, as follows :r— Oovernmeni Duiie$. A piece of flowered cloth. A piece of madrepauk. One handkerchief to tie up the aforesaid articles. To the person who carries the aforesaid pieces of cloth, eighteen cubits of common cloth, a red cotton handkerchief, and two and a half takals in money. When a ship arrives, the following Duties are usually paid to the Members of the Provincial Government :— Maywoon Rawoon . • • Ackoon • • • Shawbunder, or Ackawoon Deputy to the Shawbunder Chokey 1st Nakhaun • 2nd Nakhaun 1st Siredogee • tnd Siredogee • Flowered cloth| one piece. Madrepauk, two do. Flowered cloth, one do. Madrepauk, two do. Flowered cloth, one do. Madrepauk, two do. Flowered cloth, one do. Madrepauk, two do. Flowered cloth, one do. Madrepauk, two do. Flowered doth, one do. Madrepauk, two do. Flowered cloth, one do. Madrepauk, . two do. Flowered cloth, one do. Madrepauk, two do. Flowered cloth, one do. Madrepauk, two do. Flowered doth, one do. Madirepaukj two do. 850 Borma— No. OXXIV. Part III When a ship leaves the port, it is customary to make presents to the Members of the Provincial Government, as follows : — ^two pieces of silee to each of the befote •mentioned Members of Government^ that is, twenty -tour in all. • It being customary for ships, on their arrival and departure, to give as perquisites to the Members of Government, cloth, flowered, figured, and plain, and madrepauk or silee, such articles varying in their price, oeing sometimes dear and sometimes cheap, the amount therefore being liable to vary, it is established that a ship, in lieu of such presents, shall pay altogether, for entrance and departure, five viss of fine Silver called Rowna. Each ship shall pay for the Linguists eighty takals. For the Chowkeydars, who are stationed at the ghaut, or sent on board the ship, thirty-five takals. For peonsi who carry intelligence, five takals. For the person who accompanies the ship down to the Chokey, ten takals. Writers and Chokeydars of the godowns, ten takals. Gate Porter of the Fort, ten takals. The Chokey called Denouckand, the Chokey where lights are keptj for both, ten takals. To the Writer^ for a pass to clear the Chokeys on departure, five takals. The Accountant of Govemmentj fifteen takals. Pilotage. — A ship of three masts, two hundred takals ; a vessel of two masts, one hundred and fifty takals ; a vessel of one mast, one hundred takals. Anchorage.'^ A. ship of three masts, thirty takals ; a vessel of two masts, twenty takals ; a vessel of one masti ten takada. It Is the custom on all goods that are imported to take one out of ten, or ten out of an hundred. King's Duty ; likewise the owner of the ship gives five pieces out of the firat bale which he brings on shore, and each person who oomes in the ship aa a Merchant, and not belonging to the ship, shall give one piece. To the Appraisers and Bxaminers one and a half out of each hundred. The Stamper of Cloth, if he stamps three hundred aud sixty pieces, he is entitled to one piece* The Writer or Accountant, who attends on board for registering five hundred pieces, he is to receive one piece. When a ship is about to depart, an Officer of Government goes on board to examine and ^patch her : such officer shall receive seven visa of sugar, and one hundred and forty China platea. Shipe reaorting from every quarter to the Porta of Hia Burlnan Majeaty, Duties neither more nor leaa are to be received or exacted, and on thia head the ordera of Hia Majeaty have been iaaued. The account is authenticated, and the particulars specified ; nevertheless, in consideration of the friendahip hat subaiats wltii toe English, henceforth whatsoever ships are bonf^Jide Part III Burma— No. OXXIV. 851 English property, the Port Daties and exactions from such ships, both at com- ing and departing, shall be paid at the Fort of Rangoon, in silver of twenty- five per cent, standard^ called in the Birman language Mowadzoo, or twenty* five per cent, silver. The original annexed to the Viceroy^s letter to the Governor-General. (A true translation.) (Signed.) M. Stmbs, J^ent to the Court of Ava. Translation of an Order from the Viceroy of Henzawuddy to the Subordinate Council of Rangoon. Aekoom^ Chokey^ Nakham^ Chergee of Heneawuddy. Whereas the Governor-Geneial of Bengal having deputed Captain Michael Symes to the Golden Feet^ charged with presents, with a view to increase the long existing friendship between the Burman and the English nations, His Majesty being highly pleased thereat, has directed that the propositions whicli have been made by Captain Michael Symes shall be complied with, therefore the amity which has subsisted between the nations being confirmed and aug- mented by these presents, wliatever English ships shall henceforth come to Rangoon, such t^hips shall pay certain Port Duties in the currency at which goods are usually sold, that is, Mowadjod or silver of twenty-five per cent, standard. (Signed) Hknzawuddtnb Mecfn Mbwwoon Mebtsha, or tie. Governor of tie thirty-two Provineei of Hetieawuddy. (A true translation.) (Signed) M. Symes, Jffent to the Court of Ava, Translation of the Boyal Ordbrs, regulating the Customs to be taken at the several Chokeys between Ummerapoor and Rangoon. Sirdars^ Chokeydars and Guards of the several Ghauts^ extending to the verge of the ocean. Whereas the Governor-General^ ont of his friendship, has deputed Captain Michael Symes from Calcutta^ in Bengal^ to he his vakeel at this Couit, who 862 Burma— No. OXXIV. Part III haviog made representation and meraorial to us, saoh representation has accordingly been taken into due consideration. Merchants having paid the established Duty on their mereliandize^ who do not dispose of such goods at the place of importation, but choose to bring them to tiie capital fliterally the Oolden Feet) either in person or by their iigenty from such mercnants no Duties are, on any pretence, to be exacted ur demanded on the way to the Capital, but when merchants going back carry with them goods in return, they are to pay Duties on such returning goods, in like manner as is specified by the Regulations issued from tbe Dufter of the Golden Palace, in the Barman year 1 145 : wherefore orders are despatched to the several Chokeys, also to the Maywoon of Henzawuddy, and those matters which were submitted by the principal Ministers to His Majesty are fully authorized. Moreover, in the Burman year 1157, and the 26th of the Burman month Siiundecoup, or the 28th of the Mussulman month Rubbi-ul-awul, the Royal Mandate came forth to the following effect :— - At the Chokey calW Keouptaloom, boats returning from the capital shall pay one mima, or one anna and a half. At the Chokey called Muggoe, if the breadth of the boat be four cubits, for each cubit twelve annas, or three takals in all shall be paid. But if it be less than four cubits, one takal shall be paid for every thousand viss weight of goods ; and if the boat be empty, then shall one mima, or four annas^ be paid for each man. At the Chokey called Pulloe, if the breadth be four cubits, six mima, or ten annas, shall be paid for each cubit ; and if the boat exceeds, or is under, four cubits, the same rate shall be paid : and if the boat be laden with heavy commodities, then shall one takal be taken for every thousand viss. At the Chokey called Puttoo the Custom taken shall be, for each cubit in breadth, three mima, or twelve annas. At the Chokey called Keounzelee, and the Chokey called Nawalee no Duty is to be exacted. Yet same trifle should be given by way of present ; but no boat is to be stopped or impeded. At the Chokey called Tow, where the Duty formerly was levied in lead, it shall now be levied in silver, that is, one takal shall be paid by each boat for every thousand viss burthen. At the Cbpkey called Trougmeow, if the boat be four cubits in breadth^ two hundred and fifty takals of lead (about ten aunas) shall be paid for each cubit, but if the boat be less than four cubits, then shall three viss and thirty takaU of lead be taken tor the whole (something less than a Rupee). At the Chokey called fiamen, boats shall pay six mima, or ten annas, for each cubit in breadth. At the Chokey called Ackeo there is no established Duty, but from boats laden with rice, salt, fish, and nappoe, it is customary to give some trifle* At the Chokey called Henzawa, if a boat carries ten boatmen, besides the steersman, for each of such boatman thirtv-five takals of lead shall be paid, f»art III Burma— No. CXXIV 363 but the flteereman aball pay oothing. ]f a boat be laden with rice, dhall, paddy, barlej, kengid or ootton, then shall the boat so laden pay a quarter o£ a basket of such coromodity ; and if a boat be laden with heavy articles, such as §alt, fish, and nappee, fonr viss of such heavy commodity shall be exacted from each boat. And when a boat going down pays these Duties, no Duties shall be required of the same boat returning ; and the reverse, a boat that has paid the Duty shall not be taxed going down. Some trifling present will be proper. At the Chokey called Denonbeon, if the breadth of the boat be four cubits, such boat shall pay two hundred and fifty takals of lead ; if under that size, for each boatman fifty takals. At the Chokey called Yangansea, an^ the Chokey called Panglang, on the north side, no Duty is to be paid, but a tray is to be given (meaning a trifling present, not more than the value of a Rupee). In the Burman year 1145, a Mandate was issued from the Register of the Golden Palace, that foreign merchants should have liberty to come to the Capital (Golden Feet) without paying Duties ; nevertheless, in returning: they shall pay agreeable to the rates specified in the Royal Mandate issued from the Darbar of the Golden Palace, nor shall more or less be demanded or accepted ; but to the Chokey of Yangansea, on the north side, and the Chokey Panglang, on the north side, and the Chokey Koongee and the Chokey of Loungee, no authority is granted from the Golden Palace to exact Duties, and none on any pretence are to be required or received. (Sd.) VooNviNG Meoza, Principal Minister, (A true translation.) (Sd.) M. Stmbs, Agent to tie Court of Ava. Translation of a Rotal Ordbb respecting the Duty to be taken on timber. Ouards, Chokey dars, and persons in autiorUy, as far as tie seashore. Whereas the Governor-General of the Company at Calcutta, in Bengal, having deputed Captain Michael Symes with presents to the Golden Feet, who requests liberty for merchants to purchase, load, and take away timber, accord- ing to established and autliorized custom, therefore merchants of the English Nation, desirous of transportin&r rafts of timber ' down the river, shall have liberty to carry from towns and villages such timber. And as, in the year 1145, enquiry and investigation were made respeoting the amount of Duties formerly taken at each of the Chokeys, His Majesty was pleased to direct that no Duties should be taken, except what are specified therein ; for that reason 2z 854 Burma-No. CZXV. Fftrt III it 18 now ordered that no Duties shall be taken at Chokeys on timber gt)ingr down> nor any Impost exacted on wood, except fire per cent., payable at Bangooni agreeable to former Regulation. (Sd.) VooNviHG MaozAy Principal Minister. No. CXXV. Treaty of Peacb between the Honobablb East India Company on the one part, and His Majesty the Eino of Aya on the other, settled by Major-Oenesal Sir Archibald Campbell, E.C.B. and E.C.T.S., Commanding the expedi- tion, and Senior Commissioner in Pegu and Ava ; Thomas Campbell Robertson, Esquire, Citil Commissioner in Pegu and Ava; and Henry Dugie Chads, Esquire, Captain, Commanding His Britannic Majesty's and the Honorable Company's Naval Eoroe on the Irrawaddy BiVER, on the part of the Honorable Company; and by Menqyee-Maha-Men-hlah-Eyan-ten Woongyeb, Lord of Lay-^Eaino, and Mengyee-Maha-hlah-thuo-hah-thog- Atwen^woon, Lord of the Revenue, on the part of the Eing of Ava; who have each communicated to the other their full powers, agreed to and executed at Tandaboo, in the EiDgdom of Ava, on this Twenty- fourth day of February, in the year of Our Lord One Thousand Eight Hundred and Twenty-six, corresponding with the Fourth day of the decrease of the Moon Taboung, in the year One Thousand One Hundred and Eighty-seven Gaudma Mvb, — 1826. Aetiolb 1. Here sball be perpetual peace and friendship between the Honorable Company on the one part, aitd His Majesty the King of Ava on the other. Artiolb 2. His Miyesty the Eing of Ava renounces all claims upon, and will abstain from all future interference with, the principality of Assam and its dependen- cies, and also with the cont%uous petty States of Caohar and Jjntia. With regard to Munnipoor it is stipulated, that should Ghumbheer Sing desire to return to that countiy, he diall be recognized by the Eing of Ava as Bajah thereof. Part III Barma^K a CXXV. 8M Article S. To prevent all future dispnteg respectindf the boundary line between the two great Nations, the British Oovemnient will retain the conquen d Prov- inces of Arraean^ including the four divisions of Arracan, Rnmree, Cbeduba, and Sandoway, and His Majesty the King of Ava cedes all riglit thereto. The TJnnoupectoumien or Arakan Mountains (known in Arakan by the name of the Yeonaatoung or Pokhinsrloung Range) will henceforth form the boundary between the two great Nations on that side. Any doubts regarding the said line of demarcation will be settled by Commissioners appointed by the respec- tive goYornments for that purpose^ such Commissioners from both powers to be of suitable and corresponding rank. Abtiolb 4. His Majesty the King of Ava cedes to the British Government the eon- quered Provinces of Yeh^ Tavoy, and Mergui and Tenasserimi with the islands and dependencies thereunto appertaining, taking the Salween Riveras the line of demarcation on that frontier; any doubts regarding their boundaries will b* settled as specified in the concluding part of Article third. Abticlb 5. In proof of the sincere disposition of the Burmese Government to maintain the relations of peace and amity between the Nations, and as pai-t indemnifica- tion to the British Oovernment for the expenses of the War^ His Majesty the King of Ava agrees to pay the sum of one orore of Rupees. Aetiolb 6. No person whatever, whether native or foreign^ is hereafter to be molested by either party, on account of the part which he may have taken or have been Compelled to tiike in the present war, Abtiolb 7. In order to cultivate and improve the relations of amity and peace hereby established between the two governments, it is agreed that accredited minis- ters, retaining an escort or safeguard of fifty men^ from each| shall reside at the Durbar of the other, who shall be permitted to purchase^ or to build a suitable place of residence, of permanent materials ; and a Commercial Treaty, upon principles of reciprocal advantage, will be entered into by the two high contracting powers. Abtiolb 8. All public and private debts contracted by either government, or by the subjects of either government, with the others previous to the war, to be re- cognized and liquidated upon ihe same principles of honor and good faith as if hostilities had not taken place between the two Nations, and no advantage shall be taken by either party of the period that may have elapsed since tlie debts were incurred, or in consequence of the war; aud aecprding to the uni- versal law of Nations, it is further stipulated, that the property of all British 866 Burma— No. CXXV. Part III subjects who may die in tbe dominions of His Majesty theKin^ of Ava, shall, in the ab^^ence of legal heirs^ be placed in the hands of the British Resident or Consul in the said dominions, who will dispose of th% samo according to th» tenor of the British law. In like manner the property of Burmese subjects dying uuder the same circumstances, in any part of the British dominions, shall be made over to the minister or other authority delegated by His Burmese Majesty to tbe Supreme Oovernment of India. Artiolb 9» The King cl Ava will abolish all exactions upon British ships or vessels in Burman ports, that are not required from Burmah ships or vessels in British ports, nor shall ships or vesf^els, the property of British subjects, whether European or Indian, entering tbe Rangoon River or other Burman ports, be required to land their guns, or uuship their rudders, or to do any other act not required of Burmese ships or vessels m British ports. AancLi 10. The good and faithful Ally of the British Government, His Majesty the King of Siam, havinja^ taken a part in tbe present War, will to the fullest extent, as far as regards His Majesty aiid his subjects, be included in the above Treaty. Aeticlb 1L This Treaty to be ratified by the Burmese authorities competent in the like cases, and the Ratification to be accompanied by all British, whether European or Native, American, and other prisoners, who will be delivered over to the British Commissioners; the British Commissioners on their part engag- ing that the said Treaty shall be ratified by the Right Honorable the Gov- emor-Qeneral in Council, and the Ratification shall be delivered to Hi» Majesty the King of Ava in four months, or sooner if possible^ and all the Burmese prisoners shall in like manner be delivered over to their own govern* meut as soon as they arrive from Bengal. (Signed) Archibald Cambell« Labgeen Meonja, Woonghee. (Signed) T. C. ROBBRTSON, Civil Cymmisiioner. Seal of the Lotoo. (Signed) Hy. D. Chads, Captain, Boi/al Navy* Shwagum Woow, Matvoon* Fart III Burma^Ka CXXV. 867 Additional Article. The Brilish Cominissionei's being: most afixioosly desirous to manifest thjD sincerity of their wish for peae^, and to make the immediate execution of the fifth Article of this Treaty as little irksome or inconvenient as possible to His Majesty the Kins of Ava, consent to the following arrangements with respect to the division of the sum total, as specified in the Article before referred to, into instalments, viz., upop the payment of twenty-five lacks of Rupees, or one-fourth of the sum total (the other Articles of the Treaty being executed), the Army will retire to Rangoon. Upon the further payment of a similar sum at that place, within one hundred days from litis date, with the pr^vim^as above^ the army will evacuate the dominions of His Majesty the King of Ava with thA least possible delay, leavinsr the remaining moiety of the sum total to be paid by equal annual instalments in two years, from this Twenty-fourth day of February 1826 A.D., through the Consul or Resident in Ava or Pegu^ on the part of the Honorable the East India Company. (Signed) Archibald Campbell. Labgkbn MbOKJA) Woonghee. (Signed) T. C. ROBBRTSON, . Civil Commissioner. Seal of the Lotoo. (Signed) Hi. D. Chads, Captaim, Royal Navy. SUWAOUM, Atawoon. Ratified by the Governor-General in Council, at Fort William in Bent^al^ this Eleventh day of April, in the Year of our Lord One Thousand Eight Hundred and Twenty-six. (Signed) ft. Amhbrst. cokbbiucxrb, J. H. Habingtok. W« B, Batlby. 868 Burma— Ko. OXXVI. Part III No. OXXVI. CoMMEECiAif Tkbait With AVA— 1826. A Commercial Treaty, signed and sealed at the Golden City of Rata-na*^ para, on the 2Srd of Norember \S'l6, according^ to the Eng^lish, and the 9th of the decrease of the Moon Tan-sounpr-inong 1 i 88^ according to the Bnrmans, by the Envoy Ciawfurd, appointed by the English Ruler the Conpany'9 Buren, who gorerns India, and the Commissioners, the Atwenwun Mengyi* thi«ri-maha-then Eyan, Lord of San, and the Atwenwua Men^yi-Maha-meu* Iha-thi-ba-thui Lord of the Revenue, appointed by His Majesty the Burmese rising Sun Buren, who reign over Tbii-]ia*pa-raa-ta-Tam-pa-dr-pa, and many pther great countries. According to the Treaty of Peace bertween the two great Nations made ai Yandabooy in order to promote the prosperity of both countries, and with a desire to assist and protect the trade of both, the Commissioner and Enroy Crawfurd, appointed by the English Company's Bnren who rutes India, and the Commissioners, the Atwenwnn Mengyi-thi-ra-maba-nunda-then Kyan^ Lord of Sau, and the Atwenwun Maha-men-Iha-thi-ha«thu, Lord of the Revenue, appointed by His Majesty the Burmese rising Sun Buren, who rules over Thu-na-pa-ra-Tam-pa-di-pa, and many other great countries : these three in the conference tent, at the landing-place of Ze-ya*pu-ra^ north of the GeldeD City of Rata-na-pura, with nratual consent completed this Engagement. Articlb I. Peace being made between the great country gfOTorned by the Englisb Prince the India Company Buren, and the great country of Rata-na-pura, which rules over Thu-na«pa-ra-Tam.padi-pa, and many other great countries, wben merchants with an English stamped pass from the country of the English Prince and merchants from the kingdom of Burma pass from one country to the other, selling and buying merchandize, the sentinels at the passes and en- trances, the established gate-keepers of the country, shall make inquiry as usual, but without demanding any money, and all merchants coming truly for the purpose of trade, with merchandize, shall be suffered to pass without hin- derance or molestation. The governments of both countries also shall permit ships with cargoes to enter ports and carry on trade, giving them the utmost protection and security : and in regard to Duties, there shall none be taken beside the customary Duties at the landing places of trade. * Abticlb 2. Ships whose breadth of beam on the inside (opening of the hold) is eight Royal Bnrman cubits of 19^ English inches each, and all ships of smaller size, whether merchants from the Burmese country entering an English port under the Burmese flag, or merchants from the English country with an English stamped pass entering a Burmese port under the English flag, shall Part III Burma— Ka CXXVI. 869 be subject to oo otbar demands beside the pajrment of DutieSi and ten takalfl 25 per cent. (10 sicca Rupees) for a cbokey pass on leaving. Nor shall pilot- age be demanded^ unless the Captain voluntarily requires a pilot. However, when ships arrive, information shall be given to the officer stationed at the entrance of the sea, in regard to vessels whose breadth of beam exceeds eight Royal Burman cubits, and remain, according to the 9th Article of the Treaty of Yandaboo, without unshipping their rudders, or landing their guns, and be free from trouble and molestation as Burmese vessels in British Forts. Beades the Royal Duties^ no more duties shall be given or taken than such as are customary. Artiolb S. Mercbonts belonging to one, who go to the other country and remain there, shall, when they desire to return, go to whatever place and by whatever vessel they may desire, without hinderanoe. Property owned by merchants, they shall be allowed to sell, and property not sold and household furniture, they shall be allowed to take away without hinderance, or incurring any €X|)en8e. Artiolb 4. English and Burmese vessels meeting with contrary winds or sustaining damage in masts, rigging, etc., or suffering ^shipwreck on the shore, shall, according to the laws of charity, receive assistance from the inhabitants of the towns and villages that may be near, the master of the wrecked ship paying to those that assist suitable salvage, according to the circumstances of the case; and whatever property may remain, in case of shipwreck, shall be restored to the owner. (Signed) J. Crawpurd. (Signed) Atwbnwun Mbngti-thi-ra-maha-kanda-thbn-Ktak, Lord of Sau^ [ „ Atwknwun Mbnoti-maha-hbn-lha-thi-ha-thu, Lord of the Revenue. (A true copy.) (Signed) J. Crawford, Envoy. Ratified by the Right Honorable the Governor-General on the first day of September, One Thousand Eight Hundred and Tweniy-seven A. D. (Signed) A. Stbrlino, Secretary to Government. 360 Burma— Ko. GXXVII. Part m No. OXXVII. Ageebment regarding the Kubo Valley — 1834 jrint, — The British Commissioners, Majoi? Grant and Captain Pemher- ton, under instructions from the Right Honorahle the Governor-General in Council, agree to make over to the Moandauk Maha Mingyan Rajah and Tsarudangicks Myookyanthao, Commissioners appointed by the King of Ava, the Towns of Tummao, Khumbah, Surjall, and all other villages in the Kubo Valley, the Ungoching Hills and the strip of valley running between the eastern foot and the western bank of the Ningtha Khyendwan River. 8eeond,^The British Commissioners will withdraw the Munnipooree Thannas now stationed within this tract of the country, and make over imine- diate possessiou- of it to the Burmese Commissioners on certain conditions. Tiird. — The conditions are, that they will agree to the boundaries which may be pointed out to them by the British Commissioners, and will respect and refrain from any interference, direct or indirect, with the people residing on the Munnipooree side of those boundaries. FouriA.'^The boundaries are as follows :— 1. The eastern foot of the chain of mountains which rise immediately from the western side of the plain of the Knbo Valley. Within this line is included Moreh and all the country to the westward of it. 2. On the south a line extending from the eastern foot of the same hills at the point where the river, called by the Burmahs Nansawing, and by the Munnipoories Numsaulnng, enters the plain, up to its sources .and across the hills due west down to the Kethe'khyaung (Munnipooree River). S« On the north the line of boundary will begin at the foot of the same hills at the northern extremity of the Kubo Valley, and pass due north up to the first range of hills, east of that upon which stand the villages of Choatao Noanghue, Noanghur of the tribe called by the Munnipoorees Loohooppa, and by the Bunnahs Lagumsauny, now tributary to Munnipoor. /V/2i.— -The Burmese Commissioners hereby promise that they will give orders to the Burmese Officers, who will remain in charge of the territory now made over to them, not in any way to interfere with the Khyens or other in- habitants living on the Munnipoor side of the lines of boundary above describ- ed, and the British Commissioners also promise that the Munnipoorees shall be ordered not in any way to interfere with the Khyens or other inhabitants of any description living on the Burmah side of the boundaries now fixed. (Signed) F. J. Geant, Major, ( „ ) R. B. Pembbrton, Captain, j S Sunujachil Ghat, Ningikee, 9tk January 1834. Part III Burma-No. CXXVIII. 361 No. CXXVIII. Treaty nvith the King of Bubmah, dated the 10th November 1862. On the 10th day of November 1868, answering to the 5th day of the waning moon Tatshoungmon 1224^ Lieutenant-Colonel A. P. Phayre, Chief Commissioner of British Burmah^ having been duly empowered by His Excel- lency the Right Honourable the Earl of Elgin and Kincardine, K.T. and O.C.B.y Viceroy and Governor-General of India, and Woongyee Thado Men- gyee Maha Menghla-thee-ha-thoO| having been duly empowered by His Majesty the King of Burmah^ concluded the following Treaty :-— Abtiolb 1. The Barmese and British Rulers have for a long time remained at peace and in friendship ; peace shall now be extended to future generations, both parties being careful to observe the conditions of a firm and lasting friendship. Articlb 2. In accordance with the great friendship existing between the two countries, traders and other subjects of the Burmese Government, who may travel and trade in the British territory shall, in conformity with the custom of great countries, be treated and protected in the same manner as if they were subjects of the British Government. Abticlb 8. Traders and other subjects of the British Government, who may travel and trade in the Burmese territory, shall, in accordance with the custom of great countries, be treated and protected in the same manner as if they were subjects of the Burmese Government. Artiolb 4. When goods are imported into Rangoon from any British or foreign territory, and declared to be for export by the Irrawaddy River to the Burmese territory, the English Ruler shall, provided bulk is not broken, and he believes the manifest to be true, charge one per cent, on their value, and if he so desires, shall allow them to be conveved under the charge of an officer until arrived at Maloon and Mehla. The tarifE value of g^s shall be forwarded yearly to the Burmese Ruler. If such goods are declared for export to other territories, and not for sale in the Burmese territories, the Burmese Ruler shall, if he believes the manifest to be true, not cause bulk to be broken, and such goods shall be free of duty. Article 5. When goods are imported into Burmah by persons residing in the Burmese or any foreign territory, and declared to be for export by the Irrawaddy River 362 Burma— No. CXXVIII. Fart III to Rangoon^ th0 Burmese Ruler shall, provided balk is not broken, and be believes the manifest to be true, charge one per cent, on their value, and if he so desires, shall allow them to be conveyed under the charge of an officer to Thayet Myo, and the tari£E value of such goods shall be forwarded yearly to the British Rules. If such goods are declared for export to other territories, and not for sale in British territory, such goods shall he free according to the Customs Schedule^ but goods liable to sea-board duty will pay the usual rate. Aeticle 6. Traders from the Burmese territory who may desire to travel in the British territory, either by land or by water through the whole course of the Irrawaddy River, shall conform to the customs of the British territory^ and be allowed to travel in such manner as they please, without hindrance from the British Ruler, and to purchase whatever they may require. Burmese mer- chants will be allowed to settle and to have land for the erection of houses of business in any part of the British territory. Abtiolb 7. Traders from the British territory who may desire to travel in the Burmese territory, either by land or by water, through the whole extent of the Irrawaddy River, shall conform to the customs of the Burmese territory, and shall be allowed to travel in such manner as they please, without hindrance by the Burmese Riiler, and to purchase whatever they may require. British merchants will be allowed to settle and to have lands for the erection of houses of business in any part of the Burmese territory* Artioud 8. Should the British Ruler^ within one year after the conclusion of this Treaty, abolish the duties now taken at Thayet Myo and Toungoo, the Burmese Ruler, with a regard to the benefit of the people of his country, will, if so inclined, after one, two, three, or four years, abolish the duties now taken at Maloon and Toungoo (in the Burmese territory). Abtiols 9. People from whatever country or nation, who may wish to proceed to the British territory, the Burmese Ruler shall allow to pass without hindrance. People from whatever country, who may desire to proceed to the Burmese territory, the British Ruler shall allow to pass without hindrance. (Signed) Arthur Purves Phatre, Lieui.^Colonel, Appointed ig He Viceroy and Govr.*Qenl. ( M ) WooNOTEB Thado Menotee Maha Minghla- THEE-HA-THOO, Plenipatemiiafjf to Hie Majesty tie King of Bmrmai^ Fart III Burmar-No. CXXIX. 363 Ratified by the Viceroy and Governor-General of India in Council this day the 18th of December 1862. Port William, ^ (Signed) H. M. Du&akd, Thi 13ti December 1862. } Seeretarj/ to the Qovemmeni of India. No. CXXIX. Treaty concluded on 25th October 1867 A.D., corresponding with 13th day of the waning moon Thaden-gyoot 1229 B. E. by CoLONBL Albert Fttghb, Chief Commissionbr of British Burmah, in virtue of full power vested in him by His Excellency the Right Honorable Sir John Laird Mair Lawrence, Bart., 6.C.B., G.O.S.I., Viceroy and Governor-General of India, and by His Excellency the Fakhan Woongyee Men Thudo Mengyee Maha Menhla Seb-Thoo, in virtue of jf ull power vested in him by His Majesty the Eling of Burmah. A&TIOLB 1, Save and except earth-oil, timber, and precious stones, which are hereby reserved as Royal monopolies, all goods and merchandise passing between British and Burmese territory shall be liable^ at the Burmese Customs Houses, to the payment of a uniform import and export duty of five per cent, ad va- lorem for a period of ten years, commencing from the first day of the Bur- mese year 1229, corresponding with 15th April 1867. No indirect dues or payments of any kind shall be levied or demanded on such goods over and above the five per cent, ad valorem duty. Article 2. But after the expiration of ten years, during which customs duties will be collected as provided for above in Article 1, it shall be optional with the Burmese Government, whilst estimating the capabilities and requirements of trade^ either to increase or decrease the existing five per cent, import and ex- port duties, so that the increase shall at no time exceed (10) ten, or the decrease be reduced below a (3) three per cent, ad valorem rate on any parti- cular article of commerce. Three months' notice shall be given of any inten- tion to increase or decrease the rates of customs duty as above previous to the commencement of the year in which such increase or decrease shall have effect. 864 Burma— No. OXXIX. Fart III Articli 8. The British Government hereby stipulates that it will adhere to the abolition of frontier customs dnty as expressed in Article 8 of the Treaty of 1862 during sach time as the Burmese Government shall collect five per cent, ad valorem duties^ or a lesser rate, as provided for in Articles 1 and 2 of this Treaty. Article 4. Both Governments further stipulate to furnish each other annually with price lists showing the market valne of all goods imported and exported uoder Articles 1 and 2. Such price lists shall be furnished two months before the commencement of the year during which they are to have effect^ and may be corrected from time to time as found necessary, by the mutual consent of both Governments through their respective Political Agents. Articli 5. The British Government is hereby privileged to CBtabliBh a Resident or Political Agent in Burmese territory, with full and final jurisdiction in all civil suits arising between registered British subjects at the capital. Civil cases between Burmese subjects and registered British subjects shall be heard and finally decided by a mixed Court composed of the British Political Agent and a suitable Burmese Officer of high rank. The Burmese Government reserves to itself the right of establishing a Resident or Political Agent in British territory whenever it may choose to do so. Articli 6. The British Government is further allowed the right of appointing British officials to reside at any or each of the stations in Burmese territory at which customs duty may be leviable. Such officials shall watch and enquire into all cases affecting trade and its relation to customs duty, and may purchase land and build suitable dwelling-houses at every town or station where they may be appointed to reside. Article 7. In like manner, the Burmese Government is also allowed the right of appointing Burmese officials to reside at any or each of the stations in British Burmah at which customs duties may be leviable. Such officials shall watch and enquire into all cases affecting trade in its relation to customs duty, and may purchase land and build suitable dwelling-houses at any town or station where they may be Hppointed to reside. Article 8. In accordance with the s:reat friendship which exists between the two Governments, the subjects of either shall be allowed free trade in the import and export of gold and silver bullion between the two countries^ without let Fart III Burma— No. CXXIX. 865 or hindrance of any kind, on due declaration beingr made at the time of import or export. Thn Burmese Oovernment shall further be allowed permission to purchase arms, ammunition, and war materials generally in British territory, subject only to the consent and approval in each case of the Chief Commis- sioner of British Burmah and Agent to the Oovemor-General. Articlb 9. Persons found in British territory, bein^ Burmese subjects, charged with having committed any of the following offences, vis., murder, robbery, daooity, or theft, in Burmese territory, may be apprehended and delivered up to the Burmese Government for trial, on due demand being made by the Oovernment, provided that the charge on which the demand is made shall have been investigated by the proper Burmese Officers in the presence of the British Political Agent ; and provided also the British Political Agent shall consider that sufficient cause eiists under British Law Procedure to justify the said demand and place the accused persons on their trial. The demand and delivery in each case shall be made through the British Political Agent at the capital. Abtiolb 10. Persons found in Burmese territory, being British subjects, charged with having committed any of the following offences, viz., murder, robbery, dacoity, or theft, in British territory, may be apprehended and delivered up to the British Oovernment for trial, on due demand being made by that Oovernment, provided that the charge on which the demand is made shall have been inves- tigated by the proper British Otiioers, in the presence of the Burmese Political Agent ; and provided also that the Burmese Politi(*al Agent shall be satisfied that sufficient cause exists under Burmese Law Procedure to justify the said demand and put the accused persons on their trial. The demand and delivery in each case shall be made through the Burmese Political Agent in Britisli territory. Articlb 11. Persons found in Burmese territory, being Burmese subjects, charged with having committed any of the following offences, viz,^ murder, robbery, dacoity, or theft, in British territory, shall, on apprehension, be tried and punished in accordance with Burmese Law and custom. A special Officer may be appoint- ed by the British Government to watch the proceedings on the trial of all per- sons apprehended under this Article. ^ Aetiolb 12. Persons found in British territory, being British subjects, charged with having committed any of the following offences, viz-, murder, rot)bery, dacoity, or theft, in Burmese territory, shall, on apprehension, be tried and punished in accordance with British Law and custom. A special Officer may be appointed by the Burmese Oovernment to watch the proceedings on the trial of all per^ sons apprehended under this Article. Aruclb 13. The Treaty which was concluded on the 10th November 1862 shall remain in full force ; the stipulations now made and agreed to in the above Articles 366 Burma* No. CXXIX. Part III beini; deemed as subsidiary only^ and as in no way affecting the several pro«- yisiobs of that Treaty. (Si«j:Ded) Albkrt FttcuBi Colonel, Chief Comm%99%oner, Britith Burmah^ and Affeni to the Viceroy and Governor-Oeneral of India. Signed in Burmese. Ratified by the Vioeroy and Grovemor*GeoeraI of India in Council this day^ the 26th November 1867. FoET William^ ^ (Signed) John Lawrencr, The 26th November 1867. ) Fieerof and Governor-General. <* The Treaty concluded on the thirteenth^ day of the waning moon . 26th October 1887 A. ». Thadenff^yoot 1229, B.B., by the Pakban- gyee Myoya Woongvee inado Mengyee Maha Mengla Tseethoo and by the English Wongyee, Colonel Albert Fytclie, is hereby ratified and confirmed. ProcTaimed by tfie Royal Herald Nakhaa Pyoungya Mhoo Maha Mengla Meng Oyaa t 27th December 1867 A. d. in the year 1229 B.B., thirdf day of thft waning moou Pyatho.^' Fbblimikart Rules for general guidance in opening the Court of the Political Agent at Mandalay, as agreed to by the Ministers of the Burmese Oovbbnment and the Britiss Political Agent on the 26th July 1869. 1. Suite between registered Britieh euhjects.•~^^\\ civil suits between re^ gistered British subjects shall be finally disposed of on trial in the Political Agent's Court. 2. Mixed ««»^ff.— When a registered British subject is plaintiff in any mixed snit which may arise between Burmese and registt^red British subjects^ he must, in the first instance, file his plaint m the Political Agent's Court. The Political Agent will submit the said plaint to the Burmese Judge ap- pointed to sit with him on the trial of mixed suits ; and if they are mutually agreed that a cause of action exists, the Burmese defendant will be summoned to appear at the Political Agent's Court on a day to be appointed by the Burmese Judge. The snit will then be tried and finally disposed of on its merits by the Political Agent in conjunction with the Burmese Judges Part III Barma— Shan States— G«fMra2— No. OXXX. 867 8. Mixed suiti.^Vfhen a Burmeee subject is plaintiff in any mixed suit which may arise between Burmef^e and regristered British subjects^ he shall, ia the first instance, make his complaiDt to the Burmese Judge appointed to sit on the trial of mixed suits with the Political Agent, The Burmese Judge will submit the said plaint to the Political A|[^t, and if both Judges are mutually agreed that a real cause of action exisi^ the registered British sub- ject, as defendant, will be summoned to appear at tha Political Agent's Court on a day to be appointed by the Political Agent. The mag$ will then be heard and finally disposed of on its merits by the Political A|^t in conjunction with the Burmese Judge. 4. Mixed tuih.'^YJhen the Political Agent and the BuoMM^ Jiidi||^ are unable to come to a final decision in any mixed suiti the partm skdllkfn tb^ right of nominating a single arbitrator, and shall bind themselves to tbMStwt by a written agreement to abide by his award. In cases, however, in wifich the services of a single arbitrator are not available, either party to the suit, plaintiff or defendant, shall each be allowed to name one arbitrator to the Court, and the Political A^ent and Burmese Judge shall mutually agree in the selection of a third. The three arbitrators thus appointed shall proceed to try the case, and the decision of the majority on trial shall be final. 5. Mixed iuiti.^^The cost to be decreed in any mixed suit shall never exceed 10 per cent, on the amount of the orginal claim. 6. The Burmese Government agrees to attach a bailiff and six peons to the Court of the Political Agent to act in conjunction with the Political Agent's establishment in the service and execution of Court processes and in giving effect to all lawful orders which may be communicated to them by the Political Agent himeelf, or by the duly authorized officers of his Court. No. CXXX. Coat of Abms. SMlofthe C hief Comm ■ioner of Bonnft. Sanad granted by the Chief Commissioner of Burma. TO OP Whereas the of was formerly a subject to the King of Burma, and the Qoveraor*Qeneral of India in Council 368 Borma—Shan States— G«ii«ra2—Na CXXX. Part III has now been pleased to recognize you as of and, subject to the provisions of any law for tbe time being in force, to permit you to administer the territory of in all matters, whether civil, criminal, or revenue, and at any time to nominate, for the approval of tbe Cbief Commissioner, a fit person according to Shan nsage to be your successor in tbe Paragraph J9.«— The Chief Commissioner of Burma, with the approval of the Oovernor-Qeneral of India in Council, hereby prescribes the following conditions under which your nomination as of is made. Should you fail to comply with any of these conditions, you will be liable to have your powers as of rescinded. • -^ "'^"Faraprapk 3, — Tbe conditions are as follow »— (1) You shall pay regularly the same amount of tribute as heretofore paid, namely. Be. a year now fixed for five years, that is to say, from the to the f and that tbe said tribute shall be liable to revision at the expiration of the said term, or at any time thereafter that the Chief Commissioner of Burma may think fit. (2) The Oovernmeut reserves to itself the proprietary right in all forestSf mines, and minerals. If you are permitted to work, or to let on lease any forest or forests in your State, you shall pay such sums for rent or royalty as the local Government may from time to time direct ; and in the working of such forests you shall be guided by such rules and orders as the Oovernment of India may from time to time prescribe. If you are permitted to work or let on lease any mine or mines in your State, you shall pay such royalty on all metals, precious stones, and other minerals produc0d in as the Oovernor-Qeneral in Council may from time to time direct. (S) You shall administer the territory of according to the custom of the country, and in all matters subject to the guidance of the Superintendent of the Shan States ; you shall recognize the rights of the people and continue them in tbe same, and on no account shall you oppress them or suffer them in any way to be oppressed, (4) You shall maintain order within the territory of and keep open the trade routes within that territory. Should traders or caravans be attacked within the boundaries of tbe said territory, you shall pay such compensation as the Superintendent of the Shan States may fix. (5) You shall, if the Superintendent of tbe Shan States so desires, keep an Agent, who shall reside at the head-quarters of the Superintendent, and who shall keep him informed concerning the condition of the territory of (6) In case of a dispute arising connected with any other part of the Shan States you shall submit the matter to the Superintendent of the Shan States and abide by his decision. Should any inhabitants of commit raids on any place outside the limits Part III Burma— Shan States— G^mmtoI— No. OZXXI. 869 of you shall pay soeh compeusation as the Saperintendent of the Shan States may fix. (7) If the Oovernment wishes at any time to make a railway through the territory of j you shall provide land for the purpose free of cost^ except that of the compensation adjudged to the actual occupiers of occupied land^ and shall help the Oovernment as much as possible. (8) Opium^ spirits, or fermented liquor, and other articles which are liable to duties of customs or excise when imported by sea into Lower Burma, or when produced in any part of Upper Burma to which the Regulations of the Oovernor-Oeneral in Council apply, shall not be brought from into Lower Burma or into any such part as aforesaid of TTpper Burma, except in accordance with rules made by the Oovernment and on payment of such duties as may be prescribed in those rules. (9) You shall deliver up, on the requisition of an officer of the Oovern- ment, any criminal who takes refuge in the territory of • you shall aid officers of the Oovernment who pursue criminals into*the said territory ; and in the event of offenders from the said territory taking refuge in any place beyond the limits of that territory, you shall make a representa- tion of the matter to the authorities conoemed. (10) You shall not exercise criminal jurisdiction over European British subjects; in the event of any criminal charge being brought against any such person, you shall make a representation of the matter to ^e Superintendent of the Shan States. No. CXXXT. Coat of Abms. Seal of the [^^iefCkmunle.] tioner of Burma, Obdeb of Appointment of the Ngwegunhmu of Whereas you have been a NGWEQUNHMU subject to the King of Burma, and you have now been recognized by the Chief Commissioner of Burma as NGWEGUNHMU of 3 B 370 Burma-Shan States— J7W Pvernment of India and on payment of such duties as may be prescribed in those rules. (4) That generally, in matters connected with the administration of the territory under your charge, you shall obey aud conform to such rules, orders, or instructions as may from time to time be made or issued by the Chief Commissioner or the Superintendent, bhan States, or any of his Assistants for your guidance. No. OXXXII. San AD granted by the Chief Commissioner of Burma to the Sawbwa of Thibaw. inrhereas the State of Thibaw was formerly a Sawbwaship subject to the King of Burma, and the Oovernor-Oeneral of India in Council has now been pleased to jecognize you as Sawbwa of Thibaw and^ subject to the provisions of any law for the time being in force, to permit you to administer the terri- tory of Thibaw in all matters^ whether civil, criminali or revenue, and at any time to nominate, for the approval of the Chief Commissioner, a fit person according to Shan usage to be your successor in the Sawbwaship, and whereas the Govemor-Oeneral of India in Council has been pleased to order that the States of Mainglon, Maington, and Thonze shall be considered subordinate to the Sawbwa of Thibaw: The Chief Commissioner of Burma, with the approval of the Oovernor-Oeneral of India in Council, hereby prescribes the following conditions under which your nomination as Sawbwa of Thibaw is made. Should you fail to .comply with any of these conditions, you will bo liable to have your powers as Sawbwa of Thibaw rcscioded. Fart III Burma— Shan States— ir«i Pai&— Ho. OXZXII. 371 For the purposes of this sanad the States of Mainglon, Maington, and ThoDze shall be considered as forming part of and as included in the territory of Thibaw. 2. The conditions are as follow :— (1) As a mark of special favour and friendshipi and in recognition of your loyal conduct, His Excellency the Viceroy and Oovernor- General in CouDcil remits for ten years, with effect from the Ist January 1887, the whole of the tribute payable by the State of Thibaw. This concession does not apply to the minor States of Mainglon, Maington, and Thonze on account of which you shall pay yearly, for a period of five years, that is, from the 1st December 1887 to the 80th November lS9it, the same amount of tribute as heretofore paid annually, namely,*-— r Mainglon tribute • • 15,000 Maington do 4,000 ThoDze do ••.•*- Tlie tribute payable by these minor States shall be liable to revision at the expiration of the said term, or at any time thereafter that the Chief Commis- sioner of Burma may thiuk fit. The tribute payable by the State of Thibaw will be fixed at the expiry of the term for which the ^bute has been remit- ted, i,e.f on the 81st December 1896. (2) The Oovernment reserves to itself the proprietary right in all forests, mines, and minerals. If you are permitted to work or to let on lease any forest or forests in your territory, you shall pav such sums for rent or royalty as the local Government may from time to time direct; and in the working of such forests you shall be guided by such rules or orders as the Government of India may from time to time prescribe. If you are permitted to work or let on lease any mine or mines in your State, you shall pay such royalty on all metals, precious stones, and other minerals produced in Thibaw as the Governor-General in Council may from time to time direct. (8) You shall administer the territory of Thibaw according to the custom of the country, and in all matters subject to the guidance of the Superin- tendent of the Shan States. You shall recognize the rights of the people and continue them in the same, and on no account shall you oppress them or suffer them in any way to be oppressed. * (4) You shall maintain order within the territory of Thibaw and keep open the trade routes within that territory. Should traders or caravans be attacked within the boundaries of the said territory, you shall pay such com- pensation as the Superintendent of the Shan States may fix. (5) You shall, if the Superintendent of the Northern Shan States so desires^ keep an Agent who shall reside at the head-quarters of the Superin- tendent, and who shall keep him informed concerning the condition of the territory of Thibaw. * Remitted for five years from Ist January 1887 (Burmese date). 372 Burma—SbaD fitates— A* Paw^Jgo. CXZXII. Part III (0) In case of a dispute arising connected with any other part o{ the Shan States, you shall submit the matter to the Superintendent of the Shan States SLud abide by his decision. Should any inhabitants of Thibaw commit raids on any place outside the limits of Thibaw^ you shall pay such compen- sation as the Superintendent of the Shan States may fix. (7) If the Government wishes at any time to make a railway through the territory of Thibaw, you shall provide land for the purpose free of cost, except that of the compensation adjudged to the actual occupiers of occupied land, and shall help Government as much as possible. (8) Opium, spirits, or fermented liquor, and other articles which arc liable to duties of customs or excise when imported by sea into Lower Burma, or when produced in any part of Upper Burma to which the Regulations of the Governor-General in Council apply, shall not be brought from Thibaw into Lower Burma or into any such part as aforesaid of Upper Burma, except in accordance with rules made by the Government and on payment of such duties as may be prescribed in those rules. (9) You shall deliver up, on the requisition of an ofiicer of the Govern- ment, any criminal who takes refuge in the territory of Thibaw ; you shall aid officers of the Government who pursue criminals into the said territory ; and in the event of offenders from the said territory taking refuge in any place beyond the limits of that territory, you shall make a representation of the matter to the authorities concerned. (10) You shall not exercise criminal jurisdiction over European British subjects* In the event of any criminal charge being brought against any such person, you shall make a representation of the matter to the Superin- tendent of the Shan States. (11) The rulers of the subordinate States of Mainglon, Maington, and Thonze shall communicate with the British Government through you, and you will bjB held responsible for the maintenance in these States of peace and order. You may at any time nominate, for the approval of the Chief Com- missioner, a fit person according to Shan usage to be the successor of the ruling Myoza of any of these States, but you shall not remove any Myoza without the previous consent of the (-hief Commissioner. The tribute of these subor- dinate States shall be remitted through you, and you will be held responsible for punctiyil payments. Part III Barma— Shan States— X«iv Tung—Vo. CXZXIII. 873 No. CXXXIII. Coat of Abms. 8e«] of the Chief Cominjs. •loner of Bunna. SANiD granted by the Chief Gomhissioneb of Bubma to the Sawbwa of Kyaington. Whereas the Oovernor-General of India in Council has been pleased to reoognize you as Sawbwa of the State of Kyaington and to permit you to ad- minister the territory of Kyaington in all matters^ whether civil, criminal, or revenue, and at any time to nominate, subject to the approval of the Chief Commissioner, a fit person according to Shan usage to be your successor in the Sawbwaship ; Paragraph 2, — The Chief Commissioner of Burma, with the approval of the Goveruor-Oeneral of India in Council, hereby prescribes the following conditions under which your nomination as Sawbwa of Kyaington is made. Should you fail to comply with any of these conditions, you will be liable to have your powers as Sawbwa of Kyaington rescinded. Paragraph 3, — The conditions are as follow :— (1) You shall pay tribute to the same amount and in the same form as formerly paid to the King of Burma. (2) You shall abstain from communication with States outside British India. Should necessity arise for communication with such States, you shall address the Chief Commissioner through the Superintendent of the Shan States. (3) You shall accept and act upon any advice that may be given by the Chief Commissioner of Burma either in respect of the internal affairs of Kyaington or its relations with other States. (4) You shall administer the territory of Kyaington according to the custom of the country ; you shall recognize the rights of the people and con- tinue them in the same, and on no account shall you oppress them or suffer them in any way to be oppressed. (5) You shall maintain order within the territory of Kyaington and keep open the trade routes within that territory. Should traders or caravans be at- tacked within the boundaries of the said territory, you shall pay such compen- sation as the Superintendent uf the Shan States may fix. 874 Burma—Bed KBirens^Westem Karenni^TXo. CXXXIV. Part III (6) You shall^ if the Superintendent of the Shan States so desires^ keep an Agenti who shall reside at the head-quarters of the Superintendent^ and who shall keep him informed concerning the condition of the territory of Kyaington, (7) In case of a dispute arising connected with any other part of the Shan States, you shall submit the matter to the Superintendent of the Shan States and abide by his decision. Should any inhabitants of Kyaington commit raids on any place outside the limits of Kyaington, you shall pay such com- pensation as the Superintendent of the Shan States may fix« (8) If the Oovernment wishes at any time to make a railway through the territory of Kyaington, you shall provide land for the purpose, free of cost, ex- cept that of the compensation adjudged to the actual occupiers of occupied land, and shall help the Oovernment as much as possible. (9) Opium, spirits, or fermented liquor, and other articles which are liable to duties of customs or excise when imported by sea into Lower Burma, or when produced in any part of Upper Burma to which the Regulations of the Oovernor-Oeneral in Council apply, shall not be brought from Kyaington into Lower Burma or into any such part as aforesaid of Upper Burma, except in accordance with rules made by the Oovernment and on payment of such duties as may be prescribed in those rules. (10) You shall deliver up, on the requisition of an officer of the Oovern- ment, any criminal who takes refuge in the territory of Kyaing^n ; you shall aid officers of the Oovernment who pursue criminals into the said territory ; and in the event of offenders from the said territory taking refuge in any place beyond the limits of that territory, you shall make a representation of the matter to the Superintendent of the Shan States. (1 1) You shall not exercise criminal jurisdiction over European British subjects ; in the event of any criminal charge being brought against any such person, you shall make a representation of the matter to the Superintendent of the Shan States. C. H. T. CROSTHWAITE, Ckie/ Commissioner of Burma. No. CXXXIV, Ageebment regarding the independence of Western Eabenneb — 1875. In accordance with the request of His Excellency the Viceroy of India that Western Karennee should be allowed to remain separate and independent, His Majesty the King of Burmah, taking inta consideration .the great friend- ship existing between the two great Countries and the desire that the friend- ship may be lasting and permanent, agrees that no sovereignty or governing Part III Burma— Bed Karens^WeaUrn Karstmi^'No. OXXXV. 876 authority of any description sball be exercised or claimed in Western Karen- nee^ and His Excellency the Kin-woon Men^yee^ Minister for Foreign Affairs, on the part of His Majesty the King of Burmah, and the Honorable Sir Douglas Forsyth, C.B., K.C.S.I., Envoy on the part of His Excellency the Viceroy and Oovemor-Oeneral of India, execute the following agreement :-^ AoRKBMBNT. — It is hereby agreed between the British and Burmese Oovernmente that the State of Western Karennee shall remain separate and iodependent, and that no sovereignty or governing authority of any descrip- tion shall be claimed or exercised over that State. Whereunto we have on this day, the 21st day of June 1875, correspond- ing with the Srd day of the waning moon of Nayoung 1237 B. E., affixed our seals and signatures. (Sd.) T, D. FOESYTH. (Sd.) KiN-wooN Mbnotbb. No. CXXXV. FoBM of Sanad for Western Eabenni Chiefs. Seal of the Chief Com- missioner of Burma. of Sanad granted by the Chief Commissioner of Burma to . in Western KarennL 3 Myoza Whereas the Chief Commissioner has been pleased to recognize you as Myoza of , in Western Karenni^ and to permit you to nominate^ subject to his approval, a fit person acoording to Karenni usage to be your successor in the Myozaship ; 2. The Chief Commissioner of Burma, with the approval of the Governor- Oeneral in Council, hereby prescribes the following conditions under which your nomination as Myoza of is made. Should you fail to comply with any of these conditions you will be liable to have your powers as Myoza of rescinded. S. The conditions are as follow :'— (1) Tn token of your subordination to the Superintendent, Shan States, you shall pay annually to that officer a nominal tribute of Bs. 100. (2) You shall abstain from communications with States in or outside British India. Should occasion arise for communication with such State8 you shall address the Superintendent, Shan States. 376 Bamui— Bed K»TenB—W§tt§rm Edrtmm^lSfa. OXXXV. Part III (8) Yoa sball accept and act apon any advice that may be ^ven ta yon by the Saperintendent, Shan States^ either in respect of the internal affairs of or in respect of its rela- tions with other States. (4) You shall administer the State of according to the custom of the country. You shall recogrnize the rights vern- ment any criminal who takes refuge in the territory of ; you shall aid officers of the Oovernment who pursue criminals into the said territories; and in the event of offenders from the said territory taking refuge in any place beyond the limits of that territory you shall make a representation of the matter to the Superintendent, Shan States. Fart III Burma— Red Karens— ^at^er* Earenni'-Ko. CXXXVI. 377 (1 1) Yoa sball provide for the administration of civil and crimmal justice as between your own subjects and as regards offences committed within your own territory^ but in cases in which either party is not your subject or where an offence was not committed within your territory^ you shall refer the case to the Superintendent, Sban States^ for orders. You are authorised to pass upon your own subjects any sentence which is just snd in accordance with Karenni custom, but you shall not carry into effect any sentence of death until the said sentence has been confirmed by the Super- intendent^ Shan States. (12) You shall not employer retain in the service of your State witlir out the consent of the Chief Commissioner any one who is not a subject of your State. (Sd). A. Mackenzie, Chief Commissioner of Burma. No. CXXXVI. Coat op Asms. 8anab granted by the Chief Commissionek of Burma to Saw« LAWi Myoza of Eaktabawadi or Eastern Karenni — 1890. Whereas the Governor-General of India in Council has been pleased to recognize you as Myoza of the State of Kantarawadi or Eastern Karenni and to permit you at any time to nominate, subject to the approval of the Chief Commissioner, a fit person according to Karenni usage to be'your successor in the Myozaship; Paragraph 8. — The Chief Commissioner of Burma, with the approval of the Governor-General of India in Council, hereby prescribes the following conditions under which your nomination as Myoza of Kantarawadi or Eastern Karenni is made. Should you fail to comply with any of these conditions, you will be liable to have }our powers as Myoza of Kantarawadi or Eastern Karenni rescinded. 3c S79 BormA— Bed KmreuM—Easieru Kanmmi-'No. CXXXVI. Part in Faragrapk 8. — The oonditioDs are as follow :-* (1) You shall pay tribate repilarly every jear. For the Gt* years from the 1st January 1889 to the ftlst December 1893 the amoant of such annoal- tribote is fixed at Bs. 5>000. Thereafter the amoant of the tribate will be sobject to revision. (2) You shall abstain from oommnnication with States in or ontside British India. Shoald necessity arise for communication with such States, you shall address the Chief Commissioner through the Superintendent of the Shan States. (5) You shall accept and act upon any advice that may be given by the Chief Commissioner of Burma either iu resp^'ct of the internal affairs of Kautarawadi or Eastern Karenni or in respect of its relations with other States. (4) You shall administer the territory of Eantarawadi or Eastern Karenni according to the custom of the country ; you shall recognize the rights of the people and continue them in the same^ and on no account shall you oppress the people or suffer them in any way to be oppressed. (6) You shall maintain order within the territory of Eantarawadi or Eastern Karenni and keep open the trade routes within that territory. Should traders or caravans be attacked within the boundaries of the said territory, yoa shall pay such compensation as the Superintendent of the Shan States may fix. (6) You shall, if the Superintendent of the Shan States so desires^ keep an Affent^ who shall reside at the head-quarters of the Superintendent, and who shall Keep him informed concerning the condition of the territory of Kautara- wadi or Eastern Karenni. (7) In case of a dispute arising connected with any part of the Shan States, you shall submit the matter to the Superintendent of the Shan States and abide by his decision. Should any inhabitants of Kantarawadi or Eastern Karenni commit raids on any place outside the limits of Kantarawadi or Eastern Karenni, you shall pay such compensation as the Superintendent of the Shan States may fix. (8) If the Government of India wishes at any time to make a railway through any part of the territory of Kantarawadi or Eastern Karenni, yoa shall provide land for the purpose free of cost and shall help the Government as much as possible. (9) Opium, spirits^ or fermented liquor, and other articles which are liable to duties of customs or excise when imported by sea into Lower Burma, or when produced in any part of Upper Burma to which the Regulations of the Governor* General in Council apply, shall not be brought from Kantarawadi or Eustem Karenni into Lower Burma or into any suoh part as aforesaid of Upper Burma, except in accordance with rules made by the Government and on payment of such duties as may be prescribed in those rules. (10) You shall deliver up, on the requisition of an officer of the Govern- mentj any criminal who takes ref uj^e in the territory of Kantarawadi or Eastern Karrenni; you shall aid officers of the Government who pursue criminals into the said territory ; and in the event of offenders from the said Part III Borma— Bed KB;tenu^Easi€rn KarintU—Ko. CJCZZVI. 879 territory taking refuge in any place beyond the limits of that territory, you shall make a representation of the matter to the Superintendent of the Sbaa States. (11) You shall not exercise criminal jurisdiction over any British sub- ject; in the event of any criminal charge being brought against any such person, you shall make a representation of the matter to the Superintendent of the Shan States. (12) You shall not employ, or retain in the service of your State, with- out the consent of the Chief Commissioner of Burma, any one who is not a subject of your State. Rangoon: 1 (Sd.) C. H. T. Cbosthwaitb, TAe 9tk Augmt 1890. . J Ciief Commissioner of Burma. PART IV. TREATIES AND ENGAGEMENTS WITH THE NATIVE STATES IN THE EASTERN ARCHIPELAGO. I.-HALATAN PENINSULA. tfom a Report hy Colonel Cavbnagh, and other documents in the Foreign Office. With the exception of the territories of one or two petty lodependent States^ the possession of the Malayan Peninsula is divided between the British, and the Siamese. Engagements have been formed with Kedah^ which is tributary to Siam, and with the indepeodent States of Perak^ Selangor, the confederate States of Sungei Ujong, Bembau^ &c.| aud Johor. The districts of Tringganu and Kelantau are ako protected by the British Oovernment under the treaty of Bangkok. The Native States of the Malay Peninsula are— In the southj under British influence— Penk. SelaDgor. SuDgei UjoDg, including Jeleba. Negri SembiUn, composed of the SUtas of — Sri Menanti. « Rembaiu Johol. JumpoK Tampin and otheri. Johor. Pahang. 882 Eastern Archipelago— Malayan Peninsula. Fart IV In the north— Kedah. Negri Say. Reman. Legai. Patani. Kelantan. Tringganu. The rulers of these States are entitled to salutes as follows :-« The SManM of Johor, Pabang, Perak, Stlangor, Kadab, and Triuggana 17 gant. The Baja of Eelantan 15 .» The Eaja of Patani 11 „ The Yam Tnam of Sri Mananti 11 „ The Data Klana of Sungei U joog 9 „ The Dato of Bemhaa 9 „ The Do/o of Johol 9 „ The treaty by which the general policy of the British Oovernment io the Eastern Sess is regulated is the treaty with the Dutch of the 17th March 1824 (See Bengal No. XV),* by the 10th article of which the connection of the Dutch with the Peninsula of Malacca was severed. This treaty was modified by the Treaty of the 2nd November 1871 (No. CLXVI) : see Sumatra. * Nora addreaied by the Bbitiih PLuriPorsiiTiARns to the Plbkipotxktiabiss of the Nbthiblahdi. In jnooMding to the aignatore of the Treaty which hai been agreed apon, the Plenipoten- tSariea of Hia Britannick Majesty have gn^^at aatiifaction in recordingr their senie of the friendly and liberal spirit which baa been evinced by Their Escellencies the Plenipotentiariea of Hia JNetherland Majeaty ; and their conviction that there is, on both sides, an eqaal disposition to carry into effect, witii sinoerity and good faith^ the Stipulations of the Treaty, in the sense in which they have been negotiated. The differences which gave rise to the present discossion are snch as it is difficult to adjust by formal Stipulation ; consisting, in great part, of jealousies and suspicions, and arising^ out of Ine acts of subordinate Agents^ they can only be removed by n frank declaration of intendont and a mutual understanding as to principles between the Governments themselves. The disavowal of the proceedings whereby the execution of the Convention of August 1814 wai retarded, must have satisfied Their Exoellenciea the Netherland Plenipoteutiariea, of the acrupulous regard with which England always fulfils her engagements. The British Plenipotentiaries record, with sincere pleasure, the solemn disavowal, on the part of the Netherland Government, of any design to aim, either at political supremacy, or at com- mercial monopoly, in the Eastern Archipelago. They willingly acknowledge the readineaa with which the Netherland Plenipotentiaries have entered into Stipulations, calculated to promote the most perfect freedom of Trade between the subjects of the Two Crowns and their respeetive Depenoencies, in that part of the World. The undersigned are authorized to express the full concurrence of His Britannick Majeaty, in the enlightened views of His Majesty the King of the Netherlands. V Part IV Bastern Arohifielago— Malayan Peninsula— Ifa^aoco. 888 Malacca was founded about the middle of the 13th centary by Raja Sikandar Shah of Singapore. It was taken by the Portaguese ander Albu- ■ Aware of the ditiBcuIty of adapting, at ono«, to a long established system of monopdj, tba principles of commercial policy which are now Inid down, the undersigned have been aathorized to consent to the exception of the Molucca Islands from the geneml Stipulation for freedom of Trade contained in the Treaty. They trust, howeTer, that, as the necessity for this exception is occasioned solely by the difficult.? of abrogating, at the present moment, the monopdy of spices, its operation will be strictly limited by that necessity. The British Plenipotentiaries understand the term Mclueeag as applteable to that oloeter of Islands, which hns Celebes to the westward. New Guinea to the eastward, and Timor to the southward ; but that these three Islands are not comprehended in the exception : nor would it have included Ceram, if the situstion of that Islaud, in reference to the two principal Spioe Islee* Aroboyns snd Bands, had not required a prohibition of intercourse with it| ao long as the mono- poly of spices shall be maintained. The territorial exchanges which have been thought expedient for avoiding a colliaion of interests, render it incumbent upon the Plenipotentiaries ;of Hie Britanniek Majesty to mske, and to require, some explanations with respect to the Dependants and AUiea of Bng^and, in the Island from which she is about to withdraw. A Treaty concluded in the year 1819, by British Agents, with the King of Acheen, is incom- patible with the Srd Article <^ the present Treaty. The British Plenipotentiaries therefore undertake, that the Treaty with Acheeu shall, as soon as possible, be modified into a simple arrangement for the hospitable reception of British vessels and subjects in the Port of Acheen. Bnt as some of the provisions of thut Treaty (which has been communicated to the Netherland Plenipotentiaries) will be coudncive to the general interests of Europeans established in the Bastera Seas, they trust that the Netherland Government will take measures for securing the benefit of those provisions. And they express their confidence, that no measures, hostile to Uie Kiug of Acheen, will be sdopted by the new possessor of Fort Marlborough. It is no less the duty of the British Plenipotentisries to recommend to the friendly and paternal protection of the Netherlnnd Government, the interests of the natives and settlers, subject to the ancient Factory of England at Bencoolen. This appeal is the more necessary, because, so lately as the year 1818, Treaties were made with the Native Chiefs, by which their vituation was much improved. The system of forced cultivation and delivery of pepper was abolished ; encouragement was given to the cultivation of rvoe;- the relations between the cultivating classes and the Chiefs of the districts were adjusted ; the property in the soil was recognised in those Chiefs ; and all interference in the detailed mansg^ement of the interior was withdrawn, by removing the European residents from the oot« stations, and substituting in their room native officers. All these measures were calculated greatly to promote the interests of the native inhabitants. In recommending these interests to the care of the Netherland Government, the undersigned request the Plenipotentiaries of His Netherland Majesty to assure thfir Government, that a corre- sponding attention will be paid, on the part of the British anthoritieo, to the inhabitants of Malacca and the other Netherland Sfttlements which are transferred to Great Britain. In conclusion, the Plenipotentiaries of His Britanniek Majesty congratolute Their Excel- encies the Netherland Plenipotentiaries, upon the happy termination of their Conferences. They feel asitored that, under the amingement which is now concluded, the commerce of both nations will fionrish, and that the two allies will preserve inviolate in Asia, no less than in Europe, the friendship which has, from old times, subsisted between them. The disputes beir.g now ended, which, during two centnries, have occasionally produced irritation, there will hencclorward be no rivalry between the English and the Dotch nations in the East, except for the more effectual establish roent of those principles of liberal policy which both have this day asserted in the face of the world. The nndenigned request Their Excellencies the Plenipotentiaries of His Netherland Majesty will accept the assurances of their distinguished consideration. LoHvov, ) (Signed) Gsoaoi CAHvnre. 17ih Mtirch 1824. > Crablbs Watkiv Williams Wtnit. ( 884 Eastern Archipelago— Malayan Peninsula— Jfo/o^^^o. Fart IT querque in 1511, and fell into the hands of the Dutch iu 164i1| who held it till 1795^ when it was reduced, along with the other Dutch settlements in the east, hy the British. It continued in possession of the British till 1818, when it was restored to the Dutch. It was finally re-ceded to the British under the treaty with the Dutch of 1824. RiPLT of the Nbthbblaitd PLBViPOTByriABiBS to the Notb of the Plbnifotbhtiajubb of Gabat Bbitain. Let Sonttign^ Pl^nipotentiairee de Sa Majesty Le Roi del Pftys-Bai, ont tronv^, dftos la Note qui vient de lear etre remise par Leara Bzoellences Sfessiears lea PUnipotentiairee Bri- tanniqnet, un r^sain^ fidMe dee commanications, qui avaient ea liea k I'^poque oh dea circonatance^ indlpendantea de la volont^ dea u^ooiHteara, amen^rent la auapeiisioa de leura coDf^rences. Appell^a k reprendro un travail dont rachdvement a tonjoura ^t^ d^air^ de part et d'antre avee ane ^gnle ainc^rit^, lea Soaaaigo^a n*ont pia tarde k r^onnaitre dana leura Collaborateura, eet eaprit d'^uit^ et de conciliation, qai fucilite Tarrangement dea queationa lea pliia compliqate^ et aaqael ila ne peuvent-rendre homuiage dana an moment plua opportun que celui, qui va aanc- tionner, par la aig^atnre d'an Tnut^ formel, let diapoaitiooa adopt^4 apr^a le plua mur ezament eomme Iminemment ntilet pour le maintien de la bonne intelligeuoe, mdme entre let Agent inC6* rieara dea Paitaancet Contractantea. Ce bat essential, cette tendance principale da Traits, tout pnlpables poor toot oeux qui en litent areo attention lea different Artioloa. Ce qai t'^ tronve expreta^meiit atipul^, aemble deroir tnfAre poor lever, d'an commun accord, toute incertitude, qui pourrait ae pr^aenter par la auite. Cependaot, comme Meaaieura lea Pl^nipoteatiairea Brltanniquea ont era devoir entrer dans qoel- quea details ult^rieura, lea Sousiign^s, qui, de leur c^te, aentent Timportanoe de ne rien donner an hntard, dana une mati^re auaai inUreasaute, ne font ancune difficult^ de lea auivre dana cea details, et de complet^^r, par le d^v^loppement aucciuct de leur mani^re de voir, la r^ponae, due par euz, ii la anadite Note de Leura Ezcellencea. L' Article VIL renferme une exception an principe g^n^ral de la liberty dn Commerce. La n^^ite de cette exception, d6}k admiae par I'Angleterre dana let conf^renoea de 1820, r^poae tar I'exittenoe du ayatdme rJlatif an Commerce exduiif det ^piceriea. 8i lea d^liberationt da Qon- ▼emement det Paya-Bat oonduiaent k I'abandon de oe ayatlme auaait6t le Commerce libre reprend tea droitt, et tout cet Archipe1,qui a ^t^ fort juatement d^crit comme oompria entre Celeb»9, Timor et la Nouvelle G^ta^, eat oavert iL toutet let tp^culationt Ugitiioet, tor le pied k ^tablir par lea ordonnanoet looalet, et, pour oe qui conceme en particulier let tnbjett de Sa Majeat^ Britanniqoea conform^ment aux be wet contacrte par le Tnit^ poor toatet les pottettionB Adatiquet dep deas Partiet Contraotant^. Par centre, antti long-tempt que I'exoeption, dont tl t'agit, reste en vignear, let naviret qui travertent let Bloluqnet, doivent t'abttenir de relAoher, dant d'autret Portt que ceux dont la ddtigoation a 6t6 of&oiellement commooiqu'^ Aux Puiitancet Maritimet il y a quelquet anneea ; tauf lea eat' de d^tretae pour letquelt 11 eat auperfla d'HJooter, qu'ila troaveront, dana tout lea •ndroitt ob. flotte le Pavilion det Payt-Bat, let tervicet et let a^ura dika iL rbumanitS touitrante. Si le Gouvemement de la Grande Bretagne pente qu'il y a nn avautage r^el pour lai k et qa'en te ddgageant, d'apr^i les principet conaacr^t par le Traits qui va 6tre aigne, det liaiaont que tet Agent formdrent, 11 y a quatre oh cinq ana, dana le Boyaame d' Aeheen, il aaaure, par quelque itipulation noovelle, I'aocueil hoapitalier dea Sujeta et Vaiaseaux Brltanniquea dana let Poru lie oe Boyaame,— let Soustignda n'hMitent paa k declarer que, de leur cAt^ ila n'y voyent aocun inconvenient; et ila croyent pouvoir aaourer, en mdme tema, que lear Gouvemement t'appliqnera, aant dSai, k r^gnlariaer aea rapporta avec Aeheen, de mani^e que cet Btat, tana rien per^ de aon ind^pendance, offre an Navigateur et an Commer Cant cette constaote a^curit^ qui temUe ne pouvoir y 6tre ^tablie, que par I'exercice mod^r^ d'une influence Europ^nne. A I'appui det informationt contennet dana la demi^re Note de Mettieurea let Plinipoten- iiairet Britanniquet, au tujet de Bencoolen, Leura Excellencea ont communiqn^ aux aouaaigu^ lea denx Conventiona reapectivement aigii^Ft le 23 Mai et le 4 Juillet de 1818, d'an e6t2 par le Lieutenant-Gouverneor de cet ^bliitemeut, et de Taatre par let Cheft de quelquet tribua Fart IV Eastern Arohipelago—Halayan FexunBula~2iraiif>^, Kitdah. 386 iVtffff 11^.— To the north of Malacca lies Nauing, which, at the time of the Dutch occupation of Malacca, was governed by four Chiefs, who formed a treaty with the Dutch. Tlie headman or Punghulu was appointed by the Dutch. After the British occupation of Malacca and Naning, an Engagement (No. CXXXWI) was made with the Chiefs in 1801. In 1831 the Chiefs rebelled, and it was found necessary to subdue the country by force. Kedah.'^Oxa earliest political relations with this State may be said to have commenced with the negotiations which were opened with the Kaja of ▼oUioet. On lenr a anisi fait part d'ane depdche du Ooavenieur*Q^D^ral en Conseil, dat^ da Fort William^ le 9 Mai 1823, et d'appr^s laqucUe raduiinstrntion Britannique a aboli au Fort ; Marlboroagh le monopole da poivre, encourage la culturo du riz, et plac^ sur un pied stable et nniforme, lea rapports des differentea clasAea do Niitifa, tant entre ellea, qa'avec leur cliera. Or, pour autant qne 1 es Soussign^ ne ae trompent point en auppoaant, que le but de cea arrangemens a 6\A d'aasurer la prosp^rit^ agricole de la Colonie, et d'^carter lea vexations qui r^sultent souvent du contact imm^iat de la population indigdno avec les autorit^ au balternes d'une adminttration ^trangdre, lis ^prouvent une grande satisfaction ^ dire, que loin -d'avoir li r^outer dea m^urca r^roactires, lea io dividus intereas^s \ I'ordre actuel des cnosea pcuvent, au contraire, nourrir Teapoir, que le nonveau Gouvernement aura ^gard k leura droits acquia, et Ik leur bien ^tre ; et, ce que les Soussign^s aiment aurtout k garantir, il fera observer \*^% Articles doa Convetitiona d^jii uientionn^es aur la foi desquela les habitans do Patummahy Ulu Manna, et d*autres peupladea de Tinterieur ont r^coniiu I'autorit^, ou accept^ la protection de la Compagnie dea Indea Britaniiiques ; aauf toutefoia la faculty d'j substituer, da plein gr^ des parties iiit^ross^, d'autres conditious analnguesj ai les cirooiistances venaient h. rendre un changement n^cessaire. Qoant aux dispositions ^uitables et bienveillantes du Gouvernement Britannique envers Ics habitana de Malacca^ et des autres ^tablissemens Hollandois c^d^s par le Traits, lea Pl^nipoten- tiaires de Sa Majesty le Roi des Pays-Bas, en accepteut I'assuranoe aveo une couiiance illimit^e ; et ce rndme sentiment les porto i ne pas insister, pour que les instructions et ordres, qui seront address aux Autorit^s Anglaises dans I'lnde, r^lativement k )a remise du Fort Marlborough, et de sea d^pendances, soyent concus en destermes tellemeut clairs, precis, et positifs, qn'oi'i n'y puisse tronver aucum motif d'incertitude, in aacun prete&tG de ddlai ; car ils soiit persuades qne Messieurs lea Pl^nipotentiairea Britanniqaea, apr^^s avoir apport^ tant de moderation et do loyaut-^ k I'accomplis- sement de leur tAche aauront veiller k ce que le r^sultat des travaux commons ne soit pas compromfs par djg which in ju»t delivered to them by Their Excolloiicies the British PlcnipotentiarieA, a faithful rempitulHtion of the commuiii(*atir>n8 wliich had taken place at the time, when ciroum- atanres, independent of the ivill of the Nop^ctiators, caused a suspension of their conferences. 3 I> i d86 Eastern Arohipel ego—Malayan 'PeraaBvla—Kedah, Part IV Kedah by Captain Francis Lights nnd which resulted in the Agreement of 1786 (No. CXXXYIII)^ for the cession of the island of Penang, thenceforward called Prince of Wales' Island. The island was formally taken possession of on the lllh Angust 1786. ^ • Summoned to rerame « work, tlie completion cf wbkb has ever been desired with equal nn* cerity by both Parties, the Undersigned bare not failed to recognize in their Co-labourers in thia work, that spiiit of equity and conoiluition, which facilitates the arrangement of the most oomplicsted questions, and to which they cannot do justice at a time more fitting than that which is abiout to sanction, by the signature of a formal Treaty, the Resolutions, adopted after a most striet examination, as eminently nseful for the maintenance of a good understanding, eren among' the inferior Agents of the Contracting powers. This essential aim and princitial tendency of the Treaty is eyident to «H who read its different Articles with attention, what is therein expressly stipulated ought to suffice for tlie removal, by common conienti of all uncertainty which might present it»elf in the sequel. Bawever, as the British Plenipotentiaries liave considered it necessary to enter into some further details, th^ undersigned, who, on their part, are sensible of the importance of leaving nothing doubtful in so important a matter, have no diflkmlty in following them through these detailft, and in supplying, by a concise display of thehr view of the sabject, the answer wlrich ia due from tbem to the afore- ■lud Note of Their Excellenoiee. The 7th Article oontsina an exception to the general principle of liberty of cooimerce. The necessity of that exception, already admitted by England in the conferences of 1820, rests upon the existence of the sj stem wldch respects the exclusive trade in spice. Should the deter* minations of the Government of the Netnierlands lead to the abandonment of thst system, the rights of free trade will be immediately restored, and tbe whole of that Archipelago, which has bMu very justly described as comprised between Celehes, Timor^ and New Q9ineat will be open to all lawful speculations, on the footing to be established by local Ordinances, and, so far as particalariy concerns the Subjects of His Britannick Majesty, in couforuiity ^ith the g^rounda sanctioned by the Treaty for all the Asiatic Possessions of the two Contracting Powers. On the other hand, so long aa the exception in question remains in force, the Ships which traverse the Moluccas must ref^n from touching at any ports^ but those whereof the description has been officially communicated to the Maritime Powers some years back ; except in cases of distress, in which it is superfluous to add, that they will find in all places, where the Flag of the Netherlanda may be flying, thoae good offices and succours which are due to suffering bn*' manity. If the Govemment of Great Britain conceives it to be a real advantage, that by disengaging itself, according to the principle sanctioned by the Treaty which is about to be nigned, from the connections which were formed by its Agents four or five years ago, in the Kingdom of Aeheen^ it secures, by some new clause, the hospitable reception of Hritish Vessels and Subjects in the porta of that Kingdom ; the Undersigned hesitate not to declare, that, on their part, they do not see any difficulty in it, and conceive that they may assert at the same time tliat their Government will apply itself, without delay, to regulate its relations with Acheen, in such a manner that that State, without losing anything of its independence, may offer both to the sailor and tbe merchant that constant security which can only be established by the moderate exercise of European influence. In support of the information contained in the last Note of the British Plenipotentiariea on the subject of JBeacoo/ea, Their Bxcelleucies have communicated to the Undersigned the two Conventions refpectively signed on the 23rd of May and the 4th of July 1818, by the Lieutenant- Governor of that establishment, on the one side, and by the Chiefs of some neighbouring tribes on tbe other. They have likewise communicated a Despat-ch of the Governor-General in Council, dated Fort William^ tbe 9th cf May 1828, and according to which the liritish Government has abolished at Fort Marlborough the monopoly of Pepper ; encountged the cultivation of Bice ; and placed on a firm and uniform footing the relations of the different elasses of Natives, as well among themselves, as with their Chiefs. But inasmuch as the UnderMgned are not wrong in supposing that the subject of thof^e arrangements baa been tbe security of the agricultura) prosperity of the Colony, and the removal of tbe vexations which often result from the immediate contact of the Native population with the subordinate authorities of a Foreign Government, they experience great satisfaction in saving, that, far from having cuuse to dread retroactive Pavt IV EMtern Arohipelano— MaUyan VBniusvdB^Kmiah. ^87 On the Ist of May 1791, a Treaty (No. CXXXIX) was concluded by Captain Light, which provided for the mutaal surrender of mnawny slaves, debtt^rs, forgers, and murderers ; for the necessary supply of provisions (duty free) from the mainland to the residents in the island and shipping in the harbour; and for the annual paymeut to the King of Kedah, styled His Highness Jang de Per Tuan, of the sum of six thousand Spanish Dollars; it iklso bonnd the King not to allow Emopeans of other nations to settle in his «ou|itry. On tlie 6th June ISOO, Sir George Leith, who had succeeded to the Lieutenant-Go vernordiip of Prince of Wales' Island, entered into further negotiations with the ruler of Kedah, and another Treaty (No. CXL) was concluded for the cession of a considerable district, now called Province Wei- lesley, on the mainland. This treaty was not confirmed till November 1802. Both these treaties appear to have been negotiated under the impression that the Ruler of Kedah was an independent Chief, whereas h3 was tributary to Siam. measures, tlis indiFidoals interested in tbe existing order of things may, on tbe contrary, cherish the hope that the new Government will respect their acquired rights, and tlieir welfare ; and, what the Undersigned are above all things desirous to guarantee, that it will CMUse the Articles of the abovemvntioned Conventions to be observed, on the faith of which the Inhabitants of Pcusummah rnlrn Mmmma, and the other Colonists in the interior, have recognized the authority, or accepted the protection of tbe British East India Company ; saving, however, the power of eubstituting, with the full consent of the parties interested, other aiuslogous conditions, if cir- cumstances should render a change necessary. With re«pect to the equitable and benign intentions of the British Government towards the Inhabitants of Malaeea and the other Dutch establishments ceded by the Treaty, the Flenipoten- tiarips of His Majesty the Kinf? of the Netherlands accept the assurance thereof with unlimited oonfidflnoe ; and the same sentiment prevents them from insisting that the orders and instructions which shall be addressed to the English aathorities in India, relative to the surrender of Fort Mt^irlhorom^hf and its dependencies should be conceived in such dear, precise, and positive terms, that no cause of uncertainty, or any pretext for delay, may be di«covered in them : — Being per- vnaded that the British Plenipotentinries, after having acoompUshed their labours with so much moderation and equity, will take care that the result of their common exertions be not com- promised by any refisurd to subordinate interests and secondary considerations. This result the British Plenipotentiaries themselves have described in their Inst Note, and it only remains for the Undersigned to congratulate themselves on having contributed thereibo, and to unite their wishes with those of Their Kxcellencies, that their reajMCtive Agents in their Asiatic possessions may ever show themselves sensible of the duties, which two Friendly Nations, animated with truly liberal views, have to fulfil, both with reference to rach other, and also towards the Natives whom the course of events of Treaties have placed under their influence. The Undersigned avail themselves of this opportunity of renewing to Their Excellencies, the British Plenipotentiaries, the assurance of their most distinguished consideration. JjOKDov, \ (Sd.) H. Faosl. 17a March 1824. j ,» A. li. Falcx. i 888 Eastern Archipelago— Malayan Peninsula— PtfraXr. Part IV In 1820 the Raja of Kedah haviDgf given umbrage to the Court at Bangkok^ by delaying to forward the usunl tribute of gold and silver flowers^ and by non-compliance with other customary observances and marks of vassal- age, that Court determined upon depriving him of his delegated Government, and iu November 18£l the Raja of Ligor, another feudatory of Siam^ ad- vanced into Kedah at the head of a formidable army^ and expelled the Raja, Tvho found refuge in Penang, on the express condition that neither he nor any of his followers should^ during their stay in that islnnd, carry on any political correspondence without the approval of the British Government. This condi- tion he violatedi and as the mediation of Government with a view to his res- toration proved unsuccessful, it was stipulated under the treaty of Bangkok * that he should leave Penang. In accordance with the provisions of the above engagement, the ex-Raja was compelled to take up his residence at Malacca, a suitable pension having been, assigned for his maintenance by the British Government. The ex-Raja made several unsuccessful attempts to recover his country from the Ligor Chief. At length in \S^2, his eldest son proceeded to Bang- kok and made submission to Siam on behalf of his father, and through the intercession of the Governor of the Straits Settlements the ex-Baja was put in charge of central Kedah, one of the three Governorships into which Kedah had been divided. The 13th article of the treaty of Bangkok was therefore modified. In 1843 the Raja of Kedah forcibly seized the Krean district in Perak, the ruler of which country appealed to the Governor of the Straits Settlement for redress. Owing to the remonstrances of the Governor, the Raja eventually withdrew his followers from the district, but his annual allowance was suspended for a year as a punishment for his contumacy in the first instance. On the Raja's death, his eldest sonj Tuanku Abdoolla, was appointed by the Court at Bangkok to succeed him; he was similarly succeeded by his brother Tuanku Daie, who died on the 8th May 1 854 ; his son, the present Raja, Tuanku Ahmad, at once assuming the reins of Government* Perak. — The State of Perak was originally a dependency of Malacca, and about the middle of the sixteenth century, the Bandahara of Johor was raised to the dignity of the Sultan of Perak, under the name of Muzaflar Shah. His * In this Treaty the Qovernment of the British over Peoang and Province Wellesley wai ac- knowledged by the Siameee. Part IV Eastern Arohipelago—Malayan Peninsola— Peralr. 689 son^ Mansar Shah^ became King of Achin about 1567^ and Perak was thence- forth tributary to him and his successors^ who received the customary token of vassalage^ the Bungah Mas (golden flower). On the decline of the power of Achin^ Perak became independent and fell under the influence of the Dutcht In 1795 an expedition from Penang compelled the Dutch garrison of the small Fort at Perak to surrender. This led to an increase of British trade with ihd country^ the whole of the produce of the tin mines being, brought to Penang. The then reigning Sultan^ Muhammad Taj-ud-din, died in 1801, and was succeeded by his son, Sultan Mansur Shah. In 1818 a Treaty (No. CXLI) was concluded by the Governor of Prince of Wales' Island with the Etaja of Perak, Sultan Abdulla, under the provisions of which the right of free trade with Perak was secured to British subjects. In 1825 differences having arisen between the Rulers of Perak and Selangor, Mr. Anderson was deputed to adjust matters. This led to the nego- tiation of the Treaty (No. CXLI I), dated the 6th September 1825, by which the boundary between the two States is determined ; the Raja of Perak also thereby engaged not to interfere in the Government of Selangor, and to permit all foreign traders to carry on their trade without any interruption. Under the provisions of article 14 of the treaty of Bangkok, the inde- pendence of Perak is secured, though the Raja is permitted, should he so desire, to maintain a friendly coojmunication with Siam, and even to send the gold and silver flowers as formerly. This article also contains a guarantee on the part of the British Government to protect Perak from any attack by a force from Selangor. In September of the above year intimation having been received by the Governor of Prince of Wales' Island, that the Raja of Ligor had introduced a body of troops into Perak and deprived the Raja of Perak of all power, a small force was at once despatched to insist upon the strict fulfilment of the terms of the treaty. The Siamese evacuated the position they had taken up on the bank of the river^ and the independence of Perak has ever since been fully recognised. Under a Treaty (No. CXLIII) dated the I8th October 1826, the Raja of Perak, on the plea of his inability to suppress the piracy then prevalent along his coast, ceded to the British the Dinding island, the islands of Pungkor, and all other islands previously appertaining to Perak ; and by a second Treaty (No. CXLIY) , concluded on the same date, he engaged to hold no intercourse ^^ 800 BMtern Arohipelago— Malayan TeninBulA^Seianffor. Fart IV with the King of Siam^ or any of his Chieffj or with the Ba ja of Selangor ; not to present the Bungah Mas or any other species of tribute* nor to receive any ambassadors, and in ease of any interference with his country on the part of foreign Chiefs* to rely entirely on the aid and protection of the British Government : this aid and protection being guamnteed to him, provided he faithfully fulfilled all his engagements. On the 25th October a supplementary Treaty (No. CXLV) waa signed, which provides for the better manageinent of the country, the suppression of piracy, and the protection of trade. Although the Raja is the only Chief recognised by us as having power in Perak, it would appear that this power is shared with the following great Officers of his Court: — Raja Muda, Bandahara, Orang Kaya Besar, and Tdmongong, whose seals are attached to the different treaties. The first mentioned is the heir«appnrent to the State, an elective, and not hereditary post, though the choice is limited to members of the ruling family. Selangor.^^ln 1786 the independent Raja of Selangor was obliged to acknowledge himself a vassal of the Dutch, who were then in possession oE Malacca. When the Dutch came again into possession of Malacca in 1818, they wished to re-enter on their former relations with Selangor, but the Raja refused owing to his strong partiality for the British, with whom he had formed a commercial Treaty (No. CXLVI). In 1825, when Mr. Anderson was deputed to settle the dispute between Selangor and Perak, a Treaty (No. CXLYII) was concluded with the Raja, under the provisions of which the former agreement was confirmed, whilst the boundary between Selangor and Perak having been determined, the Raja of Selangor agreed never to interfere in the Oovernment of the latter country, or to cross the frontier with an armed force ; he also undertook to prevent pirates from resorting to his coast, as well as to surrender all offenders, such as pirates, robbers, murderers, and others, who might esoape from the British territories and seek shelter in his country^-these latter conditions being reciprocal. By the 14th article of the treaty of the 20th June 1826 with Siam, the safety of Selangor from any attack on the part of a Siamese force, is guaranteed, and this State, equally with Perak, may therefore be considered under British protection. Although still nominally under one Chief, Selangor is at present divided into five almost independent States, viz,^ Lukut, Lungatj Kallang, Selangor, and Berman. Of these the principal is Lukut, by the Raja of whieh country Cape Rachado has, with the sanction of the Sultan of Selangor, V Part IV Eastern Archipelago— Malayan Peninanla— i9M(^0f Vfonff, He. Ml been made over to the British Government for the erection of a light- house. Confederate States of Sungei Ujang, Rembau, JoM, and Sri Menanti.-^ These States were originally dependencies of Johor. About 1773 they renounced their allegiance to that sovereign^ and elected a Chiefs under the title of Jang de Per Tnan Besar, to preside over the council of the four Punghulus j each Punghulu having, however, independent jurisdiction in his own State. Hence all real power remains in their hands, that possessed by the Jang de Per Tuan being only nominal. Subsequently, in 1 796| another Chief was appointed a member of the Counoilj under the title of Jang de Per Tnan Muda. In 1814 an appeal was made by the then Jang de Per Tuan Muda to the British Resident at Malacca, for assistance against the four Punghulus, with whom he was at variance. This was, however, refused. On the 30th November 1831, Raja Ali being then Jang de Per Tuan Besar, and his son-in-law, Sharif Saiyid Saban, Jang de Per Tuan Muda, a Treaty (No. CXL VIII) was concluded between the British Oovernment and the confederate States. This treaty provides, under special conditions, for the mutual surrender of criminals, and the settlement of disputes that may arise between the contracting Governments or any of their dependent States, as well as for the protection of trade and the suppression of piracy. A similar Treaty (No. CXLIX) was negotiated with Bembau, as a separate State, on the 28th January 183S. The position of Malacca, where it is conterminous with the boundaries of Rembau and Johol, was defined in separate Agreements made with the Rulers of these States, dated respectively the 9th January and the 15th June 1833 (Nos. CL and CLI}. Although the Rulers of the different States still occasionally meet for the discussion of any matter affecting their common interests, for some time past the confederacy may be said to have ceased to exist, and the late Jang de Per Tuan, who was also the Punghulu of Sri Menanti, exercised but little influence over the other Chiefs. His position indeed seems never to have leen recognised by the British Government, all correspondence with the various Chieftains having been conducted without any reference to his autho- rity. The foregoing observations may be deemed generally applicable to the small States of Lingie and Oumimchi, the former being a dependency of Sungei Ujong, and the latter of Johol. 882 Eastern Archipelago— Malayan Peninsula— Jo^or. Part IV The districts of EuH and Tamping^^ though {orming a portion of Rembau, are at present ruled by Saiyid Saban, under whose authority they were originally placed, in bis capacity of Jang de Per Tuan Muda. JoAor.-^OuT political relations with Johor may be said to date from 1818, on the 19th of August of which year a Treaty (No. CLII) of peace and friendship, having for its aim the protection of commerce, was concluded by Major Farquhar with Sultan Abdur Rahman Shah, the youngest son of Sultan Muhammad, who had, however, — consequent on the absence of his elder brother Tuankp Husain in Pahang, whither he had proceeded to celebrate his marriage with the daughter of the Bandahara, — assumed the sovereignty, though it is alleged only as a temporary measure, on his father's demise. Sultan Abdur Rahman Shah is reported to have subsequently abdicated in favor of his brother, who was publicly installed as Sultan by Sir Stamford Raffles in 1819. On the 6th of February and the 26th June of that year. Treaties (Nos. CLIII and CLIV) were negotiated with the Sultan and the Tumongong for the establishment of au English Factory at Singapore, and for the protection of liritish commerce throughout the Sultan's dominions. In 1824 it was. deemed desirable to obtain the absolute cession of Singa- pore in full sovereignty, and with this view a fresh Treaty (No. CLV) was entered into with the Sultan and Tumongong, under the provisions of which the island of Singapore, with the seas, straits and islets, within ten* geographical miles from its coasts, became a British settlement, whilst due arrangements were effected for the suppression of piracy and the furtherance of British commercial interests in Johor. The Sultan and Tumongong and their successors have, up to the present date, continued to reside at Singapore. Owing, however, to the differences between them arising out of their respective claims to the revenue derived from the sovereignty of Johor on the mainland, it was considered by the Local Government advisable that this sovereignty should be vested in the hands of one Chief, who should exercise undivided authority over the whole country, and the Tumongong having been selected for the purpose, with the consent of the Governor-General in Council, on the lOth March 1855, aTreaty * In November 1861 it whs ruled that the right of the British GoTernmeiit over the water* within 10 roilos of Singapore must be limited to a distance of 8 miles from any const either ot uiaiuland or island, iiithln a circle of 10 miles of which Singapore is the centre. Part IV Eastern Archipelago— Malayan Peninsula— iPoAaii^. 398 (No. CLVI) was arranged between His Highness and the Sultan, under the terms of which, the latter, in consideration of the payment of a certain snm and a monthly pension, ceded to the former absolute sovereignty over Johor, merely retaining authority over the district of Segamat or Moar, a small tract between Johor and the British settlement of Malacca, which has never formed a part of the former, having always been governed by a distinct Chief, bearing, however, the title of Tumongong, and acknowledging alle- giance to the Sultan. Under the provisions of the above treaty, in the event of the Sultan's being desirous of relinquishing the sovereignty of Moar, it is in the first instance to be offered for the acceptance of the British Oovern- ment. The position of the Tumongong, with reference to the lands left him in . Singapore under the 6th and 7th articles of the treaty of 1824 was very ^nusatisfaotory. By a Treaty (No. CLVII) concluded on the 19th December 1862 these articles were abrogated so far as they relate to any claims or rights between the British Qovemment and the Tumongong, his heirs and successors. The States of Jellabu Ulu Pahang (including Sutting and Jumpol) and Jillye also formed a portion of the original confederacy of the Malayan Peninsula owing allegiance to the Sultan of Johor. This allegiance seems never to have been formally renounced by their Punghulus, as they continued to acknowledge the Sultan's authority after the isecession of Sungei Ujong, Bembau, Jobol, and Sri Menanti. Hence, as no separate treaties have ever been negotiated with these Chiefs, our political relations with them could only be regulated with reference to any rights acquired by virtue of the various treaties concluNo. OZL. 408 ASTICLB 11. All persons belonging to Yeng de Per Taan, bringing the produce of the oonntry aown the river^ are not to be molested or im[^ed by the Company's people. Articlb is. Such articles as Yeng de Per Tuan may stand in need of from Pulo Penang are to be procured by the Companjr's agents^ and the amount to be deducted from the gratuity. Artiolb is. As soon as possible, after the ratification of this Treaty, the arrears of gratuity now due, agreeable to the former Treaty and Agreement to His Highness Yeng de Per Tuan of Purlies and Quedah^ to be j^ud off. Abtiolb 14. On the ratification of this Treaty, all former Treaties and Agreements between the two Governments to be null and void. These fourteen Articles being settled and concluded between His High- ness Yeng de Per Tuan and the English Company, the countries of Purlies and Quedah and Pulo Penang shall be as one country ; and whoever shall depart or deviate from any part of this Agreement, God will punish and destroy him : he shall not prosper. This done and completed, and two Treaties, of the same tenor and date, interchangeably given between His Highness Yeng de Per Tuan and the Governor of Pulo Penang, and sealed with the seals of the Stete OflScers immediately ofiiciating under His Highness Yeng de Per Tuan, in order te prevent disputes hereafter. Written b^ Hakim Bbrahim Bben (son of Sirree Bajah Mooda), by order of I|b Highness Yeng de Per Tuan^ of exalted dignity. (A true translation.) (Sd.) J. SWTLINB, M. T. Bevised from the original by John Anderson, Malay Translator to Government. Approved and confirmed by the Governor General in Councili November, 1802. 404 IL Arohipeiago— Malayan Feninaola— Pervi— No. OXLI. Fart IV No. CXLI. Treaty of Comhbrcial Alliance between the Honourablb English East Iklia Compant and His Majesty the Kajah of Pebak, settled by Mr. Walter Sewell Gba- CBOFT9 ia ylrtue of powers delegated to bim by the Honour- able John Alexandeb Bannebman, Goyebnob of Fbincb of Wales' Island and its dependencies. Done on the 27th Ramadban, 1233, answering to the eyening of the 30th July 1818. Abtiolb 1. The peace and friendship now subsisting between the HoooDFable English East India CompaDy and His Majesty the Rajah of Perak^ shall be perpetual. Article 2. The vessels and merchandize belonging to British subjects, or persons being under the protection of the Honourable East India Company, shall always enjoy in the ports and dominions subject to His Majesty the Bajah of Perak, all the privileges and advantages which are now, or may at any time hereafter be, granted to the subjects of the most favored nations. AftTICLS S. The vessels and merchandize belonging to the subjects of His Majesty the Bajah of Perak shall always receive similar advantages and privileges with those in the preceding Article as long as they are in the harbour of Fort Comwallis and in all other places dependent on the Britidi Government of Prince of Wales' Island. ASTICLB 4. His Majesty of Perak agrees that he will not renew any obsolete and interrupted Treaties with other nations, public bodies, or individuals, the pro- visions of which may, in any de|?ree, tend to exclude or obstruct the trade of British subjects, who further »iall not be burthened with any impositions or Duties not levied on the subjects of other States. Abticle 6. His Majesty the Bajah of Perak further engages, that he will, upon no pretence whatsoever, grant a monopoly of any articles of trade or commodities, the produce of his territories, to any person or persons, European, American, or natives of any other country, but that he will allow British subjects to come and buy all sorts of merchandize, the same as other people. Abticlb 6. The Honourable East India Company engage, that they will not form any Treaties or Engagements which may exclude or obstruct the merchandise of the subjects of the Bajah of Perak who come to trade at Penang, nor will k Part IV B. Archipelago— Malftjran Fe1lill•llla-*P#ral^— No. OXLII. 405 they gpnnt a monopoly of any sort of merchandize to one deeoription of per- sons only, as is specified in the 5th Article, but will allow the natives of Perak to come and buy all sorts of merohandizei the same as other people. Abtiolb 7. His Majesty the Bajah of Perak enga^, that if any persons bring sab- jects of the Company from Penaug and i& dependencies for sale, he will not allow of their sale in the country of Perak, ami the Houoorable Compi^m will be bound by a similar Agreement with respect to the subjects of Perak, for the laws of England on no account allow of such proceedings in any of the countries subject to the British authority. Abtiolb 8. This Treaty, aooording to the foregoing ArtidM, is made for the purpose of promoting the peace and friendship of the two States, and securing the liberty of commerce and navigation between their respective subjects to the mutual advantage of both, and of it one draft is retainea by His Majesty the Rajah of Perak, and one bv Mr. Walter Sewell Cracroft, Agent of the Honourable the Governor of Penan^^. To this is affixed the seal of His Majority the Bajah of Perak, to ratify it to the Honourable Bn^lish Baet India Company, so that no disputes may hereafter arise conoeming it, but that it may be permanent and last for ever. (True copy.) (Sd.) J. W. Salmond, Reaidtnt Couneilior, Prmce qf Walen* Island. No. OXLII. Taanslation of an Engagement of His Majesty Paduka Sri Sultan Abdullah Ma-Alum Shah, who is seated on the BrOYAL Throne of the Febak OouktbYj given to Ma. John Anderson, Agent to the Honourabi^e Robert Fullebton, OovBRNOR of FuLO Fekang, oq behalf of the Honourable English East India Company, as a token of a lasting alli- ance and friendship, which can never be changed so long as the Sun and Moon shall endure, in order that friendship and union may be prolonged, and continue from this day forth for ever — 1826. Abtiolb 1. His Majesty the King of Perak herebv agrees to fix the boandary be« tween the States of Perak and Salengore at the Biver Bumam^ and there shall 406 B. Arobipelago— >Mala3ran Peninsula— P«ral?'No. OXLII. Part IV be no encroachment on either side ; and His Majesty engages not to interfere ill the OoverDment of Salengore, nor will he send any armament *itito that country ; the subjects of Perak, however, being permitted to proceed thither for commercial purposes, conforming to the established rules and customs of other traders there frequenting. Abticlb 2. With respect to the Agreement entered into between His Majesty the King of Salengore and Mr. John Anderson, Agent to the Honourable Robert FuUerton, (Governor of Pulo Penang, providing for the removal of Rajah Hassan from the Perak Country and its dependencies, the Ring of Perak is well pleased with this Agreement, and he engages not to receive Rajah Haitian, nor permit him to return to any part of the Perak territory. His Majesty the King of Perak also engages that he will not grant a monopoly or entrust the collection of the revenues in future to any other, in order that there may be no further disturbances in the country, and he has hereby fixed the Duty on the tin exported from the Perak Country, at 6 Dollars per behar, in order that the commerce of the kingdom may be thrown open and extend- ed ; that population may be increased ; that all traders may be encouraged to resort to Perak, such as the subjects of the English Government, the Siamese^ Salengore, and others; and that they may be enabled to carry on an intercourse with ease and eatisfactioni and be at liberty to resort to all the posts, settie- ments, and rivers within the State, to trade without any interruption for ever. This Engagement is hereby made, and to it is affixed, as a token of its validity, the chop of His Majesty the King of Perak, and it is delivered to Mr. John Anderson, Agent to the Honourable Robert Fnllerton, Gt>vemor of Pulo Penang. TAit paper, wriiten on tie 6ik dag of September 1825, of the Englitk year, mnd 0% the 20th day of Mohurrum, Monday^ in the year of the Heyira, 1241. (True oopy.) Chop of Paduka Sri SolUii AbdoUmh, Kiog of Ftesk. (Sd.) J. W. Saucohd, Betideni ComneUlor, Prince of WaM Island. Part IV B. Arohipelago— Malayan Penin8ula~P«rol^— Ha CXLIII. 407 No. CXLIII. Engagement of Paduka Sbi Sultan Abdulla Ma-Alum Shah, ai^t^K^'of'^L^^^ "'""''*" son of the deceased Jummal- cS^r^etirmlb^^^^ ^^^^^' ^°d Supreme Ruler ^^}' . . ^ ^ « . ^^^^ the Ferak Country, made Chop of the Ormng Kaya Betar of iii* i^^^ « Pemk. and deliYered to Captain James Low, Agent of the Honourable Robert Fullerton, Gov- ernor in Council op Prince op Wales* Island, Singa- pore and Malacca, and which is to be everlasting, as the revolutions and endurance of the Sun and Moon— 1826. The Sultan, who governs the whole of the Ferak Country and its depen- Chopof theOrsDgKayaTamungaog dencies, has this day, in the month and year Sri lUaka Rajah. herein Bpecified, given over and ceded to the Honourable the East India Company of England, to be under its government henceforward and for ever, the Pulo Dindiiig and the Islands of Fankgor, together with all and every one of the Islands which belonged of old and until this period to the Kings of Ferak, and which have been hitherto included within the Ferak State, Wause the said Islands afford safe abodes to the pirates and robbers, who plunder and molest the traders on the coast and the inhabitants of the main land, etc., effectually deprive them of the means of seeking subsistence, and as the King of Ferak has not the power or means singly to drive those pirates. For these reasons the King of Ferak has, of his own free will and pleasure, ceded and given over as aforesaid, the Islands governed by tiiem, and to be placed under any one of their governments, as they may think fit. To this deed, as tokens of its validity, have this day been put the great seal or chop of the ruler of the Ferak Country, Faduka Sri Sultan Abdullah Ma- Alum Shah, together with the chops of the Chief Minis- ters of His Majesty^s government. T^is Deed ie made and written thi$ nxUenth day of Rtibbea-ool-awal, Wednesday ^ 1242, or the EighUentk day of October^ in the year 1826. (A true copy.) (Sd.) Jamks Low, Captain, Political Agent to the Honourable the Oovernor in Conneil of Prince of Wales* Island. (Sd.) J, Gafxino, Resident Cunncillor. 408 X. Archipelago -Malayan Peninsala— Pfral^-»Ii'o. OXUV. Part IV No. CXLIV. Ekgagismekt entered into betwixt His Majesty Pabuka Sbi The Cbop or Se.1 of the King of SULTAN ABDULLAH Ma-ALUM IVrnk. SHAHIBUN MUBHOOM JuMMAL- 8S:ro5*'B?ifah!f;L'"- ooll^h. Supbbmb and Eight- Chop of the Orang Kaya Besar. pUL BULEB OVer all and BVerj Chop of the Tumangoug. ^^^^ ^j ^^^ VeJLAK CoUNTBY, and Oaptaik James Low, Agent to the Honourable Kobert FuLLEBTON, OovEBNOB of PuLO Penang, Singapobb and Malacca, on behalf of the Honoubable thb East India Company, whereof copies have been interchansred, and which is to be everlasting; as the Sun and Moon. Moreover, it is a token of lasting friendship and alliance to exist betwixt the Honoubable the East India Company and the King of Pbbak, and betwixt the King and the Honourable Robsbt FULLEBTON — 1826. Articlb FiB8T.-->Hi8 Majesty the King of Perak, 'of his own free will and pleasare, hereby engages, that he will adhere to the stipulations respect- ing the boundaries of Perak and the settlement of other points which were made with the Rajah of Saleng^re by Mr. John Anderson, Agent to the Honourable Kobert Fullerton, Oovernor of Pulo Penan^, etc., and also to all the stipulations contained in the Engagement He^ra which His Majesty made with the said Mr. John Anderson, dated the 20th day of Mohurrum, Monday, in the year of the 1241, all of which deeds are here declared to be fixed and unalterable. Moreover, His Majesty now engages that he will not hold any communication or intercourse with the Rajah of Siam, or with any of hia chiefs or vassals, or with the Rajah of Salengore, or any of his chiefs or vassals, which may or can have reference to political subjects, or to the administration of his government and the management of his country of Perak. Hia Majesty will not countenance any of his subjects who may connect themselves with, or league, or intrigue with the Siamese King, or with any of his chiefs or vassals, or with the Rajah of Salengore, or any of his chiefs or vassals, or with any other Siamese or Malayan people, by which the eountry of Perak can in any degree or mancer be disturbed, and the government of Hia Majesty interfered with. Secomi).— His Majesty the King of Perak will not give or pi-esent the bungamas, or any other species of tribute whatever, to the Rajah or King of Siam, or to any of his governors or vassals, nor will he give or present such to the Rajah of Salengore, or te any other Siamese or Malayan people hencefor- ward and for ever. Moreover, His Majesty will not receive or permit te enter into his country of Perak, from the Rajah or King of Siam, or from any of his governors or chiefs, any ambassadors or armamente arriving at Perak for the purpose of arranging political matters, or interfering in any way in the affairs Part IV E. Arohipelago^Malayan Fenia8ula~P«rait~Nro. OXLIV. 409 and administration of the country of Perak. In like manner he will not receive into his country embassies or armaments sent by the Rajah of Saleno^ore^ or by any other Siamese or Malayan people ; nor will he receive any party from any of the people, Rajahs^ or countries here specified into his country, should its strength even consist of no more than thirty men, nor will he allow the least number to enter his country. But all persons of every country will, as heretoforci have free permission to trade unmolested to any port in the Perak Country, provided they do not interfere in itsafPairs. Should parties or armaments of the description above stated arrive in the Perak Country from any one of the countries, or Rajahs, Governors; or Chiefs, or peo- ple a1)ove specified, or should any of the said Rajahs, Grovemors, or Chiefs leag^ue with subjects of the King of Pernk, in order to disturb his country and interfere in any way in his government, then in any such case or cases His Majesty will rely, as he now relies, and in all future times will rely, on the friendly aid and protection of the Honourable the East India Company, and of the Honourable the Governor in Council of Pulo Penang, etc., etc., to be manifested in such a manner and by such means as mny to them seem most expedient. Thibd.— Captain James Low, as Agent for the Honourable the Gover- nor in Council of Prince of Wales' Island, engages that if His Majesty the King of Perak will faithfully adhere to and perform all and each of the stipulations contained in this Engagement as above specified, then His Majesty shall receive the assistance of tiie British in expelling from his country any Siamese or Malaycr as above stated, who, as also above specified, mny at any time, enter the Perak Country with political views, or for the purpose of inter- ferinor in any way with the Government of His Majesty. But if His Majesty shall fail to perform all and every Article of this his Engagement, binding on him, then the obligation on the British to protect him and to assist him against his enemies will cease, and he will lose the confidence and friendship of the Honourable the Governor in Council of Pulo Penang, etc., etc., for ever. This Engagement, which His Majesty has voluntarily and with great satisfaction entered into, has received as mark of its validity the chop or seal of His Majesty, and the seal and signature of the Agent, Captain James Low, together with the chops of the ministers of Perak, who are also parties in this Engagement with the Agent, and it is delivered to the said Agent to remain as ao ever-enduring memorial of alliance and friendship betwixt the King of Perak and the British. This paper, written on the Eighteenth day of October 1886, of the Engliih^ pear, and on the Sixteenth day of Riibbea-ool-awal, fFednesduy, in the year of the Hegira, 1249. Signature of the Agent, Captain James Low. (A true copy.) Seal of the Honour' Hble Company. (Sd,) James Low, Captain, Political Agent. (A true copy.) (Sd.). J. Garlimo, Resident Councillor. 410 E. Arobipelago— Malayan Peninsula— P^ra^- ITo. CXLV. Part IV No. OXLV. Supplementary Engagements of the Rajah of Pebak, con- tained in a letter addressed by His Majesty to the Agent, Captain James Low — 1826. After compliments — He who governs Perak, Paduka Sri Sultan Abdullah The chop of Hia Ma- Ma-Alum Sliah, desires to make known to bis friend, jifvty Padaka Sri Sultan Captain James Low^ Agent to the Hon'ble Robert Ful- Ma-Alum Shah, King of lerton. Governor in Council of Prince of Wales' Island^ ^^^^' Malacca, and Singapore^ with relation to the subjects on which His Majesty and the Agent have already conferred :— First. — That His Majesty will come down the river to stay at Kotah- loomoot^ where he will build a fort of proper strength^ and assign a competent number of soldiers for its protection and his own, in order that all enemies and pirates may be kept at a distance, and these men will be well armed, and will be maintained by His Majesty as a standing force, to be at all times ready for defence, and to obey his orders ; and for the temporary accommoda- tion of any British Officer who may be sent to visit him, His Majesty will direct that a small house be built opposite to his own residence. Second. — His Majesty will keep a prow always ready to convey informa- tion of importance to Pulo Penang, and will further, without delay, take messures for opening a communication overland, betwixt the Perak river and the Krean river, and thence to Pulo Penang. TAird.'^The Luksamana and the Shabunder will be forthwith sent down to reside at Quala Bidor, at the spot where Rajah Hussan formerly posted himself, and these two persons will, by His Majesty^s orders, erect a fort there, and will collect the population and settle the country in that direction, and those persons trading at Perak will be encouraged, and protected, according to ancient custom. Four ^i.— His Majesty will speedily seize or ex[>e1 the head officers now residing at Koraw, at Laroot, at Trong, at Sinkang, and at Bruwas, who may have connected themselves with pirates or robbers, and will give warning to the people there, that should they let pirates or robbers remain amongst them, and should any English come there from Penang in search of pirates, the innocent might in that case suffer with the guilty. ^j/3?A.— All traders to all parts of Perak will be cherished by His Majesty, and their traffic will not be delayed, but every means will be afforded for a speedy settlement of accounts betwixt buyer and seller, and His Majesty will coerce any of his subjects, or others, should their conduct require harsh measures, to come to a speedy settlement of accounts with traders to Peiak, and to prevent their distressing such in any way. 5id7^^.— His Majesty the King of Perak will drive out of his country any person convicted of having carried off clandestinely, or by force, from any british possession, any subject of, or person living under, the British Govern- Part IV E. Arohipelago— Malayan Peninsula— and should any person so carried o£E be discovered. His Majesty will detain that person and give information to the Honourable the Oovemor of Pulo Penangf in order that such mischievous practices tnay be wholly prevented. Seventh. — When the country has agaiu got settled. His Majesty will direct his people to sow abundance of rice, gram, and rear as much poultry and as many cattle as possible, in order that his people, and those residing under the British Qovernment, may receive mutual advantage. EigkiA. — His Majesty intends to appoint, and will appoint, a properly qualified person to superintend the collection of Duties on exports, such as tin and other merchandize. Should any trader, a subject of His Majesty, arrive at a British port, and not be able to show a port clearance, the same will be forfeited according to custom. Ninth.^^HxQ Majesty wishes to establish schools in this country, and will be happy should his friend. Captain James Low, assist him by sending a well- skilled school master from Pulo Penang, and should His Majesty send any child or children to Pulo Penang to be educated in all the requisite branches of knowledge, he hopes that such child or children will be favorably received and treated. All these things His Majesty agrees to with the greatest satisfaction. This paper, dated the 23rd day of the month Subbea-ool-awal, on Wednei* day, the l^th day of October ^ in the year 1826. (A true translation oF copy) (Sd.) Jambs Low^ Captain, Political Agent. (True copy.) (Sd.) J. Oarlino, Resident Council/or. No. CXLVI. Trbaty of OoMMERCiAL ALLIANCE between the Honourablb English East India Company and His Majesty the Bajah of Salbngobe, settled by Mb. Walter Sbwbll Cbacroft, in virtue of powers delegated to him by the Honourable John Alexander Bannerman, Governor of Prince op Wales' Island and its dependencies. Done on the 20th Shawal 1288 (answering to the evening of the 22nd August 1818). Article 1. The peace and friendship now subsisting between the Honourable English East India Company and His Majesty the Bajah of Salengore shall be perpetual. 412 R Archipelago -Malayan Feninsula—'Se/an^or— No. CXLVI. Part IV .Article 2. The vessels and mercbandize belonging to Briti^jh subjects^ or persons being under the protection of the Honourable East India Company, shall always enjoy in the ports and dominions subject to His Majesty the Rajah of Salengore all the privileges and advantages which are now, or may at any time hereafter be^ granted to the subjects of the most favoured natious. Abticle 3. . The vessels and merchandize belonging to the subjects of His Majesty the Rajah of Salengore shall always receive similar advantages and privileges with those in the preceding Article, as long as they are in the harbour of Fort Comwallis, and in all other places dependent on the British Government of Prince of Wales' Island. Article 4. His Majesty of Salengore agrees that he will not renew any obsolete and interrupted treaties with other nations^ public bodies^ or individuals, the pro* visions of which may^ in any degree, tend to exclude or obstruct the trade of British subjects, who^ further, shall not be burthened with any impositions or Duties not levied on the subjects of other States. Article 5« His Majesty the Rajah of Salengore further engages that he will, upon no pretence whatsoever, grant a monoply of any articles of trade or commo- dities, the produce of his territories, to any person or persons, European, American, or natives of any other country, but that he will allow British sub- jects to come and buy all sorts of merchandize the same as other people. Article 6. The Honourable East India Company engage that they will not form any Treaties or Engagements which may exclude or obstruct the merchandize of the subjects of the Rajah of Salengore, who come to trade at Penang, nor will they grant a monopoly of any sort of merchandize to one description of Sersons only, as is specified in the 5th Article, but will allow the natives of alengore to come and buy all sorts of merchandize the same as other people* Article 7. His Majesty the Rajah of Salengore engages that, if any person bring subjects of the Company of Penang and its. dependencies for sale, he will not allow of their'sale in the Country of Salengore, and the Honourable Com- pany will be bound by a similar Agreement with respect to the subjects of Salengore, for the laws of England on no account allow of such proceedings in finy of the countries subject to the British authority. Part IV B. Archipelago— Malayan Peninsula- Selanffor—JSfo. CXLVII. 418 Article 8. This Treaty, according to the foregoinj? Articles, is made for the purpose of promoting the peace and friendship of the two States, and securing the liberty of commerce and navigation between their respective subjects, to the mutual advantage of both, and of it one draft is retained by His Majesty the Rajah of Salengore, and one by Mr. Walter Sewell Cracroft, Agent of the Honourable the Qovernor of Penang. To this is affixed seal of His Majesty the Rajah of Salengore to ratify it to the Honourable English East India Company, so that no disputes may hereafter arise concerning it, but that it may be permanent and last for ever. (A true copy.) (Sd.) J. W. Salmond, Resident Councillor, Prince of Waleu' Island. No. CXLVII. An Aobebment of Peace and Friendship between the Hon'blb East India Company and 8ai Sultan Ibbahim Shah, Kino of Salenoobe, settled by Mb. John Andebson, in Tirtue of powers delegated to him by the Hon'ble Eobert FuLLEBTON, GovEBNOB of PuLO Penang and its dependent cies. Done at the Fort of Salengore, on the 5th day of Mohurrum in the year of the Hijirat 1241, or 20th day of August A.D. 1825. Article 1. Whereas the relations of peace and friendship have subsisted for a length of time between the Hon'ble East India Company and Kis Majesty the King of Salengore, and were confirmed by a Treaty of commercial alliance, consist- ing of eight Articles, concluded by Mr. Walter Sewell Cracroft, on the 20th day of the month Shawal, in the year of the Hijirat 1£S3, or the £3rd day of August, A. D. 1818, for the purpose of facilitating the commercial intercourse between the two States^ it is now agreed between His Majesty the King of Salengore and Mr. John Anderson, as Agent to the Hon^ble Robert FuUerton, Governor of Pulo Penang, to confirm the said Treaty, which will remain unchanged for ever. Abticlb 2. His Majesty of Salengore engages with the Hon^ble Robert Fullerton, Governor of Pulo Penang, that from the date of this engagement, and for the time to come, the established boundary between the States of Perak and Salengore shall be the river Burnam, and no armament by land or sea from Salengore shall enter any part of the Perak territory or its dependencies, nor shall His Majesty of Salengore kiterfere in the government of the Perak country, for it is hereby restored to the King of Perak, provided, however, that prows from Salengore shall- be at liberty to proceed to Perak for the 414 E. Archipelago— Malayan FeninsulH— Selan^or—JKo. GXLVII. Fart IV purpose of commerce, conforming to the rules and customs of other traders resorting thither. Article 3. His Majesty of Salengore engages to direct the immediate removal from the Perak territory of Rajah Hassan, who is now established at Sungee Bidor ; and His Majesty of Salengore further engages, that he will not permit Kajah Hassan to return thither, nor to interfere in any waj with the goverument of the Perak country, and also that Rajah Uassnn shall be prohibited from carry- iog away any people from that country, or the rjots of the King of Perak, who are unwilling to accompany him. - AaTiCLE 4. The King of Salengore engages not to permit any pirates to resort to any part of his territory, and the Qovernor of Fulo Penang will be bound by a similar engagement on his part. Abticlb 5. The King of Salengore engafres to seize and return to Pulo Penang any offenders, such as pirates, robbers, m^irderers, and others who may escape to Salengore, and if any peraons of t : > description above mentioned fly from Salengore to Pulo Penang, the OoverLor will be bound by a similar Agree- ment. Article 6. This Agreement is made between His Majesty of Salengore and the Honourable East India Company, with mutual consent and good- will between both parties, for the purpose of prolonging the peace and friendly communi- cation between the two States, and it shall continue as long as the revolution of the starry sphere, in which the Sun and Moon perform their motions, shall endure. This engagement is made in the presence of all assembled, and to it is affixed the chop of His Majesty of Salengore, and the seal of the Honour- able East India Compauy, being written and executed in duplicate, one copy being retained by the King of Salengore, and the other by the Honourable Bagt India Company. The end. Seal of United EMt India Com- pany, rrinoeof WaW Ulaad. Chop of Saltan Ibrahim Shah, King of Salengore. (Sd.) John Anderson, Poliiieal Agent, The 26tk August 1825. (A true copy.) (Sd.) John Anderson, /Political Agent. (True copy.) (Sd.) J. W. Salmond, Resident Councillor^ Prince of Walts^ Island. Part XV E. Archipelago— Malayan Poninsula— i2«m&aM— No. CXLVIII. 415 No. CXLVIII. Tbeaty of PERPETUAL Pbiendship and Alliance between the Supreme GtovERNMEKX of British India and Rajah Alt, the Panghulu, and -A mpat Sukus, governing the countries of Rumbowe and its dependencies — 1831. 1. On the part of the British Ooyernment, Kobert Ibbetson^ Esq., Resident of Singapore, Prince of Wales' Island, Malacca, and its dependencies ; and, on the part of Rumbowe and its dependencies, the said Rajah Ali, the Panghulu, and Ampat Sukus. 2. In token of the good-will and disposition of the Supreme Gov- ernment of British India, as well as indisposition to grasp at the possession of more territory than can fairly be claimed from long^ established custom and usage, beyond the possibility of misapprehension, they hereby waive all claim that might be urged to the obedience of the Rumbownese, as subjects of the British Grovernment, founded on former treaties between them and the Dutch Government, and are pleased, from this date, to cancel such interpretation, and to treat with the authorities of Rumbowe and its dependencies as an indepen dent State. Articlb 1. The Supreme Government of British India hereby acknowledge Rajah Ali, the Panghulu, and Ampat Sukus, as the Chiefs of Rumbowe and its dependencies. Abticlb 2. The English and Rumbownese engage in friendship with mutual truth, sincerity and candour. The Rumbownese must not meditate or commit evil againsi the English in any manner. The English must not meditate or com- mit evil against the Rumbownese in any manner. The Rumbownese must not molest, attack, disturb, or seize any place, territory, or boundary belonging to • the English, in any country belonging to the English. The English must not molest, attack, disturb, seize, or take any place, territory or boundary, subject to the Rumbownese.' The Rumbownese shall settle every matter within the Rumbownese boundaries according to their own will and customs. Aeticle 8. Should any place or country subject to the English do anything that may offend the Rumbownese, the Rumbownese shall not go and injure such place or country, but first report the matter to the English, who shall examine into it with truth and sincerity, and if the fault lie with the English, the English shall punish according to the fault. Should any place or country subject to the 416 B. Archipelago— Malayan 'PeniiiBula—Rembau^TSo- OXLVIII. Part IV Rumbownese do any tiling that may offend the Engflish, the English shall not go and injure such place or country, but first report the matter to the Rumbow- ne6e> who will examine into it with truth and sincerity, and if the fault lid with the Rumhownese, the Rumbownese shall punish according: to the fault* Should any Burobownese place or country, that is near an Enci^lish country, collect at any time an army or fleet of boats, if the Chief of the English en- Juire the object of such force, the Chief of the Rumbownese country must eclare it. Should any English place or country, that is near a Rumbownese country, collect at any time an army or a fleet of boats, if the Chief of the Rumbownese country enquire the object of such force, the Chief of the English country must declare it. Aetiolb 4. In places belonging to the Rumbownese and English, lying near their mutual borders, if the English entertain a doubt as to any boundary that has not been ascertained, the Chief on the side of the English must send a letter, with some men and people, to go and enquire from the Rumbownese Chiefs who shall depute some of his officers and people to go with the men belonging to the English Chief and point out and settle the mutual boundaries, so that they may be ascertained on both sides in a friendly manner. If the Rumbown- ese entertain a doubt as to any boundary that has not been ascertainecl, the Chief on tlie side of the Rumbownese must send a letter, with some men and people, to go and enquire from the English Chief, who shall depute some of his officers and people to go with the men belouiring to the Rumbownese Chief and point out and settle the mutual boundaries, so that they may be ascertained on both sides in a friendly manner. Aeticle 5. Should any Rumbownese subject run away, and go and live within the boundaries of the English, the Rumbownese must not intrude, enter, seize, or take such person within the English boundaries, but must report and ask for him in a proper manner, and the English shall be at liberty to deliver the party or not. Should any English subjects run, and go and live within the boundaries of the Rumbownese, t&e English must not intrude, enter, seize, or take such person within the Rumbownese boundaries, but must report and ask for him in a proper manner, and the Rumbownese shall be at liberty to deliver the party or not. Aeticle 6. Merchants subject to the English, and their junks and boats, may have intercourse and trade with any Rumbownese country, and the Rumbownese will aid and protect them, and permit them to buy and sell with facility. Merchants subjtct; to the Rumbownese, and their boats and junks, may have intercourse and traile with any English country, and the English will aid and protect tbem, and permit them to buy and sell with facility. The Rumbown- ese desiring to go to an Knglish country, or the English desiring to go to » Fart IV £. Arohipelago— Malayan Peninsula— JBemaaw— No. CXLIX. 417 Rumbownese countryi must conform to the customs of the place or country on either side ; should they be ignorant of the customs, the Rumbownese or English oflScers must explain them. Rumbownese subjects who visit an English country must conduct themselves according to the established laws of the English country in every particular. English subjects who visit a Rum- bownese country must conduct themselves according to the established laws of the Rumbownese country in every particular. Article 7. Rajah Ali, the Panghulu^ and Ampat Sukus^ with a view to promote the safety of trade and navigation, shall not tolerate piracy, but on the contrary they shall exert their utmost efforts, by causing the offender to receive an exemplary punishment, to suppress it, and the English will do the same. Articlb 8. That in the event of their being apprized of any hostile undertaking being in contemplation, they shall endeavour to defeat the object of the enemy, and inform the English Chief of Malacca instantly of the circumstance. The eight Articles o£ this Treaty, written in Che Malayan language, are concluded and agreed upon on the 30th November 1831 ; there are two copies, both sealed and attested by R. Ibbetson, Esq., on the part of the English, and Rajah AH, the Panghulu and Ampat Sukus, on the part of Rumbowe and its •8 b ti fc'fled. dependencies; another copy will be transmitted for the u aequen y ra i ratification * of the Governor- General of Bengal, which, when returned, a note to that effect shall be further affixed to the two copies now attested, in token that it is to last as long as heaven and earth shall endure. But the Treaty, in the meantime, is to be scrupulously acted on by both parties. No. CXLIX. A Treaty made in friendship, to last as long as the Sun and Moon revolye, between the Rulbbs of India under the English on the one part, and Bajah Ali and the Pang- HULTJs of the eight Sukus ruling over Bubmowe and its dependencies on the other part — 1832. On the part of the English the Honourable Robert Ibbetson^ Esq., Resident of SingaporCi Pulo Penang> and Malacca^ and its dependencies^ and 3 H 418 B. Arohipelago— Malayan Peninsula— iZem^n- No. OXLIX. Part IV on the part of Bumbowe and its dependencies Rajah Ali and the Pang^hulas of the eight Sukus^ that these countries, both those under the English and under the snid Chiefs, may hereafter be ruled with justice, and according to their several customs, and not to infringe upon the rights of each other. The English Government by these presents cancel and annul all former Treaties and Agreements made between Rumbowe and the Dutch Government and the present Qovernment of the English, and make this Treaty with the Rumbowe Chief as a Government of itself, excluding all others. Firstly. — On the part of the English Government they hereby acknow- ledge Rajah Ali and the present Panghulus of eight Sukus as the rulers of Rumbowe and its dependencies. Seeondfy, — The English Government and that of Rumbowe do hereby form a friendship to last for ever, and the Rumbowe Government will never do anything offensive against the English Government, and the English Government promise on their part to he equally friendly towards the Govern* ment of Rumbowe, either by attacking each other, or taking possession of the territories of that of either party. The Rumbowe Government will be at liberty to rule within its own ter- ritories according to the laws and usages of that country. Tkirdljf.^li, in any of the places under the English Government, they should ill-treat any people of Rumbowe^ the Government of Rumbowe shall not attack or 6ght against that place, but the Rumbowe Government will first inform the English Government of it^ who will enquire into the causes and see that justice be done— if the fault lays on the part of the English, justioe shall be accorded according to the English Law ; and if the same should happen on the part of the Rumbowe people, towards that of the subjects of the Englishi the English Government shall not take upon itself to attack or destroy that country, but shall, in the first place, acquaint the Rumbowe Chiefs of the aggression, and the Chiefs of Rumbowe shall enquire into the causes and do justice, and if the &ult lies on the part of the Rumbowe people, they shall be punished according to the magnitude of their offences. Should any of the places in the neighbourhood of the English territories be preparing for warfare by assembling men or vessels, and should the English Government enquire the cause of doing so, the Chie& of Rumbowe shall state the reasons for doing so ; on the part of the English Government they promise to do the same to Rumbowe. Fourthly. — With regard to the boundaries which decide the territories of Rumbowe from those of the English, should the latter be at a loss to find out the exact places, the person governing: on the part of the English will write and send persons on their part to Rumbowe, and the latter will send their officers, and the said officers (or both parties will ascertain the boundaries and settle them on the most amicable terms: should the Government of Rumbowe be similarly situated, and wish to ascertain the exact boundaries, they will act in the same manner, and send their officers to the English Government, who Fart IV E. Arohipelago- Malayan Peninsula— jBem&a»— 19 o. CXLIX. 419 will in the same maaner go to the spot and ascertain the same in the most friendly manner. Fi/thly.-^Shouli any of the inhabitants of Rambowe run away to the territories of the English Government^ it will not be lawfal for any Rambowe people to follow and seize them within the English territories, but the Rum- bowe people can give information and demand them of the English Govern- ment in a proper manner, and the English can deliver them up or not as they may think proper. If, on the other hand, any English inhabitants should go and settle in the Kumbowe countries, the Ent^lish may not follow and seize such whilst in the Rumbowe territory^ but the English shall give information and demand them in a friendly manner, and the people of Rumbowe will deliver them up or not as may be deemed proper. Sixlhly. '^Unglish merchants in wankangs and prows can trade back- wards and forwards in any of the Rumbowe territories, and the Rumbowe Government shall assist such traders, so that they can traffic without danger, and Rumbowe traders in wankangs and prows can trade in any English Forts, and the English Government shall protect them. When any Rumbowe people wish to go to places under the English, or, on the other hand, any English wish to go to places under Rumbowe, they shall be guided by the customs and usages of those places, and should they, on either part, be ignorant of such customs and usages, the Officers of such places shall inform them ; further, all inhabitants of Rambowe who should go to places under the English Gov- ernment, shall be guided by the orders that they may have given to them in those districts, and the English inhabitants who may go to places under Rumbowe shall also do the same. Seventhly. — Rajah Ali and Panghulns of the eight Sukus shall not allow pirates to remain in their ports, but do all in their power to give safety to traders, thereby destroying these evil-disposed people, and the English on their part shall promise to do the same. Eighthly. — If Rajah Ali and Panghulus of the four Sukus shall hear of any acts of the enemy, they shall do all in their power to prevent their carry- ing them into execution, and shall give information of the same. These eight stipulations are written in the Malay language, and are set- tled and determined upon on the 28th January 1833, equal to the Arabic cal- culation of the l8th day of Shaban 1247, and two copies of the same tenor and date, sealed and acknowledged by Robert Ibbetson, Esq., on the part of the English Government, and Rajah Ali with Panghulus of the eight Sukus on the part of Rumbowe and its dependencies. Another copy of this Treaty shall be made and sent to Bengal for the purpose of being approved of by the Right Honourable the Governor-Gene- ral, and when the same shall be returned and confirmed, notice shall be made of it in writing in these two copies, that they may never be changed and liter- ally interpreted as long as the world may last. 420 B. ArohipelagOt-Malayan "PeninsulA—Rembam^lXo. CL. Part IV Further^ these Engagements shall be followed in good faith by the con- tracting parties. (Sd.) R. Ibbetson, Resident of Singapore, P. JF, Island and Malacca. Witnesses to the signature, (Sd.) W. T. Lewis, Assistant Resident, (Sd.) J. B. Westbrhout. Seal of Sybd Saban. Sedeab Bajah bin Lellah Maharajah, bestowed by Ban- darah Sree Maharajah, 1216. Seal of Saltan Allee bin Sal tan Abdal Jallel Mahallam Shaw» descended from the late Ahmed Shaw> deceas- ed, 1248. Mara Bangsa Gumpah Maharajah Panghulu Lilla Maharajah. Sres Maharajah Manosa Ballang Makdalakah Andehkah This is the mark of Ali Rajah, Ruler of Rumbowe. Jaagsorah. No. CL. Rumbowe Boukdaby Agreement, 9th January 1833. We, Robert Ibbetson, Esq., Governor in Council of Pulo Penang, Singa* pore and Malacca, Samuel Garling, Esq., Resident Councillor of Malacca, on the part of the English East India Company, and the Eang de !Per Tuan Beear of Rumbowe, Rajah Ali, and the Eang de Per Tuan Muda Sheriff Saban bin Ibrahim Alkadaree, together with the Dattu Panghulu Lelah Ma- harajah, and Sedah Rajah, and the Dattus eight Sukos of Rumbowe, viz,, Dattu Gampar Maharajah, Dattu Marranbangsa, Dattu Sangsorra, Dattu Bangsah Ballang, Dattu Sama Rajah^ Dattu Andekah, Dattu Mandalekah, and Dattu Senda Maharajah, who are at this present date about to settle the boundaries between the territory of Malacca and that of Rumbowe, which is done with the mutual consent of the parties so assembled; and the said bound- aries are fixed, as stated below^ as follows : — Firstly. — From the mouth of the River Jenny to Bukit Bertam, from thence to Bukit Jelootong, from thence to Bukit Puttoos, from thence to Jegrat Kanchee, from thence to Lubbo Tallahn, from thence to Dusoon Prin- jee, from thence to Dusoon Kahpar, from thence to Booloo Sankad^ from thence to Bukit Putfoos. Part IV S. Arohipelago^Malayan FeQinaola— Jb^o2— No. GLI 421 The above are the boundaries between Rnmbowe and Malacca^ which we have ascertained with sincerity, and to be so long as the Moon and the San exist between the English Company and Bumbowe. They are never to be altered, nor this deed be altered from what has been set forth above. Further. — From henceforth whosoever should be at the head of the Gov- ernment of Malacca, or that of Bumbowe, they will respect and follow the Engagement herein made. Further. — From this date, we, the two contracting parties, annul all fortner Engagements and Deeds regarding the boundaries of Malacca and Bumbowe. « This Engagement is made in duplicate, both of the same tenor and date, the one to remain with the Malacca Government, and the other with Bum- bowe. In witness of the above Engag^ement, the contracting parties have affixed their seals and signatures, and the signatures of the witnesses. Written by Abdul Wyadd Abdul Bayhm, of Malacca, at Naniug, in the villagfc of Sungie-Soopoot, in the year of our Lord 1833, on the 9th day of January, and in the Malay year l£4f8, on the 19th day of the month Shaban. The seals of Eang de Per Tuan Besar and Muda of Bumbowe. The seals of the two Panghulus. * The mark of Dattu Gampar. ^ „ „ Marrabakgsah. * „ „ Sanosokbah. ^ „ „ Bangsah Ballang. * „ „ Saumiah Bajah. * „ „ Andskah. * „ „ Mandalbkah. * „ „ Sbndah. (Sd.) Matthew Poolb, /lieutenant, Qr, Mr.-Oeneral^s Department, „ T. J. Nbwbold, 23rd Madras Light Infantry. J. B. Westbrhodt. No. CLI. * BoTJNDAEY Tbeaty with JoHOLE — 15th June 1833. We, Bobert Ibbetson, Governor in Council of Pulo Penang, Singapore and Malacca, and Samuel Garling, Besident Councillor at Malacca, on the part of the Honourable East India Company, and Dattu and Panghulu of Johole, Lelah Perkassa, at this time fix the boundary between the territory of Malacca and Johole, in the presence of the Eang de Per Tuan Muda, of Bumbowe, 422 E. Archipelago—Malayan PeDinBula- Jbilor— No. CUI. Fart IV Viz., Sherif Saban and Datta Panghula Leiah Maharajah^ both sides agreeing as is mentioned below. The names of the boundary marks are^ first, ''from Bukit Pattoos to Salomba Kroh, thence to Lubo Palang, thence to Lubo Penawen, followinji^ the right bank of the stream downwards towards Malacca. The left bank is the territory of Johole. This is the boundary between Malacca and Johole, for instance, Rekkan and Lodang, and Kadaka^ and Nascha, all these cam- pongs are under the dominion of Johole. We have settled and agreed^ as long as there is a Moon and Snn^the contract between the Honourable East India Company and Johole cannot be dio^lved and altered^ as is mentioned above. Moreover, in time to come> whoever shall rule Malacca and Johole shall follow faithfully what has been here done. From this day> we^ for both parties, make null and void all writings and traditions relating to the ancient boundaries between Malacca and Johole. The treaty has been done in duplicate; one copy of which is to be kept at Malacca^ and the other at Johole. To ratify what has been agreed on above^ the seal and signature of each individual are hereunto affixed. TAis Treaty was done at Malacca, on tie IBlh June, in the year 1833, agreeing with the 27th of the Mahomedan month Mohurrum, J. H. 1249. No. CLIL Treaty of Commeecial Alliance between the Honoueablb the English East India Company and His Majesty Sbi Sultan Abdul Rachman Shaw> King of Johoee, Fahano and Dependencies, settled on the part of the Honourable the East India Company by Major William Farquhar, Resident at Malacca, by virtue of powers delegated to him by the Honourable John Alexander Bannerman, Governor of Frince of Wales* Island, and its dependen- cies, and on the part of His Majesty the Sultan of Johore, Pahang, etc., by His Highness Jaffir Rajah Muda of Rhio, in virtue of similar powers granted to him by his said Majesty Sri Sultan Ajbdul Rachman Shaw — 1818. Aeticle I. The peace and friendship now happily subsisting between the Honourable English East India Company and His Majesty Sri Sultan Abdul KaehmaQ SfaaWj King of Johore, Pahang, etc., shall be perpetual. Fart IV B. Archipelago— Malayan Feninsula-JbAor— No. CLII. 423 Articlb 2. The vessels and merchaodize Belonging to British subjects, or persons being under the protection of the Honourable East India Company, shall always enjoy in the ports and dominions of Johore, Pahang, Lingiu, Rhio, and others, subject to his said Majesty Sri Sultan Abdul Rachman Shaw, all the privileges and advantages which are now, or may at any time hereafter be, granted to the subjects of the most favored nations. Article S. The vessels and merchandize belonging to the subjects of his said Majesty Sri Sultan Abdul Rachman Shaw shall always receive similar advantages and privileges in the harbour of Fort Cornwallis, and in all other places dependent on the British Government of Prince of Wales' Island. Articlb 4. His said Majesty Sri Sultan Abdul Rachman Shaw shall not renew any obsolete and interrupted Treaties with other nations, public bodies, or indivi- duals, the provisions of which may in any degree tend to exclude or obstruct the trade of British subjects, who further simll not be burdened with any impositions, or Duties, not levied on the subjects of other States. Articlb 5. His said Majesty Sri Sultan Abdul Rachman Shaw further engages that he will, upon no pretence whatever, grant a monopoly of any articles of trade or commodities, the produce of his territories, to any person or persons, European, American, or Native. Articlb 6. It is finally declared that this Treaty, which, according to the foregoing Articles, is meant for promoting the peace and friendship, and securing the liberty of commerce and navigation between their respective subjects, to the mutual advantage of both, shall last for ever. In token of truth, and for the satisfaction of both parties, we have hereunto affixed our signatures and seals in Rhio, this Nineteenth day of August A« D. 1818, answering to the 16th day of the month Sawal, in the year of the Hejira 1283. The Chop of the Rajah Muda, Or Heir Apparent of Rhio. (Seal of Major Farquhar.) (Sd.) Wm. Parquhar, Resident of Malacca, and Commissioner on the part of the British OovernmenL (A true copy.) (Sd.) John Andbrson, Malay Translator to Oovernment. 424 E. Arohipelago^-Mcaayaii Peninsula— Jb^or— No. CLIII. Fart IV No. CLIII. Treaty of Friendship and Alliance concluded between the Honourable Sir Thomas Stamford Baffles, Lieute- nant-Governor of Fort Marlborough and its dependen- cies, Agent to the Most Noble Francis, Marquis op Has- tings, Governor-General op India, etc., etc., etc., for the Honourable English East India Company on the one part» and Their Highnesses Sultan Hussein Mahummed Shah, Sultan of Johore, and Datoo Tammungong Sree Maha- rajah Abdul Rahman, Chief of Singapore and its depen- dencies, on the other part — 1819. A&TICLl! 1. The Preliminary Articles of Agreement entered into on the SOth of January 1819, by the Honourable Sir Stamford Raffles, on the part of the English East India Company, and by Datoo Tammungong Sree Maharajah Abdul Rahman, Chief of Singapore and its dependencies, for himself and for Saltan Hussein Mahummed Shah, Sultan of Johore, is hereby entirely ap» proved, ratified, and confirmed by His Highuess the aforesaid Saltan Mahum- med Shah. Article 2. In Airtherance of the objects contemplated in the said Preliminary Agreement, and in compensation of any and all the advantages which may be foregone now or hereafter by His Highness Sultan Hussein Mahummed Shah, Saltan of Johore, in consequence of the stipulations of this Treaty, the Honourable English East India Company agree and engage to pay to His aforesaid Highness the sum of Spanish Dollars five thousand annually, for and daring the time that the said Company may, by virtue of this Treaty, maintain a factory or factories on any part of His Highness' hereditary dominions, and the said Company farther agree to afford their protection to His Highness aforesaid as long as he may continue to reside in the immediate vicinity of the places subject to their authority : it is, however, clearly explain- ed to, and understood by, His Highness, that the English Government, in entering into this Alliance, and in thus engaging to afford protection to His Highness, is to be considered in no way bound to interfere with the internal politics of his States, or engaged to assert or maintain the authority of His Highness by force of arms. ARTfCLE 3, His Highness Datoo Tammunsrong Sree Maharajah Abdul Rahman, Chief of Singapore and its dependencies, having by Preliminary Articles of Part IV E. Arohipelago^Malayan Peninsula— JoAor- No. OLIII. 426 Agreement entered into on tbe 30th of January 1819, granted his full per- mission to the Honourable English East India Company to establish a factory or factories at Singapore, or on any other part of His Highness' dominions, and the said Company having in recompense and in return for the said grant settled on His Highness the yearly sum of Spanish Dollars three thousand, and having received His Highness into their alliance and protection, all and every part of the said Preliminary Articles is hereby confirmed. Abticlb 4. His Highness the Sultan Hussein Mahammed Shah, Sultan of JohorOi and His Highness Datoo Tammungong Sree Maharajah Abdul Rahman, Chief of Singapore, engage and agree to aid and assist the Honourable East India Company against all enemies that may assail the factory or factories of the said Company established, or to be established, in the dominions of their said Highnesses respectively. Article 6. His Highness the Sultan Hussein Mahammed Shah, Sultan of Johore, and His Highness Datoo Tammungong Sree Maharajah Abdul Rahman, Chief of Singapore, agree, promise, and bind themselves, their heirs and successors, that for as long time as the Honourable the English East India Company shall continue to hold a factory or factories on any part of the dominions subject to the authority of their Highnesses aforesaid, and shall continue to afford to their Highnesses support and protection, they, their said Highnesses, will not enter into any treaty with any other nation, and will not admit or consent to the settlement in any part of their dominions of any other power, European or American. Article 6. m All persons belonging to the English factory or factories, or who shall hereafter desire to place themselves under the protection of its flag, shall be duly registered and considered as subject to the British authority. Articlb 7. The mode of administrating justice to the native population shall be subject to future discussion and arrangement between the contracting parties, as this will necessarily, in a great measure, depend on the laws and usages of the various tribes who may be expected to settle in the vicinity of the English factory. Articli 8. The Port of Singapore is to be considered under the immediate protection and subject to the regulation of the British authorities. Articlb 9. With regard to the Duties which it may hereafter be deemed necessary to levy on goods, merchandize, boats or vessels, His Highness Datoo Tarn* 8i 426 E. Archipelago— Malayan Peninsula— JoAor- No. CLIV. Fart IV mangong Sree Maharajah Abdul Bahmau is to be entitled to a moiety or full half of all the amount collected from native vessels. The expenses of the port and the collection of Duties to be defrayed by the British Government. Done and concluded at Singapore, this 6th day of February^ in the year of our Lord 1819, answering to the 11th day of the month Rubbelakhir and year of the Hejira 1234. (Sd.) T. S. Baffles, Agent to the Most Noble the Oovernor- General for the States of Rhio, Singapore^ and Johore. \ No. CLIV. Agreement between Sib Stamford Raffles and Sultan Hus- sein Mahomed Shah, for the occapation of Singapore, in June 1819. No. 1. Be it known to all men^ that we, the Sultan Hussein Mahomed Shab, Ungko Tumungong Abdul Rahman, Governor RafiSes, and Major William Farquhar, have hereby entered into the following arrangements and regula- tions for the better guidance of the people of this Settlement, pointing out where all the different castes are severally to reside, with their familiesj and captains, or heads of their campongs. Abticli 1. The boundaries of the lands under the control of the English are as follows : from Tanjong Malaug on the west, to Tanjong Kattang on the east, and on the land side, as far as the range of cannon shot, all round from the fiactory. As many persons as reside within the aforesaid boundary and not within the campongs of the Sultan and Tumungong, are all to be under the control of the Beudent, and with r^pect to the gardens and plantations that now are, or may hereafter be, made, they are to be at the disposal of the Turn* mungong, as heretofore ; but it is understood that he will always acquaint the Resident of the same. Abticls 2. It is directed that all the Chinese move over to the other side of the river forming a campong from the site of the large bridge down the river towards the mouth, and all Malays, people belonging to the Tumungong and others, are also to remove to the other siae of the river, forming their cnmpong from the site of the large bridge up to the river towards the source. Fart IV B. Arohipelago^Malayan Peninsula— JoAor^Na OLIV. 427 Article S. All oases which may occur, requiring Council in this Settlement, they shall, in the first instance, be conferred and deliberated upon, by the three aforesaid, and when they shall have been decided upon, they shall be made known to the inhabitants either by beat of gong or by proclamation. Abticlb 4. Every Monday morning, at 10 o'clock, the Sultan, the Tumungong, and the Resident shall meet at the Rooms Bitchara ; but should either of the two former be incapable of attending, they may send a Deputy there. Artiolb 5. Every Captain, or head of caste, and all Fanghulus of campongs and villages, shall attend at the Rooma Bitchara, and make a report or statement of such occurrences as may have taken place in the Settlement, and represent any grievance or complaint that they may have to bring before the Council for ite consideration on each Monday. Artiolb 6. If the Captains, or heads of castes, or the Fanghulus of campongs, do not act justly towards their constituents, they are permitted to come and state their grievances themselves to the Resident at the Rooma Bitchara, who is hereby authorised to examine and decide thereon. Article 7. No Duties or .Customs can be exacted, or farms established in this Settle- ment, without the consent of the Sultan, the Tumungong, and Major William Farqnhar, and without the consent of these three nothing can be arranged. In confirmation of the aforesaid Articles^ we, the undersigned, have put our seals and signatures, at Singapore, this 2nd day of the month qf Bamzan 1284, answering to 26th June 1819. Seal of the Sultan. Seal of the Tumungono. [L. S.] (Sd.) T. S. Raffles. [L. S.] (Sd.) W. Farquhae. (True translation.) (Sd.) W. Farquhab, Late Resident. 428 E. Arohipelago-^Malayan Peniosula— JoAor^No. CLV. Fart IV No. CLV. A Teeaty of Friendship and Alliance between the Honqub- ABLE the English East India Company on the one side, and THEIR Highnesses the Sultan and Tumungong of JoHORE on the other, concluded on the Second day of August, One Thousand Eight Hundred and Twenty- four (1824), corresponding with the Sixth day of the month of Zulhaz, in the year of Hegira One Thousand Two Hundred and Thirty- nine (1239), by the above Sultan of Johore, His Highness Sultan Hussain Mahomed Shah, and the above Tumungono of Johore, His Highness Datu Tumungong Adul Rahman Sri Maharajah, on their own behalf, and by John Craw- ruRD, Esq., British Resident of Singapore, vested with full powers thereto by the Right Honourable William Pitt Lord Amherst, Governor-General of and for Fort William in Bengal, on behalf of the said Honourable English East India Company. Article 1. Peace^ friendship, and good understanding shall subsist for ever betweeu the Honourable the English East India Company and their Highnesses the Sultan and Tumungong of Johore and their respective heirs and successors. Article 2. Their Highnesses the Sultan Hussain Mahomed Shah and Datu Tumun- gong Abdul Rahman Sri Maharajah hereby cede in full sovereignty and property to the Honourable the English East India Company, their heirs and successors for ever, the Island of Singapore, situated in the Straits of Malacca, together with the adjacent seas, straits, and islets, to the extent of tengeogra* phical miles, from the coast of the said main Island of Singapore. Article 8. The Honourable the English East India Company hereby engag^s^ in consideration of the cession specified in the last Article, to pay unto His Highness the Sultan Hussain Mahomed Shah, the sum of Spanish Dollars thirty-three thousand two hundred (33,200), together with a stipend, during his natural lifej of one thousand three hundred (1|300) Spanish Dollars per k Part IV S. Arohipelago^Malayan Feninsula—JbAor—No. CLV. 429 mensem^ and to His Highness the Datu Tumnngong Abdul Rahman Sri Maharajah the sum of tweuty-siz thousand eight hundred (26,800) Spanish Dollars^ with a monthly stipend of seven hundred (700) Spanish Dollars during his natural life. Article 4. His Highness the Sultan Hussain Mahomed Shah hereby acknowledges to have received from the Honourable the English East India Company, in fulfilment of the stipulations of the two last Articles, the sum of thirty-three thousand two hundred (38,200) Spanish Dollars^ together with the first monthly instalment of the aboye-mentioned stipend, of Spanish Dollars one thousand three hundred (1,300), and His Highness the Datu Tumungong Abdul Rahman Sri Maharajah also hereby acknowledges to have received from the Honourable the English East India Company, in fulfilment of the stipulations of the two last Articles, the sum of twenty-six thousand eight hundred Spanish Dollars (26,800), with one month's instalment of the above stipend of seven hundred Spanish Dollars. Abticle 5. The Honourable the English East India Company engages to receive and treat their Highnesses the Sultan Hussain Mahomed Shah and Datu Tumun- gong Abdul Rahman Sri Maharajah, with all the honours, respect, and cour- tesy belonging to their rank and station, whenever they may reside at, or visit, the Island of Singapore. Abticle 6. The Honourable the English East India Company hereby engages in the event of their Highnesses the Sultan and Tumungong, their heirs or success- ors, preferring to reside permanently in any portion of their own States and to remove for that purpose from Singapore, to pay unto them, that it is to say, to His Highness the Sultan Hussain Mahomed Shah, his heir or successor, the sum of twenty thousand (20,000) Spanish Dollars, and to His Highness the Datu IHimungong Abdul Rahman Sri Maharajah, his heir or successor, the sum of fifteen thousand (15,000) Spanish Dollars. Arttclb 7. Their Highnesses the Sultan Hussain Mahomed Shah and the Datu Tumungong Abdul Rahman Sri Maharajah, in consideration of the payment specified in the last Article, hereby relinquish for themselves^ their heirs, and successors, to the Honourable the English East India Company, their heirs and successors for ever, all right and title to every description of immoveable property, whether in lands, houses, gardens, orchards or timber trees, of which their said Highnesses may be possessed within the Island of Singapore or its dependencies at the time they may think proper to withdraw from the said island for the purpose of permanently residing within their own States, but it is reciprocally and clearly understood that the provisions of this Article shall 480 B. Arohipelago— Malayan Peninsula- JbiU>r— No. OLV. Part IV not extend to any description of property whioh may be held by any follower or retainer of their Highnesses beyond the precincts of the ground at present allotted for the actaal residence of their said Highnesses. Abtiols 8. Their Highnesses the Snltan Hussain Mahomed Shah and the Data Tumungong Abdul Rahman Sri Maharajah hereby engage that, as long as they shall continue to reside within the Island of Singapore^ or to draw their respective monthly stipends from the Honourable the English East India Company, as provided for in the present Treaty, they shall enter into no alliance and maintain no correspondence with any foreign power or potentate whatsoever, without the knowledge and consent of the said Honourable the English East India Company, their heirs and successors. Article 9. The Honourable the English East India Company hereby engages that, in the event of their Highnesses the Sultan Hussain Mahomed Shah and the Datu Tumungong Abdul Rahman Sri Maharajah removing from the Island of Singapore, as contemplated in the 6th Article, and being distressed within their own territories on such removal, to aflford them, either at Singagore or Prince of Wales' Island, a personal asylum and protection. Article 10. The contracting parties hereby stipulate and agree that neither party shall be bound to interfere in the internal concerns of the other^s government, or in any political dissensions or wars which may arise within their respective territories, nor to support each other by force of arms against any third party whatsoever. Article 11. The contracting parties hereby engage to use every means within their power, respectively, for the suppression of robbery and piracy within the Straits of Malacca, as well as the other narrow seas, straits, and rivers bordering upon, or within, their respective territories, in as far as the same shall be connected with the dominions and immediate interests of their said Highnesses. Article 12. Their Highnesses the Sultan Hussain Mahomed Shah and the Datu Tumungong Abdul Rahman Sri Maharajah hereby engage to maintain a free and anshackled trade eveiy where within their dominions, and to admit the trade and traffic of the British nation into all the ports and harbours of the kingdom of Johore and its dependencies on the terms of the most favoured nation. Fart IV E. Archipelago— Malayan Peninsula— JbAor— No. CLV. 481 Article 13. The HoDonrable the English East India Company hereby eng^es^ as long as their Highnesses the Saltan Huesain Mahomed Shah and tiie Data Tamangong Abdul Rahman Sri Maharajah shall continae to reside on the Island of Singapore, not to permit any retainer or follower of their said Highnesses who shall desert from their actual service, to dwell or remain in the Island of Singapore or its dependencies. Bat it is hereby clearly ander- stood that all such retainers and followers shall be natural bom subjects of such parts of their Highnesses' dominions only in which their authority is at present substantially established, and that tkeir names, at the period of enter- ing the service of their Highnesses, shall have been duly and voluntarily inscribed in a register, to be kept for that purpose by the chief local authority for the time being. Abticlb 14. It is hereby mutually stipulated for and agreed that the conditions of all former Conventions, Treaties, or Agreements entered into betwixt the Honourable the English East India Company and their Highnesses the Sultan and Tumnngong of Johore shall be considered as abrogated and annulled by the present Treaty, and they are hereby abrogated and an- nulled accordingly, always, however, with the exception of such prior condi- tions as have conferred on the Honourable English East India Company any rigiit or title to the occupation or possession of the Island of Singapore and its dependencies, as above-mentioned. Done and concluded at Singapore, the day and year as abope written^ Residency Seal, (Signed) Sultan Hussain Mauombd Shah. (Signed) T. Cbawpurd. Datu TxmuNQONG Abdul Rahman Sri Maharajah. (Signed) Amhbrst. The Governor- Qeneral's Square SeaL if fi Edwabd Paget. F. Fendall. Ratified by the Right Honoarable the Governor-General in Council at Fort William in Bengal, this Nineteenth day of November, One Thousand Eight Hundred and Twenty-four. (Signed) Gbobgb Swinton, Secretary to Government. 432 E. Archipelago— Malayan Feninsula— J'oAor— No. CLVt. Fart IV No. CLVI. Treaty of Fkibndship and Allianob between His Highness Sultan Ally Iskandbe Shah bin Sultan Hussaik Mahomed Shah and His Highness Datu Tumungong Daing Ibrahim bin Abdul Rahman Ski Maharajah, who are both equally desirous to compose and put a final end to the differences and disagreements which have hereto- fore subsisted between them relative to their respectiye claims on the Territory and Sovereignty of Johore, and to establish and maintain peace, friendship, and thoroughly amicable relations between them from henceforth in all times to come — 1865. 1 ST.— His Highness the Saltan Ally Iskander Shah bin Sultan Hussain Mahomed Shah, for himself, his heirs and successors^ does hereby cede in full sovereignty and absolute property to His Highness Datu Tumungong Daing Ibrahim Sri Maharajah bin TumungonjO^ Abdul Rahman Sri Maharajah, his heirs and successors for ever, the whole of the territory of J chore within the MalHyan Peninsula and its dependencies, with the exception of the Kassang territory hereinafter mentioned. 2nd. — In consideration of the cession contained in the foregoing Article His Highness Data Tumungong Daing Ibrahim Sri Maharajah bin Tumun- gong Abdool Rahman Sri Maharajah does hereby agree to pay, immediately after the execution of these Articles, to His Highness Sultan Ally Iskander Shah bin Sultan Hussain Shah, the sum of five thousand Spanish Dollars, and farther engages that he, the said Datu Tumungong Daing Ibrahim Sri Maharajah, his heirs and succesf^ors, shall and will, from and after the Ist day of January 1855, pay to His said Highness Sultan Ally Iskander Shah, his heirs and successors, the sum uf five hundred Spanish Dollars per mensem. 3bd.— His Highness Datu Tumungong Daing Ibrahim Sri Maharajah hereby withdraws all claim whatsoever to the said territory of Kassang, con- sisting of the lands lying between the river of Kassang and the river of Maar, and of whicti the said river of Kassang forms the boundary on the northward and that of Muar on the southward, and being part of the ancient territory of Johore, and consents that His Highness Sultan Ally Iskander Shah, his heirs and successors, shall have and enjoy the same in full sovereignty and property for ever. 4Tn.— His Highness Sultan Ally Iskander Shah, for himself, his heirs and successors, hereby agrees that the said territory of Kassang shall not be aUenat;ation Company, and allowing the said Government to take earth from the side of the hill to the north of Tulloh Blanga Road for the purpose of raising the low ground so made over to the said Government, should the same oe required for that purpose, and also making over to the said Government the right to a carriage road along the eastern boundary of the Peninsular and Oriental Stenm Navigation Company's land from the public road to the sea, including the use of a suitable landing place, as also the pieces of land on Mount Faber occupied by the Flag Staff Barracks and Batteries, and a right of way to the same, the said British Government shall grant unto His Highness, his heirs, executors, administrators, and assign, a title, in fee-simple, to the remainder of the lands at Tulloh Blanga aforesaid in his possession, and that Articles sixth and seventh of the said Treaty shall. in consequence be abrogated and annulled : Now it is hereby concluded and agreed by and between the parties to this Treaty :^ Aeticlb 1. That His Highness Datoh Tumongong Abubakar Sri Maharajah, for himself, his heirs and successors, doth hereby for ever renounce, release, and make over unto the British Government all claim and demand whatsoever to the said sum of fifteen thousand Spanish Dollars Article 2. That it is mutually stipulated and agreed between the parties hereto that Articles sixth and seventh of the aforesaid Treaty, so far as they relate to any claims or rights between the British Government and His Highness Datoh 8 "a o ;3 I c o 7. K Part IV E. Archipelago— Malayan Feninsnla— i^aAai^— No. CLVIII. 435 Tamongong Abubakar Sri Maharajah, his heirs or suooessors^ shall be con- sidered as abrogated and annulled by this agreement, and they are hereby abrogated and annulled accordingly. Done and concluded al Singapore the nineteenth day of December in the year of the ChrisHan era one thousand eight hundred and sixty •ttao, correspond* ing with the twenlg^eighth day of the month of Jemmadecool^Akhir in the year of the Hegira one thousand two hundred and seventy^nine. No, CLVIIL 1862. Treaty of fbibndshif, alliancEi and mutual support which is to endure for ever, between His Highness Datoh Tumon- 60N6 Abubakar Sri Maharajah Ibini Datoh Tumongong Daing Ibrahim Sri Maharajah, Sovereign of Johore, of the one part, and His Highness Datoh Bandahara Ton KoRAis Sri ^Maharajah Ibini Rajah Bandahara Ton Tahir Sri Maharajah of Pahang, of the other part; both parties being in perfect accord and consenting, in order to regulate the countries of Pahang and Johore, their bound- aries, jurisdictions, and governments, to prevent disputes hereafter, to strengthen each other, and to perpetuate the amity existing between them, it is agreed and declared as follows : — Aeticlb 1. There shall be perpetual peace and friendship between the parties to thia Treaty and their descendants and the countries of Johore and Fahang. Article 2. Should the country of Johore or any of its dependencies be attacked by enemies at any time hereafter either from without or within. His Highness Datoh Bandahara Ton Korais Sri Maharajah Ibini Rajah Bandahara Ton Tahir Sri Maharajah of Pahang and his successors shall, with all speed and with whatever number of followers and materials of war he may be able to command, hasten to the assistance of His Highness Datoh l^mongong Abu- bakar Sri Maharajah Ibini Datoh Tumongong Daing Ibrahim Sri Maharajah 486 E. ArohipelAgo— Malayan Peninaula -PaAoni^— No. OLVIII. Fart IV of Johore and his snccessors^ and shall continue to aid him by all the means in his power until such enemies shall have been overcome, expelled, or sap- pressed. ASTICLE S. In like manner, should the conntry of Pahang or any of its dependencies be attacked at any time hereafter by enemies either from without or within. His Highness Datoh Tumongong Abubakar Sri Maharajah Ibini Datoh Tumongong Daing Ibrahim Sri Maharajah of Johore and his successors shall, with all speed and with whatever number of followers and materials of war he may be able to command, hasten to the assistance of His Highness Datoh Bandahara Ton Korais Sri Maharajah Ibini Rajah Bandahara Ton Tahir Sri Maharajah of Pahang and his successors, and shall continue to aid him by all the means in his power until such enemies shall have been overcome, expelled, or suppressed. Abticle 4. Whereas doubts have been expressed by others as to the boundary between the two countries of Johore and Pahang, it is hereby declared that the River Endow has been heretofore, and shall continue hereafter to be, the boundary on the main land, and that the Island of Pulo Tioman, and all islands io the south of the latitude of its northern extremity, are, and shall be, portions of the terri- tory of Johore, and all islands to the north of that latitude are, and shall be, portions of the territory of Pahang. Articlb 5. The subjects of each of the contracting parties shall be entitled to trade in the territory of the other, and to export or import merchandise, upon the same terms and with the same priviles^es as the subjects of such territory, and neither party nor their respective successors will impose heavier taxes, imposts, or duties at any time hereafter upon the subjects or goods of subjects of the other than upon his or their own subjects or the 'goods of his or their own subjects. Abticlb 6. The parties hereto agree that subjects of the British Government shall be entitled to trade in their respective territories upon the same terms and with the same privileges as the subjects of the said parties hereto. Article 7. The parties hereto agree and declare for themselves and their respective successors that, should any dispute or difference arise between them or their successors at any time hereafter, either with regard to this Treaty or the mat- ters contained in it, or with regard to any other matter or thing whatever. Part IV E. Archipelago— Malayan FeninBiila— PoAoi^— No. OLVIII. 437 whether national, political, or private, the same shall be, and is hereby, referred to the friendly mediation and settlement of the British Government, whose award or decision shall be final and binding on both parties. The parties hereto agree and engage each with the other and their sac- cessors that neither shall enter into any alliance or maintain any correspond- ence with any foreign power or potentate whatsoever without the knowledge and consent of the other and of tne said British Government. Done at Singapore this nineteenth day of Bole Haijah in the Mahomedan year one thousand two hundred and seventy- eighty corresponding with the seven' ieenth day of June in the Christian year one thousand eight hundred and sixty • two, in presence of the Honourable Colonel Orfeur Cavenagh^ Governor of Prince of Wales' Island ^ Singapore, and Malacca • Part IV Eastern Archipelago— Sumatra— ^ei^tn. 430 II.-SUMATEA. The island of Sumatra is divided into a namber of petty States, the chief of which are Achin, Delly, Langket, and Siack. Achin. — Our political relations with Achin date as far back as 1602. Various attemptsj however, which were made to establish a factory at Achin, failed. In 1815 a revolution broke out> and the reigning Chief, Jauhar Shah, a dissolute prince, was deposed, and SaiF-ul Alam Shah, the son of a wealthy merchant^ who was related to the ruling family, was raised to the throne. After protracted negotiations, however, the ex-Baja was restored, through the mediation of Sir Stamford Raffles, and a Treaty (No. CLIX) was concluded with him. The official note appended to the treaty with the Dutch of 18^4 required that the treaty with Achin should be modiGed into a simple arrangement for the hospitable reception of British vessels and subjects in the port of Achin. As our relations with Achin, however, were merely nominal, and the treaty of 1819 had been a dead letter, and as there was free and open intercourse with the Achin ports, it was not considered necessary to enter into any formal arrangement with Achin. In consequence of the numerous acts of aggression committed upon British vessels trading with the natives along the Achin coast in 1887, Captain Chads of H. M. S. Andromache was requested to visit Achin with the view of demanding redress. In 1844 a British force, under the command of Captain the Honourable G. F. Hastings, was again despatched to Achin on the same account. On this last occasion severe punishment was inflicted upon the inhabitants of the villages of Qualla, Battu, and Murdu, which had been mainly concerned in the piracies complained of. No opposition to the measure seems to have been displayed by the Raja, who, on the contrary, had previously endeavoured to procure the surrender to our authorities of the principal offenders. In 1859 Major Haughton was deputed on a mission to Achin with a letter from the Viceroy and Governor-Oeneral of India to the Sultan. Major Haughton was treated with discourtesy and returned without deliver* ing the letter. An explanation was submitted by the Sultan which was con* sidered satisfactory. 440 Sastem Archipelago- Samatra— D«l/jf, §ie. Fart IV Delly, Langket and Stack. -^Viilh. Delly, Langket> and Siack Treaties (No8. CLX to CLXV) exist, but after the treaty with the Dutch of 1S24 (See Bengal No. XV) the diplomatic coDuection of the English with Sumatra ceased. By the Treaty of the 2nd November 1871 (No. CLX VI) the British Ooy- emment withdrew all objections to the extension of the Netherlands domiuion in Sumatra, and consequently from the reserve in that respect contained in the notes (pp. 882-887) exchanged by the Netherlands and British plenipotentiaries at the conclusion of the treaty of the 17th March 1824. It was stipulated that British subjects should enjoy the same privileges of trade and navigation in Siack and any other State in Sumatra to which the Netherlands dominion might extend as those enjoyed by the subjects of His Ifajesty the King of the Netherlands. Part IV Safltern Archipelago— Sumatra— ;— ITo. OUX. 448 ■T5r^"rT— ^ ABTICLi 9. This Treaty, consisting of nine Articles^ has this day been concluded, subject to the Ratification of the Governor- General within six months from the date hereof, but it is to be understood that the several provisions herein contained may be carried into immediate effect, without awaiting the said Ratification, D^ne at SfiiuU^ near Pedir^ in the Counlry of Jcieen, on tie 22nd day of Aprils in the year of our Lord 1819^ corresponding with th§ gear of ffejira, 1234, and the 26th day of Jemadil Akhir. » n >f 9i t» The King of Acheen's 8eal. (Sd.) T. 8. Rafvlbs. John Monckton Coombs. Hastings. Jas. Stuabt. J. Adam. E. CoidBMOOKS. Qovernor-Qen- eral's imaU Seal. Ratified by His Excellency the OovfirnorrGeniMcal in Council, thia &ti imy of AprU, A.D. 1820. (Signed) C. T. Mjbtcalpb, Seeretarf. List of articles lefened to in the annexed Treaty, to be furnished by the Honourable East India Company to His Highness Sri Sultan Allah Iddun Jowhar AUum Shah, agreeable to the stipulation of the eighth Article. Arms and Military Stores. Gunpowder, forty barrels ; Field pieces, six-prs., brass, four; Round shot for dittOj four hundred; Grape shot for ditto, four hundred; Muskets 444 Eastern Arohipelago— Sumatra— 2>0%— No. CLX. Fart IV complete^ four hundred; Musket balls, thirty barrels; Musket flints, three thousand. Casi, Spanish Dollars, fifty thousand. (Signed) T. S. Bafflbs. Pedir, tie 22nd April 1S19. John Monckton Coombs. No. CLX. Translation of an Engagement from the Sultan Fanguma of Delly.— 1823. Chop of the Sultan Panglima of Delly. Adverting to the letter from the Governor of Pulo Penang, brought by Mr. Anderson, I, Tanko Sultan Panglima, who govern the Kingdom of Delly and its dependencies of Langkat, Bulu China, Perohoot, and other States, being extremely desirous to improve the commerce with Pulo Penang, and to preserve a friendly relation with the Governor of that place, make this Engagement with the GoTernor of Pulo Penang. JPfVf^.— If the Dutch or any other power should request a settlement at Delly, or any of the places subject to my authority, I will not grant it, nor will I make aoy exclusive contracts with them respectiug trade. I wish to trade as formerly with the merchants of Pulo Penang. Second. — ^No other or greater Duties shall be charged than specified in the list given to the former Agent of the Governor of Penang. Tiiiri.— Traders of all descriptions from Penang shall be at perfect Liberty to import any goods they please, and buy and sell in any part of my dominions free of all interruption, and I will render them every aid in difficulty, in order that there may be an extensive trade, and that merchants may flock in num- bers to Delly. FourtA.'^I shall introduce the currency of small Dollars into this country. Dated 1238, in tie year Jurt, 7tk Jemadil Akhir ( (yr the 19tk Februarv 1623.) (True copy.) (Signed) J. W. Salmond, Sesident Coundllof, Prince of WaM hland. Furt IV B. ArohlpelkBO— Sumatra— XteUy, Zangtaf—ItOB. OLZI ft OUCII. 446 No, OLXI. Translation of an Engagement respecting the currency of Dellt and the Batta Countries. — 1823. Chop of the Toanko Saltan Panglima of Dellj. Signature of the Rajah Sibata Linoa. We, the Tuanko Saltan Panglima, who govern the kingdom of Dellj, and the great Batta Rajah Sibaya Linga, give this Engagement to Mr. John Anderson, Agent of the Governor of Pulo Penang. With respect to the desire of the Governor of Penang^ that small Dollars shall pass carrent in Delly and its dependencies, we have determined that they shall pass in fntare, and we request that Mr. John Anderson will acquaint the Governor of the same, on his return to Penang, and give notice to the merchants of that place, that they may bring or send small Dollars to Delly and Bulu China, for the purchase of pepper, for the currency is established. Dated in the year Juri 1238, Monday, 7th of Jemadil Akhir {or the 19th February 1883.) (True copy.) (Signed) J. W. Salmond, Eendent Councillor, Prince of fTales' Island. No. CLXII. Translation of an Engagement transmitted by the Baja of Langkat— 1823. Chop of Kidamfui Mnda, Rajah of Langkat. With respect to the letter from my friend, the Governor of Penang, brought by his Agent, Mr. John Anderson, I have taken the subject of it into consideration, and have had a full explanation regarding the commerce of Langkat with Mr. Anderson. Being extremely desirous to cultivate a more 446 ^ EaBtern ArohipeUgo^Bainatra-^i9(4<;l;— Vo. OLXIII. Part IT intimate correspondence fvith tbe Governor of Pulo Penang, and to encourage traders from that place to come to Langkat^ I am induced to send the Governor of Pulo Penang the following Engagement for the pnrpoee of strengthening and perpetuating the friendship and mercantile eammunicatioa with Pulo Penang. First. — I will make no exclusive contracts with the Dutch or anj other Government ; my intention and wish is to trade as hitherto with Penang. Second. — Any traders from Penang shall experience every assistance from me, that they may have no difficulties, and that merchandiae may b^ imported into^ and exported from, Langkat and Penang, without interruption. Third. — ^The Duties of Langkat are fixed as follows, viz, — pepper, t dollars per hundred gantangs ; rattans, fifty pice or half a dollar per hundred bundles ; salt, four dollars per coyan ; rice, eight dollars per coyan ; and no more shall be charged upon these or any other articles of trade. On Europe cloths, opium, etc., no Dutv will be charged, and whoever pleases may bring and sell them in Langkat; and it is my desire to encourage an extensive dismand. Fourth.— I will endeavour to introduce the currency of Dollars and Bupees to &eilitate the trade ; but this is not settled yet. Dated i» the year Juri, 1838, 4th day of Jemadil Akhir {or the I6th Feb^ ruary 1823) (True copy.) (Signed) J. W. Salmond, Resident Councillor^ Prince of WaM Island. No. OLXIII. Tbbaty of Commercial Alliance betw^n the Honoukablb English East India Company and His Majesty Faduka Sei Sdltan Abdul Jallil Haliltjdin Hentjb Sultan Abdul Jallil Byfeudin, King of Siack, Sbi ENDBAPOOBJk» and dependencies, settled by Majob William Fabquhab, Besident of Malacca, in virtue of powers delegated to him by the Honoueable John Alexandee Bannj:bman9 Oov- BENOE of FeINCE of WaLBS' ISLAND and its DBPBNDBNGIBS. —1818. Article 1. The peace and friendship now happily subsisting between the Honourable English East India Company and His Majesty the Sultan of Siftck^ Sri En« drapoora^ shall be perpetual. Part IV Sasteni Arohipelago-Sumatra— i9tacifc— No. OLXIII. 447 Abtiolb 2. The vessels and inerchaDdize belonging to British subjects^ or persons being under the protection of the Honourable East India Company, shall always enjoy in the ports and dominions subject to His Majesty the Sultan of Siack, Sri Endrapoora, all the privileges and advantages, which are now, or may at any time hereafter be, granted to the subjects of the most favoured nations, Artiglb S. The vessels and merchandize belonging to the subjects of His Majesty the Sultan of Slack, Sri Endrapoora, shall always receive similar advantages and privileges in the harbour of Fort Cornwallis, and in all other places de- pendent on the British Oovernment of Prince of Wales' Island. Abtiolb 4. His Majesty the Sultan of Slack, Sri Endrapoora, shall not renew any obsolete and interrupted treaties with other nations, public bodies, or indivi* duals, the provisions of which may in any degree tend to exclude or obstruct the trade of British subjects, who further shall not be burthened with any impositions on Duties not levied on the subjects of other States. AsHCLB 5. His Majesty the Sultan of Siack, Sri Endrapoora, further engages that he will upon no pretence whatever grant a monopoly of any articles of trade or commodities, the produce of bis territories, to any person or persons, European, American, or natives^ Artiglb 6. It is finally declared, that this Treaty, which, according to the foregoing Articles, is meant for promoting the peace and friendship of the two States and securing the liberty of commerce and navigation between their respective subjects, to the mutual advantage of both, shall last for ever. In token of truth, and for the satisfaction of both parties, we have here- unto affiled our signatures and seals at Bukit Battoo, in the Kingdom of Siack, this Thirty-first day of the montb August, in the year of Our Lord 1818, answering to the Tweaty-seventh day of the mouth Sawal^ in the year of the Hegirat 12SS. Chop of tbe King of 8iack. (Signed) W. Farqvhab, Mqfar 0/ Engineers ^ Resident of Jfalaeoa, aud Commissioner on the part of the British Oovernment, (True copy.) (Siofued) J. W. Salmohd, Resident Coundlior^ Prince of ffules* Island. 448 Eastern Arohipelago—Sumatra— ^tffei(>-nro. CLXIV. Part IV No. CLXIV. Translation of an Engagembnt presented by the King of Siack to Mb. John Anderson, Agent to the Govebnob of Pulo Penang.— 1823. Chop of the King of Siack. The letter from the Honourable William Edward Phillips, Governor of Pulo Penang, of which his Agent, Mr. John Anderson, had the charge, duly reached His Majesty, who is seated on the throne of Siack, and respecting all that is tlierein contained relating to the good will of the (-Governor of Pulo Penang, and the improvement and enlargement of mercantile connections between Siack and Pnlo Penang, His Majesty is impressed with the greatest satisfaction, because Siack and its dependencies will thereby become populous, and there will be a constant and beneficial intercourse with Penang ; wherefore His Majesty, in concert with his Chiefs, viz,, the Tuanko Panglima Besar, the Datu Sri Pakama Rajah, the Datu Sri Biji Wangsa, the Datu Maharajah Lela Muda, and the Tuan Imaum, have confirmed the Treaty formerly given to Colonel Farquhar, Agent of the Governor of Pulo Penang ; and in addi- tion to that. His Majesty and the five Chiefs above-named make the following Engagement, and send it to the GoTcrnor of Pulo Penang, for the purpose of strengthening and perpetuating their reciprocal friendship, and that there may be no change or variation in the connection between Siack and Pulo Penang for ever and ever. First, — His Majesty and the five Chiefs will not grant the Dutch, or any other nation, a settlement, or permit them to hoist their colours, or reside at Siack or any place under its dominion. Second. — His Majesty and Chiefs will not interrupt or prevent any Noquedahs of vessels, or traders, from going to Penang, and will not give them any orders to trade solely with Malacca, but they shall be at full liberty to follow their own inclination, and proceed to Penang as heretofore. Third. — There shall be no interference with the Chiefs of the States tributary to Siack, and they shall also have full power to enter into any nego- tiations, or make any engagements with Penang, which shall not be liable to 1>e altered or varied by His Majesty, and the Datus and the Chiefs shall be at liberty to trade with Penang as they please. Fourth. — All merchants or traders coming from Penang to Siack, shall meet with no interruption at Siack, but be free to buy and sell where they please. Fi/tk. — ^To all prows, brigs, or ships, which may come to trade at Siack, meeting with any accident, either there or at sea, His Majesty and the Chiefs engage to render them every possible assistance, to enable them to returu in safety to Penang. Fart IV Eaetern Aroliipelago-*8iimatra— 5iaeil~nro. CIiXV. 449 5t;rM.— The Duties established on imports from Penang, or exports from Siack, are fixed by a list delivered to Mr. John ADderson^ and they shall not be altered or varied. Seventh. — His Majesty and Chiefs will not countenance or permit any pirates to remain in Siack or its dependenoies« but will turn them out, in order that the trade between Siack and Pulo Penang may flourish. Eighth.'^ll His Majesty or his country should be involved in 'diflSculty, he will ^ive immediate notice to the Governor of Pulo Penang^ and beg assist- ance and advice. Such is the Engagement of the King of Siack and his Chiefs sent to the Governor of Penang. Bated the 12th Bajah, in the year 1238 {or the 26th March 1823). (True copy.) (Signed) J. W. Salmond, Resident Councilor, Prince of WaM Island. No. CLXV. Translation of a Schedulb of the Import and Export Duties at Siack, as delivered by the King and Ghibes to the Agent of the Governor of Pulo Penang. — 1823. In the year 1238, 12th day of Raj ah ^ Monday. Seal of the King of Siack. Whereas, Mr. John Anderson, Agent of the Governor of Pulo Penang, arrived at Siack, and requested of His Majesty a document, specifying the rate of Duties chargeable on merchandize at Siack, and His Majesty has conse- quently given to him the following Schedule, fixing the Duties on imports and exports : — Imfostb. On Opium . Salt ... 8 Salt from Java 10 KawSUk . . 5 Coarie and Europe Cloths 5 20 dn. per chest, coyan. do. cent, do. ft » }* It EXPOBTS. Galrn Wax Gamber Fish Boei Salt Fish Sago Merchandize, the nsaal cargoes of janks of all sorts All other articles are free of Import or Export Duty. 26 drs. per peoul. . . . 2 ,. do. . . . * „ do . . . 2» « 1.000 . - . 8 .. 1,000 . • . 8 ,. oojan. . . . 6 „ cent. 3 H 450 EsBtern Archipelago— Samatra—iire^A«riaMf«^Na CLXVI. Part IV Memo, respecting the Duties. The Duties at Assahan and Delly to be continued tbe same as fixed in the Schedule formerly transmitted to Govermnentj of which copies were fur- nished to me. At Langkat the Duties are as sf ecified in the Engagement of the Bajah marked No. 8 in the Appendix. (See No. CLXII.) At Sirdang at present there are no Duties ehargred, except on pepper and slaves, the former ] dollar per 100 gantans; the other I dollar ahead; this is by the Sultan Besar at Kampong Besar, but a revision of the Duties is about to take place bj the Chiefs there, and some further imposts are to be levied on merchandize passing down the river^ by the Chiefs of Kampongs, Dorian and Kalamber. The new arrangement will be hereafter com- municated. Batabura is, as I have before observed, a free port. (Signed) John Akdesson, Agent to the Oovemment, No. CLXVI. CoNVENTiOK between Hbb Majesty and the King of the Nbther- LA19DS for the settlement of the mutual relations in the Island of Sumatra. Signed at the Hague, Novembbb 2^ 1871. [^Ratification exehanged at the Hague, February 17, 1972.] Hsa Majesti the Queen of the Uiuted Kingdom of Great Britain and X^^hki^d, and His Majesty the King of the Ijetherlands, being desirons to consolidate more and inoi'6^ in the spirit of the Treaty of the 17th of March 1824, the friend- ship between the two countries, and consequently also to remove all occa- sion of misunderstanding in their mutual relations on the Island of Sumatra, have agreed to conclude a Convention for that purpose, and have named as their Pleoipotentia- ries that is to say : Harb Majestbit de Koningin van het Vereenigd Koningrijk van Groot Britannie en lerland, en Zijne Majea- teit de Koning der Nederlanden, wen- scbende, in den geest van het Tractaat van 17 Maart 1824', de vriendshappe- lijke verhouding tussechen de beide Landen meer en meer te bevestigen, en daartoe ook in Hunne wederzijdsche betrekkingen op het Eiland Sumatra alle aanleiding tot misverstand weg te nemen^ zijn overeengekomen te dien einde eene Conventie te sluiten, en hebben tot, Hunne gevolmagtigden benoemd, te weten : k Part IV Eastern Archipelago— Sumatra— J^0r and on behalf of the sidd Government by Deed of the thirty-first of December, one thousand eight hundred and fifty-seven ; therefore, in order to provide for the regulation of the reciprocal observances which are necessary in consequence, it is agreed as follows : ~ Article I. The SultaOf the Vieeroy, and the Nobles of the Kingdom of Siak Srie Indrapoera and depen* dencies, declare for themselves nnd their descendants, that the Kingdom of Siak Srie Indrapoera and dependencies forms a part of Netherlands India, and consequently is placed under the supre- macy of the Netherlands. Articlb II. The territory of the Kingdom of Siak Srie Indrapoera and dependencies is to be understood as consisting of the following countries and islands : (a.) Siak Proper, bounded on the south-east by the Kingdom of Kampar (Paloe Lawang) and on the north-west by the Kingdom called Tanah Poetah; (5.) The provinces of Mandan, situated at the southern boundary of Siak Proper ; (c.) The province of Pekanbaroe, situated on the south-south-west of the province of Mandan ; ( lands, and friends of the friends of the Netherlands, as well as to afford snch assistance as is in their power with men, arms, and vessels, at the request of the Netherlands Indian Qovemment, against the enemies of the Netherlands, and to the friends of the Netherlands. Abtiolb IV. The Netherlands Indian Government has the right of fortifying itself at snch points within the Kingdom of Siak Srie Indrapoera and dependencies as it may think fit, after consnltation with the Solton, Viceroy, and Nobles, and of erecting there such buildings as may be considered neces- sary. In the first place there shall be a fort of the Netherlands Indian Government, erected at Mangkalis in the Island of BankaUs. The limit of this fort are shown on the plan drawn by the same and annexed to this engage- ment. Abtiolb Y. Sultan, the Viceroy, and the Nobles bind themselves to assist, as far as is in their power, onstruction, at the cost of the Netherlands Indian Government, of all fortifications, build- The in the construction, ings, and magazines which the Netherlands Indian Government may hereafter think necessary to erect within the Kingdom of Siak Srie Indrapoera and dependencies. In like manner, the Sultan, the Viceroy, and the Nobles bind themselves to co-operate in the building of vessels at the cost of the Government, whenever required to do so. Abtiolb VI. The Sultan, the Viceroy, and Nobles bind themselves to carry on no hostilities against foreign princes and to make no preparation for hostilities without the oonsent of the Netherlands Indian Government, nor to construct fortifications without the previous knowledge of the Government as well as to demolish on the first notice the fortifications erected with the previous knowledge of the Government. Abticlb VII. The Sultan, the Viceroy, and the Nobles bind themselves never to make over the Kingdom to any other nation than the Netherlands, and also to enter into alliance with no other nation, with- out th^ consent of the Netherlands Indian Government. Abtiolb VIII. The Sultan, the Viceroy, and the Nobles bind themselves to send no letters, presents, agents or envoys to any other nation than the Ketherlanders, and also to accept no letters or presents, nor to receive agents or envoys from other nations, without the prerious knowledge and oonsent of the Government of Netherlands India. The Sultan, the Viceroy, 'and the Nobles bind themselves not to suffer that the sending, ac- cepting, or receiving of letters, presents, agents, or envoys take place by or on behalf of their children or relations. 454 Sastem Arohipelago— Sumatra— ^0Qaoeral of Netherlands India, the princely authority is to be exercised by a Regency of a Prince or even two Princes chosen by the Oovemor-ueneral, and confirmed in the dignity by a deed to be execui* ed fur the purpose. ASTIOLB XXXII. The administration of the Kingdom of Siak Srie Indrapoera and dependencies shall be exercised under the superior administration of His Highness the Sultan, by an Administrator of the Kingdom as Haja Moeda, with observance therein of the ancient institutions of the country. In order to provide for the case of there-being no Viceroy from decease or otherwise on tha ascent of a new Viceroy, his eventual successor shall forthwiw be chosen, with observance of tbe institutions of the country, and in concert with the Resident of liiouw, and this choice is to be submitted to the approval of the Netherlands Indian Government ; the like shall be done on eveiy occasion when, for what reasons soever, there is no such designate successor. The Sultsn, Viceroy, and Nobles bind themselves to choose, as soon as possible^ in conoert with the Resident of Riouw, the Prince whom they wish to be the destined successor of the pre- sent Viceroy. Tbe Sultan binds himself to give up the administration of his Kingdom to the administrator of the Kingdom, and in this respect to consult with no other than According to the ancient inati- tntions of the country ; nor to suffer thst any one else besides the Administrator of the Kin^om should come to treat immediately with His Highness upon the matters concerning the admioiatra- tion. Abticlb XXXIII. Before assuming his office and his dignity the Administrator of the Kingdom makes oath in writing of fidelity to His Majetity the King of the Netherlands and to the Govemor-Oenerml of Netherlands India as His Majesty's Representative in Netherlands India, and to His Highness the Sultan. The Administrator of the Kingdom binds himself never to suffer anjrthing tbnt might tend to the dinndvantnge of the interests of the Netherlands Indian Government in general, or of itsadmi- uintration in the Kingdom of Siak Srie Indrapoera and dependencies in particular, norof Hia Part IV Eastern Arohipelago-Sumatra— i^Te/JUr/aiMif— No. CLXVI. 459 In witness wher(K>f the respective Ten blijke waarvan de weder- Plenipotentiaries have signed the zijdsche Oevolmagtigden haar heb* same, and have affixed thereto the ben onderteekend en met hun wapen seals of their arms. bezegeld* Hiflrhnett the Snltftn, bat on the contrary, to co-opemte to far as in his power, in the strict and fiiithfnl observance of all that whereto the Snltan, he, the Administrator of the Kin^domf the Viceroy, and the Nobles have bound themselves to the Government by this Convention, and what- ever may tend to the pYosperity and welfare of the Kingdom of 8iak_ Srie Indrapoera and depen- dencies. Abtiou XXXIY. The Administrator of the Kingdom of Siak Srie Indrapoera and dependencies is bonnd, when- ever the interesta, whether of the Qovemment, of the Snltan, or of the Kingdom of Siak Srie Indropoera and dependencies mav reqnire it, to betake himself, upon request so to do, to the seat of the Resident, and to remain there as long as the Resident may consider it unavoidably necessary for the interesta of the aflaira under consideration. Abtiolb XXXV. Every Proclamation, presentation to the people, or confirmation of the Sultan, or Administra- tor of the Kingdom, is null if it do not take place in eonsequenoe of the receipt of the deed of recognition and confirmation of the choice Uiat has ftillen on him, eiecuted by the Governor General. Abtioxji XXXYI. The Sultan, the Viceroy, and the Nobles shall recognise and respect the Resident of Riouw as the Plenipotentiary of the Netherlands Indian Government, and therefore transact with him all business affecting their reciprocal interests; they shnll also send letters to the Netherlands IndiNn Government ouly with his cognizance» and despatch no embassies to the same except in concert with him. AsnoLB XXXYII. The Netherlands Indian Government binds itself, so long as the Sultan, the Viceroy, and the Nobles faithfully observe this Convention, uot to interfere with the interuHl administration of the Kingdom, which, on the contrary, is to be left to the Sultan, the Viceroy, and the Noblee. Abtiolb XXXVIII. This Convention comes into force as soon as the approval of the Governor-General is obtained for it. The Treaties concluded on the fourteenth of December, one thousand seven hundred and orty-flve, on the sixteenth of Jsnuary, one thousand seven hundred and sixty-one, and on the first of August, one thousand seven hundred and eighty*two, remain binding in so far as the stipulations contained therein are not modified by the present Convention, or have not become void through altered drcumatanoeaof the times. Abtiolb XXXIX. With regard to points not provided for in this Agreement, and whichrmay hereafter appear to require regulation, it is agreed that the parties shall come to an amicable nnderstanding thereon . Done and agreed to, at Siak Srie Indrapoera, this Monday, the first of February, one thousand eight hundred and fifty-eight. 400 Eastern Arohlpelago— Samatra— ir#<40r7(imf« Ko. CLXVI. Fart IV Done at the Haprae^ the second day of November, in the jear of our Lord one thousand ei^ht hun- dred and seventy-one. Qedaan te 's Gravenhage den tweeden da<; van November in het jaar dnizend acht hundred ecn en zeventig. (L.S.) E. A. J. HARRIS. (L.8.) L. GERICKE. (L.S.) VAN BOSSE. (L.S.) E. A, J. HARRIS, (L.S.) L. GERICKE. (L.S.) VAN BOSSE. Three connterpftrt copies of this Agreement havinfr been drnwn up and ratified with th« *ig« natares and seals of parties, for use wliere?er they mny he required. (Signed) KIEUWENHUIJZEN. TOBIAS. Below the Malay text are the' seals and signatures of — PADOEEA 8BI SULTAN RAJAH TSMAEL. JANQ DI PERTORAN MOEDA NEGRIB SIAK TONQKOE POETAN. OBANG KAIJA MAHARAJAH SRI ASMABA. OBANQ KAIJA SRI INDRA MOEDA. Mark of — DATOE BIAHARAJAH KOETA WANGSA. ORANG KAIJA LAKSAMANA. This ConTention is ratified on the thirtieth of April of the year one thousand eight hundred and fifty-eight, with the following modification ; that Article XXXVIII runs as follows : — " This Convention comes into force as soon as the approval of the Governor-General of the Kctherlands India is obtained for it. M The Treaties concluded between the Netherlands East India Company and the Kingdom of ^ak on the fourteenth of December, one thousand seven hundred and forty-five, sixteenth of January, one thousand seven hundred and sixty-one, and first of August^ one thousand seven hundred and eighty^two, remain binding in so far as the stipulations contained therein are not modified by the present Convention, or have not become void thitrngh altered ciroumstanoes of the times." (Signed) CHS. F. PAHUD, Ootermor^General of JfekhtiamdM India. By order of His Excellency, (Signed) A. Loud«V, Oemeral Seer^tartf. Part rv Bastero Archipelago— Siam. 461 III.-SIAH. Ths diplomatic relations of the British OoTernment with Siam maj be said to have commenced with Mr. John Crawfard's mission in 1821. The chief object of this mission was to procore an unrestricted trade with Siam, but Mr. Crawfurd's negotiations were unsuccessful. In 1826 a Treaty (No. CLXVII) was negotiated by Captain Bnmeyy with the view chiefly of preventing the Siamese from co-operating with the Burmese during the first Burmese war^ in which the British Government was then en* gaged, and of providing for the peace of the Malayan Peninsula then disturbed in consequence of the occupation of Eedah by the Siamese. Besides the above Treaty, Captain Burney effected a Commercial Agreement (No. CLXVIII) with Siam. The provisions of this Engagement were systematically violated by the Siamese, and as the 6th Article placed British subjects under Siamese laws, its abrogation was indispensable. In 1860 Sir James Brooke was deputed to Siam armed with plenipoten- tiary powers from the Queen. But his efforts to conclude a satisfactory treaty were unsuccessful. Five years later, however, a Treaty (No. CLXIX) of friend- ship and commerce between Her Majesty and the Kings of Siam was negotia- ted by Sir John Bowring. In 1856 Mr. Parker conveyed to Siam the ratifi- cation of the treaty by the Queen, when an Agreement (No. CLXX) was made with Siamese Commissioners to give effect to the treaty and to define its intentions. The Dependencies of Siam in the Malayan Peninsula are Kedah, Ligor, Tringganu, Ealantan, Patani and Junkceylon or Puket. The Engagements with Kedah have been already given (Nos. CXXXVIII to CXL). In 1881, after the Raja of Ligor had defeated the ex-Raja of Kedah in an attempt to recover his country (see Kedah), the Resident of Penang visited him at Kedah and concluded an Engagement (No. CLXXI) with him regarding the boundaries of Province Wellesley, in conformity with the 8rd Airticle of the treaty of Bangkok. This boundary was not, however, actually marked out for many years. The Commission, composed partly of British and partly of Siamese officers, which bad been appointed for the performance of this duty, was dissolved owing to the illness of some of the members, before its labours had been completed. In 1864, however, another Commission was appointed, and satis, factory arrangements were made for the boundary at the Isthmus of Kraw 462 Eastern Arohipelago—Siam. Fart IV and the sea-ward line from the mouth of the Pakchan to Jankceylon. The boundary northward from Kraw was demarcated by a separate Commissioo who completed th% work in 1867. A Convention (No. CLXXII) was signed on the 8th February 1868^ defining the boundary in its entire length. King Pbrabat Somdetch Fhra Chom Klow died on the Ist October 1868* after a reign of seventeen and a half years, and was succeeded by his eldest son Chow Fa Chula Longkorn, a minor. The western portion of Siam, bordering on the Salween river and separated by it from Eastern Karenni, is occupied by the Cbiengmai or Z\mm6 Shans^ whose Chief is tributary to Siam. Disputes regarding the valuable forests situated on the eastern bank of the Salween led to chronic hostilities between the Karens and the Shans and numerous bands of dakaits traversed the country^ committing outrages on British traders and their property. To remedy this state of things a special officer with a strong force of police at his disposal was placed in charge of the Salween tracts, and advantage was taken of the visit of His Majesty the King of Siam to Calcutta in 1872 to discuss the measures neces- sary for the encouragement of trade and the repression of dakaiti on the Sal- ween frontier. These discussions resulted in the deputation towards the end of 1878 of a Siamese Embassy to Calcutta, and on the 14th January 1874 a Treaty (No. CLXXIII) was signed, having for its objects the promotion of commercial intercourse with the Province of Cbiengmai and the repression of heinous crime. The Siamese Government agreed to post guards along the eastern bank of the Salween, to maintain a sufficient police force, and to ap- point judges in Chiengmai for the purpose of settling civil disputes between British and Siamese subjects. The treaty came into force on the 1st January 1875. Under the terms of the treaty of 1865 and the supplementary agreement of 1866, the British Consul at Bangkok alone could try civil and criminal cases in which either both parties or the defendant were British subjects, and the cause of action arose in Siamese territory. The distance of JBangkok and the limited powers possessed by the Consul under the Order of Council of the t6th July 1866 led to much inconvenience in the disposal of cases arising in Cbiengmai. The consent of the Siamese Oovernment was obtained to the appointment of the Superintendent of the Yunzalin district in British Burma, to exercise all the powers that may be exercised by the Consul at Bangkok under the 2nd Article of the Treaty of 1865 and the Snd Article of the supple- Part IV Sastern Arobipelago— Siam. 468 mentary agreement of 1856, and he was in virtue of this consent appointed to exercise for the territories of the King of Siam all the powers of a Poli- tical Agent under Act XI of 1872* The treaty of 1874 did not work satisfactorily. Notwithstanding the good will shewn by the Siamese Government, it was foand that, in the absence of any English officer, British subjects at times suffered unfriendly usage at the hands of the local authorities at Zirnm^. It was also apparent that the treaty of 1874 was to some extent inconsistent with the Order oE the Queen in Council, dated the 28th July 1856. Under these oircumstitnces Major C. W. Street, of the Britisii Burma Commission, was deputed in 1879 on a mission to Zimme, for the purpose of enquiring into certain specific cases in which British subjects were concerned, and into the general question of estab- lishing a British Agency at Zimm£. After protracted discussion a Treaty (No. CLXXIV) supplementary to the treaty of 1855 was finally concluded at Bangkok in May 1884. By this agreement, which relates only to the terii- toriesof Chiengmai, Lakon, and Lampunchi, and now including Phree and Nan the. treaty of 1874 was abi'0on(ience^ and it was not till October 1892 that the Siamese consented to evacuate this tract^ and measures were taken for its restoration to Sawlawi, the Chief whom the British Gov- ernment had recognised as Myoza of Karenni in succession to Sawlapaw deposed. In I h89 the Siamese Government proposed the appointment of a Joint Commis- sion to settle claims to sovereignty over various districts on the east bank of the Salween. Various difficulties, however, arose, and the British Conmiissioners were compelled to take up the investigation alone. Work was commenced in Karenni and the boundary of the trans-Sal ween tract and of the small States previously in dispute was provisionally laid down. In 1889-90 the danarca- tion was continued, and on this occasion representatives of both Siam and KSng Tung rendered assistance. A line of frontier extending as far as the Mekong was traced, and the whole of this border was accepted in 1892 by Siam. The final delineation by a Joint Commission in the open season of 1892»9S has now been arranged for. A list of the treaties and conventions betwei^n Siam and (>ther countries is appended. N Part IV Eastern Archipelago— Siam. 405 List of Trioties and Conventions made between Siam and other countries^ ADSTBIA-HUNGABY. Treaty of commeree 17tH May 1869 Agroement for regulating tra£So ia spiritaons liqaors • • • 17th January 1885 BELGIUM. Treaty of friendship and commerce 29th Angost 1868 Additional artiolet to treaty of 29th August 1868, relating to traffic in spiritaons liquors • • • • ^ • •* • 4th August 18S3 CAMBODIA. Treaty relative to commerce, extradition, succession, etc • • 1st December 1863 DENMARK. Treatj of Triendsliip, oommerce and navigation • • • . Slst May 1858 Agreement for regulating traflSo in spirituous liquors • • • 25tli July 1883 FRANCE. Treaty of f riisndship, commerce and navigation - • • • 15th August 1856 Treaty for regulating position of Cambodia •••,./» 15th July 1867 Convention relating to importation of wines and spirits • • • 7th August 1867 Additional article to treaty of 15th July 1867 . • . . Uth July 1870 Proc49 verbal of the exchange of ratifications of additional article to treaty of 15th July 1867 Tth June 1872 Arrangement relating to importation and sale of spirituous drinks • 23rd May 1883 GERMANY. Treaty of amity» commerce and navigation ...».• 7th February 1862 Agreement respecting traffic in spirituous liquors . • » • 12th May 1884 Protocol of exchange of ratifications of agreement, 12th March 1884 • 11th September 1885 GREAT BRITAIN. Treaty of friendship 20th June 1826 Additional articles to treaty of 20th June 1826 . • • • l7th January 1827 Treaty of friendship and commerce 18tk April 1855 Agreement supplementary to treaty of 18th April 1855 • • 13th May 1856 Convention defining boundary between Siam and Tenasserim • • 8th February 1868 Treaty respecting Kedah .6th May 1869 Treaty for promoting commercial intercourse between British Burma and Chiengmai, Lakon and Lampunchi • . • • . 14th January 1874 So 466 Eastern Arohipelago— Giam. Part IV Agreement regulating traffic in spiritaooB liquora • • • • 6th April 1883 Treaty for prevention of crime in Chiengmai, Lakon and Lampanchi • 3rd September 1383 ITALY. Treaty of friendBhip, etc 3rd October 1868 Explanatory declaration • • 10th December 1808 Arrangement relating to importation and sale of spirituooB drinks • 6th Jnly 1884 NETHERLANDS. Treaty of friendship, etc • 17th Deoembm 1860 CSonTcotion relative to admission of Consnlar Agents of Siam in ports of Netherlands' Colonies Ist April 1867 Additional articles to treaty of 17th December 1860, relating to im- portation and sale of spirituoos drinks lOtb November 1883 FOBTUOAL. Treaty of friendship, etc 10th February 1860 Agreement relating to importation and sale of spirituous drinks . 14th May 1883 SPAIN. Treaty of friendship, etc 23rd February 1870 Addidonal articles to treatj of 23rd February 1870, relating to im- portation and sale of spirituous drinks 24th May 1884 SWEDEN AND NORWAY. Treaty of friendship, etc ]8th May 1868 Agreement for regulating traffic m spirituous liquors • « « 16th July 1883 UNITED STATES. Treaty of amity and commerce . '20th March 1833 Treaty of friendship, etc • 29th May 1866 Deolarations modifying treaty of 29th May 1866 • • • • 17th December 1867 Agreement for regulating traffic in spirituous liquors • . . 14th May 1884 Part IV Eastern Arohipelago— Siam-No. CLXVII. 467 No. CLXVII. Treaty with Siam, 1826. The powerful Lord, who is in possession of every good, and every dignity, the Ood Boodh, who dwells over every head in the city of the sacred and great KiDgdom of Sia-yoo-tha-ja (titles of the King of Siam) incomprehensible to the head and brain, the sacred beauty of the royal palace, serene and infalli- ble there (titles of the Wangua or second King of Siam,) have bestowed their commands upon the heads of Their Excellencies, the Ministers of high rank, belonging to the sacred and great King of dour Si-a-yoo-tha-ya, to assemble and frame a Treaty with Captain Henry Burney, the ISnglish Envoy, on the part of the English Government, the Honourable East India Company, who govern the countries in India belonging to the English under the authority of the King and Parliament of England, and the Right Honourable Lord Am- herst, Governor of Bengal, and other English Officers of high rank, have de- puted Captain Bumey as an Envoy to represent them, and to frame a Treaty with Their Excellencies, the Ministers of high rank belonging to the sacred and great Kingdom of Si-a-yoo-thaya, in view that the Siamese and the English nation may become great and true friends, connected in love and affection, with genuine candour and sincerity, on both sides. The i>iamese and English frame two uniform copies of a Treaty, in order that one copy may be placed in the Kingdom of Siam, and that it may become known through- out every great and small province subject to Siam, and in order that one copy may be placed in tlie Kingdom of Siam, and that it may become known throughout every great and small province subject to Siam, and in order that one copy may be placed in Bengal, and that it may become known through- out every great and small province subject to the English Government. Both copies of the Treaty will be attested by the royal seal, by the seals of Their Excellencies the Ministers of high rank in the city of the sacred and great Kingdom of Si-a-yoo-tha-ya, and by the seals of the Right Honourable Lord Amherat, Governor of Bengal, and of the other English Officers of high rank. Abticlb 1. The English and Siamese engage in friendship, love^ and afft^ction, with mutual truth, sincerity and candour. The Siamese must not meditate or commit evil, so as to molest the English in any manner. The English must not meditate or commit evil, so as to molest the Siamese in any manner. The Siamese must not go and molest, attack, disturb, seize, or take any place, ter- ritory or boundary belonging to the English, in any cuuntry subject to the English. The English must not go and molest, attack, disturb, seize, or take any place, territory or boundary belonging to the Siamese, in any country subject to the Siamese. The Siamese shall settle every matter within the Siamese boundaries, according to their own will and customs. 468 Eastern A rohipelago— Siam— No. CIiXVII. Part IV Article 2. Should any place or country, subject to the English, do anything that may offend the Siamese, the Siamese shall not fco and injure such place or country, but first report the matter to the English, who will examine into it with truth and sincerity, and if the fault lie with the English, the English shall punish according to the fault. Should any place or country subject to the Siamese do anything that may offend the English, the English shall not go and injure such place or country, but first report the matter to the Siamese^ who will examine into it with truth and sincerity, and if the fault lie with the Siamese, the Siamese shall punish according to the fault. Should any Siamese place or country, that is near an English country, collect at any time an army or a fleet of boats, if the chief of the English country inquire the object of such force, the chief of the Siamese country must declare it. Should any English place or country, that is near a Siamese country, collect at any time an army or a fleet of boats, if the chief of the Siamese country inquire the object of such force, the chief of the English country must declare it. Article 3. In places and countries belonging to the Siamese and English, lying near their mutual borders, whether to the east, west, north, or south, if the English entertain a doubt as to any boundary that has not been ascertained, the chief on the side of the English must send a letter, with some men and people from his frontier posts to go and inquire from the nearest Siamese chief, who shall depute some of his officers and people from his frontier posts, to go with the men belonging to the English chief, and point out and settle the mutual boundaries, so that they may be ascertained on both sides in a friendly manner. If a Siamese chief entertain a doubt as to any boundary that has not been ascertained, the chief on the side of the Siamese must send a letter, wiih some men and people from his frontier posts, to go and inquire from the neurest English chief, who shall depute some of his officers and people from his frontier posts, to go with the men belonging to the Siamese chief, and point out and settle the mutual boundaiies, so that they may be ascertained on both sides in a friendly manner. Article 4. Should any .Siamese subject run and go and live within the boundaries of the English, the Siamese must not intrude, enter, seize or take suoh person within the English boundaries, but must report and ask for him in a proper manner; and the En^i^lish shall be at liberty to deliver the party or not. Should any English subject run and go and live within the boundaries of the Siamese, the English must not intrude, enter, seize, or take suoh person with* in the Siamese boundaries, but must report and ask for him in a proper manner, and the Siamese shall be at liberty to deliver the party or not. ftrt IV Eastern Arohipelago— Siam— No. CLXVII. 469 Aeticle 5. The Eoglish and Siamese having concluded a Treaty, establishing a sincere friendship between them, merchants subject to the English, and their ships, junks, and boats, may have intercourse and trade with any Siamese country, which has much merchandize, and the Siamese will aid and protect them, and permit them to buy and sell with facility. Mer- chants subject to the Siamese, and their boats, junks, and ships, may have intercourse and trade with any English country, and the English will aid and protect them, and permit them to buy and sell with facility. The Siamese desiring to go to an English country, or the English desiring to go to a Siamese country, must conform to the customs of the place or country on either side ; should they be ignorant of the customs the Siamese or English officers must explain them. Siamese subjects who visit an English country must conduct themselves according to the established laws of the English country in every particular. English subjects who visit a Siamese country must '^conduct themselves according to the established laws of the Siamese country in every particular. Article 6. Merchants subject to tbe Siamese or English going to trade either in Bengal or any country subject to the English, or at Bankok, or in any coun- try subject to the Siamese, must pay the Duties upon commerce according to the customs of the place or country, on either side, and such merchants and the inhabitants of the country shall be allowed to buy and sell without the intervention of other persons in such countries. Should a Siamese or English merchant have any complaint or suit, he must complain to the officers and governors on either side, and they will examine and settle the same, according to the established laws of the place or country on either side. If a Siamese or English merchant buy or sell without enquiring and ascertaining whether the seller or buyer be of a good or bad character, and if he meet with a bad man who takes the property and absconds, the rulers and officers must make search and produce the pereon of the absconder and investigate the matter with sincerity. If the party possess money or property, he can be made to pay, but if he do not possess any, or if he cannot be apprehended, it will be the merchant's own fault. Article 7. A merchant subject to the Siamese or English, going to trade in any English or Siamese country, and applying to build godowns or houses, or to buy or hire shops or houses, in which to place his merchandize, the Siamese or Eoglish officers and rulers shall be at liberty to deny him permission to stay. If they permit him to stay he shall land and take up his residence according to such terms as may be mutually agreed on, and the Siamese or English officers and rulers will assist and take proper care of him, preventing the inhabitants of the couutry from oppressing him, and preventing him from 470 Bastem Archipelago— Siam—N'o. CLXVII. Fart TV oppressing the inhabitants of the country. Whenever a Siamese or English merchant or subject who has nothing to detain him, requests permission to leave the country and to embark with his property on board of any vessel^ he shall be allowed to do so with facility. Aetiole 8. If a merchant desire to go and trade in any place or country belonging to the English or Siamese, and his ship, boat, or junk meet with any injury whatever! the English or Siamese officers shall afEoi^ adequate assistance and protection. Should any vessel belonging to the Siamese or English be wrecked in any place or counlryi where the English or Siamese may collect any of the property belonging to such vessel, the English or Siamese officers shall make proper inquiry and cause the property to be restored to its owner, or in case of his death to his heir, and the owner or lieir will give a proper remuneration to the person who may have collected the property. If any Siamese or English subject die in an English or Siamese country, whatever roperty he may leave shall be delivered to his heir« If the heir be not iving in the same country and, unable to come, appoint a person by letter to receive the property, the whole of it shall be deliveired to such person. 8 Aeticlb 9. Merchants, subject to the English, desiring to come and trade in any Siamese country with which it "has not been the custom to have trade and intercourse, must first go and inauire of the Governor of the country. Should any country have no merchandize the Governor shall inform the ship that has come to trade that there is none. Should any country have merchandize sufficient for a ship, the Governor shall allow her to come and trade. Aetiole 10. The English acd Siamese mutually agree, that there shall be an unre- stricted trade between them in the English countries of Prince of Wales Island, Malacca, and Singapore, and the Siamese countries of Ligor, Merdi- long, Singora, Patani, Junk Ceylon, Quedah, and other Siamese provinces. Asiatic merchants of the English countries, not being Burmese, Peguers, or descendants of Europeans, shall be allowed to trade freely overland and by means of the rivers. Asiatic merchants, not being Burmese, Peguers, or descendants of Europeans, desiring to enter into, and trade with, the Siamese dominions from the countries of Mergui, Tavoy, Tenasserim, and Ye, which are now subject to the English, will be allowed to do so freely, overland and by water, upon the English furnishing them with prjper certificates. But merchants are forbidden to bring opium, which is positively a contraband article in the territories of Siam, and should a merchant introduce any, the Governors shall seize, bum, and destroy the whole of it. Part IV Xastem Archipelago— Siam-^No. CLXVII. 471 Aetiolb 11. If an Englishman desire to transmit a letter to any person in a Siamese or other country, such person only and no other shall open and look into tlie letter. If a Siamese desire to transmit a letter to any person in an English or other country! such person only and no other shall open and look into the letter. Articlb 12. Siam shall not go and obstruct or interrupt commerce in the States of Tringano and Calantan. English merchants and subjects shall have trade and intercourse in future with the same facility and freedom as they have hereto- fore had| and the English shall not go and molest^ attack, or disturb those States upon any pretence whatever. Article 18. The Siamese engage to the English, that the Siamese shall remain in Quedah and take proper care of that country, and of its people; the inhabitants of Prince of Wales' Island and of Quedah shall have trade and intercourse as heretofore; the Siamese shall levy no duty upon stock and provisions, such as cattle, buffaloes, poultry, fish, paddy, and rice, which the inhabitants of Prince of Wales' Island or ships there may have occasion to purchase in Quedah, and the Siamese shall not farm the mouths of rivers or any streams in Quedah, but shall levy fair and proper Import and Export Duties. The Siamese further engage, that when Chao Phya of Ligor returns from Bangkok, he shall release the slaves, personal servants, family, and kindred belonging to the former Governor of Quedah, and permit them to go and live wherever the^ please* The Enp^lish engage to the Siamese, that the English do not desire to take possession of Quedah, that they wUl not attack or disturb it, nor permit the former Oovemor of Quedak, or any of ki% follower^^ to attaei, ditturbf or injure in any manner tie territory of Quedah^ or any other territory subject to Siam, The Englisk engage that they will make arrangements for the former Oovemor of Quedah to go and live in some other country ^ and not at Prince of Wales* Island or Prye^ or in Perai, Salengore^ or any Burmese country. If the English do not let the former Oovemor of Quedah go and live in some other country as here engaged^ the Siamese may continue to levy an Export Duty upon paddy and rice in Quedah.* The English will not prevent any Siamese, Chinese, or other Asiatics at Prince of Wales' Island from going .to reside in Quedah if they desire it Abticlb 14. The Siamese and English mutually engage that the Rajah of Perak shall govern his country according to his own will. Should he desire to send the * NoTB— The clanses in italics have been annulled at the request of the Court of Siam, v%d» Pol. Cons , 22nd June 1842. 472 Sastern Arohipelago— Siam— No. CLXVII. Part IV gold and silver flowers to Siam as heretofore, the English will not prevent his doingr as he may desire. If Chao Fhya of Ligor desire to send down to Perak, with friendly intentions, forty (40) or fifty (50) men, whether Siamese, Chinese, or other Asiatic subjects of Siam ; or if the Rajah of Perak desire to send any of his ministers or officers to seek Chao Phra of Ligor, the English shall not forbid them. The Siamese or English shall not send any force to go and molest, attack, or disturb Perak. The English will not allow the State of Salengore to attack or disturb Perak, and the Siamese shall not go and attack or disturb Salengore. The arrangements stipulated in these two last articles respecting Perak and Quedah Chao Phya of Ligor shall execute as soon as he returns home from Bangkok. The fourteen Articles of this Treaty let the great and subordinate Siamese and English officers, together with every great and small province, hear, receive, and obey without fail. Their Excellencies the Ministers of high rank> at Bangkok, and Captain Henry Bumey, whom the Right Honourable Lord Amher|tj Governor of Bengal, deputed as an Envoy to represent His Jx>rdship, framed this Treaty together, in the presence of Prince Krom Meum Soorin Thiraksa, in the city of the sacred and great Elingdom of Si-a-yoo- tha-ya. The Treaty, written in the Siamese, Malayan, and English language^ was concluded on Tuesday, the First day of the seventh decreasing Afoon, 1188, year dog 8, according to the Siamese JBra, corresponding with the Twentieth day of June 1826, of the European ^ra. Both copies of the Treaty are sealed and attested by Their Excellencies the Ministers, and by Captain Henry Bumey. One copy Captain Henry Bumey will take for the Ratification of the Governor of Bengal, and one copy, bearing the royal seal, Chao Phya cf Ligor will take and place at Quedah. Captain Burney appoints to return to Prince of Wales' Island in seven months, in the second Moon of the year dog 8, and to exchange the ratifications of this Treaty with Phra Phak-di-Bori-rak, at Quedah. The Siamese and English shall form a friendship that shall be perpetuated, that shall know no end or interraption as long as Heaven and Earth endure. (A literal translation from the Siamese.) (Signed) H. Subnet, Captain, Envoy, to the Court of Stftm. of8iam'4 (Signed) Amhbrst. Seal Part IV Bastem Arohipelago— Slam— No. CLXVIII. 478 Batified by the Right Honourable the Oovernor-General, in Camp at Agraj this Seventeenth day of Janoaryj One Thousand Eight Hundred and TwentyH9eyen, By Command of the Governor-General. Seal of Chao Pfaya Cbak-kri. Seal of Chao Phya Akbo Mah«iena Kalabone. Seal of Chao Phja Phra Khlang. Seal of Chao Phya Tharana* Seal of Chao Phya PboUo*thep. Seal of Chao Phya Yomoraht. (8d.) A. StirunGj Secretary to Oovemmeni^ In attendanet on the Governor»Oenerak (Signed) Combbbmbri. 91 J. H. Habington. n W. B, Batlbt. By Command of the Yioe* President in Council. (Signed) Gbobgb Swinton, Secretary to Oovemment. ,, H. BuRNBT, Captain, Envof to tie Court of 8iam,from the Right Honourable the Oovemor- General of Britieh India, No. CLXVIII. GoMMBBCiAL Tbbaty of 1827. Their Exoelleneies the Ministers and Captain Henry Burney having settled a Treaty of Friendshipj consisting of fourteen Articles, now frame the following Agreement with respect to English vessels desiring to come an4 trade in the city of the sacred and great Kingdom of Si-a-yoo-tha-ya (Bang- kok). Sp # 474 Eastern Archipelago— Siam -Ho. CIiZVIII. Pari IV Articlb 1. Vessels belonging to the subjects of the English Oovernment, whether Europeans or Asiatics^ desiring to come and trade at Bangkok, most <3onform to the established laws of Siam in every particular. Merchants coming to Bangkok are prohibited from purchasing paddy or rice for the purpose of exporting the same as merchandize, and if they import fire-arms, shot^ or ganpowder, they are prohibited from selling them to any party but to the Government. Should the Government not require such fire-arms, sho^ or gunpowderi the merchants must re-export the whole of them. With exception to such warlike stores, and paddy and rice, merchants, subjects of the English, and merchants at Bangkok, may buy and sell without the intervention of any other person, and with freedom and facility. Merchants coming to trade shall pay at once the whole of the duties and charges consolidated according to the breadth of the vessel. If the vessel bring an import cargo, she shall be charged seventeen hundred (1,700) ticals for each Siamese fathom in breadth. If the vessel bring no import cargo, she shall be charged fifteen hundred (1,500) ticals for each Siamese fathom in breadth. No import, export, or other Duty shall be levied upon the buyers or sellers from^ or to, English subjects. Articlb 2. Merchant vessels, the property of English subjects, arriving off the bar, must first anchor and stop there, and the Conmiander of the vessel must despatch a person with an account of the cargo, and a return of the people, guns, shot, and powder on board the vessel, for the information of the Gov* ernor, at the mouth of the river, who will send a pilot and interpreter to convey the established regulations to the Commander of the vessel. Upon the pilot bringing the vessel over the bar, she must anchor and stop below the cbokeyi which the interpreter will point out. Abticle S. The proper officers will go on board the vessel and examine her thoroughly, and after the guns, shot and powder have been removed and deposited at Paknam (port at the mouth of the Menam), the Gt)vemor of Paknam will permit the vessel to pass up to Bangkok. Abtiole 4. Upon the vessel's arriving at Bangkok, the officers of the customs will go on board and examine her, open the hold, and take an account of whatever cargo may be on board, and after the breadth of the vessel has been measured and ascertained, the merchants will be allowed to buy and sell according to Part IV Eastern Archipelago— Siam-Ifo. CLXVIIt. 476 the first article of this ag^ement. Should a vessel^ upon receiving an export cargo, find that she caunot cross the bar with the whole^ and that she must hire cargo boats to take down a portion of the cargo, the officers of the customs and chokeys shall not charge any further Duty upon such cargo boats. Artiolb 6. Whenever a vessel or cargo boat completes her lading, the Commander of the vessel must go and ask Chao Phya Phra Khlang for a port clearance, and if there be no cause for detention, Chao Phya Phra Khlang shall deliver the port clearance without delay. When the vessel, upon her departure, arrives at i^aknam, she must anchor and stop at the usual chokey, and after the proper officers have gone on board and examined her, the vessel may receive her gunSi shot and powder, and take her departure. Artiolb 6. Merchants being subjects of the English Government^ whether Europeans or Asiatics, the Commanders, officers, lascars, and the whole of the crew of vessels, must conform to the established laws of Siam, and to the stipulations of this Treaty in every particular. If merchants of every class do not observe the Articles of this Treaty, and oppress the inhabitants of the country, become thieves or bad men, kill men, speak offensively of, or treat disrespectfully, aAy great or subordinate officers of the country, and the case become important in any way whatever, the proper officers shall take jurisdiction of it, and punish the offender. If the offence be homicide, and the officers, upon inves- tigation, see that it proceeded from evil intention, they shall punish with death. If it be .any other offence, and the party be the commander or officer of a vessel, or a merchant, he shall be fined. If he be of a lower rank, he shall be whipped or imprisoned, according to the established laws of Siam, The Gov- ernor of Bengal will prohibit English subjects, desiring to come and trade at Bangkok, from speaking disrespectfully or offensively to, or of the great officers in Siam. If any person at Bangkok oppress any English subject, he shall be punished according to his offence in the same manner. The six Articles of this Agreement, let the Officers at Bangkok, and merchants subject to the Engtish^ fulfil and obey in every particular. (A literal translation from the Siamese.) (Signed.) H. Burnet, Captain, Envo^ to the Court of Siam, King of Siam's Seal. (Signed.) Amubrst. 4 476 Eastern Arohipelago— Siam-Ko. CLXIZ. Part IV Ratified by the Right Honourable the Oovernor-Oenenal, in Camp, at Agra, this )7th day of January^ Oue thousand Eight Hundred and Twenty- seven. By Command of the Goyernor-Gtoneral. (Signed) A. Stirlinq, Secretaff to Oovermment, In attendance an the Oavemor^Oeneral. Seal of Chao Phya Chak-kn. Seal of Chao Phya Akho Mahasena Kalabone. (Signed) Combbrmbbb. Seal of Chao Phya Phra Khlang. Seal of Chao Phya Tharana. ff J. H. HABnioTOir. Seal of Chao Phya PhoUo-thep. Seal of Chao Phya Yomoraht. 9J W. B. Batlbt. By Command of the Yioe-President in ConnciL (Signed) Gbobgb Swibton, Secretary to Oovemment. (Signed) H. BubnbTj Captain^ Envoy to the Court 'of 8iam,from the Right Honourable the Qovemot'Oeneral qf Britieh India. No. OLXIX. , Tbeaty of 1865 with Siam. Her Majesty the Queen of the United Kiug^om of Great Britain and Ireland and all its dependencies, and their Majesties Phra Bard Somdetch Phra Pammendo Maha Mongknt Phra Choni Klan Chan Yu Hna, the first King of Siam, and Phra Bard Somdetch Phra Pawarendo Bamese Mahiswa- rese Phra Pin Klan Chan Yu Hua, the second King of Siam, desiring to ^tablish, upon firm and lasting fonndations, the relations of peace and friend- ship existing between the two oountries, and to secure the best interests of their respective subjects by encouraging, facilitating, and regulating their Part IV ' Eastern Arohipelago— Siam— No. CLXIX. 477 industry and trade, have resolved to conclude a Treaty of Amity and Commerce for this purposcj and have therefore named as their Plenipotentiaries ; that is to say. Her Majesty the Qneen of Great Britain and Irelandj Sir John Bowring, Knightj Doctor of Laws, etc., etc. And their Majesties the first and second Kin^s of Siam, His Royal Highness Krom Hluang Wongsa Dhiraj Snidh; His Excellency Somdetch ('han Phaya PEuram Maha Puyura Wongse ; His Excellency Somdetch Chan Phaya Param Maha Bijaineate; His Excellency Chan Phaya Sri Suriwongse Samuha Phra Kralahome ; and His Excellency Chan Phaya, acting Phraklang. Who, after having communicated to each other their respective full powers, and found them to be in good and due form, have agreed upon and concluded the following Articles :— Article i.— There shall henceforward be perpetual peace and friendship between Her Majesty the Queen of Great Britain and Ireland and Her sncoes* sors, and their Majesties the first and second Kings of Siam and their successors. All British subjects coming to Siam ^hall receive from the Siamese Govern- ment full protection and assistance to enable them to reside in Siam in all security, and trade with every facility, free from oppression or injury on the part of the Siamese. And all Siamese subjects going to an English country Fhall receive from the British Government the same complete protectrm and assistance that shall be granted to British subjects by the Government of Siam. Jrticle i9.<— The interests of all British subjects coming to Siam shall be placedunder the regulation and control of a Consul, who will be appointed to reside at Bangkok. He will himself conform to, and will enforce the observance by British subjects, of all the provisions of this Treaty and such of the former Treaty negotiated by Captain Bumey in 1826 as shall still remain in operation. He shall also give effect to all Rules or Regulations as are now, or may hereafter be, enacted for the government of British subjects in Siam, the conduct of their trade, and for the prevention of violations or tl^ Laws of Siam. Any disputes arising between Britihh and Siamese subjects shall be heard and determined by the Consul in conjunction with the proper iL Siamese Officers ; and criminal offences will be punished, in the case of Eno^lish offenders, by the Consul, according to English Xaws, and in the case of Siam- ese offenders, by their own Laws through the Siamese authorities. But the Consul shall not interfere in any matters referring solely to Siamese, neither will the Siamese authorities interfere in questions which only concern the subjects of Her Britannic Majesty, It is understood, however, that the arrival of the British Consul at Bangkok shall not take place before the Ratification of this Treaty, nor until ten vessels owned by British subjects, sailing under British colors and with British papers, shall have entered the Port of Bangkok for the purposes of trade, subsequent to the signing of this Treaty. Article 3.^11 Siamese, in the employ of British subjects, offend against the Laws of their country, or if auv Siame^ having so offended, or desiring 478 Eastern Arohipelago— Siam^lQ'o. CLXIV. Part HT to desert, take refuge with a British subject in Siam, they shall be searched for, and upon proof of their guilt or desertion shall be delivered op by the Consul to the Siamese authorities. In like manner any British offend- era, resident or trading in Siam, who may desert, escape to^ or hide themeelves in Siamese territories, shall be apprehended and delivered over to the British Consul on his requistion. Chinese not able to prove themselves to be British subjects shall not be considered as such by the British Consul, nor be entitled to his protection. Article ^.—British subjects are permitted to trade freely in all the sea- ports of Siam^ but may reside permanently only at Bangkok, or within the limits assigned by this Tteaty. British subjects coming to reside at Bangkok may rent land and buy or build houses, but cannot purchase lands within a circuit of 200 seng (not more than four miles English) from the City walls, until they shall have lived in Siam for ten years, or shall obtain special authority from the Siamese Government to enable them to do so. But with the exception of this limitation British residents in Siam may at any time buy or rent houses, lands, or plantations situated anywhere within a distance of twenty-four hours' journey from the City of Bangkok, to be computed by the rate at which boats of the country can travel. In order to obtain possession of such lands or houses it will be necessary that the British subject shall, in the first plaee, make application through the Consul to the proper Siamese oflBcer, and the Siamese officer and the Consul having satisfied themselves of the honest inten- tions of the applicant, will assist him in settling, upon equitable terms, the amount of the purchase-money, will make out and fix the boundaries of the property, and will convey the same to the British purchaser under sealed Deeds, whereupon he and his property shall be placed under the protection of the Governor of the district, and that of the particular local authorities : bo shall conform in ordinary matters to any just directions given him by them and will be subject to the same taxation Uiat is levied on Siamese subjects. But if, through negligence, the want of capital or other cause, a British subject should fail to commence the cultivation or improvement of the lands so acquired within a term of three years from the date of receiving possession thereof, the Siamese Government shall have the power of resuming the pro- perty upon returning to the British subject the purchase-money paid by him for the same. Article 5.— All British subjects intending to reside in Siam shall be registered at the British Consulate. They shall not go out to sea, nor proceed beyond the limits assigned by this Treaty for the residence of British subjects, without a passport from the Siamese authorities, to be applied for by the British Consul, nor shall they leave Siam if the Siamese authorities show to the British Consul that legitimate objections exist to their quitting the country. But witliin the limits appointed under the preceding Article British subjects are at liberty to travel to and fro under the protection of a Pass, to be furnished them by the British Consul, and counter-sealed by the proper Siamese Officer, stating, in the Siamese character, their names, calling, and description. The Siamese Officers at the Government Stations in the interior may, at any time, call for the production of this Pass ; and, immediately on its being exhibited^ they must allow the parties to proceed, but it will be their duty to detain those Fart IV Eastern Archipelago* Siam— No. CLXIV. 479 persons who^ by travelliog without a Pass from the Consnlj render themselves liable to the saspieion of their being deserters ; and such detentit^n shall be immediately reported to the Consul. Jrtiele ff.-^AU British subjects vigiting or residing in Siam shall be allowed the free exercise of the Christian Beligion^ and liberty to build Churches in such localities as shall be consented to by the Siamese Authorities, 'fhe Siamese Government will place no restrictions upon the employment, by the English, of Siamese subjects as servants, or in any other capacity. But wherever a Siamese subject belongs or owes service to some particular master, the servant who engages himself to a British subject, without the consent of his master, may be reclaimed by him, and the Siamese GoYeroment will not enforce an Agreement between a British subject and any Siamese in his employ^ unless made with the knowledge and consent of the master, who has a right to dispose of the services of the person engaged. Article 7.— >British Ships of War may enter the river and anchor at Paknam, but they shall not proceed above Paknam, unless with the consent of the Siamese authorities, which shall be given where it is necessary that a ship shall go into dock for repairs. Any British Ship of War conveying to Siam a public functionary, accredited by the Britiah Government to the Court of Bangkok, shall be allowed to come up to Bangkok, but shall not pass the Forts called Phrachamit and Pit-pach-nuck, unless expressly permitted to do so by the Siamese Government. But in the absence of a British Ship of War the -Siamese authorities engage to furnish the Consul with a force sufficient to enable him to give effect to his authority over British subjects, and to enforce discipline among British Shipping. Article &— The measurement Pnty hitherto paid by British vessels trading to Bangkok, under the Treaty of 1826, shall be abolished from the date of this Treaty coming into operation ; and British Shipping or Trade will thenceforth be only subject to the payment of Import and export Duties on the goods landed or shipped. On all articles of import the Duty shall be three per cent., payable at the option of the importer, either in kind or money, ealculated upon the market value of the goods. Drawback of the full amount of duty shall be allowed upon goods found unsaleable and re-exported. Should the British Merchant and the Custom House Officers disagree as to the value to be set upon imported articles, such disputes shall be referred to the Consul and proper Siamese Officer, who shall each have the power to call in an equal number of Mer- chants as assessors, not exceeding two on either side^ to assist them in coming to an equitable decision. Opium may be imported free of Duty, but can only be sold to the Opium farmer or his agents. In the event of no arrangement being effected with them for the sale of the Opium it shall be re-exported, and no Impost or Duty shall be levied thereon. Any infringement of this Regulation shall subject the Opium to seizure and confiscation. Articles of export, from the time of production to the date of shipment, shall pay one Impost only, whether this be levied under the name of Inland Taxy Transit Duty, cr Duty on exportation. The Tax or Duty to be paid on 480 Eastern Arohipelago— Siam— Na CLXIX. Part IF each'artiole* of Siamese produce^ previous to or upon exportationj is speeified in the Taitff attached to this Treaty ; and it is distinctly agreed that goods or produce that pay any description of Tax in the interior shall be exempted from any further payment of Duty on exportation. English merchants are to be allowed to purchase directly from the producer the articles in which they tradcy and in like manuer to sell their goods directly to the parties wishing to purchase the same^ without the interference! in either case, of any other person. The rates of Duty laid down in the Tariff attached to this Treaty are those that are now paid upon goods or produce shipped in Siamese or Chinese vessels or junks ; and it is agreed that British Shipping shall enjoy all the privileges now exercised by, or which hereafter may be granted to, Siamese or Chinese vessels or junks. British subjects will be allowed to build ships in Siam on obtaining per- mission to do so from the Siamese authorities. Whenever a scarcity may be apprehended of salt, rice, and fish, the Siamese Gbvernroent reserve to themselves the right of prohibiting, by public proclamation, the exportation of these articles. Bullion or personal effects may be imported or exported free of chaige. Article d.— The Code of Regulations appended to this Treaty shall be enforced by the Consul, with the co-operation of the Siamese Authorities, and they, the said Authorities and Consul, shall be enabled to introduce any fur- ther Regulations which may be found necessary in order to give effect to the objects of this Treaty. All fines and penalties inflicted for infraction of the provisions and r^n- lations of this Treaty shall be paid to the Siamese Government, Until the British Consul shall arrive at Bangkok and enter upon his functions, the consignees of British vessels shall be at liberty to settle with the Siamese Authorities all questions relating to their trade. Article lO.^^The British Government and its subjects will be allowed free and equal participation in tiny privileges that may have been, or may hereafter be. granted by the Siamese Government to the Government or subjects of any other nation. Article ll.^'Atter the lapse of ten years from the date of the Ratifica- tion of this Treaty, upon the desire of either the British or Siamese Govern* ment, and on twelve months' notice given by either party, the present, and such portions of the Treaty of 1826 as remain unrevoked bv this Treaty, together with the Tariff and Regulations thereunto annexed, or those that may hereafter be introduced, shall be subject to revision by Commissioners ap- pointed on both sides for this purpose, who will be empowered to decide on and insert therein such amendments as experience shall prove to be desireable. Article lj9.— -This Treaty, executed in English and Siamese, both ver- sions having the same meaning and intention, and the Ratifications thereof having been previouslv exchanged, shall take effect from the ttth day of April in the year 1856 of the Christian Era, corresponding to the 1st day of the Part IV Bastern Arohipelago—Biam^No. OLXIX. 481 fifth month of the One Thousand Two Handled and Eighteenth year of the Siamese Civil Era. In witness whereof the above-named Plenipotentiaries have signed and sealed the present Treaty in quadruplicate at Bangkok, on the Eighteenth day of April^ in the year 1856 of the Christian Era, corresponding to the second day of the Sixth month of the One Thousand Two Hundred and Seventeenth year of the Siamese Civil Enu (Signed) John Bowbikg. (Signatures and Seals of the five Siamese Plenipotentiaries.) Genebal Begulations under which British Teade is to be conducted in Sia.m. Begulation i.— The Master of every English ship coming to Bangkok to trade must, either before or after entering the river, as may be found conve- nient, report the arrival of his vessel at the Custom House at Paknam, to* gether with the number of his crew and guns, and the port from whence he comes. Upon anchoring his vessel atPaknam^he will deliver into the custody of the Custom House Officers all his guns and ammuniiiou, and a Custom House Officer will then be appointed to the vessel, and will proceed in her to Bangkok. Seffulaiian 2, — A vessel passing Paknam without discharging her guns and ammunition, as directed in the foregoing Regulation, will be sent back to I'aknam to comply with its provisions, and will be fined eight hundred ticals for having so disobeyed. After delivery of her guns and ammunition, she will be permitted to return to Bangkok to trade. Regulation 5.— When a British vessel shall have cast anchor at Bang- kok, the Master, unless a Sunday should intervene, will, within four and twenty hours after arrival, proceed to the British Consulate, and deposit there his Ship's Papers, Bills of Lading, etc., together with a true Manifest of his Import Cargo ; and upon the Consults reporting these particulars to the Custom House, permission to break bulk will at once be given by the latter. For neglecting so to report his arrival, or for presenting a false Manifest^ the Master will subject himself, in each instance, to a penalty of four hundred ticals ; but he will be allowed to correct, within twenty-f our hours after deU. very of it to the Consul, any mistake he may discover in his Manifest, with- out incurring the above-mentioned penalty. Regulation ^.•— A British vessel breaking bulk and commencing to dis- charge before due permission shall be obtained, or smuggling, either when in the river or outside the bar, shall be subject to the penalty of eight hundred ticals and confiscation of the goods so smuggled or discharged* 48a Baotem Archipelago— Siam—Na CLXIX. Psrt IV Regmlatian 5.— As soon aa a Britiah vessel shall have dischari^ad her cargo and completed her outward ladingr, paid all her Duties, aud delivered a true Manifest of her outward cargo to the British Consul, a Siamese Port Clearance shall be granted her on application from the Consol, who, id the absence of any legal impediment to her departure^ will then return to the Master his Ship's Papers, and allow the vessel to leave. A Costoia House Officer will accompany the vessel to Paknam, and on arriving there she will be inspected by the Custom Houae Officers of that Station, and will receive from them the guns and ammunition previously delivered into their charge. Regulation 6. — Her Britannic Majesty's Plenipotentiary having no knowledge of the Siamese language^ the Siamese Oovernment have agreed that the English text of the^ Regulations, together with the Treaty of which they form a portion, and the TarifE hereunto annexed, shall be accepted as conveying in every respect their true meaning and intention. Tariff of Export and Inland Duties to be levied on Articles of Trade. Section !•— The undermentioned articles shall be entirely free from Inland or other taxes on production, or transit^ and shall pay Export Duty as follows :— 1. Ivory 2. Gamboge 8. Bhinooerot' Horns 4. Cardamoms, best . 5. Ditto, Bastard 6b Dried Mussels • 7. Pelicans' Quills . 8. Betel-nut, dried . 9. KracbiWood 10. Sharks' Fins, White 11. Dittos Black 12. Luokraban Seed 13. Peacocks' Tails ] 4. Baffaloe and Cow Bones 15. Bbinoceros' Hides 16. Hide Cuttings 17. Turtle Shells 18. Soft ditto 19.. Biohe de Mer 20. Fish Maws 21. Birds' Nests, nnoleaned 22. Kingfishers' Feathers 28. Cutch 24. B^ycb^ Seed (Nuz Yomioa) Tlosl. SaliUHr. Foang. Hon. 10 per picuL 6 ditto. 60 ditta 14 ditto. 6 dittos 1 ditto. 2 2 ditto. 1 ditto. 2 ditto. 6 ditto. 3 ditto. 2 ditto. 10 per 100 tails. 8 per piouL 2 ditto. 1 ditto. 1 ditto. 1 ditto. 8 ditto. 8 ditto. 20 per ceai. 6 per 100. 2 per piouL 2 ditto. Part nr ■ ^. Battern Arohipelago-'-Siam- -Ko K CIiXIZ. 488 Tio«]» SakiDff . Tvmng* Han. 25. Pangtarai Seed • . i 2 perpicoL 26. Qum Benjamin • 4 ditto. 27. Angrai Back .. % . 2 ditto. 28. Agilla Wood 2 ditto. 89. B^y Skins • « » . 3 ditto. 80. Old Deers' Horns . 1 ditto. 81. Soft or young do. . 10 per cent. 82. Deer Hides, fine • 8 per 100 33. Ditto, common . 8 ditto. 84. Deer Sinews 4 per pionl. 85. Bnffaloe and Cow Hides 1 ditto. 36. Elepbants* Bones 1 ditto. 87. Tigers' Bones 5 ditto. 38. Bnffaloe Horns . • 1 ditto. 39. Elephants' Hides 1 ditto. 40. Tigers' Skins 1 per skin. 41. Armadillo Skins . 4 per pionl. 42. Stick Lac . . . . 3 1 ditto. 48. Hemp . • • • 1 2 ditto. 44. Dried Fish, Plaheng . I 2 ditto. 45. VHiUi, PlaioZit . 1 ditto. 46. Sapan Wood 2 1 ditto. 47. Salt Meat . • . . 2 ditto. 48. Mangrove Bark . 1 ditto. 1 49. Rose Wood 2 ditto. 50. Ebony 1 ditto. 51. Rice • 4 per kogan. Section 2. — The nndermention ed artic les beinfi: subject to the Inland or Transit Duties herein named^ and wl lich shall not be increased^ shall be exempt from Export Duty : — ■ Tieal. Salanir. Fosng. 1 San. 52. Sngar, White ( 2 per picuU 53. Ditto, Red . . . 1 ditto. 54. Cotton, clean and nncleaned 10 per cent. 55. Pepper • . • • 1 per pionl. 56. Salt Fish, Platu / 1 per 10,000 fish. 57. Beans and Peas .• one^twelfth. 58. Dried Prawns ditto. 59. Till Seed ... ditto. 60. Silk, Raw ditto. 61. Bees' Wax one-fifteenth. 62 Tallow . . 1 per pionl. 63. Salt • . 6 C > per kogan. 64. Tobacco 1 s 1 perUOOObdb. 484 Eastern Arohipelago— Biam^No. OLXX. Fart IV Seciion 3. — M\ goods or produce unenumerated in this Tariff shall he free of Export Duty^ and shall only he subject to one Inland Tax or Transit Duty^ not exceeding the rate now paid. (Signed) John Bowkino. L. 8. . (Signatures and Seals of the five Siamese Plenipotentiaries.) No. OLXX. Agebbmekt entered into between the undermentioned Rotal Commissioners^ on the part of theib Majesties the Fibst and Secx)nd Kings of Siah, and Habby Smith Fabkbs, Esq., on the part of Heb Bbitannic Majesty's Government— 1856. Mr. Parkes havingf stated, on his arrival at Bangkok^ as bearer of Her Britannic Majesty's Ratification of the Treaty of Friendship and commeroe ooncladed on the 18th day of April 1855, between Her Majesty the Queen of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, and their Majesties Phra Bard Somdetch Phra Paramendy Maha Mongknt Phra Cham Klan Chan fa Bua, the First Hing of Siam, and Phra Bard Somdetch Phra Pawarendr Bamesr Mahiswaresr Phra Pin Klan Chan Yu Hoa^ the Second King of Siam, that he was instructed by the Earl of Clarendon, Her Britannic Majesty's Principal Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs, to request the Siamese Govern- ment to consent to an enumeration of those Articles of the former Treaty, concluded in 1826, between the Honourable East India Company and their late Majesties the First and Second Kings of Siam, which are abrogated by the Treaty first named, and also to agree to certain explanations which appear necessary to mark the precise force and application of certain portions of the new Treaty, their aforesaid Majesties, the First and Second Kings of Siam, have appointed and empowered certain Royal Commissionere, namely. His Koyal Highness Krom Hluang Wang-sa Dhiraj Snidh, and their Bzcellenoies the four Senaputhies or Principal Ministers of Siam, to confer and arrange with Mr. Parkes the matters above-named, and the said Royal Commissioners having accordingly met Mr« Parkes for this purpose on repeated occasions, and maturely considered all the subjects brought by him to their notice, have resolved— That it is proper, in order to prevent future controversy, that those clauses of the old Treaty, which are abrogated by the new Treaty, should be distinctly specified, and that any clause of the new Treaty, -which is not suflSciently clear, should be fully explained. To this end they have agreed to and concluded the following twelve Articles :— Article I. On the old Treaty concluded in 1826. The Articles of the old Treaty not abrogated by the new Treaty or 1, 2, 8, 8, 111 1^9 18, and 14, and the undermentioned clauses of Articles 6 and 10. Fart IV Bastern Arohipelago— Siam~No. OLXX. 485 In Article 6, the Siamese desire to retaiu the following clause:*- '' If a Siamese or English merchant buy or sell without enquiring and ascertaining whether the seller or buyer be of a good or bad character^ and if he meet with a bad man who takes the property and absconds, the rulers and officers on either side must make search and endeavour to produce the pro- perty of the absconder, and investigate the matter with sincerity. If the party possess money or property, he can be made to pay ; but if he does not possess any, or if he cannot be apprehended, it will be the merchant's own fault, and the authorities cannot be held responsible/' Of Article 10, Mr. Parkes desires to retain that clause relating to the Overland Trade, which states— '' Asiatic merchants of the English countries, not being Burmese, Pegouans or descendants of Europeans, desiring to enter into and to trade with the Siamese dominions from the countries of Mergui, Tavoy, Tenasserim, and Te, which are now subject to the English, will be allowed to do so freely overland and by water, upon the English furnishing them with proper certificates.'' Mr. Parkes, however, desires that all British subjects, without exception, shall be allowed to participate in this Overland trade. The said Aoyal Commissioners therefore agree, on the part of the Siamese, that all traders under British rule may cross from the British territories of Mergui, Tavoy, Ye, Tenai^serim, Pegu, or other places, by land of by water, to the Siamese territories, and may trade there with facility, on the condition that they shall be provided by the British authorities with proper Certificates, which must be renewed for each journey. The Commercial Agreement annexed to the old Treaty is abrogated by the new Treaty, with the exception of the undermentioned clauses of Articles 1 and 4 : — Of Article 1, the Siamese desire to retain the following clause :— ^' British Merchants importing fire-arms, shot, or gunpowder, are prohi« bited from selling them to any party but the Government ; should the Govern- ment not require such fire-arms, shot or gunpowder, the Merchants must re-export the whole of them.'' Article 4 stipulates that no charge or duty shall be levied on boats carry- ing cargo of British ships at the bar. The Siamese desire to cancel this clause for the reason that the old measurement duty of 1,700 ticals per fathom included the fees of the various officers. But as this measurement duty has now been abolished, the Siamese wish to levy on each native boat taking cargo out to sea a fee of 8 ticals 2 salungs, this being the charge paid by Siamese traders ; and Mr. Parkes undertakes to submit this point to the consideration of Her Majesty's Minister Plenipotentiary to the Court of Siam. Articlb 2. On the exeluiive jurisdiction of the Comul over British subjects. The 2nd Article of the Treaty stipulates that ''any disputes arising between the British and Siamese subjects shall be heard and determined by the 486 Bastem Arohipelago— Slam— No. CIiXX. Fart TV r Consul in conjanction with the proper Siamese oflSoers; and oriminal offenders will be punished^ in the case of English offenders^ by the Consul aoeording to English laws^ and in the case of Siamese offenders, by their own laws, through the Siamese authorities/' But the Consul shall not interfere in any matt^ referring solely to Siamese, neither will the Siamese authorities interfere in questions which only concern the subjects of Her Britannic Majesty. On the non-interference of the Consul with the Siamese, or of the Siamese with British subjects, the said Boyal Commissioners desire, in the first place> to state that, while for natural reasons they fully approve of the Consul holding no jurisdiction over Siamese in their own country, the Siamese authorities, on the other hand, will feel themselves bound to call on the Consul to apprehend and punish British subjects, who shall commit, whilst in Siamese t^ritory, any grave infractions of the laws, such as cutting, wounding or inflicting other serious bodily harm. But in disputes or in offences of a slighter nature committed by British subjects among themselves, the Siamese authorities will refrain from all interference. With reference to the punishment of offences, or the settlement of dis- putes, it is agreed — That all criminal cases in which both parties are British subjects, or in which the defendant is a British subject, shall be tried and determined by the British Consul alone. All criminal cases in which both parties are Siamese, or in which the defendant is a Siamese, shall be tried and determined by the Siamese authori- ties alone. S^ That all civil oases in which both parties are British subjects, or in whieh the defendant is a British subject, shall be heard and determined by the British Consul alone. All civil cases in which both parties are Siamese or in which the defendant is a Siamese, shall be beard and determined by the Siamese authorities alone. That whenever a British subject has to complain against a Siamese, he must make his complaint through the British Consul, who will lay it before the proper Siamese authorities. That in all cases in which Siamese or British subjects are interested, the Siamese authorities in the one case, and the British Consul in the other, shall be at liberty to attend at and listen to the investigation of the case, and copies of the proceedings will be furnished from time to time, or whenever desired, to the Consul or the Siamese aathorities, until the case is concluded. That although the Siamese may interfere so far with British subjects as to call upon the Consnl in the manner stated in this Article, to punish grave offences when committed by British subjects, it is agreed that— - British subjects, their persons, houses, premises, lands, ships or property of any kind shall not be seized, injured, or in any way interfered with by the Siamese. In case of any violation of this stipulation, the Siamese authori- ties will take cognisance of the case, and punish the offenders. On the other hand, Siamese subjects, their persons, houses, premises, or property of any kind Fart.IV XSaetern Arohipelago— Slam— Na OLXX 487 sfaall not be seized, injured, or in any way interfered with by the English, and the British Consul shall investigate and ponish any breach of this etipalatioo. Artiolb 3., On the rigkt of the British Suhjeett to disjsoee of their property at toilL By the 4th Article of the Treaty, British subjects are allowed to purchase in Siam ** houses, gardens, fields or plantations/^ It is aereed in reference to this stipulation, that British subjects, who have accordingly purchased houses, gardens, fields, or plantations, are at liberty to sell the same to whomsoever 3iey please. In the event of a British subject dying in Siam, and leaving houses, lands or any property, his relations, or those persons who are his heirs according to English laws, shall receive possession of the said property ; and the British Consul, or some one appointed by the British Consul mav proceed at once to take charge of the said property on their account. If the deceased should have debts due to him by the Siamese or other persons, the Consul can collect them; and if the deceased should owe money, the Consul shall liquid* ate his debts as far as the estate of the deceased shall suffice* Abtiolb 4. On the taxes, duties , or oiker charges leviable on Britith subfeets. The 4th Article of the Treaty provides for the payment on the lands held or purchased by British subjects, of '' the same taxation that is levied on Siamese subjects.'^ The taxes here alluded to are those set forth in the annexed schedule. Again, it is stated in the 8th Article, '^that British subjects are to pay import and export duties according to the tariff annexed to tihe Treaty.'' For the sake of greater distinctness, it is necessary to add to these two clauses the following explanation, namely, that besides the land tax^ and the import and export duties mentioned in the aforesaid articles, no additional charge or tax of any kind may be imposed upon a British subject, unless it obtain the sanction both of the supreme Siamese authorities and the British Consul. Aeticlb 5. On passes and part elearanees* The 5th Article of the Treaty provides that passports shall be granted to travellers, and the 5th Article of the regulations, that port clearances shall be furnished to ships. In reference thereto, the said Koyal Commissioners, at the request of Mr. Parkes, agree that the passports to be given to British sub- J'ects travelling beyond the limits assigned by the Treaty for the residence of British subjects, together with the passes for cargo boats and the port clear- ances of British ships, shall be issued within twenty-four hours after formal applioation for the same shall have been made to the proper Siamese authori- ties. But if reasonable cause should at any time exist for delaying er with- 488 Eastern Arohipelago— Siam— IVo. CLXX. Fart IV holding the issue of any of these papers^ the Siamese authorities must at onoe commuDicate it to the Consul. Passports for British subjects travelling in the interior, and the port clearances of British ships, will be granted by the Siamese authorities free of charge, Artiolb 6. Om ike prohibition of the exportation of rice, salt, and fish, and on the duty on paddy. The 8th Article of the Treaty stipulates that ^' whenever a scarcity may be apprehended of salt, rice and fish, the Siamese (government reserve to themselves the right of prohibiting, by public proclamation, the exportation of these articles/' Mr. Parkes, in elucidation of this clause, desires an agreement to this effect, namely, that a month's notice shall be given by the Siamese authorities to the Consul prior to the eoforoement of the prohibition, and that British subjects, who may previously obtain special permission from the Siamese authorities to export a certain quantity of rice which they have already pur- chased, may do so even after the prohibition comes in force. Mr. Parkes also requests that the export duty on paddy should be half of that on rice, namely, £ ticals per koyan. The said Royal Commissioners, having in view the fact that rice forms the principal sustenance of the nation, stipulate that, on the breaking out of war or rebellion, the Siamese may prohibit the trade in rice, and may enforce the prohibition so long as the hostilitieB thus occasioned shall continue. If a dearth should be apprehended on account of the want or excess of rain, the Consul will be informed one month previous to the enforcement of the prohi- bition. British merchants who obtain the Royal permission, upon the issue of the proclamation, to export a certain quantity of rice which they have already purchased, may do so irrespective of the prohibition to the contrary ; but those merchants who do not obtain the Royal permission will not be allowed^ when the prohibition takes effect, to export the rice they may already have purchased. The prohibition shall be removed as soon as the cause of its being imposed shall have ceased to exist. Paddy may be exported on payment of a duty of 2 ticals per koyan, or half the amount levied on rice. Artiolb 7. On permission to import gold^lecf as bullion. Under the 8th Article of the Treaty^ bullion may be imported or exported free of charge. With reference to this clause, the said Royal Commissioners, at the request of Mr. Parkes, agree that foreign coins of every denomination, gold and silver in bars or ingpots, and gold-leaf, may be imported free ; but Part IV Eastern Arohipelago— Slam— Ko. OIJ^X. 480 manufiiotured articles in gold and silver, plated-ware, and diamonds or other precious stoneSj most pay an import duty of three per cent. Abtioli 8. On tke establMmeni of a Cusiom Bouie, The said Royal Commissioners, at the reanest of Mr. Parkes, and in con- formity with the intent of the 8th Article of the new Treaty, agree to the immediate establishment of a Custom House, under the superintendeocy of a hi^h Oovernment functionary, for the examination of all goods landed or shipped, and the receipt of tlie import and export duties due thereon. They further agree that the business of the Custom House shall be conducted under the regulations annexed to this agreement. • Article 9. Oh the tubsequeiU taxation of a rticles now/ree from duty. Mr. Parkes agrees with the said Royal rommissioners that whenever the Siamese Government deem it to be beneficial for the country to impose a single tax or duty on any article not now subject to a public charge of auy kind, they are at liberty to do so, provided that the said tax be just and reasonable. Abticls 10. Oh tie boUndarUt of tkefonr^mile eireuit. It is stipulated in the 4th Article of the Treaty that '' British subjects coming to reside at Bangkok may rent land, and buy or build houses, but cannot purchase lands within a circuit of 200 sen (not more than four miles English^ from the city walls, until they shall have lived in Siam for ten years, or shall obtain special authority from the Siamese Government to enable them to do so." The points to which this circuit extends due north, south, east and west of the city, and the spot where it crosses the river below Bangkok, have accordingly been measured by officers on the part of the Siamese and English ; and their measurements, having been examined and agreed to by the said Royal Commissioners and Mr. Parkes, are marked by stone pillars placed at the under-mentioned localities, viz. ;— On the North :— One sen north of Wat Kemabherataram. On the East :— Six sen and seven fathoms south-west of Wat Bangkopi* On the South :— About nineteen sen south of the village of Bangpakio. On the West :-— About two sen south-west of the village of Bangphrom. The pillars marking the spot where the circuit line crosses the river below Bangkok are placed on the left bank, three sen below the village of Bang- manan, and on the right bank about one sen below the village of Banglaro* puluem. 8r 490 Eastern Archipelago— 8iam— No. OLXX. Part TV ARTicr^ 11. On the boundaries of the 24'hours' journey. It is stipulated in tlie 4tb Article of tbe Treaty that *' exo^^ptiDg within tbe circuit of four miles, British merchants in Siam may at any time bay or rent houses^ landB, or plantations, sitnated any where within a distance of twenty-four hours' journey from the city of Ban^^kok, to be computed by the rate at which boats of the country can travel/' The said Royal Commissioners and Mr. Parkes have consulted toother on this subject^ and have agreed that the boundary of the said twenty -four hours' jonmey shall be as follows :— - L On the North :*^The Bangputsa Canal, from its mouth on the Chow Phya River to the old City walls of Lobpary, and a straiglit line from Lobpary to the landing-place of Thra of Phrangam, near to the town of Saraburi, on the River Pasak. 2. On the East:— A straight linp. drawn from tbe landing-place of Thra Prangam to the junction of the Klongknt Cannl with the Bangpakoiig River; the Bangpakong River from the junction of the Klongkut Canal to ita mouth ; and the coast from the month of the Bangpakong River to tiie Isle of Srimaharajah, to such distance inland as can be reached within twenty-fout hours' journey from Bangkok. S. On the South :^The Isle of Srimaharajah and the Islands of Se- change on the east side of the Gulf, and the City walls of Petchaburi on the west side, 4, On the West: — ^The Western Coast of the Gulf to the mouth of the Mecklong River to such a distance inland as can be reaohed within twenty- four hours' journey from Bangkok; the Mecklong River from its mouth to the City walls of Kagpury ; a straight line from the City walls of Ka«;pury to the Town of Swbharnapury, and a straight line from the Town of Swbharna- pury to the mouth of the Bangputsa Canal on the Chow Phya River. Articlb 12. On the incorporation in the Treaty of this Agreement. The said Royal Commissioners agree, on the part of the Siamese Govern- ment, to incorporate all the Articles of this Agreement in the Treaty oon- eluded by the Siamese Plenipotentiaries and Sir John Bowriog on the 18th April 1855, whenever this shall be desired by Her Britannic Majesty's Plenipotentiary, In witness whereof the said Royal Commissioners and the said Harry Smith Parkes have sealed and signed this Agreement in duplicate, at Bangkok, on the thirteenth day of May, in the year one thousand eight hundred ami iift^-six of the Christian era, corresponding to the niuth day of the waxing moon of the lunar month of Wesakh, in the year of the Quadrupedi Serpen^ being the year one Thousand two hundred and eighteen of the Siamese Part IV Eastern Arohipelago— Siam— Ho. CLXX. 491 astronomical era^ which is the nineteenth of Her Britannic Majesty's and sixth of their present Siamese Majestys' reig^. [L. S.] (Signed) His Rotal Highness Krou Hluano Wonosa Dhibaj Snidh. [L. S.] y, His Exobllbncy Somdet Chan Phta Pabam Maha BijAi Nbatb. [L. S.] „ His Excellency Chan Phya Sri Suri-wongsb Samuha Phba Kalahomb. [L. S.] yy His Bxcbllbnoy Chan Phya Phra Klang. [L. S.] „ His Excbllbncy Chan Phya Youb Mobat. [L. S.J f, Harey S. Parkks. Jpfiroved. (Signed) John Boweikq. Schedule of taxes on garden^ ground plantations or other lands. Section I. — Trenched or raised lands planted with the following eight sorts of fruit-trees are subject to the long assessment, which is calculated on the trees grown on the land (and not on the land itself) ; and the amount to be collected annually by the proper officers, and paid by them into the Royal Treasury, is endorsed on the titlcHleeds or official certificate of tenure. l.'-^Beiel^ut trees. First class (Makek), height of stem from 3 to 4 {athoms, pay per tree •••••• • • 488 Cowries. Second class (Makto), height of stem from 6 to 6 fathoms, pay per tree •..•••••• 128 t, Third class (Maktri), height of stem from 7 to 8 fathoms, pay per tree • . 118 », Fourth class (Makpakarai), trees just commencing to bear, pay per tree • . . • • • • • • 128 „ Fifth class (Maklek), height of stem from 1 sok and upwards, to sise of fourth class, pay per tree • • • • 50 „ 8, — Cocoa-nut trees. Of all sizes, from 1 sok and upwards in height of stem, pay per S trees ••..«•.•• 1 Salung. 3, — Siri Vines. All sises, from 5 sok in height and upwards, pay per tree or pole, when trained on tuuglang trees « • • • 200 Cowries. 492 Bastem ArobipeUgo— Biam-No. OLXX. Part TV 4, — Mango iree$. Stem of foar kam in circomferenoe^ at the height of 3 sok from the ground, or from that size and upwards, pay per tree • 1 Fuang. 6. — Mapran§ trees. Are assessed at the same rate as mango trees. S.-^Durian treet. Stem of 4 kam in dreumferencey at the height 8 sok from the - ground, or from that size and upwards, pay per tree • 1 Tical. 7.^^Mangoiteen treet. Stem of 2 kam in oiroumference, at the height of 1 and a half 8ok from the ground, pay per tree • . . . 1 Fuang, m S.-^Langsut trees. Are assessed at the same rate as mangosteen. Ao^tf.— The long assessment is made under ordinary circamstanc^ onoe only in each reign, and plantations or lands having once heen assessed at the above-mentioned rates, continue to pay the same annual sum, which is endorcsed on the certificate of tenure (subject to the revisions granted in ease of the destruction of the trees by drought or flood) until the next assessment is made, regardless of the new trees that may have been planted in the interval, or the old trees that may have died off. When the time for a new assessment arrives, a fresh aooount of the trees is taken, those that have died since the former one beine omitted, and those that have been newly planted being inserted, provided they have attained the above-stated ^itiemrions, otherwise they are tree of charge. Section .j9.— Trenched or raided lands planted with the following eight sorts of f iruit-trees are subject to an annual assessment, calculated on t& trees grown on the lands, in the following manner, that is to say-* l.^-^Orange treet . Five kinds (Som«kio«wan, Som-pluck-bang, Som»l'-eparot, Som- kao-Sungo), stem of six ngui in ciroumference dose to the ground, or from that size and upwards, pay per 10 trees • 1 Fuang. All other kinds of orange trees of the same size as the above, pay per 15 trees . • • . , , • 1 . „ 2.^^ Jack fruit trees. Stem of 6 kam in circumference, at the height of 2 sok from the ground, or from that size and upwards, pay per 16 - trees • • • • . 1 »i k J Part IV Eastern Archipelago— 8iam—Ka CLXX. 408 .1 t » r. 3. — Breadfruit treei. Are assessed at the same nite as Jack fruit trees. 4."^ Mai fai ireei. Stem of 4 kam in circaroference, at the height of 2 sok from the ground, or from that size and upwards, paj per 12 trees ••••••••. 1 Fuang. 5.-^Guava ireet. Stem of 2 kam in circnmfereDce, at the height of 1 kub from the ground, or from that size and upwards, pay per 12 trees • • « • • • • • 1 „ 6,^^ Salon trees. Stem of six kam in circumrerenee, at the height of 2 sok • from the ground, or from that size and upwards, pay per 5 trees •••••••• 1 „ ?.''^RombuiaH trees. Stem of four kam in circumference, at the height of 2 sok from the ground, or from that size and upwards, pay per 5 trees •••••••• 1 „ 8.^-^Pine apples. Fay per thousand plants » • • • • 1 Salung 1 ,, Section 3. — The following six kinds of fruit trees, when pknted in trenched or untrenched lands, or in any other manner than as plantations sub- ject to the long assessment described in section 1, are assessed annually at the undermentioned riates :*• Mangoes 1 Fuang per tree. Tamarind • • . • . • • • 1 „ per 2 trees. Custard apples 1 ,, per 20 trees. Plantains 1 „ per 60 roots. Siri vines (trained on poles) « . • • 1 „ per 12 vines. Pepper vines 1 », per 12 vines* Section ^.—Trenched or raised lands planted with annuals of all sorts pay a land tar of one salung and one fuang per rai for each crop. An annual fee of 8 salungs and 1 fuang is also charged by the Nairo« wang (or Io6al Tax Collector) for each lot or holding of trenched lahd, for which an official title or certificate of tenure has been taken outi 494 Eastern ArohipeUgo— Biam— No. CLXX. Part IV When held under the long assessment, and planted with the eight aorta of frnit-trees described in section 1, the annual fee paid to the Nairowang for each lot or holding of trenched land^ for which an official title or certificate of tenure has been taken out, is 2 salungs. Section 5, — Untrenohed or low lands planted with annuals of all sorts pay a land tax of 1 salung and 1 fuang per rai for each crop. No land tax is levied on those lands if left uncultivated. Sixty cowries per tical are levied as expenses of testing the quality of the silver on all sums paid as taxes under the long assessment. Taxes paid ander the annual assessment are exempted from this charge. Lands having once paid a tax according to one or other of the above- mentioned fates are entirely free from all other taxes or charges. [L. S.] (Signed) His Botal Highness Kroic Hluang Wonosa Dhibaj Snidh* [L. S.] ,, His EXCBLLBNOT SOHDBT ChaN FhTA PaRAX Maha Bijai Nbats. [L. 8.] ,^ His ExcELLBNOT Chan Fhta Sri Suri-wonosb Sahaha Phra Kalahomb. [L. S.] ,f His ExcBLLBNCT CuAN Phta Phra Klano« [L. S.] ,^ His Excbllbnot Chan Phta Yom Morat. [L. S.] ,, Harrt S. Paekbs. Approved. (Signed) John Bowrino. Custom House Regulations. \. A Custom House is to be built at Bangkok, near to the anchorage, and officers must be in attendance there between 9 a.ii. and 3 p.m. &e business of the Custom House must be carried on between those hours. The tide-waiters required to superintend the landing or shipment of goods will remain in waiting for that purpose froin day-light until dark. 2. Subordinate Custom House Officers shall be appointed to each ship : their number shall not be limited, and they may remain on board the vessel or in boats alongside. The Custom House Officers appointed to the vessels outside the bar will have the option of residing on board the ships, or of accompanying the cargo boats on their passage to and fro. 8. The landioff, shipment, or transhipment, of goods may be carried on only between sun-rise and sun-set. 4. All cargoes landed or shipped shall be examined and passed by the Custom House Officers within twelve hours of dav-light after toe receipt, at the Custom House, of the proper application. 7be manner in which suc)i Fart IV Eastern Archipelago —8iam—Ko. CLXX. 491^ application and examination is to be made sball be settled by tbe Consul and the Superintendent of Castoms. 5. Duties may be paid by British merchants in ticals, foreign coin, or bnllion, the rehitive values of which will be settled by the Consul and the proper Siamese oflScers. The Siamese ¥rill appoint whomsoever they may please to receive payment of the duties. 6. The receiver of duties mny take from the men^hants 2 salnngs per catty of 80 tieals for testing the money paid to him as duties, and for eadi stamped receipt given by him for duties he mny charge 6 salungs. 7. Both the Superintendent of Customs and the British Consul shall be provided with sealed sets of balance-yards| money weights, and measures, which may be referred to in the event of any differei^ce arising with the mer* chants as to the weight or dimension of money or goods. [L. S.] (Signed) His Rotal Highnbss Krou Hluano Wonosa Dhiraj Snidu. [L. S] yy His Excellbnot Somdbt Chan Puya Param Maha Buai Nratb. [L. S.] ,y His Excbllbnct Chan Phta Sri Suri-wonosb Samaha Phra Kalahoub. [L. S.] „ His Excbllbnct Chan Phya Phra Klano. [L. S.] „ His Excbllbnct Chan Phta Yom Morat. [L. S.] „ Harry S. Parkbs. Jpproved. (Signed) John Bowking. British order in Council, Frovidino for the Exercise of British Jurisdiction in Siam, July 28, 1856. At the Court at Osborne House, Isle of Wight, the 28ti day of July 1866, Prbsbnt: Thb qubbn's most bxcbllbnt majbsty in council. Whbbbas by a certain Act of Parliament, made and parsed in tbe Session of Parliament holden in tbe 6tb and 7th years of Her Majesty's reign (Cap. Pi), intituled '' An Act to remove doubts as to the exercise of power and jurisdiction by Her Majesty within divers countries and places out of Her Majesty's dominions and to render the same more effectual,^' it is amongst 496 Eastern Archipelago— Siam—Na CIiXZ. Part IV other things enacted, that it is and shall be kwful for Her Majesty to hold, oise, and enjoy any power or jurisdiction which Her Majesty now hath, or mar at any time hereafter havci withia any country or place out of Her Majesty^ dominions, in the same and as ample a manner as if Her Majesty had aoqaiied 0uch power or jurisdiction by the cession or conquest of territory ; And whereas Her Majesty hath power and jurisdiction in the dominiona of the Kings of Siam; And whereas it is expedient at the present time to make provision for the due exercise of the jurisdiction possessed by Her Majesty as aforesaid : I.— Now, therefore, in pursuance of the above-recited Act of Parliament^ Her Majesty is pleased, by and with the advice of her Privy Council, to order, and it is hereby ordered that Her Majesty's Consul appointed to reside in the kingdom of Siam shall have full power and authority to carry into effect, and to enforce, by fine or imprisonment, as hereinafter provided, the observance of the stipulations of any Treaty, or of regulations appended to any Treaty, now existing, or which may hereafter be made between Her Majesty, her heirs and successors, and the Kings of Siam, their heirs and successors, and to make and enforce, by fine or imprisonment, rules and regulations for the obser- vance of the stipulations of such Treaties, and for the peace, order, and g^ood government of Her Majesty's subjects being within the dominions of the Kings of Siam. II. — And it is f uttber ordered that a copy of all such rules and regula- tions made by the said Consul shall forthwith be affixed, and kept affixed and exhibited in some conspicuous place in the public office of the said Consul ; and printed copies of the said rules and regulations shall, as soon as possible, be provided by the said Consul, and sold at a price not exceeding 1 Dollar for each copy ; and for the purpose of convicting any person olEendiug against the said rules and regulations, and for all other purposes of law whatsoever, a printed copy of the said rules and regulations, certified under the hand of the said Consul to be a true copy thereof, shall be taken as conclusive evidence of such rules and regulations ; and no penalty shall be incurred, or shall be enforced, for the breach of any such rules or regulations to be hereafter made, until the same shall have been so affixed and exhibited for 1 calendar month in the public office of the Consul : Provided always, that any such rule or regulation made by Her Majesty's Consul, and to be enforced by a penalty, shall be submitted to Her Majesty's Principal Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs for allowance or disallowance, and if any such rule or'regulation should be disallowed by Her Majesty's Principal Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs, the same shall cease to have effect from the receipt by the Consul of such disallowance ; nevertheless the Consul shall not be liable to be proceeded against in any of Her Majesty's Courts in regard to any act done by him ynder such rule or regulation previously to its disallowance. III.— -And it is further ordered that it shall be lawful for Her Majestjr^s Consul as aforesaid, upon information, or upon the complaint of any party that a British subject has violated any of the stipulations of Treaties or of regulations appended to any Treatyj between Her Majesty and the Kings of Fart IV EaBtern Arohipelago-Siam— No. CLXX. 497 L, or has disregarded or infringed any of the roles and r^mlatfons for the obsertanioe of the stipulations of such Treaties affixed and exnilMted acfeordio^ to the provisions of the next preceding Article of this present Order, to summon before him the accused party, and to receive evidence and examine witnesses as to the guilt or innooencei of such p*>^ in regard to th^ offence laid to his charge; and to award such penalty of fine ot imprisonment to any party convicted of an offence against the said Treaties, or appended regulations, or the said rules and regulationsi as may be specified therein respectively; and any cfaatge against a British subject for a breach of Treaties or regulation^, or for a breach of the rules and regulations for the observance of such Treaties, shall be heard and determined by the Consul^ without assessors: Provided always, that in no case shall the penalty to be attached to a breach of the said rnles kud regulations exceed 500 dollars, or three months' imprifionment. IV. — And it is further ordered that any charge against a British subject fbr a breach of rules and regulations, other thsn those relating to the bbser- THUce of Treaties, shall in like manner be heard and determined by Her Majesty's Consul ; and in all cases in which the penalty shall not exceed 200 dollars or one month's imprisonment, the Consul shall hear aild determine the charge summarily, without the aid of assessors; but where the penalty attached to a breach of the rules and regulations other than tho^^e relating to the observance of Treaties shall amount. to more thttn 200 dollars, or to impiisonmont £or more tlian one month, the Consul, before he shall proceed to hear the charge, shall sunmion two British subjects of good repute to sit with him as assessors, which assessors shall, however^ havd no. authority to decide on the innocence or guilt of the party chared, or on the amount of fine or iuiprisooment to be awarded to him on conviction ; but it shall rest with the Consul to decide on the guilt or innocence of the party charged, and on the amount of fine or imprisonment to be awarded to him : Provided adways that in no case shall the penalty to be attached to a breach of rnles and regulations other than those for the observance of Treaties exceed 600 dollars or three months' imprisonment; and provided further that in the event of the said assessors or either of them dissenting from the conviction of the rarty chargea. or from the penalty of fine or impfispnment awarded to hiip by tlie Oonsul, the Consul shall take a note of such dissent, with the grounds thereof, and shall require eood and sufficient security for th^ appearance of the partj^ copvicted at a future time, in order tp una9rffO ^is sentence or receive his disoharfire; and the Consul shall, wit)i as little delijiy as po^ble, report his decision, with all the particulars of the case, together wi|bh the dissent of the Sssessors or either of t^em, and the grounds thereof, to Her Majesty's Principal Secretary of State for Foreign Aflhirs, and Her Majesty's Principal Secretary of State for Foreign Amirs shall hiiv^^ authority to confiriili, or vary, 6r reverse the decision of tiie Consul, as to him may s^em fit. v.— And it is further ordered that it shall be lawful for Her Majipsty's Coiipul to hear and determine any suit of a civil nature against a British subject, arising within anj part of the dominions of the Kings of Siam, whether such suit be instituted by a subject of the KiPo® o^ Siatii, or by a; subject or citizen of a foreign State in amity with Her Majesty ; and if either , ds 498 Eastern Arohipelago— 8iam> Ho. CLXX. Part IV or any, party in such suit shall be dissatisfied with the decision given by sneh Consul^ it shall be lawful for such party within 1 5 days to give to the Consiil notice of appeal to the Supreme Court in Her Majesty's Possession of Sin» gapore ; whereupon the Consul shall, with as little delay as poFsible^ transmit all the documents which were produced before him and none other, together with a statement of the grounds on which he has formed his decision^ to the said Supreme Court, and shall forthwith notify to the several parties the transmission of the process : Provided always that it shall l>e lawful for the Consul to require from any party ap{)ealing to the said Supreme Court reason* able Eccurity, which shall consist in part of one or two sufficient sureties, to be approved by the Consul, that such party shall abide by the deoision to be given by the said Supreme Court, and, if such appeal shall fail, to answer all costs, loss, and damages sustained by the other party in oonsequeuce of such appeal. YI.— And it is further ordered that it shall be lawful for Fer Majesty's Consul,- in like manner^ to hear and determine any suit of a civil nature, arising within any part of the dominions of the Kings of Siam^ instituted by a British subject against a subject of th ; Kings of Siam, or against a subject or citizen of tk foreign State in amity with Her Majesty, provided that the defendant in such suit shall consent to submit to his jurisdiction and give sufficient security that he will abide by the decision of the Consul, or, in case of appeal, by that of the Supreme Court of Her Majesty's Possession of Singapore f and will pay such eipetises as the Consul or the said Supreme Court shall adjudge; and if either or any party in such suit shall be disssC- tisfied with the decision given by such Consul, it shall be lawful for such party within 15 days t<> give to the Consul notice of appeal to the said Supreme Court, and the proceedings in such a suit, or in an appeal arising therefrom, shall be conformable to, and under the same conditions as, the piooeedings in a suit, or in an appeal arising therefrom^ in which a British subject is defendant, and a subject of the Kings of Siam, or a subject or citizen of 9k foreign State in amity with Her Majesty, is plaintiff. VII.— And it is further ordered that in the event of any suit of a civil nature arising between British subjects within the dominion of the Kings of Siam, it shall be lawful, upon the application of a party, for Her Majesty's Consul to hear and determine such suit, subject to an appeal to the Supreme Court of Her Majesty's Possession of Singapore : and every such appeal shall be made and conducted in the same manner and form, and under the same conditions, as in cases in which the defendant only is a British subject. VIII. — And it is further ordered, that it shall be lawful for Her Ma* jesty's Consul to summon two, and not more than four, British subjects of good repute, to sit with him as af^sessors at the hearing of any suit whatever of a civil nature brought before him for decision ; and in case the sum sought to be recovered shall exceed 5(i0 dollars, such suit shall not be heard by the Consul without assessors, if within a reasonable time such assessors can be procured ; and the assessors aforesaid shall have no authority to decide on the merits of such suit, but in the event of such assessors, or any, or either, of them, dissenting from the decision of the Consul, the Consul shall enter the i P«rt IV Eastern Arohipelag >— Siam— Ko. CLXX« 499 fact of such dissent, and the ^roands thereof, in the minutes of the proceed- logs, and, in case of appeal, shall transmit the same to the Supreme Court of Her Majesty's Possession of Singapore^ together with the documents relating to the suit. IX.— And it is further ordered that it phall be lawful for Her Majesty's Consul to enforce his decision against a British subject in a civil suit, by distress or imprisonment, in like manner as a decision of the Supreme Court of Her Majesty's Possession of Singapore in a civil suit is enforced within the said possession. X. — And it is furljier ordered that in an appeal to the Supreme Court of Her Majesty's Possession of Singapore from the decision of Her Majesty's Consnl^ it shall be lawful for the said Supreme Court to admit any further legal evidence, besides that adduced before the Consul, on its being estab- lished to the satisfaction of the said Supreme Court, by oath or affidavit, that the party desiring to produce such farther evidence was ignorant of the existence of such evidence, or was taken by surprise at the Tiearing before the Consul, or was unable to produce it before the Consul, after due and reasonable diligence and exertion on his part in that behalf, or wherey under the circumstances of the case, it shall appear to the said Supreme Court that further evidence ought to be received. XL— And it is further ordered that Her Majesty's Consul shall have power in a civil suit to examine on oath, or in such form, and with such cere- mony, as he may declare to be binding on his conscience, any witness who may appear before him, and shall have power, on the application of any party in the said suit, to issue a compulsory order for the attendance of any person being a British subject, who may be competent to give evidence in such suit; and any British subject having been duly served with any such compulsory order, and with a reasonable notice of the day of hearing of such suit, upon his expenses of appearing as a witness having been paid or tendered to him by the party at whose application he shall have been ordered to attend, shall, on his wilful default to appear as a witness of the hearing of such suit, be punished with a fine not exceeding 100 dollars, or with imprisonment for a period not exceeding 30 days, at the discretion of the said Consul ; and every witness, being a British subject, so examined as aforesaid, in case of wilful failse testimony, may be convicted of, and punished for, the crime of wilful and corrupt perjury. XII. — And it is further ordered that it shall be lawful for Her Majesty's Consul to promote the settlement of a suit or contention by amicable agree- ment between the parties, and, with the consent of the several parties, to refer the decision of a suit or contention to one or more arbitrators, and to take security from the parties that they fvill be bound by the result of such reference, and the award of such arbitrator or arbitrators shall be, to all intents and purposes, deemed and taken to be a judgment or sentence of Her Majesty's Consul in such suit or contention, and shall be entered and recorded as such, and shall have the like effect and operation, and shall be enforced accordingly, and shall not be open to appeal. 600 Eastern Archipelago— Siam— No. OLXX. Part IV XIII.— -And it is further ordered that it shall be iawfal for Her Majesty's CoDsal to oaase to be apprehended and brought before him any British sabjeot who may, be charged with having committed any crime or offence within the dominions of the Kings of Siam, snd such Consul shall therenpcm proceed, witb all con^venient speed, to inquire of the same, and for such purpeee acd ena shall have power to' examine on oath, or in such form i|nd with such cere* mony as he shall declare to be binding on his conseiencCi any witness who may appear before him to substantiate the charge; and shall have power to compel any person, being a British subject, who may be competent to give evidence as to the guilt or innocence of the party so charged, to appear and give evidence, and to punish the wilful; default of any such person to. appear and give evidence, aftei; reasonable notice of the day of the hearing of such clmrge, by fine or imprisonment, in like manner as provided in Article XL of this Oi:der ; a|id shall exaniine every such witness in the presence and hearing of tlii9 party, i^pcused, fMid afford the accusing party all reasonable fakriHty for Qjross-examining auoh witness ; and shall cause the deposition, of eviery such witness to be reduced,- to writing, and the same to be read overi and^ i£ necesBvy, explained to ike parly accuse^ together witli any other evidence that may h^ve been ur^ed. againtit liim during the course of the inquiry : and shall require such accused party to defend himself against tae charge brought against him, and, if necessary, advise him of the legal effects o£ any vohintary confession, and shall take the evidence of any .witness whom the accused pArtv may tender to be examined in his defence ; and every witness, being a British subject, so examined as aforesaid, in case of wilful false testimony, may be Convicted and punished for the crime of wflful and corrupt perjury ; and when the case has been fully inquired of, and the innocence or guilt of the person accused established to the satisfaction of the Consul, the Consul, as the case may be, shall either discharge the party accused from custody, if satisfied of his innocence, or proceed to pass sentence on him, if satisfied of his guilt : and it shall be lawful for the Consul, having inquired of, tried, and determined, in the nnanner aforesaid, any charge which may be brought before him, to award to the party convicted any amount of punishment not exceeding imprisonment for one month, or a fine of 200 dollars. XIV.— And it is further ordered that if the crime or qffence whereof any person, being a British subject, may be accused before Her Majesty's Consul as aforesaid, shall appear to such Consul to be of such a nature M, if proved, would not be adequately punished by the infliction of such punishment as afort'said, it shall be lawful for such Consul to summon two, or not more than four, British subjects of good repute, to s^t with him as assessors for inquiring of, trying, and determining the charge against such person ; and the Consul, when he shall try any such charge with the assiitance of assessors as aforesaid, shall, if he is himself convinced of the guilt of the party accused, have power to award any amount of punishment not exceeding imprisonment for 12 months, or a fine of 1,000 dollars; and the assessors aforesaid shall have no authority to decide on the innocence or guilt of the party accused, or on the amount of punishment to be awarded to him on conviction ; but in the event of the said assessors, or any, or either, of them dissenting from the conviction of, or from the amount of punishment awarded to, the accused party, the said assessors, or Part IV Eastern Arohipelago— Siam— No. CLZX. 501 any, or either, of them, siiall be authorised to record in the minotes of the pro- ceedings the grounds on which the said assessors^ or any, or either, of them, may- so dissent ; and the Consul shall forthwith report to HerMajestyr'g Princi- pal Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs the fact that such dissent has been so recorded in the minutes of the proceedings, and shall, as soon as possible, lay before him copies of the whole of the depoeitioes and proceedings, with the dissent of the assessors or assessor recorded therein ; and it shall be lawful thereupon for Her Ma jest's Principal Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs, by warrant under his hand and seal, addressed to the Consul, to confirm, or vary, or remit alto£rether, as to him may seem fit, the punishment awarded ta the party accused ; andsuch CoosuL shall give immediate effect to die injuno- tion of any such warrant : Provided always that in any case in which the assessor or assessoia shall dissent from the conviction of, or ^m the amount of punishment awarded to, the accused party, it shall be lawful for Her Majesty's Consul to take good and sufficit-nt bail from the accused party to appear and undergo the punishment awarded to him, provided the same, or any portion thereof, is confirmed by Her Majesty's Principal Secretary o£ State for Foreign Affairs, which punishment, or any portico thereof, shall com- mence to take effect from th^ day on which the decision of Her Majesty's Principal Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs shall be notified to the party aiceused« XV. — And in order more effectually to repress crimes and offences on the part of British subjects within the dominions of the Kings of Siam, it is fur- ther ordered that it shall and may be lawful for Her Majesty's Consul to cause any British subject who shall have been twice convicted before liim of any crime or offence, and punished for the same, and who after execution of the sentence of the Consul on any second conviction, shall not be able to find good and sufficient security to the satisfaction of the .Consul for his future good behaviour, to be sent out of the dominions of the Kings of Siam ; and to this end the Consul shall have power and authority, as soon as may be practic- able after execution of the sentence on such second conviction, to send any such twice-convicted party, if a native of the territories administered by the Haii Indta Company, to Her Majesty'a Possession of Singapore ^ or to some other port of the said territoiies, or if such party is not a native of the said territories, to Kngland,and in the meanwhile to detain such party in custody^ until a suitable opportunity for sending him out of the dominions of the Kings of Siam shall present itself; and any person so to be sent out of the said domi- nions as aforesaid shall be embarked in custody on board one of Her Majesty's vessels of war, or if there should he no such vessel of war available for such purpose, then on board any British vessel bound to Singapore, or to some other port in the territories administered by the East India Company, or to England as the case may be ; and it shall be lawful for the commander of any of Her Majesty's sinps of war, or of any British vessel bound to any such port as aforesaid, or to England, to receive any such person as aforesaid under a war- rant from the Consul to him addressed, and thereupon to convey him in custody to any such port as aforesaid, or to England, in the same manner as if he were a distressed British subject, unless he shall be willing and able himself to defray the expenses of his passage. 502 Bastern Arohipelago— Siam— Ko. CLXX. Fart IV XVI.— And it is further ordered that in any ca^e in which any British sobjeot shall be accused before Her Majesty's Consul of the crime of arson, or house-breaking, or cutting and maimingi or stabbing, or wounding, or assault endangering life, or of wilfully causing any bodily injury dangerous to life, the proceedings before the Consul shall be carried on with the aid of assessors con« vened in the manner aforesaid ; and it shall be lawful for the Consul, if to him it shall feem fit, to causae any person convicted before him of any of the crimes aforesaid, over and above any fine or imprisonment which may be awarded to such person, to be sent out of the dominions of the Kin^ of Siam in the roan* ner pointed ont in the next preceding Article of this Order, notwithstanding the crime laid to the charge of such person may be the first of which he has been convicted before the Consul. XV IT. — And it is further ordered that it shall be lawful for Her Majes- ty's Consul, within the dominions of the Kings of Siam, upon information laid before him by one or mere credible witnesses, that there is reasonable ground to apirehend that any British subject is about to commit a breach of the public peace, to cause such Britifh subject to be brought before him, and to require such British snbject to give sufficient security to keep the peaoe ; and in the event of any British i^ubject being convicted of, and punished for, a breach of the peace, to cause such British subject, after he shall have nnder- gone the punishment which may have been awarded to him by the Consul, to find security for his good behaviour; and in the event of any British sub- ject who may be required, as aforesaid, to give sufficient security to keep the peace, or to find security for his good behaviour, being unable, or wilfully omitting to do so, then, and in that case, it shall be lawful for Her Majesty's Consul to send such British subject out of the dominions of the Kings of Siam in the manner pointed out in Article XV. of this Order. XV II I. — And it is further ordered that in all cases in which a British subject shall have been sent out of the dominions of the Kings of Siam, as provided in Articles XV^ XVI^ and XVI I of this Order, the Consul sending him out shall forthwith report such act of deportation, with the grounds of his decision, to Her Majesty's Principal Secretary of Stat« for Foreign Affairs, or, in a case where the party so deported is a native of the territories adminis- tered by the JSast India Company, to the Governor-General of India. XlX.*-And it is further ordered that in cases of assault it shall be law- ful for the Consul before whom complaint is made, to promote reconciliation between the parties, and to suffer compensation and amends to be made, and the proceedings thereby to be stayed. XX. — And it is further ordered that a minute of the proceedings in every case heard and determined before the Consul in pursnance of this Order, shall be drawn up and be signed by the Consul, and shall, in cases where assessors are present, be open for the inspection of such assessors, and for their signature, if they shall therein concur; and such minute, together with the depositions of the witnessess, shall be preserved in the public office of the said Consul, XXI,— And it is further ordered that save and except as regards offences committed by British subjects against the stipulations of Treaties between Part IV EaBtern Arohipelago— Siam— 90- CLXX. 603 Her Majesty and the Kindts of Siam, or against rules and regulations for tiie observauoe of the stipulations of such Treaties, duly affixed and exhibited, according to the provisions of Article II of tliis Order, or against rules and regulations for the peace, order and good government of Her Majesty's subjects being within the dominions of the Kings of Siam, duly affixed and exhibited as aforesaid, no aot done by a British subject being witlun the domi- uions of the Kings of Siam, shall, by Her Majesty's Consul, be deemed and taken to be a crime, or misdemeanour, or offence, rendering the person commit- tiug it amenable to punishment, which, if done within any [wrt of Her Majes- ty's dominions, would not, by a court of justice, having criminal jurisdiction in Her Majesty's dominions, have been deemed and taken to be a crime, or mis- demeanour, or offence, rendering the person so committing it amenable to punishment ; and Her Majesty is pleased to appoint, by and with the advice of her Privy Council, Her Majesty s Possession of Singapore as the place where crimes and offences committed by British subjects within the dominions of the Kings of Siam, which it may be expedient shall be inquired of, tried, deter- mined, and punished within Her Majesty's dominions, shall be so inquired of, tried, determined, and punished, and Her Majesty's Consul resident in the kingdom of Siam shall have authority to cause any British subject charged with the commission of any crime or offence, the cognizance whereof may, at any time, appei-tain to him, to be sent for trial to Her Majesty's said Posses- sion of Singapore, XXII.— And it is further ordered, that it shall be lawful for Her Majes- ty's Consul to cause any British subject charged with the commission of any crime or offence, the cognizance whereof may at any time appertain to him, to be sent, in any of Her Majesty's ships of war, or in any British vessel, to Her Majesty's Possession of Singapore^ for trial before the Supreme Court of the said Possession ; and it shall be lawful for the Commander of any of Her Ma^ esty's ships of war, or of any British vessel, to receive any such person on b from the said Consul, addressed to the Chief Magistrate ird, with a warrant from the said Consul, addressed to the Chief Magistrate of Police of the said Possession, and thereupon to convey him in custody to Singapore, and on his arrival there to deliver him, with the said warrant, into the custody of the said Chief Magistrate of Police, or other officer within the said Possession lawfully acting as such, who, on the receipt of the said war- rant and of the party therein named, shall be authorized to commit, and shall commit, such party so sent for trial to the common gaol of the said Possession, and it shall be lawful for the keeper of the said common gaol to cause such party to be detained in safe and proper custody, and to be produced upon the order of the said Supreme Court; and the Supreme Court, at the sessions to be next holden, shall prooeed to hear and determine the charge against such party in the same manner as if the crime with which he may be charged had been committed within Her Majesty's Possession of Singapore. XXIII.— And it is further ordered that Her Majesty's Consul, on any occasion of sending a prisoner to Singapore for trial, emill observe the pro- visions made with regard to prisoners sent for trial to a British colony in an Act passed in the 6th and 7th years of Her Majesty's reign, intitum '' An Act to remove doubts as to the exercise of power and jurisdiction b^ Her Majesty within divers countries and places out of Her Majesty's dominions, and to render the same more effectual." 60 i Eastern Archipelago— 8iam—Ko. CLXX. Ftet IV XXIV.-^And it is farther ordered that the Supreme Coart of Her Majesty's Possession of Singapore shall have and niay exereisei conoontfnUj with Her Majesty's Consul, authority and jurisdiction in regard to all svits of a civil nature between British subjects arising within any part of the domi* iiions of the Kings of Siam : Provided always tliat the said Supnme Court shall not be bound, unless in a fit case it shall deem it right so tooo by writ of certiorari or otherwisci to debar or prohibit the Consul from hearing and deter- mining! pursuant to the provisions of the several Articles of this Order, any suit of a civil nature between British subjects^ or to stay the proceedings of the Consul in any such matter. XXV.-^And it is further ordered that all fines and penalties imposed under this Order may be levied by distress, and seizure^ and sale of ships, and goods and chattels ; and no bill of sale, mortgage, or transfelr of property made after the apprehension of a party, or with a view to security in regard to crimes or offences oommitted, or to be committed, shall avail to defsat uiiy of ^e provisions of this Order. XXVI.^And it is further ordered that it shall be lawful fol* Her Mar jesty's Consul from time to time to establish rules of practice to be observed lu proceedings before the said Consul, and to make regulations tot defraying t^e etpensee ef witnesses in such proceedings and the costs of orimiual pioee* cutions, and also to establish rates of fees to be taken in regard to civil suits faciird and determined before the suid Consul, and it shall be lawful for the said Consul to enforce by seizure and sale of goods, or, if there be no goods, by imprisonment, the payment of such established fees and 6f such expenses as may be adjudged against the parties, or either, or any, of them : Provided always that a table, specifying the rates of fees to be so taken, shall be affixed ^nd kept exhibited in the public office of the said Consnl. XXVII. — And it is further ordered that all fees^ penalties, fines, and forfeitures levied under this Order, save and except such penalties as may by Treaty be payable to the Siamese Oovemment, shall be paid to the public account, and be applied in diminution of the public expenditure on account of Her Majesty's Consulate in Siam : Provided always that in the event of the Siamese authorities declining to receive fines payable to the Siamese Oov- ernment as aforesaid, the same shall be paid to the public account, and applied in the manner last mentioned. XXVIII.— And it is further ordered that it phall be lawful for Her Majesty's Consul to grant probate of the will or letters of administration to the intestate estate of a British subject deceased, and leaving property within the Kingdom of Siam ; and in the case of a party so deceas^ either leaving a will, or intestate, it shall be lawful for the Consul, provided that probate of the will or letters of administration to the estate of the partv deceased shall not have been applied for within 30 days by any i)er9on lawfully entitled thereto, to administer to such estate, and to reserve to nimself out of the pro- ceeds of such estate a eonnnission not exceeding t\ pet centum. XXIX.— And it is further ordered that a register shall be kept by Her Majesty's Consul o{ all British subjects residing within the {kingdom of Siam, and that every British subject now residing within the doroiaiMS of the Kings of Siam who shall not be already enrolled in such Consular Register, Fart IV Eastern Archipelago— Slam— No. CLXX. 505 shall, within a reasonable time after promulgation of this Order, to be speci- fied in a notice to be affixed and publicly exhibited in the Consular Office, apply to the Consul to be enrolled in such register ; and every British subjeot who may arrive within the said dominions, save and except any British subjeot who may be borne on the muster-roll of any British. ship arriving in a port of Siam, shall, within a reasonable time after his arrival, to be specified as aforesaid, apply to the Consul to be enrolled in such register; and any British subject who shall refuse or neglect to make application so to be enrolled, and who shall not be able to excuse, to the satis&ction of the said Consul, such his refusal or neglect, shall not be entitled to be recognized or protected as a British subject in any difficulties or suits whatsoever, in which he may have been involved within the dominions of the Kings of Siam within the time during which he shall not have been so enrolled. XXX,— And it is further ordered that Her Majesty's Consul may exer* cise any of the powers which by any Acts of the Imperial Parliament now enacted or hereafter to be enacted for the regulation of merchant seamen, or for the regulation of the mercantile marine, may be exercised by one or more justices of the peace within Her Majesty's dominions. XXXI. — ^And it is further ordered that nothing in this Order contained shall be taken or construed to preclude Her Majesty's Consul within the dominions of the Kings of Siam from performing any act of administration or jurisdiction, or other act, which British Consuls within other States at amity with Her Majesty are by law^ usage, or sufferance, enabled to perform. XXXII.— And it is further ordered that any snit or action brought against Her Majesty's Consul by reason of anything done under the authority and in execution of the power or jurisdiction of Her Majesty entrusted to him by this Order, shall be commenced or prosecuted within nx months after he shall have been within the jurisdiction of the Court in which the same may be brought, and not otherwise, and the defendant in everv such action or suit shall be entitled to the benefit of the provisions made witii respect to defendants in actions or suits, in an Act i)assed in the 6th and 7th years of Her Majesty, intituled ''An Act to remove doubts as to the exercise of power and jurisdiction by Her Majesty within divers countries and places out of Her Majesty's dominions, and to render the same more effeetual." XXXIII. — And it is further ordered that the term " Consul " in this present Order shall be construed to include all and every officer in Her Majesty's service, whether Consul-Oeneral, Consul, Vice-Consulj or Consular Agent, or person duly authorized to act in any of the aforesaid capacities within the dominions of the Kings of Siam, and engaged in carrying out the provisions of this Order ; and that wherever in this order with reference to any person, matter, or thing, any word or words is or are used importing the singular number, or the masculine gender only, yet such word or woida shall be understood to include several persons as well as one person, females as well as njales, and several matters or things as well as one matter or thing, unless it be otherwise specially provided, or there be something in the subjeot or context repugnant to such construction. 3t 506 Eastern Archipelago— Siam^No. CLZXI. Part IV XXXIV. — And it is further ordered^ that this Order shall take effect from and after the let day of December next ensuing. And the right honourable the Earl of Clarendon, and the Board of Commissioners for the Affairs of India, and the Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty, are to give the necessary directions herein, as to them may respec- tively appertain. C. C. O SEVILLE. No. CLXXI. Engagembnt betwixt B/obebt IbbetsoNi Esquire, Bbsidekt of Singapore, Fulo Fenang, and Malacca, who has come into the Quedah Country, and the Chow Phya of Lioor Si Tamrat, who is under the dominion of Somdet Phra Fhootthbe Chow To Hooa, who is the Supreme Ruler over the great country of Sri Ayootthbeya, viz., Siam — 1831. With reference to the third Article of the Treaty betwixt Somdet Fhra Fhootthee Chow Yo Hooa, who is the supreme ruler over the great country of Sri Ayoottheeya, and the British Government, it is now agreed on betwixt the above contracting parties, viz., the Chow Fhya of Ligor Si Tamrat and Robert Ibbetson, Esquire, Resident of Singapore, Fulo Fenang, and Malacca^ and with respect to the subject of the boundary betwixt the British territory of Province Wellesley and the country and Government of Quedah, that the said boundary shall be as follows : from Summatool, on the south bejik of the Soongei Qualla Mood, by a road leading to the River Frye, at a spot ten orlongs east of the River Soongei Dua Hooloo, then descending the middle of the Prye River, to the mouth of the River Soongei Sintoo, then ascending the Soongei Sintoo in a straight direction eastward, and up to the Hill Bukit Moratajum, then from Bukit Moratajum along the range of hills called Bukit Berator^ to a place on the north bank of the River Kreean, five orlongs above and east of Bukit Tungal ; and it is agreed that brick or stone pillars shall be erected, one at the boundary of Summatool, another at the boundary of the River, and a third at the boundary on the Kreean River. Two copies of this Agreement have been made out, and to these have been affixed the seal of the Honourable English Company, and the signature of Robert Ibbetson, Esquire, Resident of Singapore, Polo Fenang, and Malac- ca^ and the chop or seal of the Chow Phya of Ligor Si Tamrat ; one copy to be retained by each of the above contracting parties, and the said Ag^ement has been written in three languages, the Siamese, Malayan, and English, on Wednesday, the second day of November, one thousand eight hundred and thirty-one of the English era, and the twelfth day of the Moon's decrease Part IV Eastern Arohipelago— Siam— No. CLXXII. 607 in the elevepth month of the year of the Hare, one thonsand one hundred and ninety*three Sasok. (Signed) R. Ibbbtson, Reiident of Singapore, Prince of WaM Inland^ and Malacca* Seal of the Prince of Wales' Island. East India Company. Chop of the Rajiih of Ligor. (Signed) James Low^ Assistant Resident and Translator. No. CLXXII. 1868. Lieutenant Arthur Herbert Bagge, Rotal Engineers^ Her Britannic Majesty's Commissioner, with powers from His Excellency the Bight Honourable Sir John Lawrence, Viceroy and Governor-General or India, on the one part, Chow Phya Sri Suri Wongse, the Samnha Fhra Kalahome, Prime Minister, President of the Western and South -Western Provinces, and Chow Phya Phutta- RAFHAi, the Samnha Na Yoke, President of the Northern and North- Western Provinces, with full powers from His Majesty the King of Siam, on the other part, have unanimously agreed to this Convention regarding the BOUNDARIES on the main-land hetween the Kingdom of Siam and the British Province of Tenasserim, to wit : On the north the channel of the River *'Maymuey'' (Siamese) or " Thoungyeng '' (Burmese) up to its source in the " Pa Wau '* range of moun« tains, the eastern or right bank of the said river being regarded as Siamese territory, and the western or left bank being regarded as English territory. Then along the *^ Fa Wau " range to the main watershed, and along it to '* Khow Kra dock moo'' or ''Moogadok Toung*' in the province of *'Thee tha Wat.'' Here the boundary line crosses the valleys of the " Houng drau" and ** Maygathat" Rivers in almost a rtraight line, and meets the main watershed 608 Xastem Archipelago— -Biain— No. CLXXII. Part IV near the common source of the '' Pba be sa'^ and " Krata'' Rivers. From this point it rans down the central range of mountains which forms the main watershed of the Peninsula as far as '' Kbow Htam Dajn'' in the district of Chumpon, thence along the range known as " Khow Dayn Tai'' as far as the source of the '' Elra-na-ey'^ stream, which it follows to its junction with the Pakchan; thence down the Pakchan River to its mouth; the west or right bank belonging to the British, the eastern or left bank belonging to the Siamese. With regard to the islands in the River PakchaUi those nearest to the English bank are to belong to the English and those nearest to the Siamese bank are to belong to the Siamese, excepting the island of ''Kwan'' oS Maleewan, which is Siamese property. The whole of the western bank of the River Pakchan down to Victoria Point shall belong to the Britishi and the eastern bank throughout shall belong to Siam. This Agreement, written both in Siamese and English, shall fix the boundary line between the Kingdom of Siam and the British Province of Tenasserim for ever. A Tabular Statement is attached to this Agreement, in which the various boxmdaiy marks in the valleys and along the mountain ranges are specified, togethea with their geographical positions. Within the term of six months from the date of this Agreement^ Her Britannic Majesty's Commissioner shall forward two maps which shall be com- pared with the present map now signed and sealed, showing the boundary in a '' red line.'' Should the two maps be found eorrect, the British and Siamese Governments shall ratify the same. Signed and sealed by the respective Commissioners at Bangkok on Saturday, the fifteenth day of the waxing moon, the year of Rabbit, the 9th of the Decade Siamese Civil Era 1229, corresponding with the eighth dav of February 1868 of the Christian Era. ^ 8eal Abthur H. Baggb, Lieui., R.B. C: Phya Sri Suri Wonosb. Chow Phya Phuttaeavhau Tabular Statement attached to the Treaty tcith the King of Siam, dated 8th February 1868. SMtam AroUpelHgo— Siam— Vo. 0I2ZII. Fart 17 QiooBipaicit Pofli- ConnonorB Disteicts. BOUHIIAST MlSKB. LatN. Long.E. Britiah. su„-. Witerehed of Ihe P.wau Kyau 16 27 47 98 60 60 Tonngyeng Yaheinjt (R) or Bahajng (S.) Mniii waterahed . 16 20 98 S3 10 Ditto Maj k* lonng(B.) ofMajKl^Mg (8.) Ditto . . . 16 9 6 98 48 20 Ditto Ditto Ditto 16 9 6 98 46 10 Ditto Ditto " Moo ta a ■■ Toang . 16 S 45 98 42 3 Ditto Uitlo Main watershed . 16 4 2S 88 39 SO HoQog drau . Ditto "Moogadok'-Toang . IS 63 66 98 38 42 Ditto May-ka-loone Thee tha wat. PliMkftlanDg. . IS 49 30 98 38 46 Ditto Thee thft wat. HUeman Dg. . 15 46 36 98 36 25 Ditto Ditto Ckinii on the Soung drao river. 15 41 19 98 35 HooDg draii, At- taran. Ditto H»a Ian gy&n Tg. IS 38 20 98 36 10 \ HleiDg wa BOO do. Khondaft do. IB 36 16 16 33 50 98 36 30 98 96 36 \ AtUfaD IMtto HtonbaD do. 18 29 7 88 37 8 / Part IV Eastern Arohipelago— Sism— No. CLZXII. 5U BlVBSS BIBINO ON BOTH 8IDB8. DuflCRIPTTVS RsifARVfl TenaBserim. Siam. .Ai/ JU>V JbAJT A XwM A.% AJH a a Jk9. **WaJeo Kyoang" May-la-maung af- Not on the main The mutoal source of these rivers the recog^iked fluent of the watershed. is about two miles along the Bouroe of the Thouugyeng. spur which drains itself into Thoangyeng, or the May-la-maung and Thouu- ** Maymuey. gyeng. Phaapee PrOQDg-ta-gouDg- Along the main The Phaupee is called the " Onkok lower down. 1 kah. watershed. Wm Pa Ghay Htee Klaung ** No-pa-do'' Ditto The - Wa Pa Ghay" and «• Htee Klee thoo. Klee thoo" are small streams at the source of the " Onke- rean ;" the " Poo pa" is larger. Poo pa • Pa nyo Ditto The Karen village Pktan is si- tuated near its source. The principal confluents at the head waters of the " Thoungy- eng " are 0)Walee, (2) Onkok, • (S)Onkerean, (4) Oukra, (6) Maygoola. \ The < " Houn^ drau ;" the st reams taiu 1 on the Siam side faW into the / - May-ka-loung." May goola Mee Q wee Mayeaa • • Ditto Matala • Conflaenta of the Ditto - If aysau." % • ••• #•• Crossing the 1 Hills on spurs of those names Honng dran > jutting*out from the Mooga- ▼alley. \ dok range. -. ••• Ditto ••• •fl* Ditto On the left hank near the mouth of the Taylay Ri?er. *•• !•• Ditto Limestone rocks. 61S Eftstem Archipelago— Siam— No. CLXXII. Part TV DonivnART Masks. Gboobaphical Posi- tion. CONnOUOUS DltTBICTf. Lat. N. Long. E. British. Siamese. O 1 It O / // Peinf^ tha noo Tg. Iff 27 20 98 37 28 Attaran • - Thee tha wmt • Caimii on the Majgathat Bifer. 16 22 42 98 37 10 Ditto • • Ditto Main wateivhed • • • 16 20 98 36 4 Ditto • Phra thoo wan Thee tha wat. Ditto • • • • 16 22 47 98 31 30 Ditto • Phra thoo wan. Krondo-toang 16 20 50 98 27 30 Ditto • Ditto •* Phaya Thou boo " Toung . 16 18 13 98 26 66 Ditto • Ditto " Three Pagodas " 16 18 f 98 26 29 Ditto • Ditto *' Kwee waw" Toung . 16 16 98 22 30 Ditto • Ditto •* Sadeik " Toung 16 17 26 98 16 Yay • Don ka pon *« Kyouk pon doung " • 16 3 30 98 16 16 Ditto • Ditto "Day by 00 '* Toung • • 14 69 17 98 12 40 "Yay" and the Myit-ta districts in Ta?oy. Ditto " Mayan " Donng 14 66 12 98 14 45 Myit-ta • • Ditto Part IV Eastern Arohipelago— Siam--No. GLXXII. 513 RiVBBS RISING ON BOTH 8IDBS. TenasBerim. Pha be sa • Tee ko tha Teemajr" oaDg. KroD wa galay Kroa wa gyee Head affluents of the " Kronlaa/' 8adeik E joung and the south branch of the KroDtaa. Thit ynet Kg., a small tribntarj of . the Yaj River. Main sou roe of the Tay River, also thatofthe"Khan/' a confluent of the Kalean*oung. Source of the ** Ma- yan," Kg. Siam. ••i •*• { Elrata • • • Koo«yay Endeing toung Khyoung. Bya-ta-maleing Sakay-wau • Kyat tweng Kg. and esRt branch of the "Khan Karau." Khan Karau f> "Kha deing tharou, an affluent of the "HtaiPhaKet." Main source of the '* Htai Pha Ket," called *' Wee-ka- nau" and'^Kyouk nee." Source of the Bee- louk Kg. Crossing the Houng drau valley. Crossing the •* Pantoonan" range and the Mavga thlit valley. Along the main watershed. Ditto • Ditto Ditto Dbscbiptiyb RbmarKs. I Round hill on high tablelands of the " Pantoonan Kyan." Ditto Ditto Along the main watershed. Ditto Ditto Ditto The "Maygathat" receives the streams on the Tenasserim side. The "Koo Yay" and "Endeing toung Khyoung" ' fall into the '* Tharawa," a con- fluent of the "Tboung Kalay," which receives direct the "Bya<* ta-ma-leing" and *' Sakay wan." These are three large heaps of stones about eight feet nigh, some 20 feet apart in one line* bearing 20° north-east. The stones are irregular blocks found near the ppot at the base of the limestone ridge called " Phyathoa soo Toung." The '* Krontau" falls into the " Lamee" branch of the Atta- ran River. The " Khan Karau" is consi. dered the north scarce of tha « Htai Pha Ket" This hill derives its name from three pagoda-like stone heaps at its eastern base. The ** Kalemn-oung" is another name for the head of the Tavoy River, where in former days there was a city of that name. The ** Mayan Khyoung" is a large northern affluent of the "Zengba" which, with the '* Kealean-oung," forms the main source of the Tavoy River. 3 U 614 Eaatem Arohipelago— Siam— No. CLXXII. Part IV BOUVDABT MaBES. Hueng byoo Doung £ap thean DouDg • • • Zengba Doang • • ** Hlan " Doung . Nat jaj Doang (B) • Ten Kjeik (T) (B) . .1 • • • r Tok Kyay (K) . « Amya Doung" J " Sroonkhet" Doung . Gboobaphxcal Position. LatN. O I u li 43 57 li 43 45 14 38 20 14 26 52? 14 22 47 14 • • Long. E. O » V 98 21 28 98 22 15 98 26 50 98 32 98 33 Contiguous Distbicts. British. Myit-ta Ditto Ditto • a Ditto • • Myit-ty • a 99 1 13 50 7 Main watershed . • # Ditto • • • . Ditto • • • . 13 44 35 99 5 5 99 7 10 Ditto Ditto 13 37 45 99 8 40 13 19 47 99 10 27 Siamese. Don ka pon Ditto pon .^ DonfcaiMn Den Teik. Den Teik • Den Teik • * . Den Teik Kan- boree. . . Ditto Ditto " Batbooree " . Ditto Ditto Ditto Ditto Part IV Eastern Archipelago— Siam^No. OLXXII. 515 R1YBB8 BI8IKO ON BOTH 8IDBS. TenAsserim. Siam. Affluents of the •« Zengba." Zengba Eg. Kha- moaug To way. Afflueota of the " Beelouk." Kronta, a tributary of the Kbamouug Thway. Ehamoat Kf?. '* hya pata," also called Ngayan-nee. Kron-ka-broo, source of the Kasainai. Source of the May- nam-Nauey. Along the main watershed. Ditto . t( If j** Hseng byoo deing," *' Kanajwala," af- fluents of the Te- nasserim River. Amya Ehyoung • Ba yet-kha • i( Hta-pa-ngay," the source of the " Mayhteng. »» Source of the " May phya" or "May phra." South scarce of the ''Maynam Naoey/ Htee Adan-Eonng, source of the "May- nam Rao." " Pouni^dee," "Lou. thon/' affluents of the "Htoi Pha Eet" Eron-padee • • Hwey "Naong-ta- Ditto Descbiptiyi Rehabks. A pass leads through these two hills generally called the " Hseng-byoo-douDg " Pass* The Beelouk falls into the " Htai Pha Eet." Along the main watershed. The " Eron-ka-broo" and "Easa- mai" Rivers fall into ^e Beelunk. The '* Ehamonng Thway " is the north confluent of the Tenasserim River. The " May-nam-Nauey " FhIIs into the "Htai Pha Eet " at " Den Yeik." In former days the pass crossed the watershed by this hill, and was called the " Hat-yay doung Pass " ; though the route has been changed, it still retains the name. Ditto. ma. If Hwey "Nam Fayo,' the source of the Fandeebook. Phoo-la«kan • Ditto • Ditto . Ditto. Ditto. Pass from Ban " Wangmenk," ho Amya, a village in the Te- nasserim River. Tne east drainage, ue., on the Siam side, falls into the May- phra chee, which forms the main drMinage line of the Bat- booree District, and empties it- self into the Htai Pha Eet. 616 Saatem Archipelago— fiiam— No. CLXXII. Pmrt IV BOUNDABT MaBKS. M lun watershed • • Main waterghed • " Khow Htay.wada " . Main watershed Qbooeaphical Pobi- TIOH. COITTIGUOUS DllTBICTa. LaLN. O I tf LoDg. E. • I tf British. Siamese. 13 99 11 30 Mergui dutrict • • • 12 47 99 15 10 12 18 7 • • 11 54 50 Ditto 99 23 10 Ditto . 99 34 25 "Khow Maun" or "Man- doung." Main watershed • 11 47 28 • 11 39 55 99 37 8 99 31 35 Ditto • • Ditto Ditto 11 23 15 99 22 45 Ditto Batbooree Phajt Cba-boo-ree. • • " Phavt Cba-boo- ree/ MenaDfT Pran. Menang Pnin»Me< nang Kooiy. Ditto . Menang Kooij • • • Ditto !. Bang-tarphang Ditto Part IV Saatern Arohipelago— Siam— No. OLXXII. 617 BlVBBS BI8IN0 ON BOTH 8IDBS. TenBBserim. Mooloo Banloo Siam. Soaroes of the "Maj- phra-ohee" and the "Khlaung.Phayt/ "Htee Pho Maee Ian." Kwon Yai, tributary oftheTaket, south Bource of the Sa- rawa Biver. *'Maynam,*' an af- fluent of the Thean-Ehwon. Source of the " Thean-Khwon." Khlaung Chan Khovr, south affluent of the " Thean-Khwon/* **Kh1aung Pawaey," affluent of the •• Nga-won. Along the main watershed. Khlaung May-la- leen, also the source of the Pran River. Khkung ** Phrayk Kooij." Phrayk Keeyun duriut ** Phravk ton-ka-ta," south source of the Kooiy River. Along the main watershed. Khlaung Tai • Source of the Khala- ung Chakkra. Hwey kanyan^f tri- butary of the Khlaung Kroot and source of the '* B a ng-ta-phaog Yai." Ditto Ditto Ditto . Ditto. Ditto • Dbscbiptiyb Rbhabks. Ditto. All the rivers on the west side fall into the Great Tenasserim River. *< Khlaung Phayt " is the short name for the Phayt Cha-boo- ree River. The Sarawa River falls into the Great Tenasserim. The Khla- ung Pran and the Khlaung Kooiy are main drainage lines, which empty themselves into the Gulf of Siam. The Khlaung Phrayk Kuoiy is a principal confluent of the Pran River. The - Phrayk Keeyun durin " is the north source of the Kooiy • River. The " Nga Won " and " Thean- Khwon " Rivers unite to form what is generally called the little Tenasserim River, which falls into the " Great Tenasne- rim " at that town, which gives the name to the provinces. I The " Khlaung Yai," " Khlaune Chakkra," «* Khlauny Kroot,^' " Khlaung Bang-ta-phang Yai" " Khkung Bang-ta-phang na- ney,''andthe "Khlaung Hta Say," are six large streams which Collect the eastern drain- age, and discharge themselves into the Gulf of Siam. 618 Eastern Archipelago— Siam^No. CLXXIL Part IV BOUKDABT MaBES. Main watershed • • Khow Phra Qboobaphical Posi- tion. Lat.N. » // Long. B. CONTIGUOnB DlBTBICTB. British. 11 17 • • . Ehow Htam Placy Lamaj . Main watershed . • Khow Htam Dajng . Watershed on the ** Khow Dayn Tai," the final mark of the eastern houndarj. 11 12 o I n 99 19 50 99 16 SO Mergni district • Ditto • • 10 67 7 10 54 25 10 47 27 10 48 14 99 7 20 99 4 SO 98 56 35 98 55 40 Siameae. Baof^ta-phang . Meng-ang Bang- ta-pbang. Ditto . Ditto . Ditto . . Mewong Pahtee, 0. " Khlaung Tangan nauey." ** Khlaung Phairee. "Khlaung Nam Dayng." f) *» H wey Kalong at the head of the Rap- ran. Source of the Pak ohan, called "Khla- ung Kanai." Along the n«ain watershed. Ditto. Ditto. Ditto. Ditto. The streams on the Siam side fall into the Khlaung Hta Say, which is also called " Khlaung Choomphaun," as it flows by that town. Ditto. 620 Eastern Archipelago— Siam— No. CLXXII. Fart IV From the ViCEaor and Goyernor-Gbkebal, to the King of SlAM. After Titles I have received your Majesty's gratifying letter on the sabject of the settlement of the boundary line between the Kingdom of Siam and the British Province of Tenasserim. Lieutenant Arthur Herbert Bagge of the Royal Engineers, whom I had deputed as my Commissioner to demarcate the boundary, has also informed me of the satisfactory conclusion of this matter. He reports that there is now only one point remaining for adjustment between the two Govern- ments, viz., the sovereignty of certain islands off the mouth of the Pakchan river. There are altogether five islands or groups of islands situated there, viz., the island of Victoria, Saddle, Delisle, St. Matthew, and the Bird's-nest group. Your Majesty's Government make no claim regarding St. Matthew and the Bird's-nest group. Regarding the three other islands, I am inclined to view the following as the best solution of the matter, viz., that the island of Victoria, which is nearer to the British than the Siamese Coast, should belong to the British Government, and that the two other islands, Saddle and Delisle, shall be considered part of your Majesty's territories. I have to invite^ your Majesty's friendly consideration to this proposed method of solving the n>nly question remaining unadjusted. Feeling confident that its reasonableness will cpmmend itself to your Majesty's judgment, I have affixed my seal and signa- ture to the map prepared by laeutenant Arthur Herbert Bagge, in which the islands are divided in the manner above proposed; and I have directed the Secretary of my Government in the Foreign Department to forward to your Majesty's Ministers the above map, with a duplicate, to whioh I have the honor to request that your Majesty will affix your Royal seal and signature, and will then direct its return to the Consul of Her Majesty the Queen of Great Britain and Ireland at Bangkok. Tie 30th April 1868, Seal. John Lawrbncb. Be it known and made manifest unto all men that we. Chow Phya Sri Suri Wongse Thi SamuhaPhra Kalahome, and Chow Phya Phu Tharaphai Thi Samuha Na Yok, on behalf of His Majesty the King of Siam, and Henry Alabaster, Esq , Her Britannic Majesty's Acting Consul for the Kingdom of Siam, on behalf of Her Britannic Majesty's Government, have on this third day of July in the year 186^ of the Christian era, at Bangkok in the Kingdom of Siam^ exchanged maps which we have carefully compared and examined and found to be fascimilea the one of the other, the one map bearing the seal of His Majesty the King of Siam, and the other that of His Excellency Sir John Laird Mair Lawrence^ Viceroy and Governor-General of India, and each of Part IV Bastem Arohipelago— Siam— Ko. OLXXIII. 521 - ■ ■ -^ - them showing the boandary line as finally agreed upon between the dominions of His Majerty the King of Siam and British Tenasserim. In witness whereof we have hereunto subscribed our names and affixed our seals of Office at Bangkok aforesaid on this third day of July in the year 1868 of the Christian era. Chow Phya Sai Suai Wovose. Chow Phta Phu Tuabaphai. Na CLXXIII. 1874. Whereas the Goyerkmekt of India and the Siamese Govern- MBNT desire to conclude a Treaty for the purpose of promoting commercial intercourse between British BtJRMAH and the adjoining territories of Chiangmai, Lakon, and Lampoonchi, belonging to Siam, and of preventing BACOiTY and other heinous crimes in the territories afore* said: The high contracting parties have for this purpose named and appointed their Plenipotentiaries, that is to say; His Excellency the Bight Honourable Thomas George Baring, Baron Northbrook of Stratton and a Baronet, Member of the Privy Council of Her Most Gracious Majesty the Queen of Great Britain and IRELAND) Grand Master of the Most Exalted Order of the Star of India, "Viceroy and Governor- General of India in Council, has on his part named and appointed Charles Umpherbton Atichison, Esq., Coufilvios of the Most Exalted Order of the Star of India; And His Majesty Somdetch Phra Paramindr Maha Chulalong KORN BODINDTHONG DbPAYA MaHA MoNQKUT PurUSAYA Batore-eayare-wiwongse Varutmawongse Pribat Wa- RAKATTRYA RaJA NiKRADOM ChADURANTA PoROM MaHA Chakrabantiaray Sangkat Poromdham Mik Maharaja 3x 522 Eastern Arohipelago— 8iam-No. CLXXIII. Part IV Uhibat Foromnat Fobit Fhba Chuul Chom Klaw Chow YuHUA, SuPRBMB KiNG of SiAM, fifth of the present Boyal Dynasty, who founded the Qreat City of Bangkok Amaratnx XosiNDR MoHiNDR AfVTHiA, has on his .part named and ' appointed Fhta Charon Raja Maitri, Chief Judge of the Foreign Court, £!irjst Minuter Plenipotentiaiit, Fhya Samud Furanurax, Governor of the Disrsicrof Samudr Frakar, Second Minister Plbnipotentiart, and Fhra Maha Muntri Sriongrax Samuha, Chief of the Department of the Royal Body Guard of the Right, Adviser ; and Edward Fowle, Esq., Luang Siamanukroh, Consul for Siam at Rangoon, Advjser ; and the aforesaid Flenifotentiartes having communicated to each other their respective full powers and found them to be in good nnd due form have agreed upon and concluded the following Articles : — Arttclb 1. His Majeety the Kin^ of Siam \v ill cause the Prince of ChiaDgaiai to establish and maintain Guard Stations under proper officers on the Siamese bank of the Salween river, which forms the boundary of Chiangmai, belon^r- ing to Siam, and to maintain a sufficient poHoe force for the prevention of murder^ robbery, dacoity^ and other heinous crimes* Article 2. If any perpons, having committed dacoity in any of the territories of Chiangmai, Lakon, and Lampoonchi, cross the frontier into British territory, the britit-h authorities aid police shall use their best endeavours to apprehend them. Such dacoits when apprehended shall, if Siamese subjects, be delivered over to the Siamese authorities at Chiaugmai ; if British subjects, they shall be dealt with by the British officer in the Yoonzaleen District. If any persons, having committed dacoity in British territory, eroes the frontier into Chiangmai, Lakon, or Lampoonohi, the Siamese authorities and police shall use their best endeavours to apprehend them. Such daooite when apprehended shall, if British subjects^ be delivered over to the British officer in the Yoonzaleen District; if Siamese subjectSj they shall be dealt with by the Siamese authorities at Cbiangmai. If any persons, whether provided with passports under Article 4 of this Treaty or not, commit dacoity in British or Siamese territory and are appre- hended in the territory in which the dacoity was committed, they may be tried and punished by the local courts without question as to their nationality* Property plundered by daooits, when recovered by the authoriti^ on either side of the frontier^ shall be delivered to its proper owners. Part IV Bastern Archipelago -Siam*-No. CLXXIII. 623 ASTICT'B 8. The Siaroefe anthorities in Chiungmai^ Lakon^ and Lampoonohi will afford due aBsist^nce and prntection to British sabjectfl carrying on trade or business in any of those territoiies^ and the British Government in India will afford similar assistance and protection to Siamese subjects from Chiangmai^ Lakon, and Lampuonchi carrying on trade or business in British territory. Akticijs 4, British subjects entering Cliiangmai, Lakon, and Lampoonchi from Britik'h Burmah must provide themselves with passports from the Chief Com- missioner of British Buimah, or sueb officer as he appoints in this behalf^ stating their names, calling, and detfciiption. Such passports must be renewed for each journey and must be shown to the Siamese officers at the frontier stations, or in the interior of Chi ingmai, Lakon, and Lampoonchi on demand. Persons provided with passports and not carrying any articles prohibited under the Treaty concluded between Her Majesty the Queen of England and His Majesty the King of Siam on the eigteenth April one thousand eight hundred and fifty.fivCy and the supplementary agreement concluded between certain Royal Commissioners on the part of the Siamese Government and a Commis- sioner on the part of the British Government on the thirteenth May one thousand eight hundred and fifty-six shall be allowed to proceed on their journey without interference ; persons unprovided with passports may be turned back to the frontier, but shall not be subjected to further interference. Articls 6. For the purpose of settling future disputes of a civil nature between British and Siamese subjects in Chiangmai, Lakon, and Lampoonchi, belong* ing to Siam, the following provisions are agreed to :—> (tf.) — His Majesty the Eang of Siam shall appoint proper persons to be Judges in Chiangmai with jurisdiotion (I) to investigate and decide claims of British subjects against Siamese subjects in Chiangmai, Lakon, and Lam- poonchi ; (i) to investigate and determine claims of Siamese subi'ects against British subjects entering Chiangmai, Lakon, and Lampoonchi from British Burmah and having passports under Article 4 provided such British subjects consent to the jurisdiction of the Court ; (i.) — Claims of Siamese subjects against British subjects entering Chiang- mai, Lakon, and Lampoonchi from British Burmah and holding passports under Article 4, but not consenting to the jurisdiction of the Judges at Chiangmai appointed as aforesaid, shall be investigated and decided by the British Consul at Bangkok, or the British officer of the Yoonzaleen District. (e.) — Claims of Siamese subjects against British subjects entering Chiang- mai, Lakon, and Lampoonchi from British Burmah, but not holding passports under Article 4, shall be investigated and decided by the ordinary local courts. 624 Eastern Arobipelago— Biam— No. CLXXIII. Pmrt IV Articlb 6. Siamese subjects id British Burmah having claims ngainsteaeh other maj apply to the Deputy Commissioner of the district in which they may happen to be to arbitrate between them. Such Deputy Commissioner shall use his good offices to effect an amicable settlement of the dispute, and if both parties have agreed to his arbitration, his award shall be final and binding ou them. Similarly British subjects in Chiangmai, Lakon, and Lampoonchi having claims against each other may apply to any of the Judges at Chiangmai appointed under Article 5, who shall use his good offices to effect an amicable settlement of the dispute, and if both parties have agreed to his arbitration his award shall be final and binding on them. Articia 7. Native Indian subjects of Her Britannic Majesty pnfprmg nhinnprinai^ Lakon, and Lampoonobi f fo» - British. Bnonah, who are not provided with {msspbris under Article 4^ shall be liable to the local courts and the local aw for offences committed by them in Siamese territories. Native Indian subjects as aforesaid, who are provided with passports under Article 4, shall be dealt with for such offences by the British Consul at Bangkok, or by the British officer in the Yoonzaleen District, according to British law. Abticle 8. The Siamese authorities in Chiangmai^ Lakon, and Lampoonchi, and the British authorities in the Yoonzaleen District, will at all times use their best endeavours to procure and furnish to the Courts in the Yoonzaleen District and the Consular Court at Bangkok and to the Court at Chiangmai respectively such evidence and witnesses as may be required for the determination of civil aud criminal cases pending in these Courts. Abticlb 9. In cases tried by the British officer of the Yoonzaleen District, or by the Judges at Chiangmai appointed under Article 5, in which Siamese or British subjects may respectively be interested, the Siamese or British authorities may respectively depute an officer to attend and listen to the investigation of the case, and copies of the proceedings will be funuFhed gratis to the Siamese or British authorities respectively if required. AaTicLB 10. British subjects provided with pasf^ports under Article 4, who desire to purchase, cut, or girdle timber in the forests of Chiangmai, LaJcon, and Lam- poonchi, must enter into written agreement for a definite period with the owner of the forest. Such agreement must be executed in; duplicate, each party i*etaining a copy and each copy must be sealed by one of the Siamese Judges at Chiangmai appointed under Article 5 and by the Prince of Fart IV Baetem Archipelago— Biam— No. CLXXIII. 626 Chiangmai. A copy of every snch agreement shall be furnished by the Judge at Chiaugmai to the Britibb officer iu the Yoonzaleen District. Any British subject cutting or girdling trees in any forest without the consent of the owner of the forest obtained as aforesaid, or after the expiry of the agreement relating thereto, shall, if provided with a passport, be liable to pay such com- pensation to the owner of the forest as the British Consul at Bangkok or the officer of the Yoonzaleen District may deem reasonable ; if unprovided with a passport, he may be dealt with by the local courts according to the law of the country. Abticlb 11. The Judges at Cliiangmai appointed under Article 5, and the Prince of Chiaugmai, shall endeavour to prevent owners of forests from executing agree- ments with more than one party for the same timber or forest, and to prevent any person from improperly marking or efEacing the marks on timber which has been lawfully cut or marked by another person, and shall give %uch facilities as are in their power to purchasers and fellers of timber to identify their property. If the owners of forests prohibit the cutting, girdling, or removing of timber under agreements duly executed in accordance with Article 10, the Judges at Chiangmai appointed under Article 5, and the Prince of Chiangmai, Fh%ll enforce the agreements, and the owners of such forests acting as aforesaid shall be liable to pay such compensation to the persons with whom tliey have entered into such agreements as the Judges at Chiangmai appointed as aforesaid may deem reat^onable. Abticle is. British subjects entering Siamese territory from British Burmah must, according to custom and the regulations of the country, pay the duties lawfully prescribed on goods liable ta such duty. Siamese subjects entering British territory must, according to the regu- lations of the British Government, pay the duties lawfully prescribed on goods liable to such duty. Article 13. The British officer of the Yoonzaleen District may, subject to the condi- tions of this Treaty, exercise all or any of the powers that may be exerciped by a British Consul under the Treaty concluded between Her Majesty the Queen of England and His Majesty the King of Siam on the eighteenth April one thousand eight hundred and fifty-five, and the supplementary agree* meut concluded between certain Hojal Commissioners on the part of the Siamese Government and a Commissioner on the part of the British Government on the thirteenth May one thousand eight hundred and fifty-six. Abticli 14 Except as and to the extent herein specially provided, nothing in this Treaty shall be taken to affect the provisions of any Treaty or other agreement now in force between the British and Siamese Governments. 526 Eastern ▲rohipelagO'Siam-^No. OLXXIII. Part IV Articlb 15. After the lapse of seven years from the date on which this Treaty shall come into force and on twelve months' notice {pven by either party this Treaty ahall be subject to revision by Commissioners appointed on both sides for this par- poscj who shall be empowered to decide on and adopt such amendments a« ex- perience shall prove to be desirable. Abticli 16. This Treaty has been executed in Eo^h'sh and Siamese, both vercions having the same meaning, but as the British Plenipotentiary has no knowledge of the Siamese language, it is hereby agreed that in the event of any question of construction arising on this Treaty, the English text shall be accepted as conveying in every respect its true meaning and intention. « A&TICL8 17. The ratification of this Treaty by His Excellency the Viceroy and Oovemor- Qeneral oE India having been communicated to the Siamese Plenipotentiaries, this Treaty shall be ratified by His Majesty the King of Siam, and such ratifi- cation shall be transmitted to the Secretary to the Govemment of India in the Foreign Department at Calcutta within four mouths or sooner if possible. The Treaty having been fo ratified shall come into force on the first January one thousand fight hundred and seventy-five Anno Domini, corre- sponding with the first day of the third Siamese moon in the year of Choh one thousand two hundred and thirty-six of the Siamese era, or On such earlier date as may be separately agreed upou. In witness whereof the respective Plenipotentiaries have sic^ned in dupli- cate, in English and Siamese, the present Treaty and have affixed thereto their respective Seals. Done at Calcutta this fourteenth day of January in the year one thousand eight hundred and seventy-four of the Christian era, corresponding to the twelfth day of the second month of the twelfth waning moon of the year of Raka one thousand two hundred and thirty-five of the Siamese era. Signature offiui Signature o/iecond Siamese tnvog. Siamese Enveg. C. U. AITCHISON, Plenipotentiary on behalf of the Viceroy and Governor' Genera I o/' India. L.S. L.S. Part IV Sastern Arohipelago-Siam— No. OLXXIV. 627 No. OLXXIV. Treaty between Heb Majesty and His Majesty the King of SiAM for the Prevention of Grime in the Territories of Ghiakgmai, Lakon, and Lampoonchi, and for the Promotion of Commerce between British Btjkmah and the Territories aforesaid. SiGNSD AT Bangkok, Sbd Ssptbmbeb 1888. {^Ratifications txchanged 7ik diay 1884.'] Whereas the relations of Peace, Commerce, and Friendship hap})ily sub- sisting between Great Britain and Siam are regulated by a Treaty bearing date the IHth April 1855, and a Supplementary Agreement dated 13th May 1856; and, as regards the territories of Cbiangmai, Lakon, and Lampoonohi, by a special Treaty between the Government of India and the Government of His Majesty the King of Siam, bearing date the 14th January 1874 ; And whereas Her Majesty the Qneen of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, Empress of India, and His Majesty the King of Siam^ Sovereign of Laos, Malays, Kareans, etc., etc., etc., with a view to the more eftectual prevention of crime in the territories of Cbiangmai, Lakon, and Lampoonchi, belonging to Siam, and to the promotion of commercial inter- course between British Burmah and the territories aforesaid, have agreed to abrogate the said Treaty Special concluded on the 14th January }874, and to substitute therefor a new Treaty, and have named their respective Plenipoten- tiaries for this purpose, that is to say— Her Majesty the Queen of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, Empress of India, William Henry Newman, Esq., Her Majesty's Acting Agent and Consul-General in Siam ; 'And His Majesty the King of Siam, Sovereign of Laos, Malays, Kareans, etc.. His Excellency Chow Pyha Bhanwongse Maha Kosa Ihibodi, Grand Cross ot the Most Hon'Ue Order of the Crown of Siam, Grand Cro$>s of the Most N«tb!e Order of the Chula Chom Klao, Grand Officer of the Most Exalted Older of the White Elephant, Member of the Privy Council, Minister for Foreign Affairs ; Phya Charon Raj Maitri, Grand Officer of the Most Exalted Order of the White Elephant, Knight Commander of the Most Noble Order of the Chnla Cliom Klao, Member of the Ptivy Council, Chief Judge of the International Court; and Phya Thep Prachun, Grand Cross of the Most Hon'ble Order of the Crown of Siam, Knight Commander of the Most Noble Order of the Chula Chom Klao, Grand Officer of the Most Exalted Order of the White Elephant, Member of the Privy Council;^ Under-Secretary of State of the War Department. 638 Eastern Arohlpelago^Siam— No. OLXXI V. Part IV The said Plenipotentiaries, after having communioated to each other tbeir respective full powers, found in good and due fomii have agreed upon and concluded the following Articles :— Article 1. The Treaty between the Government of India and the Oovernment of His Majesty the Kino^of Siam^ bearing date the 14th Januaiy 1874, ahall be and is hereby abrogated. A&TiCLa 2. The Siamese authorities in Chiangmai, Lakon, and Laropoonchi will afford due assistance and protection to British subjects carrying on trade or business in' any of those territories ; and the British Oovernment in India will afford similar assistance and protection to Siamese subjects from Chiangmai| Lakoiii and Lampoonchi carrying on trade or business in the British territory. Articlb S. British subjects entering Chiangmai, Lakon, and Lampoonchi most pro- vide themselves with passports from the Chief Commissioner of British Burmah, or such officer as he appoints in this behalf, stating their names, calling, and the weapons they carry, and description. Suoh passports must be renewed for each journey, and must be shown to the Siamese officers at the frontier stations, or in the interior of Chiangmai, Lakon, and Lampoonchi on demand. Persons provided with passports and not carrying any articles pro- hibited under the Treaty of the 18th April 181)5, or the Supplementary Agree- ment of the ISth May 1856, shall be allowed to proceed on their journey without interference ; persons unprovided with passports may be turned baek to the frontier, but shall not be subjected to further interference. Passports may also be granted by Her Majesty's Consul-General at Bangkok and by Her Majesty's Consul or Vice- Consul at Chiangmai, in case of the loss of the original passport or of the expiration of the term for which it may have been granted, and other analogois eases. British subjects travelling in the Siamese territory must be provided with passports from the Siamese authorities. Siamese subjects going from Chiangmai, Lakon, and . Lampoonehi into British Burmah must provide themselves with passports from the authorities of Chiangmai, Lakon, and Lampoonchi respectively, stating their name, calling, description, and the weapons they carry. Such passports must be recewed for each journey, and must be shown to the British officer at the frontier stations or in the interior of British Burmah on demand. Persons provided with passports and not carrying any prohibited article shall be allowed to proceed on their journey without interference. Persons unprovided with passports may be turned back at the frontier, but shall not be subjected to further interference. Part IV Sastem Arohipelago— Siam^No. OLXXIV. 629 Aetiolv 4. British subjects entering Siamese territory from British Burmah must, according to custom and the regulations of the country^ pay the duties lawfully prescribed on goods liable to such duty. Siamese subjects entering British territory will be liable^ according to the regulations of the British Oovernment, to pay the duties lawfully pre- scribed on goods liable to such duty. Tables of such duties shall be published for general information. Article 5. His Majesty the King of Siam will cause the Prince of Chiangmai to establish and maintain guard stations^ under proper oflScers, on the Siamese bank of the Sal ween River, which forms the boundary of Chiangmai belong* ing to Siam^ and to maintain a sufficient police force for the prevention of murder^ robbery, dacoity^ and other crimes of violence, Articlb 6. If any persons accused or convicted of murder, robbery, dacoity, or other heinous crime in any of the territories of Chiangmai, Lakon, and Lampoonchi escape into British territory, the British authorities and police shall use their best endeavours to apprehena them. Such persons when apprehended shall, if Siamese subjects, or subjects of any third Power, according to the Extradi- tion Law for tiie tune being in force in British India, be delivered over to the Siamese authorities at Chiangmai ; if British subjects, they shall either be delivered over to the Siamese authorities, or shall be dealt with by the British authorities as the Chief Commissioner of British Burmah, or any officer duly authorized by him in this behalf, may decide. If any persons accused or convicted of murder, robbery, dacoity, or other heinous crime in British territory, escape into Chiangmai, Lakon, or Lampoon- chi, the Siamese authorities and police shall use their best endeavours to appre- hend them. Such persons when apprehended shall, if British subjects, be delivered over to the British authonties according to the Extradition Law for the time being in force in Siam ; if Siamese subjects, or subjects of any third Power not having Treaty relations with Siam, they shall either be delivered over to the British authorities, or shall be dealt with by the Siamese authorities, as the latter may decide, after consultation with the Consul or Vice-Consul. Abticlb 7. The interests of all British subjects coming to Chiangmai, Lakon, and Lampoonchi shall be placed under the regulations and control of a British Consul or Vice-Consul, who will be appointed to reside at Chiangmai, with power to exercise civil and criminal jurisdiction in accordance with the provi- sions of Article 2 of the Supplementary Agreement of the 18th May 1856, subjeet to Article 8 of the present Treaty. 3t 530 Eaatern Arohipelaiso— Siam^No. OLXXIV. Fart IV Abtiolb 8. His Majesty the King of Siam will appoint a proper person or proper persons to be a Commissioner and Judge, or Commissionere and Judges, in Chiangraai, for the purposes hereinafter mentioned. Sneh Jodge or Judges Bball> subject to the limitations and provisions contained in the present Treaty, exercise civil and criminal jurisdiction in all cases arising in Chiangmai, Lakon, and Lampoonchi between British subjects, or in which Biitisk subjects may be parties as complainants, accused, plaintiffs, or defendants, according to Siamese law ; provided always, that in all sach cases the Consul or Vice- Cousul shall be entitled to be present at the trial, and to be fumbhed with copies of the proceedings which, when the defendant or accused is a British subject, shall be supplied free of charge, and to make any suggestions to the Judge or Judges which he may think proper in the interests of justice: provided also, that the Consul or Vice- Consul shall have power at any time, before judufroent, if he shall think proper in the interests of justice, by a written requisition under his hand, directed to the Judge or Judges, to signify his desire that any case in which both parties are British subjects, or in which the accused or defendant is a British subject, be transferred for adjudication to the British Consular Court at Chiangmai, and the case shall thereupon be transferred to such last-mentioned Court accordingly, and be disposed of by the Consul or Vice-Consul, as provided by Article 2 of the Suplementary Agreement of 13th May 1856. The Consul or Vice-Consul shall have access, at all reasonable times, to any British subject who may be imprisoned under a sentence or order of the said Judge or Judges, and, if he shall think fit, may require that the prisoner be removed to the Consular prison, there to undergo the residue of ms tenn of imprisonment. The Tariff of Court-fees shall be published, and shall be equally binding on all parties concerned, whether British or Siamese. Article 9. In civil and criminal cases in which British subjects may be parties, and which shall be tried before the said Judge or Judges, either party shall be entitled to appeal to Bangkok ; if a British subject, with the sanction and consent of the British Consul or Vice-Consul, and in other cases by leave of the presiding Judge or Judges. In all such cases a transcript of the evidence, together with a report from the presiding Judge or Judges, shall be forwarded to Bangkok, and the appeal shall be disposed of there by the Siamese authorities and Her Britannic Imijes- ty^s Consul-Qeneral in consultation. Provided always that in all cases where the defendants or secured are Siamese subjects the final decision on appeal shall rest with the Siamese authorities ; and that in all other cases in which British subjects are parties the final decision on appeal shall rest with her Britannic Majesty's Consul- General. Part IV Eastern Archipelago— Siam— So. OLXXIV. 631 Pending the result of the appeal, the judgment of the Court at Chiang- mai shall be suspended on such terms and conditions (if any) as shall be agreed upon between the said Judge or Judges and the Consul or Vice-Consul. In such cases of appeal, as above set forth, the appeal must be entered in the Court of Chiangmai within a month of the original verdict, and must be presented at Bangkok within a reasonable time, to be determined by the Court at Chiangmaii failing which the appeal will be thrown out of Court. Abticls 10. The British authorities in the frontier'districts of British Burmah, and the Siamese authorities in Ghiangmai, Lakon, and Lampoonchi, will at all times use their best endeavours to procure and furnish such evidence and witnesses as may be required for the determination of civil and criminal cases pending in the Consular and Siamese Courts at Bangkok and inlChiangmai respectively, when the importance of the sSsar may render it necessary. Abtiolb 11. British subjects desiring to purchase, cut, or girdle timber in the forests of Chiangmai, Jjakoo, aud Lampoonchi- roust enter into a written agreement for a definite period with the owner of the forests. The agreement must be executed in duplicate, each party retaining a copy, and each copy must be sealed by the British Consul or Vice-Consul and a Siamese Judge and Com- missioner at Chiangmai, appointed under Article 8 of this Convention, and be countersigned by a competent local authority, and every such agree- ment shall be duly registered in the British Consulate and in the Siamese Court at Chiangmai. Any British subject cutting or girdling- trees in a forest without the consent of the owner of the forest obtained as aforesaid, or after the expiration of the agreement relating to it, shall be liable to pay such compensation to the owner of the forest as the British Consular Officer at Chiangmai shall adjudge. Transfers of agreements shall be subject to the same formalities. The charges for sealing, countersigning, and registration shall be fixed at a moderate scale, and published for general information. AanoLB IS. ^ The Siamese Judges and Commissioners at Chiangmai appointed under Article 8 shall, in conjunction with the local authorities, endeavour to prevent the owners of forests from executing agreements with more than one party for the same timber or forests, and to prevent any person from illegally marking or effacing the marks on timber which has been lawfully cut or mark- ed by another person, and they shall give such &cilitie8 as are in their power to the purchasers and fellers of timber to identify their property. Should the owners of forests hinder the cutting, girdling, or removing of timber undei agreements .duly executed in accordance with Article 11 of this Convention the Siamese Judges and Commissioners of Chiangmai and the local authorities 682 Eastern Arohipelago— 8Um— No. OLZZIV. Part ZV shall enforce the agreement, and the owners of such forests aoting^ as aforesaid shall be liable to pay such compensation to the penons with whom they have entered into such agreements as the Siamese Judges and CommissionerB at Cbiangmai shall determine, in accordance with Siamese law. Abticlb is. Except as and to the extent specially proyided, nothing in this Treaty shall be taken to affect the provisions of the Treaty of Friendship and Com- merce between Her Majesty and the Kings of Siam of the 18th April iSfid, and the Agreement supplementary thereto of the ISth May 1856. Abtigle 14. This Treaty has been executed in English and Siamese, both versnoos having the same meaning ; but it is hereby agreed that in the event of any question arising as to the construction thereof, the English text shall lie accepted as conveying its true meaning and intention. Abuclb 16. This Treaty shall come into operation immediately after the exchange of the ratifications thereof, and shall continue in force for seven years from that date, unless either of the two Contracting Parties shall give notice of their desire that it should terminate before that date. In such case, or in the event of notice not being g^ven before the expiration of the said period of seven years, it shall remain in force until the expiration of one year from the day on which either of the High Contracting Parties shall have given snch notice* The High Contracting Parties, however, reserve to themselves the power of making, by common consent, any modifi'sations in these Articles which expe- rience of their working may show to be desirable. Abticlb 16. This Treaty shall be ratified, and the ratifications exchanged at Bangkok as soon as possible. In witness whereof the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed the same in duplicate, and have aflfixed thereto their respective seals. Done at Bangkok, the third day of September, in the year one thonsand eight hundred and eighty-three of the Christian era, corresponding to the second day of the waxing moon of the tenth month of the year of the Goat, one thousand two hundred and forty-five of the Siamese era. (L.S.) W. H. Nbwman. (L.S.) (Signatures of the (L.S.) Siamese Plenipo- (L.S.) tentiaries.) Tart IV Sastem Archipelago— 8iam—Na OLXXIV. 588 AlTKBX, List of heinous crimes appended to the Treaty made between Great Britain and Siam with regard to ChiaDgmai, Lakon^ and Lampoonchi, this 8rd day of September ISSS, in connection with the provisions of Article 6 of that Treaty with regard to the extradition of ofEenders :— Murder* Culpable homkide. l)acoity. Robbery. Theft Forgery. Connterfeitiiig coin or GoTemmeDt stamps. Eidoapping. Bape. ISisohief by fire or by any ezplodre substanoOi (L.8.) W. H. Nbwman. (L.S.) (Signatures of the (L.S.) Siamese Plenipo* (L.S.) tentiaries.) APPENDICES. BENGAL. APPENDIX No. \.—Tage 3. The. following are the Sanads for Lobd Olive's jaohebr, referred to in pagf 3, and the Sanads for the reversioa of the jaoheer to the Company :— 1. SuNNUB for Colonel Olive's Munsub. His Majesty. On Saturday, the liith of Rabbi-ul-Sauni, in the fourth of the •o .^ «^» glorious and happy Rei^n, and the llTlst year of the Hegira, in the Aq g^ ^ Ressalla of the glory of the nobility, and rank of Ameers, the shrine v^ ^ i^ of grandeur and dignity, instructed both in the ways of devotion ^ S "^ and wealth, to whom the true glory of religion and kingdoms is ^ .^ known ; the bearer of the lance of fortitude and respect ; the embroi- •« '^ ^ 5 derer of the carpet of magniQcence and greatness; the support o^^-^To ^ the em|)ire and its dependencies, to whom it is entrusted to govern ^ § ^ § and aggrandize the empire ; the conductor of victory in the battles "5 qq r^ ^ fought for the dominion of the world; the distributor of life in the « .s^ .^^ '^ councils of State, to whom the most secret recesses of the mysteries .j|^ - § of government are discovered ; the master of the arts of penetration '^a ^j •* and circumspection ; the bri^rhtness of the mirror of truth and fide- • lity ; the light of the torch of sincerity and integrity ; who is admit- "5 ted to, and contributes to the determinations of the royal councils; §> a participator of the secrets of the penetralia of friendship ; who ^^ presides equally over the sword and the pen; moderator of the ^ affairs of the earth ; chief of the Khans of the most exalted lunk ; S the pillar of the Ameers of the greatest splendour ; the trust of the ^ zealous champions of the faith ; the glory of heroes in the. fields •• of war, and the administrator of the affairs of the immoveable g empire; councillor of enlightened wisdom and exalted dignity : 25 adorned with friendship and honors, endowed with dignity and discretion; pillar of the dominions of Solomon; the distributor of glo'-y; Buxey of the empire; Ameer of Ameers, hereof the empire; tiger of the country ; Mahomed Ahmud Khan, the brave ; tiger of war ; the commander- in-chief of the forces, glorious by victory ; the tiger of Hind, mighty in battle. And in the time of the Waka Nagarree of the least of the domestics, of the Court of Glory and Majesty Sooklaal. This was written : The command of (above) was passed, that Colonel Clive, a European, be favored with a Munsub of the rank of 6,000, and 5,000 horse, and the title of '' Flower of the empire ; defender of the country ; t he brave ; firm in war/' This was entered the 10th day of iiabbi-ul-Sauui, iu the -l^th year, according to the orginal Yaddasht. 8z Appendix Wo. 1— Bengal. Form ^ tit tigning. To the glory of oobilit; and raok of Ameezs, tba Bhrine of grandeur uid dignity, ioetractod, etc., be it entered in the Waka. 6,000 rank. * ^ "^ | 6,000 horse. *^-^ J * Written on the day aboTe-mentioned of tbe (SauDi mooD, of tbe glorioos happy Reign. After the manner of the Waka it is concluded. :-^ I if San 1171. TheSemnt of Aslnm Qeer, the Warlike King, whose Olory U equal to that of Jam Shud, might? In War, ths FJower of the Coantrj, Chief of ths Forem, th< Olorr of Victory, the Tiger o( Hind, Uabomed Ahmad Khin, the heave Tiger of War, Baiey of the EmpiM, Ameer of Atneera, The Tiger of the Country, San 4tb. Entered in the Dewan's Office on the 25th of Rah- bi-ul-Sauni, in the 4th year o£ his Majesty's Reign. Snn 1167. Tha Sl.ve of Aalatn cJeer, Warlike King, Soolciasl Sun (he Firet. Tbe Glor? of Wealth, Zechara Khau Behauder. 4tb Snn of Reign. .Entered ia the Annals of the Chancery on the )9th of Rabbi-ul.Sauni, in the 4th year of Hie Majesty's Reign. Appendix No. 1— Bengal. 2. Perwannah from the Nabob Shujah tjl Mulck, Hossam 6 DowLA, Meeb Mahomed Jaffieb Khan Behaudeb, Maha- BUT Jung, to the Honorable Pbesident and Council of Calcutta. Br it known to the Council of the noblest of merchants^ the English Com- pany, that whereas the glory of the nobility^ Zubdut ul Mulek^ Nassera l)owla> Colonel Clive, Sabat Jung* Behauder, has been honored with a Munsub of the rank of six thousand and five thousand horse from the Imperial Court, and has exerted himself in conjunction with me, with the most steady attach- ment, and in the most strenuous manner, in the protection of the Imperial territories ; in recompense thereof, the Pergunnah of Calcutta, etc., belonging to the Chuekla of Hooghly^ etc., of the Circar Sautgaum, etc., dependent on the Khalsa Shereefa and Jaghire, amounting to two hundred and twenty-two thousand nine hundred and fifty-eight Sicca Rupees, and something more, conferred on the English Company by the Dewanny Sunnud, as their Zemin- darry, commencing from the month Poos, in the eleven hundred and sixty- fourth year of the Bengal style. From the half of the season Reebee Sooskaneel in the 1165th year of the Bengal style, is appointed the jaghire of the glory of the nobility aforesaid : It behoves you to look upon the above person as the lawful jaghirdar of that place, and in the same manner as you formerly delivered in the due rents of the Government, according to the Kistbundee, into the treasury of the court and the jaghire, taking a receipt under the seal of the Daroga and Mushruf, and Treasurer ; now in the like manner you are regularly to deliver to the aforementioned jaghirdar the rents, according to the stated payments, and receive a receipt from the aforesaid person. Be punctual in the strict execution of this writing. Written the* 1st of Zeckaida, 6th Sun of the Reign. (The Nabob's Mark.) Endorsements, D. H. It has passed. Copied in the books Entered in the book N.'B. of the Dewanny, the 1st of Huzzoor, the 1st of (The Rotkotan's signing.) of the Mohurrum, the Mohurrum, the 6th sun eth year of the Reign. of the Reign. JV.5.— (Signed by JV.JT.— (Signed by the Dewanny Secretary, the Nabob^s Moonshee.) Peshkar or Accountant.) 8. SuNNUD from the Nabob for the reversion in perpetuity of Lord Cliye's Jaohi&e to the Company. Be it known to the Counsellors and Chiefs of the English Company, the present and future Muttaseddees, the Chowdrahs, Canongoos, Muccuddems^ * About the 13th of July 1759. vi Appendix No. 1— Bengal. Hiotts^ MnzarrieS; and all t>ther inliabitants of Pergunnabs of Calcatta^ etc., in the Circar of Sautgaum, etc., in the Province of Bengal. The sum of 2,2:^,958 Sicca Rupees and odd, acrreeablj to the Dewanny Sunnud, and the Sunnud of the high and mighty Shujah ul Mulck, Hoesara 6 Dow la, Meer Mahomed Jaffier Khan Behauder, Mababut Jung, Nazim of the Province, has been appointed from the aforesaid Pergunnabs, belonging to the Chuckla of Hooghly, etd in the Circar of Santgaum, etc., the Zemin* darry of the English Company, as an unconditional jag hire, to the high and mighty Zubdut ul Mulck, Nasseer ul Dowla, Lord Clive, Behaader : Now likewise the eaid Pergunnahs are confirmed, as an unconditional jaghire to the hi^b and mighty aforesaid, from tbe 16th of May of the I764t1i year of Christ (answering to the 14th of Zeckaida, of the 1177th year of the Hegira), to the 16fb of May of the 1774th year of Christ (answering to the 8th of Kabbi-ul-Awul, of the 1188th year of the Hegira,) being ten years, of which one year is expired, and there are nine to come, they shall appertain as an uncunditiooal jaghire to the bigh and mighty aforesaid ; and after the expiration of this term they shall revert, as an unconditional jaghire and per- petual gift, to the Company ; and if (which God forbid) the high and mighty aforesaid shall die within this term, they shall revert to the Company imme- diately upon his death. It is requisite that ye should regard the high and mii^hty aforesaid, during the afore-mentioned term, and after him the Com- pany aforesaid, as unconditional jaghirdars, and regularly pay them the revenue of the aforesaid Pergunnabs. Written the 23rd of June 1765 ^ antwering to the 3rd o/Moiurrum, of ike tl79th year of the Uegira. (Signed) K STflPflENSON, Provieional See. 4. Febmaund from the King Shah Aalom, oonfirming the reversion in perpetuity of Lokd Olive's jaghuib to the Company. Whereas, a Sunnud has been presented to us, under the seal of the Nabob Nudjum ul Dowla Behauder, to the following purport, viz.i — *' The sum of 2,2:^^958 Sicca Rupees, and odd, agreeably to the Dewanny Sunnud, and the Sunnud of the high and mighty Shujah ul Mulck, Hossam d Dowlah, Meer Mahomed Jaffier Khan Behauder, has been appointed from the Pergunnahs of Calcutta, etc., in the Circar of Sautgaum, etc., in the Province of Bengal (the Paradise of the Earth) the Zemindarry oC the English Company, as aa unconditional jaghire to the high and niighty Zubdut ul Mulck, Naaseer ul Dowla, Lord Clive, Behauder : Mow likewise the said Pergunnahs are con- firmed as an unconditional jaghire to the high and mighty aforesaid, from the 16th of May of the 1764th year of the Christian style (answering to the l4th of Zeckaida of the 1177th year of the Hegira) to the expiration of ten years, they shall appertain as an unconditional jaghire to the high and Appendix No. 1— Bengal. vii mighty aforesaid ; and after the expiration of this term to revert to f he Company as an unconditioDal jaghire; and if the high and mighty aforesaid should die within the said term, they shall revert- to the Company imme- diately upon his death/' And whereas the said Sunnud has met with our approbation at this happy time, therefore our royal Firmaund^ indispensably requiring obedience, is issued, that, in consideration of the fidelity of the English Company, and the high and mighty aforesaid, the said jaghire stands confirmed agreeably to the aforesaid Sunnud. It is requisite that the present and future Muttaseddees, the Chowdrahs^ Canongoos^ Maccuddems, Biotts^ Muzarries, and all other inhabitants of the Pergunnahs of Calcutta, etc., iu the Circar of Sautgaum, etc., regard the high and mighty aforesaid during tlie before-mentioned term, and after him the Company^ aforesaid, as uncondi« tional jaghirdars, and regularly pay them the revenuues of the said Pergunnahs. Written the 24th of Sopiar, in tke 6th year of the Jaloo9, the 12th of August 1765. Contents of the Zimmun, Agreeably to the paper which has received our sign manual, our royal commands are issued, that whereas the sum of 2,22,958 Sicca Rupees and odd has been appointed from the Pergunnahs of Calcutta, etc.^ in the Circar of Sautgaum, etc., the Zemindarry of the English Company, as an unconditional jaghire, to the high and mighty Zubdut ul Mulck^ Nasseer ul Dowla, Lord Clive, fiehauder, agreeably to the Dewanny Sunnud, and the Sunnud of the Nazim of the Province ; in consideration therefore of the attachment of the high and mighty aforesaid, we have been graciously pleased to confirm to him the said Pergunnahs for the space of ten years, commencing from the 16th of May of the 1764th year of the Christian sty le^ or I4tb of Zeckaida^ of the 1177th year of the Hegira; and in consideration of the attachment of the English Company, we have granted the said Pergunnahs to them, after the expiration of the aforesaid term as an unconditional jaghire and perpetual gift; and if the high and mighty aforesaid should die within this term^ the said Pergunnahs are to revert immediately to the English Company. Port William, ^ The 30ih September 1765. J (A true copy.) (Signed) Alexak. Campbell^ S.C. ▼iii Appendix JElo. 2— Burma* CO a I ot o J fa a o ^ •go t p. - ♦» S ^ 5 ^1^ g«5 fe-a-iel-gl gs5' 8 9 ^ *Z* «M •o o ^ e « A S eo 03 03 H Cm O 00 02 ?2 CX2 4i 00 00 o p a n M -a (8 03 Q ■^ «• N^OO ng 9 M a O "5 to i O I a H Eh 00 M O 0' M ^1 II ■*» * * > VJ » to ». • ^* 4 3 ^ >% i to a ^^^ s *o s CO r^ s o 00 s & I i ^ 9 4a •^ to :dM g iS0 ^ t*>55 c ^ 2;s 04 '2 3 §2 n s o to OQ Appendix Ho. 2— Banna. 111 1.3 lilt it; Mi I llllilll III I "1 = 8^ "slii" I L. 1. oca 8 w I 4 I |"« " ■ ■ J „ '^ \ ^ a "ill III '" I llllllll III 3 a iga a naS £ a SfflmSSmMB B aa 2SSS|S|S SSI •it' ... ------- --- .-. ... ;# S'^fi" ■ ' = 5" -"rfal"''-'**^^ I III "tS S Sli^--^| ^-1 I I li- lall I li ilil5?.fl|iif!| I i I!t iiri I .lliilii||lili|ilt't' Appendix I9o. 2— Burma. M 5 11 = Sua S'^ c S'i J* •T3 c a s «9 CO o ue, s C 8S o 99 2> 00 lO- I '♦»CD^'''*f gsioog 8 S S8S o «o id « ^ «^ iO fi^ «^ 00 on oo •125222 22S CL"* •"" •** ^ rff* f^ •£? T^ s I*- Q.»2 ja 00 55222 SqSaS a o <• ^ ^ c c c rf •§ 6 i -f a o Q Q I ::i ir- 1 CO r< CO :I3 14 I ^ -• ^ c C C C3 C3 P C C S S = ^ jtf .14 ^ ^ p:4 J< a . •r (3 •0 OS 4 CO 'Jj H 3« o • ■ • • • c o o o o c S « flS S?3 • ^ • • ^ c a 3 |b^ 9 2 X s flS 4 55 CO r-t X » I-" i>. «e CO 00 O O ^ -- t^ ^_ i>c;o<4: Appendix ira 2— Burma. 1 iill !■ P i ■ • -1 i i l-i- i- -a. 1.^ " - -I- lllll issll 1 ^ia^ '? ;i 1 g ■ - . ff a ii 1 1 Jsl^ 1 II I nil I |s M f^i'3 I Is iill 1 lliii! "Sax M -5 ?:=• si g.5KSaS..2gJ^S5Ssj| SIAM. APPENDIX No. A-^Page S3. AT THE COURT AT WINDSOR, Thb 26th day of Jctnb 1884. Present : THE QUEEN'S MOST EXCELLENT MAJRSTV, Lord President, Lord Steward, Secretary, Sib William Ybbkoh Habcoubt, Mb. Gladstonb. Whereas Her Majesty the Queen has power andiariBdiction within the dominions of the Kings of Siam and the territories of Cfhiengmai^ Lakon; and Lampoonchi; belonging to Siam : Now, therefore^ Her Majesty, by virtue and in exercise of the ponrers in this behalf by the Foreign Jurisdiction Acts, 1848 to 1878| and the Act of the Session of the 20th' and 21st of Her Majesty^ cap. 75, and otherwise in Her vested, is pleased^ by and with the advice of Her Privy Council, to order, and it is hereby ordered as follows : — 1. This Order may be cited as the '^ Siaro Order in Coancil, 1884/' 2. Words in this Order have the same meanings (unless the subjeet or context otherwise requires) as in the Siam (Foreign Jurisdiction) order in Council of 1856. The expression ''the Siam Orders in Council, 1856 to 1876/' or the expression '' the said Orders in Council/' means the Siam (Foreign Jurisdio- tion) Order in Council of 1856, the Orders in Council relating to Siam dated respectively the 12th September 1868, and the 10th November 1866, and the Siam (Foreign Jurisdiction) Order in Council of 1876, and the said Orders in Council and this present Order are included in the expression ''the Siam Orders in Council.'' For all the purposes of any of the Siam Orders in Council, the expression " Siam/' or " the dominions of the Kings of Siam," or any equivalent exprea- sion, includes the said territories of Chiengmai, Lakon, and Lampoonchi. The expression " the Consul-General" means Her Majesty'd Ccmsul-Odneral at Bangkok. The expression ''a Secretary of State" mean's one of Her Majesty's Principal Secretaries of State. Appendix No. 3~8iam. ziii 3. The CoDsul-General sball^ on receipt of this Orderi cause a printed copy thereof to be affixed and publielj exhibited in this Court during one calendar month, and this Order shall come into operation on the expiration of one calendar month from the time when such copj is first so affixed and exhi« bited, but proof shall not in any proceeding or matter be required that the provisions of this Article have been complied with, nor shall auy act or pro- ceeding be invalidated by any failure to comply with any of such provisions. 4. A Consul or Yioe-Consul holdinsr Her Majesty's Commission for Siam or any part thereof, or any person acting temporarily with the approval of a Secretary of State, or in case of emergency appointed temporarily by the Consul-Oeneral in writing as and for a Consul or Vice-Cousul as aforesaid, shall in and for such district as may be assigned by his Commission, or by any direction of a Secretary of State, hold and form a Consular Court, hereinafter called a District Court, and shall have a seal bearing the name or description of such district, or of the place at which the Court is held, ^ Every such District Court shall, subject to the provisions of this Orden have and exercise within its district all the powers and jurisdiction which can be exercised by the Consul-Oeneral under the Siam Orders in Council, and the Treaties or Agreements for the time being in force between Gi'eat Britain and Siam. 5. An appeal may be brouglt from a Judgment or Order of a District Court to the ConsuUGeneral in the like cases and in the like manner, and subject to the like regulations in, and subject to which an appeal can under the said Orders in Council be brought to the Supreme Court of the Straits Settlements ; and for the purposes of this Article the provisions of the said Orders in Council ghall have effect as if such District Court were therein men- tioned instead of the Consul-General, and as if the Consul-General were there- in mentioned instead of the said Supreme Court. For the purposes of hearing and determining any such appeal the Consul- General may proceed in the same manner and shall have the same powers as if the appeal were an original proceeding instituted in his Court, and he shall certify his decision to tiie District Court, which shall give effect thereto. 6. Where an appeal is brought under this Order to the Court of the Consul-General a further appeal shall lie to the Supreme Court of the Straits Settlements in the like cases and manner and on the like grounds and con- ditions in and on which an appeal can under the said Orders in Council be brought from the Consul-General to the said Supreme Court. 7. In every ca^e in which, under the said Orders in Council, a report of any proceedings, Order, Judgment, or sentence is directed 1o be made to Her Majesty's Principal Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs, such report, if made by a District Court, shall be transmitted through the Consul-General, who shall transmit therewith his observations and recommendation (if anyj in the matter. 8. The power of deportation uuder the said Orders in Council shall not be exercised by a District Court without the approbation in writing of the Con* sal-General. xiv Appendix No. 3— Siam. 9. 4ny Bules, Regalations, Bales of Practice, or Tablet or Eatf« of Peee made by a Diatriot Coart ander this Order ahall not have aaj efleot nnlev approved in writinf^ by the Consul-Oeneral, acd shall also be subjeot to. the provisioos of the Raid Orders in Council with respect to allowanoQ or difi«lJow- ance by a Secretary of State, iu the same aise^ and manner as Rnlee or Regulations made by the Cousnl-GeneraU 10. Every Court acting under the Siam Orders in Couneil shall have power to rehear any civil matter, and t9 review its Jud^ioents or Orders in auy case in which^ in the opinion of the Court, justice so requires, on socli terms as to costs and otherwise as the Court thinks just. 11. In any matter in which an appeal lies as of right or otherwise from any Court acting under the Siam Orders m Council to the Supreme Coqrt of the Straits Settlements, it shall be lawful for that Supreme C<»art, by speeiat leave, to enlarge the time tor appealing or to permit an appeal to be brought on such terms as to costs or otherwise as it thinks fit, although the time limited for appeal has elapeedy or any other formal requiaijte for an appeal has not been complied with. 12. The Qovernor in Council of the Straits Settlements shall have ppw^» in the name of Her Majesty, to remit in whole or in part any sentence passed by a Court exercising criminal jurisdiction under the Siam Orders in Council, and every such Court shall give effect to any such remission. 13. Every Court acting under the Siam Orders in Council (iocludio^ the Supreme Court of the Straits Settlements in the exercise of ooncunent juris-t diction under the Siam Orders in Council) shall be a (^ourt of Bankruptcy^ and as such shall, 6o far as circumstances admit, have with respect to British f^ub- jects and to Siamese subjects or foreigners submitting to the, jurisdiction of the Court any such civil jurisdiction in bankruptcy within the district of such Court as can be exercised by any Court exercising bankruptcy jurisdiction in the Straits Settlements. 14. With the consent of the Government of the King of Siam, and at the request of the Consul-Oeneral, a Judge of the Supreniie (Jlourt of the Straits Settlements may exercise at Bangkok or elsewhere within Siam any such, civil or criminal jurisdiction as can, under the Siam Orders in Council, be exercised in Siam by the Consul- General or a Consul or Vice*Consul, or as can, under the said Orders in Council, or the Foreign Jurisdiction. Acts, or any Acts of Parliament relating to Siam or to the Straits Settlements, be exercised at Singapore or elsewhere in the Straits Settlements by the Supreme Court of the Straits Settlements in relation to crimes committed or matters arising in Siam; and a Judge acting in Siam in pursuance of this Article may pass any sentence or give any Judgment or make any order which could be passed^ given, or made by the said Supreme Court in relation to the same offence or matter, and for the purposes of the 5th section of ** The Foreign Jurisdiction Act, 1843/' (or any enactment for the time being in force amending or substituted for that section) in relation to the execution of sentences, the Colony of the Straits Settlements is hereby appointed as a Colony in which any sentence so passed may be executed. Appendix No. 3— Slam. zv An appeal may be brought from a Judgment or Order of a Judge aotine under this Article in the like oases and in the like manner {muiatis mutandi^ in which an appeal might be brought if such Judgment or Order were given or made by the Consul-General. 15. Where in pursuance of the IXth Article of the Treaty between Ghreat Britain and Siam, dated the Srd September 188Sj an appeal is brought to Bangkok from any Siamese Judge or Judges, Com missioner or Commissioners, the Consol-Oeneral shall take such steps as may be necessary or as may be directed by a Secretary of State in order that the final demsion on appeal may be recorded at Bangkok and duly transmitted to the Court from which the appeal is brought, and in order that effect may be given theoeto by sooh Court. 16. Where, by virtue of the Siam Orders in Council or otherwise^ any Imperial Acts are applicable in Siam, or any forms, regulations, or procedure prescribed or establiiBhed by or under any such Order or Act in relation to any matter are made iq)plicable to any other matter, such Acts, forms regulations, or procedure shall be deemed applicable so far only as the constitution and jurisdiction of the Courts acting under the Orders and the local circumstances permit, and for the purpose of facilitating their application th^ may be con- strued or used with such alterations and adaptationa not afraoting the sub- stance as may be necessary, and anything ipequired. to be done by or to any Court, Judge, officer, or authority may be done by or to a Court, Judge, officer, or aulJiority, having the like or analogous functions; and. the seal of the Court may be substituted for any seal required, by any such Act,, form, regulation, or procedure* 17.-— (U) In cases of murder or manslaughter, if either the death or the criminal act which wholly or partly caused the death happened within the jurisdiction of a Court acting under this Order, such Court, shall have the like jurisdiction over any British subject wha is charged either as the principal offender or as accessory before the fact to murder, or as accessory after the fact to murder or manslaughter, as if both such: criminal act and the deatli bad bappeued within such jurisdiction. (2.) In the case of any crime committed on the high seas, or within the Admiralty jurisdiction, by any British subject on board a British ship, or on board a foreign ship to which he did not belong, a Court acting under this Order shall have jurisdiction as if the crime had been committed within the district 4)f such Court. (3.) In cases tried under this Article, no different sentence can be passed from the sentence \( hich could be passed in England if the crime were tried there. (4.) The foregoing provisions of this Article (hall he deemed to be adapt- ations, for the purposes of this Order and of The Foreign Jursidiction Act, 1878,^' of the loUowiog enactments described in the first schedule to that Aot (that is to say) :— " The Admiralty Offences (Colonial) Act, 1849." " The Admiralty Offences (Colonial) Aot, I860.'' "The Merchant Shipping Act, 1867," section 11. XTi Appendix No. 8— Siam. And the said ennotments fhall, so fur as they are repeated and adoptMl by this Article (but not farther or otherwise), extend to all places to which this Order applies. 18. ''The Fugitive Offenders Act, 1881/' shall, with respect to British subjects, apply to all places to which this Order applies, as if snch places were British possessions, and for the purposes of Part II of the said Act and of this Article, all the places to which this Order for the time being applies, and the Straits Settlements, shall, for the purposes of F^t II of the said Act, be deemed to be one group of British possessions, and the Consal shall, as r^ards any place within his jurisdiction, have the powers of a Governor or Superior Court of a British possession. 19. Rules and forms of procedure in civil and criminal matters in any Court acting under the Siam Orders in Council may, from time to time, be made and pre8cril>ed by the Consul-General, subject to the provisions of the said Orders ; but no such rules or forms shall come into operation until they have been approved, with or without alteration, by a Secretary of State^ pro- vided that— (1.) Any such rules or forms, if and as provisionally approved, with or without alteration, by the Chief Justice of the Supreme Court' of the Straits Settlements, shall have effect pending approval or disapproval by Secretary of State. (2.) Until rules and forms have been made and approved, or provisionally approved, under this Article in relation to any matter, any rules or forms heretofore in force or use in the Court of the Consul-Oenersl^ or in the Supreme Court of the Straits Settlements, or in the Consular Courts of Shanghae or Japan, may be observed and used in any Court acting under this Order, with such modifications as circumstances require. 20. Pof all the purposes of the Siam Orders in Council the expression '^ British subiecf includes every person for the time being properly enjoying Her Majesty s protection in Siam, in so far as by Troaty, Capitulation, grant, usage, sufferance, or other lawful means. Her Majesty has jurisdiction in Siam iu relation to such persons. And the Ri^^rbt Honourable the Earl Granville and the Bight Honour- able the Earl of Kimberley, two of Her Majesty's Principal Secretaries of State, and the Lords Commissioners of tbe Admiralty, are to give the neoes* sary directions herein as to them may respectively appertain. (Sd.) C. J. Pnu 8IAM. APPENDIX No. 4^.— Page m. UoYAL DECREE of the KiNG of SiAM, Under the Treaty of 1883. Dated lie 9th January 1885. Phrabat Somdetch Phra Paramindr Maha Chulalonkorn Patindr Debia Maha Mongkut Purnsiaratne Rajarnwiwoiigse, Warutmabougse Paribat Warakhattiarnjauikiirotama Chaturantapatama Maha Chakrabartirajatangkas ParamadharmikaMaharajadhirnja ParamanarthPabitr Phra Chiila Cbom Klow King of Siam^ fifth Sovereign of the present Royal Dynasty which founded tlie City Batue Ko^^indr Mahendr Ayudhya at Bangkok^ the great Capital of the Dominions of Siam, both Northern and Southern^ Suzerain of Laos Chiang, and Laos Kow, Malayan and Karean Dependencies, etc., etc., etc., having ascended the throne in the Royal Audience Hall Chakree Maha Prasad Borom Baj Fiman in the Royal Palace, the Royal Princes, the Ministers of State, Councellors, men of high legal and scientific knowledge and officers of the Civil and Military Departments, being assembled in Audience, His Majesty graciously signified His pleasure that^«> Whereas a new Convention has been made between Siam and Great Bri« tain with a view to promote trade and commerce in the Provinces of Chieng- mai, Lakon and Lampoon, and with a view to reorganize the mode of legal procedure in cases between Laos and foreigners ) it therefore pleased His Ma- jesty to appoint further Judges for the International Court at Chiengmai in addition to those already there, whose duty it shall be to examine all such cases^ in order that the Royal Commissioner previously appointed, may give his attention to the discussion and settlement of subjects connected with foreign countries in conjunction with the Consul or Yice-Consul in Chiengmai> and it pleased His Majesty to command that His Boyal Highness Krom Phra Bamrap Parapax Samuha Nayoke should consult with the Royal Jud^res (Luk Khun Sala and Luk Khun San Luang) and establish laws for the guidance of the Royal Commissioner and Judges, and for the use of the Laos Courts in Chiengmai as follows :«— Article i«^.— All matters connected with the subjects and citizens of foreign countries which have treaty relations with Siam, which may arise in any part of the three Northern States of Siam^ namely Chiengmai, Lakon and Lampoonchi, shall be under the supervision of the Royal Commissioner for Foreign Afiairs who is appointed by His Majesty the King for this purpose. Article 2iid. — All matters connected with the subjects and citizens of foreign countries having treaty relations with Siam and the three Northern States, unless there shall be an order or authorization from the Boyal Commis- sioner for Foreign Affairs for the said State or a despatch bearing the Phra Bacchasi seal authorizing the same, shall not be administered or interfered with xviii Appendix No 4*8iani. in any manner by any Prince or Chief or officer or person of any rank what- ever. If any one ehall meddle with such matters whether his action ia right or wrong he shall be adjudged as having done wrongs and all sach actions shall be considend as null and voidi aud will not be considered as having any official force whatever. Article Srd.-^The Royal Commissioner for Foreign Affairs is iu vested with full power to compel the vaiious departments of the three States of Cbiene* mai, Lakon and Lampoonchi to do whatever is just and in keeping with their official duties with a view to regulate and control all foreign affairs in his department. All the officers of the various departments shall give heed to and obey his instructions. If, however^ such instructions are unjust and not con- sistent with duty to Government, let the officers and provmciul authorities hasten to report the matter to Bangkok and the Minister of the North has power to set aside and annul such imptoper orders and actions of the Boyal Commissioner. Article 4M.<— Tiie Royal Commissioner for Foreign afbira shall appoint officers to perform the rarions duties necessary for the eflPectual carrying oat of the provisions of tlie Treaty, and it shall always be the duty of the Royal Commissioner to explain the meaning of the Treaty and the law and what m just and suitable for the information of the various F^noes^ C^hiefo and officers, and if any difficulties shall arise in regard to any official matter in his depoi- ment or outside of it and the Chiefs and oflicers concerned shall come to ask his opinion on the snbjest or to receive his orders^ it shall be his dnty to give them his advice, assistance and instractions whenever requested. He shall not offer objections or postpone or neglect the matter nor fail to use his best endeavours to render them such assistance. Article &ih, — It shall be the duty of the Royal Commissioner to make arrangements and regulations and establish stations for the purpose of being accurately informed at all times with regard to the number and nationality of foreigners from friendly nations who enter the States under his jurisdiction, and aa to where they art', and to take proper precaution^ to prevent othi^ falsely piissing themselves oflF as such. If there is any resison for suspicion, it shall be his duty to make proper investigations and representations regard- ing the matter, and it shall be the duty of the Royal Commissioner to issue- proper passports to people to travel or trade in foreign countries. Article 6th, — It shall be the duty of the Royal Commissioner to exercise a watchful care to prevent an unlawful or improper collection of taxes or obstruction of trade. Whenever any new tax is to be collected or if any change is to bo made in the tariff of taxes, the Rulers of the country shall con- sult with the Royal Commissioner who shall examine the matter with ears and not suffer anything to be done contrary to the treaties or allow any ob* struction to trade or unreasonable exactions to be established which will be a cause of hindrance to trade. The method of collecting taxes shall not he allowed to be such as to cause unnecessary difficulties to the people and to traders as that they cannot have reasonable advantages* When such matters have been agreed upon, it shall be the duty of the Royal Commissioner to publish the same accurately and properly. i Appondiz No. 4— Siam. six Jriicle 7/i&.^Jt shall be the. duty of the Royal Commissioner to saper- vise and direct that the authorities of the Krom Mu'ang Department shall establish a proper polioe force to ^nard the frontier of the country^ that there may be no carelessness and neglect of duty in this respect^ and further he has full power to devise means to prevent crime and to bring criminals to justice who are in any way connected with the subjects and citizens of friendly nations. If any person guilty of committing any of the crimes* mentioned in the extra- dition laws shall escape from the territory of a friendly power into any of the three States^ or if any such person shall escape into the territory of a friendly power^ it shall be the duty of the Koyal Comiuissioner to take suitable action for the e&tradition of such offenders according to the extradition laws^ dated 13th July 1885^ and that the interests of both countries may not be allowed to suffer. Article S/^.— -The Royal Commissioner shall be the chief of the Forest Department of the three Northern States of Sinm, and^ in like manner^ as the chief of the Forest Department in Bangkok^ he sliall exercise full authoiity in superintending and administering all matters connected with the forests according to the regulations at the time in force, but he shall be under the instructions of the authorities in Bangkok. Whatever action he shall take or if he shall experience any difficulties^ he shall report them to the diief of the Forest Department in Bangkok on every occasion. Article 9lh, — All law-suits in which foreign subjects are parties either as plaintiffs or defendants^ shall be heard and determined only in the Liter- national Court at Chiengmai which His Majesty has been pleased to establish the sole Court for the hearing of all such oases, and if any such cases as aforementioned shall arise and it shall be necessary to investigate and decide them in Lakon or Lampoon or in any other State, the Royal Commissioner, ttf ter receipt of a Thongkra from Bangkok giving special authorization in the parti- cular case, is at liberty to try the case civilly or criminally in Chiengmai or in such other State as he shall think fit, in accordance with the laws of Siam. Article 10th. — In the examination of cases or of witnesses in this Court the use of ordeal by diving under water or by walking through fire, etc., and investigation by means^ of flogging, the head-screw, the thumb-screw, and the other means prescribed by the criminal procedure law, inflicting punish- ment in cases of suspicion or slighter doubt, when the actual truth is not ascertained, are not permitted in the practice of the Court. Article lit A^-^In the examination of criminal cases, if it does not appear from the evidence given by witnesses taken from the common people that the accused parties are guilty, and if there is still ground for suspecting the accused, let them give proper securities and then set them at liberty. Article 12th, — All cases to be tried in this Court in which either of the parties, without reference to his rank or position, shall duly and in legal form appoint an attorney to represent him, or in case either of the parties is at a distance from the Court and shall go before a Local Magistrate and make out a power of attorney in due form and pay the established fee, the Court shall allow such attorneys to appear instead of their clients. 4 B XX Appendix Ho. 4— Siam. Jfticle id/A.— Id the investigation of all cases iQ which a forei^ sabjeet is a defendant or in which both parties are foreign sabjeets^ the Conan] or Vice-Consul of the party or parties shall be allowed to attend the hearing* of the case and be informed of all the proceedings according to the Treaty. And if the Consul or Vice-Consul shall consider the proceedings of the Judge unjust^ he may make note of any suggestions or objections in writing to the J udge, and the Judge shall consider whether such objections are in aoeordaaoe with law and justice, and^ in case the Judge does not approve of Uieia^ be shall note his reasons in writing, except as hereinafter provided, and he shall proceed with the case to the end and shall decide the case according to law. Article i^/l.— -Any case in which foreign subjects are defendants or in which both parties are foreign snbjects, if their Consul shall disagree with the opinion of the Judge as mentioned in the forei^oing article, and they shall not be able to come to an agreement on the subject, if the Consnl shall make out a requisition to the Judge that the case be referred to his Conrt for trial, let the Judge deliver the case up to him according to the Treaty. All cases besides those mentioned herein shall be determined in the International Court alone. Article iffM.— There cannot be any appeal to Bangkok in any case before judgment is given, but if the parties object to any order of the Judge, they may enter a protest and the Judge shall record such protest and the Judge shall have his own answer to every such protest recorded as well. In case the parties make such objections and the Judge shall refuse to receive them, let the parties report the matter to the Royal Commissioner. After judg- ment is given, if either of the parties shall desire to appeal to Bangkok, the following form shall be observed. Article 16th. — It shall be the duty of the Royal Commissioner to have an oversight of the chief Judge and inferior Judges who have been appointed by His (i racious Majesty to try cases connected with foreign snbjects in the three Northern States, in connection with the Judges appointed in those States, in order that they may administer justice. If either the plaintiff or defendant in any case is dissatisfied with the decision or the order of any Judge on any point, and desires to appeal the case to Bangkok, he shall lodge a notice of appeal within 15 days after the decision has been given, aad in accordance with the Treaty he must first ask the sanction and oonsmt of the Commissioner, and the Commissioner shall enquire into the matter, and in case he finds there is suitable ground for a{^peal he shall allow the appeal to be made. But if the Royal Commissioner shall find that the object is simply to cause delay and to avoid the judgment, he shall enforce the judgment be- fore allowing the appeal to be made. In any ease in which the Judges have received notice of an appeal, and the Commissioner shall consider that the appeal should be allowed, he shall forward a transcript of all the proceedings in the case to Bangkok. But the Commissioner cannot receive or try any appeal against the decision of the Judges or set aside or overthrow the decision of the Judges except in case he shall receive instructions to that effect from Bangkok. If the Judges shall act contrary to law or justice in any matter of ^reat or small importance, let the Commissioner without fail report the matter to Bangkok without delay. Appendix No. 4— 8iam« xxl Afliek iTtA.— If the Boyal Commissioner or the Jadges shall act in any respect contrary to the law, any one can complain against them in Bangkok^ and in Bangkok only, if the complaint is not of the nature of an appeal against a deebion in any case. *■ Article 18th.-^S% to receiving oom plaints, if any complaint is made to the Courts and the Judge who receives the complaint considers that it should be entertained and that there are charges to be collected according to the established tarifE^ let a summons be issued for the defendant which shall bear the seal and signature of the Commissioner. In civil cases where there appears to be no proof or where no Court-fees are deposited by the plaintiff as security, the Judge shall dismiss the case, and shall not suffer such cases to remain on the docket of the Court as an incumbrance. In criminal cases the Royal Commissioner shall appoint an attorney for the State to collect evidence and prosecute the case. Article ISt/L-^Y/hen a decision has been given by the Judge or in cases where there is no security furnished and where the parties wish to watch each other, let the Judge hand over the parties in the case to the Commissioner who shall then hand them over to the custody of a proper oflScer pending the decision, and in decided cases the officer may, to enforce the decision, confine them io the lock-up for detaining persons sub judiee or in the prison tor con- demned persons. If such parties are subjects of foreign powers, the Consul shall have free access to them. Article SOth.^^In any case in which a foreign subject shall be imprisoned under a sentence of the Judge, if the Consul shall, by a written requisition under his hand, require that the prisoner be removed to the Consular prison, there to undergo the residue of his term of imprisonment, the Commissioner shall hand over such person to the Consul. Article Si^^.*— 'The Commissioner and the Judges together with the Rulers of the three Northern States of Chiengmai, Lakou and Lampoonohi are empowered to establish rules regulating the procedure in cases concerning foreigners or natives for the better and more effectual administration of justice. But before such rules shall be enforced, they shall be reported to the authori- ties in Bangkok. Proclaimed on 9th January 1885. BoYAL Dbcbeb of the Ein<9 of Siam under the Tebaty of 1883| dated 28th AprU, 1887. Phra Bat Somdetch Phra, etc., etc., etc. Preamble.'^VfheveaB a Royal Decree, dated the 9th January 1 885, was pro- mulgated in several Articles containing instructions to the Judges of the Court INDEX. Subject. Paob. AB0B8. a tribe on the North-East Frontier^ Accoant of the ■ ... .,« Agreement entered into by the Bor —« Agreement entered into by the Dibang Dibang — — ... ... ... Agreement entered into by tbe Kebang — Agreement entered into by the Meyong — — * Bom jar. British post establisbed oppotite — to proteet the Misbmis from vU© ^~~^" ... ••• . . ... .*. •*• Bor Meyong . Expedition agninfft the — ... ... ... British military posts may be established on the frontiers of the — British subjects allowed to trade with Tillages of the British territorial limits to be respected by the CnltiTation of land in British territory allowed to the Disputes of the — to be referred to the British Qavemment Does in kind, secured to the by their agreements, eommnted to money pay< mencs ... ... m« ••■ •.• ..• Meyong . Blockade of the — Meyong . M order of British subjects by the — ... Nizamghat British post established at — to protect the Mishmis Aram the Opiam caltivation prohibited to the ... Pardon extended to the — — * for past offences Passi . B1o<*kade of the — Police to be maintHined by the ^— Presents to be annually made to the ••• Tribute to be paid by the 1 ( ii ) SvBJior. PA0I. • • • • •• • • • • •• ••• ••• ••• • •• *•• ••• ABOBi, a tribe of the North-Saat Frontier — Tieit to British territory allowed to the — * on certain oonditiooi ... AoHnr in the Eastern Archipelago -« Account of the State of — ... „. „, Aggressions on British veeeele trading with — ^iMfrom«c^'# visit to — British Agent to be allowed to reside at British subjects allowed the privileges of trade in <-«-... British vessels permitted to trade in ports of — » Chad's (Captiiin) visit to ... Foreign relations. Saltan's engagement not to enter into — Foreign settlements in -^— . Sultan's engagement to prohibit Hasting's (Ctiptaiii the Hon'ble O. F.) exj^ition to Haughton's (Major) mission in ^— Loan to be {^ranted to the Sultan of — ... Mission to ■ ... ... ... .„ Modification of the treaty with — Munitions of war to be lornished to the Saltan of -*— • Mnnitions of war. Trade prohibited in — ... I^etherlands' guarantee to British trade at — — ... Perak once tributary to Bevolution in ... ... ... Saif-ul Alam's removal from — Trade monopolies abolished in — — ... ... Treaty of alliance with the Sultan of — ... Adoption— Athgarh Baja granted the privilege of — ^ ... Athmalik Raja „ m Baramba Baja n m Bod Baja „ tf DaspallaBaja »» •• Dhenkanal Kaja ,, f» Hindol Raja „ „ Keonjhar Baja „ », Khandpara Raja „ „ Knch Behar Maharaja granted the privilege of ~— Morbhanj Baja „ Narslnghpur Raja ,, Nayagarh Raja „ Nilgiri Baja h Orissa Tributary Chiefs granted the privilege of Pal Lahera 74unindar g^ranted the privilege of Banpur Raja n * Talcher Baja »» „ Tigiria f. „ Akab, a tribe on the North-Eastem Frontier — Account of the — A greements entered into by the — Balipara. Outrage committed by the at — Black-mail levied by the commuted to annual pensions Expedition against the Good conduct in British territory. Assurances of — given by the Gr'ovances of the to be redressed by British Courts Hazarikhoa granted a stipend Hazarikhca prevented from trading in the plains ... ... •• . ..* ... ... ... .«• ... ... *t »> >» ... ... ... ... 439 a. 442 ib. ii. 439 443 a. 439 a. 4i3 439 ih. 448 O. 887 889 439 4a 442 441 138 a. %L o. u. ih, ib. ib. 106 133 ib. O. ib. ib. ib. ib. ib. ib. 284 292 285 286 ( 292 i 298 292 284 ( ■ • • 111 ) SUBnOT. ^XQM. Akas, a tribe on the North-Eait Frontier— Kapaschor • Agreement taken from the — in 1888 Kapascbor — — granted a stipend ... ••• Kapaschor . Outlawry of the — Hijis, a race allied to the ^— ... ... ••< Pensions paid to the — — * ••• ... .. Stipend of the —— suspended ... ... .. Submission of the ... I'agi Raja, Chief of the Kapascbor ... ... . •• ••• ... ... .«• ... . • • Trouble giTon by — Trade of the to be restricted to certain markete ... Ambabi Fallakotta, Bhutan — Annexation of — — to the British dominions Bhutan Uaja's cession of ... Seizure of — — ... ... ... Amboyna in the Eastern Seas — Dutch monopoly of the spice trade of — ... Ambbicanb— Sikkim Raja's engsgement not to permit the residence of territory ... ... ... ... Andromache — Achin viaited by the — ... ... Anoul in the Tributary Mahals of Orissa^ Account of the Chiefship of —- ... ... Annexation of ■ ... ... m. ••• British guarantee to the Raja of -«• Peshkash payable by the ^— ... Raja of deposed for aiding malcontents Recognisance for the prevention of sati executed by the Raja of — ^ Territorial possessions guaranteed to the Chief of — — • ... Abakan — Burma's cession of the province of — * Burmese claim to sovereignty over Burmese conquest of —— Assam on the North-Eastem Frontier— Administration of justice entrusted to Purandar Singh of Upper — Ahoms. Invasion of by the — ... ••• «•• Bar Senapati of Matak* Agreement with the — ... ... Bar Senapati of Matak. British supremacy acknowledged by the ^— Bar Senapati's family. Pensions granted to the — ..« Bar Senapati's obligHtion to supply troops commuted to a money payment British conquest of the valley of — — ... ..• ••• British military aid afforded to the Baja of — ... ••• Burma's renunciation of claims on --^ Burmese aid invited by the Raja of — -^ Burmese cession of to the Bast India Company Chandra Kanta Singh, Raja, deposed by his HinistfT ... Chandra Kanta Singh, Raja, expelled by the Burmese ... Chandra Kanta Singh, Raja, reiusUted'by the Burmese Chandra Kanta Singh's succession to the Raj of -^— ... Chief Commissionership formed in i ... ... ••• Commercial engagement concluded with the Maharaja of -^— Customs agents in not to engage in commercial transactions ... Customs houses established for oollection of duties in *— Darrang Baja. Contest of the Raja of — » with the — Duties to be levied on merchandise in <— ... ... •*. within his ... ... ... ... *•• ... 4 ... [ { 285 284 ih. 285 ib. 203 285 ih. 284 292 298 187 199 170 70 162 439 117 ib, 127 ib. 119 133 127 855 327 826 206 196 203 ih 198 ih. ib. 197 354 197 198 ib. ih. ih, 197 19o 200 202 201 197 200 ( " ) Subject. Paoi. Assam, on the North*Eutern Frontier- Europeans not to be allowed to tettle in '— ^- £i port duty on goods from -^— Gauhati customs chauki to collect duties in — — » Gaurinath Singh's succession to the Raj of — Grain exempted from duty in times of scarcity in ^— ... Import duty on British go ids introdaoed into —— Jayadhwaja Singh, king of — ... ... ... Kamaleswar Singh's succession to the Raj of ^— ... ... Kandahar Chnuki established to ooUect daties in — -> ... Khamptis head an insurrection of the border chine ... ... Lakhimpur placed under the adiuinisti^on of Raja Pnrandar Singh Maharaja's engagement to punish offenders against Britiah laws Matak country attached by the British Qovemment Military stores imported into ^— - declared contraband ... Moamarias. Rising of the — in — ... Mosalman invasions of ^— ... Offences against the laws of — — to be punished Opium cultivation in Upper — . Measures to be adopted for checking — Powers within British cMutonment in Upper — to be exercised by an officer of the British Government ... Provinces forming the Chief Commissionership of ^— > Punishment for commercial frauds in •— — ... Purandar Singh, Raja. British aid refused to *— ... ... Purandnr Singh set up as BaJH of Purandar Singh's territories resumed by Government ... Badra Singh, king of Sadiya incorporated with the British prorince of -^— ... Sadiva. Khampti Chief of — confirmed as the Company's feudatory Sediya. Military station of — attacked and partially destroyed by insurgents ... Salt duty in *'«— ... ... ... ... *•• ... Sati prohibited in Upper -^— ... Sibsagar district pla<'ed under the administration of Raja Purandar Singh Standard weight of — Supplies for British troops exempted from duty in Surya Narayan, the last Koch ruler, carried off a prisoner to Delhi... Sylbet added to the Province of Torture and mutilation of culprits prohibit*^ in Upper — — Treaty with Bsja PurandHr Singh on transfer of territory Tribes inhabiting the frontiers cl Upper —^ Tribute payable by Raja Purandar Singh Warlike implements imported to — declared contraband ... ••• — DUABS^ Annexation of the to the British prorinces Bbutanese occupation of the ^— ... ,- ••• Bhutanese tribute for the -— ... Compensation to Chiefs of the —— ... Joint British and Bhutaufse occupation of the Kuriapara, Bari Qnma and Sailing Duars ... Revenue payments to Bhutan on account of the •— ^, CHUcelled Athoabq, Tributary Mahal of Orissa — Account of the Chiefship of —— Adpption sanad conferred on the Raja of -^ Allegiance of the Chief of ... Contingent force to be furnished for foreign service by — Coiitingent foree's allowances when on foreign service ... Crikninals to be surrendered by the Chief of — Refugees to be surrendered by — { 20t a. 197 2<1 2(0 197 ib. 201 198 199 204 1&<8 200 197 196 204 207 206 195 201 198 198 199 197 199 198 a. 200 206 ll»9 20:s 201 1J.7 196 206 205 284 206 200 175 187 176 a. a. a. 1«6 117 133 124 125 t5. ib. 124 ( V ) SlTBJBOT. Paox. Ath&abh, Tributary Mahal of Orissa — Sati to be prevented by the Kajaof — — ^ Srikaran Bhagirathi Biwarta Pfttnaik, Chief of -^^ ... Sapplies to be f urnlBhed to Britiah troops when pauing through Territorial posseasions guaranteed to the Chief of ~^ Title of " Raja " conferred on the Chief of Tradera to be protected when pasung through ^— Tribute payable by the Chief of ••• AtkvaliK} Tributary Mahal of OrUsa — Account of the Chief ship of — — Adoption sanad (onnted to the Baja of ^— All^iance of the BHJa of ... ... ••• ... Bod. originally treated as a tributary of ~ CoDtingent force to be furnished for foreign lervioe by the Baja of — ^ Contingent forces' allowances when on foreign service ... Mahendra Deo Sawant, the present Chief of Raja's engagement on renewal of the settlement of Refugees to be surrendered by the Baja of — — Sati to be suppressed by the Raja of — ... Settlement of renewed for 20 years Supplies to be furnished by the Baja to British troops when passing through Territorial possessions guaranteed to the Baja of ... Title of " Kaja " conferred on the Chief of Traders to be protected when passing through Tribute payable by ^— AUL in the Tributary Mahals of Orissa — Territorial possessions guaranteed to the Chief of ... { 133 120 125 126 120 125 120 125 117 183 ISO 118 130 ib 120 132 130 138 118 180 131 120 130 120 127 ••• ••• • •• ... *•• B Baibangptjkji on the N.-E. Frontier « Account of the Chief ship of — — ... ... Allegiance of the Sardars of — ChirrRponji Raja's orders to be attended to by the Sardars of ^ Coal fields in leased to the British Qovernment Criminals to be surrendered by the Sardars of Refugees to be surrendered by the Sardars of Tax for working the coal-fields in ^— BalaSOB in Bengal— Dutch possesaions in — ^ ceded to the British Goyernment French jurisdiction. Two plots of land in the — -- district under Baitda Isle in the Eastern Seas — Dutch monopoly of the spice trade of the ^— - Bavgkok in the Eastern Archipelago — Boundaries of the four miles circuit in -— » ... Boundaries of the 24 hours' journey from —- British Consul appointed to, and to be located at, — ... British subjects amenable to the laws of the country British subjects in Cbiengmai amenable to Consular Court at — - British subjects permitted to trade at —^ ... Customs duty to be levied at ••. Export of paddy prohibited at Munitions of war imported into ^-— . Sale prohibited to Siamese subjects Port Rules for observance by British vessels visiting — ^ Bavki in the Tributary Mahals of Orissa — Account of the confiscated Cbie&hip of — *• ... ... ... ... ..• ... 222 286 ib, 288 236 ib. 238 78 11 70 489 490 477 475 523 474 ib. ib. ib. ib. 117 ( vi ) SuBnoT. Pao] ••• ••• ••• Bahxi in ihe Tribatary Mahals of Oruia— Annexation of — ... ... .,, Baja of ^-' depoted for committing a morder Territorial possessions guaranteed to the Chief of — Basaxba, Tributary Mahal of Orlssa— Account of the Chief ship of Adoption priTilege granted to the Chief of — * ,.. Alleg^nce of the Chief of ... BisAmbbar Birbar Mangraj Mahapattar, Chief of — ... British administration placed under -^— Contingent force to be furnished for serrioe by the Chief of ^— ... Contingent force's allowances when on service Criminals to be surrendered by the Chief of ^— ... Refugees to be surrendered by the Chief of *^ Ssti to be prevented by the Chief of ... Supplies to be furniihed to British troops when passing through — Territorial possessions guaranteed to the Chief of — - Title of '• Baja " conf raped on the Chief of — Traders to be protected when passing through — — Tribute payable by the Chief of — • Babavagab in Bengal — Dutch ag^reement for the cession of the district of — — Subsidy paid to the Dutch for the District of — — Babasbt in Bengal — French Qovemment relinquish jurisdiction over ^— ... Babdwav in Bengal — Kasim Ali Khan's sanad for the transfer of to the English Company Shah Alam's farman confirming the grant to the English of the Zamtndari VX ••• ••« ••• •«• as* ••• Babxitl Pass— Daspalla Baja's engagement to protect the — — BABBinr— Burmese Government's cession of land near the town of Battam Isle in the Eastern Seas— British settlement not to be formed in the • •• Bihar-- French settlements in . Jafar Ali Khan's agreement to prevent — Jafar Ali Khan*s sanad to the English Company for the privileges of trade m ■"^^^■* ••• • % • ••• ••• ••• ••• Kasim Ali Khan's assumption of the Niabat of the Subadari of Shah Alam's farman grautlng the English the Diwani of Siraj-ud-Daula's dastak for the English Company's trade in — > ... Bekcoolen— Ketherlands Government's guarantee to protect the rights of the natives of BnroAL— Bhutan ceded territory annexed to — Burmese claim to the sovereignty of — ... Clive's (Colonel) agreement, offensive and defensive, with Siraj-ud-Daula ... Company's coinage to be current in ... ... ,^ Company's tenants prohibited from settling in the Sircar's lands. Kasim Ali Khan's agreement regarding — Compentation to the Uon'ble Company for losses sustained from war and stop- page of trade Complaints against talukdars and rayats of the Sarkar. Mode of attending to — Dutch agreement confirmed by Jafar Ali Khan { 117 119 1«7 117 183 124 120 119 125 a, ih, 124 183 125 •126 190 125 120 126 6 66 ib. 90 47 69 128 825 72 17 18 46 56 14 886 198 827 16 60 47 50 52 50 ( vii ) SUBJBOT. PlGB. Bbvoal— Employment of Earopeans prohibited ander the Sahaden of — ... English coins to be current in French settlement in . Jafnr All Khan's agreement to prevent — Jafar AU Khan's agreement for the deposition of Siraj-ad-Daola ... Jafar AU Khan's sgreement for the payment of the army operating against the ^ a^r ao w azir ••• ••• •*• ••• ••« ,«. Jafar AU Khan's agreement with the Hon'ble Company on his restoration to the Sobadari of — — ... ... ... ••• Jafar Ali Khan's depoeal from the Subadari of . Kasim AU Khan's agreement regarding ^ Jafar AU Khan's sanad to the EngUsb Company for priyileges of trade in — . Kasim Ali Khan's assumption of the Niabat of the Subadari of — — Kuch Behar annexed to ^— ... ... ... ••• •.. Military defence of assumed by the Hon'ble Company Mubarak-ud-Daula's agreement on his accession to the Subadari of — » Muhammad Reza Khan appointed Naib Suba of ... Kajm-ud-Daula's agreement accepting an annual sum for the support of the Aizamac .*• ••• ..• ••• ••■ ... Najm-udDanla's agreement for the payment of the expenses of the army operat- ing against the Nawab Wazir Najm-ud-Daula's agreement on his accession to the Subadari of — , Behar &UU v/aIBob •■• •■• ••• ••• ••• ••• • Najm-ud-Daula's confirmation and ratification of the former treaties relating to the Nizamat Najm-ud-Daula's priyileges of trade of the English Company. Confirmation of ■OO ^™" ... ..• ••• .•« .a. ... Peshkash payment to the Imperial Sarkair '... Privileges of trade of the English Company in ^-^— confirmed by Jafar AU Khan Bevenue Collector's appointment and dismissal to have the consent of the English Governor and CouncU Revenues of the parganas ceded to the EngUsh Company Saif«ud-Daula's agreement on his accession to the Subadari of — Salt duty to be paid by the English Company Shah Alara's farman g^nting the English the Diwani of — — Siraj-ud-Daula's agreement with the tCngUsh Company ... ... ... Siraj-nd-Daula'a dastak for the EngUsh Company's trade in — — ... Sylbet Ume monopoly for three years granted by Kasim Ali Khan to the English v/Ompany .«• ... •*• ... ... ,,, — — DVABS— Proclamation issued on the annexation of the •-<— ••• Sladen's (Major) expedition to — — Bhawal in the Khasi Hills- Account of the Chief ship of — Administration of justice by the Chief of — ^ Agreement signed by U. Bamon Singh, Chief of — - AUe^nce of the Chief of ... Arbitration in tribal disputes of the Chief of — ^ Coal«fields. Chief cedes rights in — Conditions imposed on the Chief of — Criminals to be surrendered by the Chief of — — Disputes with foreig^ners to be adjudicated by the British Government Heinous offences to be reported by the Chief of ««-^ Kbasis guilty of outrages in British territory to be surrendered by the Chief Ol •^^■■^ ..« ... ... !•• ... ... Land to be ceded for civil or miUtary purposes by the Chief of -^-> «.. ... ... ••• ... ... ( ! 56 56 17 16 52 48 45 18 46 108 63 68 54 60 55 58 54 65 27 49 54 28 61 49 56 14 18 46 186 880 22^ 280 265 230 264 244 231 244 264 280 ii. 264 281 246 ( vi« ) Subject. P^i. Bhawal in the Khasi Hilla— Lime depoaiU. Chief cedei rights In ^^ Mineinls. Chief cedes rights in — Powers in civil and criminal cases of the Chief of Befagees to he surrendered hj the Chief of Besidence of the Chief of — ... Settlers to he protected hy the Chief of — — Trade to he fostered bj the Chief of ... Travellers to be protected by the Chief of Tribal disputes to be reported by the Chief of U. Bam Singh, the present Chief of ... Waste land grants to be made by the Chief of - of the British Government ... Waste lands to be ceded by the Chief of ••• ... on the same terms as those ••• »•• Bexttah on the North-East Frontier- Account of the State of Aggressions on British territory to be restrained by the Bajas of *-^- Agg^ressions on Koch Behar territory to be restrained by the Bijas of Aggressions on 8ikkim territory to be restrained hy the Bajas of — Aln Dorzi, ex-Thimpu Jangpen. Pension to — Assam Duar revenues not to be paid to ... ... ,.. Assam Duar tribute formerly paid by — ... Assam Doars in the possession of — - ... ... ... Banska Duar attached by the British Government ••* ... Boundaries of —^' to be surveyed and determined British Envoy's arrival and outrageous traatment in — -» British intercourse with . Commencement of — ... British subjects to be surrendered by ... Bun Ouma Duar attached by the British Government Ceded territory not subject to general regulations ... ... Chinese and Tibetan Missions to Paro ... ... ... ,., Chonbati. Bhutanese raid on the British village of — ... Commercial Missions sent to — ~ Compensation to for cession of territory ... ... ... Criminals. Mutual surrender of — ^ agreed to ... Deb Baja's annual tribute to the British Government ... Deb Baja's election in — Deb Bapa*8 engagement to prevent incursions into British territory... Deb Baja's engagement to surrender the captive Raja of Ench Behar Dhanna Baja's tonure of office for life Dispute with British snbjecte. Application to be made to Magistrates for settlement of — ... ... ... ... Duars ceded by Duty not to be levied in ^— on commerce ... Free trade engagement of the Raja of ^— Gantem Nam Gyel, Deb Raja of — ••• Gan-Zang, Deb Raja of — Govemor-Generars kharite to the Deb B^ja containing demands of the British Government ... ... ... . ,., ... ... Insult offered to the British Mission sent to — — Jigme Nam Gyel, Deb Raja of Jigme Nam Gyel's re-election as Deb Raja of Kakolabari. British police post established at — - Kuch Behar subjects detained in to be surrendered Lamchen, Deb Raja of ... ... ... ... Lands relinqaished to the Deb Raja of ... Mission sent to ••• •t* ••• 281 '6. 244 ( 281 i 244 231 245 281 246 i 227 245 231 173 190 - ib. ih 180 186 175 ib. 176 188 176 174 190 175 198 180 179 174 190 ih. 181 178 1(32 tft. 178 182 190 191 O. 178 179 184 175 178 179 181 190 179 182 176 — . ..;.■; iL HI. ( « ) ••• •«• ••• SlTBJIOT. Bhittiv on the North-Eut Frontier — Hutnal release of pritonen Agreed to Oatrsges perpetrated by snbjeota of — ^ ... Overtaret of peace from ■ « ... ..• ... ... ... Pang Sangye Dorzi (Eapen Loben), Deb Saja of — — ... Pang Sangye Dorzi's resignation of the Deb Rajaship of — — Paro. Befnge taken in British territory by the Penlo of — Payment of compensation to — to be suspended on fiiilnre to cheek aggressions Pemberton's (Captain) Mission to the Deb and Dhanna Kajas of — — Privileges of trade accorded to merchants of — - Proclamation annexing the Bengal Dnars of — Proclamation on the annexation of certain territory of «-— Punakha. Befnge taken in British territory by the Jangpen of — ... Refugees to be surrendered by the Deb Raja of Begulations (General) not applicable to territory ceded by -*» Sat Rigas* engagement accepdng a compensation for the Kuriapara Dnars Sat Rajas' engagement relinquiudng ail rights in the Kuriapara Dnars Shujah Jain, Deb Baja of — — ... ... ... ••• Sikkim. Bbntanese invasion of — Sikkim criminals sheltered in - to be surrendered by the Raja of Sikkim Sikkim suljects detained in — to be surrendered Subsidy to — . Temporary stoppage of the ^ Suniyasis not to be sheltered in ——* Surrender of two guns agreed to by the high oiBcials'of — Terms oflFered to the Qovemment of — * Territory ceded by the Government of — -... Thimpu Jangpen and Tongsar Penlo. Quarrels between the — Tibet. Paro Penlo's aggression on *— Tibetan and Chinese Missions to Paro Tongsar Penlo and Thimpu Jangnpoo* Quarrels between the — Trade statistics of — — Treaty concluded on the restoration of amicable relations nith - Treaty extorted from the British Envoy to «»— Treaty wiUi the Deb Baja of — Wood-cutters to be protected in — — ... BnuTON Iblb in the Eastern Dutch occupation of « BniTAVO IsLB in the Eastern Seas* British settlement not to be formed on the — — BiSSANPUB in the Tributary Mahals of Orissa *—— Territorial possessions guaranteed to the Zamindar of ^— Black-Mail— commuted to a money payment - commuted to a money payment ... •— commuted to a money payment ... Faoi. ••• Aka Parbat Chiefs' levy of — Bhutan Aka Chiefs' levy of - Charduar Aka Chiefs' levy of BoD, Tributary Mahal of Orissa— Account of the Chief ship of — ^ Adoption sanad granted to the Raja of — ... ... All^^ance of the Ri^a of -^— ... ... ... ••• C!ontiDgeiit force to be furnished for foreign service by the Raja of *— • Contingent force's allowance when on foreign service Jogen<&a Deo, the present Chief of — ... ... ... Khandmals (The) removed from the jurisdiction of the Raja of ^— Raja's engagement on renewal of settlement of Refugees to be surrendered by — Sati to be prevented by the Raja in ^— Settlement of ^-~ renewed for 20 years Supplies to be furnished by the Raja to British troops when passing through 183 176 177 180 ih. 178 190 176 182 192 186 178 182 198 188 ib. 179 174 169 190 180 182 188 177 190 180 lb. ib. ib. 181 189 176 182 t*. 72 72 127 292 212 117 133 130 ib. ib. 120 119 181 180 138 118 180 ( X ) 8UBJB0T. Paob. Bod, Tribatary Mabal of Orisia— Territorial poMesnons gaaranteed to the Raja of -^ ■^ ••• •«• ••'■ 131 Title of ** Bh ji '* conferred on the Chief of ••■ ••• ••• 120 Traders to be protected when paning throogh — — ••• • • • • • • ISO Tribatee paid by the Chief of • • • ••• ••• 120 BOVAI, Tributary Mahal of Cbotia Nagpnr— Indar Deo, Chief of r • •• ••• •• • 137 Settlement renewed with the Zamindar of — - • •• ••• • • • 144 Tribute payable by ••• • • ■ ••• 137 Bbitish Pobtb— Datiee payable by Dutch yeneLi trading in — ••• ••• ••• 69 SUBJIOTS— Sikkim Baja's engagement not to permit the reaidenee of Sikkim Raja's jurisdiction oyer European ^— disallowed in his territory... Bbooke, Sib Jakbb-* Mission of «-* to Siam BUBMA— Account of the treaty relations with *— Agent on the pnrt of the King of to reside in British territory Aggressions of the Burmese on British territory Anchorage dues to be paid by British yessels visiting the porta of Arakan claimed by ■ ... ••• Arakan conquered by —— Arakan Mountains. The boundary of —^ in 1886 Arakan provinces ceded by Arakan refugees' surrender demanded by •^-^ .•• ... •.. Assam. — — renounces claims on — ... ... Attempts to re-establish cordial relations with —— Beng^al claimed by •■ ... ... Benson (Colonel) appointed Resident at the Court of — Bhamo expedition ... ... ... ... Bombay-Burma Trading Corporation. Despotic conduct of King Thibaw to- wards tne ^^ ••• ... ... ... ... ... Boundaries of British frontiers on the side of —— Boundary of — — ... ... ... ... ... ••• British Ag^nt deputed to the capital of Britbh Agent to reside at the capital of — British Agent with an escort to reside at the Court of — — British Agent's powers at the capital of British Agent's uncourteous treatment at the capital of — ~- British army to be withdrawn from — on payment of second instalment of the war indemnity (1826) ... British distressed yesselB driven into ports of — — • Assistance to be rendered wO ^^" ... ... a.. ... ... ... British Embassy sent to —— British factories established at Syriam and Kegrais ... British oflBoials to be allowed to reside at any station in ^^- ••• British Resident withdrawn from —— ... .«. British subjects to be protected in — * ••• British subjects treated with insult and violence in Upper — British traders to be allowed to settle in British traders to be protected in ... ... ... British vessels to be allowed the same privileges in Burmese ports as are allowed to vessels of subjects of ^— in British ports Browne's (Colonel) expedition to eiplore the trade routes between South- Western China and ■ ... ... ... ... { ! I 162 167 461 825 865 827 850 827 326 855 ib. 827 854 331 327 328 830 882 829 855 326 848 364 355 364 326 357 848 859 829 825 864 828 861 881 862 861 856 880 ( xi ) SUBJBOT. Paoi. fiirBMA— Bullion to be exported from and imported into — — Barney (Colonel) appointed Resident at the Conrt of Aya Campbell (Sir A.) entrusted with the command of the expedition of 1824 agjainsw ^^^^ ..■ ••• ,,, ,«« i«« ••• Canning's (Captain) deputation to — Cheduba ceded by the King of Chinese. Agreement signed by the — at Chefu ... ... ••• Chins. Account of the — Commercial treaty concluded with — - Conrt established for the trial of international oases at the capital of ~-* Cox (Captain) appointed Superintendent at Bangoon Grawfnrd (Mr.) deputed on a mission to Currency in which port dues are to be paid by British vessels Tisiting -^— Customs duties to be paid by British vessels visiting the port of Rangoon Deputations to — ... Dntiee levied on the frontier Customs of — - to be abolished Duties to be levied at the Burmese Custom Houses Duties to be paid by British vessels entering the ports of — — JBnglish merchants permitted to trade in —— Envoys deputed from ... ... ... ... ... Estates of British subjects dying in — . Arrangement regarding — Estates of subjects of dying in British territory ... Expedition ag^unst Mandalay ... Export duty on goods from — Extradition of criminals with *— Fees to be paid to Burma officials by vessels visiting the ports in — ... Free trade established in —— ... Godwin (Major-Qeneral) in command of military expedition against ^-^ Henzawadi. Viceroy's orders regarding payment of port dues hj vessels visiting — Import duty on gooha intended for export by the Iiuwadi to — ... Insurrection in - ... ... ... ... ... Jaintia. — renounces claim on — Kachar. >— renounces claims on — ... ... ... Kachar invaded by ■ ••• ... ... ... ... Kachins. Account of the — ... ... ... ... •.. Karen (Red) tribe of — -. Kotice of the — King's Agents to be permitted to reside in British territory King^s agreement recognising the independence of Western Karenni King's aversion to sign treaty ceding the province of Pegu Kubo Valley restored to — Lambert (Commodore) deputed on a mission to the King of — * ... Lands in Bassein ceded to the British Qovemment Lester (Ensign) deputed to the capital of — - Mandalay occnpied by the British Mandalay. Provisional administration formed at — by the British Government Manipur and • King's refusal to recognise the delimitation of the boundary oevween ^^^ ... ... ... ..» ... .•• Manipur Baja's recognition by the King of r Margary (Mr.). Murder of — near Manwaing Minddn Min. Enlightened mle of — Momein expedition ... Myingun Prince, a refugee in British territory Myingan Prince. Rebellion of the — Myingun Prince's attempt to raise a rebellion among the Shans Myingun Prince's escape to French territory ..« Negrais island ceded to the British Qovemment ... ... OQcials' perqaiktes from British vesseU visiting Rangoon OfdrtuvBS from ' ■ ... ... ••• ... ••• •.- 864 328 827 326 855 830 341 358 864 826 828 351 849 825 862 863 858 848 329 855 856 833 362 865 350 864 328 351 361 829 354 ib. 827 838 842 864 •74 829 360 828 825 ib. 833 ib. 828 354 380 329 880 ib. 829 830 ib. 825 849 829 ( "i ) SUBJIOT. Paob. •dmioiitefttioii Btbma— Penoni not to be moleflted for part taken in tba wav phayre (Major) deputed on a mittion to the Kinf el * Pilotage daee from ▼ewels Tisiting the porta of ^'- Political intercoorse first eitablished with — Prendefgast (General) appointed to control the Britiah at Mandalay ... ••• ... ••• ••• Prendergaat (Qeneral) in command of expedition againit Mandalay Prisoners of war to be released on both rides Privileges of trade granted to English merchants by the King of — Proclsmation of King Thibaw oalUng on his subjects to resist the British Gofern- men V ... ••• •*• .•• *•« •«• Proclamation of the annexation of Upper — .•• Ramri ceded by the King of ... ... ••• ••• Resident (British) stationed at Mandaky .,« Resident (Brilish) withdrawn from Mandalay Royal mandate for the protection of British tonsde in — ••• Royal monopolies exempted from payment of duties in ^— Royal order for the payment of transit duties at the ehaukis between AnMrapora and Rangoon ... ... ... .•• ... ... Royal order regarding timber duty in <— — ... Sandoway oeded by the King of — Settlement of debts previoat (o the war with — — Shahpari island claimed by —— ... ... ••• Shan States. Aceonnt of tbe ^ ... ... ... Siam to participate io the privileges accorded by the treaty of 1826 with — — ... SUden (Major) appointed to guide the British provisioual admiaistratioo at Jtt micmAipy ••• ••• ••• ••• t«« «•• Sladen's (Major) deputation to explore the trade routes between South* Western China and «f<< Bbamo Sovereignty over Western Karenid claimed by ^— Sabjects of the King of — — to be protected in British territory Symes' (Captain) political mission to — ... Tavoy ceded by ... ... ... .•• ... ... Telegraphic communication opened between Upper and Lower — ** Tenasserim provinces ceded by -*» ... ... Terms offered to the Burmese refused by them ... ..• Territories ceded by the King of — Tharawadi Prioce's suecession to the throne of — *- Thibaw's (King) accession to the throne of *— Tbibaw's (King) barbarities ... .., Tbibaw's (King) deportation to India Timber duty to be levied in —— ... .•• Tities of the officers of —— ... ... ... ... ... Traders, subjects of the King of — , to be allowed to settle In British territory Traders, subjects of the King of , to be protected in British territory Treaty of peace concluded with -«• ... ... IVeaty with the King of — ... ... ... ^ Trial of British subjects convicted of offences in — ... Trial of subjects of the King of convicted of offences in British territery ... Ultimatum sent to King Thibaw by the British Government Upper and Lower formed into one province .•• Upper — -. Administration of — > placed under the charge of the Chid Commiso sioner ... ... ... .*• ••• .«• War declared agunst ^^» ... ••• *•• ••• War indemnity to be piud by instalments by ^— Ye«u province ceded by ^^ ... ... ••• »•• (See " Chins," '< Kschins/' *< Bed Karens," and <• Shan Statea.") { ••• 855 829 850 825 884 883 856 858 838 834 855 831 ih. 848 868 851 858 855 •5. 327 884 856 884 880 844 861 825 855 881 855 888 855 828 881 •ft. 888 854 848 868 861 854 861 868 865 •ft. 888 884 a. 827 857 855 ■ •• \ ( xiii ) SVBJBCT. Paob. ClLOVTTA— CompenMktioii to inhabitants of for plimcler of tbeir property ... Jftfar Ali Khan's agreement ceding — — ' and its earirons to the BngUsh v/OuipauV ••• ••• ••• ••• ••• ••• Sanad for the Zamindari of »— granted to the Bnglisb Com p any ... Sanad granted to the Hon'ble Eait India Company for the free tonnre of the liOwil ox ^"^^"^ .«• »•• ••• ■•• ••• ■•• Straj-ad-Daola's agreement permitting the English Company to fortify — ... Siraj-od-Daola's agreement with the English Company for the restoimtaon of their factory at ■ ... ••• ... ••• ... Caxpbbli, Sib Abohibald — Eipedition against Burma commanded by -— — Rangoon captured by — ... ... ... ... ••. Cavtapobiooub (Kantapokhar) in Bengal^ French Qoyemment relinqoish jurisdiction OYer — ... Cafb Raohado in the Eastern Selangor Raja's cession of CABncoN IsLBB in the Eastern British settlement no( to be formed on — Cbtlon— PriTileges of trade to British and Dutch subjects in -— Chaitdabva&ab-* Bonndaries of ■ ... ... ... ... Compensation to the Goyemor of •— ^ in lieu of the supply of aalt English gentlemen not to exeroiie any authority in — — Salt-smnggling to be prevented by the French authoritiee at -*^ Salt to be sold to the inhabitants of — - ••« ..• Chaho Bha]:ab, a Tributary Mahal of Chutia Nagpur— Account of the Zamindari of — — .•• ..• Alienation of land by the Zamindar prohibited in — — ... Amount of revenue to be paid by tbe Zamindars of — — Balbhadra Singh, the present Chief of -— ... Coal mines reserved to the British Oovemment in <— «- ... Criminal administration entrusted to the Zamindar of — Criminal returns to be furnished monthly by the Zamindar of — '— Criminals not to be harboured in the Zamindtti of — ... Diamond mines reserved by the British Oovemment in Duties prohibited to be levied in the Zamindari of ... Gold mines reserved to tbe British Oovemmeat in *— ... Korea, originally a feudal depeadeney of -— ^ Mineral righu reserved to the Britisk Govenment m ^-*> Mines reserved to tlie British Qovenuaent in — — Police administration in ... Pblice duties to be performed by the Zamindar ol — -« ... Settlement concluded with the Zamindar of — Settlement renewed with the Zamindar of — — Silver mines reserved to tho British Government in -^ Tax not to be levied by the Zamindar of — - Traders to be protected by the Zamindar of — - Tribute payable by the Chief of 2an(indur's engagement to pay his revenues ... ChBDUBA l8LAKI>— Burma's cession of the ^-* ..« 17 f». 21 27 13 12 827 ih. 90 890 72 68 89 87 52 87 86 187 141 %b. 187 141 ih. ih. ih. ih. ih, ih. 186 141 ih. ih. ih. ih. 144 141 ih. ih. 187 141 855 { riv ) BVBJIOT. PlOI. Chukokai in Siam^ Bangkok British Conenl's joriadiction over British snbjects at ... 583 Catting timber in the forests of . Arrangement regarding — ... ... 524 Goods to pay the prescribed daty in — ... ... ... ... 525 Siamese Court for the lettlement of disputes at — — ... ... ... 523 Siamese guard to be maintained on the boundaries of — — > ... ... 522 Siamese treaty for the promotion of ^oommercial intercourse with — — ... 521 Trade to be fostered by the Siamese authorities at ... ... 528 Tunzalin Deputy Commisabner's jurisdiction over British subjects at -— • ... ib. (8€€ aUo •< Siam.") CHnri of Burma — Account of the — ^ ... ... ... -. ... 341 Administrstive centres of the Chin Hills ... ... ... ... 842 Baongfshes reduced to order ... ... ... ... ... ibm Chin£>ko. Punishment of the — ... ... ... ... U, Expeditions in the Northern Chin Country ... ... ... ih. Fakm. Establishment of a post at — ... ... ... ... ih. Fort White. Establishment of a British garrison with a PolitioHl Officer at — - 841 Haka. Establishment of a British garrison with a Political Officer at — ... ih, KanbawB. Punishment of the -^ ... ... ... ... ib. Kanhaws. Submission of the — ... ... ... ... 342 Knbo Valley. Withdrawal of the outposts in the ... ... ib. Main sub^diTlsions of the ... ... ... ... ... 341 Mobingyis. SubmiBsioo of the — ... ... ... ... 842 Operations against the Tashons, Yokwas and Hakas ... ... ... 341 Siyins. Punishment of the — ... ... ... ... ib. Siyins. Submission of the — ... ... ... ... 348 Submission of the ..• ... ... ... ... 841 Tashons reduced to submission ... ... ... ... ... 342 Thetta clan of the Baongshes reduced to order ... ... ... ib. Tlangtlangs. Punishment of the — ... ... ... ... ib. Tlangtlangs. Bisiog among the «• ... ... ... ... ib. Trade between the Chin Hills and Burma. Berival of — ... ... ib. Chikbuba— Dutch agreement on the restoration of —— ... ... ... 64 Dutch cession of <—— to the British Goyemment ... ... ... 74 Chirsapuvjz in the Ehasi Hills — 8e€ « Sohiah." Chittigovc^^ Husain Ali Khan's sanad for the transfer of to the English Company Shah A lam's firman confirming the grant of the Zamindsri of to the jvugusn ... .a. ... ... ... ... ChVTIA NlGPUB— Account of the Tributary Mahals of ... High Court The Tributary States of not under the jurisdiction of the — Tributary Chiefs of . Renewal of settlements with the — Tributary Mahals of — — '> excepting Singhbhum, acquired by cession frcnn Ragbvgi Bhonsla Tributary Mahals of — ^. Statistical table of the — Cuts, Lobd— Agraemtnt of oflfenaiTe and defensive alliance concluded bj — with Sanij-«<1- uauia ... ••• ... •.* *.• ... — *8 jAon^ Jafar Ali Khan's parwana regarding — ... ... ... ... Mansab of the Imperial Court for ... liawaVs aanad for the reversion to the Company of — Shah Alam'a-faratan confirming the reversion to the Company of — 48 59 135 186 135 a. 137 16 App. I. ib. ib. ib. { XV ) Subject. Paoi. Coal Fiildb on the N.*K. Frontier^ Bairangpunji -^— leased to the British Qovemment ... Khati Chiefs' cession of rights in — Khasi Chiffs' engap^ement to cede rights in Sohrah (Chirraponji) Baja's lease of the «— • to the British GoTemment — — MiK 18 in Chntia Nagpur-— Chang BhakHr Zamindur's rights to -»— dlMtUowed Korea Zamindar's rights to "— disallowed ConrAOi— Jafar Ali Khan's parwana conceding to the English the privileges of — - Siraj-nd-Daala's agreement conceding to the English Company the privileges Ol ^^^"^ ((« ... ««( .•• ... ... Siraj-nd-Danla's parwana conceding to the Englbh Company the privileges ox ^'^"^" ... ••• •.* («• ... ••• CSAWYUBD, Mb. J.— Deputation of ^— on a mission to Borma ... ... ... .,. Miision of i— to 8iam Cbuokalb* Atbgar Raja's engagement to surrender -^— Bhawal Chief's engagement to surrender »— Bhntan Baja's engagement for the mntnal surrender of -— ^ Burma treaty relating to the extmdition of — Chang Bbakar Zamindar's engagement not to afford an asylum to -*-«» Baspalla Baja's engHgement to surrender -»— Dhenkanal Baja's engagement to sarrender Hindol Baja's engagement to surrender — * Earenni Chiefs' engagement to surrender — ... ... Kausilaposi Manki's engagement to surrender —*-« KeoD jbar Baja's engagement for the surrender of ... Khandpara Biga's engagement to surrender «— Khasi Chiefs' engagement to surrender »— Khyrim ChieFs engagement to suirender ^— Korea Zamindar's engagement not to afford an aqflum to —"-^ Langrin Chief's engagement to surrender — — Maharam Chiefs engagement to surrender — — Halaisohmat Baja's engagement to surrender Haosenram Chief's engagement to surrender ... Mariao ChieTs engagement to surrender Morbbauj Chiefs engagement to surrender — «^ Hyliim Chief s engagement to surrender — Narsinghpur Baja's engn gement to surrender *-— Nayagarh Baja's engagement to surrender — * ... ... ... Kilgiri Baja's engagement to surrender —> Nongkhlao Chiefs engagement to surrender — — Kongstun Baja's engagement to surrender — • Purandar Singh's engagement to surrender — — Banpur Baja's engagement to surrender — « Shan Chiefs' engagement to surrender — — ... ... ..• Shergaon and Bupnugon Bhutias* engagement to surrender — ... { [ 288 2S1 232 287 141 ih. 19 13 15 828 461 125 244 190 865 141 128 125 ib. 876 878 149 128 125 230 282 242 247 141 251 259 262 275 280 256 258 121 244 125 ib. ib. 242 248 244 198 207 125 869 872 874 212 I xvi ) 8UBJB0T. PA0I. Cbixivaks— Siam treaty relating to the eztraditioii of -«— > Sikkim Raja's engagement to Bnrrender Singbpbo Chiefe' engagement to snrrender — — Sohrah (Cbirraponji) Baja's engagement to •nrvender — Talcber Baja's engagement to lorrender — Tigiria Raja's engagement to snrrender ^— CVBTOMB PbIYILIOIB— Jafar Ali Khan's sanad for the English Company's ^ x/CIOHft ••• ••• ••• «•• •«• 8ira^-nd«Danla's a g reeme n t restoring to the English Company their — Siraj-nd-Danla's dastak for the English Company's ^-^ in Bengal, Behar \/ruBa ••• •«• ••• ••• «■• ... 1 in Bengal, Befaar and and I 477 168 164 166 803 804 284 286 125 IS 12 14 • •• ••• ••• ••• ••• ••• ••• Daooa— Siraj-ndDanla's agreement with the English Company lor restoring their &ctory »*> ^^^'^'" •«• ••• ••• ••• •«• ••• — — Paotobt— Dutch cession of the — — to the British Government .^ DavlaB, a tribe on the North- East Frontier- Account of the— ... ... Expedition against the ••• ..• Outrages committed by the — Pssohim or Western Pensionary allowance granted to the — - ... Submission of the — ... ... ... Jiagin ^"^"^ ... ... ••• ... ... DAXom— Siamese engagement for the mutual surrender of — » ... Sikkim Raja's engagement to surrender — . •• Dalikokot Fobt in Sikkim— Annexation of the —^ ... ... ... Davibh MI88IOKABIB8 in India-* Privil^^ of the — — ... ... ... ••• Davish Sbttlbmbktb in India— Compensation for the — transferred to the British Qoyemment ... Treaty with His Majesty the King of Denmark relating to the transfer of the — to the British Qo?emment DABJiimra in Bengal— Discoveij of — — ... ... ... ... Sikkim Baja granted compensation for the cession of —— Sikkim Rsja's deed of grant for — Sikkim Vakil to reside at ... ... DA8PALLA, Tributary Mahal of Orissa— Account of the Chiefsbip of — Adoption sanad granted to the Baja of — - Allegiance of the Chief of — ... Barmul pass to be protected by the Chief of Chaitan Deo Bhanj, the present Chief of —* ... Contingent force to be furnished for foreign service by the Raja clt Contingent force's allowances when on foreign service ... 12 79 285 2»6 a. 28o %h, 286 885 622 162 187 84 82 81 154 fi. 164 169 117 138 128 fft. 120 128 •5. ( xvii ) SVBJIOT. Pagi. Dabpalla, Tributary Mahal of Oriiaa— CriminalB to be surrendered by the Chief of '— — * Refugees to be surreudered by the Baja of — — - 8ati to be prevented by the RaJH of Sopplies to be famished to British troops when psssing through — ~«> Territorial possessions gusranteed to the Baja of — — ... Title of •* &ija " conferred on the Chief of — — Traders to be protected when passing through — Tribute paid by the Chief (^ — Dbitmabx— Balasor factory ceded by the King of ^^ ... Dansborg fort ceded by the King of ^— ... Serampur ceded by the King of Serampur restored to the Crown of —— Tranqaebnr ceded by the King of Treaty concluded for the transfer of the Danish Settlements on the Continent India to the British Government DswAKOiBi FoBT iu Bhutan— Annexation of the — ... ... ... Dhbnkaval, Tributary Mahal of Orissa— Account of the Chief ship of - — Adoption sanad granted to the Baja of — Alle^ance of the Baja of — ^ ... British administration. ^-— placed under --' Contingent force to be furnished for foreign service by the Bsja of •~— Contingent force's sUowances when on foreign service ... Criminals to be surrendered by the Raja of Refugees to be surrendered by the Baja of — — Sati to be prevented by the Baja of ~— Supplies to be furnished by the Baja to British troops when passing through — Sura Pratab, the present Baja of — — • Territorial possessions gpiaranteed to the Chief of ■ ... Titleof* Baja" conferred on the Chief of Traders to be protected when passing through -— — ^ Tribute paid by the Chief of Tribute payable by the liaja of <^— — Diamond Mines — Chang Bhakar Zamindsr's claim disallowed to Korea Zamindar's claim disallowed to— •-... DuPLBBBisPATi in Bengal— French Government relinquish jurisdiction over Dutch — Armament and military stores of the — ^. Agreement limiting the — Baranagar transferred by the — - British and —^ relations in the Island of Sumatra. Convention regarding — British officer's inspection of military stores and factories Chinsura restored to the — ... Coinage in mints at Cariem Ahad and sgreement relating to privileges of — Commercial privileges of the . Agreement relating to — Compensation for British claims on —— possessions Compensation for the district of Baranagar ... ... ••• Compensation from the — for British looses. Agreement relating to — Convention concluded with the — — on the cessation of hostilities ... Duties payable by British vessels trading in ports of the Factories in India ceded by the — to the British Government Fortifications of the — . Agreement for the reduction of —• ^ Indemnity to British subjects for losses occasioned from hostilities Jafar Ali Khan's agreement with the — ... of ••• 12S a. 183 128 129 120 128 120 83 82 83 81 82 80 187 117 183 124 119 126 ib. ih. 124 183 120 126 120 126 120 126 141 90 41 66 450 42 64 44 88 73 66 37 82 69 71 41 37 40 iviu ) ••T" SUBJICT. DrroH— Jaf ar AH Khan's confirmation of the agreevmt wilh Um ^^mm Military eatablishment of the — — ' limited ... .... .«. Najm-ud-Daala'i confirmation of treaty witkUiA ^-"-» ..• Priaonera of war. Releaae of — ... ..« Saltpetre trade of the . Agreement caneellinfr the -<- Shipa of the — — entering the river. A|;reement Unitisg th# number of •<«- Territories abandoned. Engagemeat wiHh Um Bntiah. Uofernuiaat relatiag the right of occupation of — ... DwABA NovGTYBMiK in the Khasi Hillt^ Account of the State of ... •«• Agreement with the Chief of -»— ••• British rights in Coal in ceded to Qovemment Criminals to be sorrendered by the Chief of — — Disputes of the Chief of — *— to b« referred to Dtputj Lime deposits in — ceded to Governm0nt .•• Minerals in ceded to Government ... Powers of the Chief of — Trade to be facilitated by the Chief of -^^ ... Waste lands. Cession of — to Uovemment ••• • . • to •M ••• • •• • •• 22B 255 ih. 256 255 a. 256 ib. 256 ib. 25fr £abtbbk Abohipslaoo— British subjects allowed the privileges of trade in the — Free trade to Natives of the — •. Butch and English (Sovemments to rtipect viie ^"^ ••• ... ••. ... .•« ■.. Privileges of trade to British and Dutch subjects in the ~— Eabtibit 8bab— British Government to be informed of Dutch treaty arrftugemeDtr with Native States in the ■ ... ... British treaties with Native States in the — not to affeot Dutch interests ... Dutch Government to be informed of British treaty arrangementa with Native States in the — — ... ... .,. ... ... Dutch treaties with Native States in the— not to ailect British interesti Formation of new settlements in the — . Engagement between the Dutch and English Governments regarding — ... .... Piracv in the . Engagement between the Dutch and English Governments for the suppression of — ... ... ^ Epbn, Hon'blb Ashlbt — Deputation of — as Envoy to Sikkim ... Elbphabtb — Khasi Chiefs cede their right to capture — — Kbolish Comfaky-^ Agreement executed by the Governor and Cbrnmittee eniga^ng to al>ide by the tenor of the articles agreed to with the Nawab Siraj-od-Daula ... EnBOPBAN(B)— Affsam Raja's engagement to prevent the settlemeut of— *.in hii territory Najm*ud- Daala's agreement not to employ Sikki«i Baja's. engagement not to permit the residence of — in his territory Factobibs in Bengal — Siraj-ud-Dauhk's agreement with the English Company for the restorMtioo of •"d* """""^ ••• .•* ... ••. .•» ••• Paob. 6» 41 66 88 43 41 78 440 70 68 70 69 70 69 70 ik 156 2BS 14 an 56 162 12 '~ -— - ( m ) SUBJBOT. Pagi. Fai/ta Factobt in Bengal — Dutch cession of the — to the Briiiili Governtntat ••• FoRBtGV SKTTLBXIirrS — Acbin Raja's engagement not to allow the establivhment of — in his dominions Jobor Sultan's engagement not to permit the establishment of — — in his domi- U*wllo ••• ••• ••• ••• ••• •«• Kedah Raja's engagement not to allow foreigners to form settlements in the c rovince ••• ••• ••• ••• •«. <(* Siaok Chief's engagement to prohibit the establishment ot in his dominions Fossiciv Statbs — Acbin Raja's engagement not to enter into telations with ^— ^ Jaintia Baja's engagement not to enter into relations with — >— Johor Sultan's engagement not to enter into relsitions with Kaohar Raja's engsgement not to entor into relations with ^»-« ... ... ••• Founov Statib— Karenni Chiefs' engagement to abstiun from commnnications with ^-^ Eeng Tnng (Shan) Chief's engagement to abstain from commonications with Khyrim Chief's engagement not to enter into relations with -»— ... Nongkhlao Chiefs engagement not to enter into relations with — — — P^ang Chiefs engagement not to enter into relations with — - ... Peralc Chiefs engagement not to enter into relations with -»— Forandar Singh's engagement not to enter into relations with — ... Selang^r Chief's eng^agement not to euter into relations with »— ... Black Chiefs engagement not to enter into relations with — ^ Singhpho Chiefs' engagement not to enter into relations with —"-^ ... FOBBBT PBB8ESTB8 — Khasi Chiefs* engagement to protect •— «- ..• F0B8TTH, Sib Douolab— Mission of *— ~> to Mandalaj ... ... ... FOST COSHWALLIB^ Johor subjects sUowed privileges of trade at -—^ Selangor subjects accorded privileges of trade in the harboar of -^^ Slack subjects allowed privileges of tfade in — ..• FoBT Mablbobough^ Transfer of « — to the Netherlands QoTemment Fbavob— Agreement conclnded with His Majestj the Bmperor of regarding the limits of the settlement of Chandarnagar ... ... ... ... Fbbvch — Jafar Ali Khan's agreement engaging to prevent the ^—settling iift Bengal ... Jafar Ali Khan's sgreement to prevent the — settling in Bengal, Behar and ^'^'••" ... ••. ••« •«• ... Najm-od-Daula's agreement engaging to prohibit the settlement of the—— in Dcngai ... ... ... ... ••■ ... Opinm trade. Rights in ooBnection with the — converted into an annnid pay- ment Fbbvoh Ooybbbment— Compensation for lands transferred by the •.• ••* ••• .«• { W 442 426 400 402 448 442 229 C 423 > 425 j 480 C 487 216 { 876 878 878 242 ih, 487 404 206 412 447 804 288 844 423 412 447 71 89 60 17 66 11 91 ( « ) SUBJBOT. Paob. F&SVCH Sbttlbmvvts in India — Balasor district. Two plots of land in the — onder Frencb joriadiction Civil and military establishments of the in the event dt hostilities between England and France, not to be treated as prisoners of war Convention roncluded with the Uovernment of Chandamsgar renouncing for a pecnniary compensation its claim for the sapply of salt Convention for regulating the sapply of salt, opiam and saltpetre to the — ... Gairetti on the Haghli nnder French jurisdiction Oifenders. Arrangement between the English and ^^— for matnal snrrender 01 ^^* ••• ••• ••• ••• ••• ••• Salt. Indemnity paid to the French Qovemment for relinqoishing the manu- &ctmre of — in their possessions in India ... ' ••• Salt to be sapplied to the — — ..« ••• U 9 86 7 11 10 tti ••• ••• Gaiestti in Bengal^ Jurisdiction possessed by the French in — « Gavgpvb, THbataiy Mahal of Chntia Nagpar— Account of the petty Chiefship of —^ Raghunath Sikhar Deo, the present Chief of ^— - Settlement renewed with the Znmindsr of ■ Tribute payable by the Chief of — - Gabo Hills in Asfiam — Account of the ■ ... ... ... Bangalkhata. Garo disturbances near — ~ •.. Engagements with the Chiefs of the -— — ... Expedition sent against the independent Gams Measures adopted for the pacification of the ■ ... Scott (Mr. David) deputed to the — ... ... Subjugation of the whole of the — ... ... Xhe — formed into a separate district ••• .•• Gawlbb, Colonel — Sikkim expedition placed nnder the command of — ... ..« QOALPASA in Assam — Bhutia tribes on the frontier Char Daar. Agreement executed by the Sat Rajas of — Char DuAr. Sat Bajas* engagement not to molest the followers of the Gelling ... Char Doar* Sat Bajas* engagement to reduce tbeir military force ... Char Duar. Sat Bajas of — bound in. all civil gprievanoes to abide by the deci- sion of British Courts ... ... ... „. Char Dnar. The Bhutias of — in pursuit of traffie, to restrict themselves to certain established market-places Char Dnar. The Bhutias of — not to come armed into the plains ... Char Duar. The Bhutias of ^ to have no connection with the enemies of Gov- ernment ... ... ••• ... Char Dnar. The Bhutias of — to report their anival in the plinns ... ... Char Duar. Treaty with the Sat Ra^as of — ... .«• Composition of the district of -^ ... ,„ ... ... Criminals to be surrendered by the Sat Rajas of Char Doar Eastern Duars iucorporated in — Euriapura Duar. bhutias of the — dependent on the Towang Baja Kuriapura Doar. Clsdms of the Sat Hajas of tbe —.to levy does bought oat by the British Government Rupraigaon Bhutias. Conclusion of an agreement with the ^ Shurgaon Bhutias. Conclu^im of an agreement with the — Thoben^ Bhutias. Annual pension to the -• Thobengta Bhutias excluded from the plains ... ... Tibetans. Military demonstration by the ^ on the Assam froatler ... ••• ••• ••• ••• 11 185 137 144 137 281 282 281 282 281 t&. 282 ib. 156 209 211 ih. ih. 212 a. ib. 218 218 211 209 218 ib. ib. 210 ib. ib. ib, 209 ( x«i ) SUBJBCT. Paoi. ••• ••• • •• ••• GOALFABA near ChandaniRgar — French Qovemment relinqoith JDrifldiction OTer — Godwin, Major- Qbnbbal — Expedition to Barma placed ander the oommand of - Gold Miites^ Chang Bhakar Zamindar*! clftim disallowed to — > Korea Zamindar's claim disallowed to '— ... Gold Mohabs — Jafar Ali Khan's parwana granting to the English Companj the privilege of COlUluK vM^i^ ^^^ »,, 9«, ««B «0g g,, Siraj-ud-Daula's parwana granting to the English Company the priyilege of coining — ^ ... ... ••• ••• ••• GOYOrDPFB, Maaza— Jafar Ali's sanad exempting the English Company from payment of rents for GUBXHAS^ Sikkim Raja's engagement to ahstain from aggressions on the ^^... ••• 90 141 828 ih. 19 C 13 I 16 28 162 H Habopub in the Trihutary Mahals of Orissa — Territorial possessions goaranteed to the Chief of —^ ••• Hastivos, Captain thb Hon'blb G. F. — Expedition sent to Achin under the command of — ^^ ••• HaUOHTON, MlJOB^ DepntatioQ of — - on a mission to Achin ..• ••• HOTDOL, Trihutary Mahal ef Orissa— Account of the Chiefship of — — Adoption sanad conferred on the Baja of -* ... Allegiance of the Baja of — ... ... ••• Contingent force to he furnished for service hy the Baja of Contingent force's allowance when on foreign service ... Criminals to be surrendered by the Baja of — Janardan Mardraj Jagdeo, Chief of — — ... ... Refugees to be surrendered by the Baja of -^ ••• Sati to he suppressed by the Raja of — — Supplies to be furnished by the Baja to British troops when passing through Territorial possessions guaranteed to the Chief of — — ... Title of ** Baja " conferred on the Chief of Traders to be protected when passing through *— Tribute payable by the Raja of ^-"^ HOLOOKBB, LiBUTENANT— Mui^der of — by Nagaa ••• ••• ••• [ 126 4S9 489 117 133 124 126 ih, ih. 120 124 188 125 126 120 125 120 126 284 I Javab Ali Khan, Nawab, Subadar of Bengal^ Agreement concluded between the Dutch and *•»- ••• ••• ... 40 British Agent to reside at the Court of — • ... ... ... 60 Demand of for the confirmation of the allianoe with the English Company 61 ( «ii ) SuBnoT. Paqjl Jatab Ah Khav, Nawab, Sabadar of Bengal — Engagement for the myment of the eKpcoMf of the army operatfng agaisat the Nawab Wazir of Oudh Eaaixn Ali Khan'a agreement for the deposition of ^— from the Subadari of JjeUgHl •«• *•• (•( ««• >.a 0«a Military assistance to — Military force sg^reed to be maintained by — Snbadari of Bengal, Behar and Orissa restored to — — Treaty of offensive and defensive alliance oonclnded with — Vakil oa the part of to reside at Caleatta {8€€ *« Bengal") jAnrriA avd Khabi Hills on the N.-E. Frontier* Account of the Chief ships of the »— ... ... ••• (Bee farther under « Jaintiii " and «* Khad HillB.") JiaJU, on. the N.-E. Frontier — Account of the Chiefship of — ^ ... ... ,., Allegiance to the East India Company acknowledged by the Raja of — Annexation of the phun country belonging to the Baja of — ••• British arbitration in disputes of — with 'neighbouring States ... British subjects kidnapped for human sacrifice by the Baja of — — Burma renounces claims on — DoUois (headmen) and Sardars of the — HiUs ..• ... English officer with fuU powers stationed at Jowai Foreign States. Riga's engagement not to enter into ralataona with — ..» HiUy portion of made over by the Raja to the Britkh Qovemment Jaintiapur formally occupied by the British ... ..• .•• Measures taken to improve the administration of the DoUoit ••. Military service to be rendered by the Raja of — Police thana estabUshed in the hills at Jowai PoUtical Agent at Chirrapux^ji. »-^ Hills placed under the adminiatratlon of wlie '^■~ ••• ... ... Powers of the Dollois Bajendia Singh's succession to the Raj of — *- Bam Singh Raja entrusted with the management of Rebellions in the — * HiUs Territorial possession guaranteed to the Raja of — — Territorial reward promised to the Raja of — — Treaty concluded with Ram Singh, Uaja of — Treaty of allegiance executed by Risja Ram Singh of JaBHFTTB, Tributary Mahal of Chutia Nagpur — Piatab Narayan Singh Deo, the present Chief of — - Sarguja originally a feudal dependency of *^ Settlement renewed by the Zamindar of — ^• Tribute payable by the Chief of Zamindar's engagement to pay his revenues Java— Siack subjects allowed the privileges of trade in — - jBAira in the Ehasi Hills— Agreement signed by the Chief of ■ Roads to be kept in repairs by the Raja of — • JOHOL in the Malayan Peninsula — Account of the Chiefship of — — ... Boundaries of ■■■ ■ ..• ..* ... Oumimchi, a dependency of — — Treaty with the Sultan ralatmg to the boondaries of ••• • M • ■• • .• ••* 277 • •• ••• 278 • •• •«• 891 • *• ••• 428 • •• ••• 891 ••• ••• 481 { 58 46 49 48 16 50 818 219 ib. ih. 229 219 854 280 281 229 219 a. 221 23 ... ... ... ••. Bri^h subjects allowed the pri? ileges of trade in — -^... ... Commeroial alliance with —— ... ... Confederate States renounced allegiance to —* ... Criminals amenable to the laws of — ... ... Foreign settlemento net to be permitted in •—• Foreign States. Sultan's engagement not to enter into velationa with; — Foreign States. Thmongong'ft engagement not to enter into relations with — ... Free trade established in; — ^ .*« ,^ ..• ..» Interference in the affairs of — ... ... ... ... Jellebn Uln Pahang, a feudatory of *— Jumpol, a dependency of — ... ... Kassang Biver, the boundary of *— - Kassang territory not to be alienated hf tlM Tumongong of -— ^ ... Pahsng, onoe a dependency of —^ ... * Pahaog's alliance with •— — ..» ».. ... Pahang's engagement to render asstatanoe to — — ..• ... ^ Pension assigned to the Sultan of •^— Pagi. ••• Pension assigned to the Tamongong of — — • Piracy to'be suppressed in —- ... Singapore ceded by the Sultan of — Singapore Customs duties. 8nltan to share in — Sovereignty of the island of Singapore ceded by the Sultan of - — Sultan to be afforded an asylum at Singapore or Prince of Wales' Island Sultan's cession of to the Tumongong ... Sultan's treaty with the Tumongong of ... Sotting, a feudatory of ... ... ... ... ... Trade monopoliee abolished in ... ... Treaty of friendship and alliance concluded with tbe Sultan of — ^ Treaty with tbe Sultan of for the cession of the island of Singapore Treaty with the Tumongong regarding lands in Singapore ... ... Tnlloh Blanga lands transferred to the Tumongong of — — Tumongong renounces claims to pension ... ... ... ... Tumongong to be afforded an asylum at Singnpore or Prince of Wales' Island ... Tumongong withdraws claims to Kassang territory Tumon gong's engagement to pay a stipend to the Saltan of JOBMU in the Tributary Mahals of Orissa — Territorial poesesaions guaranteed to the Chief of — ... •*. ••• 484 392 428 436 433 436 424 428 422 391 433 425 428 437 430 437 430 ib. 898 ib. 432 ib. 393 436 ih, 424 428 425 429 430 425 ih. 429 430 432 ib 398 423 424 428 438 434 ih. 430 432 ib. 127 Kaohab on the N.-E. Frontier— Account of —^ ... ... M« ... ... Administration of justice entrusted to the Riga of Annexation of the province of Arbitration in disputes of the Raja of — with neighbouring States Asalu. Abolition of — as a sub-division ... ... Asalu. A separate officer for North .— * itait&oiied at — 218 21& 213 216 214 ib. ( "»▼ ) SCBJIOT. Pagb. Kaohab on the N.-B. Frontier — Aialo. TuIa Bam*8 principality added to the charge of the officer at -^* British protection go^ranteed to the Bija of — .». Barmese armies driven out of — - Barmese cUimi on renounced Burmese invasion of Capital of — traniferred to Khaspar ... ... ... ,^ Foreign States. Bsja prohibited from entering into relationa with — Oovind Chandra, Baja, replaced on the throne oi ... ... .^ Oovind Chandra, refugee Raja of — taken under British protection Govind Chandra's assassination ... Ooviod Chandra's authority resisted by Tula Ram Ounjong attacked and burnt down by Sanbhudan, a Kachari faaaUe Gunjong, the head-quarters of the Sub-divisional Officer of North — Jurisdiction of British Courts not to extend to Eacha Din, an officer of Baja Govind Chandra. Rebellion of — in North — — ... Lushai raids on — Hanipuri brothers Marjit, Chaurjit and Oambhir Singh. Struggle between the ^ for supremacy in — ... Mutinous sepoys defeated in ^— ... ... ... ,^ North — -. Annexation of — to Nowgong North—. Division of the administrative charge of — North . Re-establishment of the sub-divisionial charge of ^ ... Siinbhudan's insurrection in North — - Tipperah Raja's grant of — to the Kachari King as a dowry Treaty of allegiance executed by Govind Chandra, Rsja of Tribute payable by the Rajs of — Tola Bam assigned a tract of country by Baja Govind Chandra Tula Ram's country resumed by Government Tula Bam's engagement for the territory held by him ... Tula Ram's family. Grant of pensions to — Tula Ram's unsuccessful candidature for the Chief ship oi — Tula Ram Senapati's engagement transferring a certain tract of country to the British Government Kaohivb of Burma- Account of the — • Attempt to open relations with the Kachin tribes of the Jade and Amber Mines tract ... ... ... ... British authority recognised by the — - south of the Taping Chingpaw or Singpho, the name given by the — to themselves . Hukong Valley settled by —^ ... List of non- Kachin tribes closely connected with the •— - List of the Kachin tribes Military operations in the East Kachin tract Mog^ong constituted a suh>divition of the Bhamo district Mogsoog. Visit of a British officer to «- ... Outrages committed by the — — ... ... Policy to be adopted towards the ^— > Sadon. Construction of a xwst at — Submission of Kachin Sawbwas of the Marip tribe Kalkafub in Bengal— putch cession of the factory at — to the British Government Kahixa in the Tributary Mahals of Orissa — Territorial possessions guaranteed to the Chief of — ... Kabbnb (Rbd) of Burma^ Account of the ... ... ... .„ British agent stationed in Kyetpogji Eastern Karenni admitted as a feudatory of the British Empire 214 216 218 854 327 218 216 218 ib. ib. 214 215 t& 216 214 218 ib. 214 a. ih. 215 ' ib. 218 216 ib. 214 ib. 217 214 ib. 217 838 ■ • • 840 • .. 889 .■• 888 ... 840 ... 889 ... ib. • .. ib. • *• 840 ... 839 .•• f^ ... 841 ... 839 • « . 840 • »• 76 • *• 127 ••• 842 ... 848 ... 846 ■^ ( ) rz — - ■ ■ I ^^ Subject. Paos. Kaeihs (Bid) of Burma— > Eattem KarennL Amn^ment with the Chief of — regarding timffie in opium, spirits or fermented liqaor, etc. Eaiteni KarennL Burmese efiforta to obtidn an acknowledged svpremacy Over ""* ••• ••• ••• ••• *•• ,,, Eastern Karenni. Chief of — not to eiercife joris^ction over European British SuDlcvl'S ••• ••• ••• «•• ••• «(« Rastem KarennL Chief of ^- permitted to nominate his successor Eastern Karenni. Chief of — to abstain from communication with Foreign OUWvS •«• ••• ••• ••• •<• (,. Eastern Karenni. Chief of -— to be g^uided bj the advice of the Chief Commis* _■ _ VXOllvA »•• ••• ••• ••• ••• t«l Eastern Karenni. Chief of — to cede land for railways free of cost Eastern Karenni. Chief of — to have a resident agent at the head-quarters of the Superintendent, Shan States Eastern KarennL Compensation to be paid by the Chief of — for raids commit- ted by his subjects Eastern KarennL Compensstion to be paid to travellers or caravans attacked within the limits or ^ • Eastern Karenxd. Criminals to be surrendered by the Chief of — ... Eastern KarennL Diifrrences with the Chiefs of — Eastern Karenni. Disputes of — with the Sban States ,io be referred to the Saperintendent f or settlement Eastern KarennL Expedition against — Eastern Karenni. Foreigners not to be employed bp the Cbief of — Eastern KarennL ObliKations of the Chief of — towards his subjects Eastern Karenni. Pursuit of criminals to be aided by the Chief of — Eastern Karenni. Sawlapaw elected Chief of — Eastern ILarennu Sawlapaw's hostile conduct towards the British ... Eastern Karenni. Sawalwi appointed Chief of — Eastern KarennL Tribute to be paid by tbe Chief of — Kantarawadi, the Burmese name for BsiBtem Karenni ... Karenni. Main divisions of — ... Kyetpogale, a division of Western Karenni ... ... ... ... Kyetpoflryi, a division of Western Karenni ... KyetpogyL Contract of friendship made with — O'Riley's (Mr.) visits to Karenni Po By a. Paramount power in Western Karenni bold by — Bicbardson's (Mr.) deputation to Karenni for openini^ trade ... Sanad for Western Karenni Chiefs. General form of — Sanad granted to tbe Chief of Eastern Karenni Siamese acceptance of boundary laid down by British Commissioners Siamese claim to a tract of country east of the Sal ween Western Karenni and Burmese territory. Demareatioo of the boundary between — Western Karenni. Administrative powers of the Chiefs of — Western Karenni. Arrangement with the Chiefs of — regarding traffic in opium, spirits or fermented hquor, etc. Western Karenni. British Government invited by the Chiefs of — to take possession (^ their country ... Western KarennL Burmese daim to soverdgnty over — Western Karenni. Chiefs of — permitted to nominate their successors West<>m KarennL Chiefs of — to abstain from communications with Foreign Dcabes ... ••* ... ••• ... ... Western Karenni. Chiefs of — to be guided by the advice of the Superintend- ent, Shan States •.• ... .*. Western Karenni. Chiefs of -— to cede land for railways free of cost Western Karenni. Chiefs of — to have resident agents at the head-quarters of tbe Superintendent ... ... ..« { 878 345 879 377 878 ih. ib. ib. ib. ib. ib. 843 378 846 879 878 ib. 346 346 •A. 878 845 348 ib. ih. ib. 844 843 844 842 875 846 847 ib. 844 877 376 844 ib. 875 ib. 876 ib. ib. ( «vi ) SlTB^BOT. Kabihb (Bbd) of Bann»^ Wwtera Karenni. CompeoMtion to be paid bj the Chiefs of — for raids ooio- mitted by their lubjecta Weitem Karenni. Compeniation to be paid by the Chief of ^ to tcATellera or aravHni attacked within their limits ... Western Karenni. Criminalt to be be snnendrnd by the Chiefs of — Western EJurenni. Desire of the Chiefs of — for British protection Western Karenni. Disputes of the Chiefs of — with other States to be refezred to the Saperintendent for settlement ... Western Karenni. Election of a Chief at Kammekon by the Snperintendent, Southern Shan States Western KarennL Foreigners not to be empbyed by the Chiefs of — Western Karenni. Grant of sanad to the Chiefs of Nanngpale, Kyel)X)gyi and ■DHWlAJKe ... ... ... •«• .•• ... Western Knrenni. Independence of —-guaranteed by the King of Burma Western Karenni. Obligations of the Chiefs of — towards their subjects Western Karenni. Nominal tribute to be paid by the Chiefs ot Western Karenni. Political divisions of — ... Western Karenni. Pursuit of criminals to be aided by the Chiefs of — Western Karenni. Trade routes to be kept open within the Chief ship of — ... Tintalais, the earliest rulers of the whole of Karenni ••« KiBKNiri in Burma— (See " Karens [Bed].**) KisiM All Khak» Sobadar of Bengal— Agreement concluded with ^— for the deposal of Mir Jafar Alt Khan froan the Subadari of Bengal Agreement for the pnyment of former tankhas executed by — Subsidiary arrangement for the servioes of British troops oonduded with — - ... Treaty of friendship and alliance concluded with — ... K48IM Bazab— Sirsj-ud-Danla's agreement with the EngUsh Company for restoring their fiictory lU ^"""^^^ ,,a ■•• ••• ••• «•• ••• Kavbilaposi in Chutia Nagpur — Account of the Larka Kols of — ... ... ... Allegiance of the Man ki of —... Amount of revenue to be psid to the Manki of — ... ... Conspirators to be arrested and surrendered by — Criminals to be surrendered by the Manki of — - Honda appointed tolaid the Manki of «-* Monda*s allowRncea ... ... ... ... ... Police administration entrusted to the Manki of — ... Villages entrusted to the management of the Manki of — • (Sm « Larka Kols.") KsDAB in the Malayan Peninsula- Account of the State of British guard vessel to be stationed i^ the Island of Penang Criminals not to be sheltered in — Criminals to be surrendered by the Baja of Debtors refuged in Penang to be surrendered to their creditora in — • Debtors to be surrendered by the Baja of — Debtfi how to be settled in ... Ex-Chief placed in cbnrge of Central ... £x-RnJA to be prevented from committing depredations in -•^ Ex-Raja*8 residence ... Foreigners not to be allowed to orm settlement in —... Page. ... ... ... S76 ib. 34S 876 345 877 8i5 344 876 875 845 876 ik, 343 { 45 47 46 45 13 137 148 149 ih. ih. 149 160 149 150 886 } 899 400 408 ti. 400 899 388 471 ih. 400 402 ( xxvii ) ••• ••• ••• SinuBOT. Kbdah in the MaUyan Peninsnla— Kre4n seized by the Baja of — - Leith's (Sir Qeor^) neffotiationi with the Baja of — Light's (Captain) negouationi with the fiaja of ^-^ Ligor Raja's invasion of — — Military aid to ... Penang, the residence of the ex-Chief of — — Penang Island ceded by the Raja of — — ... Peuang Island designated Prince of Wales' Island Pension assigned to the ex-Chief of Penaion for the cession of Pnlo Peoang by the Baja of Pension to the Baja of — Pkovince Wellesley ceded by the Baja of Punghnln'a monopoliea Ships permitted to trade with ^^^ 8iam. tributary to — ... ••• Siamese customs duty in ^— ... ... Sbves seeking ref age in Penang to be surrendered to — Slaves to be surrendered by — ... ... ... .«■ Treaty of frieudship with — - ... ... ... ... Treaty with the Baja of — — ... Tuankn Ahmad, the present Chief of — ... ... •.. [See " Penang/' *' Prince of Wales' bland *' tnd " Provinee Wellesley.*') KiLAVTAV in the Eastern Archipelago- Privileges of trade accorded by Siam in — ^ KiOHJHAB, Tributary Mahal of Orissa— Account of the Chiefsbip of ... ••• Administration of . Measures adcq^ited for improving the — ... Adoption sanad conferred on the* Baja of ■ ... ... Allegiance of the Chief of ... British military intervention in — ... ... ... British supervision of the administration of — ^ Criminals to be surrendered by the Chief of — — Dhanurjai Narayan Bhaig Deo, the present Chief of Insurrection in Maharaja of — temporarily relieved of his duties Passage of hostile troops to be prevented by — — Befugeee to be surrendered by — Sati to be prevented by the Baja of — Ten'itorial possessions guaranteed to the Baja of •— — .. Title of «« Baja " conferred on the Chief of — • Tribute of . Beduction of the — Tribute payable by the Chief of Khamptis in the N..E. Frontier- Account of the ... ... M. Adminifttration vested in the Chief of the ' Agreemeiit entered into by the Khampti Chiefs of Sadiya Agreement entered into by the — — ... •• Allegiance of the Chief of the — ^ ;.. Paos. ••* I 388 887 386 388 399 888 898 886 888 400 401 ib. 898 ( ih. { 402 887 471 400 402 898 899 401 888 ••• *•• ... ... ... ... ••• Heinous offences to be reported by the Chief of the Inroads on Sudiya to be prevented by the > Khampti volunteers ... Military service to be rendered by the Chief of the •** 471 117 118 133 122 118 ib. 123 120 118 ib. 123 ib. 133 124 120 118 ( 120 I 122 268 300 ib. sei 800 302 301 302 301 288 301 ( xx?iii ) Subject. Khamptis in the N.-B. Frontier — Miihmi inroads to be prevoDted by the — Phakiali allied to the PoUtical Agent, Upper Anam, mordeied by the -^^ of Sadiy» Powers of the Chiefs of the — — in the administration of joatice Bevenoes agreed to be paid by the Sadiya selected as the residence of the Political Agent in Upper Assam Sadiya. The settle in— ... Singpho inroads to be prevented by ^-^ Slave-trade prohibited by —» ... Sabmiffsion of the Snppliee to be furnished by the Chief of — • Tengapani . Relations of the — to the British Qovemment ... Tribal disputes of the to be decided by the British Qovemment PaoB. KHAimiiALS in Orissa^ Occnpation of the by OoTemment KHAinDPASA, Tributary Mahal of Orissa ~- Account of the Chiefship of — Adoption ssnad conferred on the Baja of •— Allegiance of the Baja of ... •Contingent force to be furnished for foreign tervioe by the Raja of — ■ Contingent force's allowances when on foreign lervioe ... Criminals to be surrendered by the Raja of Vatobar Bfardraj BhrHmarbar Kai, the present Chief of — ^ Refugees to be surrendered by the Chief of — »- Supplies to be furnished by the Raja to Briti»h troops when passing throogh »— Territorial possessions guaranteed to the Chief of <^— — ... Title of *' Raja " conferred on the Chief of — — Traders to be protected when passing throngh •— ^ „. Tribote paid by the Chief of Tribute payable by the Raja of —« ... ... ... ••• KhabIAWAh in Chntia Nagpur — Account of the Chiefship of —... .„ ... ... Chakradharpur pargana in Singhbhum. Four villages of -— granted to tiie Baja fJX *^^^^^ ,,. »,( ••• ••• ••• ••• Chief of •— ^ bound to render fendal senrice to Government Mahendra Narayan Singh Deo, the pre«ent Chief of — Nazarana rules applicable to the State of "—> PMition of the Chief of similar to that of the Chiefs of the Tributary M nhals Sanad for the grant of part of the Sinjriibhum estate to the Raja of — ... Singhbbom Raja's pretensions to supremacy over — - ... Eba8I Hills on the N.-E. Frontier— Account of the Chief ships in the .„ Adjudication in disputes of Chiefs of the — ••• Arbitration in disputes of Chiefs of the — — with neighbouring Statea Assam Kings. Nominal allegiance paid by the Chiefs to the ^ Chiefs of the in subsidiary allianoe with the British Qovemment Coal found in the — . Chiefs' cession of — ..• Confederacy formed by Chiefs of the — to resist the British Criminals to be surrendered by Chiefs of the — — ... ... Elepbsnts. Chiefs* cession of the right to hunt and capture — Forost preserves to be protected by Chiefs of the — ^ Qenoral form of agreament to be executed by Chiefs of the eiecvioB ... ... ... ... ... ••• «.• ... { ... [ f on their { 801 288 i^ 808 801 801 802 801 ih. 288 802 119 117 138 124 125 tft. ib. 120 124 126 126 120 125 120 125 186 145 186 187 ik 186 146 186 819 280 219 220 281 288 220 280 282 288 a. 280 281 ( xxix ) SUBJBCT. Paob. Khau Hills on the N.-E. Frontier— Heinous offences to be reported by the Chiefs of the — Kamrnp plains occopied by the Chiefs of the — Lands to be ceded for civil and military purposes by Chiefs in the { Jurisdiction in — on their election. General •M Lime found in the — — • Chiefs' oesrion of — Massacre of a survey party at Nongkhlao ... Matrimonial cases among Native Christians in the - Minerals found in the — — . Chiefs' cession of — Minor States in the ■ ■ ... •■• .«• ... ..i Mode of government obtaining among the people of the — ~ Powers of Chiefs in civil and criminal cases in the — - ... Refugees to be surrendered by Chiefs of the — • ••• ... «., Bead to Ganhati. Construction of a — > permitted by the Chiefs of the — ... Sanads granted to the Chiefs of the — are signed by the Chief Commissioner Sanads granted to the Sardars oi the "— are signed by the Deputy Commis- sioner ... ... ... Sanads or parwanas granted to the Sardars of the •— form of — — ... ... ... State property not to be alienated by Chie& of the - Trade to be fostered by Chiefs of the — - ... Travellers to be protected by Chiefs of the — • Waste lands to be ceded by Chiefs of the — ^ KhvBDHA in the Tributary Mahals of Orissa — Territorial possessions guaranteed to the Chief of — Kktrsm in the Khasi Hills— Account of the Chief fhip of — — - Afdi-Nadi, the boundary of — ^ Allegiance of the Chief of — ... ... Arbitration in tribal disputes of — ... Boundaries of —— ... British protection guaranteed to the Chief of — * Coal-fields. Chief eedes rights in — Contingent force's allowanoes when on foreign service ... ... Criminals to be surrendered by the Chief of ... ... Dispute between U. Elur Singh, Chief of , and his subjects Foreign States. Chiefs engsgement not to enter into relations with — Heinous offences to be reported by the Chief of — ... Indemnity for military expenses agreed to be paid by the Chief of — -« Lands ceded by the Chief of Lands to be oeded for civil or military purposes by the Chief of — • Lime deposits. Chief cedes rights in ... Military service to be rendered by the Chief of Mineral rights ceded by the Bsja of ... 280 232 219 231 232 ( 281 i 283 220 228 231 283 224 220 230 232 281 232 220 222 { { . . « ••• ... ... ••• ... a*. { [ \ ( 238 231 232 231 232 231 238 127 223 247 230 241 246 230 247 242 231 242 246 230 242 247 228 242 230 246 247 246 281 ih. 242 246 281 3« ( ) SUBJBOT. Pagb. KflTBiH io the Khasi flilli— FaiMLge Ifree for troops through — - • •■ • •a 241 Powers of the Chief of in civil and criminal matters • • • . « • 230 Provisions to be furnished to British troolpt pAasiiig thrsogh - • « • • aa 846 Babon Singh, Chief of -«— . Valuable services rendered bj — • during the Jaintia rebellion ■ • ■ ••• 223 Rabon Singh. Pension for two lives granted as a reward to — ••• ... tft. Befngees to be surrendered by the Chief of ... • • . 231 Boad-making materials to be stlpplied bj the Chief of — Tint Singh's MtrYenddt pto^isM by the Chief of — ... a. . . .a 242 ... • •• 247 Trade to be fostered by the Chief of — - ^ ... • a. 281 Travellers to be protected by the Chief of •— — ... a • • a. U. Klnr Singh, the present Chief of ... • •• a • a 223 Waste lands to be ceded by the Chief of — ^— .*• ..a 231 aa. ... .a a aa . • a. • «• aaa a a a KOBBA, a tributary Mahal in Chutia Nagpuir->* Account of the Cbiefship of — ... ... ... Alienation of lands prohibited to Zamiltdiar m *— Amount of revenue to be paid by Zamiadar of ^-^ Coal mines reserved to Govemmeat in — %„ Criminal administratioD entrusted to the Zamindar of — -* Criminal returns to be furnished monthly by the Zamindar of ^— Criminals not to be harboured in the ZaniiBdari of — — * Diamond mines reserved by the British Oovernment in — -> Duties not to be levied in the Zamindari of — • Qold mines reserved to the British Qovemment in — ... Mineral rights reserved to the British Government in — ^ Mines reserved to the British Government in «— ^ Police administration in the Zamindari of — Police duties to be performed by the Zamindar of — ... Pran Singh Deo, the present Chief of — ... Settlement concluded with the Zimindar of ^— * Settlement renewed with the Zamindar bf — - Silver mines reserved to British Government in -^^ Thz not to be levied by the Zamindar of — Traders to be proteoted by the Zamindar in — — Tribute payable by the Chief of Zamindar's engagement to pay his revenues ... KbeaK in the Malayan Peninsula — Kedah Raja's seizure of the district of — — KuBO Yallbt on the N.-E. Frontier — Agreement relating to the — ... Boundaries of the — ..^ Compensation for the ^— Manipur compensated for the —* ... Transfer of — to the Burmese Government KUCH Bbhab in Bengal — Account of t^e State of — ... ... Administration of *— — • B^orms in the — Adoption sanad granted to the Baja of — « Annezation of to Bengal ... ... ..« Bhutan ftaja's engagement to prevent aggressions on territory of British administration of — — during minority of NripCndra Narayan British rupee made the legal tender of — ... Children bom to the present Maharaja of — — Commissioner of the Bajshahi Division the ta^offieio Political Agent for Council of ^^. Composition of the — ... ... ... Deb Baja's engagement to surrender the Raja of ^^ ... ... Dhairjendra Narayan granted the zamindari of — — ... ••• ... ... ... ••• ... ... a*. ... a.. • a. ... ... • *. • .• • a. .*• • a. .•• aaa ... .a. • •• ... ... a*, aaa ... .a. a. . a*, aa. • a. • .. ... ... •aa . .. 135 141 140 141 ih, ih. ih, 141 ib. ih. ih. ih. ih. ih. 187 140 144 141 Ift. ^. 187 140 868 360 fft. 309 816 360 09 101 105 103 190 100 101 101 102 101 182 104 ( xxxi ) Subject. Pags. KuoK Bbhab in Bengal — Dharendra Narayan's treaty acknowledging his subjection to the British Qovem- UlvUW •«• •«• ••• ««• ••« •»• Land system of Improvement of the — ... ... ..• Maharaja's visits to England ... ... ... Marriage of the present Maharaja of —— ... Military assistance to be afforded to the Baja for the defiance of — Nripendra Narayan, Mahanga, appointed Aide-de-Camp to His Boyal UighneH the Prince of Wales Nripendra Narayan, Mahanja, appointed an Honorary Lien tenant* GokmeL in tke British army ... ... .,, ... ... Nripendra Narayan, Maharaja, made a G.C.I. ID . Nripendra Narayan, the present Chief of — •. Sqcossmob of — ... Patit Churcha settlement of — . Conclusion of the — Police of re-organised ... ... ••• ... ... Postal Department of placed under the Postmaster General of Bengal Status of —. Settlement of the — Telegraph. Line of — carried through the State ... ..« Title of '* Mahsraja Bahadur " conferred on the Chief of — ^ Titles of " Highness " and ** Bhup Qahadnjr " awomed by the Maharaja. "^ ••• •«• •«• e«t ••• ••« Tribute paid by Victoria College opened in to commemorate the Queen's Jnbilee ' KvjAiro in the Tributary Mahals of Orissa — Territorial possessions guaranteed to the Baja of —— ... i 103 lOX ib. 108 101 104 102 ih. ib. 100 102 101 ib. 100 101 100 101 ib. 102 127 • *• *•• ... ... Laxof in Siam— Trade to be fostered by the Siamese authoriUas at -— * Laxbbbt, Coxmodobb— Deputation of on a mission to the King of BoNua Lavfitkohi in Slam— Trade to be fostered by the Siamese authorities at — - Laitgkbt in Sumatra**- Account of the petty State of — - Dollar currency to be introduced into — ... Duties to be levied at — ... ... Eng^ement executed by the Bmja of — ... Free trade established in —- ... Trade monopolies not to be allowed in *— • ... ••• LaxOBIN in the Khasi Hills— Account of the Chief ship of ■■ ■■ AHegiance of the Chief of — ^ ... #•* Arbitration in tribal disputes of the Chief of — -^ ... Criminals to be surrendered by the Chief of — -* Lands to be ceded for civil or military purposes by the Chief of Mineral rights ceded by the Chief of Powers in civil and criminal cases of the Chief of «- Befugees to be surrendered by the Chief of — ^ Besidenoe of the Chief of >— ... ... Title conferred on the Chief of ... Trade to be fostered by the Chief of — — ..• Travellers to be protected by the Chief of — U. Bor Singh, the present Chief of — — ... Waste lands to be ceded by — — ••• ••• •*• .•• ... • « • • a • • •• • •* . « • ... • *. ... ... ... ... ... • »• ... • • * ... • *• • •• • t* • • . ... • •• • •* .*• ... • •• ... ••• ^23 82S 523 439 446 ib. 4i5 446 ib. 226 250 ib. 261 ib. ib. 250 251 250 252 251 ib. 226 251 ( «xii ) SUBJIOT. Paoi. ••• ••• Laska Koub of Chotis Ntgpiu>— Account of the — ... Allegiance of the — Edncation of the children of the »-^ BeveAne payments to he made bj the - Bobben to be inrrendered by the — * Travellen to be protected by the — LroOB in Siam— Acconnt of the Chiefihip of — ■ Agreement oonelnded with the Chief of Bonndariei of Province Welleiley Kedah invaded by the Baja of ^— - Kedah snbjects to be released by the Baja of — — Perak invaded by —— ... ... Siamese engagement regarding —— Limb Dbpobitb on the N.-E. Frontier— Khasi Chiefs cede their rights in — ... ... ... Nongrong Pnnji elders cede their rights in — «- Noekin Pnnji eiders cede their rights in — -« Sheila Pniyi elders cede their rights in Snpar Pnnji el4ors cede their rights in — LIlrBBTONB— Sohra (Oherra) Baja allows the British Qovemment to take — — gmtis LnrGiv Iblb in the Eastern Archipelago- British settlement not to be formed on — — LuxuT in the Malayan Peninsola — Cape Baehado in ^-^^ ceded to the British Government LuBHAi Hills (Nobth) on the Assam Frontier — Aijal stockade attacked by the Lnshaii Barmoocelin* the greatest of the Lnsbai Chieftains British policy towards the Ln^hais op to X888 a policy of non-intervention Browne (Captain), Political Officer, ambushed by the Lnshai* Bnrancherra tea-garden. Baid on the — by Eastern Lushait Changsil. Post established at — Changsil stockade attacked by the Loshais ... Chengri Valley. Lashai raid in the — Chin-Loshai conference held at Calcutta Decision come to by Government to place the whole of the Lnshai Hills the administrative control of Assam Edgar's (Mr. Wsre) visit to the Lnshai country ••• Expedition agidnst the Lushais Fort Aijal. Poet established at — ... ... .... Fort Tre^ear. Po«t established at — General rising of the Loshais ... Howaata* a Sbendn Chief. Outrage committed by — ... Howsata's complicity io the marder of Lieutenant Stewart. Proof of — Howsata's village. Destruction of — Khalkam, a leading Lushai Chief, transported for life ... Kukis, the name formerly given in British territory to the Lushais ... Lai Chokla. Capture and transportation of — Lengpnng, a leading Lusbai Chief, transported for life ... Lungleh. Construction of a road to — ... Lungleh. Stockaded post established at — HnlUkh's village. Successful attack on — ... ! 187 148 ih. t». ih, ib. 461 606 U. 888 471 S89 471 231 288 274 ih. 270 274 285 72 891 ••• ••• ... 822 • •• 819 ... 821 ... 822 ... 828 • *. 822 ... ib. ... 821 Aam 828 aer ... tft. ..» 820 c ^• ■ . . • ] 821 C 822 a*. ib. • •. 821 .*• 828 ... 820 ... 821 ... ib. ... 828 ... 819 ... ib. ... 828 ... 821 ••• t^. ... 819 ( xsxiii ) ••* Subject. LusBAi Hills (North) on the Assam Frontier— M array (Mr.). Attack on — by the Lushais Operations against the Eastern Lnshais ... ... ... Oatpotts establishsd on the Sylhet and Kachar ftontier i.. Pakuma Rani's village. Lushai raid on the — Political Officer in the North Lushai Hills. Appointment of a — .^. Sanad given to Snkpilal Soath Lnshai Hills. Arrangement for the admiiiistration of the — Stewart (Lientenant), in command of a survey party, killed by the Lnshais SakpilaVs raids Surrender of the Western Lnshai Chiefs Thangnla, a leading Lushai Chief, transported for life ... Winchester (Miss) carried off a prisoner by the Lnshais ..« Winchester (Mr.), a t-ea-planter, killed by the Lusbais ... Ltri&AXB of the N.-E. Frontier of Bengal — Account of the — — ... ... ... ••• ... Bazaars. Kstablishment of — in the country of the — -^ BuDghe, a Chief of the Eastern Changsil Raznar plundered by a party of the — * ... ... Cbanglen, a Chief of the Eastern Edgar (Mr. Ware). Visit of — to the country of the — — Expeditions against the — ... ... ... ... Famine in the country of the — Hostilities between the Eastern and Western — How longs. Baids committed by the — Ehalgom, a Chief of the Western Kochabari. Manipuri Colony of — attacked by the Kuki settlements in British territoy. Raid of the upon — ... Lalbura, a Chief of the Eastern — Lai Chokla. Raid of the led by — ... Lai Chokla. Trial and transportation of — Lenpnnga, a Chief of the Western ... ... .4. Lister's (Colonel) judicious management of tbe ^— ^ North wiu^ movement of the -—* Poiboi*s tribe reduced to submission ... ... .». Puis. Advance of the tribe of — Sailus. Raids committed by the — Soktes. Advance of the tribe of — ... Sonai Bazaar plundered by Khalgom's ... Snkpilal granted a sanad embodying the conditions of his allegiance SnkpUal. Raids committed by — and his followers Sakpilal's engagement for the securiby of traders visiting the hills of the — — Tipaimakb Bazaar plundered by Sokte or Kamhow Tippemh. Raid of the -^^ upon — Tipperah Raja suspected of connivance in a raid of the Yonpilal's tribe reduced to submission *.. ... ... ... «.. ... *.. *.< HahaUM in the Khasi Hills— Account of the Chief ship of --— > Administration of justice in ^-«— ••• Allegiance of the Chief of — — Contingent force's allowances while on foreign service ... CriminidB to be surrendered by the Chief of — — Pa&b. [ S22 323 320 321 822 114 323 820 319 822 ih. 320 ib. 110 112 t*. ib. ib. Ill no 111 112 ib. Ill 112 110 ib. 112 110 ib, 112 110 111 ib. ib. ib. ib. 112 lU HI Hi 112 no ib. Ill 22T ( 259 \ 201 ( 262 ( 259 I 261 269 ib. ( xxiiv ) Subject. M1H4BAM in the Khaii Hilli— Dispates with foreigrnert to be referred by Chief of ^»- Blectiont of two Chief • together in , abolished Heinooi offences to be reported by the Chief of Indemnity to be peid by the Chief of ... Landi to be ceded for civil and military porpoeee by the Chief of Military senrice to be rendered by the Chief of Mineral righte ceded by the Chief of ... ProTifion for British troope passing through — — to be furnished by the Chief... Befagees to be snrrendered by the Chief of — — Residence of the Chief of —— ... ..• Settlers to be protected by the Chief of — — Trade resoorces to be developed by the Chief of — - TraTellers to be protected by the Chief in Tribal disputes to be referred by the Chief of ^^*- U. Kishon Singh, the present Chief of — ..« U. Sai Singh's deposal Waste lands to be ceded by the Chief of — — Malacca in the Malayan Peninsnla*^ Account of the province of ... ... „» British protection to the inhabitants of — Exemption of fronn the general stipulations of the treaty with the Nether- lands Qovemment InterpriBtation of the term ... Johor^s engHgement to suppress piracy in the Straits of — Naning trade to be confined to — Renbau's boundaries towards -—— Malaisobkat in the Khssi Hills — Agreement signed by U. Shongnam Singh, Chief of — Allegiance of the Rajas of >— Criminals to be surrendered by the Rsjas of —— Malatah Pbninbitla— Confederate States in the ... Narrative of British relations with Native Chief s of the Mahipub on the N.-E. Frontier- Account of the State of Agreement with regarding compensation for the Kubo- Valley ... Annexation of territory to the State of ... Assistance given to the levy withdrawn Bara Chan& Singh and his relatives deported to Haxarihagh Bara Chanba Singh's rebellion in Barat Shah, Raja of Boundaries of ... ... Boundary (eastern) of — . Demarcation of the — British aid sought by British officer appointed Superintendent of — during minority of Raja Chura vyoanQ ... ... ... ..« ... ,^, Burma Raja's constant warfare with — ... ^ Burmese invasion of Chandra Kirti Singh recognised by Qovemment as Raja of — — Chandra Kirti Singh's succession to the Raj of Chandrapur Thana to be removed by the Raja of —- ... Chasad Chief. Surrender of the — to the Raja of Chasod or Chuksad tribe. Aggressions of the — on — Chief ship of declared to he hereditary ... Chief ship of guaranteed to Chandra Kirti Singh ... Chura Chand selected by Government as Raja of ... Paob. { S27 162 269 262 259 ib. 262 ib, ih. ib. ib. 261 227 ib. 261 S8S ib, ib, ib. 4S0 396 420 279 275 a. 291 881 S07 316 306 309 310 ib, 307 ih. 812 808 314 307 306 309 ib. 315 312 ib. 314 301 314 ( «xv ) Subject. Paob. If AjriPUB on the N.-E. Frontier- Claim of the people of —— to be Bindni Debendra Singh expelled from —- Debendra Singh's eaooeirion tothe Baj of — * Expedition against ^— ... ... ... ... .t. Fine imposed on the State of — ... ... Foimation of the — — LeTy Qambhir Singh, Raja, assisted by the British in the recoFery of his Raj Oambhir Singh's acceptance of conditions on transfer of territory to — ^ Gharib Nawaz, Baja odf ^— ... ... ... ... ••• Qoknl Singh's raid on ... .*. Qarn Sham, Riya of -^ Hill porters on requisition to be fnrnlihed by the Rhja of — -> Indepen.• ... ..a ... Military service to be rendered by —— Magas for construction of roads to be fumiAhed by the B^jaof — Nagas to be allowed to tmde in the plains of Kacbar ... Nar Singh appointed Regent of -^ Nar Singlu Bani Dowager's attempt on the life of — ... Nar Singh's assumption of the Chief ship of -^ Nun-jai range of hills transferred to — ... Political Agency first established in ... Political Agent at not to visit the Lushais without orders Quinton (Mr.), Chief Commissioner of Assam. Visit of — to — — ... Raja prohibited from monopolising the trade of — — Bsja's recognition by the King of Burma ... Rebellion against Maharaja Sur Chandra Singh .•• Residency at — attacked by the Manipuris ... ..i Road to be constructed by the Raja of — • ... ... ... Road to be kept in repairs by the Raja of Boling family of . Attempts made by members of the — to gain the chief power in the State ... ... ... ... ... Salute of the Raja of declared to be hereditary Shan Kingdom al Pong. — — >, an ally of the — ... ••• Slavery aboUshed in the State of Stipend to ■ in compensation for the loss of the Kubo Valley ... Sur Chandra Singh's abandonment of his State Sur Chandra Singh's proclamation of this intention to abdicate Sur Chandra Singh's succession to the Raj of — — Snti migration into —— Suti (Kamhow) tribe. Hostile relations of with the — Sntis. Policy to be followed by in dealing with the — Sntis. Treacherous conduct of ^—- towards the —> 807 809 ib. 8U ib. 80S ib, 315 807 810 807 316 808 ib. 810 815 809 307 808 309 814 813 3U 310 ib. ib. ib. 809 813 316 815 ib. 809 ib. ib. 315 809 310 318 815 854 312 313 315 815 309 314 307 814 809 813 312 310 811 810 311 810 ( xzxvi ) Subject. Paob. Majtipub on the N.-E. Frontier— Tekendrajit Bir Singh. Ezecntion of — .». Tekendrajit Hir Singh, the SenapatL Removal of — from decided opon ... Thaungthut (Samjok). Suti raidi helieved to have been abetted by the Shan Title of the Raja of — — declared to be hereditary ... Tongal (Tongkhal) General. Ezecntion of — Treaty made with Baja Jai Sinfrh l^«aty with Jai Singh confirmed by Baja Onru Sham ... Tribute of fixed Wangkhairakpa'i (The) rebellion in — — If AVSmiK Ali Kbav* Kawab-^ (Sm •< Murshidabad.") Haoiovg in the Khasi Hills « Account of the Chiefship of — Administration of civil and criminaljuBtice by the Chief of Agrreement sisned by U. Jit Singh, Cfbief of Allegiance of the Chief of — ... ... .«. Coal-fields. Chief cedes his rights in — ... Criminals to be surrendered by the Chief of — Disputes in which foreigners are concerned to be reported by the Chief of ... Lands to be ceded for civil and military purposes by the Chief of Lime deposits. Chief cedes his rights in Minerals. Chief cedes his — rights in •—... Bef ogees to be surrendered by the Chief of Settlers to be protected by the Chief of — Trade resources to be developed by the Chief of Travellers to be protected by the Chief of Tribal disputes to be adjudicated by the British Government in — U. Jit Singh, the present Chief of — Waste lands to be ceded by the Chief of — Maoloko Pttnji in the Ehasi Hills—- Sardars empowered to conduct the administration of — — > Maosbvbau in the Khasi Hills- Account of the Chief ship of —* Adhon Singh, Chief of deposed Adjudication of disputes in Administration of justice in civil and criminal cases by the Chief of Agreement with U. Ramon, Chief of — — ... ... Allegiance of the Chief of Coalfields. Bights in - ceded by the Chief of — ... Criminals to be surrendered by the Chief of — - Heinous oflfences to be reported by the Chief of Lands to be ceded for civil and military purposes by the Chief of — - Lime deposits. Chief cedes bis rights iu — Minerals. Chief cedes his rights in — Refugees to be snrreudered by the Chief of — Trade to be fostered by the Chief of Travellers to be protected by the Chief of ... ^ .... Tribal disputes to be referred for adjudication by the Chiff of U. Symburai, the present Chief of Waste lands to be ceded by the Chief of — MiBlAO in the Khasi Hills — Account of the Chief ship of — ... ... ,„ Administration of civil and criminal justice by the Chief of -^— ... Administration of justice by the Chief of { SU 815 312 8U ih. 806 ih. 314 310 227 230 266 230 231 230 ih, 281 a, ib. ih. ih. ih. ih. 280 228 281 274 227 ih. 230 ih. 257 ih. 231 280 256 230 281 ih. ih. ih. ih. ih. 230 227 231 226 858 ih. ( XZXTli ) Subject. Paqi. If ABIAO in the Ehaii Hilli— Allegiance of the Chief of Criminals to be snrrendered by the Chief of Heinous offences to be reported by the Chief of «— ... Kinend rights ceded by the Chief of ... Bef ogees to be sarrendered by the Chief of «-* Besidence of the Chief of »— Title of " Baja " conferred on Chief of Trade to be fostered by the Chief of — ..» Transit duties abolished in Travellers to be protected by the Chief of Tribal disputes to be referred for adjudication by the Chief of -»- U. Borom Singh, the present Chief of ... Waste lands to be ceded by the Chief of — Hasikpub in the Tributary Mahals of Orissa— Territorial possessions guaranteed to the Zamindar of— Hatak Couittbt on the N.-E. Frontier — Account of the — — ... ... ... ... ... ... Agreement of the Bar Senapati, Chief of the -^— Bar Sen apati's deed of allegiance Boundaries of the country of the — Commutation of military service of the Chief of the -— ^ to a pecuniary payment ... ••• ... ... ... ... Contingent for military service to be furnished by the Chief of the — Heinous offences to be decided by the British Government Management of the — — assumed by the British Government ... • Management vested in tlie Chief of -^ Moamarias. , the country of the — ... Payment agreed to by the Chief of the — ... ... Pnrandar Singh's power not extended to the — Sakhowa relinquished by the Chief of the — ^ Supplies to be furnished by the Chief of the — - Mbbgui, in Burma— King of Ava*s cession of the province of — MiDKAFUB in Bengal — Easim Ali Khan's sanad for the transfer of to the Enfrlish Company Shah Alam's farman confirming the gprant of the Zamindari of to the Elnglish ... ... ... ... •«• ... MnrsBiL Dbposits— Cbang Bhakar Zamindar's rights in — — disallowed ... ... «.. Khasi Hills Chiefs' engagement to cede their rights in — « Korea Zamindar's rights in ^-~ disallowed ... Langrin Chief cedes his rights in . Maharam Chief cedes his rights in — - WlJTT — Siraj-ud-Daula's agreement permitting the English Company to establish s — at Calcutta ... ... ... ... ... ... Siraj-ud-Daula's parwana for the same MIBI8, a tribe on the N.-E. Frontier— Abors. Relations of the with the — ... Account of the ... ... ... ..• ... Annual allowance to the — I { 262 253 ib. ib. 254 253 253 226 255 254 ib. ib. 253 226 264 127 198 205 203 205 198 203 ib. 198 ib. ib. 206 207 205 203 355 48 59 141 ( 231 I 232 141 251 268 ••• M18HICIS, a tribe on the N.-E. Frontier- Account of the — ••• 13 15 286 ib. a. 287 ( ixxviii ) SUBJBCT. Piei. ••• ••• ••• ••• • • • • •• ••• • • • • •• Mi8HUi8» a tribe on the N.-E. Frontier — Cbalikata . Blockade of the — Chulikata . Balds of the — on Khampti settlementa Expedition against the MizHn ^-^^ Fine imposed on the Chalikata French priests mordered by Mishu — Miiho or Midhi Ta^ or Digam MOAMABIAB— (8e€ ** Matak.") If OKBIK in Ynnnan — ^ Browne's (Colonel) expedition to — *. Failure of— ... HoRBHAHJ, Tributary Mahal of Oriasa — Account of the Chiefship of — Adoption priyilege conceded to the Baja of — - Allegiance of the Chief of ... .... Bannghati portion of — ^ restored to the Chief Contingent force to be famished b.v ... Contingent force's allowance when famished for service Criminals to be snrrendered by Engagement of allegiance and lojralty execated by the Ri^a of Khunta Qhat ferry tolls relinqaished by Kefagees to be sarrendered by the Chief of — Sati to be prevented by the Baja of Sriram Chandra Bhanj, Chief of Snpplies for troops to be provided by — • Title of " Raja " conferred on the Chief of Trades to be protected by the Chief of — ... ■ Tribute payable by the Chief of ... 2luBABAX-xn>-DAniJL, Nawab Nazim of Kengal— Agreement execated by on his accession to the Sabadari of Bengal Annual sum for the support of the Kizamat accepted by — ^* MUBSHIDABAD— All Kadr Saiyid Hasan Ali Mirza, Nawab Bahadnr of — -^. Annual allowance assigned to — ... ... Debts of tl^e Nawab Nazim of — ->. Appointment of Commissioners to arrange for liquidation of the — Mansur AU Is^han. Death of — Hansur Ali Khan, Nawab Nazim of — — . Permanent residence in England wX ^^ ••• ••• ••• ■•• ••• ••• Kansur Ali ^han. Betirement of -* from the position of Nawab Nazim of <— «- Mansur Aii Khan, stipend assigned to — ... ... — Nawab Nazim of — ~ declared incapable of contracting any pecuniary ob- ligations ... ... ... ... ... •.. Nizamat bead-quarters established at — ... ... Precedence of the Nawab Bahadur of — over all titled nobles of Bengal •«. TiHe of '* Nawab Bahadur of "granted to the eldest son of Mansur Ali xwnan ••• ••• ... .•• .•• «•« Title of ** Nawab Nazim of Bengal, Behar and Orissa." Extinction of — MVTILATIOir - Pnrandar Singh's engagement to prohibit «— - in Upper Assam Mklhm in the Khasi Hills- Account of the Chiefship of Arbitration in tribal disputes of the Chief of Compensation for lands ceded by the Chief of — for the cantonment of Shillong Conditions imposed on the Chief of — ••• ••• 288 287 288 ib. ih. 287 ik. 880 117 188 121 118 121 ih. ib. ib. • 122 121 ib. 120 121 120 121 f 120 I 121 68 a. ib. ib. ib. ib. ib. a. 55 5 ib ib. 206 225 244 226 244 ( zxxix ) SUBJBCT. Paqe. • • • • •• ■ « • If TUIK \n the KhMi Hills— Criminals to be surrendered by the Chief of Disputed sncceesion in— — > Hain Hanik, the present Chief of — Bajan Hngh's depoeal Lands ced«d for the sanitaria in Shillong by the Chief of — Lands to be ceded for civil or military purposes by the Chief of — — Powers in ciyil snd criminal cases of the Chief of — ... Befngees to be surrendered by the Chief of Residence of the Chief of ... Shillong boundaries defined Shillong sanitaria. Lands ceded by the Chief for — ... Trade to be fostered by the Chief of ... Travellers to be protected in Waste land grants to he made by the Chief of — on the same terms as those of the British Government ... ••• 244 226 226 226 247 246 244 ib. ib. 247 ib. 246 ib. ib. KaOas, a tribe on the N.-E. Frontier — Account of the ■■ * ... ... ••• ^^nicttiii 1 ^^"^"^ ... «•• ••• ... ... Assamese agents or Kotokis allotted to each village of the ^— Bori'er included within the Naga Hills district British territory. prohibited from carrying their quarrels into settled Butler (Captain), Political Agent Murderous attack on — by — Country of the — recoirnised as British territory flolcombe (Lieutenant), Assistant Commissioner, killed by •*-* JaHCuA ^^^^» ^ ^ ^ ^^^ ,,, ,^g ^^^ JIj OO vo ^i^^^^ ^ ^ ^ ^^j ,,, ^^^ ,,, Mokokchang sub-division of the Naga Hills district. Formation of the — - Outrages committed by the on the Sibsagar frontier Pangti. Lhota village of -* destroyed Punitive expedition against the — Rengma — — ... ... ... ... KijM-UD-DaiTLi, Narim of Pengal — Annual sum for the support of the Nisamat accepted hj ^-^^ British Agent to reside at the Court of Subadari of Bengal, Behar and Orlssa conferred on Vakil on the part of — to reside at Calcutta Nakgat, ex-Diwan of Sikkim^ Betum to Slkkim of prohibited Naking in the Malayan Peninsula — Account of the Chief ship of Allegiance of the Panghulu of ^-^ Conversion to M uham madanism prohiln ted in — - Criminals to be surrendered by -^-^ Fugitive slaves' surrender in —^ Passport regulations in —^ Pepper to l^ delivered to the Hon'ble Company Sbves converted to Christianity. Owners of — to be oompenaated... Slave-trade prohibited in — ... Sncceaition to the Chief ship of Tin brought from the adjacent provinces to be delivered to the Hon'ble pany ..« ... .«• ... ... Trade to be confined to Makoca... ( Com- 289 290 ib. 291 2»0 291 ib. ib. 290 ib. 291 ib. ib. ib. 290 ib. 60 66 68 66 167 386 896 897 396 897 896 ib. ib. 897 ib. 896 ib. ih. ( xl ) UMk Subject. NAVI50 in tbe Malajftn Peninsala — Treatj with the Ponghola of ~ Tribute to be paid by — NiBSiKGHPinEi, Tributary Mabal of Oriaaa— Account of tbe Chieftbip of — Adoption lanad conferr^ on tbe Cbief of — Britiib adminiitration. —* placed under — Contingent force to be fumisbed for service by Conti ngent force's allowance wben on foreign senrice Criminals to be surrendered by tbe Cbief of ^»- Refugees to be surrendered by the Chief of — ^ Sadbu Cbaran Man Singh Hari Cbandan Mahapattar, Cbief of ... Sati to be suppressed in ^ ... Supplies to be furnished to British troops paMing through -^ Territorial possessions guaranteed to the Chief of — * ... Title of *• Raja " conferred on Traders to be protected when passing through — — Tribute payable by —^ I^ATAGABH, Tributary Mahal of Orissa— Account of tbe Cbiefship of — ... ... ,.. Adoption sanad granted to the Raja of — - Allegiance of the Raja of —— ... Contingent force to be furnished for foreign service by tbe Raja of Contingent force's allowances wben on foreign service ... Criminals to be surrendered by the Raja of Raghunath Singh Hari Cbandan, the present Riga of — :- Refugees to be surrendered by —^ Sati to be suppressed by the Raja of —— ... Supplies to be fumiibed by the Raja to British troops wben passing through Territorial possessions guaranteed to the Chief of ... Title of •• Raja " conferred on tbe Chief of Traders to be protected when passing through Tribute payable by the Raja of — KIGEAIS in Burma^ British Factory established at Cession of by the Burmese Government English massacred on tbe island of —— ... 2iSTHBBLAKI>8— British objections to the extension of territory in SumHtra -»- withdrawal of — — British Plenipotentiaries' note regarding misunderstanding with the Plenipoten- tiaries of the — Convention for the settlement of British relations in tbe Island of Snmatm Molucca Islands exempted from the general stipulations of the treaty with *>'*^ ^"^"^ ••» ... ... ... ... ... Monopoly of the spice-trade of tbe —— Siack subjects allowed privileges of trade in Indian ports of the — Slack subjects guarantesd their rights Siack Sultan to render military service to the Slack's engagement not to enter into hostilities agaiust Foreign Chiefs without the consent of the Slack's engagement regarding alliances with Foreign States Slack's engagement regarding Foreign Embassies Slack's engagement with the — - NlIGiBi, Tributary Mabal of Orissa— Account of the jagir of Piai. { { Adoption sanad conferred on the Raja of — -> S95 ib. 117 133 119 125 ib. ib, lU 120 133 1S& 126 120 125 120 124 117 133 124 125 ib. ib. 120 124 183 125 126 120 125 120 126 325 ib. ib. 451 382 450 383 3t<6 455 453 ib. ib. ib. 458 117 133 ( xli ) bUBJEOT. scr- Paob. ^'iLaiBi, TrlbotHrj Mahal of Oriasa — Allegiance of the Kaja of ... Contingent force to he farni«hed for foreign Bonrice by the Baja of — Contingent force's allowances while on foreign service ... Crimixials to be sBrrendered by the Raja of Krishna Chandra Mardrnj Hari Chandan, Raja of — ... * ••• Kefngees to be surrendered by Sati to be preyented by the Raja of «^-* Supplies to be furnished by the Raja to British troops when passing through ^^^^"^^^ ... ... ... ... ••• Territorial posressions (maranteed to the Baja of — — ... Title of '* Baja " conferred on the Thakur of Traders to be protected when passing through — - Tribute payable by the Raja of — ,^ KiEAMAT of Murshidabad — Mubarak-nd-Dnula's acceptance of an annnnl snm for the support of the — — ... Najm-ud-Daula's acceptance of an annual sum for the support of the Saif-nd-I)aola's acceptance of an annual sum for the support of the — — > NenoKHLAO in the Khasi Hills- Account of the Chief ship of -—— Adjudication of disputes in — Allegiance of the Chief of — ... Annexation of — disallowed by the Home GoFemroent Arbitration in tribal disputes Bor Singh's abdication of the Chiefshipof ■'^— Bor Singh's deed of abdication of the Raj of British officers murdered by the Chief of — • British protection guaranteed to the Chief of Cantonments to be formed at . Chief's engtgeinent to allow — Chand Kai's reoognition as Chief of CoaUfields. Chief cedes his rights in — Conditions imposed on the Chief of Contingent force's allowances while on foreign service ... { 124 125 ib. %K 120 124 183 126 126 120 126 120< 126 6S 60 62^ Criminals to be surrendered by the Chief el Foreign States. ChieHs engagement not to enter into relations with — Heinous offences to be reported by the Chief of Laborers for public works to be rornished by the Chief of — — > Lands to be ceded for civil and military purposes by the Chief of — Lime deposits. Chief cedes bis rights in — ... Military service to be rendered by the Chief of — Minerals. Chief cedes his rights in — Pas«age for troops through —... Tasturage for public cattle to be provided by the Chief of -— — Powers in civil and criminal cases of the Chief of ... Public buildings to be allowed to be built by the Chief of — Public works materials to be furnished by the Chief of Rnjan Singh's abdication of the Chief ship of Refugees to be surrendered by the Chief of ti ( xlii ) BUBJSOT. Paoi. NOVOKHL40 in the Kbaii Hills— Residence of the Chief of ... Boftd-making materials to be supplied bj the Raja of ^-^ Saccession disputed in Tirat Singh, Kaja, concerned in the ma«8acre of two British Officers Tirat Singh's imprisonment in Dacca Jnil ... Trade to be fostered I y the Chief of Travellers to be protected by the Chief of U. Hajan Singh's deposal from the Chief «hip of ... U. Kine Singh, the present Seim of U. Kine Singh's conversion to Christianity ... Waste land grants to be made by the Chief of — the British Uovemmeut on the same terms as those of NoKOBOKa Pmrji on the N.-E. Frontier— Allegiance of the elders of ... NoNGSOHPHOH in the Khasi Hills^ Agreement with the Chief of NovOBFiTVOio the Khasi Hills— Account of the Chiefship of — .„ ... ... ,„ U. Parba Singh, the present Chief of ... KoNOfiTAiK in the Khasi Hills- Account of the Chief ship of — — Adjudication in tribal disputes of the Chief of Allegiance of the Chief of —- ... Criminals to be surrendered by tbe Chief of Lands to he ceded for civil and military purposes by the Chief of — > Powers in civil and criminal cases of the Chief of — Befugees to be surrendered by the Chief of — Residence of the Chief of —— ... Title conferred on the Chief of Title of ** Raja Bahadur " conferred on Don Singh, Chief of ... Trade to ho fostered by the Chief of ... Travellers to be protected by the Chief of — ^ ... ... U. Madan, the present Chief of ... ... ... „, Nobth-Eastbbk Fbontibb or Naga Hillb — Account of the — — ... ... ... ... ... ... Agreement taken from Naga villages Angami Nagas. Raid of on North Kachar Blyth (Mr.), Manager of a tea garden in Kachar, kUled by Nagas ... Damant (Mr.), Political Officer, shot dead nt Khonouia .. Holcombe (Lieutenant), Assistant Commissioner, murdered by Nagas Ehonoma captured and razed to the ground ... Khonoma. Expedition against — Khonoma men. Raid of — on a tea garden in Kachar ... Kohiraa. Head-quarters of the Political Officer, Na^ Hills, removed to — Manipur. Dispute with — respecting the southern boundary of the Naga Hills QiscnCb .•« ••• ••• ... ... ... Manipuris. Expedition against Khonoma aided by — ... Mezuma. Expedition against the village of —> Naga Hills district to be administered as British territory Nibufing. Naga outrage at — Part of the Naga Hills formed into a district Policy of non-interference on the , Result of the— „. ,„ Policy towards the Nagas. Change of — ... Samaguting. Head-quarters of the Naga Hills district fixed at ••• { 244 248 224 ib. ib. ( 231 ]t 24& ( 281 ^ 245 225 «A. ib. 231 245 274 276 225 ib. 224 240 ib. ib. 241 240 ih. ib. 241 224 241 240 224 282 283 282 283 ib, 284 283 ib. ib. ib. ib. ib. 282 283 2H4 282 t*. 283 282 ( xliii ) SUBJIOT. PAai. Kobth-Eabtbbn Fbomtibb or Naoa Hills — S&magating station abolished ... Tribes (priocipal) on the ... N06XIK PuvJi on the N.-E. Frontier — Allegiance of the elders of ... ... Lime deposits in the — *. Elders cede their rights in — Owxnf— Bor Abors prohibited from cultivating ... ... Cultivation of ^— in Upper Assam. Measnres to be adopted for checking — ... Dihsng Dibang Abors prohibited from onltivating French rights in connection with the ^— trade converted into an annual paj- men w ••• ••• ••• •.• ... ... French settlements in India. Convention for regulating the supply of — to wDO ~" ... ••• •*. ... ... ••• Rebaog Abors prohibited from cultivating — Meyong Abors »» i» — ..• ... OBI88A — Administration of civil and criminal justice in the Tributary Mahals of — -. Rules framed for the — Bengal Regulations. Exeoiption of the Tributary Mahals of -— ^ from the operation of the — ... ... ... ... Chief ships in the Tributary Mahals of ... French settlements in — ». Jafar Ali Khan's agreement to prevent — Jftfar Ali Khan's sanad to the English Company for privileges of trade in ... Kasim Ali Khan's assumption of the Niabat of the Subadari of Bengal, Behar Salt. Monopoly and restrictions on free transit of — abandoned by the Chiefs of the Tributary Mahals of Sati to be prevented by Chiefs of the Tributary Mahals of —- Shah Alam's &rman granting the English Company the Diwani of Bengal* JDciUliX vUlX ^"^"^^t** ••• ••• ••• ••• ••• Siraj-ud-Daula's daitak for the English Company's privileges of trade in — — ... Superintendent of the Tributary Mahals of — -. Creation of the office of — ... Territorial possessions guaranteed to the Chiefs of the Tributary Mahals of — — Htle of <' Baja " conferred on the Chiefs of the Tributary Mahals of — Tributary Mahals of — . Account of the — IVibutary Mahals of declared not to form part of Bjritish India I'ribute payable by the Chiefs of — — ••• ••• -fflHAVG in the Malayan Peninsula*^ Account of the Chief ship of — ... ... Arbitration in disputes between Johor and — Bandahara's treaty with the Tumongong of Johor ... Boundaries between Johor and — British protection ezteoden of the Island of — Slaves to be surrendered by ... ... {See " Kedah.") PiBAX in the Mslayan Peninsula ~ Abduction of British subjects prohibited ii — Account of the Chiefship of Achin. tributary to — Administrative reforms in —— ... Boundaries between Selaogor and ■'■ ■' British protection gnamnreed to the B»ja of CMpture of — from the Dutch Commercisl treaty concluded with ^—^ Binding Islands ceded by ... Kdueatioual institutions to be established in — — Pagb. •*• Engagement executed by the Raja of regarding )iolitlcal relations wHh neighbouring Engagement of the Raja of — o baces ... ... ••• ••• Kxport duty on tin in — ^ Foreign relations. Raja's engagement not to enter into — Port to be built at Kotah Lnmut by the Raja of Port to be built at Quilo Bidor ... Free trade introduced in — — ... Hasan Raja not to be allowed an asylum in ——^ House accommodation for British officer at -—■ Independence guaranteed to the Raja of — ^ Islands ceded by the Raja of — - Ligor's invasion of Military force to be maintained by the Raja of — ^ ••• 508 ih. 520 117 183 118 120 118 ih, ib. 138 120 ih. 478 • •• 487 • •• 127 • • ■ 398 • • • 4()2 • • • a. • • • 400 • •• ib. • • • ib. • •• 402 • • • 410 • • • 888 • • • 389 • • • 410 { 40b • •• 413 409 889 404 407 • • • ( 411 405 • •• { 407 410 DR 408 406 408 1 410 a. • • • 406 r« • ih. • • • 410 • •» 471 • ft 407 • • • 889 • •• 410 ( »lv ) Subject. Pagb. ••• ••• • • • -Pbbak io the Malayan Pfninsula— pHiikgor Islands ceded by ... Piracy to be tappresved in ... l*oliticBl relations with ueighbonring StiCtes. Raja's engagement ndt to enter into — Power in shared by th« officers of the coart Selaiigor's en^gement not to interfere in the H^airs of — — Selangor*8 engagement relating to boundHries of ... Siamese recognition of the independence of — Trade monopolies abolished in ... ... ,., Traders gaaranteed protection in — Vassalage to Sdnngor renounced by the Raja of ^— ... Vassalage to Siam renounced by the Baja of Thatbb, Colon bl A. P.— Deputation of on a mission to the King of Burma ... ... -PiBacT in the Eastern Seas— Kngngement between the English and the Butch Qovemraents for tlie suppres- SlOIl OI ^"^~^" ••. ... ••• ■■« «a( .«• Johor's engagement to suppress —— Henbau's engagement to suppress —— Slack's engagement to suppress ^POLIOB Admikisteation — (Jhang Bhakar Zamindar's engagement regarding ... Kausilaposi M an ki entrusted with Korea Raja's en^ragement regarding ... *,, Udaipur Kaju's engagement regarding — - TOBAHAT in Chutia Nagpur— Account of the Chiefship of — Allegiance of ►he Raja of — • ,., Arjun Singh, ex-Raja of . Pension granted to — ... Territorial poBSPssions guaranteed to the Uaja of — ... Tribute payable by the Raja of ... . „ {8m also *< Singhbhnm.") 9*BnfCB ot Walks' Tsland in the Malayan Peninsula— Johoi subjects Hllowed privileges of trade in — ... ... Kedah King's cession of the Selangor subjects granted privileges of trade in ^— Siack subjects allowed privileges of trade in — « ... (See " Penang and Kedah.") l*B0CLAlfATl0N8— Bengal Duars annexed to the British provincea Bhutan ceded territories annexed to the British provinces Bhutaoese guaranteed British protection Upper Burma. Annexation of — Pbofikcb Wbllsslby in the Malayan Peninsula — Boundaries of ... Kedah King^s cession of ... ... ... (See " Kedah.") PWAKHA in Bhutan — Annexation of ' ■ ..• ... ••• ••• ... PuNOHULUS in the Malayan Peninsula — Powers exercised by ^— ... ... *— ••• 407 410 408 890 414 413 3 9 406 410 408 ih. 829 70 480 417 / 449 ( 454 141 149 141 143 186 144 136 145 144 423 898 412 447 186 192 188 334 606 401 187 391 ( ^Ivi ) Subject. Paob. NU Rambbai in thd Khasi Hills ^ Acconnt of the Chief »hip of ^-— AdmiDistration of Jastioe by the Chief of — AUegfiance of the Chief of ... Allegiance of the elders of Heinous offences to be disposed of by the British QoTemment Heinous offences to be reported by the Chief of — ^ ... Military senrice to be rendered by the Chief of ~— Tribal disputes in . Adjadicatioo of '- Baxbi, on the Bassein Coast^* Burma's cession of the Island of — ... ... Bahooon — British Afrent's retirement from British subjects oppressed by the Governor of — Campbell's ^Sir A.) capture of Customs' duties paid by British vessels visiting the port of Transit duties to be levied on British goods between Amarapura and Babpub, Tributary Mahal of Orissa— Account of the Chiefship uf -i-— Adoption sanad granted to the Raja of — ... Allegiance of the Raja of Binudhar Bajradhar Nareudra Mahapattar, Chief of —^ Contingent force to be furnished for foreign service by the Raja of - Contingent force's allowances when on foreign service ... Criminals to be surrendered by — Befugeea to be surrendered by — Sati to be prevented by the Raja of Supplies to be furnished by the Raja to British troops when passing through Territorial possessions guaranteed to the Chief of ->— ... Title of " Raja " conferred on the Chief of Traders to be protected when passing through ^-— Tribute payable by the Raja of . Bbtugbbs— Athgarh Raja*s „ „ Athmalik Raja's engagement to surrender —- Bairangpnnji Sardars'eugagement to surrender — — Baramba Raja's Bhawal Chief's Bhutan Rajii's Bod Raja's • • • • •• • *^ Daspalla Raja's Dhenkanal Raja's Hiudol Baja's Keonjhar Raja's Khandpara Raja's Khasi Chiefs' Langrin Chief's Maharam Chief's ft *• t$ »f 19 »l 9f l> »» >f » ft 19 '9 99 99 • 9 99 99 99 99 99 { 224 268 ib. 269 ib, 268 269 ib. 356 126 828 827 849 351 117 183 124 120 125 ib. ib. 124 183 126 126 120 1^5 120 126 124 180 236 124 244 182 180 128 124 ib. 123 124 281 282 251 269 262 ( xlvii ) SUBJBCT. Pagb. BfiFVOBBfl— Malaisohmat Cbiefi engagemeDt to sarrender Mariao Chief's Morbhanj Chief's Mjliim Chiefs Narsinghpar Raja's Mayagarh Raja's Nilgiri Raja's Nongkhlao Chief's Nongstain Chiefs' Raupar Raja's Renbaa Chiefs engagement regarding the surrender of Sheila Sardars' engagement to surrender 8iam King's tt 9* n »l 9t • • I* f »* *t t> i> >• M >» 9» (I l» •• Sikkim Raja's >» ft Talcber Raja's „ Rbhbatt in the Malaysn Peninsula^ Account of the Chiefsbip of — Boundaries of ... n »» •• Boundary disputes in — Dutch treaties with ^— < Free trade established in -, Settlement of — abrogated Independence of recognised Enh ruled by Saiyid Saban Piracy to be suppressed in — ^ Refugees. Surrender of — Settlement of dispntes ,,. Tamping ruled by Saiyid Saban ... Treaty of friendship and alliance concluded with the Raja of Treaty with Ali Raja relating to the boundaries of Treaty with Ali Raja relative to the independence of RBTIvyB Defaulters— bikkim Raja's engagement to sarrender ••• { I { { { { [ 276 258 121 244 124 ih, ih. 244 240 124 416 419 271 468 162 164 166 124 891 420 416 418 415 418 4l6 419 415 418 892 417 419 416 419 415 392 415 420 417 162 164 166 SiDiYA on the N.-E. Frontier— (See <* Khamptis.") Saif-ud-Daula, Nawab Nazim of Bengal- Agreement executed by confirming treaties relating to the Nizamat Agreement executed by on his acceB8ion to the Subadari of Bengfal Annnal sum for the support of the Nixamat accepted by — • {See " Bengal.") Saxhowa on the N.-E. Frontier- Bar Seuapati's reliuquibhment of -»— ... 61 ib. 62 205 ( siviii ) SUBJBCT. Paok. to the Enf^lish Coinpnny to the English Coiupuny Salt— Cbandarnfigar Gk)veniaient compensated for renonncing their right to a. supplj French right to the supply of converted into an annual payment French settlements in India. Convention for regulating the suj^y of to me ^"~' ••• ••• ••• ••• ••• ,,, French settlements in India. — to be supplied to the — Salt BfONOPOLT — Jafar AH Khan's gmnt of the — Najm-nd-Danla's grant of tha — Saltfbtbb — French settlements in India. Convention for regulating the supply of 10 bOe "^ ••• ••• ••• cat ,,, ,,, Salwbbk in Upper Burma — Hostilities between Shans and Karens on the Upper -— * Sakdowat— Burma King's cession of the Island of -— * Saraikala in Chutia Nagpur— Account of the Chiefship of — Boundary dispute* with the rayats of Kolhan to he refen>9d to a British Court ... Chief of — bound to render feudal service to Oovemment Chiefs of — distinguished for tlieir loyalty to Government Kolhan khaUa villages in Singhbhnm. Baja of —^' not to encroach on the — Koraikala or Kandekela pargana in Singhbhum. Sadani villages of — granted- to the Eaja of Nararana rules applicable to the State of Position of the Chief of — similar to that of the Chiefs of the Tributary jiLanais ..« .«. .«. ,,, ,,, ^^^ Sanad for the grant of part of the Singhbhnm estate to the Raja cfl ^— Services rendered to Government on various occasions by the Rajas of — — Singhbhum Raja's pretensions to supremacy over ^— ... Title of " Raja Bahadur " conferred on Raia Chakradhar Sin^th ... Title of '• Riya Bahadur " continued to Baja Udit Narayan Singh .•. Udit Narayan Singh, the present Baja of -^ Sabouja* Tributary Mahal of Chutia Niigpnr — Account of the Mahal of ... Allegiance of the Zaroindar of Bnphunath Saran Singh Deo, the present Chief of ... Settlement renewed with the Zamindnr of Territorial po68(>ssions gtiaranteed to the Zamindar of Tribute of the Chief of ... Zamindar's engagement to pay his revenues ... Sat Rajas on the N.-E. Frontier— Bhutia aggressions to be preventeija's ,« ,? Orissa Tributary Mahal Chiefs' engagement to suppress Pal Lahem Raja's engagement to suppress - Purandar Singh's eng^agement to prohibit — Ranpur Raja's engagement to suppress — Talcher Baja's ,i » Tigiria Raja's 9* 9* 81LAVGOB in the Malayan Peninsula — Account of the Chiefship of -^— ••• Boundaries between Perak and — — ••• ••• ••• British subjects accorded privileges of trade at — -— Cape Rachado ceded by *-— > ... ... ..• Commercial treaty oondnded with the Raja of - -— Criminals. Raja's engagement relating to the extradition of — Engagement of the Baja relating to the boundaries of Foreiirn States. Raja's engagement not to enter into relations with — Free trade establishcn in ... Hasan Raja to be refused an asylum in — — > Independent States in Perak's engagement to abstain from encroachments on — -» Pirates to be prevented from resorting to Siamese engagement regarding ... ... ... Slave-trade prohibited in — ^— ... Trade monopolies abolished in -»— ... ... ... Sbobaphuli — Danish compensation to the Zamindar of «— lUCUv ••• ••• •■• ••• ••• Sbbampub— Danish Settlement at ^— transferred to the British Government ... SlRAXPUB COLLBGB — Rights and immunities of the —— Shah Alam, son of Alamgir II— Company's security for the Nawab Nszim's payment to — .«• Kajm-nd-Danla's agreement regarding payment of 26 lakhs to ^-» Shahpubi Island — Bnrmese claim to — Compensation for land in *«— ••• Paob. •>« to be met by the British Qovern- ••t ••• 8hav Statbs in Burma ^ Account of the ——~ ... ... ... ••• ••• Attempt to erect the into an independent kingdom ... Borma King^s claim to sovereignty over the — Bnrma. The — - an integral part of the late kingfdom of — ... ... Cis-Salween States. Administration of the ^ by Superintendents ... Cis-Salween States. Administrative powers of the Chiefs Cii-Salween States. Arrangement regarding traffic in oj^nm, spirits or fermented liquor* etc. ••# ... ..• ••• ••• { 188 •5. ib. ib. ib. ih. •». ib. ib. 206 138 ib. ib. 890 406 418 412 890 411 414 418 418 ib. 414 890 406 414 472 412 •ft. 84 83 84 60 ib. 827 249 334 336 ib. 334 337 368 870 868 . 370 ( 372 I I 1 ) SUBJBCT. 6han Statbb in Burma— CU-Salween Suten. Arrangement with the minor Chiefs for the collection and payment of revenue Cis-Salween States. Chiefs of the — to be guided in all matters by the Supers intenQenb ,,. ... ... .,, ... ... Cis-Salween States. Chiefs of the — to have resident agents at the head-quarters of the Superintendent .«• Cis-Salween States. Chiefs to provide land for railways free of cost (^-Salween States. Compensation to be paid by the Chiefs to traders or caravans attacked within their limits Cis-Salween States. Compensation to be paid for raids committed by sal^ecta VX wElO ^^ «a« ««a «•• ••f ••• ••• Cis-Salween States. Criminaljnrisdiction not to be exercised by the Chiefs over European British subjects ... Cis-Salween States. Criminals to be surrendered by the Chiefs of the ^ Cis*Salween States. Disputes among the — to be referred to the Superintendent for settlement ... ... ••• Cis-Salwee States. Minor Chiefs of the — to administer their territories in subor- dination to the Superintendent Cis-Salween States. I^prietary right in forests, mines and minerals in the — reserved by Qovemment Cis-Salween States. Pursuit of criminals to be aided by the Chiefs of the — ... Cis-Salween States. Boyalty to be pud by the Chiefs on forest and mines worked or leased by them ... Cis-Salween States. Ruling Chiefs of the — permitted to nominate their sncces- OVA S ••• ••• ••• ••• ••• ••• Cis-Salween States. Sanad granted to the &iwbwa of Thibaw applicable to the subordinate States of Midnglon* Maington and Thonze Cis-Salween States. States of Mainglon, Maing^n and Thome declared to be subordiuHte to the Sawbwa of Thibaw .., Cis-Salween States. Status of the — • Cis-Salween States. Submission of the — ... Cis-Salween States. Trade routes to be kept open within the — Cis-Salween States. Tribute of the Chie& liable to revision Cis-Salween States. Tribute of the Sawbwa of Thibaw remitted for ten years ... Cis-Salween States. Tribute of the States of Mainglon, Maington and Thonze to be paid through the Sawbwa of Thibaw Cis-Salween States. Tribute to be paid by the Chiefs of the — Fort Stedman, the head-quarters of the Superintendent, Southern Cis-Salween OUvlfUB ••• ■•• ••• ••• ••• ••• Hkamti L6ng (Bor Khampti). Account of the State of — Hkamti Shan Chiffs. Friendly advances made by — ... ... ' ... Hsawng-Hsilp (Thaungthut). Allegiance tendered by the Sawbwa of — Kale. Sawbwa of — deputed to Rangoon ... Kale. Incorporation of — in the Upper Chindwin district Keng Tuuf;. Administrative powers of the Sawbwa of — Keng Tung. An agent of the Sawbwa of — to reside at the head-quarters of the Superintendent Keng 'lung. Arrangement with the Sawbwa of — regarding traffic in opium, spirits or fermented liquor, etc. ... ... Keng Tung. Compensation to be paid by the Chief to travellers or caravans attacked within his limits .. Keng Tung. Compensation to be paid by the Snwbwa of — for raids committed by his subjects ... ... ... ... > ... ... Page. ... • a. ... 370 ( 368 I 371 { 368 871 s 3n9 1 372 i 368 371 ( 368 \ 372 \ 369 » 372 ( 3B9 I 372 < 368 I 372 870 < 868 I 871 ! 3B9 372 36H 871 ( 368 370 371 870 837 336 f 368 I 371 \ 868 371 tft. 872 \ 868 371 837 386 *6. •6. 835 ih. 373 374 ih. 373 874 ( H ) Subject. Pagb. 8uAN Status in burma — KengTung. Criminals to be surrendered by the Sawbwa of — Keng Tang. Interstatal disputes of — to be referred to the Superintendent for se V wiemenw ••• ••• ... ... ••• ..• Keng Tung. Pursuit of criminals to be aided by the Sawbwa of — Keng Tung. Sawbwa of — not to exercise juxisdiction oyer European British BUOJOCvB ••• *•• ••• •*• ••• ••• Keng Tung. Sawbwa of — permitted to nominate his sncoessor Keng Tung. Sawbwa of — to abstain from communication with Foreign States Keng Tung. Sawbwa of — to be glided by the advice of the Chief Commis- vIOuOa •■■ ••■ •■• ••• ••• ••• Keng Tung. Sawbwa of — to provide land for railways free of cost Keng Tung. Trade routes to be kept open within the State of — Keng Tung. Trans-Salween State of — not included in Britisb India •.. Keng Tung. Tribute to be paid by the Sawbwa of — ... Lashio, the head-quarters of the Superintendent, Northern Cis-Salween States ... Limbin Prince of Burma invited by the to become their sovereign JjISw OT vU6 '^^*" .»• ... •«• *•• ... * •.. Maw administered by Government Mdng Mit administered by Government during the Sawbaw's minority MOng Mit. Administration of — assimilated to that of the Buby Mines District Myebkt States. Status of the — ... ... Orders of appointment granted to minor Chiefs (Ngwegnnhm us) of the-^— . General form of — ... ... ... ... ... Sanad granted to the Sawbwa of Keng-Tung Sanad granted to the Sawbwa of Thibaw ... Sanads granted to Sawbwas and Myosas of the — »-. General form of — Siam. Claim advanced by — to the possession of certain Traus-Salween O M> • w8 *•. •.. ... ... ... ... Singaling Hkamti. Account of the State of — Trans* Salween States. Settlement of the boundaries between Siam and the ^ ... Trans-Salween States. Status of the — not yet defined Wuntho Hostile conduct of the i^awbwa of — Wuntho. Incorporation of — in the adjoining districts of Burma ... (See *« Burma.") Shklla Pthji on the N.-E. Frontier — Account of the Chief ship of — Allegiance of the Sardars of Disputes in . Petition of the Sardars regarding interposition of the British Government in — Indemnity to be paid by the Sardars of — Lime deposits. Elders cede rights in — ... ... ... ' ... Refugees to be surrendered by the Sardars of -^— Tribal disputes to be adjudicated by the British Governmeoit Sqilioko on the N.-E. Frontier ^ ceded by the Chief of Myliim Myliim Chief's cession of land for Boundaries of '-— ... Jurisdiction over lands in — Military cantonment of SiACK in Sumatra — Account of the province of ... Adjudication of disputes in Administrative arrangements for T*— Administrator's appointment in ~- Assistance to be afforded to ^— • Assistance to be afforded to Che Netherlands Government in Boundaries of ... British subjects allowed the privileges of trade in ... 374 ih, ih. ih. 873 ib. ih. 874 873 888 873 8H7 886 A pp. 2 337 ib. ih. 888 869 873 870 867 837 386 837 ib, 884 835 224 270 271 270 ib, 271 ib. 247 ih. ib, 489 457 458 ib. 449 458 452 ( 447 ^ 452 ( "i ) T»l ■ SinusoT. Paoi. SiAOK in Samatrft — Compensation to the Saltan in lien of dntiei in — Court for the trial of nibjecta of the Soltan of Criminali escaped from Netherlands territory to be surrendered by Criminals to be surrendered by Customs duties to be levied on merchsndise in — Deserters from the Netherlands serTice to be surrendered by — ... Distressed vessels to be afforded aasistanoe in Dutch not to be allowed to form settlements in — Engagement of commercial alliance with the Sultan of Sngagementa executed by the Sultan for promoting the commercial interests %Jm ^^^^^"^ ••• ••• ••• ••• ••• ••• Foreign settlements not to be permitted in ^—- Foreign States. Sultan's engagement not to enter into relations with — Foreigners not to have mining rights m -^ Free trade established in — ... Lands not to be held by foreigners in — - ... Military service to be rendered to the Dutch by the Sultan of ... Mutilation as a punishment abolished in — — NeUier lands engagement with the Sultan of — — - Netherlands Oovemment's right to build forts in ~- ... Netherlands guarantee the rights of the subjects of Netherlands laws and regulations to be in force in —: — ... Netherlands protection guaranteed to — — ... Netherlands rights to cut timber in forests in ~— Piracy to be suppressed by the Sultan of — - Begency for the conduct of the administration during the minority of the f^oltan "^ ••• ••• ••• ••• ••• ••• Bevenue ofPences. Court for the adjudication of ^ Schedule of customs duties to be levied on merchandise at — — Hervices to be rendered to the Netherlands Government in ^-— Settlers in to be considered Netherlands subjects ... Settlers to be aftorded protection in Shipwrecked persons to he afforded assistance in — — ... Slave trade abolished in ^—> Succession to the throne of ... Sultan's allegiance to the Netherlands Sultans engagement relating to the administration of Soltan's powers to inflict enpital sentence in Taxes (fresh) not to be imposed in Tortore as a panishment abolished in ... Trade monopolies not to be granted in ... Tributary Chiefs permitted to form alliances with the British Government Account of British relations with Boundaries of the four miles' circuit in Bangkok Boundary between Bnrma and — — . Demarcation of the — Boundary disputes. Settlement of — British Consul appointed to — British merchants permitted to settle in British shipping accorded the privileges enjoyed byoChinese and Siamese sbipi-ing *U • • % ••• ••■ ••• ••• •■• British ships of war to conform to the rules of — British sobjects amenable to Consular jarisdiction in^-« British subjects amenable to the laws of the country ,.• British subjects engaging the services of Siamese British subjects granted privileges of trade in — 457 456 455 ib. 449 455 448 ib. 446 448 ib. 455 447 454 448 454 453 456 452 453 454 457 454 457 C 449 i 454 458 457 449 453 456 455 ib, •». 458 452 454 4 6 457 456 447 448 461 489 464 468 477 469 480 479 477 476 479 469 ( Hii ) Subject. Paox. Sum— Britith rabjects gnaranieed protection in ... ... British labjectt permitted to hold lands in — British subjects permitted to travel iu the interior of British sabjects* right to dispose of th«r property at will in ... British subjects to be assisted and protected in Chienffroai, Lakon and I^trnpunchi British sabjects visiting amenable to the bws of the country ... Brooke's (Sir James) mission to Bollion imported into ^— * exempt from dnty Burma treaty. -^ to participate in the privileges accorded by the — Chow Fa Chula Longkom, the present King of ... Civil and criminal jurisdiction. Arrangement for the exercise of — in cases arising in Chiengmai, Lakon and Lampnncbi, in which British subjects are ooncemed ... ••• ... ... ... •«. Code of Consular Begnlations in ^— Commercial treaty concluded with ^-— Commission appointed for defining the boundaries between British territory AUU ^^■^■^" ••• ••• ••• ••• ••• Consnl to be assisted in maintaining authority over Britash subjects in «— > Consular jurisdiction over British subjects residing in Convention defining the boundaries on the mainland of — and the Tenasserim Provinces ... ... ... ... ... ... Crawford's (Mr.) mission to — Criminals. Extradition of — between British territory and the provinces of Chiengmai, Lakon and Lampunchi Criminals. Treaty relating to the mutusl extradition of — Customs duty to be levied at —— Custom House Regulations in — Custom House to be established iu Dakaits. Treaty for the mutual surrender of -^ Dakaits wherever apprehended amenable to the local Courts of the country Dependencies of — Depredations. Mode of settling questions relating to — Duration of the treaty of 1874 with ... Duties on goods. Payment of — Duties payable by British subjects in — ... Duties to be levied on goods imported into snd exported from — Duties to be paid on commerce ... English text of Begnlations for British trade to be accepted as conveying their true meaning and intention ... Estates of Brituh subjects dying in — . Arrangement relating to the dispossl "^ ••• ••• ••• ••• •«• ••• Export doty on paddy Export of provisions prohibited during scarcity in Fee to be levied on cargo boats at —— Free trade established in ^-— ... Forest regnlatioos for Chiengmai* Lakon and Lampunchi Goods intended for export paying inland doty exempt from oostoms dnty in — ^- Gould (Mr. £. B.), the first Brituh Vice-Consul at Zimm6 Guard stations to be maintained on the Siamese bank of the Salweeu river Heinous crimes. List of — sppended to the treaty of 1888 with Interference in the administration of —— ... Intemationsl disputes. Arrangement for the cognisance of — International disputes. Mode of settlings Karenni (Trans-Sal ween) evacuated bv the Siamese Karenni (Trans-Sal ween) occupied by the Siamese Kedah subordinate to —— List of boundary marks 477 47S t*. 487 628 469 461 ( 480 i 488 866 462 680 480 473 461 479 477 485 [ 607 461 529 477 474 404 489 622 ib, 461 468 526 629 487 479 469 482 ( 470 ). 487 488 •(. 485 470 681 479 468 629 688 467 486 470 464 ih. 887 610 ( liv ) SUBJEOT. Paoi. 8IAM— Mercantile diflpotes how to be settled in Merchantg from — ^ permitted to settle in British territory Mnnitions of war imported to . Sale of — restricted Opium not to be imported into — Opium permitted to be imported into ^— ... Opinm rnle restricted in ^-— ... Order in Conncil for the exercise of British Consular jurisdiction in — Order in Ck>uncil (Her Msjesty's) of 1884. Promulgation of — Orders in Conncil issued by the King of — — in connection with the treaty of XOOv ••• ... ••• ,,. «•« ... Overland trade route of — open to British subjects Overland trade route perm itted to British subjects Passport system introduced for travellers on the frontiers of — ^ ... Passports. British subjects entering Cbiengmai, Lakon and Lampunchi to be provided with — ... ... ,,. Passports. British subjects travelling in Siamese territory to be provided with — Passports. Provisions for the isnue of — ... Passportn. Siamese subjects goins^ from Cbiengmai, Lakon and Lampunchi to British Burma to be provided with — Passports to be granted to British subjects when timvelling in Perak renounces allegiance to ^-« Perak's independence recognised and guaranteed by — — Personal effects exempt from duty in — ... Police to be maintained by the Siamese Qovemment on tiieir side of the Sal ween river .«• •«• ... ••* ... ... Port clearance certificates to be granted to British ships leaving Postal regulations ... Privileges guaranteed to British subjects in Property recovered from shipwrecks. Disposal of ^ ... Bntification by the King of the convention regarding the boundaries of — - ... Refugees to be surrendered by Registry of British subjects at the Consulate in •*— - ... Regulations for British trade in Religious liberty to British subjects in Revision of treaties with ... Scarcity in . Export of provisions to be prohibited daring — ... Schedule of taxes on garden lands in ... Shans inhabiting the western boundary of Siamese subjects from Cbiengmu, Lakon and Lampunchi to be assisted and pro' tected in British territo^ ... Subjects of — amenable to courts of law of the country when resiilin^ in British territory Subjects of allowed privileges of trade in British territory Subjects of to be protected in British territory Subjects of travelling in British territory ameuHble to the laws of the country ... ... ... ... ... ... Tariff of export and import duties to be levied on articles of trade ... Tariff of inland duties on articles intended for export from — — Taxation of articles ... Trans-Sal ween States. Question as to the ownership of certun of the — Treaties concluded with the King of ... Treaties of with Foreign Powers. List of — Treaty concluded with for the promotion of commercial intercourse with the province of Chiengmai ... { 479 485 469 485 470 479 ib. 495 A pp. 3 Apn. 4 470 485 5:^ 528 t*. 463 528 487 408 ( 389 it -I?! 480 529 4ts7 471 477 470 620 468 478 4Hl 479 484 480 491 462 528 { { 475 469 477 f*. 469 482 483 489 463 467 476 484 465 521 ( It ) Subject. Paoi. Treaty of 1874. Abrogation of the — ... ..• Treaty with relating to the territories of Chiengai, Lakon and Lamponchi Viceroy's l«>tter to the King of regarding the sovereignty of the Islands on ' Xftie xaKcnan ••• .>• ... ••. •>. ••• Zimm^. Appointment of a British Consul or Vice-Consal at — Zimme. Powers of the British Consul or Vice-Consul at — QlTOLA RtlPBRS— Jafar Ali Khan's parwana grantinflr to the English Company the privilege of coining — — ... ... ••• .♦. ... Siraj-nd-Daula's Rgrcemeot conceding to the English Company the privilege of coining — ~^ ... ... ••• ... «.. ... SlEKDC— Account of the State of — Aggression by the Rnja on neighbouring States prohibited Aggression on — to be prevented by the British and Chinese Governments ... Allowances of the Baja increased Allowances of the Raja restored Americans' residence prohibited in — ... Arbitration in disputes relating to — — Arbitration in Baia's disputes with neighbouring States Assistant Political Officer appointed at Oantok Bhutan Raja's engagement to prevent aggre^ions on territory of Bhutanese invasion of Boundaries of ■ ... ... ... ... ••. ... Bridges constructed across the Tista British expedition against Lungli British laws and regulations not to be introduced into British police to pursue criminals in the territory of — • Britich protectorate over ^— recognised by the Chinese Qovernment British subjects amenable to the laws of — — British subjects kidnapped by ... ... British subjects not to be allowed to reside in — — British subjects' punishment in to be reported Campbell's (Dr.) seizure and release by the Raja of — — Campbell's (Sir George) interview with the Raja of — - China and Great Britain. Convention between — relating to Tibet and — ... Compensation for the cession of Darjeeling to the Raja of — ^ ... ... Convention between Great Britain and China relating to Tibet and — — Council (Representatives) established in Criminal refugees in Bhutan to be surrendered by the Raja of — — ... Criminals to be surrendered by the Raja of '— - Customs duty to be levied on aroods exported from Customs officers to settle disputes regarding assessment of duty on goods Dakaits to be surrendered by -^^ Darjeeling ceded by the Raja of ^— Depredations on British territory to be prohibited by the Raja of — Disputes of the Raja with iieifirhbouring Chiefs Eden (Uon'ble A.) deputed as Envoy to — — European British subjects not amenable to the laws of »-« ... Europeans' residence prohibited in ^-— ... ... •«. Expedition sent into — ••• ... ... ... Foreign relations not to be entered into by the State of -— — ... ••• Foreign troops to be denied a passage through — ^ ••• [ { 463 483 520 463 529 463 530 19 13 151 168 171 156 ib. 162 ib. 168 ]h9 190 153 151 159 ib. 164 166 171 167 155 162 167 155 157 170 154 170 159 169 162 164 166 167 168 162 164 166 168 156 167 162 155 156 171 169 ( 1" ) Subject. Paob. Foreignera not to be allowed to settle in — Forests. Wish expressed bj the Baja that QoTernment should undertake the conseiration of his.— Qenc^ogical tree of the ruling familj of -- — Oeological survey to be permitted bj the Baja of ... Qurkha inroad into — Hooker's (Dr.) seizure and release by the Baja of Imperial Assemblage. Presents mnde to the Raja on occasion of the — Indemnity to be paid by the Baja of ... Kidnapping of British subjects to be prohibited by the Baja of »-« Lachmi Pradhan, head of the Nepalese Newars in Darjeeling, and the Vakil of . Complicalaons between — Lands ooitferred on the Kaja of Lands not to be alienated by the Baja of — — - Lingtu. British expedition against — Lingtu evacuated by the Tibetans Idngtu. Fort built at — by the Tibetans ... Maeaulay's (Mr.) mission to Tibet Maiming and torture of British subjects prohibited in — — Military serrioe to be rendered by the Baja of ^— ••• Names of the Bajas of from 1641 Namgay, the ez-Diwan, prohibited from returning to ^^ Nepalese allowed to settle in certain parts of — — under restrictions Nepalese. Establishment of the <- in - ... Nepalese expelled from by the British... Nepalese* Fresh agreement drawn up regarding settlement of — in Pasturage on the Sikkim side of the 8ikkim*Tibet frontier. Question of — reserved for future adjustment Pnblio property abandoned by British troops at Binchinpnog to be restored by the Baja of — ... ... ... ,,. Baja's allowances confiscated Baia's engagement to abstain from aggressions Befngees permitted to settle in — Befugees to be surrendered by the Baja of — Repairs to roads to be undertaken by the Baja of ... Bevenue defaulters to be surrendered by the Raja of -^^ J£evenu6 or "^^ ... .•• .•• ... ... ... Bhenok. Disturbances at — Boad to be opened for commercial purposes through — Boads opened from British territory to the Jelep Pais and to Tumlong Seat of Qovernment to be removed to from Tibet ... Slavery abolished in Survey of lands transferred to — Temple's (Sir Bichard) interview with the Raja of «— — Territorial possessions guaranteed to the Baja of ^-— ... Territorial security for the payment of the indemnity imposed on the Baja oi ^^^^^ ••• ... ... ••. ... ... Territory confiscated from — ... ... ... ... ... Territory restored to the Raja of by the British ... .^ Territory transferred to the Raja of —- ... Thothob Namgyel escorted into British territory by the Nepal Darbar and placed under surveillance ( 162 157 161 168 153 155 157 166 t*. 157 164 169 159 *(. ib. 159 167 162 169 ( 152 ^ 158 167 157 153 ih. 157 171 166 155 162 168 162 164 166 IfiS 162 164 166 160 157 168 159 169 168 164 167 168 164 { { { 106 155 158 162 159 ( Ivii ) SUBJSOT. Pa&b. Thothub Namgyel, Raja of -^— , invested with a Chinese decoration Thothub Namgyel, the present Raja of -— «^ Thothab Namgyeri attempt to withdraw into Tibet Thothnb Namgyers neglect ot the administration of his State Tibet and British India. Mode of official commnnioation between — reserved for discussion and arrangement Tibet and — — . Boundary between — defined ••• Hbet snd . Joint Commissioners to be appointed to discnn reserved qneetions connected with — Tibet and • Settlement of dispute between — ... Tibet and ^— . Supposed conclusion of a secret agreement between — Tibetans. Advance of the — into ^— Tibetans expelled across the Jelep Tibetans. Kaja Thothub Namgyers agreement with the — Tibet-Sikkim boundary as defined by treaty to be respected by the British and Chinese Qovemments Tinle Namgyel. Attempt made to set aside the accession of Thothnb Namgyel in favour of — ... ... ... ... ... ..» Tinle Namgyel. Intrigues in -— ^ in favour of ^ Topographical survey to be permitted by the Baja of — — ... ••• Trade facilities across the Sikkim-Tibet frontier. Question of — to be con- wlUvreQ *•• *•• ... ... .aa ... Trade monopolies abolished in —• Trade statistics of — Traders to be allowed free access to all parts of — — ... ••• Traders to be protected by the Raja of * IVansit duties not to be levied in — — Travellers' rest-houses to be constructed on the new road by the Raja of - Travellers to be allowed access to all parts of —— Treaty concluded with the Raja of — Treaty concluded with the R%ja on the restoration of friendly relations Vakil on the part of Uie Raja of — — to be in attendance at Darjeeling... SlLYXB MiKBS— Chang Bhakar Zamindar's claim to disallowed Korea Zamindar's claim to ^-— disallowed ... SiHOAPOSi in the Malayan Peninsula — Adjudication of cases at — ... ..• ••• Boundaries of •— ... ••• ••• ••• ••• British occupation of -^— British protection extended to the inhabitants of «— ... Chinese settlement at <—— Compensation to the Chief of Johor for the oesaion of — Councillors' meetings to be held at —^ ... ••# Johor entitled to a share in the customs duties collected at — Johor Sultan's retainers not to be sheltered in ^— Johor's cesdon in full sovereignty of the Island of -^— > Johor's cession of ~— Johor's engagement regardinar the occupation of Malay settlement removed from ■■ Siamese allowed free trade in — SuraHBHUX in the Tributary Mahals of Ghntia Nagpur— Account of "—^ ... ... ... ••• Arjon Singh, ex-Raja of . Pension granted to — ... Confiscation of part of the estate of ... ••• Baja of — — latterly styled the Raja of Porahat Sequestration of part of the State of -^— ... ••• {See also " Porahat.") *•• ••• { 158 157 159 t*. 171 ib. ib. 159 158 159 •*. ib. 171 157 158 168 171 1C7 160 167 lb'3 167 163 188 167 162 166 169 141 ib. 427 426 72 426 426 426 427 425 481 428 425 426 ib, 470 136 ib. ib. ib. ib. 8 ( Ivin ) SVBJIOT* Pagb. ••• •■t ••- SnroFHOB OD the N.-E. FroDtier— Accoant of the — ... ... ,., Agreements entered into hy the — ^ Allegiance of the Chie& of the ^— ^ Assamese captives to he liherated hy the — * Assamese puks settled in territory of the ^— liable to taxation ... Boundary disputes among — — to he referred to the British Qoremment Criminals to he surrendered by the ^-— Duanias or Singpho -Assamese half-breeds ... First appearance of the — ^ inTthe Assam Valley Foreign relations abjured by — Hostages for the performance of thdr engagement to be delivered by — — Holcoiig. Emigration of to — Kachins, the Burmese name for the main race of the — » Kbamptis to prevent inroads of — .. ... Hilitary service to be rendered by Chiefs of the — — ... Powers of the — -« in the adiuinistmtion of justice by ... ..« Responsibility of the — for depredations... ••• Sadiya. Participation of the ^— in an attack on — ... .»• Supplies for British troops to be furnished by the ... Tribal disputes to be referred to the British Qovemment by the — - Szsaj-ud-Daula, Subadar of Bengal^ Account of ■ ... ... ... ... ... ... Agreement executed by — restoring the privileges of the English Company in Dengai •*. ... ... ... ... ... Agreement of peace and friendship with — Jiiar Ali Khan's agreement for the depoeal of — (8m " Bengal.") 8liATB(8)— Eedah Chiefs engagement regarding the surrender of — — 8LATB TSADB— Ehampti Chiefs' engagement to desist from the — — ... Naning Chief's engagement regfarding Porak Chief's engagement to suppress the — — Selangor Raja's engagement to suppress the — Slatbbt — Sikkim Raja's engagement to abolish — 80HBAH (Chbbba) in the Khasi Hills^ Account of the Chief ship of — — ,., Adjudication in disputes in — • Agreement entered into by the Raja of — -> Allegiance of the Raja of — ^ ... Bairang^unji Sardar's engagement to be subject to ^-» Bouodaries of the lands ceded for the station of Chirrapunji Boundaries of tho station of Chirrapunji extended ChirrapunjL Land ceded by the Raja of ^-— for the station of — Coal-fi*'lds leased to the British 6k)vemment ... ... ... Coal hills at Chirrapunji. Perpetual lease of the •— to the British Gtovemment ' Coal mines of Baiiangpunji. Confirmation of the perpetual lease to Government of the — ... ... ... Criminals to be surrendered by the Raja of — ^- .*• ••• tf*. ••* \ i 289 302 314 302 304 803 304 802 304 803 s6. 304 289 ib. 304 304 28» 289 801 302 304 a. 289 304 12 16 s6. 400 402 802 306 4U5 412 138 221 235 233 ib. 286 235 237 2Sa 237 223 a. 284 285 ( Hx ) SUBJKOT. T-C— » Paqm. •»• ••• ••« SOHSAH (Chbbka) in the Kbasi BillB^ Hajan Manik, tbe present Chief of — iMods ceded by the Raja for the station of Chimpnnji ... Lands ceded fof the extension of the station of Chirrapnnji Lsnds in Sylhet exchanged for the station of Chirrapnnji Lime-stone in . British Government allowed gratis tbe use of — Military serrice to be rendered by the Baja of — ... Bam Sini^h's confirmation of all previous engagements with ' ... Beward fbr services promised to the Baja of — Tax for working the coal-fields in -»- Territorial possessions guaranteed to the Baja of — - SolLAnrBA in the Tribntary Mahals of Orissa<- Ranlnama fixing the Pisshkash of the Zamindar of • Stati PeopibtY— . Khaai Chiefs' engagement not to alienate • — > Stbaitb Ssttlbmbvtb—- Administration of the — — transferred to the Colonial OAoe SUMITBA— British objections to the extension of territory by the Netherlands QoTernment in — . Withdrawal of — Narrative of British relations with — Netherlands Convention for the settlement of the relations in ^he Island of Petty Chiefships in — — ••• •„ ..• ... •.. 8inrcnii IJjoiro in the Malayan Peninsula — Lingie, A dependency of ... •»• Originally a dependency of Johor 8UVIYA8I8 in Bhutan— Deb Raja's engagement not to shelter the Punuit of the — by British troops ... ••• ••• SuFAB PuNJi in the Jaintia and Khasi Hills- Allegiance of the elders of — and their cession of rights in lime deposits 8n.HBT on the N.-B. Frontier— British Police Regulations extended to ... Jaintia Raja's engagement to adopt judicial, opium and salt arrangements lU ^^"^"^ ^^, .^^ ,,, ««« «9a 909 Judicial arrangements to be in force in ^-— ... ... ... Opium Department Regulations extended to -'• ... ... Salt Department BeguUtions extended to — • ... ... Sobrah B^ja's establishment of a hit in Bariaile in — * 8YLBBT LllCB— Kasim Ali Khan's sanad for sapplying — > to the English Company Najm-ud-Daula's grant of the monopoly of -^^ to tbe Knglish Company STbiax in Burma- British Factory established at -— « ••• ••• ••• ••• TalchBB, Tributary Mahal of Orissa— Aceoant of the Chiefship of ... Adoption privilege granted to the Baja of — Contingent force to be furnished for service by — Contingent force's allownnct^s while on foreign service Criminals to be surrendered by the Baja of ••• 22a 284 237 236 t6. 234 239 284 287 234 115 233 394 451 439 450 439 891 ib. 182 tb. 274 216 229 ib. 216 229 216 229 233 48 55 325 117 188 125 ib. ib. ( k ) Sfbjbot. Pagb. Talohbb, Tribotary Mahal of Onssa^ Kisbori Chandra Birbar Huri Chandan* Chief of — - ... Rafogees to be surrendered by — ^- Stti to be prevented by the Raja in — * SappUes to be furnished to British troops when passing through Territorial possessions goaranteed to this Chief of ~— ... Title of *' Raja " conferred on the Chief of Traders to be protected when passing through — ... Tribnte payable by the Raja of ^— Tavot— Borma's cession of the province of -^ *•• .•• •.• ... ... • .a ... •M ••• ••• ••t • •» Chang Bhakar Zamindar's engagement not to levy — ^ Korea Zamindsr's engagement not to levy — — ..• TlHASBIBIM PBOTnrOBS— Siamese convention relating to the bonndaries of the — ^ ... TiBNATB Isle in the Eastern Archipelago^ Dutch monopoly of the spice trade of — * ... TiBBITOBIAL AOQiriBITIOirS' Akbarpur pargana ceded in part by Nawab Jafar All Khan to the English Com- psny ••• ... ••• ... Ambari FalUkotta annexed to British dominions Ambari Fallakotta ceded by the Bhutan Rajas Amirabad pargnna ceded in part by Nawab Jafar Ali Khan to the English Com- pany ,,« .«« ■*. ... .«« ,.. Assam Dnars annexed to British territory ... ... ... Aximabad pargana ceded by Nawab Jafar Ali Khan to the Engliah Company ... Balasor factory ceded by the Dutch to the British Qovemment Bardwan ceded by Kasim Ali Khan for the maintenance of an auxiliary force ... Barjati (Baridhati ?) pargana ceded bj Nawab Jafar Ali Khan to the English Company ... ... ... ... ... .,, Basandari pargana ceded in part by Nawab Jsfar Ali Khan to the English Com- (^■••jr ••• .•• ••• ... ... ,,, Behar conferred on the English by the Emperor Shah Alam Behar saltpetre lands ceded by Nawab Jafar Ali Khan to the English Company fialia pargana ceded in part by Nawab Jafar Ali Khan to the English Company Bengil conferred on the English by the Emperor 8hah Alam Bengal Dusrs annexed to the British Provinces Bhutan lands annexed to British territory ... Burma King's cession of land to the British Qovernment for a factory at Bassein Burmese provinces annexed to British territory Calcutta and its environs ceded by Jafar Ali Khan to the English Company ... Chinsura ceded by the Dutch to the British Government Chittagong ceded by Kasim Ali Khan for the maintenance of an anxiliniy foi«e Dacra Factory ceded by the Dutch to the British Government 120 124 133 125 126 120 125 P20 U26 356 141 ib. 507 70 20 C176 (186 190 20 C175 20 ^78 83 46 49 54 \ { { { 20 20 5SI 21 20 58 187 C1H7 323 329 334 355 17 90 74 46 49 54 79 ( Jxi ) Sttbjbct. ■a. -a* Pagx. TiBBiTOBiAL Acquisitions— Dakhin Sagar pargsna ceded by Nawab Jafiir All Khan to the English Vyompany ••• ••• ••• ••• ••• ••• BalinRkot annexed to the Britith provineee ... Darjeelint; ceded by the Raja of Sikkim Dewangiri annexed to the British proTinoes ... ... ... ..• Duars ceded by Bhutan Baja ... ... ... Dutch factories in India ceded to the British GoTenunent Falta Factory ceded by the Datch to the British Oovernment French cession of lands in Chandarnagar ... .. ... Oarh pargana ceded in part by Nawab Jafar Ali Khan to the English Company Hatiagarh pargana ceded by Nawab Jafar Ali Khan to the English Company ... Hagli chakla (^ed by Nawab Jafar Ali Khan to the English Company Ikhtiarpur pargana ceded by Nawab Jaftr Ali Khan to the English Company ... Kachar annexed to British territory Kalkapur factory ceded by the Dutch to the British Government ... Kedah's cession of Province Wellesley Kedah's cession of the Island of Penang Kharijuri pargana ceded by Nawab Jafar Ali Khan to the English Company ... Khaspur pargana ceded by Nawab Jafar Ali Khan to the English Company Khyrim Raja's cession of land to the Hon'ble Company Kuch Behar ceded to the Hon'ble Company ... ... ••• Mag^ra pargana ceded by Nawab Jafar Ali Khan to the English Company Maidanmal parsana ceded by Nawab Jafar Ali Khan to the English Company ... Malacca ceded by the Dutch to the British Government ... Manpur pargana ceded by Nawab Jafar Ali Khan in part to the English company ... .«■ ... ... ... ... Mayda pRrgana ceded by Nawab Jafar All Khan to the English Company Melang MHhal ceded by Nawab Jafar Ali Khan to the English Company Midnapur ceded by Kasim Ali Khan for the maintenance of an auxiliary force... Munragachha pargana ceded by Nawab Jafar Ali Khan to the English Company Mnhammnd Aminpor pargana ceded in part by Nawab Jafar Ali Khan to the English Company ... .. ... ... ... Myliira Chief's cession of lands for the sanitaria at Shillung Kegrais Island ceded by the King of Burma to the British Government Orissa Province conferred on the English by the Emperor Shah Alam pRikan pargana ceded in part by Nawab Jufsr Ali Khan to ^he English Company Pechaknli pargana ceded by Nawab Jafar Ali Khan Penang Island ceded by the King of Kedah ... ••• Perak's cession of islands to the British Government Prince of Wales' Island ceded by the King uf Kedah Province Wellesley ceded by the King of Kedah Punakha annexed ... ... ... ... ... Serampur purchased from the Danes ... ... ... Shahnagar ceded by Nawab Jafar Ali Khan Shan States of Kale and Wuntbo annexed to British territory ... Shapur pargana ceded by Nawab Jnfar Ali Khan Sikkim territory conflscnted for the misconduct of the Raja Singapore ceded in full sovereignty by the Sultau of Johor to the British Gov- ernment ... ... .■• ... ... ••• Sohrah Raja's cession of land for a station ... ... ... ••• Sohrah Raja's further grant of land Tranquebar ceded by the Danes ..• ... ... ... ... Tula Ram's cession of territory ... ... ... ... ... Twenty-four Parganas ceded by Na^ab Jafar Ali Khan Tebbitobial ExOHAHeBS— Sylhet lands exchanged for lands in Chirrapunji [ .*• 20 187 164 187 190 71 76 90 80 ib. 19 20 213 77 401 400 20 ib. 246 108 ib. ib. 71 ib. 20 ib. 46 49 54 20 ib. 247 825 59 20 jft. 398 407 386 387 187 83 20 335 20 155 428 235 237 82 817 20 285 ( liH ) SrBJBOT. PAei. •«* • 4« • •• fl«* ••• • *• (•• TiGiBiA, Tributary Mahal of Oriasa — Acooant of the Chiefship of — ^^ ... ... Adoption privilege ({ranted to the R&ja of ^— > Banamali Khetria Birbar Champati Singh Mahapattar, Riija of Contingent force to be famished for service by the Baja of -•— ■ Contingent force's allowances when on foreign service ... Criminals to be surrendered by the Raja of — ... ••• Bef agees to be snrreadered by the Baja of ^-^ ••• ••• Sati to be prevented by the Baja of ... ••• ••. Sopplies to be fnmished to British troops when passing throngb *— * Territorial possessions guaranteed to the Baja of ■— ... ..• Titleof" Baja "conferred on the Chief of IVaders to be protected when passing through » ... ••• Tribute paid by the Baju of — Tribute payable by the Raja of TiPPiBAH in Bengal^ Account of tlie State of — ^^ Administration of . Measures adopted for effecting reforms in the -• Assistant Political Agent appointed in — •... ..« Assistant Political Agent appointed Minister of the State .m Bir Chandra Manik, the present Chief of — ... ••• Boundaries between Britibh territory and — • Settlement of — ... British rule. brought under — CoaL Discovery of — in the State of -^ ... ... Barga Manik recognised as Chief of — ..« •• Extradition with effected under the general law and rulea Ishan Chunder Manik's succession to the Baj of — •^ ... Easi ChandJra Manik's succession to the Baj of — ••• ••• Krishna Kishor Manik's succession as Baja of ^— ... ... Krishna Manik made Rnja of Lushais and — — . The Lungai river to form the boundary between the -» Magistrate of British Tipperah appointed ex'offloio Political Agent for the i Mal-administratlon of — — under the present Chief Mughal invasion of — — ••• .«• Muhammadan conquest of — ^^ .«• ... Murahidabad Nawab's seizure of a portbn of — — Kacarana taken on successions to the Baj of ... Political Agency in — -— abolished as a separate post Political Agent appointed te reside at the capital of — — Baja of declared te be a feudatory to Uovemment... Bajdhar Manik recognised as Chief of — -... ..• Bam Onnga appointed Raja of — *- ... Bani's rule in ... Sati forbidden in — — •«• .•« ..• Succession. Rule of — in—.,. ... ,„ Survey of the State of — «,, .,• Title (personal) of '* Maharaja " conferred on the present Chief of Zamindaris held by the Baja of in British districts Tmi of " Baja "— Athgarh Chief granted the AtlimHlik Chief B^ramba Chief Bod Chief ••• ..• ••• ••• ... «.. Dsspalla Chief Dhenkanal Chief Hindol Chief Keonjhar Chief Khandpara Chief Langrin Chief »9 f» >• 99 t* 91 •» 99 n }» 9* 19 »• 99 n 91 ••• ... ..« ••• •«• ... 117 ... 133 «•• 120 «*. 125 ... ih. • ■• ib. *•. 12( ••■ 138 ... 126 ... 126 ... 120 ... 126 ... l'.;0 ••• 128 ••• 107 ... 108 ... ib. ... lb. ... ib. ••• 109 ... 107 ^ 110 • «• 108 ... 109 ... 108 .• • ib. ... ib. • •« 107 ••• no ite 108 ••• ib. ••• 107 «.• ib. ... ib. ... 109 ... 108 .«. ib. ... 109 ... 108 ib. ••* 107 ... 110 ... 109 ••• ib ••• ib. ••• ib. ... 120 ... ib. ... ib. •«. ib. ib. ... ... ib. ib. ••• ib. ib. ... ■•• 258 ( l«ii ) SUBJIOT. Pagb. ft I* If f» M »• f» TiTLi of " Baja "— Mariao Chief granted the Morbhanj Chief „ Narringhpur Chief „ Kayagarh Chief m Kilgiri Chief » Kongstain Chief „ Orisea Tribatary Chiefs granted the Pal Lahera Chief granted the Banpnr Chief Talcher Chief Tigiria Chief TOVQVIPOVCOUB (Jogipokhar?) in the Hnghli Diitrict— French Oo?emment relinqnish jurisdiction over ^— ... Tbahqubbab— Danifh aettlement of — transferred to the British Qovemment Tbavbit Dubs— Sikkim Raja's engagement not to levy Tbibutaxt Mahalb of Chatia Nagpnr— Account regarding the Names of Chiefs of the — ^ Raghaji Bhousln's cession of the — — Tribute payable by Chiefs of the — Tbibutabt Mahals of Orissa— Account regarding the — ... ... Names of Chiefs of the »— Salt monopoly abandoned by Chi^s of the — Sati abolished by Chiefs of the Title of « Baja " conferred on the Chiefs of the Tribute payable by Chiefs of the ... ••• ••• ••• ••• ••• •«• ••• ••« ••• ••• ••• ••• ... •• • ••• Amount of — ••• Tbibittb— Athgarh CbieTs • Atbmalik Baja's • Baramba Chiefs Bhutan Raja's — Bod Chiefs , Bonai Chiefs — Chang- Bhakar Chiefs — — • Amonnt of — Chutia Nagpur Tributary Chiefs' . Amount of — ... If ••• ••• ••t for the Assam Dnars. Amount of — Amount of — II ••• Daspalla Chiefs Dhenkanal Raja's < Gangpur Chiefs — Hindol Raja's Jashpur Chiefs — Kachar Raja's Keonjhar Chiefs - Kbandpara Chiefs Korea Chiefs . Morbhanj Chiefs - Amount of — ••■ ••• ... ••• ••• i» I* n Amount of — If f» II ••• ••• ••• • • • . •« .*• ••• 254 120 ih. 120 ib. 241 120 ib. ib. ib. ib. 90 82 168 185 ib. 185 187 117 120 ib. 138 120 ib. 120 126 120 120 126 175 120 187 ib. ib. 120 ib. 126 187 120 126 187 216 ( 120 I 126 120 126 187 120 126 I { I { ( Ixiv ) SVBJIOT. Pagb. Tbibutb— NaruDghpor Chieri Nayagarh Baja's — - Nilgiri Baja's Amonnt of — > N ••• ••• ••• ••• ••• i» Orisaa Tribntary Chiefs' • Pal Labera Chiefs Parandar Singh's engagement regarding payment of Ranpor Chiefs ^— . Amonnt of — Sergnja Chiefs . Talcher Riga's ~^. II ••• •• Tigiria Raja's . „ Tnla Ram Senapati's payment of — ^- Udaipnr Zamindar's . Amount of — ... TbdiOOANU in the Malayan Peninsnla— Siam not to interfere with the English trade with u UpAXPUB, Tribntary Mahal of Chntia Nagpnr— Aeoonnt of the Zamindari of — — Alleffiance of the Zamindar of — Bankanwari Rani's pension payable by the Zamindar of — — Biodesari Parsbad Singh Deo granted the samindari of — — Dharamjit Singh Deo, the present Chief of — Dhiraj Singh's family to be maintained by the Zamindar of — Pensions payable by the ZMuindar of Police administration m -»- ... Re-grant of the State of to Lai Bindesari Parsbad Singh Sargupa. originally a feudal dependency of *— Seora} Singh's family to be maintained by the Zamindar of — « Settlement renewed with the Raja of ... Tribute. Exemption of — from revision of its — ... ••• ••• ••• ••• ••• ••• .•• *•• ... ••• ... ••• • . . ... .*• • .. Tribute payable by the Zamindar of Vawi(8)— Sikhim Raja to send a —— to reside in Darjeeling • M Wastb Lavds— > Ehasi Chiefs' engagement to cede Langrin Chief's Maharam Chiefs Nongkhlao Chiefs w }» •» M ••• ... • •* ... ••• *.• ... • •• ••• ... ••• ••• 120 126 120 126 120 126 ISO ib. 206 ( 120 126 187 ( 120 126 { 120 126 217 i 187 142 471 { 185 143 142 ib. 137 148 142 143 186 f^. 143 144 135 187 143 169 { 231 233 251 262 245 ( Ixv ) Subject. Paqe. Tb-u Protinoe in Purma— King of Ava's cession of the — ... ,«• YUKZALIN io Upper Burma^ Britifh subjects in Cbiengmai amenable to Deputy Commissioner's Court ' nu ^" ••• •«• ••• ••• ••« ««« Powers of the British oiBcer stationed at — — Superintendent appointed with powers of Political Agent at - ... 355 524 625 462 OuTeraroaul ol (adia Csutral Priating OiBc«.— N*. 1U6 r. D.-i3-64)Ji.«-500, o